d^79^^-

SYDNEY :

Y. CUNNINGHAME AND CO., PllIXTF.US,

PITT STREET.

CONTENTS OF PROCEEDINGS, 1899.

PART I. (No. 93.)

(Issued August StJi, 1899.)

Presidential Address, delivered at the Twenty-fifth Annual General
Meeting, March 29th, 1899. By Professor J. T. Wilson, M.B.,
Ch.M

Contributions to the Morphology and Development of the Female
Urogenital Organs in the Marsupialia. i. On the Female Uro-
genital Organs of Peramtles, with an Account of the Phenomena
of Parturition. By Jas. P. Hill, B.Se. (Edin.), F.L.S., Demon-
strator of Biology in the University of Sydney. (Plates i.-xii. )

Descriptions of new Australian Lepidoptera. By Oswald B. Lower,
F.E.S

PAGE

42

S3

Fungi from Kerguelen Island. By D. McAlpine. (Communicated

hy J. H. Maiden, F.L.S.J. (Plate xiii., figs. 1-8) 117

Three Additions to the Fungi of New South Wales. By D. McAlpine,

(Comiiuuiicated hy R. T. Baker, F.L.S.J. (Plate xiii., tigs. 9-13) 125

Description of AyromyrM pha.seo/i, a new Species of Leaf -mining Fly.
By D. W. CoQUiLLETT. (Commuiikattd, with a Note thereon, by
W. W. Fro<j(jatt, F.L.S.J 128

A new Genus and Species of Sawfiy. By Waltek W. Fboggatt,

F.L.S. (Plate xiv.) ... 130

Notes from tlie Botanic Gardens, Sydney. No. 4. By J. H. Maiden

and E. Betche 143

Contribution to Australian Ichthyology. By J. DouciLAS Ouilby ... 154

Description of a new Ophiuran ( Ophioplocu.s htU/oniJ. By H.

Farquhak. (Communicated by the Secretary. J (Plate xv.) ... 187

Donations

Elections and Announcements

Notes and Exhibits

33, 140

30, 139

135, 190

277

IV. CONTENTS.

PART II. (No. 94.)

([sxued OctohiT 10th, ISrifi.)

PAGE

Revision of the Australian Curculionida' belonging to the Sul)faniily

Cryptorliijnckidc-'i. Part iii. By Arthur M. Lka 200

The Spear-Becket, or " Doigtier" of New Caledonia, the New Hebrides
and other Pacific Islands. By R. Etheridgk, Junr., Curator of
the Australian Museum. (Plates xvi.-xix.) ... ... ... 271

Description of a New Pardalote, its Nest and Eggs, from Victoria.

By Robert Hall. ( Communicated by the Secretcinj). [Title.].., 282

Notes on the Range of Crocodilm and Brachylophus. By Edgar R.

Waite, F.L.S 2S.3

Note on Chloris tnincafa, R.Br., with abnormally developed Inflores-
cence. By Fred. Turner, F.L.S 285

On three new Species of EncahjiJns. By R. T. Baker, F.L..S.,

Curator, Technological Museum, Sydney. (Plates xx.-xxii.) ... 292

Oi^ a Micro-Fungus from Mount Kosciusko ; and on the first Record
of Uiiciiiula in Australia. By 1). McAlpine. (Cotiununicatcd Inj
J. H. Maiden, F.L.S.). (Plate xxiii.) 301

Contribution to a Knowledge of the Araneidan Fauna of Santa Cruz.
By W. .1. Rainbow, F.L.S., Entomologist to the Australian
Museum. (Plates xxiv. -xxv.) ... ... ... ... ... 30-t

Results of an Exploration of Aboriginal Rock-Shelters at Port

Hacking. By Walter R. Harper... ... ... ... ... 322

The "Widow's Cap" of the Australian Aborigines. By R. Etheriuge,

Junr., Curator of the Australian Museum. (Plates xxvi. -xxxi. ) 333

Donations 195, 287

Elections and Announcements ... ... ... ... ... 195, 287

Notes and Exhibits 193,283

Note.—'Qy an oversight the first line on p. 4 of the cover of the first Part of this
Volume appears as Proceedings, 1S98, Part 4, instead of 1899, Part 1.

Also the last six plates in this Part should have been lettered xxvi.-xxxi. instead of

xxv. -XXX.

CONTENTS. V.

PART III. (No. 95.)

(Issued Deconbar Uth, IS'M.)

PAGE

On tho Flora of Mt. Wilson. By Alex. 6. Hamilton. 346

8onie further Observations on the Vegetation of Lord Howe Island.
By J. H. Maiden, F.L.S., Botanic Gardens, Sydney. (Plates
xxxii.-xxxiii.) ... ... ... .. ... ... ... ... 381

On an Apocynaceous Plant yielding large edible Tubers. By R. T.
Bakkr, F. L..S., Curator, Technological Museum, .Sydney.
(Plates xxxiv.-xxxv.) .. ... ... ... ... ... ... 385

A Zoogeographic Scheme for the Mid-Pacific. By Charles Hedley,

F.L.S 391

Method of suspending the Palu or so-called " Shark "-Hooks, as
deduced from a Model. By R. Etheridge, Junr., Curator of
the Australian Museum. (Plate xxxvi.) ... ... ... ... 424

The Tanna Spear-Becket. By R. Etheridge, Junr., Curator of the

Australian Museum, Sydney .. ... ... ... ... ... 427

Description of a new Genus, Austrosarcpta : and Notes on other

MoUusca from New South Wales. By Charles Hedley, F.L.S. 429

Description of a new Species of Liparuf from West Australia. By

J. C. Cox, M.D., F.L.S 43o

Contributions to a Knowledge of the Flora of Australia. No. ii. By

R. T. Baker, F.L.S., Curator, Technological Museum, Sydney 437

Observations on the Eucalypts of New South Wales. Part v. By
Henry Deane, M.A., F.L.S., and J. H. Maiden, F.L.S.
(Plates xxxvii.-xlii.) ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 443

Note on the Occurrence in Victoria of a Phase of the Sub-species
Pmxlalotiis assimilis, Ramsay. By Robert Hall. (Communi-
cated hrj the Secretary) .. ... ... ... ... ... ... 472

Revision of the (^enus Paropsis. Part v. By Rev. T. Blackburn,

B. A., Corresponding Member ... ... 482

Donations 377,419,478

Elections and Announcements ... 377,419,478

Notes and Exhibits ... 373,418,476

Ni)ti:—As two Plates in the last Part are lettered .\.\v., there is no Plate xxxi. in this
Part.

By au oversight, the cover of this Part is lettered Vol. xxv., Parr 3, instead of Vol.
xxiv., Part o.

Contents. vi.

PART IV. (No. 96.)

(Ismied April Uh, r.HHi.)

PAGE
Revision of tiie Australian Curculionidiv belonging to the Subfamily

Cryptorhipirhvles. Part iv. By Arthur M. Lea 522

Note in Explanation of the Vernacular Name of Eucali/ptus fastiijata,

Deane and Maiden. By W. Baeuerlen 547

Studies in Australian Entomology. No. ix. New Species of Cara-
bid'i' (with Notes on some previously described Species, and
Synoptic Lists of Species). By Thomas G. Slo.\ne ... ... 553

The Tick Fever Parasite. By R. Greig Smith, M.Sc. 585

On three new bpecies oi Eura/yptu.i. By R. T. Baker, F.L.S. , Curator,

Technological Museum, Sydney. (Plates xliii.-xlv.) ... .. 596

Ou two new Species of Casaariiia. By R. T. Baker, F.L.S., Curator,

Technological Museum, Sydney. (Plates xlvi.-xlvii.) ... ... G05

Observations ou the Eucalypts of New South Wales. Part vi. By
Hexrv Deane, M.A., F.L.S., and J. H. M.uden, F.L.S.
(Plates xlviii.-l.) (jl2

Notes on some new Mosses fioni New South Wales. By Rev. W. W.

Watt.s 632

Notes from the Botanic Gardens, Sydney. No. 5. By J. H. Maii>en

and E. Betche .. ... 640

A new Variety of Dendroliiam imdulatum, from the Solomon Islands.

By J. H. M.uden, Botanic Gardens, Sydney ... ... ... 652

The Nodule Organism of the L('</timiiios(i'. By R. Greig Smith,

M.Sc, Macleay Bacteriologist. (Plates li.-lii.) ... ... ... 653

Contribution to a Knowledge of the Mosses of New South Wales.

By William Forsyth ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 674

Contributions to a Knowledge of the Australian Crustacean Fauna.
No. ii. On Snccuiuia parasitic upon Pilmnnopeus nerrati/roii-s.
By David G. Stead ... ... ... ... ... 687

On the Reproductive System of Duja-'ittr (l)idymo(ja)ste7-) syh-aticus,

Fletch. By Sarah O. Brennan, M.A., B.Sc. (Plates liii. -11 v.) ... 691

Donations 550, 634

Elections and Announcements ... ... ... 550,634

Notes and Exhibits 547,631,697

Title-page, Contents, Index, &c. ...

LIST OF PLA-TES.

PROCEEDINGS, 1899.

Plates I. -XII. — Female Urogenital Organs of Pcrainelest.

Plate XIII. — Fungi from Kerguelen Island.

Plate XIV. —Plnjl(icteop]ia{/ii eucalypti, Froggatt.

Plate XV. — Ophioplocua Huttoni, Farquhar.

Plates XVI. -XIX. — The Spear-Becket or " Doigtier'" of New Caledonia, the New

Hebrides, and other Pacific Islands.

Plate XX. — Eiicdli/ptw^ Siiiitliii, Baker.

Plate XXI. — E. Dawsoiii, Baker.

Plate xxir. — E. campliora, Baker.

Plate xxiii. — Piiccinid calthtf. Link, and Uiiciiiulii iiii.'<tr<ili(in(i, McAlp.

Plates XXIV. -XXV. — Santa Cruz Spiders.

Plates xxvi.-xxxi. [lettered xxv. -xxx. ] — The "Widow's Cap" of the Australian
Aborigines.

Plates xxxii.-xxxiii. — Inflorescence of the Lord Howe Island Palm, Hedyscepe

Ciiuterburyana. F. v. M.

Plates xxxiv.-xxxv. — Pamonsia Paddisoni, Baker.

Plate XXXVI. — Palu Fishing Line.

Plate XXXVII. — Eucdlyptux acdcurfoniiis, Deane and Maiden.

Plate XXXVIII. — A'. MacartJniri, Deane and Maiden.

Plate XXXIX. — E. qitadranrjidata, Deane and ^laiden.

Plate XL. — /•;. nibida, Deane and Maiden.

Plate XLi. — E. (loniocaly.v, F.v.M., and E. teretirorids, Sm.

Plate XLii. — E. xdHiitui wiv. parviflora and E. (juniiii var. ylauca.

Plate XLiii. ~E. ormdes, Baker.

Plate XLiv. — E. maculosa, Baker.

Plate XLV. — E.patentinervis, Baker.

Plate XLVi. — Belah, Cd.-OKiriiKi Cainbayei, Baker.

Plate XLvii. — Bull Oak, disnnriiKi Liwlnndinil, Baker.

Plate XLViii. — Eucalyptus couicd,Deiine and Maiden, and E. squdmosa, Deane
and Maiden.

Plate XLix. — E. aygreydta, Deane and Maiden.

Plate L. — E. uova-anglicd, Deane and Maiden.

Plates Li.-Lii. — Phizohiuui leyiimiuoxdruui, Frank.

Plates Liii,-Liv.— The Pieproductive System of Diyaster :<ylniticuis, Fletch,

CORRIGENDA.

Pace 351, line 16— for A-'ijjlenum nidit.t read Asj)leniH)n nidui<.

Page 354, line 16— for Hijijiiieiiinithfira read Hipiienanthera.

Page 355, line 21— for Phehalium BilUardieri read Phebaliiim Billardieri.

Page 43S, line 29— for Pithecolobium MullerianUiM read Pithecolobium

MUELLEKIANUM.

Pa^e 555, line 29 — for //. niiiUipunrtath read H. multipunctatus.

:pe.ocee3di:n"gi-s

OF THE

LINNEAN SOCIETY

OF

i^:e.-^7^ soxttxi t7;;^-^IjES.

WEDNESDAY, MARCH 29th, 1899.

The Twenty-fifty Annual General Meeting of the Society was
held in the Linnean Hall, Ithaca Road, Elizabeth Bay, on Wed-
nesday evening, March 29th, 1899.

Professor J. T. Wilson, M.B., Ch.M., President, in the Chair.

The Minutes of the previous Annual General Meeting were
read and confirmed.

The President delivered the Annual Address.

PRESIDENTIAL ADDRESS.

It is gratifying to be able to report that the past Session has
been characterised by satisfactory activity and progress in the
Society's customary field of work, and by important develop-
ments in its founder's plans for an extended sphere of action in
the future. Though not a matter which has affected the scientific
life of the Society, it is nevertheless to be regretted that the
number of effective Members has remained practically stationary.
Five Ordinary Members were elected into the Society, one of

2 PRESIDENTS ADDRESS.

whom subsequently retired, four Members have resigned, and
death has deprived the Society of one of the Members resident in
Tasmania.

Cliarles Edward Beddome died at Hobart on September 1st,
1898, aged 62 years. He joined the Indian Navy as a lad, and
had attained the rank of lieutenant when this branch of the
service was abolished. Mr. Beddome subsequently emigrated to
Queensland, and for some time filled the position of Police Magis-
trate at Thursday Island, and elsewhere. Still later, he retired
from the Government service, and turned his attention for some
years to pastoral pursuits in the Port Curtis district, where he
became owner of a cattle station. Finally he removed to Tas-
mania, where he spent the remainder of his life.

Mr. Beddome, like his brother, Colonel R. H. Beddome, well
known for his researches on the Land Mollusca of India, was an
ardent concholoo;ist. In Tasmania he dredged and collected
assiduously. The importance of his own collection was enhanced
by his acquisition of one formed by Mr. "VV. Legrand containing
the series studied by the late Rev. J. E. Tenison-Woods. His
papers, which ai*e not numerous, are to be found either in the
Papers and Proceedings of the Royal Society of Tasmania or in
the Proceedings of this Society. Mr. Beddome was elected a
member of the Society in October, 1880.

The Proceedings for 1898 form a volume of 838 pages, illus-
trated with thirty-three plates, and comprising forty papers con-
tributed during the Session. These may be classified as follows :
Botanical, 16; ethnological, 2; palfeontological, 1; embryological,
1 ; zoological, 20. Three Parts of the Proceedings, containing
the majority of these papers, were published and distributed last
year, in addition to two Parts of the Proceedings for 1897, which
remained over from the previous year. The sheets of the con-
cluding Part ai'e printed ofi", and as soon as the lithographer has
finished his share of the work the Part will be issued.

By the wreck of the s.s. China on her homeward voyage in March
last, the Society had the misfortune to lose a package containing
despatches for thirty-four Societies or Institutions in Great Britain,

president's address.

the United States, and Canada. Fortunately a number of Parts
■of the same issue had been sent by post, so that the package
forwarded by the China was smaller than usual. A duplicate set
was afterwards despatched to replace the publications thus lost.
The package was insured but the amount of the insurance is but
a fraction of what it would cost to republish the Part, upon
the surplus stock of which a rather serious inroad has been made.

Reference has already been made to the practically stationary
condition of the Members' Roll. At a Special General Meeting
to be arranged for at an early date, you will be asked to consider
a recommendation from the Council that the operation of Rule
vi., in so far as it relates to entrance fees, be suspended during
the current year. With the same amount of capital invested, the
Hon. Treasurer has had to struggle for several years past with a
diminution in the annual income of about £200 per annum, due
to the fall in the rate of interest on sound investments since the
recent commercial crisis.

Tlie annual subscription for original members {i.e., those who
joined in 1874) was one guinea, without entrance fee; from
1875-84 one guinea, with an entrance fee of one guinea. In 1885
this was altered to two guineas per annum, without entrance fee;
and for Associate Members one guinea, without entrance fee.
From 1893 to the present time the rates have been one guinea
for all Members, with an entrance fee of two guineas for new
Members ; for Associate Members, one guinea, with an entrance
fee of one guinea. In other words, under the present regime a
Member pays for the first two years the same amount and no
more than he would pay in the same period with an annual sub-
scription of two guineas, without entrance fee, while thereafter
he would pay only half. This alteration was made after the
Society came into possession of the gifts and bequests of the late
Sir William Macleay, but before the commercial crisis; and was
adopted without hesitation, though at the time it was evident
that it would involve a slight diminution in the annual income.
It was meant to be an expression of the feeling that it would
harmonise with Sir William's liberality to the Society if financial

4 PRESIDENT S ADDRESS.

considerations had as little as possible to do with the exclusion of
otherwise desirable candidates for membership. The amount
annually exacted from effective members of the Society compares
more than favoui'alily with that due by members of other
Australasian Societies of the same standing. The volumes of the
Proceedings too are larger, and the printing and illustrations
[ii^oportionally more costly than was the case in earlier years.

A year ago I was able to announce the appointment of Mr. R.
Greig Smith, M.Sc, Lectui'er in Agricultural Chemistry at the
Durham College of Science, Newcastle-upon-Tyne, to be the first
Macleay Bacteriologist. Mr. Smith arrived from England in
September last and at once entered upon his duties. The first
matter for consideration was the transformation of a large empt}'^
room into a laboratory as well fitted up and equipped for research
as the resources at the disposal of the Council would permit. By
November sufficient progress had been made to enable the Council
to consider the plans and a scheme of expenditure submitted by
the advisory sub-committee in conjunction with Mi\ Smith, involv-
ing an outlay of about £660. A tender for tiling the floor was
accepted, and a little later a second for the supply and fixing of
the necessary fittings. I regret to say that through a disastrous
accident to the kiln in which the tiles were being burnt, the first
of these has not yet l^een carried out, but we have a promise that
any further delay will not exceed three weeks. The second con-
tract was finished within the time specified in Februai-y last, at
a cost of £164 lis. This provides for the whole of the fittings
and the fixing thereof, including cupboards, l^enches, tables,
shelves, photographic room, the laying on of gas and water, hoods
for carrying off heated air, and Venetian shutters or blinds to the
windows. You will have the opportunity this evening of seeing
for yourselves what has so far been accomplished in this direction.

As regai'ds equipment, progress may be reported as follows : —
Mr. Smith was authorised before his departure from London to
select and bring with him apparatus and chemicals either of a
special character or as necessaj^y for an interim equipment, to the
extent of £70. Since his arrival two orders have been sent to

PRESIDENT S ADDRESS. D

Europe for optical, Ijacteriological or other apparatus, and
chemicals to cost about X200. The goods thus ordered should
ere now have been despatched to their destination. In addition
certain apparatus and supplies of chemicals have been obtained
locally at a cost of <£16.

When the arrangements still in contemplation or now in course
of execution are completed, it will be conceded that the Society
may be congratulated on the improvement effected in the Linnean
Hall, and on its acquisition of a laboratory sufficiently well
equipped to allow of bacteriological researches being systematically
carried out under its auspices, and thus of adding to its importance
and enlarging its sphere of influence. Very careful consideration
throughout has been given to the subject, and while luxurious or
extravagant expenditure has been avoided, no effort has been
spared to make the available resources go as far as possible in
providing a laboi'atory primarily of a utilitarian character. I
need hai'dly say that throughout Mr. Greig Smith has heartily
co-operated with the advisory sub-committee and the Council in
carrying out the improvements.

With the arri\al of the balance of the equipment, and the
completion of the tiling of the floor, the last of the hampering
restrictions to some extent now operating will disappear, and the
Bacteriologist will then be in a position to settle down to steady
work. As this is the first of our annual gatherings at which Mr.
Smith has been present, I take the opportunit}' on behalf of the
Society of offering him a hearty welcome, and of wishing him
a very successful career in his new sphere of work.

In its capacity as trustee, the Society may, on this occasion, be
congratulated that Sir William Macleay's intentions and directions
are now on the point of realisation. It is not necessary to re-
capitulate the circumstances under which the trust unexpectedly
devolved upon this Society. As far as the Society is concerned
they may ])e allowed to drop out of mind. The bequest was an
alternative one, but the Society was not concerned in taking
the initiative or an active part in bringing about the final result.
It is true that fully seven years have now elapsed since probate

6 president's address.

of Sir William's will was granted ; but when allowance is made
for the vicissitudes which for some time attended the carrying out
of the terms of the bequest, and especially for the very serious
commercial depression which meantime overtook the communit)',
it may fairly be said that throughout the Council has faithfully
endeavoured to administer the trust, and that its policy of pro-
ceeding slowly and deliberately has been a commendable one.

As far as the Society is concerned, effect has now been given to
the trust. It now rests with the Macleay Bacteriologist and his
successors to justify Sir William Macleay 's conviction that it was
a desirable thing for the scientific welfare of Australia that the
status of Bacteriology should be raised; and that one effective way
of accomplishing this was by the appointment of a Bacteriologist
untrammelled by official or routine duties, and free to engage in
reseai'ch to the full extent of his ability and enthusiasm.

When, a year ago, I had the honour of addressing you from
this chair, I chose for the subject of my remarks during a portion
of my address, the somewhat threadbare question of how far
mechanical, i.e., physico-chemical, theories are capable of being
utilised in the explanation of the phenomena of living activity.

I A'entured to state the conviction that, in so far as a strictly
scientific or natural-historical representation of these phenomena
is the object aimed at, this can only be given in terms of physical
cause, or mechanism.

By "strictly scientific or natural-historical explanation," I
understand one which is susceptible of verification and of
advancement by the objective and experimental methods of
scientific procedure, which, as it appears to me, must necessarily
operate upon the plane of physical causality. For experimental
science, the world-order is conceived as a purely causal nexus.

It was pointed out at the same time that the validity of any
such method of explanation was not absolute, but was relative to
a particular aspect of reality; and that its adoption as the charac-
teristic working conception of scientific procedure, does not

PRESIDENTS ADDRESS. <

preclude the necessity for an interpretation of tlie phenomena of
life from the point of view of a philosophically more adequate
synthetic principle than the elementary and abstract category
of causality.

And there can be no doubt that this limitation of the concep-
tion of cause as a principle of synthetic interpretation becomes
specially evident in the effort to apply it to the phenomena of life.
In other words, the conception of mechanism fails to satisfy the
demand of the intelligence for an explanation of the co-ordinate
differentiation of living parts, and the co-ordinate and purposive
adaptation to ends, which seem everywhere to be such character-
istic features of organisation.

It was further insisted that the notion generated by the con-
sideration of these features is one which is undeniably and
radically distinct from that of mechanical causation, involving as
it does the idea of determination by " consequent " rather than
by " antecedent," which is the differential characteristic in all
operations of mechanism.

Reason was also given for the conviction that the teleological
notion of purpose — i.e., of determination by end, or consequent —
may not be " put aside as a mere preliminary illusion of the
intelligence — as a fiction that we accustom ourselves to suppose,''
but on the contrary that it embodies for us a true and genuine
asjDect of reality.

The ultimate interpretation of organism in terms of purpose
brings us, indeed, closer to reality than any merely mechanical
one can ever do. For the conception of purpose does not negate
mechanism; it includes, while it re-interprets it. The idea of
determination by ends involves that of the means whereby the
ends ai*e realised. And in living organisms these means are
necessarily chemical and physical, i.e., in the broad sense
mechanical. From this point of view, physical and chemical
events themselves can no longer be regarded merely as causally
determined links in an endless chain of transformations of energy.
Such a view of them is partial, abstract, and schematic, and is
thus in the strictest sense umral.

8 president's address.

The necessity for a recognition of the general principle of
deterixiination by ends as a synthetic and unifying principle of
interpretation, has inspired at various epochs the advocates of
what is called "vitalism" in biology. The older vitalism, of which it
has been well said that it was merely " mechanism misunderstood,"
like the old theological "design argument," has served to bring
" teleology " into disrepute during the greater part of the century.
To disparage this much abused principle has been a shibboleth of
not a little of the later biological literature of the century. It is
to modern philosophical criticism that we are indebted for what
I believe to be a clearer insight into the relative validity of the
two principles of cause and purpose respectively, as applied to
the interpretation of phenomena. Through it we may learn that
the recognition of purpose in the interpretation of nature does
not necessarily involve the intrusion of a new extraneous, super-
physical form of "vital" energy. This would be "mechanism
misunderstood." But through it we also learn to discard the
widely prevalent view that the principle of mechanical causation,
which forms the governing conception of physics end chemistiy
as scientific disciplines, is therefore to be regarded as the sole and
only synthetic principle by which we can connect phenomena in
the unity of a single system.

Having devoted a considerable portion of my former address
to the attempt to set forth the position just outlined, I should
have thought it unnecessary to return to it on the present occasion
but for the circumstance that in the interval there has appeared
in the issue of the "Nineteenth Century' " for September, 1898,
a contribution towards the discussion of this very question of
" vitalism " versus "mechanism." A consideration of this may,
on the present occasion, be deemed neither out of place nor wholly
unprofitable.

The article in question is from the pen of my friend Dr. J. S.
Haldane, Lecturer on Ph3^siology in the University of Oxford,
whose previous utterances on the same subject, together with his
very high reputation as an experimental physiologist, entitle him

PRESIDENTS ADDRESS. V

to speak with some authority on behalf of that school of biologists
to which the term " neo-vitalist " has been applied.

I am the more anxious to take note of the interesting essay
referred to on account of the fact that in my last year's criticism
of the neo-vitalist position it was Dr. Haldane's exposition of that
position that I mainly relied upon, quoting at some length from
a published essay of a good many years ago. It was thus with a
great deal of interest that I perused the re-statement of the same
position in his recent article.

A brief examination of the argument of this article may serve
to bring the points at issue into prominence.

After pointing out that mechanical doctrines respecting
the phenomena of life became dominant during the last fifty
years in coincidence " not only with great advances in phj'sics
and chemistry, but also with the appearance of plausible
physical and chemical theories to explain some of the most
fundamental jDhysiological processes," the writer follows up "some
of the main lines in the development of the physico-chemical
movement of recent times." And he endeavours to show in the
case of the instances chosen —and they might be easily added to
— that theories which treat cell-growth and nutrition as mere
mechanical or chemical aggregation; or secretion, absorption, and
excretion as simple cases of mechanical processes of filtration,
osmosis, and dilFusion, completely break down when tested by
accurate experimental investigation. " To any physiologist," he
continues, " who candidly reviews the j^rogress of the last fifty
years it must be perfectly evident that, so far from having
advanced towards a physico-chemical explanation of life, we are
in appearance very much further from one than we were fifty years
ago." Thus he disposes of the first reason cited in favour of the
rejection of vitalism in biology, viz., that there has been steady
progress in the direction of explaining life in terms of physics
and chemistry. The second objection to the vitalist position, viz.,
that it is without meaning as a positive hypothesis, is next passed
in review. " This argument in its widest sense," he says, " is
undoubtedly based on the metaphysical assumption that the

10 president's address.

universe, interpreted as it is in the physical sciences as a universe
of matter and energy, corresponds to absolute reality, and is for
this reason incapable of any further interpretation. The work of
modern philosophy since Berkele}^ and Hume has sho%yn that the
assumption in question is without foundation." (I need hai'dly
reiterate that with regard to this assumption I am in entire
agreement with Dr. Haldane's attitude.)

But " the form in which the objection in question really presents
itself to most physiologists is that, apart from all metaphysical
arguments, vitalism presents no positive working hypothesis
capable of being used to advance physiolog3\"

It is with Dr. Haldane's treatment of this aspect of the
problem of vitalism versus mechanism, — occupying the latter two
thirds of his article, — that I shall more particularly concern
myself with at this time.

I shall not dispute the proposition that, in the progress of the
science of physiology, physico-chemical theories of living process
have broken down all along the line. I readily admit that such
theories have in eveiy direction failed to accomplish that
mechanical analysis of function which seemed to the physiolo-
gists of the later decades of the century to be so nearly within
their grasp. Yet it would be grossly inaccurate to assert that
the attempt to explain life as mechanism has resulted in nothing
but failure. The fact is that mechanism after mechanism has
been displayed, through the operation of whose chemical and
physical properties the functional activity of the organism is
subserved.

On the other hand it is true that the residual phenomena
unexplained b}' these mechanisms may in a sense be held to
embody the very essence of the mystery of organisation. It is
not diffieult to see that in the nature of the case this must be so.
It is the penalty of the abstract character of the causal principle
employed as the instrument of research. The forging of links in
an endless chain of mechanical causation is a never-ending
process, — the mystery ever recedes as we pursue it further into
the recesses of organisation.

president's address. 11

Does the I'ecognition of even such a radical imperfection at the
root of the physico-chemical conception really involve its rejection
as the characteristic conception of scientific procedure? I do not
think that this can be admitted. The objection would hardly be
pressed by anyone with regax'd to the use of the idea in physics
and chemistry, although, in the last resort, the criticism of the
abstract idea of causality as a final principle, is as valid in that
sphere as elsewhere. And if in a more obvious and pre-eminent
way the mechanical hypothesis breaks down when it is offered as
an explanation of vital jDhenomena, it does not do so without
giving us splendid proof of its capabilities as a working hypothesis.
The search for causes has resulted in the revelation of mechanism
upon mechanism in the way of structural organisation; process in
multicellular organisms is realised through material parts or
organs more and more minute, as far as our means of observation
enable us to proceed. Must we halt for ever upon the threshold
of intracellular organisation? What is there in that organisation
that we should feel obliged there to discard the conception of
mechanism, elsewhere so serviceable 1 Do we here enter a new
world for the first time 1 Assuredly not. The real obstacle to a
mechanical theory of life is not met with at one point more than
another, but all along the line. " Vitalistic or teleological inter-
pretation," it was urged in last year's address, " is not a method
which comes to our rescue when a physical interpretation fails us.
In so far as it is valid at all, it is one which is present with us
and which urges itself upon us at every staye, forbidding us ever
to mistake a 250'^sible mechanical inter-connection of the
phenomena of life for the real ground in thought of purposi^'e
adaptation."

In referring to the shortcomings of the attempted jihysico-
chemical analysis of living process. Dr. Haldane avers that " we
are now far more definitely aware of the obstacles to any advance
in this (physico-chemical) direction, and there is not the slightest
indication that they will be removed, but rather that, with
further increase of knowledge, and more refined methods of
physical and chemical investigation, they will only appear more
and more difficult to surmount."

12 president's address.

So far as I can see there are no more "obstacles" than there ever
were to a mechanical view of living process. There must always
be possible a " mechanical explanation " of the phenomena so long
as observation continues to reveal underlying mechanical arrange-
ments. And even Dr. Haldane does not suggest that we have
run up against a blank wall in the experimental investigation of
organism according to physical and chemical principles. He does
not doubt that "by the further application of these principles we
shall continue to extend our knowledge." And in the following
extrpct from a private letter of earlier date than the article under
consideration, he expressly disclaims the disposition to set bounds
to progress in the direction indicated. " I do not mean," he says
here, " that physico-chemical investigations will in any way cease
to make as much progress as before in the domain of life, for one
can see no limit to the progress of, say, physiological physics or
chemistry. Nevertheless, every year makes it clearer that with
all this progress we seem to get further and further from physico-
chemical explanations of any of the elementary phenomena of
biolog}', growth, development, nutrition, secretion, heredity,
excitability, &c."

But when it is conceded that we do actually "make progress in
the domain of life " by means of physico-chemical investigation,
one is constrained to ask " does not the knowledge so gained,
just so far as it goes, amount to an actual and genuine scientific
explanation of the phenomena concerned " 1

It seems to me radically wrong to assume, as Haldane appears
to me to do when he speaks of " getting further and further from
physico-chemical explanations of the elementary problems of
biology," that such an explanation, or, indeed, any explanation of
phenomena whatever, is to be conceived merely as an end-product
of thought, or a terminal goal of scientific investigation. The
explanation and interpx'etation of vital phenomena is always going
on. Solvitur ambulando. As we learn the physics and chemistry
of " living protoplasm," of those parts and substances which all
will admit to be in some sense the embodiment of function, as we
determine causes and effects of events in the way of process, and

president's address. 13

distinguish the actual from the apparent, and true modes of
relatedness from false ; as we thus proceed, I hold that we are,
de facto, explaining living process in terms of mechanism, even if
in so doing we may not be saying the last word about its signifi-
cance.

Dr. Haldane does himself admit that " perfectly satisfactory
physical explanations can, for instance, be given of the manner in
which contractions of the muscles and of the heart respectively
bring about the movements of the limbs and the circulation of
the blood." Again, "we can explain, on purely physical and
chemical principles, many isolated processes occurring in the living
body." But it is pointed out, with perfect justice, that, under-
lying these more obvious mechanisms, there lies the more subtle
operation of a cellular activity which does not yield to a physico-
chemical analysis. According to the vitalistic view, any function,
or any aspect of function, which is capable of being thus analysed
is non-vital. "If we look, howevei", at the phenomena which are
capable of being stated or explained in physico-chemical terms,
we see at once thut there is nothing in them characteristic of life."

This is, in truth, a short and easy mode of disposing of the
miechanical interpretation of function ; l)ut if it be true that the
progress of physiology has largely consisted in the elucidation of
function-complexes by the recognition of elementary cell-
phenomena underl3ang the grosser mechanical aspect of the
processes, then we should appear to be justified in concluding
from this reasoning that it is only in the elementai'y physiological
activity of intracellular function that we can recognise any
genuine manifestation of vitality.

I see nothing to be gained by the attempt to classify the
functions of an organism into those which are characteristic of
life and those which are not. Surely any and every process
carried on as a part of the life of an organism is characteristic of
life, whether it seem to be analysable into physico-chemical process
or not.

Nor will it do to admit that explanations in terms of mechanism
are appropriate for certain of the operations of oi^ganism, and

14 president's address.

then to pull up short at the problems involved in intracellular
activity and deny the applicability of physico-chemical explana-
tion to the phenomena there manifested. It is admitted on all
hands that "the elementary problems of biology, — growth,
development, nutrition, secretion, heredity, excitability, &c." — are
at bottom intracellular problems. And in my humble opinion, if
we knew as many facts regarding the material organisation of
living cells, and were able to make the same kind of observation
and experiment upon them as we can upon cell-complexes, we
should then find that physics and chemistry could do for us
exactly the same kind of thing, — not less, — and as certainly not
more, — than they have done in explanation of those processes of
which, Dr. Haldane thinks, we have already " perfectly satis-
factory explanations."

In this connection it may be useful to recall the views upon
the same subject of another distinguished young physiologist, as
expressed in the interesting address on " the relations between
morphology and physiology," to which probably most of you had
the pleasure of listening at the opening of the biological section
of the Australasian Association at its meeting in Sydney last
year. There Professor Martin discourses, among other matters,
concerning the limitations of the physiological physico-chemical
movement of the last half century, " so far as a complete under-
standing of life is concerned." He remarks that, "The physiolo-
gists, too, having studied the chemistry and physics of phenomena
associated with the life of higher animals, have tracked physio-
logical activity into the cell. Here, for the time being, a view of
the mechanism is lost, and cellular physiology does not appear
capable of being successfully attacked along the same lines of
mechanical interpretation which have proved so successful in
dealing with the functions of compound organs."

" One must not imagine," he continues, " that morphological
or physiological inquiry of the character which has been so
fruitfully prosecuted during the last half-century is in any sense
exhausted."

president's address. 15

The body of the address is occupied in discussing the directions
■of progress of both morphology and physiology, and emphasis is
laid on the fact that, in the case of both disciplines, the essential
problems have been followed up to the threshold of the living cell.
Thus Dr. Martin proceeds — ■" For the past fifty years the physi-
ologists have been principally concerned with the analysis of the
function of organs as such, and have more or less left aside the
physiology of cells. In my opinion they have been quite wise in
so doing. In this way all those physiological phenomena which
can be measured according to physical standards and interpreted
in terms of physics and chemistry and physics have, to a large
extent, been separated off from those that cannot. Processes in
which cells participate collectively as membranes or organs have
been more or less sharply defined from those in which they
operate by means of their individuality, and in which cases the
phenomena are intracellular. Surely it was wise to ascertain to
what extent a physiological result was due to the ph3^sical or
chemical properties of the matter concerned, in order to know at
what point the intervention of cellular activities is necessary "
Throughout the whole discussion of the ^'arious phases of the
physiological problem dealt with, Professor Martin appears to
agree with Dr. Haldane that in every case of function-analj'sis
the most characteristic and essential quality of the process has
been "tracked" into the cell. But if T rightly interpret Dr.
Martin's attitude, it differs from Dr. Haldane's in that the former
finds no necessity' for the abandonment, Ijut only for the further
prosecution of the methods of the last fifty years. As a phj'si-
ologist, he has evidently " no desire to cry a halt at this point,"
even if " the knoivn laws of chemistry and physics seem so hope-
lessly incapable of furnishing any interpretation " of the problems
at issue. It is interesting to compai-e the attitude taken up by
Haldane and Martin respectively in reference to such an
apparently established physiological fact as that the tension of
oxygen in arterial blood is frequently higher than it is in the air
of the lung alveoli. This is interpreted by Haldane as signifying
that here we have evidence of a defiance of physico-chemical law,

16 president's address.

i.e. , that the physical laws of the diffusion of gases do not hold in this
case. There is a noteworthy difference in the view of the same
facts of gaseous respiratory exchange taken by Martin. In his view
the results of experiments show that "the exchange of gas between
the blood plasma and the alveolar air is regulated to some extent
according to the law of partial pressures." And, with regard to
the above-mentioned strikingly anomalous behaviour of the respi-
ratory oxygen (first announced by Bohr, and since confirmed by
the work of Haldane and Lorrain Smith), Martin cautiously
remarks that this fact " cannot be explained by diffusion across
a membrane, with which one is so far acquainted in physical
experiments." But it is to be observed that this inadequacy of
physical explanation suggests to him, not a break in the continuity
of mechanical theory as applicable to the phenomena under con-
sideration, but simply a new physical hypothesis as to the material
structure of a membrane which should allow of such novel
behaviour. And so on, wherever the known laws of physics and
chemistry seem incapable of accounting for the activities mani-
fested in living matter, the question for Martin seems ever to be
" if this be not a case of the operation of known mechanism, what
is the actual and genuine mechanism underlying it ; if the
originally supposed mechanism is not the true cause of the opera
tion, what is the real and actual antecedent cause 1" And to me
this appears to be the only genuinely scientific question, the only
kind of question answerable by means of experimental scientific
procedure.

The question may be brought into relief by the use of a familiar
quotation from Clerk Maxwell — " Now one material system can
differ from another only in the configuration and motion which
it has at a given instant. To explain differences of function and
development of a germ without assuming difference of structure
is, therefore, to admit that the properties of a germ are not those
of a purely material system." Here, of course, it is the one
physiological process of develoj)ment which is in view. For the
present purpose we might write " living cell " in place of "germ"
or germ-cell. On the lines of Clerk Maxwell's formula, the

president's address. 17

general contention here supported might be summarised thus : —
Living activity can only be known to scientific investigation as
manifested in changes in configuration and motion of certain
bodies in space and time. Such a body is for science, therefore,
a material system, and, as such, its function or change of motion
or configuration implies material structural constitution, i.e., a
mechanism embodying and determining the functional change.
A dissociation of function and structure — a divorce between
mechanism and motion, living or other — is an impossibility for
scientific thought.

That another interpretation of organism transcending that of
mechanism, is not only possible but necessary for the human
intelligence, I have freely admitted. For such a view it may be
necessary to hold that as regards its organisation an organism is
no mere object in space; in other words, that it is not " a purely
material system." Nevertheless, it is only as an object in space
that it can become for us an object of scientific investigation — as
part of a material system exhibiting configuration and motion.
It is with the changes in motion and configuration manifested by
living objects in space that biology, both on its morphological and
physiological sides, as a scientific discipline, has to do. And if,
as I firmly believe, the conception of organism as a material
system is inadequate to express the full concrete reality which
organisation possesses for thought; this imperfection is to be
remedied, not by the intercalation of the teleological conception
at a supposed break in the continuity of possible mechanical
interpretation — a break which represents merely the present
limit of structural observation— but by a complete philosophical
re-interpretation — a philosophical reconstruction — of biological
fact, in the light of its significance for the general theory of
knowledge.

I feel sure that Dr. Haldane would emphatically demur to my
describing his proposition as one which aims at the intrusion of
one category of explanation into the sphere of operation of a
radically different one. But his assertion of a failure on the part
of the mechanical principle to explain the elementary phenomena

18 president's address.

of organisation in the same manner in which it is admitted to
explain certain non-elementary " processes occurring in the living
body," and his demand at that point for the operation of another
principle of explanation is, to my mind, tantamount to such an
intrusion.

It may, however, be useful to endeavour to ascertain from
other statements what precisely it is that Dr. Haldane thinks the
new vitalism may do for biology. In the letter from which I
have already quoted, the writer says : " It seems to me that we
do want new working hypotheses for co-ordinating observa-
tions as to these elementary phenomena, and that just as the
conceptions of mass and energy differentiated physics from
mathematics, so the new biological conceptions will differen-
tiate biology from the physical sciences. When this time comes
we shall have got out of the present rather barren controversies
between vitalists and anti-vitalists. These controversies will
die of inanition, just like the old controversies about the
possibility of an absolute vacuum, which used to perplex the
physicists and mathematicians. There will then be a distinctively
biological way of looking at organisms and their environment,
just as there is a distinctively physical and a distinctively
mathematical way of looking at the world."

What the precise character of these new and distinctively
biological conceptions is to be, be^^ond the fact that they must be
vitalistic, purposive, or teleological, I find it rather ditJicult to
determine, although the latter and major portion of the Nineteenth
Century article is devoted to the vindication and defence of
vitalism as a positive working hypothesis.

In the attempt to demonstrate the positive content of this
hypothesis and its alleged contribution to the advancement of
physiological science, the writer summarises the change in the
modern point of view, in relation to three typical series of
functional facts, viz., those of cell-growth and maintenance; of
glandular secretion and absorption; and of respiration.

As regards the first of these, it is pointed out that " the deposit
of new material during growth only occurs in immediate

president's address. 19

association with a multitude of other processes, which we may
distinguish as absorptive, excretory, respiratory, metaboHc, &c.,
and which, occurring as they do in such unison that the cell
develops and maintains itself, are characteristic of life." This he
justly points out to be a great advance on the idea that organic
growth was to be regarded as essentially similar to a process of
crystallisation.

As regards the secretion and absorption of material by the
glands and intestine, it is shown that these cannot any longer be
regarded as due simply to filtration and diffusion, in that (1) the
secreting or absorbing surface is always composed of living cells;
(2) that the occurrence of secretion and apparently also of absorp-
tion involves processes of building up or growth, and breaking
down or waste of the cell substance, and is bound up with various
changes — respiratory, metabolic, electrical, &c., — which occur in
such unison that the secreting surface maintains itself; (-3) that
these processes are similar to those occurring in other cells.

Again, in regard to respiration he points out (1) that oxidation
occurs within living cells ; (2) that its occurrence is intimately
associated with the various other characteristic evidences of vital
activity occurring in equally characteristic unison ; (3) that it
occurs in all the cells of the body. And, he continues — ''These
results not only imply the failure of particular theories of growth,
secretion, respiration, heat production, &c., but they entirely bear
out the vitalistic contention that the life of an organism in its
characteristic aspects can only be studied and understood as a
whole, and that attempts to analyse life into a mere series of
physical and chemical processes are based on a mistaken theory."
" It is evident from the illustrations just given that the physio-
logical comparison of cell with cell, or organism with organism,
has led to an enormously increased insight into life, so that in
this respect also the vitalistic theory has turned out to be an
excellent working hypothesis. But for misleading physico-
chemical theories the very fruitful method of comparing with one
another different forms of vital activity might have been adopted

20 president's address.

all along, and would evidently have led to far more steady and
continuous advance."

The writer then contrasts organism with mechanism with
reference to the phenomena of self-repair, and adaptation to
change in environment, of which he remarks that physico-chemical
physiology has failed to give any account, although they may be
traced in every elementary physiological process. And positive
harm is done when the attention is directed away from these
characteristic features of organisation, instead of towards these,
as the assumption of a vital principle did.

On these grounds it is alleged that vitalism embodied not only
a negative but a positive working hypothesis of great value.

Now I quite fail to see, in the considerations stated, any
.sufficient reason for refusing to persevere in the mode of explanation
by which admittedly we haA'e been led up to the present problems
of cell-physiology. Nor can I see wherein, in regard to the
phenomena mentioned, vitalism has opei'ated as a working
hypothesis distinct from those principles of physics and chemistry
which we elsewhere invoke in explanation of changes of the motion
and configuration of a material system.

The facts of development, growth, maintenance, adaptation and
self-repair, to which Dr. Haldane alludes, are facts which are as
patent to the physico-chemical investigator of life as to the vitalist.
He has no desire to blink their occurrence. For him, also, the
nature of the processes having those particular aspects, forms part
of the subject matter of scientific research. It cannot be admitted
that there is a single feature of the three lines of discovery
adduced as instances of the operation-of " vitalism" as a working
hypothesis, which is in its nature beyond the recognition of
science, working to explain phenomena from the physico-chemical
point of view. As a matter of fact the present aspect which each
of these problems presents is the fruit, not of vitalistic hypothesis,
but of a triumphant reduction of all the grosser aspects of living
process as cases of the operation of ordinary mechanical principles.
It is not the reproach, but the reward, of modern physical biology
that the result of its brilliant analysis is tliat the essential

president's address. 21

problems of life appear now to await solution in the arena of
intra-cellular structure and function.

The older vitalists demanded a I'ecognition of the non-
mechanical character of the grosser aspects of living process.
Even by the neo-vitalists it is now admitted that at least many
of these can be explained " on purely physical and chemical prin-
ciples," but they now turn round and calmly tell us that pro-
cesses so explainable are not " characteristic of life." Yet it is
solely, the ad^'ances in the physico-chemical analysis of grosser
function and structure which have enabled us to re-state the
problems involved in the newer and more elementary terms of
intracellular process. And with regard to the facts involved in
the processes above referred to, of development, growth and main-
tenance, adaptation, and self-repair, it seems quite unwarrantable
to predict that physico-chemical analysis will prove more futile
here than at any previous stage of scientiric development.

It is true, for instance, that the processes of secretion and
absorption of material by cells can no longer be conceived as due
simply to diftusion and filtration, liut all that necessarily follows
from the admission is the concession that the processes are in
reality more complicated than was formerly supposed. Apparently
there is invohed an actual selection of material on the part of
tlie cells concerned. Is such behaviour after all entirely outside
the scope of all possible physico-chemical explanation, as the
vitalist alleges it to be 1 Verworn remarks upon this very point
that " The principle upon which this phenomenon is based is
evidently the same as that which controls in general atoms and
molecules, namely, affinity. It is surel}^ no less wonderful that
an atom of phosphorus unites very easily with an atom of oxygen,
but not with an atom of platinum, than that an intestinal epithe-
lium-cell takes up fat-droplets, but never pigment-granules. And
it is no less comprehensible that a Vampyrella surrounds with its
body-protoplasm and digests only Spirogyra threads and no other
bodies, than that a di'op of rancid oil, as Gad has shown, sends
out amoeboid processes to an alkaline liquid, and uses the alkali

22 president's address.

for the manufacture of soap, but is inactive toward an acid
liquid."

Again, one may ask, is not the repair of mutilated crystals a
phenomenon which is worthy of being placed alongside the no
doubt far more complicated phenomena connected with the self-
repair of organisms 1 The regeneration of the other half of a
hemi-gastrula resulting from the destruction in situ of one of the
first two blastomeres of a developing ovum, however determined,
must involve most highly complicated material rearrangements,
and the process in the present state of knowledge must be
admitted to be practically unintelligible as a mechanical procedure.
But can one say so very much more with respect to the regenera-
tion of the ideal form of a crystal which has undergone mutilation 1

No one, I take it, would submit these parallels as of equal
degrees of complexity. Yet, though the phenomena concerned
may be widely incommensurate, as purely objective phenomena
they suggest somewhat analogous explanations.

In the latter portion of his paper Dr. Haldane seeks to point
out the " way out of the difficulty in which the shortcomings
of both the physico-chemical and vitalistic theories have placed
physiology."

This attempt he makes with the aid of an appeal to the modern
development of scientific anatomy or morphology.

" The fundamental assumption of morphology is," he says,
" that each part of an organism is determined as regards
its mode of existence by its relations to other parts. That
this determination is real and not merely apparent, is shown by
the facts ( 1 ) that morphological plan is so persistent in spite of
disturbing influences ; (2) that parts which are removed tend to
be reproduced." It is this conception of a morphological plan
which is regarded as the vivifying principle of modern anatomy.
In other words, it is the idea of homology as morphological
identity. I think that upon the whole it is correct to say that it
is this idea which is specially characteristic of the morphology of
the latter half of the century. But it seems to me that the real
ground of the principle as operative in modern science is entirely

i

PliESIDENT's ADDRESS. 23

misconceived, when it is stated as follows : — " The ground idea of
the new anatomy was evidently that of the existence of an imma-
nent type or plan which an organism or group of allied organisms
adheres to thr-ough every variety of outward modification.
This idea dominates morphology and differentiates it from other
sciences, just as the ideas of matter and energy dominate and
differentiate phj^sics." Such a statement of morphological faith
might indeed have emanated from such a scientific anatomist as Sir
Richard Owen, but it will certainly not symbolise the practically
unanimous views of more recent morphologists. For them,
*' immanent type or plan" undoubtedly resolves itself into a com-
munity of structural character due to actual blood-relationship ;
an ideal "adherence to morphological plan" is reducible simply
to community of origin.

This view of the essential nature of "homology" will alone
afford a rational explanation of detailed morphological relation-
ships. According to Dr. Haldane the conception of each part of
an organism, regarded morphologically, " evidently involves the
conception of its morphological relationships to other parts." In
other words, the conception of each part involves that of the
whole. "We can mentally separate the parts of a j^bysical
structure from the other parts of the same structure, but we can-
not do so with the parts of a morphological structure." But
whenever we seek to translate into detail what the actual
morphological relationships of parts signify, i.e., from the
strictly morphological point of view, and apart from their
functional significance, we find that we interpret these relation-
ships systematically from the point of view of a theory of descent,
and not from that of the existence of "an immanent type or
plan " to which the organism " adheres through every variety of
outward modification." No doubt "the method of comparing
different organisms and different stages in the development of the
same organism enables the morphologist to perceive a definite cor-
relation among the parts," but the guiding hypothesis with which
he is armed when endeavouring to read unity into the diversity
of structural modification — to discover true morphological

24 president's address.

identity underlying manifold differences — is undoubtedly that of
relationship by common descent, and no mere ideal of unity of
type. And this is the case quite independently of the question
whether or not the " modern doctrines of relationship by descent,,
heredity, and gradual differentiation of species by natural
selection have fui-nished a key to" a physico-chemical interpretation
of life. On the vitalistic view, of course these doctrines must be
held to represent no advance along the line of such interpretation.
Dr. Haldane holds that " the doctrine of natural selection does
not in any way offer a physico-chemical explanation of the means
by which the morphological and phj'^siological characters of an
organism are modified." Now this is just what it appears to me
natural selection does offer, so far as it goes. It is an attempt to
explain the facts of the admitted evolution of organic forms as a
series of events linked together by purely causal connection.
Last year I insisted upon its inadequacy as a complete principle
of explanation on account of its fundamental assumption of
(unexplained) variability. But that it is, nevertheless, an
actually operative factor in development, through whose use we
may be said to make progress in the recognition of the causal
sequences in biological phenomena, I can see no reason for
doubting. Yet no more here than anywhere else are we exempt
from the inevitable re-interpretation of all such phenomena,
when the causal principle is assigned its rightful place in a true
theory of knowledge as an abstract and incomplete principle of
interpretation.

It is also true that for a complete analysis of the facts of
morphology we urgently require a tenable theory of heredity.
And it is objected that " no attempt worthy of serious considera-
tion has ever been made to furnish even the outlines of a physico-
chemical theory of heredity."

The question of heredity is obviously bound up with that of
the structure and properties of the living matter which is carried
over from parent to offspring. Everyone must admit that the
substance of the oosperm is in some sense the embodiment and
the carrier of the characteristics of the parent organisms. As a

PRESIDENTS ADDRESS. 20

material system the germ must necessarily possess, registered
either in its phj'sical structure, or in its chemical composition, or
in both together, potential equivalents of those properties in
which it resembles the parental organisation. To deny the
existence of .some such physico-chemical embodiment seems to me
tantamount to asserting, not only that the properties of a germ
are not those of a purely material sytem, but that the entire
phenomena of reproduction are essentially unintelligible.

To admit so much is of course a very different thing from
admitting the whole contention of the thorough-going preforma-
tionists. It amounts to no more than the assertion of a structural
basis for organisation, not only in the ovum but in the
developing organism itself. " Continuity of organisation," says
Whitman, " does not of course mean preformed organs, it means
only that a definite structural foundation must be taken as the
starting-point of each organism," whose " organic unity must
depend on intrinsic properties no less than does molecular unity."
"The indubitable fact on which we now build is no bit of
inorganic homogeneity, but the ready-formed, living germ, witli
an organisation cut directly from a pre-existing, parental organisa-
tion of the same kind. The essential thing is not simph-
continuity of germ-suljstance of the same chemico-physical con-
stitution, but actual identity^ of germ-organisation with stirjv
organisation."

The facts of regeneration are confidently appealed to in order
to support the contention that the differentiation of structure in an
organism is governed by a general morphological idea of organic
unity, and not by any sort of mechanical predetermination of its
structural parts. And one may frankly admit the entire inability
of conceiving how, by some physical arrangement of determinants,
the half-embryo which results from the development i7i situ of one
only of the first two blastomeres, should possess the capacity of
regenerating the other half. Yet we are not entitled to adopt
the extreme views formerly expressed by Driesch, which assume
the absolute isodynamy of the early embryonic cells, according to
which theory they may be " thrown about at will, like balls in a

26 president's address.

pile, without the least impairment of their power of development."
" Their prospective value," according to Driesch, "is a function,
of their position in the whole," which, in this connection, means
their morphological relations to each other. Yet it has been
shown in a large number of cases at a very early stage of
development, and in some cases even from the first, there exists
a degree of qualitative diflferentiation of the germ-material.
Such was shown to be present in Amphioxus and Nereis by E. B.
Wilson, several years ago. And if the fact of the regeneration
of the missing halves of hemi-embryos proved fatal to the mosaic
theory of development in its original form, more recent observa-
tions have shown that a fairly extensive predetermination of
cytoplasmic regions may in certain cases be shown to exist.
Thus in the case of the egg of Beroe, the experiments of Driesch
and Morgan, and more lately those of Fischel, have shown that
an isolated blastomere of the two- or four-celled stage gives rise to
a half- or quarter-embryo; and also if part of an unsegmented egg
were removed the rest generated an incomplete larva, showing
certain defects which represent the portions removed.

A conclusive evidence of underlying mechanical arrangements
in germinal structure would seem, moreo^'er, to be derivable from
experiments upon the influence of gravity upon the development of
frogs' ova. In 1894, O. Schultze discovered that if the egg of a
frog be turned upside down when in the two-cell stage, a whole
embryo, (or half of a double embryo) might arise from each blasto-
mere instead of a half-embryo, as in the normal development, and
that the axes of these embryos show no constant relation to one
another. Again, if, after destruction of one blastomere, the
other be allowed to remain in its normal position, a half-embryo
always results, precisel}' as described by Roux. If, on the other
hand, the blastomere be inverted it may give rise either to a half-
embryo or to a whole dwarf. According to Wilson, from whom
I have largely quoted in reference to these experiments, we have
here the most conclusive evidence that each of the two blasto-
meres contains all the materials, nuclear and cytoplasmic, neces-
sary for the formation of a whole body; and that these materials

president's address. 27

may be used to build a whole body or half-body, according to the
grouping they assume. After the first cleavage takes place, each
blastomere is set, as it were, for a half-development, but not so
firmly that a re-arrangement is excluded. It is through the
interpretation of facts of this kind that Wilson believes that we
can " reconcile the theories of cytoplasmic localisation and mosaic
development with the hypothesis of cytoplasmic isotropy.
Primarily the egg-cytoplasm is isotropic in the sense that
its various regions stand in no fixed and necessary relation
with the parts to which they respectively give rise. Secondarily,
however, it may undergo differentiations through which it acquires
a definite regional predetermination, which becomes ever more
firmly established as development advances. This process does
not, however, begin at the same time, or proceed at the same rate
in all eggs. Hence the eggs of different animals may vary widely
in this regard, at the time cleavage begins, and hence may differ
as widely in their power of response to changed conditions."

For our present purpose the importance of the facts quoted
lies in their testimony to the general fact of an ultra-microscopical
organised structure of germ cells, which embodies and subserves
the intracellular expi'essions of living activity, just in the same way
as the visible bodily organs embody the more obvious and familiar
aspects of bodily function.

It must therefore be maintained that neither the obscurity of
the problem of heredity, nor the leadings of the extraordinarily
striking phenomena of regeneration can be regarded as absolutely
incapable of being brought into line with other biological facts as
causally determined in the mechanical sense, far as Ave are at
present from any such achievement.

And in the present connection it cannot be admitted that we
are under any sort of compulsion to abandon the natural-historical
interpretation of homology — the true guiding hypothesis of
modern morphology — simply because we cannot eff'ect a definitive
analysis of its more important factors. Inability to do this does
not, for example, deprive me of the solid conviction that the
morphological relationship existing between, say, the presence of a

28

PRESIDENTS ADDRESS.

marsupial pouch and an inflected mandibular angle, is to be
interpreted simply as a common family character, transmitted by
descent, and deriving its whole meaning from the fact of this
transmission ; and not as an instance of any recondite conformity
to an immanent ideal " type."

Thus the supposed parallel or contrast between the progress of
morphology and physiology will not help the vitalist argument.
For in reality, morphology, just as much as physiology, has been
advancing by the aid of hypotheses which are conceived as eveiy
bit as mechanical as those which have achieved no small measure
of success in physiological science.

In neither case can we affoi'd to dispense with that category of
explanation which alone is appropriate to the investigation of the
operation of an}'' material system, extended in space, and mani-
festing its phenomena as a series of events in time.

A final quotation from the article under criticism will suffice to
summarise the question at issue.

" All that is really shown by the partial success which has
attended the application of physical and chemical principles of
explanation in physiology is that in the course of investigation it
is often possible to ignore for the time the distinctive features of
life. For certain scientific purposes we may treat some part of
the body as a mechanism, witliout taking into consideration the
manner in which it is controlled and maintained: and in this way
results of great value have been attained. But in doing all this
we are deliberately ignoring or abstracting from all that is chai-ac-
teristic of life in the phenomena dealt with. The action of each
bodily mechanism, the composition and structure of each organ,
the intake and output of energy from the body, are all mutually
determined and connected with one another in such a way as at
once to distinguish a living organism from anything else. As
this mutual determination is the characteristic mark of what is
living, it cannot be ignored in the framing of fundamental working
hypotheses."

With nearly the whole of this statement I am in substantial
agreement. For, "certain scientific purposes," I should put, "for

president's address. 29

all strictly scientific purposes " ; and as regards the last sentence,
I consider that the teleological determination there referred to is
incapable of incorporation in the working hypotheses of experi-
mental science, except to that extent to which it can be translated
into terms appropriate to the connections and relations of a
material system.

But, after all, the points of agreement far outweigh the points of
difference in the two stand-points compared. For both alike, the
interpretation of the phenomena of life as in their essential
character merely mechanical is based upon the untenable "meta-
physical assumption that the universe, interpreted as it is in the
physical sciences as a universe of matter and energy, corresponds
to absolute reality, and is for that reason incapable of any further
interpretation."

The full significance of Nature is not to be apprehended by the
externalising operation of purely scientific interpretation, be the
scope of its investigations never so extended. Not even a com-
plete "astronomical knowledge" of the molecular dance of
elementary physical particles could absolve us from the necessity
of finding the ultimate explanation of all phenomena in terms of
that single spiritual principle which alone makes knowledge
possible, and for which alone even material bodies either live or
move or have any being at all.

" Ihr folctEt falscher >Sfur ;

Denkt xicht, wir scherzen !
1st nicht der Kern der Natctr

Menschen im Herzen ?"

On the motion of Mr. A. H. S. Lucas, M.A., a very cordial
vote of thanks was accorded to the President for his interesting
Address.

The Hon. Treasurer, Mr. P. N. Trebeck, presented the balance
sheet, duly certified by the Auditors. The Society's total income
for the financial year ending December 31st, on both General
and Bacteriological Accounts was £2,296 10s. 2d. ; the total

30 president's address.

expenditure was £1,418 4s. lid., leaving a credit balance of
<£i^2 8s. lOd. in favour of the first-named account, and a credit
balance of £795 16s. 5d. in favour of the latter.

On the motion of Mr. Edgar R. Waite, F.L.S., the Hon.
Treasurer's report was adopted.

No other nominations having been received, the Chairman
declared the following gentlemen elected to fill eight vacancies in
the Council : — Hon. James Norton, LL.D., M.L.C. (President),
Cecil W. Darley, M. Inst. C.E., Professor T. W. E. David, B.A.,
F.G.S., Henry Deane, M.A., M. Inst. C.E., James R. Garland,
M.A., J. H. Maiden, F.L.S., Professor J. T. Wilson, M.B., Ch.M.

And as Auditors : Hugh Dixson, J.P., Edward G. W. Palmer,
J.P.

31

rfy-

ii]

rs*

^

u

h

O

<

^-

w

C5

o

t-»

«*4-

r*

H

0)

o

rl" CC CO

O Tf — < (?) CO

e*: CO

cB :

: <

oS

-5

o

:0

P-' O «

. -"^ —

o <u o • ^

CO p^ a; ;:i

^ ■ J fiq fL eu

a;- tu :3 o

&0

p oT

>>

M

ci ^ -r _^
>>^ 5 M

S 2 D

.2 ^'t >>

oi

H O o -|J s

^ rC in a U

3)

ci

n n rt 1) cs
--HMC5P3

OlO OOO OO '53

• -^ -H ;0 O O

5S CC

. , '-^

C"!

CD O

cc

1-^ CO "*

«rt o

o

o

O (M

o

(»

03

■ . 03 •

: : a :

— . o

CO

>

£ '-5

1^

S

^23 ■

r— ^

<D

^

_ — ^

ll§.

^

-M o o ,

i~t

2 -fs CO

r^

Q)

S 4) S

O

13

V

OT

60

c '^ SO'-

S 0) cS —

C

03

s — ^Q

r-

05
CO

. s

(» P

o

o

05

(D

O

s

c
c

u

73
C

'•3

c

OT

o
_>
"t

p

OT

p

y
p

o

to the Gover
% Plates supp
ance on pac
by wreck ot

r_i

cc

^

OT

'C i: j: 4^

'S

c5

-t=

'-^

1"sS

'^ o

01

o

c«

t-H

cc

"^w^q-"

H

H

'^

'

"

"

(N

(?)

<;

o

Q.

Z

r-" '^

=*?

o o

o o
o o

o t^

2

(^

rt

O

^

O

v>

^

;

^

L4

fc-

>--

(■/.'

(1>

>1

^

g

4^

o

T*

1L>

e^-t

<^.-i

0^

^

»7-;

^tfJ

Oi

f— 1

m

^

^

0)

r"

O)

0)

*i— (

^

cti

o

>-

!->

"o

SI

'J}

?

<d

<;

S

3

<1

Em

-c ^

o o

o

.CO o

^

m

o o o

o

o o o

o

trtOO r-

!>•

CO

m —

CI

(— t

^

• - o

:^ o

•— o

* ^-

-• -t

• — t-

J5 o

O :«

*

: ^ ni

•o^

C o

rt r-

. c c

:>J >.

*■«-< .

C >J

aj

c c

'.2 2

^ c

<1

(-H ■ ^^

c

c c =

CS

rt =S

o

o c

hjl-^lhj

A

o

»

w
P3
H

Ph

o

P3

- S

o <

So

o
o

c

CO

- c

32

. — ^ -o o O O ir:

^1

^ o o o

"11

■.* ~f a o o o CO

00

^o oo

o

CO ^H ^* -H ^H

•"^

O OiS O-t Oo

CO

1

S SS

O

(M

,«^__ gg

O

o__

6

^_

^

CO

.S^M^Sir -B ■ ■ ^ • •

««

: .3 ; :

1—t

<u !« — rf s •" <-

Bact

r pas

Pure
emic
egrar
ves,

th")
1 Eu

n3

■■TS -

■ s : -»

nge,

e foi

land

nge,

dCh

Cabl

jecti

t. 10
from
issio

1 §
2

ci '^ iJici S '^ ■ z^ S:

• „ I OQ

M >

-By Draft and Ex

logist's allow

money-from 1

„ Draft and Ex

of Apparatus

,, Advertisemer

,, Miscroscope,

Eyepieces
,, Salary (from 1
,, Books order
(including co
,, Balance ...

^.-^

hJ
<

h

of Loan
roni int(

awaiting

>— <
<

o

OO Ih" >% 6C d

^ — '

2 o -fi

C5 t3 "T: 3 OJ

O-^ d

23 ►^ <3 P

-:i<t! Q

^ -H O O

-' ■:

o

^ o o o

o

• x> o o

2

u

» o o o

o

^, CC iM — '

«** -H 05 c^

•-S -t-

CO

o

PC

o o o

cJt O O p

o
o

2

1

^

u

i,<*-^^"" — .- — o •

Cf« '

2-;

o

;®2;?

<

. > r- o „ .— -r—i

*3

CJ

.m 1897
£12,300
£700 @

PQ

queathed

the Uni
robate di

into Ci
ut to the

received
added to

interest
icil to be

o

05 S

Co Balance fr(

,, Interest on
,, Interest on

£12,000, be
m Made ay to
y (less £600 p
e University
d to be paid o
ut of interest
Council to be
mount (out of
:d by the Coui
pal ...

.lary 28th, 189
.udited and fo

'1 ^

of
illia
dne

th
lere
it(o
the
r A

inci

1898.
an.
»ec. 3

>■•> >. >> c: 5 >. 2 £: /-'

^

^ S3

1 H,M

J <3 fe

9>

S-t
3
n
eS

S
O

w

a'

m
w

Ah

PS
9 ■<

33

WEDNESDAY, MARCH 29th, 1899.

The Ordinary Monthly Meeting of the Society was held at the
Linnean Hall, Ithaca Road, Elizabeth Bay, on Wednesday
evening, March 29th, 1899.

Professor Wilson, ]\I.B., Ch.M., Vice-President, in the Chair.

DONATIONS.

(Received since the Meeting in November, 1898.)

Department of Agriculture, Brisbane — Annual Report for the
Year 1897-8 : Queensland AgriculturalJournal. Vol. iii. Part 6
(Dec, 1898); Vol. iv. Parts 1-3 (Jan. -March, 1899). From the
Secretary for Agriculture.

Geological Survey of Queensland — Report on the Mesozoic
Coal Measures of Stan well and Associated Formations (1898).
By B. Dunstan, F.G.S. From the Director.

Royal Society of Queensland — Proceedings. Vol. xiv. (1899).
From the Society.

Three Botanical Pamphlets (from Queensland Agric. Journ.
Vol. iii. Parts 3-5 : Sept.-Nov., 1898). By F. M. Bailey, F.L.S.
From the Author.

Australian Museum, Sydney — Memoir iii. The Atoll of Funa-
futi. Part 7 (March, 1899). From the Trustees.

Department of Mines and Agriculture, Sydney — Agricultural
Gazette of New South Wales. A^ol. xi. Part 12, with T.p. and
Index (Dec, 1898) ; Vol. xii. Parts 1-2 (Jan.-Feb., 1899) :
Records of the Geological Survey of New South Wales. Title-
page and Index to Vol. v. (1898) ; Vol. vi. Part 1 (1898). From

the Hon. the Minister for Mines and Agriculture.
3

34 DONATIONS.

Department of Public Health, Sydney — Report on Protective
Inoculation against Tick Fever (1898). By F. Tidswell, M.B.,
Ch.M. : Pamphlet (Aust. Assoc. Adv. of Science, Sydney, 1898).
By F. Tidswell, M.B., Ch.M. Fro77i the Author.

New South Wales Sea Fisheries — Report upon Trawling
Operations off the Coast of New South Wales, between the
Manning River and Jervis Bay, carried on by H M.C.S. " Thetis,"
under the Direction of Frank Farnell, Esq., M.P., together with
Scientific Report on the Fishes by E. R. Waite, F.L.S. From
the Government Printer.

Pamphlet : On Modifications in Form and Ornament of the
Australian Aboriginal Weapon the Lil-Lil or Woggara, kc. (4to.
1897). By R. Etheridge, Junr. From the Author.

Royal Societ}' of New South Wales — Abstract of Pro-
ceedings, December 7th, 1898. Fro^n the Society.

The Surveyor, Sydney. Vol. xi. No. 12 (Dec, 1898); Vol. xii.
Nos. 1-3 (Jan. -March, 1899). From the Editor.

Sydney Observatory — Records No. 150 (Results of Rain, River
and Evaporation Observations made in New South Wales during
1899). By H. C. Russell, B.A., C M.G., F.R.S. : No. 152
(Current Papers, No. 3). By H. C. Russell, B. A., C.M.G., F.R.S.

From the Director.

Australasian Journal of Pharmacy, Melbourne. Vol. xiii. No.
156 (Dec, 1898); Vol. xiv. Nos. 157-159 (Jan.-March, 1899).
From the Editor.

Field Naturalists' Club of Victoria — Victorian Naturalist.
Vol. XV. Nos. 8-11 (Dec, 189S-March, 1899). From the Club.

Gordon Technical College, Geelong — The Wombat. Vol. iv.
No. 1 (Nov., 1898). From the College.

Royal Societj' of Victoria — Proceedings. New Series. Vol. xi.
Part ii. (1899). From the Society.

Public Library, Museum, etc., Adelaide, S.A. — Report of the
Board of Governors for 1897-98. From the Trtistees.

DONATIONS. 35

Royal Society of South Australia, S.A. — Transactions. Vol.
xxii. Part ii. (Dec, 1898). From the Society.

Woods and Foi-ests Department, Adelaide — Annual Progress
Report for the Year 1897-98. From W. Gill, Esq., F.L.S.,
Conservator of Forests.

Canadian Institute, Toronto — Proceedings. New Series.
Vol. i. Parts 3 and 6 (Sept. and Nov., 1898). From the Institute.

Geological Survey of Canada — Annual Report. New Series.
Vol. ix (1896) : Contributions to Canadian Palaeontology. Vol. i.
Part V. (1898). From, the Director.

Royal Societ}^ of Canada — Proceedings and Transactions.
Second Series. Vol. iii. (1897). From the Society.

Academj' of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia — Proceedings,
1898. Part i. From the Academy.

American Academy of Arts and Sciences, Boston — Proceed-
ings. Vol. xxxiii. Nos. 13-27 (March-July, 1898) ; Vol. xxxiv.
No. 1 (Aug., 1898). From the Academy.

American Geographical Societ}-, New York — Bulletin.
Vol. xxx. Nos. 4-5 (1898). From the Society.

American Museum of Natural History, New York — Bulletin.
Vol. x. Article iv. (pp. 51-59 : March, 1898) ; Art. xi.-xii. (pp.
169-233 : June, 1898) ; Art. xv.-xvi. (pp. 299-352 : Aug. -Sept.,
1898); Art. xviii.-xix. (pp. 449-464 : Nov., 1898); Vol. xi. Part 1
(June, 1898) : Memoirs. Vol. i. Part iii. (April, 1898) ; Vol. ii.
Anthropology i. (June, 1898) : Annual Report for the Year 1897-
From the Museum.

American Naturalist. Vol. xxxii. Nos. 383-384 (Nov.-Dec,
1898) ; Vol. xxxiii. Nos. 385-386 (Jan.-Feb., 1899). From the
Editor.

American Philosophical Society, Philadelphia — Proceedings.
Vol. xxxvii. No. 157 (July, 1898 ~. From the Society.

Boston Society of Natural History — Proceedings. Vol. xxviii.

Nos. 8-12 (pp. 237-332 : June-July, 1898). From the Society.

36

DONATIONS.

Botanical Society of America — Presidential Address, Aug. 19th,
1898. By J. M. Coulter, Ph.D. From the Society.

Buffalo Society of Natural Sciences — Bulletin. Vol. v. Nos.
1-5 (1886-97); Vol. vi. No. 1 (1898). From the Society.

Cincinnati Society of Natural History —Journal. Vol. xix.
No. 4 (July, 1898). From the Society.

Field Columbian ^Museum, Chicago — Anthropological Series.
Vol. ii. No. 3 (July, 1898). From the Museum.

Johns Hopkins University, Baltimore — Hospital Bulletin.
Vol. ix. Nos. 90-92 (Sept.-Nov., 1898) : University Circulars.
Vol. xviii. Nos. 137-138 (Nov.-Dec, 1898). From the University.

Kansas University, Lawrence — Kansas University Quarterly.
Series A. Vol. vii. No. 4 (Oct., 1898). From the University.

Museum of Comparative Zoology, Harvard College, Cambridge,
Mass. — Annual Report of the Curator for 1897-98. From the
Director.

New York Academy of Sciences — Annals. Vol. ix. (1898);
Vol. xi. Part i. (1898): Transactions. Vol. xvi. (1896-97).
From the Academy.

Smithsonian Institution, Washington — Report of the U.S.
National Museum, Year ending June 30th, 1895. From the
Secretary.

U.S. Department of Agriculture, Washington : Division of
Entomology— Bulletin. New Series. Nos. 15-18 (1898) : Report
of the Secretary of Agriculture, 1898 : Report of the Com-
missioner for the Years 1867, 1868, 1876, 1877, 1878, 1885, and
1888 : Yearbook for 1894 and 1895. From the Secretary oj
Agriculture.

Museo de La Plata — Revista. Tomo viii. (1898). From the
Director.

Museo Nacional de Buenos Aires — Comunicaciones. Tomo i.
No. 2 (Dec, 1898). From the Director.

DONATIONS. 37

Museo Nacional de Montevideo — Anales. Tomo iii. Fasc. x.
(1898). From the Director.

Societe Scientifique du Chili — Actes. Tome viii. pe.4me Ljvrs.
(1898). From the Society.

Imperial University of Japan, Tokyo — Calendar for the Year
1897-98; Journal of the College of Science. Vol. ix. Part. iii.
(1898); Vol. X. Part iii. (1898); Vol. xi. Part i. (1898); Vol. xii.
Parts i.-iii. (1898). From the President.

Societa.s Zoologica Tokyonensis — Annotationes Zoological Japo-
nenses. Vol. ii. Pars iv. (Dec. 1898). From the Society.

Geological Survey of India — Palteontologia Indica. Ser. xv.
Vol. i. Part 3 (1897) : A Manual of the Geology of India — Econo-
mic Geology. By the late Professor V. Ball, C.B., LL.D., F.R.S.
Second Edition. Part i. Corundum, by T. H. Holland, A.R.C S.,
F.G.S. (1898). From the Director.

Indian Museum, Calcutta — An Account of the Deep-Sea
Madreporaria collected by the Royal Indian Marine Survey Ship
"Investigator." By A. Alcock, M.B., C.M.Z.S., F.G.S. (4to.
1898) : A Summary of the Deep-Sea Zoological Work of the
Royal Indian Marine Survey Ship "Investigator" from 1884-
1897. By A. W. Alcock, M.B., C.M.Z.S., F.G.S. (4to. 1899).
From the Superintendent,

Perak Government Gazette, Vol. xi. Nos. 31-38 (Nov. -Dec. ,^
1898); Vol. xii. Nos. 1-4 (Jan.-Feb., 1899). From the Govern-
ment Secretary.

Cambridge Philosophical Society — Proceedings. Vol. ix. Part
ix. (1898); Vol. x. Part i. (1899): Transactions. Vol. xvii. Parts
i.-ii. (1898-99). From the Society.

Conchological Society of Great Britain and Ireland — Journal
of Conchology, Vol. ix. No. 5 (Jan., 1899). From the Society.

Entomological Society of London — Transactions, 1898. Parts
iv.-v. (Dec, 1898-Feb., 1899). From the Society.

38 DONATIONS.

Geological Society, London — Quarterly Journal. Vol. liv.
Nos. 216-217 (Nov., 1898-Feb., 1899): List of Members, &c,
Nov., 1898. From the Society.

Manchester Literary and Philosophical Society — Memoirs and

Proceedings. Vol. xlii. Part 5 (1897-98). From the Societi/.

Manchester Museum, Owens College — Museum Handbooks.
Publication No. 24. From the Museum.

Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, Ply-
mouth— Joux-nal. New Series. Vol. v. No. 3 (1898). From the
Director.

Radcliffe Library, Oxford University Museum— Catalogue of
Additions during 1898. From the Librarian.

Royals Gardens, Kew — Bulletin of Miscellaneous Information.
No. 138 (June, 1898). From T. Steel, Fsq., F.L.S., F.C.S.

Royal Microscopical Society, London — Journal, 1898. Part 6
(Dec); 1899. Part 1 (Feb.). From the Societi/.

Royal Society, London — Proceedings. Vol. Ixiv. Nos. 404-
407 (Nov.-Dec, 1898, Jan. -Feb., 1899). From the Society.

Zoological Society of London — Abstract, loth and 27th Nov.,
13th Dec, 1898; 17th Jan. and 7th Feb., 1899: Transactions.
Vol. xiv. Part 8 (Dec, 1898); Vol. xv. Part 1 (Dec, 1898).
From the Society.

Pamphlet — " Further Observations on the Anatomy of the
Brain in the Monotremata." By G. Elliott Smith, B.A., M.D.
From the Author.

Pamphlet — "Observations on Membraniporidse," (1898). By
A. W. Waters, F.L.S. From the Author.

Three Conchological Pamphlets. By Edgar A. Smith, F.Z.S.
From, the Aiithor.

Royal Irish Academy, Dublin — Proceedings. Third Series.
Vol. v. No. 1 (Dec , 1898). From the Academy.

DONATIONS. 39

Archiv fiir Naturgeschichte, Berlin. lix. Jahrg. ii. Band,
1 Heft (1893); Ixii. Jahrg. ii. Band, 2 Heft (1896); Ixiv. Jahrg.
i. Band, 2-3 Heft (1898). From the Editor.

Botanischer Verein in Landshut — Fiinfzehnter Bericht, 1896-
1897. From the Society.

Gresellschaf t fiir Erdkunde zu Berlin — Verhandiungen. Baud
XXV. Nos. 2-6 (1898) : Zeitschrift. Band xxii. No. 6 (1897) ;
Bd. xxiii. N"os. 1-2 (1898). Fnmi the Society.

Konigliche Bohmische Gesellschaf t der Wissenschaf ten in Prag
— Jahresberichte fiir die Jahre 1896 u. 1897 : Sitzungsberichte
1896 u. 1897. From the Society.

Medicinisch-Naturwissenschaftliche Gesellschaft zu Jena —
Jenaische Zeitschrift. xxx. Band. Neue Folge. Heft 1 (1895);
xxxi. Band. Heft 1 (1897). From the Society.

Naturforschende Gesellschaft zu Freiburg, i. B. — Bei'ichte.
x. Band. 1-3 Heft (1897-98). From the Society.

Naturhistorische Gesellschaft in Niirnberg— Abhandlungen.
xi. Band (1897). From the Society.

Senckenbergische Naturforschende Gesellschaft, Frankfurt a. M.
— Abhandlungen. xxi. Band, ii.-iii. Heft (1898) ; xxiv. Band,
iii.-iv. Heft (1898) : Bericht, 1898. From the Society.

Verein fiir Vaterlandische Naturkuride in Wiirttemberg—
Jahreshefte. liv. Jahrgang (1898). From the Society.

Zoologischer Anzeiger. xxi. Band. Nos. 572-576 (Nov.-Dec,
1898); Bd. xxii. Nos. 577-579 (Jan.-Febr., 1899). Fro7n the
Editor.

Societe Royale de Geographie d' An vers — Bulletin. Tome xxii.

3« Fascicule (1899). From the Society.

Societe Royale Linneenne de Bruxelles — Bulletin. 24™" Annee.
Nos. 1-2 (Oct. -Nov., 1898). From the Society.

Journal de Conchyliologie, Pai'is. Vol. xlv. Nos. 1-4 (1897);
Vol. xlvi. No. 2 (1898). From the Director.

40 DONATIONS.

Faculte des Sciences de Marseille — Annales. Vol. iii® (1896);
Vol. iv« (1897). From the Faculty.

Museum d' Histoire Naturelle, Paris —Bulletin. Anne'e 1897,
Nos. 7-8; Annee 1898, Nos. 1-6; Nouvelles Archives. 3"«Serie.
Tome ix. 2™« Fasc. (1897). From the Museum.

Societe des Sciences Naturelles de I'Ouest de la France, Nantes —
Bulletin. Tome vii. No. 4 (1897); Tome viii. Nos. 1-2 (1898).
From the Society.

Societe Entomologique de France — Bulletin. Annee 1896 :
Annales. Vol. Ixv. (1896). From the Society.

Societe Linneenne de Normandie, Caen — Bulletin. Annee
1897 (Annee, 1896) : Memoires. Vol. xix. V et 2""= Fasc.
(1897). Fro7n the Society.

Societe Zoologique de France — Bulletin. Tome xxii. (1897):
Memoires. Tome x. (1897). From the Society.

Eight Entomological Pamphlets. Par M. Charles Janet
(1897-98). From the Author.

Nederlandsche Dierkundige Vereeniging, Leiden — Tijdschrift.
2*^* Serie. Deelvi. Aflevering 1 (Juli, 1898). From the Society.

Nederlandsche Entomologische Vereeniging, Hague — Tijd-
schrift voor Entomologie. xlii. Deel. Tweede Aflevering (Nov.,
1898): Nieuwe Naamlijst van Nederlandsche Diptera, door F.M..
van der Wulp en Dr. J. C. H. de Meijere (1898). From the
Society.

Royal Academy of Sciences, Amsterdam — Jaarboek 1893,
1894 : Verhandelingen Afd. Natuurkunde. 2^ Sectie. Deel ii.
Tome ii. (1897); Deel iii. Nos. 1-14 (1893-94); Deel iv. Nos. 1-6
(1894-95); Deel v. Nos. 4-10 (1896-97): Zittingsverslagen,
1893-94, 1894-95, 1896-97. From the Academy.

Societe Hollandaise des Sciences a Harlem — Archives Neer-
landaises. S^rie ii. Tome ii. 2®-3^ Livrs. (1899). From the Society.

DONATIONS. 41

Comite Geologique, St. Petersbourg — Bulletin. Tome xvii.
Nos. 4-8 (1898): Memoires. Vol. xvi. No. 1 (1898). From the-
Committee.

I'Academie Impei'iale des Sciences de St. Petersbourg — Annu-
aire du Musee Zoologique, 1898, No. 2: Bulletin, v^ Serie. Tome
vii. Nos. 3-5 (1897); Tome viii. Nos. 1-4 (1898): Memoires.
viii® Serie. Vol. vi. No. 2 (1898). From the Acadtmy.

Societe Imperiale des Naturalistes de Moscou — Bulletin,.
Annee 1898, No. 1. From the Society.

Societas pro Fauna et Flora Fennica, Helsingfors — Acta.
Vol xiii. (1897); Vol. xiv. (1897-98; : Meddelanden. Vol. xxiii.
(1898). From the Society.

Universite Royale de Norvege, Christiania— Archiv for Mathe-
matik og Naturvidenskab. Bind xix. Hefte 4 (1897); Bd. xx.
Hefte 1-2 (1898) : Beitrage zur Physiologischen Anatomie der
Laminariaceen, von Dr. N. Wille, 1897. From the University.

Entomologiska Foreningen i Stockholm— Entomologisk Tid-
skrift. Arg. xix. Haft 1-4, (1898). From the Society.

Kongliga Svenska Vetenskaps-Akademiens, Stockholm — Hand-
lingar. xxx. Band (1897-98). From the Academy.

Societe des Sciences a Christiania — Forhandlinger. Aar 1893.
From the Society.

I'Academie Royale des Sciences et des Lettres de Danemark,
Copenhague — Bulletin. 1898. Nos. 4-.5. From the Academy.

La Nuova Notarisia, Padova. Serie x., Gennaio, 1899. From
the Editor, Dr. G. B. de Toui.

Museo di Zoologia ed Anatomia, ifec, di Torino — BoUettino.
Vol. xiii. Nos. 320-334 (1898). From the Director.

R. Universita delgi Studi di Siena — Bullettino del Laboratorio
ed Orto Botanico. Anno i. Fasc. 1 and 4 (1897-98): Appendice
ii. (1898). From the Editor.

42

CONTRIBUTIONS TO THE MORPHOLOGY AND
DEVELOPMENT OF THE FEMALE UROGENITAL
ORGANS IN THE MARSUPIALIA.

I. 0\ THE Female Urogenital Organs op Perameles, with
AN Account of the Phknomena of Parturition.

By Jas. p. Hill, B.Sc. (Edin.), F.L.S., Demonstrator of
Biology in the University of Sydney.

(Plates i.-xii.)

Introduction-

The present paper, forming the first of a series of papers I hope
to contribute on the above subject, deals with the anatomy of the
female urogenital organs in the genus Perameles. These present
features of exceptional interest and importance, not only struc-
turally, but also in relation to the act of parturition, and form a
most excellent starting point from which to discuss the compara-
tive morphology of the urogenital organs in the Marsupialia. In
this present paper, howe\'er, I do not purpose entering into an
extended discussion of this subject, but content myself with
giving a fairly extended account of the adult structural condition
of the organs, together with an account of the main phenomena
connected with the act of parturition. The material at my dis-
posal has consisted of a large number of sets of the female genital
organs of either P. nasuta or P. ohesula. Doubtless a careful
comparison of the genital organs of these two species would reveal
the presence of minute differences between them, but such, if
present, may from the point of view of this research, be dis-
regarded. In the literature of the subject, I can find only two
references to the condition of the genital organs in Perameles.
The first is a short account by Owen (1, p. 683) of the organs in
/'. ohesula. His account is as follows : — " In Perameles ohesula
the uteri are wider in proportion to their length than in the Kan-

BY .TAS. P. HILL. 43

garoos. Each communicates with a vagina, expanding into a
caecum with semitransparent walls and greatly surpassing the
uteri in size : the ctecum suddenly contract near the ora tincfe, to
form long and slender vaginal canals which converge but terminate
separately near the vulva. The urethra is of corresponding
length and tenuity; its orifice is near those of the vagina, the
urogenital passage having the least extent in this genus of 2Iar-
supialia." It ma}' be noted that in this account no mention is
made of a median vaginal apparatus. The second reference is
contained in a short paper by Alix (2) entitled " Sur les organes
de la parturition chez les Marsupiaux " and j^ublished in 1879.
After remarking that he had several times confirmed his pre%'ious
observation of the open condition of the median vaginal apparatus
in Halmaturus hennettii, he goes on to say, " mais d'autre part
je n'ai pas trouve de communication entre le vagin median et le
vestibule urogenital soit sur le Sarigue, soit sur le Peramele," a
statement which certainly shows that Alix had recognised the
presence of a median vagina in I'erameles. A t the time of
writing an account of the process of parturition in my paper on
the placentation of Pera7neles (3) I overlooked the above state-
ment of Alix and misinterpreted the median vaginal canals as
postei'ior prolongations of the uteri, an error which I trust will
be sutficiently corrected in the present communication.

General Account of the Genital Organs.

In Perameles the female genital organs consist of the following
parts — two ovaries, two oviducts, two uteri, two vaginas (includ-
ing the two lateral vaginal canals, with their casca and a median
A-aginal apparatus), a urogenital sinus containing the clitoris and
opening into the cloaca. The most distinctive feature of the
urogenital organs of this form consists in the fact that the lateral
vaginal canals and the urethra lie imbedded throuohout their
entire extent in an elongated mass of connective tissue (Plate i.,
fig. 1, u s.), to which I gave in a previous paper the name of urino-
or better uro-genital strand, and which is developmentally none
other than the jiersistent genital cord of the foetus. Owing to

44 FEMALE UROGENITAL ORGANS OF PERAMELES,

the very considerable length of the urogenital strand, the various-
structures connected with its anterior end, viz., the bladder, the
uteri and their appendages, and the vaginal cfeca, are situated in
the abdominal cavity well in front of the anterior end of the
pubic symphysis. The strand itself is the only portion of the
urogenital organs which lies in the proper pelvic cavity. At its
posterior end, at the hinder margin of the pubic symphysis, the
strand becomes continuous with the rounded thick mass in which
the urogenital sinus and cloaca are situated. At the anterior end
of the strand the urethra, occupying its mid-ventral line, expands
into the bladder, while the lateral vaginal canals, occupying the
dorso-lateral regions of the strand, are produced forwards into two
large thin-walled outgrowths, — the vaginal cteca, — separated from
each other by a common partition wall (Plate i., fig. 1, vag.c), and
lying immediately dorsal of the bladder, between it and the uteri.
The posterior ends of the latter, as well as the median vaginae, lie
imbedded dorsally in the connective tissue at the anterior end of
the strand. In Plate i., fig. 1, the urogenital organs are repre-
sented as viewed from the dorsal aspect. The apex of the bladder
(bl.) is just visible below the enormous bilobed vaginal caeca (vag.c).
Each of the latter is seen to contract posteriorly and to pass back
as the lateral vaginal canal {l.vag.c.) in the urogenital strand (u.s.).
Dorsally to the vaginal caeca the two uteri (ut.) lie side by side.
Their contracted posterior ends — uterine necks (ut.n.) — pass back
to become imbedded together with the median vaginae in the
connective tissue of the anterior end of the urogenital strand. In
the figure the rectum (red.) and the cloaca (c/.)are shown opened
up, exposing the opening of the urogenital sinus {o.u.s.) into the
latter.

Peritoneal Relations of the Urogenital Organs.

When the peritoneum covering the ventral face of the rectum
is traced back, it is found to leave the surface of the latter and
to be reflected forwards on to the dorsal surface of the urogenital
strand, just posterior to the anterior end of the pubic symphysis.
The peritoneal pocket thus formed, corresponds to the recto-

BY JAS. P. HILL. 45

uterine cul-de-sac or pouch of Douglas of human anatomists.
The reflected peritoneum continues forwards on the dorsal surface
•of the urogenital strand up to about the middle of the uterine necks.
At this level it is reflected from the uteri as a free peritoneal fold
or duplication, which passes forwards about as far as the level of
the anterior ends of the uteri, and whose free and lunated margin
at that level lies in contact with the ventral aspect of the rectum.
This fold separates the uteri from the rectum and forms the roof
of a faii'-sized pouch, which we may term the dorsal uterine fossa.
In fig. 1 the fold has been removed in order to better expose the
uterine necks. Into the fossa open the apertures of the peritoneal
pouches enclosing the ovaries and fimbriated openings of the
Fallopian tubes. Laterally the fold becomes continuous with the
morphologically dorsal (mesially directed) surface of the broad
ligament along a line parallel with and just ventral to the ureter,
which runs backwards in the latter, and is continued forwards on
■each side of the rectum as a fold, continuous laterally with the
reflection of the broad ligament, and carrying in its substance the
ureter and the ovarian artery and vein.

The broad ligament is reflected from the lateral side of each
uterus, and contains between its two layers the Fallopian tubes,
ovaries and uteri. Dorsally to each uterus it forms a definite
ovario-peritoneal pouch, in which are situated the corresponding
ovary and the fimbriated opening of the Fallopian tube. Each
ovarian pouch opens into the dorsal uterine fossa by a wide
postero-mesially directed opening.

In Perameles and Marsupials generally, the Fallopian tube
■does not occup}^ the anterior free margin of the broad ligament
but is situated some distance behind that margin as, e.g., is the
case in the Rabbit amongst higher mammals. These portions of
the broad ligaments situated anteriorly to the Fallopian tubes are
confluent in the mid-line between the anterior free portions of the
uteri, and form a fold connecting them together. Brass (4) has
termed this the " Ligamentum uterorum superius," without
apparently appreciating its real nature.

46 FEMALE UROGENITAL ORGANS OF PERAMELES,

The broad ligament after being joined by the above-mentioned
free fold forming the roof of the dorsal uterine fossa, passes almost
A'ertically upwards to become continuous dorsally with the
pai'ietal peritoneum. A duplication of it, however, forming the
utero-pelvic fold of the broad ligament (Plate i., fig. 1, ut.j)./.)
passes outwards and slightly forwards to join the parietal perito-
neum dorso-laterally. The posterior free margin of this utero-
pelvic fold is traversed by a well-detined thick band of a white
colour— the round ligament of the uterus (fig. 1, rd. lig.). This
contains smooth muscle fibres and fibrous tissue, and takes its
origin from the lateral aspect of the anterior end of each uterus,
shortly behind the junction of the Fallopian tube with the latter.
It runs obliquely outwards, and on reaching the body wall bends
back towards the region of the epigastric artery, where it is
apparently lost. The round ligament ma}' reach a length in
Perameles of 2 "3 cm., and a breadth of 1*5 mm. In Macropus, I
find the round ligament is proportionately much smaller and much
less conspicuous than it is in Perameles.

So far as I am aware the x'ound ligament of the uterus has not
previously been descril:)ed in any Marsupial. In the Descriptive
Catalogue of the Royal College of Surgeons' Museum (6), under
the description of preparation 2740 (female organs of Kangaroo,
M. major), occurs the following statement (p. 156) : '• the round
or ovarian ligament may be seen extending from the ovary to the
side of the uterus, upon which it is lost." But the true round
ligament extends from the uterus, not from the ovary, and both
in Perameles and in J/, major is quite distinct from the proper
ovarian ligament, even though situated almost directly under the
latter.

Posteriorly the broad ligament extends back on each side, over
the base of the vaginal csecum, to be continued as a peritoneal
fold reflected from each side of the urogenital strand to the pelvic
wall. This urogenital fold extends back, of course, only as far
the posterior end of the pouch of Douglas.

The bladder is connected with the ventral abdominal wall by a
median fold, which extends almost up to its apex. Brass (4)

BY JAS. P. HILL. 47

tei'ms this the " Ligamentum vesicse medium." From each side
of the bladder there passes down a low ridge-like fold represent-
ing the obliterated hypogastric artery, much more strongly
developed in Macropus, which proximally conveys the vesical
artery and vein from the urogenital fold to the bladder.

"Vessels.

The vesical arteries arise together with the internal iliacs from
the aorta. They (fig. 1, ves.v.) pass in the lateral urogenital fold
of peritoneum to divide into branches supplying the bladder, the
lateral aspects of the uteri and vaginal ca^ca and the urogenital
strand. The vesical veins join the iliac veins just before they
unite to form the inferior vena cava.

The spermatic (ovarian) arteries arise separately from the
dorsal aorta, the right in front of the left. They pass back to
suppl}^ the ovaries, Fallopian tubes and anterior ends of the uteri.

Ovaries-

The ovaries (Plate i., fig. 1. oi\) are usually compressed oval
bodies, with, except in young females, grooved and tuberculated
surfaces. The Graafian follicles are small and do not project
prominently, while the corpoi'a lutea, when present, form pro-
minent swellings 25 to 3 mm. in diameter. The ovai'ies have a
maximum length of about 6 mm., and a breadth of about 3-5 mm.
As before mentioned, they lie enclosed together with the fimbriated
openings of the Fallopian tubes in peritoneal pouches formed by
the broad ligaments. The pouches lie dorsal to the uteri and
open posterioi'ly by wide apertures into the dorsal uterine fossa.
In the natural position of the parts, the o^'ary is situated in its
peritoneal pouch about opposite the mid-region of the body of the
uterus (either just above the dorso-lateral surface of the same or
quite external to it) and almost immediately above the round
ligament. Its long axis may be directed either transversely,
longitudinally or obliquely, the direction of the axes of the ovaries
even varying on the two sides of the same individual. Each
ovary has a broad usually oblique attachment to a thickened area

48 FEMALE UROGENITAL ORGANS OF PERAMELES

of the broad ligament just above the round ligament and projects
into the peritoneal pouch dorso-laterally. It is attached to the
uterus by a short posterior ovarian ligament which joins the
uterus in close proximity to the point of origin of the round
ligament from the same. From the anterior point of attachment
of the ovary there passes off a delicate short ligament which enters
the round ligament and represents the anterior ovarian ligament.
This close association of the ovarian ligaments with the round
ligament is interesting in view of the statement of Mihalkovics
(6, p- 418) that "die Anlage des Eierstockbandes mitdem runden
Gebarmutterbande einen proximal-distal warts sich erstreckenden
-continuierlichen Strang bildet."

Fallopian Tubes.

Each is a greatly convoluted thin tube measuring as much as
4 cm. in length, and sharply marked oflF from the uterus. The
greater part of the tube lies in the antero-dorsal wall of the peri-
toneal pouch, above the anterior end of each uterus. Its peritoneal
opening, connected with the anterior end of the ovary by the
infundibulo-ovarian fimbria, is markedly fimbriated and during
life closely invests the ovary from above.

Uteri.

The utei'i of Peraraeles are somewhat club-shaped in form, very
much broader and thicker in front than behind, and also \evy
much longer than wide (Plate i., fig. 1, tU. and tit. n.). Each
consists of a swollen anterior portion forming what we may, for
convenience of description, term the "body" of the uterus, i.e.,
the portion in which the young undergo their development, and
of a much narrower posterior portion, not sharply marked ofi"
from the former, which may be termed the " neck," and which
opens posteriorly into one of the median vaginal cul-de-sacs. In
the organs represented in fig. 1 the body of the uterus had a
length of 9 mm. and a breadth of 5-5 mm., while the uterine necks
(including the median vaginae) measured 11 mm. in length and
3-5 mm. in conjoint breadth.

BY JAS. P. HILL. 49

The two bodies of the uteri lie with their mesial surfaces in
close apposition, surrounded by a common peritoneal layer, except
anteriorly, where they are separate over a short part of their
extent and connected by the common median portion of the
liiiamenta lata (the ligamentum uterorum superius of Brass).
The " bodies " alone of the uteri are visible when, after pulling
aside the vaginal caeca, the organs are examined from the ventral
aspect. They lie dorsal to the posterior portions of the vaginal
cffca and are connected posteriorly with the latter by a low
median peritoneal fold. Viewed from the dorsal aspect (Plate i.,
fig. 1) the uteri are seen throughout their extent. In fig. 1 it
will be noticed that the groove between the bodies of the uteri
fades away at the commencement of the contracted necks which,
except for a faint median line, appear to form externally a single
tube about half the thickness of one of the uteri. The cavities
of the uterine necks are separated from each other posteriorly by
a common partition wall and each opens into a very short median
vaginal cul-de-sac. The two cul de-sacs, also separated by a
common partition wall, externally appear to form the direct con-
tinuation of the uterine necks and are not in any way outwardly
marked off from the latter. They form the extreme posterior
end of the portion marked iit.n. in fig. 1. While the bodies of the
uteri are only connected with the vaginal c?eca by a low median
fold, the uterine necks become closely united over their entire
breadth with the dorsal surface of the latter. Posteriorly, how-
ever, the cfeca rapidly decrease in size to pass directly over into
the lateral vaginal canals, while the latter at the same time take
a very slight outward bend, with the result that in this region
the hinder sections of the uterine necks, together with the median
vaginal cul-de-sacs, come to lie imbedded in the connective tissue
enclosed between the upper ends of the lateral vaginal canals.

About on a level with the union of the uterine necks with the
dorsal surface of the cfeca, the fundus of the bladder likewise
becomes united with their ventral surface so that all three parts
are here united into a single mass (Plate ii., fig. 3, ut.n., vag.c, hi.).

50 FEMALE UROGENITAL ORGANS OF PERAMELES,

In a previous paper (3, p. 389) I gave a short account of the
histolog}'^ of the normal uterus, and need only add here a few
remarks on the uterine musculature. This is essentially com-
posed of circularly running non-striate fibres. Along the attach-
ment of the ligamentum latum, oblique strands of fibres are
found extending in from the musculature of the ligament, while
in the connecting bridge between the bodies of the uteri similar
oblique strands pass between the circular muscle layers. In
both places, together with these oblique strands, there occur
irregularly distributed bundles of longitudinal Hbres, but these do
not extend round the dorsal and ventral surfaces of the uteri to
form a continuous layer of longitudinal muscles.

Both Owen (1), and Brass (4) who describes the histology of
the uterus of Phascolomys ivombat, agree in stating that the
musculature of the uterus consist of an outer longitudinal and an
inner circular layer of fibres. In representatives of the following
genera, Petroyale, Acrohates, Petaurus, .Sminthopsis, /'eragale,
Dasyurus, Macropus, Myrmecohius, Tarsipes and Phascolomys, I
find, however, that the uterine musculature has the same simple
character as in Permneles; in all these forms the musculature is
essentially a circular one. Even in Phascolomys where the
bundles of longitudinal fibres are strongly developed on the
lateral and mesial surfaces of the uteri, they do not form a con-
tinuous layer all round the uterus.

This fact that the musculature of the uterus in Marsupials is
esentially a circular one is a point of some little interest and has
not, so far as I am aware, been emphasised. Sobotta (7) has
shown that the proper fundamental musculature of the uterus is
the circular layer which primitively forms the muscular invest-
ment of Miiller's duct. The layer of longitudinal muscles and
the intermediate layer carrying blood vessels are only differentiated
later and reach a very varying degree of development in different
mammals. Where then, as in Marsupials, we find continuous
longitudinal and intermediate layers absent and the uterine mus-
culature essentially composed of cii^cularly running fibres, we can
only regard the condition as a primitive one and as a mark of
lowly organisation.

BY JAS. P. HILL. 51

Vaginae.

Vaginal creca.-— Posteriorly, as has been described above, the
vaginal cjeca are closely united to the uterine necks above and to
the fundus of the bladder below, but anteriorly they become quite
free and form a large bilobed sac (up to 4"5 cm. in length) with
thin semi-ti'ansparent walls lying between the uteri above and
the bladder below, and greatly exceeding either in size (Plate i.,
figs. 1 and 2,vag.c.). The caeca are separated from each other by
a common median partition wall and each is directly continuous
behind with the corresponding lateral vaginal canal, of which it
simply forms a forward expansion. The Cc^ca are lined by a layer
■of columnar epithelium which has usually a ridged appearance in
surface view (fig. 2, vag.c).

The vaginal caeca function as receptacula seminis. Of this I
have been able to satisfy myself through the capture of a female
specimen of P. obesula apparently just after an act of coitus. The
uteri were slightly enlarged and congested, while the cfeca were
greatly dilated and filled by a clear viscid semifluid material
together with masses of hard, opaque, caseous-looking substance
of an albuminous nature. Microscopic examination of the viscid
material revealed the presence of abundant spermatozoa with
somewhat oblong heads pointed anteriorly and measuring -005 mm.
in length by •002 mm. in breadth, and with tails averaging '15 mm.
in length {cf. 8, p. 312). Usually the cteca contain only the hard,
opaque material which is essentially similar to the " inspissated
secretion commonly present both in the cul-de-sac and the lateral
vaginal canals " of Macropus according to Owen (8) and noted
by various observers from Home (14) onwards. According to
Owen (9) these masses "most resemble those coagulated masses
that are found in the vesiculae seminales and sometimes in the
urethra of the Agouti, Capromys, Guinea-pig and others of the
Rodent order." Without doubt these hard masses are derived
from the same source, viz., from the secretion accompanying the
spermatozoa.

In certain species of Kangaroo Rats of the genus Potorous there
are present, as described by Owen (9) and Brass (4), forward

52

FEMALE UROGENITAL ORGANS OF PERAMELES,

expansions of the vaginae which form a lai^ge diverticulum situated
between the bladder and the uteri, like the vaginal caeca of Pera-
meles, and no doubt identical in function with the latter.

In Macropus tnajor, Stirling (10) has shown that the lateral
vaginal canals and the median vaginal canal act the part of
seminal receptacles, and I also find that in Trichosurus and
Phascolarctus the median vagina at the breeding season becomes
much enlarged and is utilised for a similar purpose. In other
cases where as in Perameles the median vaginal apparatus remains
of small size, receptacula have been developed as forward out-
bulgings of the lateral vaginal canals. In Peragale lagotis vaginal
cseca similar to those of Perameles occur, only they remain separate
from each other, and such. Prof. W. B. Spencer informs me {in
litt.), also occur in Cheer oj)us castanotis.

Median Vaginal Cul-de-sacs and Associated Parts.

Here I propose to describe the condition and general relations

of the median vagina in a
young virgin female of Pera-
meles, reserving the details of
the changes consequent on par-
turition for a later section.

The accompanying text-fig. 1
is a diagrammatic lateral view
of the anterior portion of the
urogenital organs. The lines
indicate the aj)proximate posi-
tions of the sections through
the genital organs of a virgin
3-8, Plates

a ircuj

in

figs.

rri.V.C.

shown
ii.-iv.

From the diagram it will be
seen that the uterine neck con-
tinues back to open into a

■l.i'on.c.

Fig. 1.

cul-de-sac {m.v.c). From the anterior end of this thei-e arises
ventrally a fine canal which passes forwards in the connective

short terminal median vaginal

BY JAS. P. HILL. 53

tissue ventral to the uterine neck to open into the vaginal caecum.
This fine canal, which throughout its entire extent is imbedded
in connective tissue, represents the morphologically anterior
portion of the lateral vaginal canal. We may now look at the
structural relations of these various parts as seen in figs. 3-8.

In fig. 3, the uterine necks (ut.n.) separated by a common
))artition wall, the vaginal creca (vac/.c.) also separated by a com-
mon wall, and the bladder (bl.) are already united into a single
mass. The section passes through the opening (op.) of the anterior
portion of the lateral canal of one side into the cyecum, while the
canal of the other side is seen in section in the common partition
wall between the ca;ca. Fig. 4, thirty-seven section's behind fig. 3,
shows the two canals (a.vay.c.) running back in the connective
tissue of the wall between the vaginal cteca, which is at this level
thicker than anteriorly. In other words, the vaginal cteca as they
decrease in size at the same time bend slightly outwards. The
uterine necks (tU.n.) are also smaller and now very distinctly
invested by the surrounding connective tissue. In fig. 5, thirty-
nine sections behind fig. 4, the vaginal caeca have passed over into
the lateral vaginal canals (l.vag.c), while the bladder has also
passed over into the urethra (ureth.). The lateral vaginal canals
are widely separated from each other, and passing in between
them and the central mass of connective tissue are the ureters {ur.).
The central mass of connective tissue encloses the uterine necks
{ut.n.) and the anterior portions of the lateral canals (a.vag.c.)
now somewhat larger and situated directly below the former.
Fig. 6, thirty-eight sections behind fig. 5, shows the opening
of the uterine neck of one side into the continuation of the canal,
which we must now term the median vaginal cul-de sac (m.v.c).
On the other side the two are still separate {ut.n. and a.img c).
Fig. 7, twenty-one sections behind fig. 6, shows the two median
vaginal cul-de-sacs {m.ii.c.) lying in the connective tissue between
the lateral vaginal canals {l.vag.c.) and above the urethra {u,reth.).
They ai'e separated by a common partition wall, and each is
surrounded by a delicate layer of circular non-striate muscle fibres.
Posteriorly, the vaginal cul-de-sacs gradually become smaller and

54 FEMALE UROGENITAL ORGANS OF PERAMELES,

finally end blindly and without opening into each other, twenty
sections behind fig. 7. The cul-de-sacs end in a small cone-shaped
mass of dense, deeply staining connective tissue seen in figs. 1 and
2 just behind the posterior end of the cul-de-sacs. This tissue is
directly continuous with the thin strand (c.t.-) lying between the
lateral vasfinal canals in fig. 8.

In fig. 2, Plate i., representing a dissection from the dorsal
aspect of the anterior portion of the genital organs of a multipara,
certain of the above described features are shown. The uteri
have been opened up along their dorsal mid-lines and the dorsal
walls of the median vaginte have been removed. Each uterine
neck (iit.li.) is seen to open hy a scarcely projecting and ill-defined
OS into the corresponding vaginal cul-de-sac {m.v.c). At the
anterior ventral end of the left cul-de-sac is seen a deep depres-
sion [x) marking the point of origin of the anterior portion of the
lateral canal. The course of the latter forwards in the connective
tissue below the uterine neck is not visible externally, but the
dorsal wall of the left vaginal csecum has been removed to show
its crescentic opening {op.) on the common partition wall.

It is thus evident that PerameJes possesses a median vaginal
appai'atus which in the virgin consists like that of, e.g., Dasr/urus
and Phascolarctns, of two separate cul-de-sacs. But whereas in
these two forms the cul-de-sacs are of some size and approach
posteriorly to within a comparatively short distance from the
opening of the lateral vagin:e into the urogenital sinus, in
Perameles the cul-de-sacs are small structures which terminate at
a relatively very great distance from that sinus.

Ureters, Urogenital Sinus, &c.

Ureters. — The ureters enter the anterior end of the urogenital
strand between the posterior portion of the uterine necks and the
lateral vaginal canals (Plate iii., fig. 5, ttr.) and pass forwards
(fig. 4, ^lr.) to open into the bladder shortly above its base and
close to its dorso-mesial line.

Urogenital Strand. — This, as already defined, is the name given
to the elongated mass of connective tissue containing imbedded

BY JAS. P. HILL. ,, 55

in it, the lateral vaginal canals throughout their entire extent,
the urethra and anteriorly the uterine necks and median vaginal
cul-de-sacs. In large specimens it may reach a length of as much
as 6 cm., and a breadth of 6 mm. Its average length (from the
posterior end of the median vaginas to the urogenital sinus) is
between 3 and 4 cms., with a breadth of 4-5 mm.

Fig. 8 represents a transverse section through the mid-region
of the urogenital strand of the virgin above referred to. The
median ventral portion of the strand is occupied by the urethra
(ureth.), while the lateral vaginal canals (l.vay.c.) pass along in it
dorso-laterally. The three ducts lie imbedded in the connective
tissue of the strand, and strands of the same separate them from
each other. Lying peripherally in the connective tissue and
surrounding the three ducts is a very thin layer of involuntary
muscle. I would direct special attention to the narrow strand of
connective tissue separating the lateral vaginal canals, for it is
here that the cleft-like pseudo- vaginal passage (3, p- 452) is
found to occur after parturition has been effected, but in this
strand in the virgin, indeed prior to the tirst parturition, " there
is no trace of a median vaginal passage or any epithelial or other
track which might indicate the site of a future passage of any
kind whatever" (loc. cit. p. 429). The strand in question, as
was above mentioned, is directly continuous with the deeper-
staining mass of connective tissue situated around and just
posterior to the ends of the median vaginal cul-de-sacs.

The lateral vaginal canals present a uniform structure through-
out their course. They are lined by a mucous membrane consist-
ing of dense connective tissue, clothed by a layer of columnar
epithelium. External to the mucous membrane is a layer of non-
striate muscle of no great thickness. The mucosa is thrown
into distinct longitudinal ridges. At its posterior end the uro-
genital strand Ijecomes continuous with the rounded mass in
which the urogenital sinus and cloaca are situated.

Urogenital Sinus. — The urogenital sinus is a short and narrow
chamber with a length of 4-7 mm., having as Owen pointed out
(1, p. 683) " the least extent in this genus of Marsupialia." It

56 FEMALE UROGENITAL ORGANS OF PERAMELES,

opens on the ventral wall of the cloaca by a small aperture
(Plate i., fig. 1, O.U.S.), situated from 3 '5 to 5 mm, within the
margin of the cloacal opening. Its lining is thrown into longi-
tudinal ridges. The vaginal canals open together into its anterior
end dorsally, while a short distance posteriorly the urethra opens
on its floor under a slight median papilla. Also situated on
the floor of the sinus some distance behind the urethral opening is
the small clitoris. It lies in a distinct longitudinal depression,
justwithin the margin of the openingof the sinus, and is bounded by
lateral preputial folds which may be continued beyond the margin
of the opening. In form the clitoris is bluntly cone-shaped, and
measures from 1-5 to '2 mm. in length b}' about 1 mm. in greatest
breadth. It is attached over its whole extent, though exception-
ally its apex maybe free and slightly bifid. It is stated by Owen
and Brass that where the glans penis is bifurcate in the male, in
the female the clitoris is likewise bifid, but this statement does
not hold for Perameles.

I am unable to discover any reference in the literature to the
minute structure of the clitoris in Marsupials; the following facts
may therefore be of interest. Shortly in front of the clitoris two
ducts leave the floor of the urogenital sinus and run back in the
ventral wall of the latter to enter the clitoris proper. The
lumina of these canals may be continuous or interrupted, or the
ducts may even be entirely solid in difi"erent females. They run
back enclosed below by a horse-shoe-shaped band of erectile
tissue. Posteriorly, towards its apex, the clitoris is divided into
two halves by a median septum (Plate v., fig. 9, m.s.) each half
containing one of the canals below which is a horse-shoe-shaped
mass of erectile tissue [e.t.). Eventually the canals open on the
surface of the organ shortly behind its apex (fig. 9, c.d.).

In view of the above, it is interesting to note that according to
Owen (8, p. 312) "in the Perameles lagotis not only is the glans
[penis] bifurcate, but each division is perforated and the urethral
canal is divided by a vertical septum for about half an inch
before it reaches the forked glans."

BY JAS. P. HILL. 0 1

There open into the dorsal corners of the urogenital sinus,
slightly behind the opening of the urethra, the ducts of two large
branching alveolar glands with muscular and fibrous trabeculfe.
The glands somewhat resemble the human prostate gland and
are not sharply marked off from each other. They lie partly
imbedded in the voluntary musculature investing the posterior
end of the urogenital strand, ventro-laterally to the urethra.

Cloaca. — The cloaca is a fairly large chamber having in large
specimens a maximum depth of 9 mm. In some cases it is dis-
tinctly marked off from the rectum by the fact that the ridges of
the latter terminate abruptly at the point of junction of the two,
but in other cases the limit is not so well defined. The lining of
the cloaca may be comparatively smooth, or in other cases thrown
into ridges. In its wall is the large cloacal sphincter muscle.
Imbedded ventro-laterally in the latter are two large oval so-called
anal glands. A fine duct passes from the posterior end of each
gland to open into the cloaca by a small aperture on its ventral
wall some distance within the margin of the opening. Each
gland is invested by a layer of non-striate muscle fibres, and in
section presents a sponge-like appearance consisting of a large
central lumen from which come oft' numerous glandular alveoli.
There also occur in the walls of the cloaca numbers of branched
tubular glands.

Parturition.

In my previous paper on the Placentation of Ferameles, I
described the condition of the genital organs in an immediately
post-partum stage of P. nasuta, and showed conclusively that the
young reached the exterior, by way of a median cleft-like passage
— which I termed the median pseudo-vaginal passage — situated
in the connective tissue between the lateral vaginal canals. At
the time of writing the above paper, however, I misinterpreted
what is herein described as the common median vagina as " a
posterior common portion of the two uteri (common uterine
canal)" and hence came to the erroneous conclusion that the
median pseudo-vaginal passage "has no connection whatever with
the lateral canals " and regarded the apparently anomalous mode

68 FEMALE UROGENITAL ORGANS OF PERAMELES,

of birth in Perameles as seeming " to be without parallel in the-
whole mammalian class." As regards the first point, I shall
show in the present account that in reality the pseudo-vaginal
passage leads away from the posterior ends of the united median
vaginal cul-de-sacs which themselves arise as outgrowths of the
Miillerian ducts at the junction of their uterine and vaginal
sections; while as regards the second, I hope to bring forward
sufficient evidence to show that the mode of birth in Perameles
must be almost exactly paralleled by the parturition phenomena
seen in those Marsupials which like Perameles give birth to the
young through a direct median passage.

If for the expression " common uterine canal " the i-eader sub-
stitute " common median vagina," the main facts in my previous
short account of the parturition phenomena remain substantially
correct.

The following account is based on the examination in serial
sections of the female urogenital organs of nine specimens of
Perameles, some of which were shortly described in my previous
paper.

The specimens include the following : —

i. P. nasiita, with two new-born young. (Stage E of pz'e-
vious jDaper).

ii. P. obesula, with two 17 "5 mm. young in pouch.

iii. P. obesula, with two 22 mm. young in pouch. (Stage F of

previous paper),
iv. P. obesula, with four 3-7 cm. young.
V. P. obesula, with several 4 cm. young.
\i. P. nasuta (?), bred.

vii. P. nasuta, with early blastocyst in uterus. (Stage A of
previous paper),
viii. P. obesula, with blastodermic vescicle in uterus. (Stage B
of previous paper),
ix. P. obesula, with two 12-5 mm. young in uteri.

BY JAS. P. HILL. 59'

Description of Specimens i.-ix.

1. P. nasuta with two new-born young (g.l. 14 mm.).

The genital organs of this specimen were described in my pre-
vious paper (p. 42o et seq., and fig. 25, Plate 32). The allantoic
stalks, one from each uterus, were shown to extend down froui
the placental areas, not into the lateral vaginal canals but into a
cleft-like passage, — the median pseudo-vaginal passage — for a
distance of about 3 cm. The allantoic stalks were already in
process of histological degeneration, the cells appearing mostly as
clear spaces with nuclei staining deeply and homogeneously, and
often irregular in shape.

A section through the urogenital strand is figured on Plate 33,
fig. 35, and shows the two degenerating allantoic stalks in position
in the cleft-like passage in the connective tissue between the
lateral vaginal canals. The walls of the pseudo-vaginal passage
" are entirely formed Ijy the connective tissue core of the strand
and they exhibit no histological differentiation into coats, muscular
or other" (p. 427). Masses of coagulated blood were pre.sent in
the passaofe and extravasated blood was also abundantly present
in the surrounding connective tissue, the whole appearance of the
passage and its surroundings strongly suggesting that an extensive
rupture of the connective tissue and its contained vessels had
taken place along the line of passage of the embryo, i.e., the
pseudo-vaginal passage.

ii. P. ohesida, with two 17 '5 mm. young in pouch.

Sections through the uterus show that the mucosa has almost
regained its normal condition. The uterine epithelium forms a
complete layer of low cubical cells. The cavity of the uterus
contains a cellular detritus containing leucocytes and red blood
corpuscles. In sections through the mid-portion of one of the
uteri, two allantoic stalks are present, but disappear further back.
They have evidently been broken across, for they reappear,
curiously enough, in the cavity of one of the vaginal cpeca, and
from there pass down through the anterior forwardly directed

■60 FEMALE UROGENITAL ORGANS OP PERAMELES,

portion of the lateral canal into the median vaginal canal. The
neck portions of the uteri continue back as described for the
virgin, and open eventually into the median vaginal canals.
Their lining is greatly folded, and the lumen of each is largely
occupied by a cellular detritus. As in the virgin, the posterior
portions of the uterine necks and the median vaginse lie
imbedded in the connective tissue between the slightly bent upper
ends of the lateral vaginal canals. From the anterior ventral
end of each median vaginal canal there passes forwards in the
connective tissue underlying the uterine necks, the duct-like
anterior portion of the lateral canal to open into the corresponding
vaginal ctecum. The canals are now very much larger than in
the virgin before described, and in one of them pass down the
ruptured allantoic stalks to enter the median vaginal canal of
"the same side.

The two median vaginal canals continue on for some distance
as laterally compressed canals separated by a common partition
wall, the one containing two allantoic stalks and a cellular detritus,
the other the detritus alone (Plate v., fig. 10, m.v.c. and a/l.s.).

Eventually, through the disappearance of the middle portion of
the common partition wall, the two canals open into each other. The
dorsal and ventral portions of the common wall rapidly diminish
in size posteriorly and finally disappear, so that we have eventually
in place of two separate canals, a single median canal,— the
median vagina, — formed, as we have seen, by the union posterioi-ly
of the two vaginal cul-de-sacs. Fig. 11, Plate vi., represents a
section through the common median vagina (cm. v.), and in it are
plainly visible the sections of the two allantoic stalks (all.s.)
surrounded by detritus. Posterior to the level of this section the
common median vagina rapidly diminishes in size, it loses its
thin muscular layer and finally its epithelial lining disappears on
its lower side, thus allowing the two allantoic stalks to come into
contact with the surrounding connective tissue (fig. 12, all.s. and
■c.m.v.). As the sections are traced back, the common median
vagina disappears completely, and the allantoic stalks are left
stranded in what is simply a mere rounded space — the pseudo-
vaginal passage, — in the deeply staining dense mass of connective

BY J AS. P. HILL. 61

tissue surrounding the posterior end of the former, and situated
between the lateral vaginal canals and above the urethi'a. The
stalks extend back in the pseudo-vaginal passage, surrounded by
dense connective tissue, over certainly one-third of the length of
the urogenital strand. Posteriorly they are looped upon them-
selves, and some distance before they disappear come to lie quite
free in a large cleft occupying almost the entire area between the
urethra below and the lateral vaginal canals at the sides. They .
extend altogether through over six hundred sections of medium
thickness, behind the posterior end of the common median ^'agina.
The stalks measure in diameter '36 mm. by -26 mm. They are
greatly degenerate, presenting a reticulate appearance, with
deeply staining small fragmentary nuclei in the meshes. The
positions of the allantoic vessels are just recognisable in some
sections. The two stalks lie close together, but not in contact,
since they are separated by a thin layer of connective tissue,
which also forms a common adventitious sheath around them.
And not only are the stalks invested and separated by connective
tissue, l)ut connective tissue corpuscles have now definitely
invaded the degenerate tissue of the stalks. Posteriorly the
stalks are found to have been infiltrated by maternal blood, but
this is the only specimen in which I have found blood clots in
such a position. The extravasted blood so abundanth^ present in
and around the pseudo-vaginal passage of the previous specimen
has now almost entirely disappeared.

Beyond the points of termination of the two stalks, the pseudo-
vaginal passage can be traced on right up to near the point of
opening of the lateral canals into the urogenital sinus. In the
extreme posterior part of its course the passage is a much less
definite one, consisting merely of a series of irregular clefts.
Serial sections passing through the junction of the ui^ogenital
strand with the sinus fail to reveal the presence of any inter-
ruption in the lining of the latter. I am, therefore, unable to
state definitely the actual position of the aperture by means of
which the young reach the urogenital sinus.

That the present female had boi-n 3''oung on at least one previous
occasion, the following facts almost certainly demonstrate.

62 FEMALE UROGENITAL ORGANS OF PERAMELES,

Towards the exti'eme posterior end of the common median vagina,
just donsal to the deeply staining mass of connective tissue
enclosing the pseudo-vaginal passage with its two allantoic stalks,
occurs a definite small triangular cleft. This can be traced
posteriorly for a considerable distance, when it enlarges and opens
into the above-described pseudo-vaginal passage containing the
allantoic stalks. This cleft I regard as the pseudo-vaginal passage
of a previous parturition, and this view is strengthened by the
occurrence just below it of fragments of allantoic stalks incorporated
in the connective tissue. These remnants are recognisable by
their staining lighter than the surrounding dense connective tissue,
by their reticulate fibrous appearance and by the presence in them
of small spindle-shaped nuclei showing in places a distinct tendenc}'
to concentric arrangement.

A less altered remnant of a stalk which is not yet so definitely
incorporated in the surrounding tissue, also occurs laterally to the
pseudo- vaginal passage, and may belong to a later parturition than
the above-described remnants. Both sets are traceable throuarh
a considerable number of sections. In the description of certain
of the remaining specimens, similar persisting remnants of
allantoic stalks will be shown to exist, and in such a condition as
to necessitate the reforming of the pseudo- vaginal passage, over
at least part of its extent, as has apparently been the case in the
female under consideration.

The present specimen, then, shows us that after parturition is
Completed, the median vaginal cul-de-sacs open into each other
posteriorly to form a short median epithelially lined canal — the
common median vagina, — from the end of which there leads away
the non-epithelially lined cleft-like pseudo-vaginal passage, in this
stage definitely continuous with the common median vagina but
with its opening into the urogenital sinus no longer recognisable.

iii. P. ohesula, with two 22 mm. young in pouch. (Stage F of

previous paper).

The genital organs of this specimen have already been described
in my previous paper (pp. 431-2), but without figures. For com-

BY JAS. P. HILL. 63

pleteness I here reproduce the main points in my previous
description in explanation of figs. 13, 14 and 15.

Fig. 13 represents a section through the common median vagina
shortly after the point of union of the two canals. It contains
here an irregular detritus, but further back contains fragments of
what are apparently greatly degenerated broken-up portions of
allantoic stalks. Its lumen becomes continuous ventrally with
that of the pseudo-vaginal passage, in which there almost imme-
diately appear the sections of three allantoic stalks, a larger and
more degenerate one measuring -4 mm. by "3 mm. in diameter
and two smaller ones, each -2 mm. in diameter (fig. 14, all.s.) As
the genital organs reached me with only two young, it may be
that the larger stalk has persisted from a previous parturition.
These three persistent stalks completely occupy the lumen of the
passage (fig. 14). They are closely surrounded by a loose con-
nective tissue sheath derived from the surrounding tissue, and
strands of the same pass in between and separate the stalks.
They are here in a more degenerate condition than in the pre-
ceding specimen ; the larger one has undergone marked fibrous
degeneration, and into all three connective tissue corpuscles have
penetrated. Fig. 15 represents a section through the urogenital
strand behind the terminations of the allantoic stalks and shows
very clearly the cleft-like nature of the pseudo- vaginal passage,
here containing a detritus of red blood corpuscles and cellular
elements.

The urogenital sinus and cloaca were not available for examinii-

tion.

iv. /*. obesula, with four 3-7 cm. young.

The two median vaginal canals, each with a greatly folded
lining, continue back and eventually open into each other to form
the here e.Ktremely short common median vagina, which extends
through only four sections as compared with one hundred and
thirtj--one in specimen ii.

There is now no trace of allantoic stalks in any part of the
median vaginal apparatus. The lumen of the median vagina
must now be described as ending blindly, since the greatly

64 FEMALE UROGENITAL ORGANS OF PERAMELES,

degenerate and irregular remains of allantoic stalks which appear
in the connective tissue forming its direct continuation can only
be described as forming an integral part of the same, so closely
are they interpenetrated and surrounded by it. (Plate xii., fig. 16,
all.s.) As sections are traced posteriorly, the stalks become more
distinct and easily recognisable, but vary greatly in size, in shape
and in character. Surrounded and invested as they are by con-
nective tissue, which is now definitely intergrown with the
degenerate tissue of the stalks, they completely block the lumen
of the pseudo-vaginal passage. The tissue of the stalks is now
quite fibrosed and is invaded by large numbers of connective
tissue corpuscles. These are often found aggregated into groups
occupying what were originally the cavities of the allantoic
vessels, and, with or without such groups as a centre, other
corpuscles are found to have taken on a definite concentric
arrangement.

Behind the terminations of the stalks, the pseudo-vaginal
passage can be traced back into the terminal part of the uro-
genital strand, situated in the rounded mass enclosing the uro-
genital sinus and cloaca, but here it narrows and finally disappears
some two hundred and fifty sections in front of the anterior end
of the sinus. In these sections the connective tissue in the
direct line of continuation of the passage is perfectly uniform in
character, and exhibits not the faintest indication of the previous
existence in it of the cleft by way of which the young reached
the exterior.

V. /'. obesula, with several 4 cm. young.

Only portions of the urogenital strand and the urogenital sinus
were examined in this specimen.

Sections through the anterior portion of the urogenital strand
reveal features very similar to those described for the preceding
specimen. In fig. 17 the greatly degenerate remnants of the
allantoic stalks {all.s.) are seen to almost completely block up the
pseudo-vaginal passage. They are closely surrounded and inter-
penetrated by connective tissue and in places appear to be directly

BY JAS. P. HILL. 65

invaded by ingrowths of the latter. Posteriorly the passage
appears as a long, narrow, empty cleft. In this specimen the
cleft can be traced back into the fold separating the openings of
the lateral canals into the sinus, but it fades away without
reaching the lining of the latter. No trace of the opening into
the sinus is perceptible.

vi. P. aasuta (?) ; no history, but from the condition of the
genital organs evidently a multipara.

As is usual in multiparous specimens, the two median vaginal
canals unite posteriorly to form a short common canal (fig. 18,
c.Tin.v ) which ends somewhat abruptly. In the connective tissue,
just behind its posterior end, appears the remnant of an allantoic
stalk. Posteriorly the pseudo-vaginal passage becomes patent as
a slit-like space containing dorsally small discontinuous fragments
of stalks. 8till further back there appears in the ventral corner
of the passage a portion of another allantoic stalk which presents
in section the markedly fibrosed appearance shown in fig. 19,
Plate ix. This stalk measures in diameter -18 mm. by -12 mm.
and extends through about sixty sections. In this stalk the con-
centric arrangement of certain of the connective tissue corpuscles
is well shown. It is probable that this fibrosed stalk belongs to
a later parturition than the fragmentary and small remnants
•of stalks occupying the dorsal part of the passage. After the
appearance of this stalk, the dorsal half of the passage becomes
separated off from the ventral and ends blindly, while the latter
continues on as a narrow slit in which other fragmentary portions
of stalks appear (fig. 20). In this specimen, also, the pseudo-
vaginal passage can be traced almost up to the point of opening
of the lateral canals into the urogenital sinus.

•'»'■

vii. P. nasuta, with an early blastocyst in one of the uteri.
(Stage A of previous paper).

This specimen had borne young on at least one previous occa-
sion. The two median vaginal canals unite posteriorly to form a
single median common canal in the usual fashion in multipara.
5

66 FEMALE UROGEXITAL ORGANS OF PERAMELES,

In the connective tissue following on the posterior end of the
median vagina are incorporated the fibrosed remnants of an
allantoic stalk, which forms an integral part of the tissue, and is
only distinguishable therefrom by its more homogenous appear-
ance and its slightly deeper-staining qualities. Behind this the
pseudo-vaginal cleft appears and posteriorly there is present in it
another portion of an allantoic stalk with very much the appear-
ance of the stalks in specimen W. It is invested by a delicate
layer of the surrounding tissue, so that the lumen of the passage
is completely blocked. The matrix of the stalk is fibrosed and
contains numerous connective tissue cells.

viii. P. obesnla, with blastodermic vesicle in uterus. (Stage B

of previous paper).

This female proves to have been in her first pregnancy. The
two median vaginal canals end blindl}- without opening into each
other, just as in the virgin previously described. Fig. 21 repre-
sents a section through the urogenital strand of this specimen.
Except in size, it in no way differs from the section through that
of the virgin shown in fig. 8.

ix. P. obesula, with two 12-5 mm. embryos in the uteri.

Like the preceding this female is also in her first pregnancy,
and, as in her, the two median vaginal canals end blindly and
separately. The lumina of the two cul-de-sacs are separated by
the common wall with a least average thickness posteriori}'- of
•37 mm. There is no sign of any thinning of the wall nor any
indication suggesting the subsequent union of the two canals.

The only point of importance in connection with the urogenital
strand is the fact that the connective tissue lying between the
lateral vaginal canals is now very vascular (fig. 22, c.t.), numerous
large and small veins, running mainly longitudinally, being dis-
tributed through it.

General Remarks ou Parturition.

If now Tve shortly summarise the facts concerning the parturi-
tion phenomena contained in the preceding pages, we reach the

BY JAS. P. HILL. • 67

following conclusions: — The young in Ferameles reach the exterior
by way of a direct median passage, constituted in front by a
comparatively short epithelially lined tube a few millimetres in
length, formed by the union of the posterior portions of the
median vaginal canals — the common median vagina — and behind
by a relatively very long, cleft-like space 3-4 cms. in length— the
pseudo-vaginal passage — lying in the connective tissue between
the lateral vaginal canals and leading back from the posterior end
of the former but, unlike it, " wholly destitute of any epithelial
lining or any other specialised wall" (3, p. 429). Although I
have not been able to demonstrate the presence of an opening
from the pseudo-vaginal passage into the urogenital sinus in any
of the specimens examined, there is not the slightest doubt but
that such an opening must exist before parturition can be com-
])leted. Once that process is over, the opening, which must
simply be of the nature of a rupture or breaking thi'ough by the
young of the epithelial lining of the sinus, apparently rapidly
heals up and must be reformed anew at every act of parturition
as a temporary opening place for the exit of the young. The
closure of this ojjening after each act of parturition is, without
doubt, simply a necessary result of the fact that the median
pseudo-vaginal passage is merely a solution of continuity entirely
destitute of any epithelial lining with which the ruptured epithe-
lium of the margin of the opening could become continuous. Its
edges simply have to unite with each other with the consequent
healing up and obliteration of the opening.

When the pseudo-vaginal passage is once formed, it persists
throughout at least the greater portion of the posterior part of
its extent as an empty cleft-like space which no doubt serves for
the transmission of the young of successive gestations. But
anterioi^ly, immediately behind the posterior end of the common
median vagina, the pseudo-vaginal passage more or less completely
loses its continuity with the lumen of the latter after
each parturition owing to its becoming blocked up by the per-
sistent remains of allantoic stalks, surrounded and enveloped by
connective tissue sheaths. It is thus evident that in this region

68 FEMALE UROGENITAL ORGANS OF PERAMELES,

the false passage must he reformed at each parturition, and the
same also holds true for the extreme posterior end of the passage
over a greater or lesser extent.

The allantoic stalks left behind in the anterior portion of the
median passage after each parturition very soon completely dis-
appear from the uteri and median vaginae, but portions of them
remain recognisable in the upper portion of the pseudo-vaginal
passage for a relatively very long time. The fate of these stalks
has been traced in the preceding pages. They have been shown
to undergo histological degeneration and to become surrounded
and invaded by the adjacent connective tissue, a process resulting
in their complete conversion into fibrosed masses and their final
incorporation in the surrounding connective tissue. As regards
the formation of the pseud o- vaginal portion of the median passage,
I pointed out in my previous paper that it is " formed either
just before or at the first act of parturition " (3, p. 429). I am
now inclined to believe that the latter period is tlie correct one
and that the passage is simply formed by the embryo as it passes
down, as a longitudinal cleft-like rupture of the very vascular
connective tissue core of the urogenital strand. "That some such
rupture does occur is evidenced not only by the appearance of the
false passage, but also by the pretty extensive extravasations of
blood found both in and surrounding the track followed by the
foetus during its egress, i.e., the median pseudo- vaginal passage"
(p. 429). At all events, I am unable to conceive of the formation
of such a cleft-like passage other than in association with the
downward passage of the young during parturition. As to the
formation of the common median vagina, the separateness of the
median vaginal cul-de-sacs in specimen ix. suggests that the dis-
appearance of their common partition wall posteriorly ma}'^ like-
wise be due to the passage of the young into their narrow posterior
ends, resulting in pressure on, and subsequent rupture of, the
common wall, which is, no doubt, in a stretched and congested
condition during the act of parturition. In my pi'evious paper (3)
I instituted a comparison between the median pseudo-^'aginal
passage in Perarneles and the epithelially lined median vaginal

BY JAS. P. HILL. 69

passage in the Wallaroo (J/, rohiistus), by way of which, as
Stirling (10) has shown, the young Wallaroo reaches the exterior.
In that comparison, misled by my misinterpretation of the median
vaginjie as posterior prolongations of the uteri, J stated that the
former passage had " no connection whatever " with the lateral
vaginal canals, an erroneous statement which I trust the present
paper sufficiently corrects. For it has been demonstrated that
the median pseudo-vaginal passage is directly continuous at, and
for some time after, parturition with the lumen of the median
vagina, and that the latter is formed by the union posteriorly of
the two median vaginal canals, which themselves arise develop-
mentally as posteriorly directed csecal diverticula, one from each
Miillerian duct at the junction of its uterine and vaginal segments.

Now in young foetal Macropods and other Marsupials, the
median vaginal apparatus consists, as in virgin females of
Perameles, of two separate cul-de-sacs lying imbedded in the tissue
of the genital cord. But whereas in Macropods the two cul-de-
sacs extend back in the tissue of the genital cord up to within a
comparatively short distance from the anterior end of the sinus uro-
genitalis, and eventually coalesce to form a single blindly ending
median vagina whose posterior end alone remains imbedded in
the tissue of the genital cord; in Perameles, the vaginal cul-de-sacs
remain relatively extremely small, do not undergo fusion until the
first parturition, and even then the fusion is only partial, are
entirely imbedded in the tissue of the genital cord and terminate
far remote from the urogenital sinus.

In virgin females of Macropus, then, the median vaginal
apparatus consists of a single long tube, which ends blindly in
the tissue l^etween the posterior ends of the lateral vaginal canals;
while in virgins of Perameles the homologous apparatus consists
of two separate cul-de-sacs, which end blindly in the tissue
between the anterior portions of the lateral canals.

It is thus evident that the median vaginal apparatus remains,
as compared with that of Macropods, in an extremely primitive
condition, at a stage of development which is early passed through
in the foetal Macropod.

70 FEMALE UROGENITAL ORGANS OF PERAMELES,

In view of the fact that both in Perameles and in cei'tain
Macropods [cf. especially Stirling (10)], the young reach the
exterior by way of a direct median passage, involving in both
cases the median vaginal apparatus, the question next arises, may
not the mode of formation of the direct passage in Perameles,
associated as it is with such an extremely primitive condition of
the median vaginal apparatus, tlu'ow light on the parturition
phenomena in those other Marsupials with a direct mode of birth,
and in particular, may there not occur, in the parturition of
Macropods, phenomena recalling the formation of the pseudo-
vaginal passage in Perameles ?

Now it has been shown by numerous independent investigators,
from Home (14), who first described the condition, onwards [I
need here only cite the careful work of Lister and Fletcher (11),
and Fletcher (12 and 13), whose papers contain, in addition to
their own extensive observations, valuable historical summaries of
the earlier investigations in this field], that in many species of the
family Macropodidoi, a direct post-partum communication exists
between the median vagina and the urogenital sinus, that there-
fore the young reach the exterior in those forms in which such an
opening exists by a direct median passage as in Perameles.

Only in two cases has the median vagina in Macropods been
found to communicate with the urogenital sinus in virgin animals,
namely, " by Lister in H. ualabatus and Brass in II. hennettii "
(Fletcher, 13, Part ii. p. 9), but such cases are to be regarded as
very rare and exceptional variations.

In virgins, normally, as Fletcher's investigations (13) show, the
median vagina ends blindly in the connective tissue between the
posterior ends of the lateral vaginal canals and in comparatively
close proximity to the urogenital sinus. Figures such as the
classical figure of Owen of the genital organs of a pregnant M.
major (9, Plate vi., fig. 7), and certain of those of Brass (4,
notably fig. 2, Taf. ii., representing the vagina? of a young
Trichosurus, fig. i., Taf. iv. representing the genital organs of
Phascolomys, and fig. i. Taf. iv. those of 31. major), are, as Fletcher
has already pointed out (13, Part i. p. 658), entirely misleading

J

BY JAS. P. HILL. 71

since they represent the median vagina as ending freely and with-
out any connection with the connective tissue in which the
posterior ends of the lateral vaginse and urethra lie imbedded.
This tissue, with its enclosed canals, lateral and median vaginae
and urethra, represents the persistent posterior portion of the
genital cord, and just in this tissue, from analogy with I'erameles,
we should expect the formation of a pseudo-vaginal passage to take
place if such occurs in Macropods.

Fletcher is the only observer who offers any observations on the
mode of origin of the direct communication in these forms, and
summarises his results in the following paragraph (13, Part ii. p.
10): — " In virgin animals of //. ruficoUis, II. dorsalis, P. jieni-
cillata, 0. rohustiis and 0. riifas, the direct communication did
not exist, but in one specimen of P. p [enicillata] and one of //.
ualahatus, the direct communication was in process of formation,
but still incomplete; and these two specimens seem to show that
the aperture of communication arises probably not by a mere
rupture of the intervening portion of the wall of the urogenital
canal, but by an involution of the latter canal growing backwards
to meet the cavity of the median portion of the vagina when the
latter has reached its maximum backward extension. My own
observations show that it is possible for the direct communication
to exist in virgins, while those of other observers show that this
actually is the case; but more usually it Avould seem to be formed
late in life, probably during pregnancy or at parturition." Brass
(4, p. 27) also remarks : " es ist wohl die Ansicht ausgesprochen
worden, dass dieser Durchbruch des Blindsackes gegen den Sin.
urog. liin zur zeit der Schwangerschaft stattfjinde, um den
Embryonen einen bequemeren Weg nach aussen zu verschaffen."

Although I have no direct observations of my own to offer on the
formation of this direct communication in these forms, yet in view
of the occurrences in Peraineles, I feel unul^le to accept Fletcher's
suggestion that the direct communication is ever completed
independently of the median vagina, by an involution of the uro-
genital sinus. Convinced as I am, from the study of the condition
in Perameles, that the formation of the direct passage involves

72 FEMALE UROGENITAL ORGANS OF PERAMELES,

solely the median vaginal apparatus and the connective tissue tract
leading backwards therefrom, the completion of the passage by a
definite independent involution of the urogenital sinus appears to
me inexplicable. However, leaving this point aside, since it is
only offered by Fletcher as a tentative suggestion based on appear-
ances seen in only two specimens, we come to his important
conclusion, founded on the examination of the genital organs of
eighty females, that the direct opening in Macropods is " more
usually . . . formed late in life, probably during pregnancy
or at parturition," a conclusion identical Avith that arrived at, in
my previous paper (3), for PerameJes. In the present paper I have
expressed the opinion that the pseudo-vaginal passage in Peravieles
is actually formed at the time of parturition, and I think that the
facts herein set forth justify us in concluding that, as in Peramele&
so also in Macropods, the median passage is completed during
parturition by actual rupture by the embryo of the tissue inter-
vening between the posterior end of the median vagina and the
sinus urogenitalis. But in those Macropods with a direct opening,
owing to the close approximation of the median vagina to the
urogenital sinus, the cleft in the connective tissue or pseudo-
vaginal passage is either extremely short or, indeed, hardly present
where the two cavities are only separated in the virgin by a thin
septum. The consequence of this is that the ruptured epithelium
of the median vagina and that of the urogenital sinus are able,
in the healing process, to extend completely along the very short
pseudo- vaginal passage and to become directly continuous with each
other. Once formed, the opening of the median vagina into the
sinus, in these Macropods, thus becomes a permanent one, while in
Peraineles, as has already been pointed out, owing to the great
length of the pseudo-vaginal passage, the edges of the opening
into the sinus can only unite with each other, and as a consequence
the opening is obliterated and has to be temporarily reformed at
each succeeding act of parturition.

Now there are forms even amongst Macropods, e.g., M. major,
in which, as Fletcher points out (13, Part ii. p. 10), " unless very
exceptionally there is no direct communication even after young

BY JAS. P. HILL.

73

have been produced," in spite of the fact that the median vagina
is well developed and extends down to within a short distance
from the sinus. The distance, however, between the posterior end
of the median vaginal cul-de-sac and the sinus urogenitalis, appears
to be greater in virgins of M. major than in the virgins of species
which later possess the direct post-partum communication.
Fletcher says in his description of %'ii'ginal genital organs of M.
major, " from three specimens sections which were cut differ from
those considered above, chiefly in the fact that the cul-de-sac came
to an end sooner, and always before the urogenital canal aj^peared
in section" (13, Part ii. p. 9). If, then, a pseudo- vaginal passage
were developed in M. major during parturition, it would be of
greater length than in those forms with a persistent direct opening,
and the question thus arises whether, in view of the closure of
the direct opening in Perameles after each parturition in association
with a long pseudo- vaginal passage, a similar explanation may not
account for the apparently anomalous condition in M. major and
other forms in which the direct opening appears to be absent 1

At all events the fact of the closure of the direct opening into
the urogenital sinus in Perameles shows us that the mere absence
of such is no certain and sufficient criterion on which to decide
whether or not the young are born by a direct median passage.

Finally, as regards parturition, it seems to me that the fore-
going discussion sufliciently upholds the conclusion that Perameles,
in respect to the phenomena connected with that process, in no
way stands alone amongst Marsupials as an aberrant and special-
ised type, but quite on the contrary, exhibits more primitive
features in the mode of birth of the young than are shown by
any other Marsupial hitherto described as possessing a direct
median passage. That the direct passage in Perameles is in a
much more primitive condition than that of Macropods, will, I
think, be admitted without question. Indeed, the condition of
the passage in Perameles can only, in my opinion, be regarded as
the precursor of the Macropine one and as showing us in use
to-day the earliest stage in the evolution of that direct median
passage which reaches its highest development in the specialised

74 FEMALE UROGENITAL ORGANS OF PERAMELES,

Macropodidse. So far as our present knowledge extends, Pera-
meles is the only Polyprotodont genus in which a direct median
passage has yet been found. The condition of the genital organs
in a pouch young of Perayale lagotis, however, suggests that such
also occurs in this genus. Among Diprotodonts, the direct com-
munication has been observed, according to Fletcher, in twelve
species of the family Macropodidse. That it also exists outside
the limits of this family, I can affirm for Tarsipes rostratus, and
Alix (2) states that " sur un Phascolome wombat le vagin median
communiquait avee le vestibule urogenital par un petit pertuis
bien distinct." Although I find that this is not the case in
Phascolomys mitchelli, yet I would not on that account venture to
assert that the young are not born by a median passage. As
regards other forms, there are some, e.g., T?'ichosurus vulpecula,
in which the young are almost certainly born through the lateral
vaginal canals, here comparatively short and simple in their
course, while with regard to the majority of forms, extended
observations based on serial sections through the termination of
the median vaginal apparatus are necessary before any definite
statements can be made concernins: them.

'O

Such being the state of our knowledge, it would be hazardous
to venture far into the uncertain field of speculation concerning
the conditions which first led to the acquisition of the direct
median passage for the birth of the young. That this median
passage has not been twice independently acquired within the
Marsupial class I am convinced, and its existence in Perameles in
a condition so obviously unspecialised and m association with
such a persistently embryonic condition of the genital organs,
tends to suggest that its acquisition is of ancient date, and at the
same time leads us to ask whether the acquirement of the median
passage in the first instance may not be the direct outcome of
some such peculiar disposition of the Miillerian ducts in the
genital cord as occurs in the adult Perameles and in the pouch young
of other Marsupials, a disposition Avithout doubt to be associated
with the mesial position of the ureters 1

BY .TAS. P. HILL. 75

The very fact of the constant occurrence in Perameles of this
mode of birth by a direct median passage, even formed as it is in
by far the greater part of its exten t by rupture of maternal tissue
involving the loss of more or less blood at each act of parturition,
shows that with all its apparent defects it has proved of such
direct advantage as to have led to its adoption in preference to
the route offered by the lateral vaginal canals. What this
advantage is, is not far to seek when we contrast the two routes.
By way of the median passage, the young reach the exterior by
the shortest possible path; they simply jsass back in a straight
line, while to reach the exterior through the lateral vaginae they
must first pass back into one of the median vaginse, then directly
forwards through the anterior portion of one of the lateral canals
into the corresponding vaginal ctecum and hence back again
through the posterior portion of the lateral canal to the uro-
genital sinus. Parturition then through this latter path must,
we can easily imagine, have been not only a slow and laborious
process, but one difficult of successful accomplishment and even
fraught with danger to the lives of the young, cumbered as they
are with attached allantoic stalks At all events, the acquirement
of an entirely new passage is quite sufficient to show that the old
route proved in some way to be unsatisfactory.

Now the origin of this new and direct passage in the first
instance presupposes, it seems to me, the existence of the median
vaginal cul-de-sacs. These may have originally arisen as out-
bulgings mechanically produced by the young to facilitate their
passage from the contracted neck of the uterus into the lateral
vaginal canal, here bent outwards and forwards in association
with the mesial position of the ureter. Whether or not this be
the true explanation of the origin of the vaginal cul-de-sacs, if
we grant their existence, then it seems probable that the median
passage was discovered through what we can only describe as an
accident, which, happening again and again, came eventually,
owing to its value, to be adopted as a normal occurrence.

In the lowly Perameles, the old accidentally discovered passage
has persisted, probably unmodified, in correlation with the reten-

76 FEMALE UROGENITAL OKGANS OF PERAMliLES,

tion by the genital organs as a whole of a persistently embryonic

condition; while the specialised Macropods have gone on to

exhaust the possibilities implied in the possession of a median

vaginal apparatus and have evolved a direct median passage,

eventually epithelially lined throughout its entire extent.

Conscious as I am that the last word has not yet been said on

the evolution of the median passage in Marsupials, and that many

points still stand in need of explanation, I put forward these few

remarks and' suggestions on the parturition phenomena in general

and on the origin of the direct passage, in no dogmatic spirit, but

in the hope that they may be the means of eventually leading us

to a better understanding of this, certainly one of the most

I'emarkable of all the adaptive modifications exhibited by the

Marsupialia.

Concluding Remarks.

At the conclusion of the present series of papers, I hope, with
a more complete knowledge of the development of the genital
organs in Fei-a7neles, Macropus, and IVichos^irus, to be in a posi-
tion to enter into a more extended discussion of the morphology
of the genital oi'gans of Peramehs than is possible in the present
communication. It will here suffice to bi'iefly direct attention to
the more noteworthy features in which the organs of Perameles
depart from the more usual Marsupial condition, and thereafter
to shortly inquire what light the study of their development
throws on the question of the primitiveness or otherwise of the
urogenital organs in this genus of Marsupials.

If we contrast the urogenital oi'gans of Perameles with those of
other Marsupials, e.g., JJacropiis, the following features stand out
as worthy of remark : —

(1.) The absence of any sharply mai'ked separation between
the uterine and vaginal segments of the organs, the uterus being
directly continued into the median vaginal cul-de-sac and its os
being extremely ill-defined.

(2.) The small size and distinctness in the virgin, of the median
vaginal cul-de-sacs, their termination at a relatively great distance
from the urogenital sinus and their complete investment by the
connective tissue of the urogenital strand.

BY JAS. P. HILL.

T7

(3.) The fact that the lateral vaginal canals (except their for-
ward expansions — the vaginal cseca), are imbedded throughout
their entire extent, together with the urethra, in an elongated mass
of connective tissue — the urogenital strand.

(4.) The extremely short sinus urogenitalis, and the existence
of a very distinct cloaca.

As regards (1) and (4) these features constitute, I think, obvious
marks of lowly organisation, while as regards (3), I have already
pointed out in the preceding pages that the median vaginal
apparatus in Perameles remains at a stage which is early passed
through in the fcetal Macropod, and which is without doubt
extremely primitive. As concerns (3), the adult structural
relations of the urogenital strand led me to believe that it
represented the genital cord of the foetus, and serial sections of a
small pouch-young at once convinced me of the Tightness of this
belief. The urogenital strand of the adult is simply nothing-
else than the persistent genital cord, from the tissue of which the
posterior ends of the uterine segments of the Miillerian ducts and
the entire vaginal
segments of the
same never become
free, except in so
far as the for-
wardly projecting
^•aginal caeca may
be said to have be-
come free from the
original tissue of
the cord.

Text -figures 2
and 3 are outline
drawings of sec-
tions through the
genital cord of a

Fig. 2.

Fig. 2

pouch-specimen of F. nasiUa, 34 mm. in greatest length
represents a section through the anterior region of the cord, a little

78

FEMALE UROGENITAL ORGAXS OF PERAMBLES,

Fig. 3.

behind the openings of the ureters into the fundus of the bladder;

while fig. 3 represents a section through the cord at a somewhat

lower level. They may be com-
pared, respectively, with tigs.
5 and 8, Plates iii.-iv., repre-
senting sections through the
corresponding regions of the
genital organs in the adult,
when it will at once be
apparent that, so far as con-
cerns the general disposition

and course of the genital ducts, these remain in a condition

which can only be described as persistently embryonic.

Now, in young foetal Macropods, the genital ducts have essen-
tially the same disposition as in the fatal and adult rerainelei>,
i.e., the posterior portions of the uterine and the entire vaginal
segments of the MiiUerian duct and the urethra lie imbedded in
a common mass of mesodermic tissue — the genital cord. In
both, the uterine segments pass back side by side to open into
small median vaginal cul-de-sacs, arising at the junction of the
former with the vaginal sections of the MiiUerian ducts. From
the cul-de-sacs, the lateral vaginal canals continue directly for-
wards and outwards ventral to the uterine segments of the ducts
(text-fig. 2, a.vag.c), in order to sharply bend round anteriorly
and to continue backwards. Just behind the bend the two lateral
canals are widely separated from each other by the ureters.
These pass in mesially to the vaginal canals to reach the base of
the bladder, which is imbedded ventrally in the tissue of the
genital cord. Behind this level, the two vaginal canals gradualh^
appro.ximate and finally (text-fig. 3) run back parallel with each
other and with the Wolffian ducts (w.d.) and urethra (u7'eth.) to
open into the short urogenital sinus. While, then, in Perameles,
the genital ducts persistently retain their position in the genital
cord, in Macropods they later become more or less free from the
tissue of that cord.

BY JAS. P. HILL. 7^

I would lay special emphasis on the fact that the anteriorly
directed vaginal portions of the Miillerian ducts remain per-
manently imbedded in the tissue of the genital cord, a structural
condition ne\er before described for any Marsupial, and confined,
so far as our present knowledge goes, to the two allied genera,
Perameles and Peragale, though there appears to be a close approxi-
mation to a similar condition in M 1/ rmecohius fasciatus. In most
other Marsupials, not only do these forwardl}' directed portions of
the lateral vaginal canals become entirely free from the genital
cord, but in man}^ forms, e.g., Macropods, their backwardly
directed portions also become free from the cord over the greater
portion of their extent, only their terminal segments retaining
their original position in that cord. In concluding for the present
this short discussion, I would remark that the facts here briefly
set forth, in my opinion, show conclusively that the condition of
the genital organs in Macropods — undoubtedly one of the most
specialised families of living Marsupials — can in no sense be
regarded as primitive, and that just in so far as the genital organs
of Perameles depart from the prevalent Marsupial condition they
in the same degree realise the more primitive type. Indeed, the
urogenital organs of the Peramelidse appear, so far as I am able
to judge, to have retained a more archaic condition than those of
any other hitherto described Australian ^Marsupial,* a conclusion
which I believe gives very material support to that view which
regards the existence of an allantoic placenta in the genus
Perameles as an extremely primitive feature in its organisation.

The present work and that to be detailed in succeeding parts
of this series of papers has been carried out with the aid of a

*The condition of the genital organs in the Didelphyidse requires re-examin-
ation. In the figures both of Owen (9) and Brass (4) the tissue of the genital
cord, which ought developmentally to be found extending between the
small median vaginal cul-de-sacs and the sinus urogenitalis, is not shown,
hence it is impossible to determine with certainty the relation of the
lateral vaginal canals to that tissue, though the bent character of the
canals suggests that they are free from it over the greater part of their
extent as in Macropods. y^'v\ f^^l^

/ ^ ^<

_^;

80 FEMALE UROGENITAL ORGANS OF PBRAMELES,

grant from the Royal Society, the liberaHty o£ whose Committee
I desire here to gratefully acknowledge. I am much indebted
to my friends, Prof. J. T. Wilson and Mr. J. J. Fletcher, for kind
advice, and I further desire to express my thanks to Mr. R. Grant,
late of the Physiological Department, for invaluable help in the
preparation of the photo-micrographs illustrating this paper and
for much assistance in other ways.

LIST' OF PAPERS REFERRED TO IN TEXT.

1. — OwE.v, R. Comp. Anat. aud Phys. of Vertebrates. Vol. iii. p. C83.
2. — Alix, p. H. E. " Sur les organes de la pai'turitioa chez les Marsu-
piaux." Bull. Soc. Zool. France, 1879. p. 118.

3. — Hill, J. P. " The Placentation of Perameles. (Contributions to the
Embryology of the Marsupialia, I.)". Q.J.M.S. Vol.40. 1897.

4. — Brass, A. Beitrage zur Kenntnisa des weiblichen Urogenitalsystems
der Marsupialen." Inaug. Diss. Leipzig, 1880.

5. — Desc. and 111. Cat. of the Phys. Series of Comp. Anat. cont. in the
Museum of the R.C. of S. in London. Vol. iv. Organs of Genera-
tion. London. 1838.

6. — MiHALKOVics, G. vox. — " Entvvickl. d. Harn- u. Geschlechtsappa-
rates d. Amnioten." Intern. Monatsch. f. Anat. u. Physiol.
Bd. ii. 1885.

7. — SoBOTTA, J. " Beitr. zur vergl. Anat. u. Entwick. d. Uterusmusku-
latur." Archiv f. mikr. Anat. Bd. 38. 1891.

8. — Owen, R. Article 'Marsupialia.' Todd's Cyol. of Anat. and Phys.
Vol. iii. 1S4L

9. "On the Generation of the Marsupial Animals, with a Des-
cription of the Impregnated Uterus of the Kangaroo." Phil.
Trans. 1834.

10. — Stirling, E. C. "On some Points in the Anatomy of the Female
Organs of Generation of the Kangaroo, &c." P.Z.S. 1889.

11. — Lister, J. J., and Fletcher, J. J. "On the Condition of the
Median Portion of the Vaginal Apparatus in the Macropodidse."
P.Z.S. 1881.

12. — Fletcher. J. J. "On the Existence after Parturition of a Direct
Communication between the Median Vaginal Cul-de-sac, so-called,
and the Urogenital Canal, in certain species of Kangaroos."
P.L.S.N.S.W. VoL vi. 1881.

BY JAS. P. HILL. 81

13.— Fletcher, J. J. " Ou some Points in the Anatomy of the Urogenital
Organs in Females of certain species of Kangaroos." Part i.
P.L.S.N.S.W. Vol. vii. 18S2 ; Part ii. Ibid. Vol. viii. 18S3.

14.— Home, E. " Some Observations of the Mode of Generation of the
Kangaroo, with a particular Description of the Organs them-
selves." Phil. Trans. 1795.

EXPLANATION OF PLATES.

Reference letters.

a. vag. c. Anterior forwardly directed portion of lateral vaginal canal.
III. Bladder. hd. lig. Broad ligament. cl. Cloaca. c. m. v. Common
median vagina, c.t. Connective tissue between lateral vaginal canals.
fm. Fimbriated opening of Fallopian tube. f.t. Fallopian tube. I. vag. c.
Lateral vaginal canal, m.v.c. Median vaginal canal, o.u.s. Opening of
urogenital sinus, op. Opening of anterior portion of lateral vaginal canal
into vaginal ctecum. ov. Ovary, pv. p. Pssudo-vaginal passage. t-ect.
Rectum. u.s. Urogenital strand. ur. Ureter. ureth. Urethra. ut.
Body of uterus. ut.p.f. Utero-pelvic fold of broad ligament. ut.7i.
Uterine neck, rag.r. Vaginal caeca, iks.v. Vesical artery and vein.

N.B. — With the exception of figs. 1 and 2, the figures are reproductions
from photo-micrographs of transverse sections.

Plate i.

Fig. 1.— Urogenital organs of P. ohesitJa, seen from the dorsal aspect. The
cloaca has been opened to show the opening of the urogenital
sinus (o.u.s.), and the peritoneal pouches have been drawn for-
wards to expose the ovaries. ( x 1.)

Fig. 2. — Urogenital organs of P. obesula. Dissection from dorsal aspect.
X. Commencement of anterior forwardly directed portion of
lateral vaginal canal. ( x I).

Figs. 3-8, Plates ii.-iv. — Trans, sections through the genital organs of virgin
P. na-^uta. For approximate positions of sections, see text-fig.
1, p. 52, and for description, see text, p. 53.

Fig. 9, Plate v. — Trans, section through the clitoris, showing the median
septum (m.v.), the opening of the clitoris duct {c.d.) on one side,
and the erectile tissue [e.t.)

Fig. 10, Plate v., and Figs. 11-12, Plate vi.— Trans, sections through
median vaginal apparatus of P. ohesida with two 17-5 mm.
young.
6

82 FEMALE UROGENITAL ORGANS OF PERAMELES.

Fig. 13, Plate vii., Figs. 14-15, Plate viii. — Trans, sections of P. obesula
with two 22 mm. young. In 13, the section passes through the
ant;erior portion of the common median vagina {c.m.r.); in 14,
through the anterior region of the pseudo-vaginal passage,
blocked up by three allantoic stalks (a//..y. ) ; and in 15, through
the mid-region of the urogenital strand, with the cleft-like
pseudo-vaginal passage (jn:p) containing detritus.

Fig. 16, Plate xii. — Trans, section. Just behind the posterior end of the
common median vagina. P. obesula with four 3'7 cm. young.

Fig. 17, Plate xi. — Trans, section. Showing the remnants of allantoic
stalks filling up the pseudo-vaginal passage and surrounded and
invaded by connective tissue. P. oliesu/a with 4 cm. young.

Fig. 18, Plate viii., and Figs. 19 and 20, Plate ix. — Trans, sections, P.
nasuta (?) bred, showing in 18, the common median vagina (c.vi.v.)
in 19, a well marked example of a fibrosed allantoic stalk (al/..i.)
in the pseudo-vaginal passage, and in 20, the cleft-like passage
containing remnants of stalks.

Fig. 21, Plate x. — Trans, section through the urogenital strand of P. obesula
with blastodermic vesicle in uterus.

Fig, 22, Plate xii. — Trans, section, urogenital strand of P. obesula with
two 12"5mm. young in uteri, showing the vascular character of
the connective tissue {c.t.) between the lateral vaginal canals.

83

DESCRIPTIONS OF NEW AUSTRALIAN
LEPIDOPTERA.

By Oswald B. Lower, F.E.S.

BOMBYCINA.

PSYCHID^.

OiKETICUS ULIAS, Il.sp.

(J. 40 mm. Head, palpi, anteun^e, legs, thorax and abdomen
blackish-fuscous, antennal pectinations at greatest length 8, much
shorter on apical half. Forewings elongate, costa gentl}'' arched,
hindmargin extremely oblique, somewhat sinuate on lower third;
dark fuscous, inclining to blackish; a large blackish somewhat
cuneiform spot at end of cell; a moderate suffused elongate-ovate
blackish patch above inner margin at ^ from base; an indistinct
patch of blackish beneath costa near base; hindmarginal area
somewhat blackish: cilia blackish (imperfect). Hindwings short,
hindmargin nearly straight, somewhat sinuate in middle; dark
fuscous; cilia as in forewings.

Mackay, Queensland; two specimens.

Mr. Meyrick kindly identified this and several other of the
species herein described, and in several instances suggested names
which I have adopted.

AECTIAD5;.

Emmiltis teissodesma. Lower.

(Anestia trissodesma, Lower, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., 1897, 12.)

Since describing the original specimen of this insect I have
secured a fair series. The sexes of the species being different in
appearance, besides being somewhat variable, I think it desirable

84 NEW AUSTRALIAN LEPIDOPTERA,

to supplement the description. The groundcolour of the fore-
wings varies in intensity of colouring; in some specimens it is
almost white, but the markings are very constant. The hind-
wings of the (J vary from pale clear yellow to dull ochreous-
orange, sometimes with an obscure fuscous line from middle of
costa to middle of inner margin. In the type the hindwings were
clear yellow.

9- 14 mm. Head, thorax, antennae, palpi and legs whitish.
Abdomen whitish. Fore wings as in (J ; white; markings ochreous-
fuscous; a basal patch, outer edge limited by a nearly straight fine
black line, from i costa to ^ inner margin; a moderate, straight,
broad transverse band, from middle of costa to middle of inner
margin, obscure on costa; a moderately broad irregularly edged
band just before hindmargin, lower third constricted ; an ill-
defined pale ochreous hindmarginal band : cilia whitisli, with a
fine fuscous median line. Hindwings with hindmargin rounded;
whitish; a moderately broad slightly curved fuscous fascia, from
before middle of costa to before middle of inner margin; a similar
parallel fascia just before hindmargin; a fine fuscous hindmarginal
line; cilia as in forewings.

Broken Hill, N.S.W.; several specimens of the ^; the 9 i*^ very
scarce.

A curious character of this insect is the appearance when at
rest, the head being appressed closely to the surface and the
posterior legs raised so as to give a A-shaped outline. Mr.
Meyrick, to whom I am indebted for the correct location of this
and several other of the species described in this paper, informs
me that the genus has not previously been known to occur in
Australia.

GEOMETRINA.

MONOCTENIAD^,

Taxeotis phaeopa, n.sp.

(J 9 20-25 mm. Head whitish, slightly ochreous-tinged, face
grey. Thorax white. Abdomen greyish-ochreous. Palpi 2,
ochreous-fuscous. Antennae and legs fuscous, ciliations 1. Fore-

BY OSWALD B. LOWER. 85

wings elongate, triangular, hindmargin not sinuate, obliquely
rounded beneath ; pale grey-whitish, with faint ferruginous
markings; a suffused spot on costa beyond ^ to inner margin at J,
more pronounced on costa; a transverse discal spot beyond and
above middle ; a cloudy spot on costa beyond §, emitting an
irregular line to inner margin before anal angle, with two angula-
tions outwards, one below costa and one in middle; a submarginal
row of obscure spots; a hindmarginal row of small black dots :
cilia ochreous-grey. Hind wings with hindmargin rounded; grey-
whitish, somewhat fuscous-tinged; a faint fuscous discal dot;
hindmarginal line and cilia as in forewings.

Broken Hill, N.S.W.; April to June, five specimens.

The only known species with a grey face.

Satraparchis (1) MACROcosMA, n.sp.

5. 62 mm. Head, palpi, antennae, thorax and legs dark
purplish-fuscous, palpi short, antennal pectinations 1; (terminal
half broken). Abdomen yellow-ochreous. Forewings elongate-
triangular, costa straight, hindmargin bowed ; dark purplish-
fuscous, transversely strigulated with blackish on basal half,
where the groundcolour is lighter; an elongate strongly outwards-
curved sphenoid white patch, anterior edge from about f of costa
to inner margin before anal angle; posterior edge obscurely defined
and slightly oblique, from before -I of costa meeting anterior edge
above inner mai'gin; a sharply defined moderate white line, with
a slight angulation beneath costa, from costa at 4 to -^ across
wing, thence obscurely continued to above middle of sphenoid
patch; groundcolour anterior to line much darker, beyond pale
purplish-coppery. Hindwings with hindmargin slightly waved;
bright yellow, with a broad black band along hindmargin, with a
moderate sinuation in middle: cilia fuscous. Forewings beneath
with markings of upper side reproduced; a yellow basal patch,
outer edge from ^ of costa to near middle of inner margin, with a
quadrate protuberance below middle. Hindwings with markings
reproduced as above; two pale purplish-coppery patches at apex
and on costa at |.

86 NEW AUSTRALIAN LEPIDOPTERA,

Pentland Hills, near Bacchus Marsh, Victoria; one specimen,
taken by Mr. E. E. Brittlebank; unfortunately without date of
capture.

A very fine and distinct species, not truly referable to Satra-
parchis, but placed here provisionally in the absence of the ^.
The curious unipectinated antennaj of the 9> ^^^ the short palpi
are noticeable characters. Generally speaking this species par-
takes somewhat the appearance of Ejndesmia tricolor, Westw. I
have very little doubt but that a new genus will be required to
receive it.

MONOCTENIA PHYLLOMORPHA, n.sp.

(J. 40 mm. Head, thorax, palpi and abdomen pale ochreous,
palpi at base whitish, abdomen and thorax beneath white.
Antennas whitish, orange beneath, pectinations ochreous. Legs
dull ochreous-orange, ochreous-whitish internally. Forewings
elongate-triangular, apex acute, hindmargin slightly sinuate
beneath apex, thence bowed, oblique; pale ochreous, becoming-
darker towards base; an obscure ferruginous spot above inner
margin, at | from base; a few obscure ferruginous spots from
costa before apex; apex and hindmargin tinged with ferruginous:
cilia ferruginous, darker at base. Hind wings with hindmargin
nearly straight; colour as in forewings, but broadly suffused with
whitish along costa; cilia as in forewings. Wings beneath pale
ochreous, greenish-tinged. Forewings with two or three ferru-
ginous dots I'eproduced from upper side; inner margin broadly
whitish. Hindwings with a row of about six fuscous dots, from
costa towards inner margin but not reaching it.

Newcastle, N.S. Wales; one specimen sent by Mr. G. Lyell,
taken in May (Coll. Lyell).

Allied to cycnoj)tera, Lower, but very distinct from that species,
or indeed any other known to me. The absence of any definite
markings either above or below wings is an uncommon character
in this genus.

BY OSWALD B. LOWER. 87

Amelora crypsigramma, n.sp.

(J. 30 mm. Head, palpi and thorax dark fuscous. Antennse
reddish, pectinations 5. Abdomen grey-whitish. Legs grey-
whitish, anterior and middle pair infuscated. Forewings elongate-
triangular, costa arched at base, thence nearly straight; hind-
margin gently bowed, slightly sinuate beneath apex; dark fuscous,
mixed with blackish; markings obscure; costa moderately edged
throughout with blackish; a thick suffused irregular black streak
from base at inner margin across wing to apex, becoming attenu-
ated at apex; a thickly deeply dentate black line from beneath
above streak at § to middle of inner margin, edged posteriorly by
white; hindmarginal area blackish; veins obscurely outlined with
whitish. Hindwings with hindmargin rounded, hardly waved;
dull whitish, sprinkled with fuscous, except towards base ; a
moderate blackish discal dot; cilia whitish.

Broken Hill, N.S.W.; one specimen, at light, in May.

In the neighbourhood of idiomorpha, Lower, but not very
near it.

Stibaroma stenodesma, n.sp.

^. 34 mm. Head, palpi, thorax, antennae, legs and abdomen
ashy-grey-whitish, abdomen becoming greyish posteriorly, posterior
legs more whitish. Forewings elongate, moderate, dilated pos-
teriorly, costa gently arched, hindmargin slightly waved, oblique;
ashy-grey-whitish; markings black; a fine, short, inwards-curved
line from near base of costa to base of inner margin; a fine line
from \ costa to ^ inner margin, moderately curved outwards and
with a very slight projection inwards immediately above inner
margin; a fine waved line from | of costa to | inner margin, with
a moderate projection outwards above middle, curved inwards
below this ; a similarly formed very obscure line, indicating-
median shade, between first and last mentioned lines, nearer first
on costa; a straight irregular band of ferruginous from beneath
costa at 1^ to anal angle; veins on hindmarginal area outlined
with black, more especially above and below middle; a fine waved
black hindmarginal line : cilia grey-whitish, mixed with blackish

88 NEW AUSTRALIAN LEPIDOPTERA,

at extremities of veins. Hindwings with hindmargiii slightly
waved ; fuscous-grey ; an obscure fuscous discal dot ; a broad
blackish hindmarginal band, somewhat suffused, constricted at
anal angle; indications of a faint fuscous line at f inner margin,
not reacliing costa; hindmarginal line and cilia as in forewings.
Forewings beneath as above; costa dusted with white; a broad
blackish hindmarginal band, containing a spot of groundcolour
on costa at apex. Hindwings as in forewings, but spot of ground-
colour obsolete.

Newcastle, N.S.W.; one specimen in May ; {Coll. Lyell).

NOCTUINA.

N0CTUID.5:.

Thalpochares leucodesma, n.sp.

5. 10 mm. Head, palpi and legs white. Thorax ochreous-
fuscous, anteriorly white. Abdomen dull orange. Antennae
fuscous. Forewings elongate-triangular, hindmargin bowed,
oblique; chestnut-l:)rown, somewhat suffused with white on basal
area; a slightly oblique broad whitish fascia, narrowed on costa,
from middle of costa to middle of inner margin, anterior edge
straight, posterior edge irregular, with a strong projection in
middle; fascia edged on either side with darker groundcolour; an
oblique darker chestnut streak from apex to projection; fascia
suffused into groundcolour below this; a few fuscous dots along
hindmargin : cilia whitish, slightly ochreous-tinged. Hindwings
pale ochreous, infuscated round margins, especially at apex; cilia
as in forewings.

Duaringa, Queensland; two specimens, taken in April and May.

EUSTROTIA CRYSTALLINA, n.Sp.

^. 40 mm. Head and thorax dull whitish, finely reticulated
with blackish. Antennae and palpi dull orange. Abdomen
orange, fuscous-tinged at base. Legs whitish, anterior tibiag and
tarsi ochreous-orange, posterior and middle tibife and tarsi dull
orange. Foi'ewings elongate, moderate, slightly dilated posteriorly,

BY OSWALD B. LOWER.

89

costa nearly straight, hindmargin bowed, somewhat oblique; dull
bluish-white, finely strigulated with fuscous; costal edge orange
from base to very near apex; an outwardly oblique black streak
on costa in middle; a similar but longer streak on costa at f,
reaching about ^ across wing; a third similar black streak on costa
between first and second, groundcolour between first and second
streak is, except on costa, dull fuscous-ferruginous, and is con-
tinued as broad fascia to inner margin before anal angle, narrowed
on lower ^; a narrow elongate streak along middle of hindmargin,
anteriorly nearly reaching termination of second costal streak; a
hindmarginal row of black dots : cilia fuscous, with a fine grey-
whitish basal line. Hindwings white, with a yellowish hind-
marginal band, becoming narrowed and lost on inner margin;
veins somewhat outlined with yellow; six or seven black dots on
upper half of hindmargin; cilia white, becoming yellowish on
upper half of hindmargin.

Mackay and Cairns, Queensland; two specimens, in November.

PYRALIDINA.

B0TYD5;.

Metallarcha leucodetis, n.sp.

(J2- 14-20 mm. Head, thorax and abdomen snow-white,
abdomen somewhat infuscated posteriorly, thorax beneath snow-
white. Palpi and antennye fuscous. Middle and posterior legs
white; anterior pair fuscous. Forewings elongate- triangular,
dilated posteriori}', costa straight, hindmargin oblique, gently
bowed; snow-white; markings fuscous; a moderate streak along
costa from l)ase to beyond J, anteriorly attenuated, with a small
obscure tooth in middle; from posterior extremity of this streak
proceeds a thick direct irregular streak to f across wing, becoming
claviform on lower extremity and almost (in some specimens
quite) reaching anal angle ; a small sufi'used spot in inner
margin at |; in some specimens more elongate and extended

90 XEW AUSTRALIAN LEPIDOPTERA,

towards anal angle; a thick streak along hindmargin separated
from claviform streak by its own width of groundcolour : cilia
greyish, with fuscous subbasal and terminal lines. Hindwings
dull greyish-ochreous; a fuscous mark in middle of wing; a broad
dull fuscous band along anterior half of hindmargin broadest at
apex, finely attenuated posteriorly; cilia whitish with a fuscous
subbasal line.

Broken Hill, N.S.W.; four specimens, in November, generally
at light.

Differs from the other described species by the white ground-
colour.

SCOPARIA SCHIZODESMA, n.sp.

(J^. 16-18 mm. Head and abdomen yellow. Palpi yellowish,
base of second and subapical band of terminal joint fuscous.
Antennae, legs and thorax fuscous, thorax with a few yellowish,
posterior legs yellowish. Forewings elongate-triangular, costa
hardly arched, hindmargin oblique ; whitish-ochreous, with
fuscous markings; a fine costal line from base to near apex; a
basal patch, its outer edge nearly straight, slightly outwardly
oblique, from ^ costa to beyond ^ of inner margin; a moderate
blotch-like fascia immediately beyond, not quite reaching costa,
slightly broader on lower half, separated by a very distinct line
of groundcolour, slightly curved below middle ; an irregularly
edged outwardly oblique moderate fascia, from costa at f , reaching
half across the wing; a fine oblique line from extremity of this to
inner margin at |-; a small irregular patch at anal angle; a small
triangular spot on costa at ^; an elongate somewhat cuneiform
spot from apex along hindmargin to anal angle, finely attenuated
beneath; a few ochreous- whitish scales along hindmargin : cilia
dark fuscous. Hindwings yellow ; a narrow suflfused fuscous
hindmarginal fascia; cilia yellowish, at base fuscous.

Broken Hill, N.S. W. ; six specimens, from August to January.

A very pretty species; easily known, as it is the only Scoparia
with yellow hindwings.

BV OSWALD B. LOWER. 91i

EcLiPsiODES CRYPSixANTHA, Meyr.
(Trans, Ent. Soc. Loud., 1884, p. 343.)

Recent captures of this species both at Broken Hill, N.S.W.,
and Parkside, South Australia, would indicate that it is subject
to considerable variation especially as regards the groundcolour
of the forewings. In Mr. Meyrick's original description he states
that the forewings are "dull dark fuscous, sometimes with a few
grey-whitish scales." I have eight specimens before me, four of
which are superficially quite distinct by the groundcolour of the
forewings, which varies from ashy-grey to white; one specimen is
clay- coloured ; the markings are, however, identical, but the
abdomen in all the species is yellow, whereas in the typical speci-
mens it is stated to be dark fuscous, margins of segments yellowish.
The three well-marked varieties present themselves thus : —

Vm: a. Forewings with three large white blotches, at base,
middle and along hindmargin ; groundcolour clay-coloured.
Abdomen yellow. Parkside, South Australia, in October.

Var. /3. Forewings uniform ashy-grey-whitish, markings distinct.
Abdomen yellow. Broken Hill, N.S W., in August.

Var. y. Forewings uniform clay-colour, markings distinct.
Abdomen yellowish, infuscated posteriorly. Broken Hill, N.S. W.,
in August.

Specimens which I took at Duaringa and Brisbane, Queensland,
are nearest to the typical form as regards the forewings, but the
abdomen has only the two anterior segments fuscous, the rest of
the body being yellowish.

TORTRICINA.

TOETRICID.a;.

TORTRIX EUGRAMMA, n.sp.

(J$. 15-18 mm. Head fuscous-white, face whitish. Thorax,
palpi and antennae fuscous. Abdomen greyish-fuscous. Legs
fuscous-whitish, posterior pair whitish. Forewings moderate,
costa arched towards base, thence straight, hindmargin oblique.

92 NEW AUSTRALIAN LEPIDOPTERA,

hardly I'ounded; dark fuscous, with silvery-white markings, well
defined; a short somewhat wedge-shaped spot, from base below
middle; a moderate thick outwai'dly oblique fascia from about ^
to middle of wing, thence continued obliquely to apex of wing,
sometimes broken at | by a line of groundcolour; a dull moderate
elongate spot just below costa in middle; a moderate streak along
inner margin from base to middle, sometimes obsolete towards
base : cilia fuscous, with a greyish basal line. Hindwings grey-
whitish, spotted with fuscous, becoming lighter towards base; cilia
as in forewings.

Brighton, Victoria; two specimens in January, somewhat worn:
I have seen specimens from Sale, Victoria; taken in December by
Mr. G. Lyell.

Distinct and easily recognised.

Capua melichroa, n.sp.

^5. 18-22 mm. Head, palpi, antennae and thorax pale yellow.
Abdomen grey-whitish, yellowish beneath. Anterior and middle
legs yellowish, tarsi fuscous, coxte shining whitish; posterior legs
pale greyish. Forewings moderate, broad, dilated posteriorly,
costa rather strongly arched, especially towards base, apex obtuse,
hindmargin hardly oblique; pale yellow, finely strigulated with
darker yellow; a minute purplish dot at base of inner margin; a
second at ^ of inner margin; a very irregular oblique purplish
fascia, from before middle of costa to inner margin just before
anal angle, more pronounced on margins, and somewhat flattened
on inner margin; a similar fascia from costa at ^ to below middle
of hindmargin, more or less edged with darker purplish on upper
half; a very fine indistinct purplish hind marginal line, more con-
spicuous at apex : cilia pale yellow, with a greyish pencil of hairs
at anal angle. Hindwings pale yellowish-ochreous; cilia yellowish.

Mackay, Queensland; in December; ten specimens beaten from
Lo nicer a sp.

Capua oxvgona, n sp.

^9. 18 mm. Head, thorax, and palpi pale ochreous, palpi
inf uscated laterally. Abdomen whitish. Antennae fuscous, some

BY OSWALD B. LOWER. 93-

what obscui'ely animlatecl with whitish. Legs whitish, anterior
and middle tarsi fuscous, ringed with whitish. Forewings
elongate, moderate, hardly dilated, costa hardly arched, apex
round-pointed, hindmargin oblique; pale ochreous-whitish, becom-
ing more ochreous on dorsal half; costa with a row of fine blackish
equidistant dots throughout, anterior smaller; a moderate oblique
fuscous fascia, darkest in middle, reaching | across wing, from
middle of costa towards anal angle; wing beneath this finely
infuscated ; a very fine fuscous hindmarginal line : cilia pale
ochreous. Hind wings whitish, obscurely spotted with pale
fuscous; cilia whitish.

Broken Hill, N.S.W.; two specimens in October.

Capua placodes, n.sp.

(J. 20 mm. Head, palpi and thorax blackish-fuscous. Antennse
greyish-fuscous. Abdomen and legs greyish; anterior legs black-
ish, tibiae and tarsi ringed with whitish. Forewings moderate,
hardly dilated, costa gently arched, hindmargin oblique; ochreous-
fuscous; basal patch blackish; outer edge very irregular, from i
costa to ^ inner margin, with an acute projection in middle; an
outwardly oblique dark fuscous fascia, reaching half across wing,
from before middle of costa to middle of disc; costa and inner
margin spotted throughout with black; three teeth of groundcolour
on costa, between middle and apex, each containing one or two
minute spots of black; an elongate blackish spot on middle of
hindmargin : cilia ochreous-fuscous, with a suffused blackish
median line. Hindwings greyish, obscurely spotted with fuscous,
more pronounced towards apex; cilia greyish, with a fuscous
median line.

Broken Hill, N.S.W. ; three specimens, taken at light, in
November and December.

In the " sordidatana " group.

Dipterina C?) phyllodes, n.sp.

(J9. 10-12 mm. Head, palpi and thorax olive-green, palpi
whitish internally, second joint triangularly scaled, terminal joint

'94 NEW AUSTRALIAN LEPIDOPTERA,

short, h of second. Antennae ochx'eous. Abdomen fuscous.
Legs fuscous-whitish, anterior coxse white. Forewings rather
short, somewhat dilated posteriorly, costa gently arched, apex
round-pointed, hindmargin hardly oblique; olive-greenish, strigu-
lated with darker greenish and fuscous; costal edge irregularly
whitish throughout : costa obliquely strigulated with blackish; a
broad ill-defined, oblique, blackish fascia from beyond middle of
costa to inner margin before anal angle, outer edge more pro-
nounced and with a longitudinal black streak in middle, fascia
obsolete in some specimens; a rhomboid blackish spot on costa at
apex, preceded by two fine short oblique lines of white, and edged
beneath by a similar line; a small blackish quadrate spot on hind-
margin above middle, edged above and below by a short line of
whitish; a dark fuscous hindmarginal line, not reaching anal
angle : cilia fuscous, with a whitish tooth at apex, and an obscure
median line. Hindwings blackish, basal half much lighter; cilia
■ dark fuscous, with a greyish basal line.

I hardly feel satisfied in placing this species in this genus, as
it presents somewhat different characters from that of Dipterina;
for instance, the palpi are longer and somewhat more porrected,
and the neuration of the forewings is noticeable on account of the
close approximation of veins^ 3, 4 and 5, leaving 6 widely remote;
vein 3, which is from angle of cell, is so curved as to approximate
to 4 closely at base and on hindmargin.

Brisbane, Queensland; two specimens in December.

Arotrophora gonomela, n.sp.

(Jj. 20-23 mm. Head, thorax, antennse and abdomen dark
fuscous. Palpi moderate, fuscous dusted with whitish. Anterior
legs dark fuscous, posterior and middle pair greyish, tibiae with
blackish rings. Forewings elongate, moderate, dilated posteriorly,
costa nearly sti'aight, apex rounded, hindmai'gin obliquely
rounded ; dark fuscous, with fine transverse darker strigulae
throughout; costa obscurely strigulated throughout with darker;
a broad blackish fascia, anterior edge indicated by a fine inwards-
• curved waved blackish line, from about ^ of costa to ^ inner

BY OSWALD B. LOWER. 95

margin, posterior edge oblique, from costa in middle to inner margin
beyond i, with a slight indentation just above inner margin, the
colour of fascia more pronounced on lower ^, the upper portion
inclined to shade into groundcolour; a moderate, obscurely
indicated fuscous patch beneath apex, irregularly edged by a fine
dentate line, anterior edge curved so as to meet posterior line of
fascia; two or three short, curved black lines around apex : cilia
dark fuscous, mixed with ferruginous, and with a few whitish
scales. Hind wings slightly sinuate beneath apex; light fuscous,
becoming darker around hindmargin ; cilia light fuscous, tips
darker, and w-ith a well-defined basal line.

Blackwood, South Australia; three specimens dislodged from
Banksia sp., in September.

GRAPH0LITHID5;.

Laspeyresia lomacula, n.sp.

^9. 9-12 mm. Head and antennae fuscous- whitish. Palpi
whitish, terminal joint short, fuscous. Thorax dark fuscous.
Abdomen fuscous. Legs grey-whitish; anterior and middle tibise
and tarsi blackish, ringed with whitish. Forewings moderate,
rather dilated, costa hardly arched, hindmargin hardly oblique,
sinuate beneath apex; dark fuscous mixed with whitish; numerous
very oblique black lines on costa, the majority reaching nearly
half across wing, separated on costa by dull interspaces of dull
metallic whitish; numerous outwardly oblique lines from inner
margin, those on posterior half meeting costal lines; a quadrate
blotch of white on inner margin, often obsolete, anterior edge
from beyond J, very outwardly oblique, reaching more than ^
across wing, posterior edge irregular, obscure, from about #; three
outwardly oblique, dull leaden-metallic finely black-edged streaks,
fii'st from before § of costa to anal angle; second parallel, from
costa just beyond to middle of hindmargin, thence continued
along hindmargin to anal angle; third very short, just before apex;
between the first and second is a small leaden-metallic patch
containing three sharply defined black streaks, upper the largest.

96 NEW AUSTRALIAN LEPIDOPTERA,

the patch is edged posteriorly by a short line of silvery-whitish :
cilia dark fuscous, with whitish basal line. Hindwinss dark
bronzy-f uscous ; cilia fuscous, tips whitish with a dark fuscous
subbasal line.

Broken Hill, N.S.W.; several specimens in October.

A neat little species, x-ather variable; the whitish blotch on
inner margin is very often obscured by the groundcolour. It is
nearest iridescens, Meyr.

TINEINA.

GELECHIAD5;.
Paltodora marmorea, n.sp.

(J. 8-10 mm. Head, thorax, antenni^ and pal2:)i whitish ;
second joint of palpi loosely haired beneath, fuscous beneath and
at base internally, terminal joint with a fuscous subapical ring.
Anterior and middle legs fuscous; anterior coxse whitish; posterior
legs whitish, suffusedly banded with fuscous. Abdomen
greyish. Forewings elongate, narrow, pointed ; white ; two
irregular oblique pale fuscous parallel fascijt^, tirst from costa near
base to I inner mai'gin; second just beyond; both fascijB with a
few blackish spots on margins; a fine elongate blackish mark in
middle of disc; a second in a direct line beyond; a pale fuscous
patch on inner margin immediately below ; costa from second
fascia to about |-, pale fuscous ; apex fuscous-tinged, more pro-
nounced at extreme apex : cilia greyish, becoming fuscous at apex
and on costa. Hindwings with termen emai'ginate, strongly pro-
duced; grey-whitish; cilia nearly 3, grey- whitish.

Broken Hill, N. S.W.; two specimens in October.

Gelechia perdita, n.sp.

(J^. 12-14 mm. Head white. Palpi ochreous-white, terminal
joint with blackish rings at and below apex ; second join t
roughened on apical half, somewhat grooved. Antennte and
thorax fuscous; antennae more than | of wing. Abdomen fuscous,
mixed with silvery-grey and whitish; three basal segments orange-

BY OSWALD B. LOWER. 97

yellow. Legs fuscous-whitish; tarsi black, ringed with whitish;
posterior legs whitish, slightly infuscated. Forewings elongate,
moderate, costa gently arched, apex somewhat pointed, hind-
margin extremely obliquely rounded; dark fuscous; a very indis-
tinct fine blackish line along fold of wing; two obscure blackish
dots in middle of disc, beyond ^ from base; a few blackish spots
at base: generally all these markings are obliterated by general
groundcolour : cilia blackish-fuscous, terminal half more or less
greyish. Hindwings with hindmargin slightly sinuate beneath
apex ; apex somewhat produced ; dull greyish-fuscous, thinly
scaled; a very fine, obscure, somewhat interrupted hindmarginal
line; cilia fuscous with a greyish-ochreous basal line.
Broken Hill, N.S.W. ; ten specimens during August.

Gelechia pycnoda, n.sp.

^Q. 10-1 2 ram. Head, thorax, antennae and palpi dull fuscous-
reddish; antennae whitish-tinged, basal joint whitish, terminal joint
of palpi ochreous-tinged, with blackish basal and subapical rings;
second joint internally ochreous-whitish, roughened on apical half,
somewhat grooved. Legs fuscous-whitish, tarsi blackish, with
whitish rings; posterior legs dull whitish. Abdomen dull leaden,
three anterior segments dull greyish. Forewings shaped as in
perdita; dull reddish-fuscous, irregularly strigulated with blackish;
a fine, somewhat obscure, direct blackish line from base in middle
to inner margin at anal angle; three obscure dark fuscous dots
arranged in a longitudinal series in middle of wing, first near base,
second just before middle, and third just before end of cell, some-
what all more or less merged into groundcolour : cilia greyish,
basal half dark fuscous, mixed with some blackish scales. Hind-
wings with termen sinuate, apex somewhat produced; grey-whitish,
thinly scaled; cilia grey, base ochreous-tinged.

Broken Hill, N.S.W. ; ten specimens, taken from June to
October.

Somewhat allied to ^jerc?i<a, but, apart from its more reddish
colouring, it is distinguished from that species by the abdomen, &c.

7

98 NEW AUSTRALIAN LEPIDOPTERA,

GeLECHIA COSMODES, 11. sp.

i^<^. 8-16 mm. Head, thorax, anteniiEe and abdomen blackish-
fuscous; anteniiJB | of wing, irregularly aiinulated with white,
abdomen sometimes somewhat shining, face whitish Palpi
blackish, second joint internally whitish and somewhat mixed
with whitish externally in middle; terminal joint with three
equidistant whitish rings. Legs dark fuscous, with whitish tarsal
rings; posterior pair blackish, with tibite and tarsi irregularly
ringed with whitish. Forewings as in G. perdita, but somewhat
narrower ; reddish-ferruginous, with black and golden-metallic
markings ; a small black basal patch, outer edge moderately
straight, indented in middle, where there are a few golden-metallic
scales; a narrow outwardly oblique golden-metallic fascia, from
costa at ^ to beyond inner margin at ^-, sometimes hardly reach-
ing inner margin ; an irregular black quadrate spot on costa
immediately beyond, reaching more than half across wing ; a
second, similar to first, golden-metallic fascia, not so oblique as
first, immediately beyond quadrate spot, sometimes broken, from
middle of costa to middle of inner margin; a small roundish
ochreous-white spot on costa at f, lower half reddish-tinged,
reaching nearly half across wing; a golden-metallic patch of scales
beneath, but slightly anterior; a blackish elongate spot on costa
between second fascia and whitish spot ; hindmarginal area
beyond black : cilia blackish, becoming greyish on terminal half
on middle of hind margin. Hindwings with termen sinuate
beneath apex, apex somewhat produced ; pale fuscous ; cilia
greyish-fuscous.

Broken Hill, N.S.W.; taken occasionally at light, from Sep-
tember to November.

A very elegant little species, not approaching any other Aus-
tralian species known to me.

Gelechia lithina, n.sp.

^2- ^'12 mm. Head, palpi, antennfe and thorax dark fuscous,
second joint of palpi moderately smooth, anteiinse at base beneath

BY OSWALD B. LOWER. 99

whitish, tarsi ringed with whitish. Abdomen greyish-fuscous.
Forewings elongate, moderate, costa gently arched, apex rounded,
hindmargin obliquly rounded, narrower than hindwings; dark
fuscous; three obscure equidistant blackish marks, placed longi-
tudinally, slightly above middle of wing; an elongate blackish
mark along fold at i from base, followed by a similar less distinct
mark above and before anal angle; costa more or less spotted
throughout with blackish ; a fine obscure blackish line around
apex : cilia greyish, with a distinct median line of blackish scales,
becoming obsolete towards anal angle. Hindwings with termen
sinuate beneath apex, apex hardly pointed; greyish, thinly scaled;
cilia greyish, with a fuscous tooth at apex.

Broken Hill, N.S.W.; five specimens bred during October and
November, from spun-up shoots of Dodoncea sp. (Native Hop).

An obscure little species.

Gelechia desmatra, Lower.
(Trans. Roy. Soc. S.A. 1897, p. 56.)

Recent captures of this species prove it to be identical with
Gelechia zygosema, Meyr., MSS.; Mr. Meyrick informs me, however,
that his name has not been published, consequently the name
desmatra must be adopted for the species. My type is evidently a
faded specimen; in the description the colour is given as whitish,
whereas it should be yellow, as the series before me are all of that
coloui\ I exceedingly regret the confusion.

Gelechia decaspila, n sp.

5. 12 mm. Head, thorax, antennte and palpi pale ochreous.
Abdomen and legs greyish-ochreous. Forewings elongate,
moderate, costa gently arched, apex somewhat pointed, hind-
margin very oblique; pale ochreous; markings black; a very small
spot on costa at base; three small spots, first on costa beyond \;
second in middle of wing, obliquely below and beyond; third
obliquely below and beyond second, not very near inner margin;
an elongate mark on costa before middle; a second, similar but

100

more suffused and elongate, on costa at |; a small spot on inner
margin at anal angle; an elongate mark immediately above this;
a more or less suffused interrupted hindmarginal line : cilia pale
ochreous-yellowish. Hindwings with hindmargin somewhat
sinuate beneath apex; pale greyish, darker on margins; cilia grey-
whitish, with a pale line at base.

Stawell, Victoria; three specimens in October.

Paratheta calyptra, n.sp.

^9- 9-12 mm. Head whitish. Thorax light fuscous, whitish
on margins. Palpi light fuscous, terminal joint whitish, with
fuscous subapical ring. Antennae and legs fuscous, middle and
posterior tibiae mixed with whitish. Abdomen fuscous, with
silvery-grey segmental margins. Forewings elongate-linear, apex
pointed; whitish, tinged with fuscous; a fuscous spot at base of
costa, somewhat extended to inner margin; an irregular fuscous
triangular spot on inner margin, reaching half across wing ; a
fuscous quadrate spot on inner margin immediately beyond,
groundcolour snow-white between; sometimes both spots are more
or less continued transversely to costa, forming irregular fasciae;
a fuscous spot on costa at ^, sometimes continued direct to anal
angle; immediately followed on costa by a snow-white spot; a
small dark fuscous spot at apex, sometimes irregularly continued
to anal angle : cilia greyish, with an irregular row of blackish at
base. Hindwings linear, apex pointed, narrower than forewings;
pale greyish; cilia 3, pale greyish-ochreous.

Broken Hill, N.S.W.; common at light during October.

Paratheta ochrocoma, n.sp.

(J9. 11-14 mm. Head and thorax whitish. Palpi fuscous,
second joint white at base and apex, terminal joint white with a
fuscous subapical ring. Antennae white, obscurely annulated with
fuscous. Abdomen dark fuscous, with whitish segmental rings,
anal tuft greyish-ochreous beneath. Legs fuscous, strongly
sprinkled with white. Forewings shaped as in calyptra; dark

BY OSWALD B. LOWER. 101

ashy-grey- whitish; base of wing slightly whitish-tinged; an obscure,
sometimes imperfect, narrow outwardly oblique fuscous fascia
from inner margin beyond ^ to costa at J, immediately preceded
by a patch of its own width of snow-white, sometimes nearly
merged into groundcolour, sometimes the white is edged on either
side by an irregular dark fuscous fascia, which reaches half across
wing; a dark fuscous spot at apex, sometimes continued obscurely
along hindmargin to anal angle : cilia greyish-ochreous, with a
few blackish scales at base, terminal edge lighter. Hindwings as
in calyjjtra ; fuscous ; cilia light fuscous, with a well defined
ochreous basal line throughout.

Bi'oken Hill, N.8.W. ; ten specimens during October and
November.

Allied to the preceding ; but easily distinguished from that
species by the clearness of markings, &c.

Paratheta lasiomela, n.sp.

^(^. 11-14 mm. Head and thorax dark fu.scous, face white,
patagia whitish. Antennse whitish, obscurely annulated with
blackish. Abdomen blackish, white beneath, in some specimens
with grey-whitish segmental rings above. Palpi fuscous, base of
second joint whitish, terminal joint whitish with blackish sub-
apical band. Legs fuscous, strongly sprinkled with white.
Porewings shaped as in P. calyptra; dark fuscous, somewhat
mixed with whitish; a narrow obscure whitish basal fascia, absent
in some specimens; a second similar, hardly oblique fascia, from
^ of inner margin to about % of costa; a much broader rather
obscure fuscous-whitish fascia-like patch, beyond and parallel,
reaching margins; a small white tooth on costa before apex; some
scattered white scales around hindmarginal area : cilia dark
fuscous, mixed with two or three whitish teeth on upper half,
becoming grey around anal angle. Hindwings formed as in
calyptra; blackish-fuscous; cilia blackish, with greyish basal line.

Broken Hill, N.S.W.; five specimens in October.

Allied to the two preceding species, but immediately distin-
guished by its more blackish colouring throughout. It cannot be
confused with the others.

102 NEAV AUSTRALIAN LEPIDOPTERA,

XYLORYCTID^.
LiCHENAULA DROSIAS, 11. Sp.

(^2- 20-22 mm. Head, palpi and thorax ashy-grey-whitish,
thorax narrowly snow-white anteriorly, second joint of palpi with
a suffused whitish apical ring, more whitish internally. Antenna?
blackish, annulated with white. Anterior and middle legs
fuscous; tarsi blackish, ringed with white; posterior legs whitish.
Abdomen fuscous, beneath white, segmental margin grey -whitish.
Forewings moderate, rather short, hardly dilated, costa hardly
arched, except at base, hindmargin oblique; 7 to apex; white, very
finely irrorated with black and grey scales, so as to appear ashy-
grey-whitish ; extreme costal edge whitish ; a small blotch-like
suffusion in disc at |- from base, more or less connected by a fine
black line from base to middle; the blotch is immediately followed
by a well marked spot of groundcolour; an obscure row of blackish
spots along apical fifth of costa : cilia blackish, chequered with
whitish and grey-whitish points; terminal edge black. Hind-
wings pale greyish-fuscous; cilia whitish, with pale fuscous basal
and subterminal lines.

Broken Hill, N.S.W. ; several specimens in October and

November.

Xylorycta melanias, n.sp.

,J$. 16-20 mm. Head, thorax, palpi and legs white, thorax
streaked with blackish, second joint of palpi laterally fuscous,
tibiae and tarsi banded with blackish. Antennae white, becoming
fuscous towards apex, ciliations over 1. Abdomen grejdsh-
ochreous, segmental margin whitish. Forewings elongate,
moderate, costa gently arched, apex rounded, hindmargin
obliquely rounded; snow-white, finely irrorated throughout with
blackish; markings very obscure; a short black dash from near
base in middle; a small black mark on costa, close to base; a
suffused blackish mark on fold before middle; a small black spot
at end of cell; an irregular row of black spots along hindmargin :
cilia white, mixed with blackish. Hindwings pale fuscous-
whitish, darker round margins; cilia white mixed with fuscous.

BY OSWALD B. LOWER. 103

Broken Hill, N.S.W. ; ten specimens during October and
November.

A very variable species; the description is drawn from a well
marked specimen; in some specimens the markings are scarcely
traceable owing to the groundcolour. The species, when at rest,
is an admirable imitation of birds' droppings.

SCIEROPEPLA MEGADELPHA, n.sp.

(J 5. 18-24 mm. Head and thorax shining snow-white.
AntennfB and palpi fuscous, palpi internally and base of second
joint whitish. Anterior and middle legs fuscous; coxse shining
snow-white; posterior legs whitish. Abdomen yellowish. Fore-
wings elongate, moderate, costa gently arched, apex round-pointed,
hindmargin very obliquely rounded, 7 and 8 long-stalked, 7 to
costa; shining snow-white; a tine fuscous line along costa from
middle to apex, attenuated anteriorly; a moderate fuscous streak
along inner margin, from near base to hindmargin, posteriorly
attenuated : cilia shining snow-white. Hindwings pale whitish-
ochreous; cilia as in forewings.

Broken Hill, N.S.W.; twelve specimens, mostly taken at electric
light, from August to November.

This species furnishes another instance of remarkable mimicry;
in general appearance it resembles Chalarotona craxpedota, Mej'r.,
so closely that one could easily be persuaded into considering it
that species, but the neuration affords a safe distinguishing test.
I have examined no fewer than nine specimens, in which each
and every one was structurally identical with the genus Sciero-
pejjla, Meyr. A species named by Dr. Turner (Annals Queenx-
land Museum, No. 4, 1897) as Lichenaula dissiniilis must be
(according to description) very similar in appearance, but the
termination of vein 7, which is hindmarginal, and the larger
size should be sufficient characters to distinguish it from the two
species previously mentioned.

Procometis heterogama, n.sp.

^. 20 mm. : 9- 30-32 mm. Head in ^ whitish, in J fuscous.
Thorax fuscous, patagia whitish. Antennae white, annulated

104 NEW AUSTRALIAN LEPIDOPTERA,

with black. Palpi fuscous, internally white, second joint exter-
nally whitish at base. Legs whitish, sprinkled with fuscous;
anterior pair more fuscous-tinged. Abdomen fuscous, segmental
margins silvery-grey. Forewings elongate, moderate, costa gently
arched, hindmargin obliquely rounded; ashy-grey in <^, strongly
suffused with white in ^, so as to become almost wholly whitish,
a moderate snow-white streak along costa, from very near base to
apex, finely attenuated at extremities; extreme costal edge from
base to ^, fuscous; a suffused spot of fuscous on inner margin at
^; a second in middle of wing; a third somewhat larger, slightly
below and beyond second ; costal streak edged more or less
throughout with a fine fuscous line; a fine fuscous hindraarginal
line; in ^ all these markings are obscured by general ground-
colour, but sometimes there are a few indications of accumulations
of fuscous scales along veins and hindmargin : cilia in 9 dark
fuscous; in ^ greyish-ochreous, mixed with fuscous. Hindwings
in (J greyish-ochreous, fuscous-tinged round margins; in Q dark
fuscous; cilia ochreous-grey-whitish, with a fine fuscous basal line;
in 2 greyish-fuscous, with a very distinct dark fuscous line close
to base.

Broken Hill, N.S.W.; nine specimens during October, usually
taken at light.

Althovigh the sexes of this species differ somewhat in size and
appearance, it is an easily recognised species, varying very little.
It recalls Scieropepla argoloma, Lower, in general appearance.

A curious deformity is noticeable in one of my specimens,
wherein the neuration of the forewings consists of nine veins
instead of eight, the extra one being formed by the very short
stalking vein 7.

Agriophara hyalinota, n.sp.

^<^. 36-40 mm. Head, palpi, antenna? and thorax pale ashy-
gi'ey, palpi white externally. Abdomen greyish-ochreous. Legs
whitish mixed with fuscous, coxaj snow-white. Forewings
elongate-ovate, costa gently arched, apex rounded, hindmargin
strongly rounded, oblique; pale ashy-grey ; extreme costal edge

BY OSWALD B. LOWER. 105

ochreous- whitish; a suffused fuscous spot at ^- of inner margin; a
large blackish dot at end of cell; an irregular fuscous dot in disc,
at ^ from base; a row of rather ill-defined fuscous spots, from
beneath costa in middle, curved round apex, along hindmargin
to anal angle : cilia pale ashy-grey-whitish. Hindwings pale
ochreous in ^-j greyish-ochreous in J, somewhat infuscated around
apex and hindmargin ; cilia pale ochreous-whitish, with a pale
fuscous median line.

Parkside, South Australia; Duaringa, Queensland; two speci-
mens, (J and 9) ill December.

Intermediate in form between gravis, Meyr., and cinderella,
Newman, differing from both principally by the hindwings.

(ECOPHORIDiE.
EULECHRIA NEPHELOMA, n.sp.

(^9- 15-18 mm. Head and thorax whitish, thorax sometimes
infuscated. Palpi, antennae and legs fuscous. Abdomen ochreous.
Forewings elongate, moderate, somewhat narrowed, costa gently
arched, apex round-pointed, hindmargin oblique; greyish-fuscous,
sparsely mixed with whitish and blackish scales ; a moderate
whitish costal streak, from base to middle, finely attenuated
posteriox'ly; extreme costal edge fuscous on anterior half : cilia
fuscous, greyish at tips. Hindwings fuscous; cilia as in fore-

wings.

Broken Hill, N.S.W.; five specimens in October.

EULECHRIA AUTOPHYLLA, n.sp.

(J 2- 28-30 mm. Head, palpi, antenn;e and thorax ashy-grey-
fuscous, an tennal ciliations 1. Abdomen greyish ochreous. Legs
greyish-ochreous, anterior pair infuscated. Forewings elongate,
moderate, costa gently arched, apex round-pointed, hindmargin
obliquely rounded; dark ashy-grey-whitish; markings obscure; a
fine blackish line along lower edge of anterior half of cell; a
similar streak along posterior half of upper portion of cell; a few
obscure blackish streaks towards hindmargin; a few blackish

106 NEW AUSTRALIAN LEPIDOPTERA,

scales along inner margin towards base; sometimes a fuscous dot
at ^ from base in middle; a second immediately below and bej'ond;
a third above cell at about h, and one or two somewhat confluent,
at end of cell: cilia ashy-grey. Hindwings greyish, lighter towards
base; cilia ochreous-grey.

Broken Hill, N.S.W.; three specimens at light.

In the " sicceUa " group.

EULECHRIA ACTIAS, n.Sp.

(J. 12-14 nnn. Head and palpi whitish. Antennne fuscous,
annulated with white. Legs fuscous, posterior pair ochreous-
whitish Abdomen dark fuscous. Forewings elongate, moderate,
rather short, costa greatly arched, apex rounded, hindmargin
obliquely rounded; whitish, margins strongly iri'orated with dark
fuscous; hindmarginal area beyond cell more densely irrorated; a
minute black dot at J, in middle; a second, much larger, beyond;
two confluent spots at end of cell : cilia greyish, with a median
fuscous parting line. Hindwings dark fuscous ; cilia fuscous,
ochreous-tinged at base.

Broken Hill, N.S.W.; six specimens in April and October.

PlILCEOPOLA INFERNA, n.Sp.

(J^. 18-20 mm. Head, thorax, antennae, legs and palpi dark
fuscous, antennae with a few hairs at base, ciliations i, palpi with
a distinct tip of yellow at apex of terminal joint, apex of second
joint obscurely whitish ; posterior legs greyish, with obscure
fuscous tarsal rings. Forewings elongate, moderate, costa gently
arched, hindmai'gin obliquely rounded ; blackish-fuscous, with
very faint indications of a few black dots in disc : cilia dark
fuscous, tips greyish. Hindwings greyish, fuscous-tinged, darkest
at apex; cilia gi^eyish, basal third ochreous-tinged.

Broken Hill, N.SW. ; several specimens during March and
April; usually taken at light.

Although obscure-looking this species is easily recognised by
the yellow tip of the second joint of the palpi, which is a distinctive
character.

BY OSWALD B. LOWER. 107

Nephogenes zalias, n.sp.

(J9. 10-12 mm Head whitish. Thorax fuscous- whitish,
patagia white. Abdomen dark fuscous. Antennte and palpi
fuscous-whitish, terminal joint of palpi white. Legs fuscous,
posterior pair grey-whitish. Forewings elongate, moderate,
narrow, costa gently arched, apex round-pointed, hindmargin
very oblique; whitish, somewhat infuscated; a black dot beyond
^ in middle; a second, larger, beyond and immediately below;
two confluent spots at end of cell; a few blackish spots and scales
around hindmargin : cilia ashy-grey-whitish. Hindwings light
fuscous; cilia greyish, with an obscure fuscous line near base.

A small and obscure species, not very near any other.

Broken Hill, N.S.W.; tive specimens in October.

Nephogenes olympias, n.sp.

^5. 22-24 mm. Head, palpi, antennae and thorax ashy-grey-
whitish; base of antennse, and palpi internally white. Abdomen
ochreous, segmental margins dull silvery-whitish. Legs fuscous-
whitish, posterior pair whitish. Forewings elongate, moderate,
costa gently arched, hindmargin oblique; pale ashy-grey-whitish;
extreme costal edge whitish, from ^ to apex; an obscure suffused
fuscous spot at end of cell, obscurely edged above with whitish;
groundcolour towards apex more fuscous-tinged : cilia whitish,
mixed with blackish and whitish points. Hindwings greyish;
cilia greyish, ochreous at base; tips fuscous-tinged.

Broken Hill, N.S.W.; three specimens in October.

Nephogenes silignias, n.sp.

(J 9. 16-19 mm. Head white. Thorax dark fuscou.s, jDatagia
white, collar whitish. Antennae dark fuscons, obscurely annu-
lated with white. Palpi and legs dark fuscous, posterior leg.s
ochreous. Abdomen greyish-ochreous, anal tuft yellowish.
Forewings elongate, moderate, costa gently arched, apex rounded,
hindmargin oblique; ashy-fuscous, suffusedly irrorated with white;
a more or less suffused dark fuscous costal streak, somewhat

108 XEAV AUSTRALIAN LEPIDOPTERA,

obscure in some specimens, from base to | ; three equidistant
blackish spots on middle of lower extremit}'' of streak; a larger
somewhat elongate spot, immediately beneath first of the three
spots; two minute spots at end of cell, somewhat crescentic; an
obscure outwards-curved row of black scales, from costa before
apex to anal angle, indented beneath costa; a very obscure row
of blackish hindmarginal dots : cilia ashy-grey-whitish, with a
fuscous median line. Hindwings greyish-ochreous; cilia ochreous.

Broken Hill, N.S. W.; several specimens in October and Novem-
ber, mostly at light.

Nephogenes melanthes, n.sp.

(J. 16 mm. Head whitish. Thorax fuscous, patagia whitish.
Antennje and palpi fuscous-vvhitish, palpi internally and on sides
white. Legs fuscous, posterior pair yellowish. Abdomen greyish,
segmental margins ochreous-grey. Forewings elongate, moderate,
-costa gently arched, apex rounded, termen oblique ; fuscous,
suffusedly mixed with whitish in disc, markings of wing darker
fuscous : cilia greyish, with some dark fuscous scales at base.
Hindwings pale yellow, somewhat infuscated ; cilia yellowish,
terminal half greyish.

Broken Hill, N.S.W.; common during October and November.
Allied to the preceding, but easily distinguished from that and
the other grey species by the yellow hindwings.

Philobota habrodes, n.sp.

^9. 12-17 mm. Head pale reddish. Palpi fuscous, internall}'-
and at base externally dull fleshy-pink, collar narrowly white.
Thorax brownish, patagia white posteriorl3^ Abdomen fuscous.
Antennre fuscous, obscurely annulated with whitish. Legs
fuscous, middle and posterior pair mixed with whitish; hairs of
posterior tibiaa mixed with dull reddish. Forewings rather
narrow, costa gently arched, apex round-pointed, hindmargin
obliquely rounded; fuscous; a short white fascia from base of
wing to middle of inner margin at ^, obscure in some specimens;

BY OSWALD B. LOWER. 109

a moderate fleshy-i-ed longitudinal streak from base along fold to
apex, becoming whitish at apex, interrupted just before middle
by a spot of dark fuscous, and very broadly above anal angle; a
dark fuscous spot anterior to and above first spot, posteriorly
followed by an elongate streak of fleshy-pink to end of cell, where
it meets another fuscous spot ; a more or less obscure fuscous
spot immediately beyond; all markings somewhat obscured by
general groundcolour : cilia fuscous, mixed with dark reddish and
with a tooth of whitish at apex. Hindwings bright orange,
becoming broadly fuscous round apex, and narrowly along hind-
margin; veins sometimes outlined with fuscous; sometimes the
whole of wing is obscured with fuscous.

Broken Hill, N.S.W.; seventeen specimens during April.

Pleurota pyrosema, n.sp.

^Q. 28 mm. Head, palpi and thorax greyish, base of second
joint of j^alpi blackish externally. Abdomen greyish-ochreous.
Antennae greyish, ciliations 1, becoming shorter towards apex.
Legs greyish-fuscous, posterior tibii^e thinly banded with yellowish.
Fore wings elongate, moderate, rather broad, costa gently arched,
hindmargin obliquely rounded; dark fuscous, finely dusted with
black; an orange- red spot at end of cell; a hindmarginal row of
black dots, continued round apex to costa : cilia dark fuscous,
becoming greyish on terminal third. Hindwings greyish-fuscous;
cilia greyish-fuscous, becoming fuscous-tinged at base.

Broken Hill, N.S.W.; three specimens in May.

Easily known by its large size and reddish discal spot.

Peltophora bugramma, Lower.

(Trans. Roy. Soc. S.A. 1894, p. 99.)

I have seen a specimen of this species wherein the whole of the
apical area of forewings from the curved fascia at |- is dark
fuscous, excepting a few elongate streaks of groundcolour near
hindmargin. The hindwings are somewhat paler than the type.

.110 NEW AUSTRALIAN LEPIDOPTEKA,

C^SYRA PELODESMA, ll.sp.

(J 9. 15-18 mm. Head and palpi whitish-ochreous, palpi
beneath, especially base of second joint, fuscous-tinged. Antenna?
fuscous. Abdomen pale ochreous-whitish. Thorax purplish-
coppery, anteriorly ochreous-whitish. Legs fuscous, posterior pair
yellowish. Forewings elongate, moderate, costa moderately
arched, apex round-pointed, hindmargin obliquely rounded; pale
yellow; costal edge fuscous at base; a nearly straight irregularly
edged coppery-fuscous fascia, from ^ costa to just before anal
angle, narrowest above and slightly constricted beneath costa :
cilia dull fuscous, tips darker; sometimes an ochreous median line.
Hindwings with hindmargin slightly sinuate beneath apex; pale
ochreous, sometimes slightly infuscated; cilia pale ochreous.

Broken Hill, N.S.W. ; several specimens, from August to
■October.

Not unlike Brachynemata cingulata, Meyr., at first sight.

CiESYRA XANTHOCOMA, n.sp.

(J 9. 16-18 mm. Head and thorax grey-whitish, patagia
ochreous-whitish. Palpi dark fuscous, dusted with white.
Antennae fuscous. Legs and abdomen blackish; hairs of posterior
legs ochreous. Forewings elongate, moderate, costa hardly
arched, apex round-pointed, hindmargin oblique ; pale w^iitish-
ochreous, more ochreous on margins : cilia pale ochreous. Hind-
wings fuscous; cilia yellowish, becoming darker at base.

Broken Hill, N.S.W.; four specimens, in October.

OCYSTOLA HOLODRYAS, n.Sp.

Q. 12-15 mm. Head dull ochreous. Palpi, thorax and legs
fuscous, palpi internally paler, terminal i of second; posterior legs
greyish. Abdomen greyish-fuscous. Forewings elongate, moderate,
costa nearly straight, apex hardly pointed, hindmargin oblique;
dull ochreous-fuscous, with some fuscous scales which coalesce to
form an irregular spot at end of cell; a second but smaller one at
i from base, and indications of a third below and beyond second:

BY OSWALD B. LOWER. Ill

cilia pinkish-coppery, becoming fuscous at tips and around anal
angle. Hindwings greyish-fuscous; cilia fuscous with an ochreous
basal line.

Broken Hill, N.S.W.; three specimens in Octol)er.

BORKHAUSENIA MACULIFERA, n.Sp.

(J9. 16-18 mm. Head, palpi and thorax pale ochreous, second
joint of palpi with a few fuscous scales externally. Antennae
fuscous, ciliations 1. Abdomen ochreous, segmental margins
silvery-grey. Legs fuscous, posterior pair ochreous, somewhat
mixed with fuscous. Forewings elongate, moderate, costa gently
arched, hindmargin very obliquely rounded, 2 from before angle
of cell, 3 and 4 remote at base, 7 and 8 stalked, 7 to costa; pale
ochreous; costa narrowly blackish at base; an obscure fuscous
spot on fold at J; a second obliquely above and beyond, and a
third more distinct at end of cell; a few ill-defined fuscous scales
around apex and along hindmargin : cilia grejdsh-ochreous, with
a few fuscous scales. Hindwings with 3 and 4 from a point;
grey; cilia pale greyish-ochreous.

Broken Hill, N.S.W.; five specimens in October and November.

Macrobathra metallica, n.sp.

(^9- S"10 ^™- Head, thorax and abdomen dark fuscous, more
or less sprinkled with metallic scales, patagia dull brassy-metallic.
Palpi whitish, terminal joint more or less infuscated. Legs
fuscous-whitish, anterior pair more fuscous. Antennae fuscous,
obscurely annulated with whitish. Forewings narrow, elongate-
lanceolate ; dark fuscous ; three ochreous fasciae, somewhat
irregular, edged with blackish and more or less obscured; first
outwardly oblique, from ^ costa towards inner margin, but hardly
reaching it, sometimes broken in middle, edged anteriorly with a
tine line of darker fuscous; second from middle of costa, reaching
half across wing, edged antei-iorly on lower edge with a small
blackish spot; third from just before apex, somewhat cuneiform,
and projecting outwards below middle, very obscurely continued
to inner margin : cilia greyish, suffusedly mixed with blackish

112 NEW AUSTRALIAN LEPIDOPTERA,

round apex. Hind wings grey-whitish, somewhat shining, slightly
infuscated at apex; cilia as in forewings.

Broken Hill, N.tS.W.; three specimens during October.

Macrobathra phern^a, n.sp.

(J. 10 mm. Head and palpi ochreous-white, terminal joint of
palpi infuscated. Thorax and antennae dark fuscous. Abdomen
greyish. Legs fuscous mixed with whitish, posterior pair whitish-
ochreous. Forewings narrow, elongate-lanceolate; dark fuscous,
with ochreous-whitish markings; a moderate nearly straight fascia,
from 4 costa to 4 inner margin; a triangular spot on costa in
middle, reaching nearly half across wing; a moderate inwardly
oblique fascia, from costa before apex to anal angle, sometimes
separated by groundcolour in middle; an obscure streak along
inner margin along median third, connected with first fascia,
often obsolete : cilia greyish-fuscous, with some black scales at
base. Ilindwings greyish, thinly scaled ; cilia pale greyish-
fuscous.

Broken Hill, N.S.W.; four specimens in October.

Macrobathra syncoma, n.sp.

(J9. 10-12 mm. Head and thorax dark fuscous; face whitish.
Palpi whitish; terminal joint fuscous. Antennae fuscous, becom-
ing whitish on median third. Abdomen greyish. Legs fuscous,
irregularly banded with whitish. Forewings rather narrow,
elongate-lanceolate ; dark fuscous ; a narrow ochreous-whitish
fascia from costa at J to inner margin at ^, sometimes hardly
reaching inner margin; a broader, slightly oblique, ochreous-white
fascia, from costa at |^ to inner margin before anal angle; a few
whitish scales in disc between fasciae, sometimes absent : cilia
greyish-fuscous. Hindwings pale fuscous; cilia greyish-fuscous,
mixed with ochreous on basal half.

Broken Hill, N.S.W. ; three specimens in October.

ELACHISTID5;.

Batrachedra hologramma, n.sp.

(J 9. 8-10 mm. Head whitish. Thorax and antennae fuscous-
whitish. Abdomen fuscous, becoming grey on posterior segments.

BY OSWALD B. LOWER. 113

Palpi fuscous, second joint with whitish apical ring, apex of ter-
minal joint white. Legs fuscous, middle and posterior pair
whitish. Fore wings elongate, narrow, pointed ; white ; four
(sometimes tive) fine equidistant black longitudinal lines from
base to hindmargin, sometimes the lower two terminate abruptly
before hindmargin : cilia greyish, with some black and white
streaks at apex. Hindwings lanceolate-linear, about half as
broad as forewings; gi'ey; cilia as in forewings, suffusedly ochreous
on basal half.

Broken Hill, N.S.W.; six specimens in October.

Batrachedra capnospila, n.sp.

(J^. 11-13 mm. Head, palpi and thorax ochreous, second joint
of palpi with suffused whitish apical band. Antennse fuscous.
Legs fuscous, sprinkled with whitish. Abdomen fuscous, dusted
with whitish, anal tuft ochreous. Forewings elongate, pointed;
a broad blackish dorsal stripe from base and continued to f,
attenuated posteriorly, edged above throughout by a line of
ochreous-white, becoming much dilated posteriorly; some scattered
black scales above anal angle and along hindmargin, sometimes
absent : cilia fuscous, tinged with ochreous at apex. Hindwings
lanceolate-linear; light fuscous; cilia 3^^, ochreous; terminal | pale
fuscous.

Broken Hill, N.S.W. : three specimens in October.

^OLOSCELIS ORTHOCHROA, n.Sp.

^2- 11-li 111111. Head, palpi, thorax and legs whitish, head
ochreous on crown, palpi with a few scattered fuscous-ferruginous
scales internally at base of second joint, a few near apex of
terminal joint, anterior legs infuscate except coxse. Antennae
fuscous, obscurely annulated with whitish, basal joint fuscous.
Abdomen ochreous-greyish. Forewings narrow, pointed; shining
white; a minute blackish spot at base of costa; a fuscous basal
fascia, outer edge strongly marked in middle and on inner margin
by a few blackish scales; an oblique ferruginous fascia from ^-
costa to middle of inner margin, sometimes aborted and not
8

114 NEW AUSTRALIAN LEPIDOPTERA,

reaching either margin, but well marked in middle; a ferruginous
patch above and before anal angle : cilia whitish, becoming
•ochreous at apex. Hindwings elongate-lanceolate; shining grey-
whitish; cilia 3, colour as in fore wings.

Broken Hill, N.S.W.; four specimens in October.

Pyroderces sentica, n.sp.

(J 9. 10-12 mm. Head, palpi and thorax whitish, thorax
posteriorly dark fuscous, palpi laterally fuscous. Antennse dark
fuscous, somewhat suffused with whitish beneath. Legs fuscous,
posterior pair whitish. Abdomen dark fuscous. Forewings
lanceolate; ochreous-whitish; markings fuscous; a short moderate
streak along inner margin, from base to i; a moderate streak
along costa, from base to i; a somewhat suffused streak, from ^
inner margin, thence continued very obliquely to costa at f, with
two suffused projections posteriorly, one just above inner margin,
and one beneath costa; hindmargin more or less sprinkled with
blackish scales ; a fuscous spot at apex : cilia ochreous-fuscous.
Hindwings narrow, lanceolate; light fuscous; cilia -i; ochreous.

Broken Hill, N.S.W.; three specimens at light, in October.

In markings not unlike some forms of Stathmopoda.

LlMN^CIA EUGRAMMA, n.sp.

^. 20 mm Head, palpi and antennae ochreous-white, base of
second joint of palpi fuscous externally. Thorax dark fuscous,
patagia ochreous-whitish. Abdomen dull orange. Legs dull
whitish-ochreous, more or less banded with fuscous. Forewings
elongate, moderate; dark fuscous, with ochreous-whitish markings;
a small spot on base of inner margin, not reaching costa; a rather
broad nearly straight transverse fascia, anterior edge straight,
posterior edge indented in middle, from ^ of costa to \ inner
margin; a similar fascia, from | of costa to § inner margin, lower
extremity constricted and not quite reaching inner mai-gin,
anterior edge indented in middle, posterior edge straight; a third
similar fascia, from costa before apex to anal angle, constricted in
middle and tapering on lower half, sometimes bisected in middle

BY OSWALD B. LOAVER. 115

by groundcolour : cilia fuscous, somewhat ochreous at baseo f
third fascia. Hindwings dull bronzy-fuscous ; cilia fuscous,
becoming ochreous at base, except towards apex.

Broken Hill, N.S.W.; three specimens in November.

PLUTELLID^l.
HOMADAULA LASIOCHROA, n.Sp.

(J9. 10-12 mm. Head, thorax, abdomen, antennae and palpi
snow-white, palpi with a small black spot at base of second and
terminal joints. Legs white, anterior and middle pairs strongly
mixed with blackish, posterior pair more whitish, all tarsi black-
ish ringed with white. Forewings rather short, somewhat dilated
posteriorly, costa gently arched, hindmai'gin obliquely rounded;
snow-white, strongly spotted throughout with black, except basal
third of costa; a well-marked elongate blackish blotch, just before
middle, nearer to inner margin than to costa; a blackish spot in
middle of disc at |- from base; costa and inner margin spotted
with black, except basal third of costa : cilia whitish,. fuscous-
tinged on terminal half, and darker round apex. Hindwings
shining greyish -fuscous, becoming whitish towards base, apex
fuscous; cilia shining white, costal cilia fuscous.

Broken Hill, N.S.W.; three specimens in October, and one in
January.

EUPSKLIA IRIDIZOXA, n.Sp.

^. 10 mm. Head and thorax yellowish, thorax somewhat
mixed with fuscous. Antennae, abdomen and palpi fuscous.
(Legs broken). Forewings elongate, moderate, slightly dilated,
costa gently arched, apex round-pointed, hind margin oblique;
yellow; a broad purplish-fuscous hindmarginal patch occuj^ying
posterior third of wing, anterior edge hardly straight, sinuate
beneath costa, thence very slightly curved outwards to inner
margin; near anterior edge of patch are two transverse lines of
reddish-purple, not reaching either margin ; a few black scales
around anal angle : cilia fuscous. Hindwings and cilia dark
fuscous, somewhat bronzy-tinged.

116 NEW AUSTRALIAN LEPIDOPTERA,

Stawell, Victoria; one specimen in December. I have seen a
second taken at Ballan, Victoria.
Nearest satrapella, Meyr.

TINEID.E.
Blabophanes C?) chrysogramma, n.sp.

5. 25 mm. Head orange. An tennte, palpi and thorax bronzy-
fuscous, palpi internally ochreous, thorax anteriorly whitish and
with a spot of whitish on patagia. Abdomen and legs ochreous-
yellowish, anterior and middle pair infuscated. Forewings
elongate, moderate, costa arched, apex rounded, hindmargin
obliquely rounded; bronze-brown, finely and irregularly irrorated
with white, and with bright yellow markings; a moderate thick
outwardly oblique fascia from close to base of inner margin to \
costa, not quite reaching either margin, broadest beneath ; a
flattened elongate spot on inner margin at about \, just beyond
first fascia; a moderately broad fascia, from costa at about |^ to
inner margin before anal angle, strongly angulated inwards in
middle ; an irregular whitish-ochreous patch, occupying apical
portion of wing, and extending to half of hindmargin, with a
somewhat suffused reniform spot of groundcolour in middle : cilia
ochreous-white, with bronzy fuscous bars at apex and anal angle.
Hindwings shining golden-bronzy; cilia ochreous-yellow, with a
fuscous basal line, obsolete towards base.

Brisbane, Queensland; two specimens in December.

117

FUNGI FROM KERGUELEN ISLAND.
By D. McAlpine.
(Communicated hy J. H. Maiden, F.L.S.)

(Plate XIII., figs. 1-8.)

Mr. Robert Hall, of Melbourne, paid a visit to this Island in
December, 1897, and was there from December 27th, 1897, to
February 18th, 1898, or a little over seven weeks altogether.

He sailed from Port Philip in the brig " Edward," commanded
by Captain Steensohn, with a crew of 1 4 men on board. As the
guest of Mr. Hans Gundersen, the owner, he had every facility
for making the most of his trip as naturalist. While his principal
object was to study the oceanic avifauna and collect ornithologi-
cal specimens, he also made a general collection of natural history
objects, which will, I understand, be properly described. The
fungi collected by him were placed in my hands for determination
by Mr. Luehmann, F.L.S. , Curator of the National Herbarium,
and I consider them of sufficient interest and novelty to be put
on record.

Kerguelen Island, also known as Desolation Island and
Antarctic Iceland, lies in the South Indian Ocean, midway between
the Cape of Good Hope and Australia. Its long is between
68° 42' and 70° 35' E., and its lat. 48° 39' and 49° 44' S. It is
about 90 miles long by 50 wide, and is composed principally of
volcanic rock. The flora of such an oceanic island has a peculiar
interest of its own in relation to geographical distribution, and
even the fungi have to be taken into account in this connection.

Previous Collections of Fungi. — Fi"\e scientific expeditions
have visited the Island within comparati\'ely recent times — the

118 FUNGI FROM KERGUELEN ISLAND,

"Antarctic" under Sii' James Ross (1840), the "Challenger" under
Sir George Nares (1874), and three ''Transit of Venus" Expeditions
(1874-75), — and it is to them we owe our present scanty knowledge
of the fungi of this island. In the Botany of the American
Transit Expedition,* no fungi are recorded, and I have not seen
the Report of the German Expedition to which Drs. Naumann
and Huesker were attached as naturalists, but a list of all
obtained by the others is given in the Transactions of the Royal
Society, Vol. 168 (1879). Saccardo's " Sylloge Fungorum " has,
however, been consulted, and probably all the known species are
there recorded. Nine species have been described, distributed
among seven genera.

Mr. HalVs Collection. — There are ten species of fungi repre-
sented altogether, exclusive of bacteria, distributed among as
many genera, and all of them are determinable from the fairly
good state of preservation in which they reached my hands. It
is very creditable indeed to Mr. Hall that, after such distinguished
naturalists as Sir Joseph Hooker, Moseley and Eaton had visited
the island, he should have succeeded, not only in collecting-
several species unobserved by them, but in securing more species
than the total number previously known.

It will be seen, on next page, that 5 are among the 9 previously
recorded, and the remaining 5 are new to the island, two of them
(Panaeolus Hallii and Fusarium rhodellum) being new to science.
Of the 5 newly recorded, two of them at least are so cosmopolitan
that they have probably been introduced by the sealers who
occasionally visit the island, so that there are 3 to be added to the
fungus-flora as indigenous species. The total number, therefore,
of the fungi at present known is 14, of which three are very
probably introductions.

In isolated islands, such as Kerguelen, it has been observed
that the species are generally well defined, and that the genera
are small, seldom containing more than two or three species.
In the present collection each genus has only one species, and in

* Smithsonian Miscellaneous Collections, Vol. xii. Art. ii. 1S78.

BY D. McALPINE. 119'

the general collection there are never more than two species to a
genus.

The following table will show at a glance the fungi formerly
recorded and those added to the list by Mr. Hall : —

Fungi already recorded and those recently collected at Kerguelen
Island, principally bettveen 27lh December, 1897, and oOth
January, 1898, by Mr. Robert Hall : —

Fungi already recorded. Hall's Collection.

1. Galera keryuelensis. Berk.

2. G. hyjjnorum, Batsch. 1. Galera hypnorurn, Batsch.

3. Tubaria /ur/uracea, Pers.

4. Naucoria glebarum. Berk. 2. Naucoria glebarum, Berk.

5. Agaricus campestris, L.

6. Coprinus atramentarius, Fr.

7. C. tomentosus, Fr. 3. Coprimes toraentosus. Fr.

8. Lachnea (Peziza) kerguelensis, 4. Lachnea kerguelensis, Berk.

Berk.

9. Cladosporiumherbarum,lAnk. 5. Cladosporium herbarum,

Link.

6. Panaeolus Hallii, n.sp.

7. Aspergillus glaucus, Link.

8. Penicilliurn glaucum, Link.

9. Fusarium rhodellum, n.sp.

10. Alternaria tenuis, Nees.

11. Bacteria.

Galera hypnorum, Batsch.

(Plate XIII., fig. 1.)

Among moss. Gregarious. Spores elliptical, yellowish, 9^-11
X 5^-6 fx.

Geog. Dist. — Europe, Asia, America, Australia, Beeren I., Jan
Mayen I., Kerguelen I.

120 FUNGI FROM KERGUELEX ISLAND,

It differs from G. kergiielensis, Berk., in the stem being nearly
1^ in. high, in the principal gills though distant being more
numerous than 12, and in thepileus being rather membranaceous.

Naucoria glebarum, Berk.

(Plate xiii., fig. 2.)

Gregarious. On damp ground among moss. Spores orange-
yellow, elliptical to roughly ovate, 13-15 x 7|-8J ^.

Geog. Dist. — Falkland Is., Kerguelen I.

COPRINUS TOMENTOSUS, Fr.

On damp ground among grass (Royal Sound. 27-xii.-97 to
20-i.-98). Gregarious. Pileus about | in. high. Gills free, about
■|- in. broad. Stem up to 2^ in. long. Spores black, elliptical.
13-15 X 81-91 /i.

Geog. Z)ts<.— Europe, Asia (Ceylon), Australia, Kerguelen I.

Lachnea kerguelbnsis, Berk.

(Plate XIII., figs. 3-4.)

Gregarious, fleshy, sessile, at first cup-shaped, becoming
expanded and graduall}-- tapering towards base, y^ inch across
when dry, but about \ inch when fresh. Disc deep brick-red or
clear light carmine, becoming lake when dry, blackening towards
margin. Externally orange-yellow, densely clothed with short,
brownish, flaccid hairs, which are yellowish to yellowish-brown by
transmitted light; septate, acute at apex, narrowing towards base,
up to 350 fi long and 24 fi broad. A.sci cylindrical, rounded or
flattened at apex, often bulging slightly at spore and contracted
between. Spores elliptical to ellipsoid, smooth, obliquely uni-
seriate or partially straight, continuous, hyaline, 1-3-guttulate.
20-20 J^ X 16-11 fi. Greenish-yellow when treated with Potassium-
iodide-iodine. Paraphyses filiform, septate, apex clavate and 7 n
broad, rest about 3 fi broad, slightly longer than asci, contents
coloured similarly to that of spores by Potassium-iodide-iodine.

BY D. McALPINE.

121

On the ground and on dead portions of Azorella. Greenland
Harbour. Between 27th and 30t;i January, 1898.

Geog. Dist. — New Zealand and Kerguelen I.

Mr. Hall states that he was struck with the bright appearance
of this fungus, like so many brick- red cups, and generally 8 or 10
together.

Panaeolus Hallii, n.sp.

(Plate XIII., figs, 5a, ob, 6.)

Minute, about -^^ in. high. Pileus conical, buflf-coloured, mealy,
about ^ in. high and ^ in. across, with flattened apical disc some-
what darker coloured. Gills adnexed, gi-eyish and mottled with
black spores. kStem similarly coloured to pileus, mealy, hollow,
tapering to a point at apex, slightly swollen and darker at base.
Spores black, yellowish-brown by transmitted light, elliptical to
oval, thick-walled, 11-15 x 9-11 fx.

On damp ground among moss. About 28th January, 1898.
South Head of Royal Sound.

Only a few specimens were met with, and they were not
gregarious, but they might easily be overlooked on account of
their small size. The mealy co\'ering was very uniform over the
whole.

On the decaying wood of the Kerguelen Island Cabbage
( Pringlea antiscorbutica, Brown), which was considerably bored
by the larvse of the Cabbage Fly, I found four species of sapro-
phytic fungi : —

1. AsPER(.iLLUS GLAUcus, Link, generally overspreads the wood,
forming masses of its glaucous heads of conidia. This species has
not hitherto been recorded here, but in Hooker's " Flora
Antarctica," Eurotium herbariorum, Link, of which Aspergillus
is the conidial condition, is recorded on biscuit on board the
'"Erebus," Jan. 3rd, 1811. In this way the fungus may have
been introduced, and it was the greenish hue of the wood which
attracted Mr. Hall's attention and induced him to collect it.

122 FUNGI FROM KERGUELEN ISLAND,

2. Penicillium glaucum, Link, also occurs on the same piece
of wood, at first forming a dense white stratum, then its sage-
green conidia.

3. Intermixed with the Aspergillus are salmon-pink patches
found to be due to a species of Fusarium.

FUSARIUM RHODELLUM, n.Sp.

(Plate XIII., fig. 7.)

Forming an efi'used, salmon-pink, flocculent layer. Hyphse
hyaline, septate, branched, slender, densely interwoven, about 4 jj.
broad and conidiophores only 2 fj.. Conidia at tips of branches,
hyaline, slightly curved and pointed at both ends, sometimes
straight and fusiform, uni-septate when fully developed, 11-13 x 2/x,
but may be only 7^-9^ fj. long when aseptate. Stained very pale
yellow by Potassium-iodide-iodine.

It differs from F. brassicce, Thuem., in the absence of wart-like
brown sporodochia and the conidia not being bi-septate; from
F. roseum, Link, in the conidia not being 3-septate,

4. A sooty-black mould was also developed on the same piece
of wood among the others.

Alternaria tenuis, Nees.

(Plate XIII., fig. 8.)

Hyphas pale fuliginous, short, septate, branched, average 4 /x
broad. Conidia in chains, dark brown to dark olive, elongated,
clavate, up to 6-septate and sparingly longitudinally septate,
constricted at septa, some Helminthospoi'ium-like, 24-37 x 9-11 ix.

It differs from A. brassicce, Sacc, in the hyphas being narrow
and multi-septate and the conidia less than half the size. The
conidia were sometimes firmly attached in chains, and three
might frequently be seen tossing about in a current under the
microscope without separating.

On leaf of Pringlea anfiscorbutica. Black-looking spots with
slightly raised margins, round to oval, and marked with con-
centric zones, up to ^ inch diam.

BY D. McALPINE. 123"

The leaf was yellow, the only one on this particular cabbage,
and probably connected in some way with the spots.

Nests of Bacteria were plentifully found, but no other form of
fungus-fructification.

I submitted the leaf to Dr. Cherry, and his report is as follows:

Pathological Laboratory,

University of Melbourne,

22nd August, 1898.

Scrapings from the surface of the specimen of Kerguelen
Island cabbage contain bodies which appear, from their morpho-
logical characters and staining reactions with the aniline dyes,
to be micro-organisms. They are of two forms, cocci generally
about 2 yx in diameter, and bacilli 6 fj. long and 2 fi in diameter.
No growth has been obtained by inoculations on gelatine and
potato kept for two months at from 8° to 15° C. These bodies
occur both on the black spots and on the normal surface of the
leaf.

T. Cherry, M.D.

Cladosporium herbarum. Link, was found on the same leaf.
Eaton also found the same fungus on dead stems.

BIBLIOGRAPHY.

The works relating to Kerguelen Island Fungi are not nume-
rous, and their titles may be given here in full : —

1. — Hooker, J. D. The Botany of the Antarctic Voyage of H.M. Dis-
covery Ships "Erebus" and "Terror," in they ears 1839-1843,
under the Command of Captain Sir James Ross.

Part i. Flora Antarctica, 1845-1847 (Fungi, by Rev. J. M. Berkeley).
2. . Botany of Kerguelen Island. Phil.. Trans. Roy. Soc.

Vol. 168, 1879. (Collections made during the Transit of Venus

Expeditions, 1874 75, and Fungi named by Rev. J. M. Berkeley).
3. — Report of the Scientific Results of the Voyage of H.M.S. "Challenger"

during 1875-76. Botany. Vol. i. (Fungi enumerated as in Phil.

Trans. Vol. 168).

124 FUNGI FROM KERGUELEN ISLAND.

4. — Die Forschuugsreise S.M.S. "Gazelle" in den Jabren 1874, bis 1876,
unter Kommando des Kapitau zur See Freiherrn von Schleinitz,
herausgegeben von dem Hydrograpliischen Amt des Keichs-
Marine-Amt. Berlin, 1890.
Band. iv. Botanik, herausgegeben von A. Engler. Pilze, Baron von
Thuemen.

^.— Saccardo, p. a. Sylloge Fungorum. Vol. xii. Pt. i, Fasc. 2, 1897.

EXPLANATION OF FIGURES.
Plate XIII.

Gahra hypjiornm.
Fig. 1.— Spores (x 1000).

Naucoria yleharum.
Fig. 2.— Spores ( x 1000).

Lachnea kerguelensis.

Fig. .3. — Ascus with spores ( x 270).
Fig. 4. — Apex of paraphysis ( x 1000).

Pancvoluii halUi.

Fig. 5. — Specimen and section i^nat. size).
Fig. 6.— Spores (x 1000).

Fusarium rhodellum.
Fig. 7.— Conidia ( x 1000).

Altemaria tenuis.
Fig. 8.— Conidia (x 1000).

125

THREE ADDITIONS TO THE FUNGI OF NEW SOUTH

WALES.

By D. McAlpine.

(Communicated hy R. T. Baker, F.L.S.)

(Plate xiii., figs. 9-13.)

The three species of Fungi here recorded are new for New South
Wales. Two of them have hitherto been found in Victoria, and
one of these is also a BraziHan form. The species of Stilhum,
found upon dead insects are few in number, only four being given
in Saccardo's Universal Index of Fungi, 1897, and their distribu-
tion is very varied — one belonging to N. America, another to the
Tropics, a third to France, and a fourth to Australia.

The species of Stilhum, found on dead wood among moss had no
reproductive bodies, but it is otherwise fully described in the
hope that it may yet be found in the reproductive stage.

IsARiA cicADiE, Miq. — Clcada Club.
(Plate XIII., fig. 9.)

Stroma projecting forward from dorsal surface of head at joint
between antennae, slender, chocolate-brown, fully 2| in. long and
1 line thick, slightly twisted, with minute stump alongside stem at
base and forking at apex, each fork about ^ inch long and
terminating bluntly; hard and compact, with interior white
tissue and brown bark-like outer portion. Conidia borne at
apex of slender filaments, hyaline, cylindrical, obtuse at both
ends, 8-9 x 3|-4 ju.

On Cicada. Orange, New South Wales (Pt. T. Baker), and
previously recorded from Victoria.

126 THERE ADDITIONS TO THE FUNGI OP N.S.W.,

References. — Miquel, Ann. Sci. Nat. p. 378 (1838); Saccardo,
Syll. Fung. Vol. iv. p. 595 (1886); Cooke, Veg. Wasps and
Plant Worms, p. 284 (1892); and Handb. Austr. Fungi, p. 383
(1892).

This species was first found on the larva of a Cicada in Brazil,
and Miquel considers that it developed after death and not on the
living insect. It is described by Cooke as cylindrical, tough,
branched in the upper portion and producing cylindrical obtuse
conidia.

Stilbum formicakum, Cooke & Mass. — Ant Stilbum.
(Plate XIII., figs. 10-12.)

Stems (7) black, slightly flexuous, hair-like, smooth, up to 5-6
mm. long, slightly thickened at base. Capitulum obovate to
elliptic, rosy to rose-pink, about 250 jx long. Conidia hyaline,
elliptic-ovate, 5|-7 x 2-2| jj..

On dead Ants among moss. Ballina, New South Wales (Rev.
W. W. Watts;.

Seven stems arose from various parts of the ant's body — two
from the lower surface of the head and five from the sides of the
body. They vary considerably in size from 1 mm., and gradually
become a little more slender towards the head. The hyphte of
the stem are clear brown externally and hyaline internally, and
composed of elongated, septate, firmly united filaments.

This species was first described by Cooke & Massee on a dead
ant, from Cheltenham, Victoria, in Grevillea, Vol. xviii., 8 (1889),
so that it is new for New South Wales.

Stilbum sp.

(Plate XIII., fig. 13.)

Stem black, hair-like, becoming pallid towards head, long (up
to 9 in.). Capitulum oval, black, but ruddy-brown by trans-
mitted light, 320 X 170/x. Conidia ....

On dead pieces of wood (entangled in moss), August. Ballina,
New South Wales (Rev. W. W. Watts).

BY D. McALPINE. 127

The hair-like steins are mostly barren, and although several
Avere met with, only one terminated in a head. The outer layer
is composed of dark brown, almost black, elongated, narrow,
transversely septate filaments enclosing more delicate, hyaline,
slender, septate hyphae. It seems to resemble a Stilhum, but the
absence of reproductive bodies leaves it in doubt.

EXPLANATION OF FIGURES.
Plate XIII.
Isaria cicadce, Miq.
Fig. 9.— Conidia ( x 1000).

Stilbum formicarum, Cooke & Mass.

Fig. 10. — Portion of stem with bead ( X 52).
Fig. 11. — External portion of stem { x 1000).
Fig. 12.— Conidia (X 1000).

Stilhum sp.
Fig. 13. — Head at end of black bair-like thread ( x 52).

128

DESCRIPTION OF AGROMYZA PHASEOLI, A NEW
SPECIES OF LEAF-MINING FLY.

By D. W. Coquillett.

(Communicated, with a Note thereon, hy W. W. Froggatt, F.L.S.)

Agromyza phaseoli, n.sp.

Black, including the halteres. Front on the sides opaque, the
triangle highly polished, almost reaching the lower end of the
front. Body strongly tinged with blue, polished, not light
coloured pruinose on any of its parts; thorax bearing two pairs
of dorso-central macrochaette, destitute of acrostichals. Wings
hyaline, costa strongly thickened beyond the apex of the first
vein, small crossvein distinctly beyond the middle of the discal
cell, hind crossvein at three-fourths of its length beyond the small,
apex of third vein midway between the apices of the second and
fourth veins. None of the tibiae nor of the tarsal joints notice-
ably dilated or swollen. Length, 1 -5 mm.

Hah. — Gosford District; N.S.W.; described from five specimens
received from W. W. Froggatt, Sydney, Australia, under the
name of French bean fly pest.

Among an exchange collection of economic entomological
specimens sent to Dr. Howard, Chief of the Entomological Divi-
sion of the Department of Agriculture, Washington, U.S.A., I
forwarded some specimens of an undetermined leaf-mining
dipteron, which last year proved a most destructive pest to
people growing French beans in the Gosford district, N.S.W.

In company with the Secretary of the Agricultui'al and Horti-
cultural Association of Gosford, I visited the infested gardens
early in April. Four or five gardens about Erina and Wamberal
were so badly attacked that all the plants were destroyed before

BY D. W. COQUILLETT. 129

they commenced to bear. I cat^efully examined about five acres
where every bean stalk was more or less infested. The flies
deposited their eggs on the outer surface of the main stem, just
about the ground. The maggots, on hatching out, burrowed
under the epidermis, some working upwards towards the foliage
and others under ground towards the roots. As many as thirty
or forty pupse and larv?e could be obtained from a large plant
when the skin was all discoloured, split, and rusty red, the plant
soon dying from the injuries. This pest had not been noticed
before by any of the gardeners, though several of them have
been growing French beans on the same land for the last five
years.— W.W.F.

130

A NEW GENUS AND SPECIES OF SAWFLY.
By Walter W. Froggatt, F.L S.

(Plate xiv.)

P H Y L A C T E O P H A G A, Tl. g.

Antennfe Sjointed, those of the male produced into projecting
horns on the outer extremity in the middle of 4th-7th joints.
Head narrow, eyes large, ocelli in centre of the forehead. Legs
long and slender, all bearing spines, those on the hind tibia? large
and straight; claws bifid. Wings: forewings with thick costal
nervure and large rounded stigma, the costal nervure extending
bej'-ond the tip of the radial cell, but not forming an appendicular
cell ; marginal nervure turning upward ; the first of the four
cubital cells small, second and third angular, longer than broad,
with the transverse cubital nervures marked with foveas in the
middle; third discordal cell petiolate; no lanceolate cell: hind-
wings with costal nervure straight; radial cell petiolate at the tip,
median cell large, transverse, cubital nervures showing fovese in
centre; first cubital cell small, cubital and discoidal nervure not
reaching the outer margin of the wing. Body long and slender,
the saw of the female projecting beyond the abdomen. LarA'a
flattened, slendei', with six thoracic legs.

This genus belongs to the Sub-family Pteryijophorince, " the
members of which have no lanceolate cell in the forewings, and
the accessory nervure of the hindwings is wanting, the latter
have only one middle cellule, and the anterior are appendiculated"
( Ashmead). The genus Pterygophorus is typical of the group, and
to it the genus now proposed is allied in the general form of
the wings, but the latter has the scutellum postei'iorly rounded.
The larva, both in form and habits, is very different from any
member of the group known to me.

BY W. W. FROGGATT. 131

Phylacteophaga eucalypti, n.sp.

Eggs inserted singly, generally one on either side of the mid-
Tib of a leaf towards the tip, seldom more than two upon a leaf.

Larva 5 lines in length, long, slender, and flattened on the
■dorsal surface. Head small, testaceous, lobed on either side,
with the mouth parts fringed with fine hairs. Thoracic and two
apical abdominal segments bright golden yellow, median ones
pale yellow; thoracic segments of uniform size, rounded on the
outer margins, each bearing a pair of short stout semitransparent
legs; abdominal segments of uniform size, rounded on the margins,
the terminal one rounded at the apex.

The young larvae feed upon the tissue between the cuticle, form-
ing an irregular brown blotch of about 1^ inches in diameter.
When full grown they spin a thin silken web, forming an oblong
cocoon measuring 5 lines in length and 3 in breadth, in the centre
of the gnawed area, which stands out on either surface of the leaf
like a small blister.

Pupa. — 3^ lines in length, slender in form ; eyes black and
projecting; ocelli standing out very distinctly on the summit of
the head ; head, thorax, and the tip of the abdomen reddish-
orange, the tip of the latter bifid; wing-covers small, dark brown.

When leaves containing the pupte are touched the enclosed
insect has a peculiar habit of arching the back and rapping the
head and tip of the abdomen against the walls of the cell as if to
frighten away intruders.

The change from lar^ a to pupa takes several days before com-
pletion, but the latter only remains about a week in the pupal
stage before it emerges as an imago.

(J Imago. — Length 3 lines. Head reddish-brown; antennae,
eyes, a patch enclosing the ocelli, and thorax black; fore and
mid-legs dull yellow; with the basal portion of the thighs black
in the second pair; hind legs black, with the apex of the thighs
light brown. Wings hyaline, nervures pale at the base, darker
towards extremities; stigma black.

132 A NEW GENUS AND SPECIES OF SAWPLY,

Head truncate in front, slightly lobed and swelling out below
the base of the antenn;e, wider than the thorax, nearly twice as
wide as long, swelling out behind the eyes, and deeply arcuate
at the junction with thejDrothorax; eyes large, hemispherical, very
finely faceted; ocelli ochreous, shining, large ; hind pair in a line
with the centre of the eyes, the frontal one in the centre behind
the base of the antennaj, enclosed in an irregular heart-shaped
black patch occupying the centre of the forehead ; antennae
8-jointed, 1st short, cylindrical, reddish-brown at base ; 2nd
smaller, bead-shaped; 3rd thrice the length of the first two com-
bined, rounded at the base, slightly curved at the base, swelling
out at the apex and truncate ; 4th slender at the base, swelling
out to the apex, which is slightly produced into a knob on the
outer margin ; 5th, 6th, 7th segments of about equal length,
slender at the base and swelling out into a funnel-like tip, which
forms a finger-like projection on the outer edge ; 8th segment
slender, oblong, oval, longest and rounded at the tip.

Thorax smooth, shining, rounded in front, and widest at base
of the fore-wings; a short thorn-like projection on either side of
the mesothorax, the apex truncate ; scutellum smooth, large
angled on either side in front, rounded behind. Metathorax
cylindrical, tapering towards the abdominal segments. Legs
long, slender, the tibiae of each pair armed with a pair of apical
gpines on the inner margin, those of the fore and middle pair
short and curved inwards; tibiae of hind legs armed with a small
spine about one-third from the apex, and two lai-ge stout spines
at the apex; 1st joint of the tarsi longer than the rest combined;
2nd and 3rd of the same length; 4th smaller and rounded; tarsal
claws stout, turned downwards, bifid.

Wings: forewings more than twice as long as broad, costal
nervure stout ; stigma large, elongate ; radial cell large, costal
nervure produced beyond the outer margin ; the first of the four
cubital cells rounded above; 2nd cubital cell constricted at base,
3rd longer than broad, the transverse cubital nervures showing
fovea in the centre; median cell long and slender, clouded at apex;
1st discoidal cell narrower at the base, broadest in a line with the

BY W. W. FROGGATT. 133

apex of median, pi'oduced into a narrow angular point under the
louver margin of the first cubital cell; 2nd discoidal cell angular,
receiving the sub-discoidal cell in the centre of the apical
margin ] anal cell large, swelling out at apex : hindwings with
costal nervure straight, narrow; sub-costal nervure extending
beyond the front of the radial cell ; median cell long, broad
at the apex; 1st cubital cell broadest at the base ; both the
transverse cubital nervures showing fovea in the centre; neither
the cubital or discoidal nervure comino- to the outer edse of the
wing; the posterior margin very much thickened from the base
half way round the basal lobe.

Abdomen slender, cylindrical, tapering to the apex, truncate at
the tip.

9 Imago. — -Four lines in length, larger than the male, with the
whole of the head and thorax, except the apical edge of the
metathorax, bright reddish-brown, ocelli black; antennae without
prongs, somewhat longer, 3rd joint longest, slender at the base,
swelling out at the apex; 4th- 7th decreasing slightly in length,
but increasing in width towards the tip; 8th larger, and truncated
on the outer edge.

Abdomen broadest at the base, tapering to the tips, somewhat
flattened on the dorsal surface; anal segment cone-shaped, trun-
cated at the tip, with the protruding tip of the saw showing from
above in some specimens ; viewed from beneath the saw is very
distinctly produced.

^a6.— Melbourne, Yictoria; larvae feeding on the foliage of
Eucalyptus globulus (Coll. Mr. Chas. French).

This handsome insect was sent to me by Mr. French, who stated
that it was doing a great deal of damage to the foliage of the Blue
Gum. At my request he sent me an ample collection of freshly
gathered leaves, containing specimens in all stages of growth,
except the eggs and very young larvae. When the sawflies
emerged they were very active, running about the jar, and trying
to make their way out; when touched they made a buzzing sound
like many of the Pergas. The protective rattle of the chrysalid.
when the leaves were picked up or handled is very remarkable.

134 A NEW GENUS AND SPECIES OF SAWFLY.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE.

Phylacteophaga eucalypti.

-Forewing.

-Hindwing.

-Antenna of $ .

-Antenna of J .

-Foreleg.

-Tarsi of hinclleg.

-Saw of 2 ■

-Larva (enlarged).

-Gnawed leaf of Eucalyptus globulus, with pupal chambers.

Fig.

1.-

Fig.

2.

Fig.

3.

Fig.

4.

Fig.

5.

Fig.

6.

Fig.

7.'

Fig.

8.

Fig.

9.

135

NOTES AND EXHIBITS.

Mr. Rainbow exhibited on behalf of Mr. E. Gr. W. Palmer, a
living specimen of the spider Li/cosa godeffroyi, L. Koch, from
Lawson. The specimen, a female, was covered with the recently
hatched out young. The spiderlings are always so carried by the
female during infancy, but when old enough to forage for them-
selves, distribute by the process of ballooning. The egg-bag or
cushion is always carried by these spiders attached to the
spinnerets.

Mr. Deane exhibited the following plants of interest, which he
had collected a week previously in the neighbourhood of Byrock: — •
Eiicali/ptus fei'minaUs, F.v.M., Oweitia ncidula, F.v.M., Acacia
aneura, F.v.M.; Loranthus Exocarpi, Behr., on ^Q\ah[Casuarina
and other species), L. linoplujllus^ Fenzl., also on Belah ; Z.
pe7idulus, ^ieh., on Mulga (Acacia aneiiiYi, F.v.M.); and L. lineari-
folius. Hook., on Capparis. Mr. Deane offered some remarks on
the value of Mulga as a forage plant in a season of drought like
the present, and he contrasted the rational mode of cutting it for
stock with that too commonly followed. In the United States,
Cape Colony and elsewhere, vigorous efforts were being made to
acclimatise Australian salt-bushes, Eucalypts, and other useful
plants, whereas in their native country the tendency' seemed to
be towards their extermination rather than their conservation.

Mr. Maiden exhibited some well-grown pot plants in flower from
the Botanic Gardens, including two indigenous species of Glosso-
stic/ma, a North Australian Pitcher-plant [Nepenthes Kennedyi,
F.v.M.), and Incarvillea Koopmannii, Lauche. Also photographs
of the inflorescence of the palm Hedyscepe Canterhuriana,
F.v.M., introduced from Lord Howe Island, which had recently
flowered in the Gardens.

136 NOTES AND EXHIBITS.

Mr. Baker exhibited the Fungi described in Mr. McAlpine's
second paper. Also, on behalf of the Rev. W. W. Watts, of
Ballina, examples of six Australian Mosses recently described
by Professor Brotherus, of Helsingfors, with the following Notes
on the same by Mr. Watts.

Dr. V. F. Brotherus, in his " Some New Species of Australian
Mosses. Part iv.," recently published in Helsingfors, has described
six new species found by me in this Colony, as follows : —

Leucohryum strictifolium, Broth., was found in Queensland by
Mr, Bailey, before my specimens were sent to Dr. Brotherus; and
the eminent specialist had already named it as a new species. It
had, however, been disallowed by that greatest living authority,
the venerable Dr. Carl Miiller, and my specimens were determined
by Dr. Brotherus as Leucohryum hrachyphyllum, Hampe, the
common Leucobryum of New South Wales. The specimens in
my possession, however, seemed to me so distinct, especially in
their climbing, straggling habit, that I ventured to ask Dr.
Brotherus to re-examine them. This he did, with the result that
he was convinced that his original determination of Mr. Bailey's
specimens was correct. The moss is a very striking one, and
most distinct in its habit, sometimes almost covering the trunk
of a large tree, and, unlike L. bmchyphyllum, which grows mostly
in dense patches and fruits very freely, L. strictifolium, Broth.,
branches loosely in all directions and is seldom found in fruit.
It is distinguished easily from L. hrachyphylluyn by its straight
leaves being disposed in five rows. It is fairly frequent on the
Richmond River, and I have good specimens from Tuckombil
(Hunters Scrub) and from Wollongbar, near the Experimental
Farm.

Dicranella Wattsii, Broth., was found in good quantity near
Brooklet, Richmond River. It is very distinctive in the arcuate
form of its capsule.

Cam2}ylopus JVovce-Valesice, Broth., was found by me in the
scrub, ofif Bulli Pass, but, unfortunately, in only a very small
quantity and without fruit. But Dr. Brotherus states that it is

NOTES AND EXHIBITS. 137

easily distinguished from its ally, C. torquatu>i, jNIitt., by its
more robust growth, and by its comal leaves being falcate and
entire.

Macromitrium Wattsii, Broth., is a most interesting moss. My
first specimen was found on the rocks by the seaside at Wollon-
gong. But I have since found it in considerable quantities on
the north coast, though never far from the sea. Its favourite
habitat is the rocks of the sea cliff, but it is plentiful on trees
(mostly Sheoaks) near the Pilot Station, Ballina. The Macro-
mitria are very difficult of determination, but this species is easily
recognised after having been once seen. From its ally, M.
aurescens, Hampe, it differs in its smooth capsule and hairless
calyptra.

M. ligidcpfolium, Broth., I found in a gully at Roseville, near
Sydney, growing on rocks. Dr. Brotherus states that it is very
readily distinguished by its capsule being destitute of a peristome.
It is a beautiful species.

Funaria squarrifolia, Broth., was found by me, first, close to
Ballina, growing on the ground in shady places, afterwards at
German Creek in similar positions. It is very closely allied to
F. Smithhurstii, Geh., but is distinguished by its higher growth,
by its stem being loosely leaved from the base upwards, and by
its leaves being reflexo-patulate.

In addition to the above six species, it may be mentioned that,
in letters to me, Dr. Brotherus names two other new species,
which, however, have not yet been described, one of them being
a very minute and beautiful Fissidens found under damp rocks
at Woollahra, Sydney.

I am also convinced that several species found by me on the
Richmond River have never before been recorded for this Colony.
Funaria Smithhurstii, Geh., is one of these. The fact that no
continuous and complete record of New South Wales Mosses has
been kept makes it difficult, however, to say exactly what is new for
the Colony and what is not. But, undoubtedly, several species

138 ■ NOTES AND EXHIBITS.

found by me on the Richmond and Brunswick Rivers have only
been recorded previously for Queensland.

It is the intention of Mr. T. Whitelegge and myself to publish,
as soon as practica^i^e, a list of New South Wales Mosses up to
date, as complete as we can possibly make it.

Our list, arranged according to the most recent and most
widely accepted classitication, is now in the hands of Dr.
Brotherus for revision and suggestion.

I may add that it will give me great pleasure to receive from
any part of the Colony specimens of the local mosses, with neces-
sary notes as to habitat and date of collection.

139

WEDNESDAY, APRIL 26tii, 1899.

The Ordinary Monthly Meeting of the Society was held at the
Linnean Hali, Ithaca Road, Elizabeth Bay, on AVednesday
evening, April 26 th, 1899,

The Hon. James Norton, LL.D., M.L.C., President, in the
Chair.

The Pi'esident made the following announcements : —

1. Under the provisions of Rule xxv., the Council had elected

Dr. J. C. Cox, F.L.S., Prof. David, B.A., E.G.S., Mr.
Henry Deane, M.A., F.L.S., and Professor J. T. Wilson,
M.B , Ch.M., to be Vice Presidents; and Mr. Prosper
N. Trebeck, J. P., to be Hon. Treasurer for the current
year.

2. At a Special General Meeting, held on the 19th inst., it

was unanimously resolved to adopt the recommendation,
of the Council that, for the remainder of the current year,
the payment of Entrance Pees as pro^■ided for by Rule vi.,
should be suspended.

3. A Special General Meeting will be held on May 3Ist, at

8 o'clock, to take precedence of the Monthly Meeting
of the same date. Business : to confirm the action of
the Special General Meeting held on the 19th April.

The President called attention to certain documents forwarded
by the Rev. W. W. Watts, of Ballina, giving particulars of a
movement to secure the reservation of a portion of the Big Scrub
on the Richmond River, known as Marshall's Falls, and some of
the adjacent forest as a National Park. Every effort to preserve
even limited areas of the characteristic vegetation in as nearly a.s

140 DONATIONS.

possible the natural state should, in the interest of future genera-
tions, recommend itself to naturalists. This is especially the case
with the vegetation of the subtropical Northern River Districts,
upon which settlement is making such serious inroads. An
influential memorial on the subject has been prepared, and sub-
mitted to the Minister for Lands for consideration by the
Government. On behalf of the Society the President felt
justified in expressing the hope that the issue would be crowned
with success.

DONATIONS.

Department of Agriculture, Brisbane — Queensland Agricultural
Journal. Vol. iv. Part 4 (April, 1899). From the Secretary of
Agriculture.

Australian Museum, Sydney— Records. Vol. iii. No. 5 (April,
1899). From the Trustees.

Department of Mines and Agriculture, Sydney— Agricultural
Gazette of New South Wales. Vol. x. Part 4 (April, 1899) :
Memoirs of the Geological Survey of New South Wales. Ethno-
logical Series. No. 1. Aboriginal Carvings of Port Jackson
and Broken Bay. By W. D. Campbell, A.K.C., F.G.S., &c.
(4to., 1899). From the Hon. the Minister for Mines and Agri-
culture.

Public Library of New South Wales — Report of the Trustees
for 1898. From the Trustees.

The Surveyor, Sydney. Vol. xii. !^o. 4 (April, 1899). From
the Editor.

Australasian Journal of Pharmacy, Melbourne. Vol. xiv. No.
160 (April, 1899). From the Editor.

Field Naturalists' Club of Victoria — Victorian Naturalist.
Vol. XV. No. 12 (April, 1899). From the Club.

Gordon Technical College, Geelong — The Wombat. Vol. iv.
No. 2 (Feb., 1899). From the College.

Zoological and Acclimatisation Society of Victoria — Thirty-
fifth Annual Report, for the Year 1898. From the Society.

DONATIONS. 141

Department of Mines, Hobart — Mineral Resources of Tasmania
(Nov., 189-4) : Mineral Industry of Tasmania, 1897 : Progress
of the Mineral Industry of Tasmania for the Quarters ending
Dec, 1897 ; March, June, Sept. and Dec, 1898. From the
Secretary for Mines.

Geological Survey, Perth — Geological Map of Northampton:
Geological Map of the Collie Goldfield (1898). From the Govern-
ment Geologist.

Auckland Institute and Museum — Annual Report for 1898-99.
From the Institute.

American Geographical Society, New York — Bulletin. Vol. xxxi.
No. 1 (1899). From the Society.

American Museum of Natural History, New York — Bulletin.
Vol. xii. Arts, i.-ii. (pp. 1-17 : March, 1899). From the Museum,.

The American Naturalist (Cambridge). Vol. xxxiii. No. 387
(March, 1899). From the Editor.

U.S. Department of Agriculture, Washington : Division of
Biological Survey — Bulletin. Nos. 9-11 (1898): Division of
Entomology — Bibliography of the more important Contributions
to American Economic Entomology. Part vi. (8vo. 1898) :
Farmers' Bulletin, No. 68 (1898). From the Secretary of Agri-
culture.

Museo Nacional de Costa Rica — Informe del primer Semestre
de 1898 a 1899. From the Museum.

Bristol Museum — Report of the Museum Committee for the
two Years from ist October, 1896, to 30th September, 1898.
From the Museum.

Royal Gardens, Kew — Hooker's I cones Plantarum. Fourth
Series. Vol. vi. Fart iv. (March, 1899). From the Bentham
Trustees.

Royal Society of London — Proceedings. Vol. Ixiv. Nos. 408-
409 (Feb.-March, 1899). From the Society.

142 DOXATIONS.

Scottish Microscopical Society, Edinburgh — Proceedings.
Vol. ii. No. iii. (1897-98). From the Society.

Zoological Society of London — Abstract 21st Feb., and 7th
March, 1899. From the Society.

Societe Geologique de Belgique — Annales. Tome xxiv. 3® Liv.
(1899); Tome xxv. 2« Liv. (1899); Tome xxvi. V" Liv. (1899).
From the Society.

Societe des Sciences des Arts et des Lettres du Hainaut —
Memoires et Publications. v« Serie. Tome x. (1898). From
the Society.

Societe Royale Linneenne de Bruxelles — Bulletin. 24™'' Annee.
Nos. 3-5 (Dec, 1898-March, 1899). From the Society.

Naturhistoriske Forening i Kjlibenhavn — Videnskabelige
Meddelelser for Aaret 1898. From the Society.

Roj^al University of Upsala — Universitets Arsskrift, 1897.
Medicin 1 ; 1898, Program 1 : Three Dissertations by J. A. Z.
Brundin, A. Cleve and E. Jiiderholm (1898). From the University.

Perak Government Gazette. Vol. xii. Nos. 5-8 (Feb.-March,
1899). From the Government Secretary.

Journal de Couchyliologie, Paris. Vol. xlvi. No. 3 (1898).
From, the Editor.

Medicinisch-Naturwissenschaftliche Gesellschaft zu Jena — Jen-
aische Zeitschrif t. xxxii. Band. Heftiii.-iv. (1898); xxxiii. Band.
Heft i. (1899). From the Society.

Naturwissenschaftlicher Verein in Hambursf — Verhandlunajen.
3 Folge, vi. (1898). From the Society.

Zoologischer Anzeiger. xxii. Band. Nos. 580-582 (Feb.-March,
1899). From the Editor.

Societe Hollandaise des Sciences a Harlem — Archives Neer-
landaises. Serie ii. Tome ii. 4*^ Liv. (1899). From the Society.

Koninklijke Natuurkundige Vereeniging in Nederl.-Indie —
Natuurkundig Tijdschrift. Deel. Iviii. (1898). From the Society.

U3

NOTES FROM THE BOTANIC GARDENS, SYDNEY.

No. 4.
By J. H. Maiden and E. Betche.

PITTOSPOEE.!;.

CiTRioBATUS LANCiFOLiA, F. M. Bailey {Bot. Bull. No. vii. p. 60,
1893). New for N.S. Wales.

Lismore (W. Bauerlen, March, 1891 and 1893, in fruit; Sep-
tember, 1894, in flower). Previously recorded by Bailey from
Killarney and Warwick, Queensland. According to Mr. Bauer-
len, the small tree attains a height of 25ft. in the Lismore scrub.
Specimens received from Mr. R. T. Baker, Curator, Technological

Museum.

MALVACE.ffi.

Abutilon Mitchelli, Benth. — New for N.S. Wales.

Mt. Browne (P. Corbett, November, 1898). Previously
recorded from Queensland and South Australia.

Flowers yellow, larger than described in Bentham's Flora Aus-
traliensis, the petals attaining fully f inch in length.

LEGUMINOS.ffi.

Gastrolobium Boormani, n.sp.

An erect shrub, 6 to 10 ft. high, with hirsute young branches.
Leaves in irregular whorls of three, or alternate, ovate-cordate,
about 4 to 6 lines long, tapering into a slender pungent point,
glabrous above, sprinkled with a few hairs underneath, the fine
reticulation prominent on both sides. Stipules spinescent, divari-
cate, about half as long as the leaves. Flowers axillary, solitary
or more rarely in pairs or in a raceme reduced to two flowers, on

144 NOTES FROM THE BOTANIC GARDENS, SYDNEY,

slender peduncles shorter than the leaves, with one or two small
narrovv bracteoles inserted about 1 line below the calyx. Calyx
about Ih lines long, sparingly hairy as well as the peduncles, the
lobes rather longer than the tube, the two upper ones united
higher up. Petals all yellow, on short claws, the standard broad,
about half as long again as the calyx, longer than the lower
petals, the keel obtuse, about as long as the wings. Ovarium
pubescent, shortly stipitate, the ovules two in all ovaria examined.
Pod narrow-ovate, nearly glabrous, pointed by the persistent base
of the style. Ripe seeds smooth and shining, not strophiolate.

Top of Jilliby Jilliby Ranges, near Wyong (J. L. Boorman,
November, 1897, December, 1898, January, 1899).

The hitherto single representative of the genus Gastrolohinm
in N.S. Wales (G. grandijloruvi, F.v.M.) is a desert plant, and
differs widely from our coast plant, which is more nearly allied to
the W. Australian G. spinosum, Benth., though bearing no close
relation to any described species. In general appearance it more
resembles Daviesia squofrrosa, Sm., and PultenKa ternata, F v.M.,
but the shape of the pods removes it from the genus Daviesia,
and the absence of the characteristic bracteoles from Pultencea.
The inflorescence seems at first sight to remove it also from the
genus Gastrolobium, but the single flowers show a distinct
tendency to a racemose inflorescence and may be considered as
reduced racemes All the numerous specimens brought by Mr.
Boorman from the locality where it abounds are shy-flowering,
with only a few scattered flowers in the axils.

PULTBN^A CaMPBELLI, n.sp.

A small shrub, about 2ft. high, with erect scarcely spreading
slightly pubescent branches. Leaves very shortly petiolate, erect
or not much spreading, linear to linear-lanceolate, with incurved
margins, about 4 to 5 lines long, finely pointed but not pungent,
equally green on both sides; stipules linear-subulate, aj^pressed,
brown, small and deciduous. Flowers few in small terminal heads,
with scarcely any bracts. Bracteoles adnate to the base of the
calyx, scarcely longer than the calyx-tube, linear-subulate, with two

BY J. H. MAIDEN AND E. BETCHB. 145

broader and shorter stipules, all three brown and sHghtly hairy.
Calyx with broad-lanceolate very acute lobes with fringed margins,
otherwise glabrous, the lobes longer than the tubes, the two upper
ones united at the base. Standard, keel and wings of equal
length, aV)out half as long again as the calyx-lobes, bright yellow,
the keel of a duller shade. Ovarium glabrous, except a few long
hairs on the top; style long and subulate. Fruit not seen.

Grave-yard Creek, near Walcha (J. F. Campbell, October, 1898).

The affinities are with P. glabra, Benth., from which it is dis-
tinguished by the slight hairiness, the smaller leaves, stipules
and flowers, and chiefly by the shape and small size of the brac-
teoles. The bracteoles with their adnate stipules have the
appearance of a 3-Hd bracteole, but the stipule-like character of
the side lobes can be recognised from analogy with several other
species of Pultenoia, especially P. plumosa, Sieb., in which it is
very apparent; in P. denfata, Labill., (which derives its specitic
name from the bracteoles) the bracteoles and stipules are still more
closely united so as to give the appearance of a dentate bi-acteole.

Acacia harpophylla, F.v.M.

Coolabah, Great Western Line (R. N. Peacock, 1898).
This species has been recorded in N.8. Wales from the Brigalow
Creek near Narrabri, Moree, Warrah and Scone.

Acacia glaucescens, Willd.

Belowra, Tuross River, N.S. Wales (J. S. Allan, 1898).

The most southerly locality hitherto recorded for this species.

HALORAGEffi.
Myriophyllum pedunculatum. Hook. f. — New for N.S. Wales

Mt. Kosciusko, circa 7000ft. Lining the bottoms of shallow
ponds near the head of the Snowy River. The plant has a red
cast and gives the surface of the ground a red appearance.
Previously recoi'ded from the Australian Alps in Victoria, Tas-
mania also, and Western Australia.

The flowers in our specimens are not pedunculate.
10

146 NOTES FROM THE BOTANIC GARDENS, SYDNEY,

MYRTACE^.

Rhodamnia trinervia, Blume, var. glabra, n.var.

Richmond River (in fruit; W. Biiuerlen, April, 1891); Mullum-
bimby (in flower; W. Bauerlen, December, 1895); Burringbar (E.
Betche, April, 1896). (Mr. Bauerlen's specimens were received
from Mr. R. T. Baker, Curator, Technological Museum).

Chiefly distinguished by the absence of all hairs. Shrub 5 to
10 feet high (as far as seen); the two side-nerves of the leaves are
less prominent than in the typical form and closer to the margin.

UMBELLIFER.ffi.
AzoRELLA MuELLERi, Bentli. — New for N.S. Wales.

Mt. Kosciusko, 5500 ft. to summit (J. H. Maiden, Januaiy,.
1898); tree-line to 7000 ft. (J. H. Maiden and W. Forsyth, Jan-
uary, 1899). Previousl}^ recorded from the summits of the Mun-
vong Mountains, Victoria.

Bentham has a note, " This species in man}^ respects approaches
Hydrocotyle in character as well as in habit." Most persons
would, we imagine, collect it for a Hydrocotyle.

Oreomyrrhis andicola, Endl.

Mt. Kosciusko, on the very summit, and at various elevations.

Specimens which differ from the typical form chiefl}^ in the
short fruiting pedicels which (B.Fl. iii. 377) are described as
" longer than the bracts."

*o

Crantzia lineata, Nutt.

Apsley River, near Walcha (E. Betche, December, 1898).

The leaves are described in the Flora Aicstraliensis as " from
under one inch to two or three inches long or even more." The
species is quite amphibious on the Apsley River, growing in mud-
banks with short leaves, or floating with leaves generally six:
inches to one foot long, attaining 18 inches in extreme cases.

BY J. H. MAIDEN AND E. BETCHE. 147

COMPOSITE.
Olbaria alpicola, F.V.M., var. aglossa, n.var.

Jindabyne (W. Btiuerlen, Januai-y, 1890); Sawpit Creek, Mt.
Kosciusko (J. H. Maiden, January, 1898, and 1899).

Differs from the broad-leaved form of Olearia alpicola in the
absence of the ray-flowers, in the fewer flowers in the heads (5 to
7 in the heads examined) and in the pinkish tint of the pappus-
bristles. Specimens of 0. alpicola from the Cobberas Mountains
in Victoria, collected by F. v. Mueller, as well as specimens from
Woolls' Herbarium without locality, agree precisely with the ray-
less Mt. Kosciusko form, except in the presence of the ray-flowers-

Leptorrhynchus squamatus. Less.

Mt. Twynam, Mt. Kosciusko (J. H. Maiden and W. Forsyth,
January, 1899).

A comparatively broad-leaved form, uniformly hairy on both
sides of the leaf. The peduncle short or absent.

Abrotanella nivigena, F.v.M. — New for N.S. Wales.

Mt. Kosciusko, tree-line to summit (J. H. Maiden and W.
Forsyth, January, 1899). Previously recorded from the summits
of the Munyong Mountains, Victoria.

Helipterum corymbiflorum, Schlect., var. ^microglgssa, F.v.M.

in H.Fl. iii. 647.

We proposed (P.L.S.JST.S.W., May, 1897) to raise this variety to
the rank of a species, under the name of H. microglossum. On
examination of additional material and as a result of a visit by
one of us to the National Herbarium, Melbourne, where a large
series of specimens was examined, we have arrived at the con-
clusion that the new species is untenable, although extreme
forms of H. corymhiflorum and its variety are very dissimilar in
appearance.

Since then Prof. Tate has shown (Proc. Roy. Soc. S.A. xxii. 121)
that he had raised the variety microglossum to the rank of a
species so far back as 1883.

148 NOTES FROM THE BOTANIC GARDENS, SYDNEY,

Botanists have therefore a choice of designations for the plant,
but we are of opinion that the Melbourne Herbarium dwarf forms
with shorter rays and narrow flower heads distinctly show a con-
nection between H. corymbifloruvi and H. microglossum.

Gnaphalium japonicdm, Thunb., var. radicans, F.v.M., MS.

Mt. Kosciusko, tree-line to 7000 ft. (J. H. Maiden and W.
Forsyth, January, 1899).

This alpine variety bears the unpublished manuscript name of
F. V. Mueller, given to specimens collected by him nearlj' half a
century ago on the Munyong Mountains, Victoria.

SCR0PHULARINE5;.
Glossostigma spathulatum, Arn. — New for N. S. Wales.

Common on the banks of the Apsley River near Walcha (E.
Betche, December, 1898'. Dispersed over tropical Asia and
Africa. In Australia previously recorded from Queensland.

The colour of the flower seems to vary greatly. Bentham
describes it in the Flora Australiensis as blue; in the figure of an
Indian specimen in Hook., £ot. Misc. ii. suppt. 4, the colour is
white and pinkish with a pink style, while our Apsley River
specimens are of a pure white. Glossostigma spathulatum grows on
the Apsley River in compan}' with the pretty blue G. elatinoides,
Benth., and both are remarkable for the sensitiveness of the
tongue-shaped style. The upper part of the style is curved o\'er
the stamens, and at the lightest touch moves slowly back to the
upper lip, uncovering the stamens. Students interested in this
pretty contrivance to insure cross-fertilization will find a full
account in "Notes on the Fertilization of Glossostigma" by J. F.
Cheeseman in Trans. Xeiv Zealand Inst. 1877, p. 353.

Limosella aquatic a, Linn., var. with terete leaves.

Banks of the Apsley River, closely associated with Glossostigma
sjmthulatum, Arn., (E. Betche, December, 1898).

Though this almost cosmopolitan plant varies greatly in the
breadth of the leaves and the leaves of the common Australian

BY J. H. MAIDEK AND E. BETCHE. 149

form are narrower than in the European and Asiatic specimens,
we have never met before with quite terete leaves.

LA.BIAT5;.
Plectraxthus congestus, R.Br. — New for N.S. Wales.

Mt. Nullum (about 800 ft. high) near Murwillumbah, Tweed
River (Dr. G. A. G-oldsmid, February, 1899). Previously recorded
from Queensland.

M0NIMIACE.5:.
PiPTOCALYX MOOREI, Oliv.

Dividing Range, between Sandy Flat and Mount Spiraby,
Tenterfield district (J. H. Maiden, December, 1898).

This rare and interesting plant (figured in 1895 in Hooker's
Icones Plantai'ibm., pi. 2.367) has been previously recorded only
from the Kempsey district on the Hastings River, and from
WoUombi and Guy Fawkes on the Armidale road.

LAURINE^.

Endiandra globosa, n.sp.

A tall straight-stemmed tree, glabrous in all its parts, except
minute hairs on the inflorescence. Leaves ovate-elliptical, acu-
minate but obtuse, 5 to 5^ inches long and 2 to nearly .3 inches
broad, finely reticulate and equally green on both sides, narrowed
into a short petiole. Panicles in the few specimens seen much
less than half as long as the leaves. Calyx- (or perianth-) tube
small, the limb very open, consisting generally of six broad
segments. Stamens : three fertile ones alternating with three
short thick rudimentary ones, and a large scale-like gland on each
side of the fertile stamens. Ripe fruits perfectly globular, two
inches in diameter, resting on a short thick pedicel, with a thin
pericarp and a hard woody endocarp.

Near Murwillumbah, Tweed River, N.S.W.(Dr.J. A. Goldsmid.
December, 1898).

150 NOTES FROM THE BOTANIC GARDENS, SYDNEY,

The large fruits, of the shape and size of a small billiard ball,
are frequently picked up in the dense brush forests of the Rich-
mond and Tweed Rivers, and have been known to us for many
years, but on account of the large size of the tree and the difficulty
of collecting in dense brushes we have not hitherto been able to
procure correctly matched flowering specimens till we succeeded
in interesting Dr. Goldsmid, a resident of Murwillumbah, in the
subject.

In affinity it is nearest to E. Sieheri, Nees, from which it is
scarcely distinguished in the flowers; but its habit, foliage and
fruit are so different that we cannot consider it a varietv of that
species.*

PROTEACE^.

IsoPOGON Dawsoni, R, T. Baker.

Nepean River (W. Forsyth, September, 1898).

Originally found by Mr. Baker in the Murrumbo Ranges,
Ooulburn River, in 1893, and described by him in the Proc. of
this Society in March, 1895. We hereby record a new locality
for this rare plant.

Persoonia CHAMiEPEUCE, Lhotsky.

Apsley Falls, near Walcha (E. Betche, December, 1898).
Sunny Corner and Mudgee have been recorded hitherto as the
most northern localities.

Macadamia ternifolia, F.V.M., var. integrifolia.

Described by us in the Proc. of this Society in November, 1896,
as M. integrifolia, n.sp., but since we have had, through Mr.
Luehmann's kindness, the opportunity of comparing the rich
material accumulated in the Melbourne Herbarium, and have

* Since this paper was Iq type we have been favoured by ^Ir. R. T.
Baker with good flowering specimens collected by Mr. W. Bauerlen, near
Murwillumbah, in October, 1892. It is described as a "Tree of 26 ft." on
the label.— 23. vi. 99.

BY J. H. MAIDEN AND E. BETCHE. 151

found all degrees of transition between the two extreme forms,
we have been forced to the conclusion that it can only be a variety,
and is merely another instance of the great variability of the
Proteaceous trees from which the Order derives its name.

SANTALACEiE.
ExocARPUS NANA, Hook. f. — New for N.S. Wales.

Bullrock Mt. (W. Bauerlen, 1890); Pretty Point, Mt. Kosci-
usko (J. H. Maiden and AV. Forsyth, January, 1899).

A wiry plant a few inches high, forming a tangled mass
encircling a I'ock in boggy ground.

This plant has been confused with E. humifusa, R.Br. In our
plant the scale-like leaves are all opposite or nearly so, and not
alternate as in E. humifusa. E. nana is recorded from Victoria
("Summit of Cobberas Mountains at an elevation of 6000 ft.")
while the true E. humifusa, R Br., is only recorded from Tas-
mania.

GRAMINE5:.

Eremochloa muricata, Hackel, in De Candolle's Prodomus,
Monogr. Andropog. p. 262 (1889) — Byron Bay (W. Forsyth, Octo-
ber, 1898).

Synonymy according to Hackel, Aegilops muricata, Retz.,
Rottboellia muricata, Retz., Ischmm,um pectinatum, Trin., Andro-
pogon jjectinatus, Steud.

Recorded previously from the northern coast district of N.S.
Wales (extending to the Tableland), as Ischaemum pectinattini,
Trin. The grass described in the Flora Australiensis as Rott-
boellia muricata, Retz., is, according to Hackel, the var. com-
mutata of Rottboellia ophiuroides, Benth., and not the true Rott-
boellia muricata of Retzius, which is synonymous with Eremochloa
inuricata.

Hackel separates Ereinochh:>a, Biise, from Ischitmum, Linn.,
chiefly by the following characters —

Isch(emum. — Pedicellate spikelets developed, flower-bearing.
Sessile spikelets awned or with the flowering glume at least
mucronate-pointed.

152 NOTES FROM THE BOTANIC GARDENS, SYDNEY,

^?-e?noc/i!,^oa. —Pedicellate spikelets very rudimentary, sessile
spikes awnless; first outer glume pectinate-fringed at least at the
base. Spike solitar}-.

We feel fully justified in departing from the nomenclature of
Bentham and F. v. Mueller {B.Fl. vii., 521) and introducing the
genus Eremochha into the Flora of N.S. Wales. Recent mono-
graphical works of eminent specialists like Prof. Hackel are not
to be ignored, and the genus has already been recognised by J. D.
Hooker in the Flora of British India (Vol. vii. p. 180, Gramineje)..

Agrostis (Deyeuxia) densa, F.v.M. — New for N.S. Wales.

Mt. Kosciusko, 6000 ft. (R. Helms, February, 1893); Pretty
Point, Mt. Kosciu.sko, 5500 ft.

Mr. Helms' specimens are broad-leaved and have the awn
attached somewhat above the middle of the glume, while in the
recently collected specimens from Pretty Point the leaves are
narrower and the awn is attached a little below the middle. In
spite of the difference in the attachment of the awn we must con-
sider the two forms identical with Bentham's Deyeuxia densa, in.
which the awn is described as attached "about the middle."

In nearly all our Mt. Kosciusko Agrostis we find the attachment
and length of the awn, and even the comparative length of the
flowering glume, unreliable characters subject to great variations.
Amongst the grasses recently collected on Mt. Kosciusko by
Maiden and Forsyth we find A. Muelleri, Benth., in three distinct
forms : the typical awnless form, another form with a very short
awn or small point attached near the top, and a third form with
an awn at least twice as long as the flowering glume attached
near the middle. In all other respects the three forms are quite
identical. A. nivalis, F.v.M., has also been collected in two
forms, the one identical with the Victorian type specimen from
Mt. Buller, the other with the flowering glume considerably
shorter than the outer glumes.

Mr. L. Rodway has made a similar observation in Tasmanian
species of Agrostis; he writes in a private letter (with regard to
A. quadriseta): "The typical form has the awn inserted below

BY J. H. MAIDEN AND E. BETCHE. 153

the middle, but in Tasmanian forms at least this is totally
unreliable."

Deybuxia breviglumis, Benth.

On banks of creeks near Mt. Spiraby, eastern side of Dividing
Range near Tenterfield (J. H. Maiden, December, 1898). In
similar situations at Jindabyne and Sawpit Creek, Mt. Kosciusko
(J. H. Maiden and W. Forsyth, January, 1899). These localities
are given as this grass has rarely been recorded.

It forms patches of turf three to six inches long or, under the
protection of clumps of Junciis, &c., it elongates considerably,
forming a thin, weak-growing grass of great length (one of us has
measured specimens 3 ft. long !)

Mr. J. G. Luehmann has since informed us that it was collected
at Braidwood by Bauerlen, and that he also has received it from
Walcha, N.S.W.

FILICES.

Pteris falcata, R.Br., var. nana, Bailey, (S'ynops. ofQ.Fl. p. 669.

On rocks near the Apsley and Tia Falls (E. Betche, December,
1«98).

According to Mr. Bailey this form is common in every scrub
in Queensland, but it has not been previously recorded from
N.S. Wales.

154

CONTRIBUTION TO AUSTRALIAN ICHTHYOLOGY.
By J. Douglas Ogilby.

In the paper here submitted to the Society descriptions of the
following new genera and species of Australian fishes are given: —
(Plotosid^) Euristhmus, g.n., and Ostophycephalus duriceps, g.
and sp.nn.; (Galaxiid.e) Galaxias occidentalis, sp.n.; (Ser-
RAXiDiE) Bostockia (g. redescr. ) hemigramvia, sp.n.; Einneplielides
leai, g. and sp.nn.; (Theraponid^) Therajyon kumeralis, sp.n.;
and (Cepolid^e) Cepola australis, sp.n. The following species,
which have been insufficiently diagnosed, are also redescribed : —
(MoNOCENTRiD^) MonocentHs gloria-maris; (Cheilodipterid^)
Apogon riippellii ; (Serranid^e) Edelia vittata ; and (ScARiDiE)
Pseudoscarus gymiiognaihos. Notes on Ccdlanthias platei are
also given; and the suggestion is here thrown out that Callan-
thias (type — peloritamis), Anogramma (type — aUporti), and Gram-
tna (type — lorelo) should be set apart as a subfamily {Gallan-
thiince) of the Serranid.e. The families MoNOCENTRiDiE and
CepoliDjE are also diagnosed in this paper.

Most of the new species are from West Australia, and were
kindly collected and given to me by Mr. Lea, now Government
Entomologist of Tasmania, but at that time holding a similar
position to the West Australian Government,

Two important species were obtained in Port Jackson, and in
this case the honour of adding two new families to the Australian
fauna is due to Mr. Brodie, who has kindly submitted to me for
identification Gonorhynchus greyi and Cepola austrcdis,

PLOTOSID^.
Euristhmus, gen.nov.

Body elongate; tail more than twice as long as the head and
trunk. Skin smooth. Head tetragonal, much wider than deep,

BY J. DOUGLAS OGILBY. '* 155

with small, wart-like papillte. Mouth moderate; lips thick and
papillose, the upper without posterior filament; no mental lobe.
Premaxillary teeth conical, in two small patches, the outer
series enlarged; mandibular teeth forming an interrupted crescentic
band, pluriserial, the outer row enlarged and bluntly conical, the
rest granular; vomerine teeth granular and unequal. Anterior
nostril on the outer edge of the lip, simple. Barbels moderate.
Eyes small, sublateral, without free lid. Gill-membranes separate,
broadly attached to the isthmus; gill-openings moderate; seven
or eight branchiostegals ; gill-rakers in small number; axillary
pore present. First dorsal fin originating behind the base of the
pectoral; second dorsal longer than the anal; ventrals rounded,
with 12 or 13 rays, inserted behind the origin of the soft dorsal;
pectoral rounded, with 8 or 9 soft i*ays; caudal pointed.

Etymology : — evpvs, wide; ladi^os, isthmus.

Type : — Plotosus elongatus, Castelnau.

- Distribution : — Northern and eastern coasts of Australia.
To this genus also belongs Cnidoglanis lepturus, Giinther.

OsTOPHYCEPHALUs, gen.nov.

Body moderately elongate; tail moi'e than twice as long as head
and trunk. Skin smooth. Head trigonal, much wider than
deep, feebly vermiculated, with a few scattered papillje. Lips
rather thin, the upper without posterior filament; mental lobe
small. Pi'emaxillary teeth conical, in two small patches, sub-
equal; mandibular teeth forming an interrupted crescentic band,
pluriserial, the outer series enlarged and conical, the inner
granular ; vomerine teeth granular and irregular. Anterior
nostril on the outer edge of the lip, simple. Barbels short.
Eyes small, lateral, without free lid. Gill-membranes separate,
broadly attached to the isthmus; gill-openings moderate; eight
branchiostegals ; pseudobranchife present ; gill-rakers in small
number; axillary pore well developed. First dorsal fin originating
above the base of the pectoral ; second dorsal longer than the

156 CONTRIBUTIONS TO AUSTRALIAN ICHTHYOLOGY,

anal; ventral rounded, with 1 1 rays, inserted behind the origin of
the second dorsal; pectoral with 8 soft rays; caudal rounded.

Etymology : — 6(TTo(f)vr]s bony; KecfyaXr], head.

Type: — Ostophycephalus dui'iceps, Ogilby.

Distribution: — St. Vincent's Gulf, South Australia.
The species described by Giinther in the Challenger Reports
(i. Shore Fishes, p. 49) as Cnidoglanis nudiceps possibly belongs
to this genus.

Ostophycephalus duriceps, sp.nov.

B. viii. 1 D. i 5. 2D. + C. + A. 227(111 + 10+106).

Depth of body 1 1 ('?), length of head 4y^ in the total length;
width of head ^ of its length, which is i of the distance between
the tip of the snout and the vent; upper profile of head gently
rounded and but little oblique. Eye with wholly adnate lid, its
diameter 8| in the length of the head and 3| in that of the snout,
which is sharply pointed, but weakly declivous at the extremity,
and 1 J times as long as wide; lower lip feebly plicated, the mental
lobe small and divided. Interorbital region slightly concave, its
width I of that of the mouth and 3| in the length of the head.
Premaxillary teeth in two small patches, consisting of three teeth
each; mandibular teeth in a wide, crescentic, divided band, each
half of which is twice as long as broad; a pair of enlarged conical
teeth on each side of the symphysis; vomerine patch large, form-
ing an equilateral triangle. Barbels very short and slender, the
nasal i of the head and reaching little more than half way to the
eye; maxillary barbel even shorter than the nasal; postmental
barbel inserted well inside and behind the angle of the mouth,
reaching in a direct line midway to the gill- opening, and f of the
head ; mental barbel J longer than the postmental. Greatest
width of the isthmus but little less than the interorbital width.
Gill-rakers 2 + 6, the longest f of the diameter of the eye. Skin
of head above finely vermiculated, below closely studded with
minute pores. Axillary pore large. Distance of first dorsal from
tip of snout -4^ in the total length; dorsal spine moderate, serrated

BY J. DOUGLAS OGILBY. 157

in front, barbed behind, its lenf^th ^ of that of the head, and
much less than the rays, which do not reach to the origin of the
second dorsal; second dorsal originating slightly in advance of
the base of the ventral: distance of anal tin from tip of mandible
2f in the total length : ventral rounded, with 1 1 rays, its length
3^ in the head : pectoral with 8 soft rays, the spine serrated on
the outer border, its length 2^ in that of the head and ^^ of the
soft rays, which do not reach to the base of the ventral : caudal
small and rounded, ^ of the head. Blue-grey, darkest above, the
upper surface of the head nearly black.

Etymology : — durus, hard; ceps, head.

Type in the South Australian Museum, Adelaide.

Distribution : — St. Vincent's Gulf, South Australia. The
unique example from which the above description was drawn up
appears to have been washed ashore and partially sun-dried; it
measures 383 millimeters. I have, however, seen a specimen of
Plotosus equally constricted in the abdominal region, the evident
cause being the presence of a large number of free-swimming
copepods i^Lerneolojjhus sp.) attached to th(i inside of the mouth
and throat. The condition of the species described above may
therefore have been due to disease.

GALAXIID^.

GaLAXIAS OCCIDENTALIS, sp.nov.

B. vii. D. 8-9. A. 13-U.

Body moderately stout and compressed, its depth 5 to 5^ in
the total length, its width 1^ to 1§ in its depth. Length of head
44 to 5 in the total length; width of head equal to its depth and
If to 2 in its length. Interorbital region flat, its width 2| to 24
in the head. Diameter of eye 4 to 4^ in the head and 14 to ]|
in the snout. Lower jaw the longer. Maxillary extending to or
a little beyond the vertical from the anterior border of the eye,
its length 2'i to 2# in the head. Gill-rakers 3-1-10, short.
Dorsal and anal fins rounded; the space between the origin of

158 CONTRIBUTIONS TO AUSTRALIAN ICHTHYOLOGY,

the dorsal and the base of caudal 2| to 24 in its distance from
the extremity of the snout, its length 1 to 1^ in its height, 1| to
1|^ in the length of the anal, and If to 1§ in the distance between
its origin and the anal : anal commencing opposite to or a little
behind the origin of the dorsal, its base as long as or a little
longer than its distance from the caudal ; longest rays when laid
back not reaching beyond the short posterior rays : ventral with
seven rays, inserted a little nearer to the tip of the mandible
than to the base of the caudal, its length 1|- to 14 in the head
and 24 to 2^ in the space between its origin and the anal, which
is as long as or slightly less than its distance from the base of the
pectoral; pectoral with 14 rays, as long as or a little longer than
the ventral, and less than half the distance between its base
and that fin : caudal emarginate, 6 to 6^ in the total length; least
depth of caudal peduncle 2 to 2| in its length behind the dorsal,
which is 14 tol^inthe head. Vertebrae 57 (37 + 20). Dull yellow,
everywhere closely powdered with minute dusky dots; body with
twelve to fourteen golden, blue-edged transverse bands, which
are moi*e crowded on the tail, and do not extend to the dorsal
and abdominal profiles : fins immaculate. Young examples are
dark brown with bluish transverse bands.

E tymology : — occidentalis, western ; this being the first
species recorded from west of the Murray watershed.

Type in my possession.

Length of largest specimen 105 millimeters.

Distribution : — Streams south of Perth.

This handsome species belongs to the group of which Mesites
attenuatus, Jenyns, is the type and which differs from the typical
Galaxias (type alejjidohis) in its slender, subterete or slightly com-
pressed body, small head which is as wide or a little wider than
deep, small mouth, fewer (six or seven) branchiostegals, small fins,
and emarginate caudal. This group might in future be known
as Austrocobitis, that name being substituted for Mesites, Jenyns,*
preoccupied by Schtinherr in 1838 for a genus of coleopterous
insects.

* Voy. Beagle, Fish. iii. p. 118, 1842.

BY J. DOUGLAS OGILBY. 15^

MONOCENTRID^.

Body ovate, strongly compressed. Head large, with conspicuous
muciferous cavities, the snout blunt and gibbous, projecting
somewhat beyond the mouth. Mouth wide with oblique cleft,
the lower jaw included, broad and truncated in front, with an
o\al, glandular, luminous disc behind the angle. Premaxillaries
protractile, uniting to form a deep symphysial cavity, at the
bottom of which is a similar disc, and constituting the entire
dentigerous portion of the upper jaw; maxillar}^ narrow, sigmoidal,
hidden in front and behind by the shields of the orbital ring,
provided with a large supplemental bone. Teeth minute, closely
set, tubercular, covering the jaws, palatines, pterygoids, and
branchial arches; present or absent on the vomer; tongue tooth-
less or with scattei'ed patches of teeth. Nasal openings large
and patent, separated from one another by a narrow naked
isthmus, which is curved forward across but is not connected
with the deeper curtain which partially divides the nostril from
the wide and deep preorbital cavity; both nostril and cavity are
separated from the eye by a membranous curtain, which is
partially protected along its outer margin l)y a small pyriform
dermal shield; the two preorbital cavities are separated above by
a wide bony bridge but are continuous within, so that there is an
unobstructed view through the snout; each is provided with a
luminous disc near its upper and outer edge. Eye large, situated
in the anterior half of the head. Bones of the head rugose but
not spiniferous, forming a network, the smooth membranous
interspaces profusely punctured by small open pores; suborbital
ring narrow, in part aborted; opercle with a strong curved keel
traversing its upper moiety, but without prominent spine. Gill-
openings wide; gill-membranes separate, free from the isthmus;
gills four; the membrane behind the fourth closed; eight branchi-
ostegals; pseud obranchise present ; gill-rakers short and stout,
densely spinulose. Two separate dorsal fins, the first composed
of a few strong, rough, more or less isolated spines, which are
alternatel}' inclined to left and right; soft dorsal with ele^•en or

160 CONTRIBUTIONS TO AUSTRALIAN ICHTHYOLOGY,

twelve articulated rays ; anal short with ten to twelve rays ;
ventral inserted below the base of the pectoral, with an
enormously developed spine and two to four rudimentary rays;
the spine provided with a locking apparatus, by means of which
it can be immovably fixed at right angles to the axis of the body;
when laid back it fits into a smooth groove outside of the
abdominal scutes; pectoral moderate, asymmetrical, with thirteen
to fifteen rays, the upper the longest ; caudal emarginate and
rather small; all the soft rays strongly spinulose. Scales large,
coarse, and but little imbricated, each with a strong, median

carina, bearing near its centre a stout backwards directed spine,
from the base of which radiate spinulose stripe; abdomen protected
by a series of largely developed scutes; soft dorsal and anal fins

depressible within a scaly groove. Air-bladder large. Pyloric

appendages in small number.

Inhabitants of the Western Pacific and Indian Oceans, residing

possibly at considerable depths but visiting the neighbourhood of

the shore at stated seasons.

Referring to the Japanese species, Monocentris jnponiciis,

Schlegel writes :* " Common in Japan, and found in great

numljers in winter and spring in the Bay of Nagasaki; its flesh

is much relished by the inhabitants of the empire, and they

usually eat it raw."

In comparing our Australian fish with the typical form, several

points immediately claim our attention : —

Primarily all the authors whom I am in a position to consult

— -Cuvier and Valenciennes, Schlegel, and Giinther — agree in

denying to M. jaj^oniciis the presence of vomerine teeth; in fact,

the authors of the " Histoire Naturelle " go out of their way to

remark that the absence of these teeth is " chose singuliere."
The dental diagnosis is thus given by Giinther, "villiform teeth

in the jaws and on the palatine bones, none on the vomer."!

This brief announcement conveys at best but a hazy idea of the

* Fauna Japonica, Pisces, p. 50.
t Catalogue of Fishes, i. p. 9.

BY J. DOUGLAS OGILBY. 161

'dentition of our fish, in which the teeth would more correctly be
termed tubercular, and form in fact a smooth pad-like surface,
■which entirely covers the jaws, both outside and inside, palatines,
pterygoids, and branchial arches, and partially the vomer and
tongue.

There is no reference in any of the authors above mentioned to
the curious bifurcation of the dentary nor to the luminous man-
dibulary disc, the presence of which is, however, the obvious
cause of the departure from its ordinary form which has taken
place in that bone, since the supplementary external limb has
been manifestly provided for the protection of the sensitive light
glands, the teeth with which it is armed beinijj of little or no use
in such a position. The presence of luminous glandular discs, as
such, is not in fact referred to anywhere, though Cuvier and
Valenciennes, in their excellent account of the Japanese fish,
speak of these discs as colour-markings, not recognising their
true character. In addition to these mandibulary discs, there
are, as mentioned in the diagnosis of the family, three other discs,
namely, the maxillary disc, situated at the bottom of the symphy-
sial cavity, and the two preorbital discs, covering the postero-
superior angle of the largely developed cranial canal, which
uninterruptedly pierces the rostral framework from side to side
in front of the eyes. There is no apparent necessity for this
latter pair of luminous discs, unless they are provided for the
purpose of disseminating light immediately in advance of the
visual organs; but with the three remaining discs the case, as it
appears to me, is very different, for I think we may fairly con-
clude that these luminous glands serve as traps to entice their
prey within reach; some such provision would, in fact, be neces-
sary to a species which, having regard to the small size of the fins
and the comparative inflexibility of the dermal incasement, must
needs be possessed of but feeble swimming powers, and the
position of the maxillary and mandibulary discs fully supports
the legitimacy of this deduction. For, while the glow of the
maxillary organ, set as it is in the recess of a cup-shaped cavity,
would only be visible to a creature stationed or passing directly
11

162 CONTRIBUTIONS TO AUSTRALIAN ICHTHYOLOGY,

in front of the fish, the luminosity of the mandibulary organs
would, when the mouth was open, be patent to any animal
approaching from the side or behind, and would thus prove a
valuable adjunct to the symphysial disc of the upper jaw; while
the mere act of closing the mouth would shut off the light when-
ever its presence was liable to prove a source of danger.

Again, the author of the ichthyological portion of Lydekker's
"Royal Natural History" writes of Monocentris jajionicus as
having the scales "articulated together so as to form a solid
armature." Whatever may be the case with regard to the
Japanese fish I do not know, not having a specimen for examina-
tion, but it is certain that no such articulated coat of mail exists
in the Australian species; on the contrary, the scales are normally
developed, though greatly thickened and embossed, and, far from
forming a " solid armature," are only partially imbricated,
especially on the tail, so that the naked skin is plainly visible
through the interstices, as is observable with many snakes.

If the statement as to the articulation of the scales is
correct, and if the luminous organs, which are so conspicuous
in the Australian form, are wanting in the Japanese, there can
be no doubt that our fish must be relegated to a different genus;
but in the absence of special information on these points, I am
not prepared to go so far, and shall, therefore, for the present,
consider De Vis' Cleidopus as a subgenus of Monocentris, restrict-
ing the latter name to those species in which the vomer is toothless.

In the '' Study of Fishes," Giinther announces t\\a.t Monocent7'is
is found at Mauritius, but as I have failed to find any earlier or
fuller record of such occurrence, I am unable to decide whether
the Mauritian fish belongs, as would seem more probable, to our
type or to that of the North Pacific.

Monocentris. •

Monocentris, Bloch and Schneider, Syst. Ichth. p. 100, 1801.
Lepisacanthus, Lacepede, Hist. Nat. Poiss. iii. p. 321, 1802.
Cleidojms, De Vis, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S. Wales, vii. 1882, p. 367.

* Royal Natural History, v. p. 354. The statement is not, so far as I
am aware, confirmed by other authors.

BY J. DOUGLAS OGILBY. 163

Characters included in those of the family.

Movos, single; Kevrpis, a thorn i^JEHiaxi).

Type, Monocentris carinata, Bloch and Schneider = Gasferosteus
japonicus, Houttuyn.

Coasts of Japan, Eastern Australia, and Mauritius; approach-
ins; the shore during the colder months.

Monocentris gloria-maris.

Monocentris japonicus (not Houttuyn), Macleay, Proc. Linn.
Soc. N.S. Wales, v. 1881, p. 510.

Cleidoptis gloria-maris, De Vis, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S. "Wales,
vii. 1882, p. 368.

D. v-vii. 12. A. 11-12. Sc. 2/14-15/4-5.

Depth of body If to If, length of head 2^ to 2| in the total
length; width of interorbital region 2 to 2J, diameter of eye 3 to
3i in the length of the head; snout short and rounded, its height as
great as or greater than its length, which is 4 to | of the diameter
of the eye; upper profile of head behind the gibbosity slightly
concave. Maxillary extending to the vertical from the posterior
border of the eye or not quite so far, its length 2 to 2^
in that of the head, its greatest width 4f to 5^ in its length. 12
gill-rakers on the lower branch of the anterior arch, the longest
about f of the diameter of the eye. Dorsal fin originating above
or very slightly behind the base of the pectoral; second spine
longest, 1^ to 1^ in the length of the head and a little longer than
the third; first spine intermediate in length between the third
and fourth; fifth spine short; these five are always present and
united by membrane at the base; one or two small spines present
or absent between the two dorsals; outer border of soft dorsal
rounded, the middle rays about as long as the first spine : anal
originating below the middle of the soft dorsal, the antei'ior rays
the longest, 2 to 2t in the length of the head: ventral with three
or four rudimentary rays and an enormously developed spine,.

'■-'r.

LIBRARY

164 CONTRIBUTIONS TO AUSTRALIAN ICHTHYOLOGY,

which is ahnost as long as the head and extends to, or nearly to,
the end of the fourth abdominal scute; the free portion of the
spine is longitudinally fluted : pectoral with 14 or 15 rays, If to
H in the length of the head : caudal fin about i of the total
length; the peduncle rather weak, its depth equal to or less than
the diameter of the eye. Abdominal scutes five, the second the
longest, as long as the terminal pair and about f of the length of
the ventral spine; soft dorsal and anal sheaths composed of three
pairs of scales, each of which is armed with a strong denticulated
spine and an outer serrated edge; expanded portion of the max-
illary closely studded with short, stout, conical spines, that part
which impinges upon the orbit being smooth or nearly so; opercle
with spinulose strife radiating from the base of the keel; remain-
ing bones of the head irregularly spinulose and pitted. Whitish
with a golden gloss anteriorly, the black skin visible between the
scales, especially on the tail; lips and chin black, the naked space
between the mandibles with numerous broad, fleshy, white
tentacles; luminous discs yellow; bony portion of maxilla and the
skin behind and beneath it white; tips of the larger gill- rakers
dull blue.

Etymology : — gloria, glory; maris, of the sea.

Type examined, in the Queensland Museum.

Length to 225 millimeters.

Eastern coast of Australia, south to Port Jackson.

The " Knight-fish," so called because of the coat of mail by
which it is protected, occurs sporadically on our coast, usually
among the detritus washed up on the beach during storm}^ weather.
It may not, however, be so uncommon as would appear from the
small number of specimens to be found in our museums, for, being
plainly a fish which haunts rocky localities, it would necessarily
be out of reach of our net fishermen, while its sluggish habits and
dependence on the eflicacy of its luminous traps to lure its prey
within its reach — a mode of angling which of course necessitates
absolute quietude in the angler — -takes it equally out of the scope
of the line fisher's art, unless he should chance to drop the bait
literally into its mouth.

BY J. DOUGLAS OGILBY. 165

In addition to the type specimen, I have been able to examine
four others, three of which are in the Australian Museum and
were obtained from Port Jackson (2) and Port Stephens, while
the fourth was kindly lent me by Mr. A. Finckh, of the Techno-
logical Museum.

CH EILODIPTERID^.

Apogon ruppellii.

Apogon rup^fellii, Giinther, Catal. Fish. i. p. 236, 1859; Port
Darwin.

D. vii, i 9. A. ii 9-10. Sc. 2/25-26/6.

Depth of body 2i to 2|, length of head 2| to 2f in the total
length. Dorsal profile strongly, abdominal moderately arched;
upper profile of head slightly rounded. Snout i to f of the
diameter of the eye, which is 2|- to 3 in the length of the head.
Interorbital region flat, its width 3^ to 3§ in the head. Maxillary
concave posteriorly, extending to the vertical from the middle of
the eye, its length ^ of that of the head, its width at the distal
extremity 2i to 2i in the diameter of the eye. Outer edge of
preopercle serrated, most strongly at the broadly rounded angle;
inner ridge with a few serr£e at the angle. Cheek with a single
series of tube-bearing scales. Gill-rakers 4-F 1:^, the longest h of
the eye. Dorsal fin originating above the base of the pectoral,
its distance from the tip of the snout 4 to ^ of that from the base
of the caudal; third and fourth spines equal or the fourth a little
the longer, § to 4 of the head and ^ to I of the longest soft rays;
spine of second doi"sal as long as or a little shorter than that of
first; length of second dorsal 'i of its height and less than that of
the anal : second anal spine about as long as the fifth dorsal, f
to 4 of the rays, which are subequal to those of the dorsal :
ventrals pointed, 4 to 4 of the head, and reaching beyond the
origin of the anal : pectoral with 1 4 rays, reaching to the vertical
from the 13th or 14th scale of the lateral line, 4 to f of the
head : caudal rounded, 3|- in the total length ; least depth of
caudal peduncle | to 4 of its length and 2| to 2i in the depth of

166 CONTRIBUTIONS TO AUSTRALIAN ICHTHYOLOGY,

the body. Vertebrse reddish; a series of nine to eleven black
spots along the lateral line; a similar spot at the base of the
last dorsal and anal rays, and two or three on the upper edge of
the peduncle; border of some of the anterior scales above the
lateral line black; an oblique bar from the eye to the angle of the
preopercle, consisting of numerous small pearly black-edged spots:
fins yellowish, the first dorsal apparently with dusky tip.

Etymology: — Named for Dr. Riippell, author of several
works on the fishes of the Red Sea.

Type in the South Kensington Museum.

Total length 110 millimeters.

Distribution : — West coast of Australia. Giinther's type
came from Port Darwin. There are two specimens in Mr. Lea's
collections, one, the larger, from Pelsart Island, and a second (50
millimeters) from the neighbourhood of Perth.

SERRANID^.

BOSTOCKIA.

Bostockia, Castelnau, Proc. Zool. & Acclim. Soc. Vict. ii. 1873,
p. 126 (porosa).

Body oblong, compressed. Scales moderate, adherent, cycloid,
concentricall}'- striated. Lateral line complete or incomplete, the
tube straight, each extending over at least two scales (in hemi-
gramma). Head large, partially naked ; snout broad and
depressed; muciferous system largely developed. Mouth with
rather wide, oblique cleft, the chin slightly protruding. Premax-
illaries but little protractile; maxillary exposed, naked, with sup-
plemental bone. Jaws, vomer, and palatines with bands of
villiform teeth; pterygoids and tongue smooth; lower pharyngeal
bones narrow, the teeth acute and conical. Nostrils distant, the
anterior on the border of the lip, tubular. Eyes moderate, high,
sublateral. Preopercle with a double ridge, the outer serrated;
opercle with a single spine, the lobe well developed. Gill-openings
wide; gill-membranes separate, free from the isthmus; six branchi-
ostegals; pseudobranchise rudimentary; gill-rakers short and clavi-

BY J. DOUGLAS OGILBY. 167

form or tubercular, few in number. One dorsal fin, with vii-viii
15-17 rays, the soft portion longer than the spinous; anal shorter
than the dorsal, with iii 10-11 rays; ventrals small, inserted a
little behind the pectorals, close together, with a strong spine and
five soft rays; pectorals moderate, rounded, with 12 or 13 rays,
the middle the longest ; caudal rounded or obtusely pointed.
Vertebrae 33 (in hemigramma).

Etymology: — Named for the Rev. — Bostock, who made'
considei'able collections in West Australia from twenty-five to
thii'ty years ago.

Type : — Bostockia porosa, Castelnau.

Distribution : — Fresh waters of West Australia.

The genus Bostockia was proposed by Castelnau in 1873 for
the reception of a fish found " in the small watercourses of the
interior of Western Australia." Since that time the genus has
not been again recorded until now. Castelnau has erred strangely
in the position to which he has assigned his new genus. He
remarks : — " This genus of Percidca appears nearly allied to
Glcmcosoma " ; the latter, however, belongs to the Lutianidce,
while Bostockia is a true serranid and should, I think, be placed
near 2facqti,aria.

The most obvious difference between the present species and
Bostockia porosa lies in the formation of the lateral line, which
in B. hemigramma ceases at or before the vertical from the origin
of the anal fin, while in the typical form, according to its
describer, "the lateral line follows regularly the profile of the
back to the base of the caudal." Wei^e it not that in almost
every other structural character my fish resembles that of Castel-
nau, this difference might be taken as constituting a claim to
generic validity, but instances of a similar variation of construc-
tion are not wanting in other percoidean genera, such as Ennea-
canthus, Apomotis and Am,bassis, though I am unaware of any
such in a typical serranid.

The two species may be synoptically arranged as below : —
Lateral line complete; inner ridge of preopercle serrated ante-
riorly; caudal fin rounded ... ... ... ... porosa.

168 CONTRIBUTIONS TO AUSTRALIAN ICHTHYOLOGY,

Lateral line incomplete ; inner ridge of preopercle everywhere
entire; caudal fin obtusely pointed ... hemigramma.

BOSTOCKIA HEMIGRAMMA, Sp.nOV.

D.vii-viii 15-17. A. iiilO-11. Sc. 43-47/24. L.l. 8-15.

Depth of body 3 to 3f , length of head 2| to 3i in the total
length. Dorsal profile much more strongly arched than the
abdominal; upper profile of head concave before the eyes in the
adult, nearly linear in the young. Diameter of eye 4| to 4| in
the length of the head and equal to or a little less than that of
the snout. Interorbital region gently rounded, its width 4j to
5^ in the head. Maxillary extending to the vertical from the
middle or posterior border of the pupil, its length 2i to 2|^ in the
head, its width at the distal extremity | to -^^ of the diameter of
the eye. Outer border of preopercle with 4 to 6 strong, hidden,
antrorse spines on the lower limb and angle; inner ridge entire.
Gill-rakers 4 4-7, mostly tubercular. Dorsal originating behind
the base of the pectoral; spines strong, the first minute and often
imperceptible, increasing in length to the fourth, which is § to ^
of the head and |- to | of the longest soft rays, which are in the
latter half of the fin : second anal spine longer and stronger than
the third, ^ to i of the head and f to |^ of the longest soft rays:*
ventral rounded, |^ to ^ of the head and 4 to ^ of the space between
its origin and the vent : pectoral -| to | of the head : caudal sub-
cuneate, 3f to 4 in the total length ; least depth of caudal
peduncle equal to or a little shorter than its length and ^ to f of
the depth of the body. A large open pore below the chin and
another at the origin of the lateral line. 24 series of scales in a
transverse line between the first soft dorsal ray and the anal.
Lateral line tubes very variable, never extending beyond the
vertical from the origin of the anal. Vertebrae 12-1-21. Tawny-
yellow, more or less obscured by dark brown : fins yellow, the soft

* The dorsal and anal spines are proportionately much longer in younj
than in large examples.

BY J. DOUGLAS OGILBY.

16^

dorsal and anal with a median dusky band, the caudal spotted
with brown.

Etymology : — {jfj-i, half; ypanixi] line.

Total length to 115 millimeters.

Type in the author's possession.

Distribution — Coastal streams south of Perth, West
Australia.

Epinephelides, gen.nov.

Body oblong, compressed. Scales small, adherent, ctenoid,
roughened along the outer border, the exposed surface coarsely
striated except a small oval basal patch. Lateral line continuous,
the tubes bifurcate on the curved portion, simple on the straight,
extending to the posterior border of the scale. Head large, scaly,
excejDt the snout, maxillary, and mandible. Mouth with wide,
oblique cleft; lower jaw prominent. Premaxillaries protractile;
maxillary' exposed, ridged anteriorl}^, without supplemental bone.
Jaws with a band of villiform teeth, the inner of which are
depressible and hinged; a pair of large curved canines in front of
each jaw, and a second pair on each side of the lower jaw; villi-
form teeth on the vomer and palatines; pterygoids and tongue
smooth. Nostrils approximate, the anterior small and round, the
posterior a subvertical, oval slit. Eyes large, lateral, high.
Preopercle serrated behind, the lower limb with large antrorse
spines; opercle with three spines; subopercle serrated. Gill-open-
ings wide; gill-membranes separate, free from the isthmus; seven
branchiostegals ; pseudobranchise present; gill-rakers moderate,
cultriform, in small numbers. All the fins with scaly bases;
dorsal fin with x 20 rays, the soft portion somewhat longer than
the spinous; anal short, with ii 8 rays; ventrals inserted below
the base of the pectorals, close together, with a strong spine and
five soft rays; pectoral large, obtusely pointed, with 15 rays, the
middle the longest, none of them dilated ; caudal emarginate.
Posterior processes of the premaxillaries extending to the frontal;
cranium smooth and convex behind the orbits; suiDraoccipital and
parietal bones very short, with strong crests.

Etymology : — Epinej^helus, an allied genus; e'tSoj, resembling.

170 CONTRIBUTIONS TO AUSTRALIAN ICHTHYOLOGY,

Type: — Ejnnejjhelides leai.

Distribution : — West Australia.

This genus differs from Gilhertia in the striated scales, pro-
minent lower jaw, three-spined opercle, number of anal spines,
non-dilatation of the lower pectoral rays, emarginate caudal, and
backward extension of the posterior process of the premaxillaries.

The first soft ray of the anal fin is simple and spine-like, much
shorter than the second, being in fact scarcely or not longer than
the enormously developed second spine, and though it is con-
spicuously articulated throughout two-thirds of its length, it is
quite possible that this may be an accidental variation peculiar
to the individual and not constant, in which case the anal spines
would be of the normal number, three. It is on this account
that I have not laid much stress on this character, preferring to
wait until other examples are available for comparison.

I am not fully satisfied as to the advisability of associating
Plectropoma semicinctum, Cuvier and Valenciennes,* and P.
annulatum, Giinther,! with P. nigroruhr-um, C.V.,| as it appears
to me that the strongly marked lateral line with its differently
constructed tubes, is worthy of more consideration than has so
far been given to it. Fortunately there is no need to seek for a
new generic designation, since the two former would still remain
under the name Gilbertia,^ of which P. seinicinctu7n is the type,
while the latter is the sole representative of Hypoplectrodes,\\ Gill,
•defined by Poey in 1871.^

Epinephelides leai, sp.nov.

D. X. 20. A. ii. 8. Sc. 6/76/29. L.l. 64.

Depth of body 2|, length of head 2§ in the total length.
Dorsal profile of body more strongly arched than the abdominal;

* Hist. Nat. Poiss. ix. p. 442, 18.33.

t Catal. Fish. i. p. 158, 1859, Port Jackson.

X L.c. li. p. 402, 1828.

§ Jordan and Eigenmann, Bull. U.S. Fish. Comm. viii. 1890, p. 346.

li Proc. Ac. Nat. Sc. Philad. 1862, p. 236.

H Ann. N. York Lye. Nat. Hist. x. p. 45, 1871.

I

BY J. DOUGLAS OGILBV. 171

upper profile of head rounded. Diameter of eye 4^ in the length
of the head and as long as the snout. Interorbital region flat,
its width 74 in the head; supraciliar^'- ridges rather feeble. Max-
illary extending to the vertical from the middle of the eye, its
length from the tip of the snout ^ of the head, its width at the
distal extremity |- of the diameter of the eye. Anterior canines
strong and hooked, those of the upper jaw the longest; lower jaw
with a pair on each side; vomerine teeth in an obtusangular
band, the outer slightly enlarged; pectoral band biserial. Pre-
opercle finely and evenly serrated on its vertical limb, the lower
with two or three strong antrorse spines; middle opercular spine
the strongest, nearer to the lower than to the upper; lower spine
not further back than the upper; subopercle with three or four
small denticulations inferiorly. Gill-rakers 6 -f 7, those on the
upper branch rudimentary; the longest ^ of the diameter of the
eye. Dorsal fin originating above the outer border of the opercle
and terminating well behind the anal; spines moderate, the tenth
as long as the third, the fifth the lonijest, 24 in the head and 4
of the longest soft I'aj'^s : second anal spine stronger and longer
than the longest dorsal spine, 2| in the head and | of the second
and longest soft ray : ventral spine strong and curved, not quite
so long as the second anal, its length | of the outer ray, which is
1§ of the head and nearly reaches to the vent: pectoral with 15
rays, 14 in the head : caudal emarginate, the outer rays ^, the
middle ^ of the total length; caudal peduncle deeper than long,
its least depth 2f in the depth of the body. Scales of opercle
nearly as large as those of the body; on the rest of the head much
smaller. Lateral line well marked, the anterior tubes bifurcate,
the posterior simple and straight Dark reddish-brown, the sides
of the head and the pectoral region lighter : fins purplish-black,
the bases of the dorsal, caudal, and anal orange-red.

Etymology : — Named for Arthur Mills Lea, Government
Entomologist of Western Australia, who has kindly interested
himself, in the face of manifold difficulties of transit, etc., in
collecting fishes for the use of the work on the " Fishes of
Australasia."

172 CONTRIBUTIONS TO AUSTRALIAN ICHTHYOLOGY,

Type in my possession.

Distribution : — Pelsart Island, Houtman Abrolhos Group.

At the first glance this fish bears such a superficial resemblance
to the Epiiiephelus type that one would naturally put it down as
such, but a closer examination at once reveals its proximity to
the Gilhertia-Coljiognathas type.

In many of its characters this fish bears an extraordinarily
close resemblance to the Serranus armatus of Castelnau* described
originally from the Swan River, West Australia,! even the
coloration being practically the same, but it differs in having
but one anterior canine to each ramus of the jaws, two on each
side of the lower jaw, palatine teeth few in a narrow band, strong
antrorse teeth on the lower limb of the preopercle, three spines
on the opercle, second anal spine much the strongest, and fifteen-
rayed pectoral.

The unique example collected by Mr. Lea measures 122
millimeters.

CALLANTHIIN^.

During the month of November, 1897, 1 obtained in the Sydney
Market a specimen of Callanthias, which I at once recognised as
being distinct from the Tasmanian C aUporti^ but being at the
time engaged in the study of our silurids, I neglected to describe
the species. Subsequently the "Thetis" expedition obtained six
examples "off North Head, 36 miles north of Port Jackson,
in 32 to 45 J fathoms " as recorded by Mr. Waite, under the name
of Callanthias allporti in the Government " Report upon trawling
operations off the coast of New South Wales . . . carried on
by H.M.C.S. 'Thetis,' 1898." On talking over the matter with

* Res. Fish. Austr. p. 7, 1875.

t By a printer's error this species is said to come from the "Suran
River" in the second edition of the British Museum Catalogue of Fishes,
i. p 309. On the preceding page of the same magnificent woris another
error has crept in, the pagination of Gilbertia annulata in Giinther's Cata-
logue being given as 415 instead of 158.

X 48 doubtless by a printer's error; see page 9, fifteenth haul.

BY J. DOUGLAS OGILBY. 173

Mr. Waite, it was agreed that in his enlarged report the species
should be described as CaUcmthias australis, but before this could
be carried into effect I received from Dr. Franz Steindachner a
pamphlet containing, among other matter, the description of a
Callanthias from Juan Fernandez, to which the name C. platei
was given, and which does not appear to be specifically distin-
guishable from our fish. In fact, the only appreciable differences
lie in the larger head and eye, somewhat shorter maxillary, and
some slight variation in the fin and scale formula in our species,
which may be synoptically arranged as follows : —

a. Head a little more than 4 to 4| in total length; diameter
of eye a little more than 3 to nearly 3| in the head; max-
illary extending to below the middle of the eye in the
adult, not so far in the young. D. xi 11-12. P. 20. Sc.

21-3/42-45/17 j^latei.

aa. Head 3| to 3|^ in total length; diameter of eye 2| to 3 in
the head; maxillary not extending beyond anterior border
of pupil at any age. D. xi 10-11. P. 21-22. Sc. 2/42-
43/15' ... ... ... ... ... platei australis.

There is but little difference in the size of the examples
examined by Dr. Steindachner and myself, so that one would
hardly expect to find such a constant variation in the propor-
tionate measurements as has been pointed out above; it is, there-
fore, proposed to differentiate our form subspecifically as Callan-
thias platei australis. Dr. Steindachner's specimens measured
from 157 to 240 millimeters, mine from 178 to 220. In freshly
caught examoles there are some slight differences in coloration;
for instance, referring to Cjilatei, Dr. Plate writes, " the dorsal
and anal fins are dark red " ; in the Australian fish these fins are
grey or greyish-pink, with a narrow but conspicuous violet
marginal band; of the caudal tin Dr. Plate remarks, "sometimes
the red, sometimes the violet predominates," while in our form
the following pattern is very constant : " base and a broad sub-
marginal band above and below golden, the middle rays yellowish-
grey with violet tips, the rest of the fin violet;" in the Juan

174: CONTRIBUTIONS TO AUSTRALIAN ICHTHYOLOGY,

Fernandez fish the iris is blackish, in ours golden, clouded with
brown and bordered above with violet; nor is any mention made
by Dr. Plate of the conspicuous orange spot behind the base of
the pectoral fin. In their habits, also, the two forms appear to
show considerable variation, for while the New South Wales fish
is only taken at the bottom on rocky ground by persons engaged
in fishing for schnapper, (PcKjroscmiics auratus) as in the case of
two examples which I have had the privilege of critically examin-
ing, or by the trawl net in similar localities, as was the experience
of the "Thetis" stafi",* Dr. Plate writes of the eastern Pacific
form that it arrives at the island at rare and irregular intervals
in vast shoals consisting of many hundreds of individuals, and
states that he has seen such swarms of fishes that they seemed
to form a solid mass beneath the surface of the water, showing
like golden spots in the remoter distance. Enough has, I think,
been said to justify the subspecific separation of the two forms.
The range of C aUaHthias jylatei and its subspecies may be given
as throughout the South Pacific from the east coast of Australia
to Juan Fernandez, and it may therefore be expected to be found
eventuall}^ in the New Zealand seas.

This fish is the second species of true C allanthias as yet des-
cribed, for, as I shall endeavour to show below, the Tasmanian
fish commonly known as Callanthias allporti must be removed
from that genus From the eastern Atlantic and Mediterranean
C. peloritanus our species may be distinguished as follows : —

a. Depth of body equal to length of head, 3J to 3f in total
length; eye twice the length of snout, 2g to 2§ in the
head ; maxillary extending to below the middle of the
eye, its distal width \ of the eye ; lateral line 22-25,
ending below last dorsal ray ... ... peloritanus.

* "The necessity for raising the net was brought about by the fact of the
trawl showing indications of having met with some obstruction.. Wlien
hauled up it was shown that the cod-end of the net was torn slightly and
that the foot-line was broken at the specially weakened part." And again,
"They were probably netted among rocks, as obstructions were met with
which rendered the raising of the trawl a necessity." (Waite, I.e. pp. 9
and 31).

I

BY J. DOUGLAS OGILBY. 175

aa. Depth of body much greater than length of head, '2^^ to 3i
in total length; eye li to 1^ times length of snout, 2| to
3 J in the head; maxillary extending to below the middle
of the eye or not so far, its distal width |^ to f of
the eye; lateral line 38-40, ending close in front of the
caudal ... ... ... ... ... ... j)latei.

I have mentioned above that I find it necessary to separate the
Tasmanian C. allporti from the true Gallanthias as hei'6 restricted,
placing it in a monotypic genus for which the name Anogramma
is proposed, and I further submit that these two genera along
with Gramma, Poe}'^, might conveniently be associated in a sub-
family CaUanthiince, of equal value to and intermediate between
the Anthiince on the one hand and the Plesiojnncc on the other.
The subfamily and the genera may be briefly tabulated thus : — ■

Callaxthiin.1: : — Lateral line single, incomplete or interrupted
high; a conspicuous scaly process between the ventral fins.

a. Vomerine teeth weak or absent ; lateral line incomplete ;
maxillary scaly.

Gallanthias (kciWos, beautiful; Anthias), Lowe, Proc.
Zool. Soc. London, 1839, p. 76 (jyeloritanus).

aa. Vomerine teeth strong.

b. Lateral line incomplete; maxillary scaly.

Anogramma («i/co, high; ypafx^i^, line), gen.nov. {cdlporti).

hb. Lateral line interrupted; maxillary naked.

Gramma {ypafXfxrj, line,) Poey, Syn. Pise. Cuben. p. 296,
1868 {loreto).

Edelia.

Edelia, Castelnau, PrOc. Zool. & Acclim. Soc. Vict. ii. 1873, p. 123,

{vittata').

Body oblong, compressed. Scales large, adherent, finely
ciliated, concentrically striated. Lateral line complete, the
tubes few, irregular, simple, extending along the entire exposed
surface of the scale. Head moderate, almost entirely seal}'.

176 CONTRIBUTIONS TO AUSTRALIAN ICHTHYOLOGY,

Mouth with small, oblique cleft; jaws equal. Premaxillaries
protractile; maxillary exposed at the distal extremity only, naked.
Small teeth in the jaws; vomer, palatines,* pterygoids, and
tongue smooth. Nostrils distant, simple. Eyes moderate, lateral,
high. Preopercle entire, with a double ridge ; opercle with two
spines. Gill-openings wide ; gill-membranes united in front, free
from the isthmus ; six branchiostegals ; pseudobranchipe present;
gill-rakers short and few. Two dorsal fins, connected at the base,
with vii-viii, i 9 rays, the spinous longer than the soft; anal short,
with iii 8 rays; ventrals inserted behind the base of the pectorals,
close together, with a strong spine and five soft rays; pectorals
rounded, with 12 or 13 rays, the middle the longest; caudal
rounded. Vertebrae 12 -H 18 = 30. (Deriv, ign.)

Fresh-water fishes of small size from West Australia.

I am by no means sure of the correct position of this genus in
the natural system.

Edelia vittata.

Edelia vittata, Castelnau, Proc. Zool. & Acclim. Soc. Vict. ii.
1873, p. 124; Interior of West Australia.

? Edelia viridis, Castelnau, I.e. p. 125; Interior of South-western
Australia.

D vii-viii, i 9 A. iii 8. Sc. 29-30/11-12. L.l. 12-15.

Depth of body 24 to 3i, length of head 31 to 3| in the total
length. Dorsal profile more strongly arched than the abdominal;
upper profile of head obliquely linear. Snout as long as or a little
shorter than the diameter of the eye, which is 3| to 34 in the
length of the head. Interorbital region convex, its width 34 to
4| in the head. Maxillary not extending to the vertical from
the front margin of the eye, its length 3| to 4^ in the head, its
width at the distal extremity 3^ to 3| in the diameter of the eye.
Three series of scales between the eye and the angle of the pre-

* Castelnau found teeth on the palatine bones, but I fail to discover
them.

I

BY J. DOUGLAS OCxILBY. 177

opercle ; lower opercular spine the longer. Gill-rakers 4 + 8.
Dorsal fin originating above the last fourth of the pectoral, a
little nearer to the tip of the snout than to the base of the caudal;
spines strong and curved, the first minute and often wanting, the
third the longest, § to 4 of the head and a little longer than the
middle soft rays ; spine of second dorsal very short, but little
longer than the last of the spinous; length of soft dorsal | to f of
its height and as long as or somewhat less than that of the anal :
second anal spine stronger and longer than the third, |^ to f of
the anterior soft rays : ventral rounded, 4 to f of the head and
I" to 4 of the space between its origin and the vent: pectoral with
12 or 13 rays, reaching to the 7th or 8th body scale, 4 to ^ of the
head : caudal rounded, if to i'i in the total length; least depth
of caudal peduncle § to i of its length and f to }r of the depth of
the body. Reddish-brown or olive-green above, orange or yellow
below; a blackisli band or series of blackish spots along the
middle of the body, souietimes reduced to a single shoulder spot;
sometimes a less conspicuous band above and another below the
median band : fins pale brown the anterior rays of the anal and
the outer rays of the ventrals dusky; sometimes these tins are
ornamented with small black spots.

Etymology : — vittafa, striped.

Total length to 60 millimeters (10 fide Castelnau).

With the exception of the coloration, always an unstable
character on which to rely, the following are absolutely the only
distiniiuishinsr characters between Edelia vittata and E. viridis as
given liy Castelnau : —In the latter the " first dorsal is placed
rather more forward than in E. vittata " and the caudal is pointed,
while in vittata it is rounded.

THERAPONID^.

Therapon humeralis, sp.nov.
D. xii 11. A. iii 10. Sc. 14/88/36. L.l. 69.

Depth of body 3 to 34, length of head 3| to 3^ in the total
length. Dorsal profile more strongly arched than the abdominal;
12

178 CONTRIBUTIONS TO AUSTRALIAN ICHTHYOLOGY,

upper profile of head feebly convex, the snout obtuse. Diameter
of eye 3| in the length of the head and 4 of that of the snout.
Interorbital region gently rounded, its width 4^ in the head.
Jaws equal. Maxillary scarcely extending to the vertical from
the anterior border of the eye, its length ^ of the head, the width
of its distal extremity | of the diameter of the eye. No vomerine
or palatine teeth. Preorbital strongly serrated on the postero-
inferior angle. Outer limb of preopercle naked, the lower border
inconspicuously, the angle and hinder border strongly, denticulated;
preopercular scales in eight transverse series, interopevcular in
two or three; lower opercular spine much the longer, strong, and
acute. Gill-rakers 5 + 13, the longest ^^^ of the eye. Dorsal fin
high, originating slightly behind the base of the pectoral, the
spines increasing in length to the fifth, which is 1 1 in the length
of the head and subequal to the third and longest soft ray; first
spine rather less than half as long as the last, which is shorter
than the penultimate and -| of the third soft ray : anal much
longer than its distance from the caudal, the second spine slightly
exceeding the third in length, 2 to 2i in the head; outer border
of soft dorsal and anal rays convex : ventral rounded, with the
outer ray slightly produced, 4 of the head and nearly reaching to
the vent : pectoral with 1 4 rays, i- of the head : caudal sub-
truncate, with the angles rounded, 4| in the total length; least
depth of caudal peduncle 1;^ in its length and 24 in the depth of
the body. Light brown above, grey below; five indistinct broad
brown bands across the back but not continued below the lateral
line; a lai'ge oval blackish shoulder-spot below the lateral line; a
narrow blackish band below the eye and a second through the
eye to the preopercle: caudal fin profusely, soft dorsal and anal
sparingly, spotted with dark brown.

Etymology: — humeralis, belonging to the shoulder; in
reference to the conspicuous dark shoulder-spot.

Type in the author's possession.

Distribution : — Pelsart Island, Houtman's Abrolhos, West
Australia, where a single example, 175 millimeters in length, was
obtained by Mr. Lea.

BY J. DOUGLAS OGILBY. 17^

This species is allied to Thera'pon dUpticus, Richardson, from
which, however, it differs in the fin and scale formula, the more
strongly arched spinous dorsal, the truncated caudal, and the
somewhat different pattern of the coloration. Richardson's
species is also said to belong to the fresh-water section of the
genus, while the present fish is a marine form.

PSEUDOSCARUS GYMNOGNATHOS.

Scarus gymnognatJios, Bleeker, Nat. Tijdschr. Nederl. Ind. iv.
1853, p. 498, Batavia.

Fseudoscarus gymnognathos, Bleeker, Atl. Ichth. i. p. 28, pi. xv.
f. 3, 1862.

Fseudoscarus gymnognathus, Giinther, Catal. Fish. iv. p. 239, 1862.

D. ix 10. A. ii 8. L.I. 20 + 6. L.tr. 2/7.
Depth of body 24, length of head 3 in the total length. Upper
profile of head convex, with a well-marked concavity in front of
the eyes. Diameter of eye 4| in the length of the head and ^ of
that of the snout. Lips covering about half the jaws, the inner
not reaching midway to the symphysis. Cheek-scales in two
transverse sei'ies, the lower consisting of six scales, all but the
first of which encroach on the jDreopercle; interopercle with a
single series. Jaws reddish-brown, with the tips white ; no
posterior pointed teeth. Nostrils minute, the anterior without
tentacle. Gill-rakers 13-f24. Dorsal fin originating above the
angle of the bony opercle; fourth and fifth spines longest, 2~ in the
head and as long as the penultimate and longest rays: anal com-
mencing below the second soft dorsal ray, the space between its
origin and the base of the caudal but little more than the length of
the head; second spine shorter than the first dorsal spine; dorsal
and anal fins angulated posteriorly: ventral pointed, 1-i in the head
and 14 in the distance between its origin and the anal : pectoral
with 15 rays, extending to the eighth scale of the lateral line, 1 1
in the head : caudal rounded, i of the total length; least depth
of caudal peduncle |- of its length and 2^ in the depth of the
body. Olive-bi'own, many of the scales darker at the base; the

180 CONTRIBUTIONS TO AUSTRALIAN ICHTHYOLOGY,

three lowest series of scales with a median longitudinal golden
bar, forming together continuous bands, the upper of which is
faintest and does not extend forward be3'ond the tip of the
pectoral ; lips and snout violet : dorsal and anal fins violet,
with a narrow dark marginal band; ventrals and pectorals gray,
more or less tinged with yellow; caudal yellow, broadly tip])ed
with violet.

Etymology : — yvfxpos, naked; yvados, jaw.

Distribution: — Pelsart Island, Houtman's Abrolhos.

The description is taken from a single specimen captured by
Mr. Lea and measuring 191: millimeters. It seems to agree more
closely with Bleeker's P. yymnoynathos than with any other
species, but I am by no means assured that it is that species.

The following family not having hitherto been recorded from
Australian waters, it is advisable, on behalf of local ichthyologists,
to supplement the late Sir William Macleay's Catalogue by a
more extended notice than would otherwise be necessary.

CEPOLID^.

The Band-Fishes.

Body elongate, compressed, provided with minute, cycloid
scales. Lateral line incomplete. Head small, compressed; snout
short and blunt. Mouth anterior, with rather wide, oblique
cleft; lower jaw slightly projecting. Premaxillaries protractile;
maxillary exposed, strongly dilated distally, reaching to below
the eyes. Teeth in the jaws moderate, unequal, more numerous
in the upper, some of them caninoid; vomer, palatines, pterygoids,
and tongue toothless. Nostrils approximate. Eyes large, sub-
lateral. Gill-openings wide ; gill-membranes separate, almost
wholly free from the isthmus; gills four, a slit behind the fourth;
six branchiostegals ; pseudobrauchiaj present. Vent anterior,
without prominent papilla. Dorsal and anal fins long, consisting
entirely of articulated rays, more or less continuous with the
caudal; ventrals small, thoracic, close together, with a feeble
spine and five soft rays; pectorals small, submedian. Air-bladder

BY J. DOUGLAS OGILBY. 181

present. Pyloric appendages in small number. No bony articu-
lation between the infraorbital bone and the angle of the pre-
opercle. Premaxillary processes short ; occipital crest feeble.
Caudal portion of the vertebral column very long. Vertebrse 69
(15 + 54) in Cepola macrojjhthal.Tnus.

Band-like fishes of moderate size, inhabiting the Mediterranean,
north-eastern Atlantic, north-western Pacific, Indian and south-
eastern Australian seas.

Two genera are now recognised, and though the first only has
as yet been discovered within our limits, the second, having two
representatives in the Indian and a third in the Malayan seas,
will perhaps eventually be found on our north-western coast. To
facilitate the recognition of the two forms, the following brief
analysis is given : —

Preopercle entii'e ; scales non-imbricate ; head wholly

naked ... ... ... ... ... ... Cepola*

Preopercle strongly spinate or denticulate ; scales imbricate ;
head partially scaly ... ... ... Acanthocepola.

With respect to the systematic position of the Cepolidce, it is
generally conceded at the present day that they fall most fitly
between the Gobioidei and jBletinioidei, or to be more exact,
between the Dragonets ( C allionymido', ) and the scaly blenniids
(Clinida'). The former family, however, along with the allied
Platypteridre, both of which have been associated by most British
and continental writers with the true gobies and eleotrins in the
somewhat heterogeneous family Gobiida' of Cuvier, Giinther, and
others, diff'er from that family in so many important characters
(such as the enormously protractile premaxillaries, the greatly
developed preopercular spine, the widely separated ventral fins,
ifec.) that it has been proposed, and I think with justice, to differ-
entiate them as an equivalent group under the name Calliony-
inoidei, a group which perhaps has more affinity to the Platy-
cephaloidei than is generally admitted. The Cepolidce have,
however, been more usually associated with the blennioid than
with" the gobioid types, but they differ intrinsically from the

182 CONTRIBUTIONS TO AUSTRALIAN ICHTHYOLOGY,

former in the possession of thoracic and quinqueradial instead of
jugular and pauciradial ventral tins. Gill places the Gadopsidce
— a family which is structurally much more intimately related to
the blennioid than to the gadoid fishes — next to the Cepolidce
and between them and the Clinidce. Reviewing the situation in
the light of our present knowledge, I am inclined to place the
Cepolidce between the eleotrine gobies and Gadoj)sis.

Cepola.

Cepola, Linnaeus, Syst. Nat. ed. 12, i. p. 445, 1766.

Body tsenioid. Scales non-imbricate, deeply embedded. Lateral
line originating above the opercle, thence obliquely ascending to
the base of the dorsal fin, along which it runs for a variable
length. Head entirely naked. Teeth in the jaws in a single
series, the anterior strong and hooked; lower jaw with or without
a short supplementary series anteriorly. Preopercle entire ;
opercle with a small concealed spine. Gill-rakers long, rather
stout, in moderate number. Dorsal fin originating above the
opercle, with 57 to 82 rays; anal very long, coextensive with the
caudal portion of the vertebral column, with 48 to 79 rays ;
pectoral rounded, with 12 to 16 rays, the middle the longest;
caudal narrow and pointed.

Etymology — CepoJe, Cepolla, or Cepula, the names given
by the Roman fishermen according to Willughby (Hist. Pise,
p. 116) : perhaps from ceps, head (Jordan, in lit.)

Type: — Cepola macrophthahnus, Linn?eus.

Distribution : — Mediterranean and north-eastern Atlantic,
occasionally visiting the British Isles, sometimes even in consider-
able numbers upon their southern shores (C macrophthalmxis);*
north-western Pacific (C. schlegelii);i and south-eastern Australia
(C. australis). i

• Cepola macrophthafmus, Linnaeus, Syst. Nat. ed. x., Mediterranean.
Syn. Ophidioii 7nacrophthalmicnt— Cepola nibesceii>> (fide Jordan).

t Cepola schlegelii, Bleeker, Verb. Batav. Gen. xxvd. 1856, p. 110.

J Cepola australis, sp.nov, (v. infra).

BY J. DOUGLAS OGILBY. 183

These three species are very closely related, but may apparently
he distinguished from one another by the following characters : —

a. Head -^^ or less of total length. No anterior supplementary
teeth in the lower jaw. A black spot between the pre-
maxillary and maxillary.

b. Dorsal more than 70, anal more than 60; dorsal and anal
tins broadly united to the caudal ... ... ^chleyelU.

lib. Dorsal 67-74, anal 60-70; dorsal and anal fins narrowly

united to the caudal .. ... macrophihalmus.

aa. Head i of the total length. ''^ An anterior supplementary

band of teeth in the lower jaw. No black spot between

the premaxillary and the maxillary.

c. D. 57. A. 48. Dorsal and anal fins narrowly united to
the caudal ... ... ... ... ... australis.

In the British Museum Catalogue of Fishes (iii. pp. 486-9)
Giinther recognises se%en species of Ce2Jola as possibly valid, namely
C . rubescens ( = macrophthalmus), C. schlegelii, C. abbreviata, Cuv.
& Val., C. krusensternii, Schl., C. mesoprion, Blk., C. marginata,
C. v., and C. limbata, C.V., while an eighth, C. striata, is regarded
with suspicion. In addition to the species described below, two
others, C. oxylepis, Bleeker, from the Chinese seas, and C. indica,
Day, from Madras, have been announced since the publication of
that volume in 1861. Of these ten species the C. striata, Bl.
& Schn.,t from Trancjuebar, should probably be dismissed as
not belonging to the family, leaving, with C. australis, ten
supposed species, only three of which, as shown above, belong to
the genus Cepola as restricted by Bleeker.

In reference to C. schlegelii, its describer remarks : —

"This species is so nearly allied to Cepola rubescens ( = viacroph-
thahnus), Linn., from Europe, by its slender body, unarmed pre-

* In the measurement of the head the large opercular lobe is not
included, the distance between the tip of the snout and the posterior
border of the bony opercle only being considered.

tlchth. p. 242, 1801. .r^^^.T^^T/

X<i

\

Clil

184 CONTRIBUTIONS TO AUSTRALIAN ICHTHYOLOGY,

opercle, inter-maxillary membrane-spot, and small scales that I
find no specific difference between the two except in the broader
and deeper opercle and the somewhat more numerous dorsal and
anal rays. I consider it to be the same as the species figured in
the Fauna Japonica, with which, however, the description in that
work does not agree."*

Now with regard to the increased number of dorsal and anal
rays mentioned above, if we consult the later diagnosis of C.
rubesceiis given by Day,t we shall find that the North Atlantic
fish often has more than 70 doi'sal and normally more than 60
anal rays; as a differential character this is, therefore, valueless,
while the size of the opercle is altogether too insignificant to be
relied on, especially when we consider how slight were the data
on which the distinguished Dutch ichthyologist founded his
opinion. The width or narrowness of the junction between the
vertical fins is also of too little importance to be seriously con-
sidered, and I therefore think it better to look upon C. macroj)h-
thalmus and C. schlegelii as the western and eastern forms of the
same species.

Of the seven remaining species, all of which belong to Acmi-
thocepola, no less than four are reported as coming from the seas
of Japan, and we may perhaps be permitted to suggest that these
have been unduly multiplied. The earliest forms made known from
those waters were two fishes figured by Krusenstern, J and sub-
sequently named (from the drawings) C. limhata and C. niarginata
by Cuvier and Valenciennes. These two were distinguished from
the other species known to the French savants by the presence
of a black spot anteriorly on the dorsal fin.

Writing on the subject, Bleeker says (I.e.): —

" Since then I have discovered that in the Japanese waters at
least three species § exist, the descriptions of which I have com-
municated here. Not one of these species, however, possesses

* Bleeker, I.e.
t Fishes of Great Britain and Ireland, i. p. 213, 18S3.
+ Reise, pi. Ix. ff. 1-2.
§ One f>f thQse, C. sch/eijelii, being a true Cepo/a, does not concern us
here.

BY J. DOUGLAS OGILBY. 185

the black spot anteriorly on the dorsal fin, which is said to be
present in C. Ihiihata and C. laarginata."

With regard to these two species, it can hardly be contended
that Cuvier and Valenciennes have made good their claim to
specific distinction, while on the other hand Day has described
unmistakably an Indian species which possesses the characteristic
black dorsal spot. Having, therefore, three reputed species
bearing this spot, two of which are only known from old and
possibly inaccurate figures, it seems to me that until further light
is thrown on the subject it would be extremely unwise to keep
all three in the system as valid species.

Appended is a list of the species as I would at present place
them : —

1. Cepola macrophthali)ais, Linnseus, Syst. Nat. ed. x. 1758 ;

Mediterranean and north-eastern Atlantic,
la. C. ruhescens schlegelii, Bleeker, Verb. Batav. Gen. xxvi. 1856,
p. 110; Japan.

2. C austi'cdis, Ugilby (i: infra); Port Jackson, southeastern

Australia.

3. Acanthocepola krusensternii, Schlegel, Faun. Japon. Poiss.

p. 130, 1850; Japan.

4. A. mesoprion, Bleeker, I.e. p. 109; Japan.

5. A. oxylepii^, Bleeker, Verb. Ak. Amst. xviii. 1&79, p. 8; China.
'6. A. indica, Day, Suppl. Fish. Ind. p. 796, 1888; Madras.

1 = A. limbata, Cuvier & Valenciennes, Hist. Nat. Poiss. x.

p. 402; Japan.*
1 = A. Tnarginata, Cuvier & Valenciennes, I.e.; Japan.
7. A. ahhreviata, Cuvier it Valenciennes, I.e. p. 403; Malay

Archipelago to China.

Cepola australis, sp.nov.

D. 57. A. 48.

Depth of body 11|, length of head 9 in the total length; width
of body I of its depth. 8nout obtuse, rounded, shorter than the

* This being the earliest name, must be used should the three forms,
prove to be identical.

186 CONTRIBUTIONS TO AUSTRALIAN ICHTHYOLOGY.

eye, which is 3J in the length of the head. Interorbital region
flat, its width 6| in the head. Maxillary extending to the
vertical from the middle of the eye, its length from the tip of the
snout ^ of the head, its width at the distal extremity more than
lialf the diameter of the eye. Anterior teeth in the upper jaw
strong, hooked inwards and backwards; lateral teeth numerous,
decreasing in size posteriorly; teeth in the lower jaw increasing
in size posteriorly, the series terminating in a strongly curved
canine; a supplementary series of four pairs of strong teeth on the
outer edge of the lip anteriorly. Preopercle rounded. Gill-
rakers 16 + 21, the longest | of the diameter of the eye. Vertical
tins subcontinuous with the caudal;* dorsal originating aliove the
opercular lobe, the longest rays in the anterior third of the fin,
rather less than half the length of the head : anal oritrinatin":
below the eighth dorsal ray, its distance from the tip of the
mandible 4| in the total length : ventral rounded, about half the
length of the head, not nearly reaching to the vent : pectoral
with 16 rays, shorter than the ventral : caudal acutely pointed,
with 9 rays, the middle ray somewhat inspissate, about | of the
head. Nape scaleless. Lateral line terminating below the
twenty-sixth dorsal ray. Body and fins bright red, the middle
of the sides with some angular yellow bars; no intermaxillary or
dorsal spots.

Etymology: — -australis, southern; the genus not having
been hitherto represented south of the tropics.

Type in the possession of the Commissioners for Fisheries of
New South Wales.

Distribution : — Port Jackson. I am indebted to my
friend Mr. Brodie, Secretary to the New South Wales Fisheries
Commissioners, for the opportunity of describing this unique
example of a family not hitherto recorded from Australia. The
specimen was taken in a seine net and measures 260 millimeters
over all.

* The posteiior part of the tail haviug been dried, it is difBcult to
<iscertain accurately to what extent this contiguity exists; apparently,
however, it was narrow.

187

DESCRIPTION OF A NEW OPHIURAN.

By H. Farquhar.

( C ommu^dcated hy the Secretary.)

(Plate xv.)

Ophioplocus Huttoni, n.sp.

Diameter of disc 6 mm.; length of arms about two and a half
times the diameter of the disc; width of arms near the disc 1"2
mm. Disc round, slightly swollen, covered above and below with
rounded, irregular, imbricating scales; two or three small scales
in the centre of the disc surrounded by a rosette of five larger
ones, outside of these are rows of larger scales (about 0'5 mm.
wide), each of these larger scales surrounded by smaller, irregular
ones; one broad scale on the edge of the disc in the middle of the
interbrachial space; a number of very small scales where the
arms join the disc. Radial shields small (about 0-6 mm.
long), oval, far apart, sunk in the scaling of the disc. Scales on
the under side of the disc smaller than those above and more
regular, decreasing in size from without inwards. Mouth-
papillfe five on each side of the mouth-angle, crowded, the outer-
most and innermost pointed, the others squarish, the outermost
but one largest, others decreasing in size, the innermost one
smallest. Mouth-shields broad, fan-shaped. Side mouth-shields
oblong, broader without than within, meeting within. Under arm-
plates slightly broader than long, lateral and inner lateral sides re-
enteringly curved. First under arm-plate like the mouth-shields in
shape, but smaller. Side arm-plates well developed, bearing two
short rather stout, bluntly pointed arm-spines. Halves of upper
arm-plates near the base of the arms rounded, ana separated by

188 DESCRIPTION OF A NEW OPHIURAN,

a number of supplementary pieces — one large piece on the middle
of the arm, surrounded by three large ones within and three or
four smaller ones without. One fiat, broadly ovate tentacle-scale
entirely covering the tentacle-pore. Colour uniform pale
3'ellowish.

The above is a description of an individual.

Hah. — Lyall Bay (one of Captain Hutton's old collecting
grounds), near Wellington, New Zealand; one specimen, found at
low water on rocks, among seaweed.

The occurrence of this genus in New Zealand is interesting.
Our species differs in many respects from the other two know^n
forms — 0. imhricatus, Miiller and Troschel, and 0. Esmarki,
Lyman. All are littoral. The latter species occurs on the
coasts of California, and 0. imbi'icatitft ranges throughout the
Indo-Pacific region, having been found on the northern coast of
Australia, at Amboyna, Timor, Java, Philippine Islands, Japan,
Samoa, Kingsmill Islands, New Caledonia, Zanzibar, Mozambique,
and Mauritius.

In a former paper, " On the Echinoderm Fauna of New
Zealand" (Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., 1898, p. 300), I spoke of the
East Indian region as Iving to the north of the Australian
Region. Having looked up the marine fauna of this area, I find
that the proposed East Indian Region must be abandoned, and
we must revert to the late Mr. Woodward's Indo-Pacific Region
as defined in his " Manual of the Mollusca," 4th edit., 1880.
The marine fauna of this immense region, extending from the
eastern shores of Africa to the eastern Pacific, is one, at any rate
as regards the Echinoderms and MoUusks, a great many of the
forms being widely spread within this area. (Professor Tate, of
Adelaide, the greatest authority on the Australian Molluscan
fauna, appears to accept Woodward's divisions — Trans. Roy. Soc.
S. Aust., Vol. ix., p. 80).

I have to correct two other misstatements in the above-
mentioned paper. Two species of Echinobrissus are known from
the Australian Tertiaries — E Australice, Duncan, and E. vincea-

I

BY II. FARQUHAR. 189

tinus, Tate (Trans. Roy. Soc. S. Aust., xiv., p. 276), not one
only, as stated on page 302. Our Holothurians are not all
endemic. Mr. Whitelegge has made known the interesting fact
that Stichopus mollis, Hutton, our commonest form, occurs also
in New South Wales (Records Australian Museum, Vol. iii., No. 2,
p. 50).

EXPJ.ANATION OF PLATE.

Ophioplocus Huttoni.

Fig. 1. — Seen from above (x 16).
Fig. 2. — Seen from below (x 16).
Fig. 3. — The tip of an arm from above (x 16).

190

NOTES AND EXHIBITS.

Dr. F. Tidswell gave a summary of what is known of Tick- or
Texas-fever in cattle, and in illustration of his address he
exhibited a comprehensive series of preserved specimens, micro-
photographs, and microscopic preparations of Ticks and of the
Tick-fever hjematozoon, Pyrosoma higeminum.

Mr. Maiden exhibited plants in flower of the following species: —

Stenoglottis longifolia (author?), received from J. Medley Wood,
Curator of the Botanic Gardens, Natal, in 1898, It is closely
aUied to S. fi/nihriata, Lindl., (figured in Bot. May. t. 5872), but
differs from the latter in not having blotches on the leaves, and in
its markedly fimbriate labellum whereas that of the plant figured
is non-fimbriate. From Natal.

Phalfenopsis violacea, Teijsm. & Binnend. A dainty little orchid
from Sumatra. (See Nichols' Diet. Gard. iii. 93.)

Qlohha atrosanguinea, Teijsm. & Binnend., (Syn. G: coccinea,
Hort. Veitch). An elegant Scitaminaceous plant from Borneo.
(See Bot. Mo.g. t. 6626). Received from Veitch.

Ilymenocallis calathiiium, Nichols' Diet. Gard. ii. 165.
Figured as Pancratium in Bot. Mag. t. 1561. From Brazil.

Mr. Froggatt exhibited a collection of Diptera of the sub-family
Trypetince, commonly known as Fruit- Flies from the damage their
their larvje do to ripening fruit, including the American Fruit-
maggot, Trypeta pomonella, Walsh ; a new species of the same
genus bi'ed from guavas from the New Hebrides; the Queensland
Fruit-Fly, Tephritis tryoni, Froggatt ; a new species of the same
genus bred from bananas from New Caledonia; and the Mediter-
ranean Fruit-Fly, Halterophora capitata, Wiedem., this being the
common species about Sydney; larvae and pupjfi were also shown.

NOTES AND EXHIBITS. 191

Mr. Whitelegge exhibited and communicated the following
Note upon three New South Wales Ferns not recorded in the
"Census of Australian Plants" : —

(1). Diplazium japonicum, Thunb., is recorded from Illawarra
in Vol. vii. of the "Flora Australiensis," p. 750 (1878). At the
end of the very brief description occurs the following note, " N.S.
Wales, Illawarra, a single specimen in Herb. F. Mueller without
the collector's name, so possibly some mistake." The late Baron
von Mueller evidently regarded the record as erroneous, and
omitted it fi'om his Census of Australian Plants published in
1882, and also from the second edition of the same issued in
1889, notwithstanding the fact that Bailey had recorded the
plant from Nerang Creek on the southern border of Queensland
in the Synopsis of the Queensland Flora published in 1883
(p. 208). It is highly probable that the original specimen in the
Muellerian herbarium was correctly noted as to locality. A few
months ago I gathered several plants in the Illawarra district,
and I have since seen living specimens in cultivation from the
same region, but from a habitat much further south.

(2). Lastrea aciimiiiata, Houlston & Moore, appears to be a new
record for New South Wales. I have gathered plants on the
south coast and also on the Blue Mountains. A variety is recorded
from Queensland, but there does not appear to be any mention
of the occurrence of the species in New South Wales, unless the
late Dr. Woolls' remarks (Contribution to the Flora of Australia,
p. 66, 1867) can be I'egarded as such. However it is not included
in his list at the end of the paper, nor in a subsequent list
published some years later. The plant is by no means rare, and
is frequently seen for sale in Sydney under a great variety of
names. It is a very hardy plant, and is much used for table
decoration in the restaurants of Sydney.

(3). Aspidiiiin eumundi, Bailey. — I have lately received plants
of this species from the Richmond River District, collected by
the Rev. W. W. Watts.

192 NOTES AND EXHIBITS.

Mr. C. Hedley communicated the following Note: —

A South Sea Island canoe was cast up on the beach on the
night of January 21st, 1896, at a point five miles south of Cape
Byron, N.S. Wales. It was at once photographed by Mr. R. A.
P. Goodwin, in whose possession it is, and to whom I am indebted
for this information. A copy of that photograph I now exhibit.
An account of the circumstance was published in the Evening
Neivs (Sydney), 8aturda|?y July 4th, 1896, together with a drawing
of the vessel. A few months ago I enjoyed an opportunity of
inspecting the canoe. From sundry peculiarities of construction,
I was enabled to identify it with confidence as New Caledonian.
On it was a cluster of barnicles, identified by Mr. Whitelegge as
Lepas kiilii.

The incident is not unique in my experience. Mr. R. Paterson,
lessee of Curtis Island, Queensland, informed me that a South
Sea canoe was washed ashore about twelve or fifteen years ago on
the eastern beach of that island, near Cape Capricorn.

The flotsam cast on the Australian coast is of considerable
interest, both from an ethnological and zoological aspect, and is
worthy of being carefully chronicled. Coconuts, the fruits of
Barrhigtonia bulonica, Nautilus shells, always, so far as I know,
X. pompUias, and pumice are fairly plentiful. Mr. T. Whitelegge
has shown me pieces of pumice which he gathered on Maroubra
beach, to which are attached small corallia of a species of
PociUopora. This \'ery interesting find confirms similar observa-
tions of Guppy and Saville Kent, and indicates an unexpected
method of transport of corals to distant localities.

Mr. Palmer showed four curiously carved Boomerangs from the
Queensland coast between Bundaberg and Port Mackay. Also
from Lawson, Blue Mountains, abnormally developed flowering
and fruiting specimens of Cosmos and Zea; a coral-like fungus,
not determined; and a Coccus (Pufvinaria tecta), very common
this year on indigenous shrubs on the Blue Mountains.

[Printed off July 25tli, 1899.J

P.L.S.N.S.W. 1899,

Pi. 1.

hd. I

vap . c

r.d . li(

ov:

o.u.s.

OK

^-■*a.'!

PERAMELES OBESUiA.

ACMel.

P.L.S.NS W.,1899

Fig,3.

PLii(bis)

ut.h.

vagc.

op

hi.

PeRAMELES NASUTA [virgin)

¥i-\

\.

■■\S>

PL.S NSW. 1899

Flg.5.

PL.iii(bis)

Fig. 6.

Ivas c

ure/-h.

PeRAMELES NASUTA (vii-^in.j

RL.S.N.S.WJ899.

Fig.7.

PLiv(bisj

Jwgc,

l^'S 8.

Perameles nasuta

P.LS N.S W.I899.

Ficj.9

PI. V (bis)

c.d..J

JitS

__.e,^

FiplO.

ureth.

dUs.

PV..S H.S.W 1899

ureth.

'.:. l/dg-C

Plvu (bis.)

Fis-ia

I vajf. c

ureti.

..alls.
. .. c.ntv.

P.L-S.N.S.W., 18 99.

P.l.v-(i(V.s)

%I3.

..uttfh

.J.i/dgc.

Perameles obesula.

PL.S NS.W '899

ureth L-__.

Fi^ 14-.

PL.viii(bis)

ails.

. ails

c.va^c

ureth \.

.^C vag.c.

cm K

riG.I4.P.0BE5ULA flG.lS.P. NASUTA ( ? )

PL S N.S.W.,1699

Fig 20.

alLs.-

PLix(bis)

.L.vag.c.
. ureth

— 4 — r-F-

Fi^lS.

4 dU.s.

Perameles wasuta (?)

PL. S.N. 5 W., 1899.

fi^2l.

PL.xibis.j

,_ui-eth.

F1515.

\ ureth .

l.iri^ c.

PK p.

Perameles OBESULA

P.L5.N.S.W.^I899.

PUxi^bis)

Pig 17.

Perameles obesula.

P.LS N SW.I8 99.

Fig. 16.

Pi. XII. (bis)

..dll.s.

Fig.^^,

•i

if

_,.'-**-

^'^

' '^a.

'^'£J-»-

PL.S.N.SW. I an 9,

PL XIII.

NEW SOUTH WALES FUNGI

PL.SNS.W. 18 9S.

PI- XIV,

W w f. deL.

PHYLACTtCPHAGA EUCALYPTI

PLSNSW. 1899.

Pt. XV.

3 XIS

.H.Fldel. OPHIOPLOCUS HUTTONI

4

NOTES AND EXHIBITS. 193

Mr. Maiden exhibited and explained a very fine series of
enlarged photographs taken by his assistant, Mr. W. Forsyth,
especially to illustrate some of the characteristic botanical features
of the Mt. Kosciusko Plateau, such as the gregarious habit of
plants like Aciphylla glacialis, Richea Giinnii, Celmisia longifoliai
and Astelia aljnna; the dwarfed habit of shrubs growing in the
open, exemplified by Oxylohiwrn ellipticum, var. alpinum, Erios-
temon ovatifolius, and Grevillea australis, var. alpina: the cling-
ing and scrambling habit of shrubs which best withstand the
wind in the shelter afforded by granite boulders, of which Podo-
carpus alpina^ Orites lancifolia, Drimys aromatica, and some of
the Epacrids furnish examples ; the pasturage afforded by the
conspicuous grass Danthonia 7'obusta; and the Snow Gums
(Eucalyptus coriacea) at the tree-line.

M r. Fletcher exhibited a series of specimens illustrative of, and
offered some remarks on, the fauna of the higher portion of the
Mt. Koscuisko Plateau (above the tree-line, approximately about
6000 feet), supplementing Mr. R. Helms' general account of the
fauna met with from 3000 feet upwards. At the higher elevation
the fauna does not compare with the flora in respect of the
variety, or the novel or otherwise striking character of the forms
which come under notice. The animals are chiefly either summer
immigrants, or they are such as are able to hibernate under a
covering of snow for a period of five months or longer of each
year. Of vertebrates actually met with or reported by Mr. Helms
there seem to be known but 15 species: mammals (including the
hare, and a rat at the Observatory) 4 species; Birds 4; Lizards 2;
Snakes 2 ; Batrachia 2, and Pisces 1. Of these the fish
{Galaxias Jindlayi, Macl.) is the only species not found elsewhere.
The two frogs {Grinia signifera, Giard, and Hyla ewinyii, T>. & B.
var.nov.) occur in company near water up to fully 7000 feet.
The Hyla is remarkable by its acquisition of a rich green in
place of the usual shade of brown as the groundcolour of the
exposed upper surfaces of the body and limbs, and the darker
tint and more strongly marked character of the dorsal stripes and
the inguinal and other spots and blotches. The explanation of
13

X

194 NOTES AND EXHIBITS.

this is probably to be found in its more or less complete adoption
of a diurnal habit necessitated by the coldness of the nights, in a
region where trees (and consequently fallen leaves, chips and logs)
are absent, and grass, herbaceous plants and dwarf shrubs make
up the vegetation, cover being afforded by boulders, crevices, &c.

Mr. Fletcher exhibited also specimens of Heleioporus pictus,
Ptrs., from West Australia, part of a collection made by Mr. A.
M. Lea, "within 100 miles of Perth." This species is an addition
to the Batrachian fauna of West Australia, and is evidently a
widely dispersed and characteristic member of the fauna of the
Eyrean Sub-i'egion.

Mr. Musson exhibited a clump of the woody galls of the
Brachyscelid G ijlindrococcus spiniferits, Mask., on Casuarina
saberosa, gathered at Richmond, which had been forcibly broken
open, presumably by predaceous birds for the purpose of extract-
ing the enclosed coccid. Also specimens of four indigenous
grasses affected with parasitic fungi, gathered at Richmond, not
included in the list of affected species given by Mr. Fred. Turner
(Proceedings, 1897, p. 6S6), namely, Anthistira ciiiata, L.,
Andropogon refractns, R.Br., Panicum pygnueum, R.Br., and
Soryhum. phimosrttn, Beauv.

195

WEDN^ESDAY, MAY 31st, 1899.

SPECIAL CtP]NERAL MEETING.

The Hon. James Norton, LL.D., M.L.C., President, in the
Chair.

On the motion of Mr. P. N. Trebeck, the resolution passed at the
Special General Meeting, held on the 19th Aj^ril — that for the
remainder of the current year the payment of Entrance Fees as
provided for by Rule vi., should be suspended— was confirmed.

MONTHLY MEETING.

The Hon. .James Norton, LL.D., M.L.C., President, in the
Chair.

Mr. Augustus Gross, Queensland Offices, Bridge Street, Sydney;
Mr. Stephen J. Johnston, B.A., Technological Museum, Sydney ;
and Mr. Henry G. Smith, F.C.S., Technological Museum, Sydney,
were elected Ordinary Members of the Society.

DONATIONS.

Department of Agriculture, Brisbane — Queensland Agricultural
Journal. Vol. iv. Part 5 (May, 1899). From the Secretary for
Agriculture.

Geological Survey of Queensland — Geological Map of Charters
Towers Goldfield (in 6 Sheets; 1898). From the Director.

International Catalogue of Scientific Literature — Queensland
Volume. By John Shirley, B.Sc. (1899). From the Author.

Australasian Association for the Advancement of Science —
Report of the Seventh Meeting held at Sydney, 1898. From the
Permanent Hon. Secretary.

196 DONATIONS.

Department of Mines and Agriculture, Sydney — Agricultural
Gazette of New South Wales. Vol. x. Part 5 (May, 1899);
Geological Survey — Records. Vol. vi. Part 2, (1899): Mineral
Resources. No. 5 (1899), Report on the Wyalong Goldfield. By
J. A. Watt, M.A., B.Sc. From the Hon. the Minister for Mines
and Agriculture.

Royal Society of New South Wales — Abstract, May 3rd,
1899 : Anniversary Address. By the President, G. H. Knibbs,
RR.A.S. (May 3rd, 1899). From the Societi/.

The Surveyor, Sydney. Vol. xii. No. 5 (May, 1899). Froin the
Editor.

Two Separates from Report of Australasian Association for
the Advancement of Science, January, 1898. By T. Steel,
F.L.S., F.C.S. From the Author.

Australasian Journal of Pharmacy, Melbourne. Vol. xiv. No.
161 (May, 1899). From the Editor.

Field Naturalists' Club of Victoria — Victorian Naturalist.
Vol. xvi. No. 1 (May, 1899). From the Club.

Royal Geographical Society of Australasia : Victorian Branch
— Report of the Council for the Fifth Triennial Period ending
31st December, 1898. From the Society.

University of Melbourne. — Examination Papers — Annual,
October, and December, 1898 ; Final Honour, Degrees, &c.,
February, 1899 ; Matriculation, November, 1898. From the
University.

Department of Mines, Hobart. — Progress of the Mineral
Industry of Tasmania for the Quarter ending 31st March, 1899.
From the Secretary for Mines.

Royal Society of Tasmania. — Abstracts, March and April,
1899 : Papers and Proceedings, 1863 : Monthly Notices, August,
1864, two undated Parts, April- Aug., and Nov. -Dec; Report
for the Years 1865 and 1866. From the Society.

DONATIONS. 197

Geological Survey, Western Australia. — Bulletin, No. 3. The
Geology of the Coolgardie Goldfield (1899). From the Govern-
vient Geologist.

Western Australia : Its Position and Prospects. By Trant
Chambers (March, 1899). From the Librarian, Victoria Public
Library, Perth, W.A.

Canadian Institute, Toronto — Proceedings. New Series.
Vol. ii. Part 1 (Feb., 1899). From the Institute.

Natural History Society of New Brunswick — Bulletin. No.
xvii. (1899). Froin the Society.

Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia — Proceedings,
1898. Part ii. (April-Sept.) From the Academy.

Academy of Science of St. Louis — Transactions. Vol. vii.
Nos. 17-20 (Sept., 1897-Feb., 1898); Vol. viii. Nos. 1-7 (Jan.-May,
1898). From the Academy.

American Museum of Natural History, New York — Bulletin.
Vol. xii. Articles iii.-iv. (pp. 19-80 ; March-April, 1899). From
the Museum.

American Naturalist (Cambridge). Vol. xxxiii. No. 388
(April, 1899). From the Editor.

Indiana Academy of Science, Indianapolis — Proceedings, 1897.
From the Academy.

Johns Hopkins University, Baltimore — University Circulars.
Vol. xviii. No. 139 (March,1899): Memoirs. Vol. iv. Nos. 1-2
(1898). From the University.

Museum of Comparative Zoology, Harvard College, Cambridge,
Mass.— Bulletin. Vol. xxxii. No. 9 (February, 1899). From the
Director.

New York Academy of Sciences — Annals. Vol. x. Nos. 1-12
(Oct., 1898); Vol. xi. Part ii. (Aug., 1898). From the Academy.

U.S. Department of Agriculture, Washington : Division of
Entomology — Bulletin. New Series. No. 19 (1899). From the
Secretary of Agriculture.

198 DONATIONS.

U.S. Geological Survey, Washington : Department of the
Interior— Bulletin. Nos. 88, 89, 149 (1897-98): Monographs.
Vol. XXX. (1898). From the Director.

Imperial Universit}'' of Japan, Tokyo — Journal of the College
of Science. Vol. xi. Part. ii. (1899). From the University.

Asiatic Society of Bengal, Calcutta — Journal. Vol. Ixv. Part i.
Title-page and Index (1896); Vol. Ixvii. Part. i. No. 4; Part ii.
Title-page and Index; Part iii. No. 2 (1898) : Proceedings, 1898.
Nos. ix.- xi ; 1899, Nos. i. -iii.: The Ka9mira9abdamrta, a Kacmiri
Grammar. Part ii. (1898). Edited by G. A. Grierson, CLE.,
Ph.D., etc. From the Society.

Perak Government Gazette. Vol. xii. Nos. 9-11 (March-April,
1899). From the Government Secretary.

Conchological Society of Great Britain and Ireland — Journal
of Conchology. Vol. ix. No. 6 (April, 1899). From the Society.

Entomological Society of London — Transactions', 1899. Parti.
(April). From the Society.

Pamphlet : " Bryozoa from Madeira " (from Journ. R. Micr.
Soc. 1899, pp. 6-16). By A. W. Waters. From, the Author.

Royal Society, London — Proceedings. Vol. Ixiv. Nos. 410-
411 (March- April, 1899). From the Society.

Zoological Society of London — Abstract. 21st March, 1899 :
Proceedings, 1898. Part iv. (April). From the Society.

Zoologischer Anzeiger. xxii. Band. Nos. 583-584 (March-
April, 1899). From the Editor.

Societe Beige de Microscopic, Bruxelles. — Bulletin. xxiv™®-
Annee (1897-98). From the Society.

Societe Royale Linneenne de Bruxelles — Bulletin. 24™** Annee.
No. 5 (March, 1899). From the Society.

Journal de Conchyliologie, Paris. Vol. xlvi. No. 4 (1898).
From the Director.

DONATIONS. 199

Nederlandsche Entomologische Vereeniging, Hague — Tijd-
schrift voor Entomologie. xli. Deel. 3-4 Atl. (1899). From the
Society.

Videnskabs Selskabet i Christiania — Forhandlinger, 1898.
No. 6, T.p., &c. : Oversigt, 1898 : Skrifter i. Mathem.-naturv.
Klasse. 1898, Nos. 11-12, T.-p., kc. From the Society.

Academic Royale des Sciences et des Lettres de Danemark,
Copenhague — Oversigt. 1898, No. 6; 1899, No. 1. From the
Society.

R. Universita degli Studi di Siena — Bullettino del Laboratorio
ed Orto Botanico. Vol. ii. Fasc. 1 (1899). Fromthe Univef^sity.

Department of Agriculture, Cape Town — Annual Report of
the Geological Commission for 1897. From the Government
Geologist.

La Habana Medica, Habana. Ano ii. Num. -3 (Marzo, 1899).
From the Editor.

200

REVISION OF THE AUSTRALIAN CURCULIONID^

BELONGING TO THE SUBFAMILY

CR YPTORHYNC HIDES.

By Arthur M. Lea.

Part III.

The genera treated in this part form a natural division of the
subfamily, the anterior coxfe in all being rounded, and although
decidedly separated the separation is much less pronounced than
is usually the case. In none of them is the intercoxal process of
the mesosternum cavernous, nor in fact does the apex of the
rostrum, in the majority of the genera, rest on it. The species
are often almost naked on the upper surface, and but few are
clothed with scales. Lyhceba, with several other genera, were
first referred by Mr. Pascoe to the Erirhinidce, but afterwards
placed by him in the vicinity of Jlelanterius, which is undoubtedly
their true position, although in a number of the Erirhinidre
{Cydmcea, Storeus, &c.) the anterior coxae are more or less notice-
ably separated. Enide, for reasons given, has been regarded as
synonymous with Lyhceba; Melanterius carlnicollis has been
placed in a new genus [Neomelanterius), its eyes being very
different from those of Melanterius. Mr. Pascoe's genera Euthehus,
Mcechius and Teutheria are evidently closely allied to Melanterius,
but as I have not been enabled to identify them they are not
included in the following tabulation.

Rostrum passing mesosternum.

Elytra tuberculate Hybophorus.

Elytra not tuberculate.

Second abdominal segment imoderately large.*

Eyes projecting Arthriticosojia.

* Except in Melanttrius ventralis and J/, aratwi.

BY ARTHUR M. LEA. 201

Eyes embedded in head.

Eyes widely separated beneath Melanterius.

Eyes almost touching beneath Neomelanterius.

Second abdominal segment small Lyb.bba.

Rostrum not passing mesosternum.

Eyes finely faceted Psydestis.

Eyes coarsely faceted.

Claw-joint long and thin Melanteriosoma.

Claw-joint thicker, dilating to apex Pseudostoreus.

Genus Hybophorus, Waterhouse.

Trans. Ent. Soc. 1853, Vol. ii. (n.s.), p. 205; Lacordaire, Gen.
Col. Tome vii. p. 66.

Head small, convex, not concealed by prothorax. Eyes large,
subreniform, coarsely faceted, almost touching above and moder-
ately separated below. Rostrum long, thin, curved. Antennce
slender; scape inserted much closer to apex than base of rostrum,
passing apex, the length of funicle; two basal joints of funicle
moderately elongate, 7th strongly transverse; club small, ovate,
free. Prothorax convex, transverse, subconical, apex produced
and not half the width of base, base bisinuate; ocular lobes obtuse,
almost level with apex. Scutellum small, oblong-elliptic. Elytra
convex, subtriangular, much wider than prothorax, base trisinuate,
shoulders and apex rounded. Pectoral canal wide in front,
narrowed between and dilated behind anterior coxte. Mesosternal
plate widely transverse, feebly curved and very feebly concave.
Metasternum moderately large, middle strongly produced in front
and emarginate behind ; episterna large. Abdomen moderately
large, sutures distinct; basal segment the length of three follow-
ing combined, intercoxal process rounded, produced in middle,
apex truncate; 2nd the length of apical and but little longer than
3rd, 3rd slightly longer than 4th. Legs moderately long; femora
thick, grooved, each strongly dentate and with a very small tooth
in the apical emargination, posterior terminating almost level
with apex of abdomen; tibite compressed, strongly curved at base;
tarsi shorter than til)ia3, 3rd joint wide, deeply bilobed, claw-joint
elongate. Short, broad, convex, tuberculate, punctate, glabrous,
winged.

202 REVISION OF THE AUSTRALIAN CURCULIONID^,

A peculiar genus closely allied to Melanterius. The difference
in the lengths of the 3rd and 4th abdominal segments, though
but slight, is sutiiciently distinct ; in but few genera are these
segments unequal in size. The only known species may be easily
recognised on account of its shape and the large reddish tubercles
of the elytra.

Hybophorus rufotuberosus, Waterh.; Mast. Cat. Sp. No. 5407.

Piceous-black and shining with a slight satiny lustre; elytral
tuberosities, antennae and tarsi reddish.

Head sparsely and finely punctate. Rostrum slightly longer
than prothorax, terminated beyond mesosternum; finely punctate,
punctures in rows before antennae. Prothorax strongl}' trans-
verse, sides rounded towards base, raised towards middle ; an
obtuse carina in middle terminating before base and apex; near
apex with a row of deep longitudinal punctures, small punctures
sparsely and irregularly distributed on disc, but becoming
numerous towards sides. Elytra subtriangular, almost twice the
width of prothorax, not much longer than wide (4^ x 5i mm.); each
with a number of reddish tubercular elevations of which the largest
is on the 3rd interstice about the middle and the next laro-est
on the shoulder : irregularly punctate, punctures large, each
encroached upon by two or four granules. Metasternuni finely
punctate in middle, each side with about six large i-ound punc-
tures; episterna impunctate. Basal segment of abdomen with
large round punctures, the others impunctate; apical segment
transversely excavated in middle. Length 7i, rostrum 2^

2 y

width 4^ mm.

Hah. — Q. : " Moreton Bay" (Waterhouse); Rockhampton (Mr.
Horace W. Brown) — N.S.W. : Richmond River (Lea).

Arthriticosoma, n.g.

Head small, not concealed by prothorax; ocular fovea feeljle.
Eyes ovate, convex, very prominent, not very distant, coarsely
faceted. Rostrum long, rather thin, curved, continued beyond

BY ARTHUR M. LEA. 203^

mesosternum. Anteruue sleiidei" scape inserted distinctly nearer
apex than base of rostrum, the length of funicle; two basal joints
of funicle elongate; club subelliptic, of moderate size. Prothorax
transverse, convex, subcylindrical, slightly narrowed and scarcely
produced in front; base truncate, ocular lobes rounded and almost
level with apex, Scutellum small, somewhat rounded. Elytra
moderately convex, considerably wider than and about thrice the
length of prothorax, shoulders and apex rounded. Pectoral cxtnal
wide in front of anterior coxse, these slightly excavated above
and but feebly separated. Mesosternal plate transverse, depressed,
scarcely concave, apex about twice the width of base. Meta-
utermmi large, slightly longer than basal segment of abdomen;
episterna distinct. Abdomen moderately large, sutures distinct
except that of 1st and 2nd, which is rather feeble across the
middle; two basal segments moderately large, the 1st not much
longer than 2nd, incurved to middle of apex, intercoxal process
rounded and not very wide; intermediates large, flat, level with
the other segments and together longer than 2nd or apical. Legs
rather long; femora stout, clavate, not grooved, strongly dentate,
posterior not extending to apex of abdomen; tibiee thin and rather
long, distinctly bisinuate beneath, terminal hook very acute: tarsi
rather thin, 3rd joint not much wider than long, deeply bilobed,
claw-joint long and thin, strongly exserted; claws small, widely
separated. Subovate, feebly convex, punctate, winged.

The large and very prominent eyes at once distinguish this
genus from Melanterhis; and the scrobes and the sculpture of
the elytra are different from those of most of its allies. The
tibiae are thin and resemble those of Ilyhojjhorus.

Arthriticosoma vigilans, n.sp.

Red, shining ; elytra somewhat paler than prothorax, but in
places tinged with black, the two colours sharply defined. Under
surface black, the sides in places feebly diluted with red. Legs
and antennfe somewhat paler than rostrum. Sparsely clothed all
over with small ochreous scales.

"204 REVISION OF THE AUSTRALIAN CURCULIONID^,

Head with dense and rather large but shallow punctures.
Rostrum longer than prothorax, rather strongly curved; sulcate-
punctate and with three rather obtuse ridges behind antenntij;
finely punctate on apical half; scrobes deep and oblique near base
of antennse, very shallow towards eyes. Funicle with the 1st
joint stouter but no longer than 2nd. Prothorax densely and
coarsely punctate, punctures round, rather larger on disc than
elsewhere. Elytravfide and almost twice the width of prothorax;
very feebly striate, punctures rather large, quadrate, distinctly
separated, liecoming much smaller beyond the middle; interstices
wider or narrower than punctures, the suture, 3rd, 5th and 7th
feebly raised and rather narrower than the others. Under surface
moderately densely punctate, the punctures round and rather
shallow, smaller on three apical segments of abdomen than else-
where ; the apical segment with a shallow but very distinct
circular impression. Femora very feebly punctate; the tibiae with
feeble punctures in very feeble grooves. Length 4^, rostrum \\\
width 2^ mm.

Hah. — Australia (Herr J. Faust).

The unique specimen under examination appears to be a female.

Genus Melanterius, Erichson.

Wiegm. Arch. 1842, p. 209; Lacord. Gen. Col. Tome vii. p. 65.

Head round, convex; ocular fovea either very small or repre-
sented by a shallow depression. Eyes of various shapes, coarsely
or moderately coarsely faceted, varying from subcontiguous to
distant. Rostrum long, thin, parallel or almost parallel, feebly
or moderately curved; with or without feeble lateral grooves,
parallel or not with scrobes; apex terminating beyond mesosternal
plate. AntenncB usually slender; scape inserted distinctly closer
to apex than base and passing apex; two basal or basal joint only
of funicle moderately elongate; club more or less ovate. Pro-
thorax usually slightly transverse, not overhanging head, densely
punctate, with or without median line; ocular lobes varying from
moderately prominent to almost absent. Scutellum small,
distinct, rounded or oblong. Elytra more or less cordate, wider

BY ARTHUR M. LEA. 205

than prothorax, each with nine or ten rows of more or less
elongate punctures placed in grooves ; the interstices usually
raised and costate, sometimes only on apical and lateral parts.
Pectoral canal wide and shallow, the anterior coxte more or less
excavated to receive rostrum, but seldom distinctly separated at
their bases. Mesosternal i^late more or less depressed, apex usually
emarginate, anterior angles more or less raised, sides incurved or
oblique, base usually much narrower than apex. Metastermim
with depressed disc and jDrecipitous sides; episterna rather narrow,
each with one row of punctures sometimes placed in a groove.
Ahdotnen with distinct sutures, two basal segments large, 1st
frequently slightly concave, intermediates combined usually
slightly longer than apical. Legs of moderate size ; femora
grooved beneath, strongly dentate, posterior not extending beyond
and seldom reaching apical abdominal segment ; tibise more or
less compressed, frequently with punctures running in rows and
giving the parts affected a grooved appearance; tarsi the length
of or shorter than tibiae, 1st joint moderately long, 3rd wide,
deeply bilobed; claw-joint long, thin, feebly or not at all pubes-
cent, claw\s feeble, feebly or moderately separated. Ovate or
elliptic, convex, sparsel}^ clothed, densely punctate, winged.

There are many points of interest about this genus. Certain
species have characters which were they supported by other
characters might be considered as worthy of generic rank, yet as
there are so man}^ connecting links between species and species I
think that it is inadvisable to erect genera which in all probability
would only be degraded as their relationships became better
known. It would be easy to erect a dozen genera from Melan-
terius all founded (on paper) on sufficiently strong characters, but
I do not think that technical characters, however much use they
may be in defining genera, should be allowed to ride roughshod
over very obvious affinities. The peculiar abdomen of ventralis,
did it exist in a species in another part of the subfamily, would,
in all probability, cause me to think that the species was generically
distinct; but in Melanterius, which appears to be intermediate in
position between the Erirhinides and the true Cryptorhynchides,

206 REVISION OF THE AUSTRALIAN CURCULIONIDiE,

I think some latitude may be allowed. If the mesosternal
receptacle (or plate as it appears in this and allied genera), and
the pectoral canal be regarded as the main generic features (as I
think they should), several technical genera would be required;
yet in this genus undoubtedly closely allied species differ in these
important features. In one species (porcatus^ the type of the
genusj, the rostrum is perfectly straight, and Pascoe erects a genus
(Euthebus) on this one detail. In several species the legs are
not, or scarcely, dentate. In a number there exists a narrow
groove above the scrobe, whilst others are without it. The
abdomen is sometimes feebly convex and sometimes a depression
exists in the 1st or 1st and 2nd segments, and this is, moreover,
often sexual. The majority of the species appear to be glabrous
at lirst sight, but under a lens minute scales or setose hairs may
be seen; they are alwa3's more noticeable on the under than on the
upper surface, perhaps on account of the punctures (in which they
are placed) being deeper on the upper surface.

Melanterius and its allies are perhaps worthy of being erected
into a subfamily which on the one hand would be separated from
the Erirhinides by the mesosternal plate and pectoral canal, and
from the Gryptorhynchides by the rostrum not terminating in a
mesosternal receptacle and continued beyond its position ; this
continuation of the rostrum is an exceedingly important feature,
and except in Melanterius and its allies is seen in no genus of Cryp-
torhynchides* although sufficiently common in the Erirhinides.

Following is a table of the species : —

Rather densely squamosa, ghoulders square.

Metasteinal episterna each with a single row of

punctures uniseriatus, n. sj) .

Metasternal episterna densely punctate.

Apical segment of abdomen distinctly larger than

intermediates combined congrims, n. sp.

Apical segment smaller than intermediates ampHpevnis, n.sp.

Rarely more than feebly pubescent, shoulders rounded
or oblique.

* In Myrtesis the rostrum is continued beyond the metasternum, but
when at rest is received into a pectoral canal for its entire length.

BY ARTHUR M. LEA. 207

Femoral emargination with a supplementary tooth
or granule.

Rostrum perfectly straight jjorcatus, Er.

Rostrum slightly curved , hidentatns, n.STp.

Femoral emargination normal.

Scape inserted nearer base than apex of rostrum aherran>i, n.sp.
Scape inserted nearer apex than base.

Elytra with irregular interstices xemiporcatus, Er.

Elytra with regular interstices.

Intermediate segments of abdomen each

larger than 2nd rentralii, n. sp.

Intermediate segments each equal to 2nd aratu-s, Pasc.

Intermediate segments combined about equal
to 2nd.
Interstices flattened or rounded on basal
half of elytra.*
Punctures sometimes concealed by

clothing jioridus, Pasc.

Punctures not at all concealed.
Interstices similar throughout.

More than 3 mm. in length rompactuH, n.sp.

Less than 3 mm... castaneus, n.sp.

Interstices triangularly raised posteriorly.
Elytra on basal half scarcely striate,
punctures clearly defined.
Apical segment of abdomen with a

few large punctures adipatwi, n.sp.

Apical segment densely punctate... jjoro^uji, n.sp.
Elytra striate, punctures not sharply
defined.
Prothorax clothed.

Scape passing apex of rostrum impolitiLs, n.sp.

Scape not passing apex ?eK?ws', n.sp.

Prothorax not at all or scarcely
visibly clothed.
Metasternum with a pad of white

hairs on each side peclorali>>, n.sp.

Metasternum normally clothed.
Metasternal episterna with
regular punctures.

* This does not include the lateral interstices, which are sometimes
triangularly raised; triitis is intermediate, only the suture and two inter-
stices on each side of it being flattened on the basal half.

208 REVISION OF THE AUSTRALIAN CURCULIONID.^,

Elliptic inferstitialis, n.sp.

Ov'ate incomptivi, n.sp.

Metasterual episterua with
regular punctures only in

middle tristis, n.sp.

Interstices more or less carinate or trian-
gularly raised on basal half. *

Antennae comparatively stoutt antennaliH, n.sp.

AntennEe slender.

Separation of eyes less than width of
rostrum at base.

Derin reddish cordiptnnis, n.sp.

Derm black.

Ridging of interstices continued

to extreme base unidentaUi-s, n.sp.

Ridging interrupted before base.

Less than 4 mm. in length mdrjivagiis, n.sp.

More than 4 mm strahonu-s, n.sp.

Separation of eyes equal to or more
than width of rostrum at base.

Shoulders not at all produced servulus, Pasc.

Shoulders feebly produced on to
prothorax.
Elytra maculate.

Very decidedly so vinosiui, Pasc.

Feebly macidaHis, n.sp.

Elytra not at all maculate.

Prothorax with median carina solitus, n.sp.
Prothorax without median
carina.
Scape of $ not passing apex

of rostru m parvidens, n. sp.

Scape of 5 passing apex,
j^pical segment of abdo-
men with a transverse

impression cinnamomeus, Pasc.

Apical segment with a

circular impression acacia', n. sp.

* Not always including extreme base,

+ This character is quite sufficient to distinguish this species amongst
those with which 1 have placed it.

BY ARTHUR M. LEA. 209

Melanterius semiporcatus, Er.; Mast. Cat. Sp. No. 5400.

Broad, ovate, shining, somewhat depressed, coarsely punctate.
Black, claw-joint and antennae dull red. Glabrous, legs only with
sparse minute whitish hair.

Head densely punctate; eyes coarsely granulate, subapproxi-
mate ; ocular fovea feeble, longitudinal. Rostrum long, thin,
curved, almost parallel to insertion of antenna?, thence
narrowed and then widened to apex; in neither sex carinate;
punctate, the punctures irregular and in places appearing in rows.
Antennse inserted about two-fifths from apex of rostrum; scape
passing apex; two basal joints of funicle moderately elongate, all
increasing in width and decreasing in length to apex; club shorter
than three preceding joints. Prothorax very feebly if at all
transverse, basal two-thirds subparallel, base bisinuate, posterior
angles almost right angles; ocular lobes feeble; with dense, large,
shallow punctures or fovete, apex with smaller punctures; a feeble
shining impunctate median line scarcely traceable at base and
apex, but distinct about middle, where it is encroached upon in
places by punctures. Scutellum rounded, granuliform. Elytra
cordate, distinctly wider than prothorax and about twice its
length; coarsely punctate, the punctures very irregular in shape,
either subreniform or subelliptic, each encroached on in the middle
by granules; interstices wavy, the alternate ones feebly raised,
but all very narrow and irregular, small punctures about suture
and interstices. Pectoral canal shallow, broad ; anterior coxae
large, separation slight. Mesosterndl plate transverse, depressed,
feebly concave, obsoletely punctate, apex wider than base and
both emarginate. Metasternum coarsely and irregularly punctate;
episterna with a continuous I'ow of punctures and a few smaller
ones at base. Ahdoinen with basal segment large, coarsely punc-
tate, as long as 2nd-3rd combined; 2nd coarsely punctate, except
at apex and sides where punctures are small; intermediates com-
bined slightl}' longer than 2nd, each with a transverse row of
small punctures and a few others scattered about; apical segment
densely punctate. Legs densely punctate; femora grooved, the
anterior very feebly, teeth distinct, posterior extending to apical
14

\

•210 REVISION OF THE AUSTRALIAN CURCULIONID.E,

segment of abdomen; tibiae compressed, the four posterior strongly
curved, the posterior distinctly grooved, the others with punctures
in irregular rows but scarcely grooved; claw-joint feebly pubes-
cent, claws moderately separated. Length 7, rostrum 2J; width
3^ mm.

//^«7j._"N'euholland" (Erichson) — Q.: Somerset (Mr. C. French),
Rockhampton (Mr. Horace W. Brown)— S. A. : Eyre's Peninsula
(Rev. T. Blackburn, No. 893)— N.S.W: (Mr. W. Kershaw, Senr.),
Tamworth (Lea). Numerous specimens were taken at night time
whilst they were crawling on the newly barked trunk of a
Eucalypt.

In this species the elytral punctures are very coarse and
irregular; they appear at first sight to run in double row.s, but on
examination under a lens this doubling is very indistinct; the
interstices are narrow, extremely irregular, waved by punctures,
depressed in places, and their outline interrupted b}' granules.
The 2nd segment of abdomen has in (J one row of coarse punc-
tures in the middle; these are connected with the base by feeble
ridges; in the ^ the punctures are more numerous, smaller, and
in about three rows.

Melanterius pokcatus, Erichs. ; Lc. No. 5399.

Moderately broad, ovate, shining, somewhat depressed. Black;
two apical joints of tarsi and antenna? dull red. Prothorax with
a scarcely visible hair in each puncture, under surface and legs
with whitish short hairs, somewhat more distinct than those on
prothorax.

Head densel}' punctate; eyes large, subtriangular, moderatel}-
close together, rather coarsely faceted; ocular fovea small, level
with bases of eyes. Rostrum long, thin, straight, in ^ almost
straight, in ^ parallel-sided except at base ; densely punctate at
base; 9 without carina; ^ with five carinje behind antennae, only
the median one sharply defined, the others being considerably
interrupted by punctures; sides abo\'e scrobes with a very shallow
narrow impression continued from eyes almost to extreme apex.
Antennae thin ; scape inserted about two-fifths from apex of

BY ARTHUR M. LEA. 211

rostrum in <^, somewhat closer in (J; two basal joints of funicle
elongate ; 3rd-6th subequal, slightly increasing in width, 7th
distinctly longer and wider than 6th; club slightly longer than
two preceding joints. Prothorax scarcely transverse, sides
slightly rounded, feebly increasing to base, posterior angles
rounded, base bisinuate; ocular lobes rather prominent, slightly
rounded; densely and regularly punctate, punctures smaller at
apex than elsewhere; a feeble shining median line continued to
base and apex. Scutellum rounded, granuliform. Elytra wider
than prothorax and about twice its length, cordate, shoulders and
sides oblique, each with ten* rows of large, elliptic, shelving
punctures, near base separated by transverse ridges; interstices
(including suture) narrow, raised, slightly waved by punctures
near base, elsewhere straight ; sides of interstices with small
punctures. Pectoral canal wide, moderately deep; anterior coxte
compressed, distinctly separated. Jlesostemal plate transverse,
depressed, base straight, apex very feebly emaryinate, anterior
angles oblique, middle with a transversely elliptic shallow fovea.
Metasternum slightly depressed in middle, coarsely and irregularly
punctate ; episterna each with a continuous row of slightl}^
elongated punctures. Abdomen with the two basal segments
coarsely punctate, 1st as large as 2nd-3rd combined; 2nd trans-
versely convex ; intermediates slightly raised at their bases,
obsoletely punctate; apical segment densely punctate and in the
^ with a distinct circular impression. Legs densely punctate,
punctures frequently confluent ; femora distinctly dentate and
each with a smaller tooth or granule in emargination; postei'ior
reaching apex of abdomen; tibiae grooved, curved at base, anterior
bisinuate beneath; claw-joint feebly pubescent, claws moderately
separated. Length 5-|, rostrum 2^; width 3 mm.

Hah. — Tasmania (Erichson), Hobart (Messrs. Griffith and
Norman) — S. Australia — N.S.W. : (Macleay Museum), Forest
Reefs (Lea; on Acacia decurrens).

* I have in all cases counted the short subhumeral row.

212 REVISION OF THE AUSTRALIAN CURCULIONID^E,

Melanterius bidentatus, n.sp.

Broad, ovate, shining, somewhat depressed. Black ; elytra
feebly tinged with red, claw-joint and antennae dull red. Pro-
thorax with a scarcely traceable hair in each discal puncture,
but more distinct towards sides; legs with short, white, moder-
ately distinct hair, densest at base of anterior femora.

Head densely and minutely punctate; eyes large, semicircular,
rather coarsely faceted, moderately sepai'ated; ocular fovea small,
situate between bases of eyes. Rosti'um long, slightly cui'ved,
moderately stout (for the genus); densely punctate throughout,
punctures somewhat oblong; not carinate; parallel-sided except
between antennae and apex, where it is slightly incurved.
Antennae moderately stout ; scape perfectly straight, inserted
about two-fifths from apex of rostrum which it slightly passes;
funicle with joints Ist-Gth cylindrical, 7th transverse, 1st and 2nd
elongate, 3rd slightly shorter; club top-shaped, longer than two
preceding joints. Prothorax slightly transverse, sides and
posterior angles rounded, base bisinuate; ocular lobes obtuse,
densely and regularly punctate, apex with smaller ])unctures than
elsewhere; a feeble shining median line not continued to base or
apex. Scutellum circular, punctate. Elytra cordate, wider than
prothorax and more than twice its length; shoulders oblique;
sides slightly obliquely rounded; each with nine rows of large,
elliptic, shelving punctures, which near base are encroached upon
by obtuse granules; interstices narrow, raised, very slightly waved
and with minute punctures; suture near base slightly flattened,
elsewhere raised. Pectoral canal wide, shallow; anterior coxa?
hollowed out but not distinctly separated. Mesosternal plate
depressed, slightly concave, obsoletely punctate, apex wide, feebl}^
emarginate, base narrow, almost truncate, sides oblique. Meta-
sternum feebly depressed in middle, where punctures are shallow
and irregular, sides with larger, denser and more regular punc-
tures ; episterna each with a continuous i-ow of rather deep
punctures. Abdomen with basal segment as long as two following
combined, with moderately dense shallow punctures sparser about

BY ARTHUR M. LEA. 213

antercoxal process than elsewhere ; 2nd not as long as inter-
mediates combined, with rather sparse shallow punctures; inter-
mediates with almost obsolete punctures ; apical segment
moderately densely punctate, a shallow depression near its apex.
Legs denaely punctate, punctui'es small; femora distinctly dentate,
each with a smaller tooth or granule in emargination ; posterior
almost extending to apex ot" abdomen; tibite rather feebly grooved,
moderately curved at base ; claw-joint feebly pubescent, claws
moderately separated. Length 6§, rostrum 2^; width 3^ mm.

Rab. — N.W. Australia (Mr. G. Masters) — N.Q. : Somerset
(Mr. C. French).

Somewhat resembling the preceding species, but — besides the
more noticeable differences of rostrum, antennae, abdomen and
pectoral canal — differs in being somewhat more bulky, with less
trigonal elytra, larger scutellum, more obtuse ocular lobes, stouter
femora and more regular elytral interstices. The granule in the
femoral emargination occurs (so far as I am aware) only in this
and the preceding species.

Melaxterius porosus, n.sp.

Elliptic, shining, convex. Black ; tibipe, tarsi, rostrum and
antennae dull red. Punctures of prothorax, under surface and
lesrs each with a minute hair.

Head densely punctate; eyes large, rather widely separated,
coarsely faceted. Rostrum long, parallel, curved; densely punc-
tate, punctures decreasing in size to apex; not carinate. Scape
inserted about one-third from apex of rostrum, about half its
length passing apex; 1st joint of funicle moderately long, 3rd-7th
short; club briefly ovate. Prothorax scarcely transverse, rounded,
base very feebly bisinuate, posterior angles almost right angles;
densely, shallowly and very regularly punctate ; median line
almost invisible ; ocular lobes very feeble. Scutellum small,
oblong. Elytra not much wider than prothorax and more than
twice its length, widest about one-third its length from base ;
each with ten rows of deep, narrow, oblong punctures, connected
together by almost invisible grooves ; interstices on basal half

214 REVISION OF THE AUSTRALIAN CURCULIONlDiE,

distinctly wider than punctures, flat and with fine punctures, on
apical half becoming raised and narrow and with punctate
sides ; the suture is flat for more than two-thirds its length.
Pectoral canal shallow, apex wide ; anterior coxae hollowed for
rostrum, feebly separated. Mesosternal plate depressed, feebly
concave, punctate, almost curvilinearly triangular, apex moder-
ately wide, base narrow. Metasternum feebly depressed in middle,
densely punctate; episterna each with a row of small, deep, sub-
contiguous punctures. Two basal segments of abdomen large,
not very coarsely punctate, flattened or very feebly concave in
middle; 1st as long as 'ind-Srd combined; intermediates coml>ined
slightly longer than 2nd, each with a distinct transverse row of
small punctures ; 5th densely punctate, a shallow somewhat
circular impression near its apex. Legs densely punctate; femora
dentate, teeth of anterior pair rather small, posterior not extend-
ing to middle of apical segment ; tibiie narrow, compressed,
grooved, base curved, anterior very feebly bisinuate beneath; claw-
joint ^ ery feebly pubescent, claws feeble, diverging at an angle of
about 30°. Length 4, rostrum \\; width 2 mm.

Hab. — North Queensland : Cooktown (Herr J. Faust's No. 69).

If Mcechius is to be recognised as a genus, this species should
go into it; but I can see no reason for separating it from Melan-
terius ; the species can scarcely be M. anaglyptns, which is
described as — " Rostro . . . in medio fere obsolete carinato,"
and " Elytris profunde late sulcatis . . . interstitiis carinatis
et utrinque uniseriatim punctulatis." Pascoe also gives the
length as 2| lin.

Melanterius ventralis, n.sp,

Elliptic, shining, convex. Black; tarsi and antenna? dull red.
Upper surface with very minute pubescence, on prothorax in
punctures, and on elytra at sides of interstices; under surface and
legs with sufficiently distinct hairs in punctures ; four apical
segments of abdomen with long, yellowish, straggling hair.

Head densely punctate; ocular fovea very feeble; eyes rounded,
coarsel}'^ faceted, rather widely separated. Rostrum long, rather

BY ARTHUR M. LEA. 215

thick, curved, densely punctate and carinate; carina punctate; a
feeble groove at sides continuous from eyes almost to apex and
parallel with scrobes. Antennse inserted about one-third from
apex of rostrum; scape passing rostrum for the length of funicle;
club large, its outline continuous with that of funicle. Prothorax
feebly transverse, sides slightly rounded, posterior angles feebly
acute; ocular lobes obtuse^ emargination feeble; densely punctate,
punctures round, at apex smaller and sometimes confluent; with-
out median line. SciUe.llum small, oblong, corners rounded.
Elytra distinctly wider than prothorax and about thrice its
length, widest slightly behind base ; shoulders oblique, feebly
impinging on prothorax; each with ten rows of rather large oblono-
punctures, distinctly separated from each other; interstices raised,
triangularly convex; at base not so much raised as near apex,
much wider than punctures; suture flat to near apex, irregularly
punctate, the punctures becoming compressed into one narrow row
on posterior declivity ; interstices laterally punctate, on basal
third more coarsely than elsewhere and appearing to be obsoletely
and irregularly granulate. Feciorat canal wide, moderately deep;
separation between tops of anterior coxie almost the width of
apex, at their bases distinctly separated. Mesosternal plate
separated from metasternum by a straight groove or suture,
greatly depressed, very feebly concave, apex straight except the
extreme sides, which are directed forwards, sides narrower than
base or apex, feebly incurved. Metasternum convex at sides, disc
flattened or very slightly depressed, rather densely punctate;
episterna each with a narrow row of punctures appearing as a
feeble groove. Basal segment of abdomen large, its sides convex,
disc flattened or slightly convex, posteriorly in middle raised and
almost laminate; densely punctate; 2nd segment almost impunc-
tate, highly polished, apex of middle raised as in 1st ; inter-
mediates each distinctly larger and longer than 2nd, their com-
l)ined length almost equal to that of lst-2nd, and much longer
than apical, three apical segments densely punctate. Legs
moderately long, densely punctate ; anterior femora edentate,
posterior with rather small and intermediate with very small

'216 REVISION OP THE AUSTRALIAN CURCULIONIDiE,

teeth; posterior not extending to apex of abdomen; tibiae slightly
curved at base, anterior straight, densely punctate, punctures
oblong but scarcely confluent, posterior feebly grooved. Length
3^, rostrum 1; width 1^ mm.

Hoh. — New South Wales (Macleay Museum), Sydney (Lea).

The abdomen of this species renders it the most distinct in the
whole genus, even if it only depended on the clothing of the
apical segment. The shape of the 1st segment might be regarded
as indicating an approach to Amydala and Awpagia. The size
of the intermediates is almost without parallel in the subfamily.

Melanterius servulus, Pasc; I.e. No. 5401.

(J. Elliptic-ovate, shining, moderately convex. ^. Black; legs
and rostrum dark brown, antennjc dull red; ^ piceous. Upper
surface with scarcely traceable hairs ; under surface with more
distinct hairs which are of a yellowish colour.

Head densely punctate; ocular fovea not traceable; eyes semi-
circular, rather coarsely faceted, separated by width of rostrum.
Rostrum long, thin, parallel, strongly curved; densely punctate,
punctures suboblong and giving it a feebly (but falsely) carinate
appearance; a scarcely traceable lateral groove commencing at eye
and terminating at antennal insertion. Antennae inserted about
one-fourth from apex of rostrum; about half of scape passing
apex; funicle with 1st joint as long as 2nd-3rd combined, 2nd
slightly longer than 3rd, 3rd-7th subequal in length but increas-
ing in width; club subsolid, rather large, as long as three preceding
joints combined. Prothorax large, transverse, sides rounded,
posterior angles feebly acute; emargination feeble, lobes small,
obtuse; densely punctate, punctures round, at apex smaller and
somewhat confluent; a raised median line or feeble carina flat
and highly polished. Scutellum, small, granuliform, punctate
Elytra cordate, distinctly wider than prothorax and not much
more than twice its length, shoulders rounded; each with nine
rows of rather large oblong punctures set in grooves, interstices
flat, distinctly wider than punctures, becoming feebly triangularly

BY ARTHUR M. LEA. 217

raised on posterior declivity, each with a row of small punctures
at the sides, more distinct near base, and in places and with
certain lights appearing raised in the middle. Pectoral canal
rather broad, moderately deep ; separation of anterior coxa?
sufficiently distinct, their sides hollowed out. Mesosternal plate
depressed, densely punctate, not concave ; apex wide, feebly
emarginate, base straight, narrow, its width about equal to length,
sides incurved. Metastermim densely punctate, sides raised, disc
flattened and feebly depressed; episterna each with a continuous
row of punctures. Abdomen den?,e\y punctate; 1st segment large,
flattened on disc, 2nd distinctly larger than each of intermediates,
the combined length of these slightly longer than apical, apical
with a veiy feeble transverse impression close to apex. Legs
moderately long, densely punctate; four anterior femora almost
edentate, teeth of posterior very small; posterior almost extend-
ing to apex of abdomen ; tibiae curved at base, anterior xerj
feebly bisinuate, all densely punctate but not grooved, a few
punctures on the posterior pair confluent but not sufficiently so to
cause grooves ; claws small, moderately separated, in certain
lights appearing as if soldered together at l)ase. Length 3,
rostrum 1; width 14 (vix) mm.

Hah. — W.A.: "King George's Sound" (Pascoe), Swan River
(Lea).

A specimen, which I take to be the female, is slightly broader;
rostrum shining and impunctate except at base, the insertion of
antennse about two-fifths from base and the median prothoracic
line invisible from most dii'ections, appearing little more than
the sides of three pairs of punctures. Mr. Pascoe's diagnosis was
probably drawn up from a female specimen.

Melanterius strabonus, n.sp.

Elliptic-ovate, shining, moderately convex. Blackish-piceous;
elytra feebly tinged with red, legs and rostrum dark reddish-
brown, claw-joint and antennae dull red. With short, minute,
whitish hairs or scales, confined on prothorax and undersurface
to punctui-es, and on elytra to sides of interstices.

218 REVISION OF THK AUSTRALIAN CURCULIONIDiE,

Head densely punctate; eyes subreniform, rather large, coarsely
faceted, separation about half the width of rostrum. Rostrum
long, slightly curved, thin, parallel-sided except for a very feeble
incurvature between antennte and apex; densely and somewhat
irregularly punctate, punctures feebler towards apex; from some
directions appearing feebly carinate; a feeble lateral groove not
parallel with scrobe and continued from eye to apex. Antenna?
inserted about three-sevenths from apex of rostrum ; scape
scarcely extending to apex; two basal joints of funicle moder-
ately elongate, 3rd-4th subglobose, 5th-7th transverse; club ovate.
Frothorax feebly transverse and (including the head) subcordate,
base bisinuate, sides rounded; emargination feeble, lobes feeble;
densely punctate, punctures at extreme apex smaller than else-
where, without trace of median line. Scutelkim small, round,
densely punctate. Elytra not much wider than prothorax,
elongate-cordate, shoulders oblique; each with nine rows of sub-
oblong subcontiguous punctures set in grooves; intei'stices (except
1st and 2nd at their bases) distinctly raised and narrow, at base
near suture as wide or nearly as wide as punctures, elsewhere
much narrower; suture tlat almost to apex, rather densely and
irregularly punctate; interstices distinctly punctate at sides near
base, near apex almost impunctate. Pectoral canal moderately
wide, rather deep; separation of anterior coxfe distinct. Meso-
sternal plate joined to metasternum by a short, shining, depressed
space, thence widened at almost right angles; the sides distinctly
raised (leaving a hollow space) and directed obliquely inwards to
apex ; apex wide, emarginate. Disc of metasternum feebly
depressed, densely punctate ; episterna each with one row of
small, shallow and rather distant punctures. Abdomen not very
densely punctate, the punctures almost as large as those on meta-
sternum ; basal segment large, intercoxal process semicircular,
raised and almost impunctate, a feeble projection in its middle;
intermediates combined slightly longer than 2nd or apical, each
with one distinct row of punctures in middle ; apical with a
feeble depression at apex. Legs moderately long; trochantins,
especially the anterior, separated from cox^ by a rather distinct

BY ARTHUR M. LEA. 219'

groove ; femora coarsely punctate, teeth large, distinct, the
anterior sharper and somewhat smaller than posterior, posterior
scarcely extending to apical segment ; tibia? short, compressed,
grooved ; claw-joint feebly pubescent, claws small, moderately
separated. Length 4^, rostrum 1^; width 2 mm.

Hah. — N.W. Australia : King's Sound (Macleay Museum),
Upper Ord River (Mr. R. Helms), Wyndham (Mr. Inspector
Stephens).

The scape in this species certainly does not pass the apex of
rostrum, though from some directions it appears to; looked at
from some directions it appears to be much shorter; actual mea-
surements show that there is a difference of about half a milli-
metre. Though having nine specimens under examination, I can
find no sexual differences in the rostrum and antennas except that
in the males the puncturation is somewhat coarser and with a
tendency to run in rows. The mesosternal plate is most peculiar',
and it has taken me some time to fully realise its structure; its
shape as noted above is the best definition that I can give of it
after numerous attempts.

In one of my specimens the claws of two of the tarsi appear to
be soldered together at their bases, but this is purely accidental.
This apparent partial soldering of the claws I have noticed in a
good many weevils (not alone in the Cryi^torhynchides) and j^i'O-
bably is done when the specimens are being mounted, when if
the claws are feeble and loosely articulated (as is frequently the
oase) and happen to catch in the drying paper; they would pro-
bably be drawn together. Weak spirits (as is well known)
frequently relax the joints (seldom rigid in weevils) and more-
over frequently cause the protrusion of the pygidium. I have
pointed this out because, though apparently not an important
matter, it has probably caused (through the claws of onl}' one
tarsus having been examined) genera to be founded erroneously.

Melanterius cinnamomeus, Pasc; I.e. No. 5395.

Elliptic-ovate, moderately shining and somewhat convex. Dull
reddish-brown or dark castaneous; under somewhat darker than

220 REVISION OF THE AUSTRALIAN CURCULIONID^,

upper surface, antennae slightly paler. With short, minute,
yellowish scales, confined on prothorax and under surface to
punctures and on elytra to sides of interstices.

Head with dense feeble punctures; ocular fovea represented by
a feeble depression; eyes small, almost circular, not very coarsely
faceted, distant. Rostrum long, thin, slightly curved, in ^
parallel to apex, in ^ slightly wider at apex than base; densely
punctate in (J, the punctui'es oblong and similar on apical two-
thirds, in 5 the punctures are sparser, feebler, and become much
smaller towards apex; very feeble lateral grooves running parallel
with scrobes and terminating at antenna?. Antennte rather long;
scape almost perfectly straight, slightly thickened at apex,
inserted about one-fourth from apex of rostrum which it passes
for about half its length ; basal joint of funicle longer than
2nd, 4th-7th transverse; club ovate. Prothorax scarcely trans-
verse, emargination feeble, lobes obtuse, sides rounded, base feebly
bisinuate, posterior angles feebly acute; densely punctate, punc-
tures frequentl}'^ confluent; ^ with a very feeble median line not
traceable in J- Scntellum small, slightly longer than wide,
rounded, punctate. Elytra not much wider than prothoi*ax and
about twice and one-half its length, sides subparallel to near
apex; shoulders oblique, feebly produced on to prothorax; each
with nine rows of oblong punctures set in grooves and somewhat
obscured by scales; interstices raised, subcostiform, wider (taking
their full width) than punctures, punctate near base and shoulders,
very obsoletely granulate. Pectoral canal rather shallow; anterior
cox* scarcely visibly separated and feebly excavated at their
tops. Jlesosternal plate depressed, feebly concave, apex wide,
emarginate, almost twice the width of base, sides incurved.
Metasternum depressed at base and apex of disc, slightly convex
transversely ; densely punctate ; episterna each with a row of
feeble squamose punctures and a few extra ones at base. Abdo-
men densely punctate; basal segment large, intercoxal process
wide, middle depressed, depression continued on to 2nd, causing
a hollow very noticeable in ^ but much less so in J ; inter-
mediates combined [slightly longer than 2nd and noticeably

' BY ARTHUR M. LEA. 221

longer than apical, apical segment with a distinct transverse
depression at apex. Legs moderately long, densely punctate;
femora acutely dentate, anterior teeth very small ; posterior
reaching middle of apical segment; punctures of tibi« occasionally
confluent but scarcely causing grooves; claw -joint long, shining,
apex only pubescent, claws feeble, separated at an angle of about

■r o

2o-

Length 4f, rostrum 1|; width 2^ (vix} mm.

Hah. — W. A.: "Champion Bay" (Pascoe), Swan River, Donny-
brook (Lea).

Very much the build of the preceding species, but of a paler
colour, punctures and clothing different ; but very different in
pectoral canal, mesosternal plate and abdomen. In certain lights
both sexes appear to have a feebly carinate rostrum.

Mblanterius acacije, n.sp.

Elliptic, feebly shining, moderately convex. Piceous-black,
claw-joint and antennse dull reddish- brown, 2 occasionally entirely
dark brown. Upper surface with short, yellowish, moderately
distinct decumbent setse ; on prothorax slight!}' rising above
punctures and on elytra bordering interstices; under surface with
somewhat paler and stouter seta^, denser on ^ than ^.

Head densely and rather coarsely punctate ; ocular fovea
represented by a feeble depression ; eyes small, subcircular,
coarsely faceted, distant. Rostrum long, thin, feebly curved,
feebly decreasing in width to base; densely punctate, punctures
elongate and causing several feeble carinse to appear in (J ; $
with a central carina continued on to head; very feeble lateral
grooves running almost parallel with scrobes and terminating at
antenna?. Scape inserted about one-fourth from apex in (J, two-
fifths in 5, passing apex; basal joint of funicle longer than 2nd,
5th-7th transverse. Prothorax (if anything) slightly longer than
wide, and (with the head) subtrigonal, base bisinuate; densely
punctate, punctures frequently confluent and causing in a number
of specimens the appearance of numerous short carinse; a median
line sometimes but not usually visible. SciUeLlum rounded,
punctate. Elytra elongate, subcordate, shoulders somewhat

'222 REVISIOX OF THE AUSTRALIAN CURCULIONIDiE,

oblique, feebly produced on to prothorax; each with nine rows of
not very large .subcontiguous punctures set in grooves and some-
times feebly separated by short transverse ridges or granules ;
interstices raised and carinate, near base almost flat, rather
densely punctate and wider than rows of punctures, near apex
slightly narrower than punctures I'ectornl canal rather shallow;
anterior coxte distinctly separated. J/esosternnl plate depressed,
punctate, base truncate, about two-thirds the width of apex, apex
emarginate, its sides raised, sides incurved. Metasterimm slightly
depressed in middle, densely punctate, sides almost vertical ;
episterna with a narrow row of small punctures. Abdomen not
very densely punctate, punctures deeper and sparser in ^ than
in 5; basal segment large, in ^ depressed in middle, in $ near
intercoxal process, which is arcuate in both sexes ; 2nd large,
convex; intermediates with deep and very distinct sutures, their
combined length slightly more than that of 2nd and much longer
than apical, in ^ with a transverse row of punctures, in 9
punctures irregular; apical segment with a depression near apex,
smaller and deeper in ^ than in 5. Leys rather long, densely
punctate; femora sublinear, dentate, teeth rather acute; posterior
in ^ reaching, in 9 not extending to apical segment; posterior
tibise slightly grooved, the others not; claw-joint and claws as in
preceding. Length 4|, rostrum 1^; width 2 mm.

Hah. — X.S.W.: Forest Reefs (Blackmore, Dumbrell and Lea) —
S. Australia (Macleay Museum) — Victorian Alps and Tasmania
(Rev. T. Blackburn).

This species is variable in size, some specimens being fully
thrice as large as others; some large females are of a reddish -brown
colour (immature?). Numerous specimens were obtained from a
tree of Acacia decurrens growing in a deep gully. This species
might almost have been regarded as a variety of the preceding
had the pectoral canal and abdomen been similar in character.

Melanterius maculatds, n.sp.

Elliptic, subopaque, convex. Piceous-brown; legs and rostrum
dull brown, antennae and claw-joint paler. Prothoracic punctures

BY ARTHUR M. LEA. 223

with yellowish setose scales, elytra with somewhat similar scales
■or setse on interstices; under surface with sparser, longer and
paler setose hair.

Head densely punctate, punctures confluent on vertex; ocular
fovea represented liy a very shallow depression; eyes rounded,
distant. Rostrum long, curved, very feebly decreasing in width
from apex to base; basal two thirds punctate in four or more
rows, giving that part a feebly carinate appearance, apical third
feebly punctate. Scape inserted about two-fiftlis from apex of
rostrum, passing apex; 1st joint of funicle distinctly longer than
2nd, 2nd slightly longer than 3rd, 5th-7th transverse. Prothorax
scarcely transverse, base bisinuate, sides feebly rounded; emargin-
ation and lobes obtuse; densely punctate, punctures sometimes
confluent. Scutellum oblong, minutely punctate. Elytra dis-
tinctly wider than prothorax and about thrice its length; shoulders
slightly oblique, basal two-thirds subparallel; each with nine rows
of oblong subcontiguous punctures ; interstices distinctly wider
than punctures, near base and suture flattened, elsewhere raised
in the middle, punctate, near base feebly transversely corrugate.
Pectoral canal wide, rather shallow, anterior coxse very feebl}'
separated. Mesosternal plate slightly depressed, apex emarginate,
sides incurved, base truncate. Metastermun flattened, sides sub-
vertical; densely punctate; episterna each with a distinct row of
punctures. ^6ffowe?i moderately densely punctate, basal segment
as long as 2nd -3rd combined; 2nd as long as intermediates com-
bined and slightly longer than apical; apical with a feeble depres-
sion near apex. Legs densely punctate; femora dentate, posterior
almost extending to apex of abdomen; tibi?e densely punctate,
feebly grooved, apices somewhat widened; claw-joints pubescent,
claws feeble. Length 4 (vix), rostrum 1|; width 2 (vix) mm.

//rf6. —Victoria (Macleay Museum), Benalla (Mr. R. Helms)
— N. Holland (Herr J. Faust).

In shape and size much the same as the two preceding, but
may be readily distinguished by its maculate appearance, non-
depressed basal segments of abdomen, elytral interstices, etc.

224 REVISION OF THE AUSTRALIAN CURCULIONID^,

Melanterius interstitialis, n.sp.

Elliptic, moderately shining, convex. Piceous; legs and rostrum
dark brown, antennae dull red. Upper surface with scarcely
traceable hairs, more distinct but very small on legs and under
surface.

Head densely punctate, punctures almost obsolete near base;
eyes large, rounded, coarsely faceted, rather distant. Rostrum
long, distinctly curved, parallel; densely punctate and having a
feeble multicarinate appearance. Scape inserted about one-third
from apex of rostrum, passing apex, apex and base slightly
thickened; 1st joint of funicle almost as long as 2nd-3rd combined,
3rd-5th feebly, 6th-7th widely transverse; club longer than three
preceding joints. Prothorax slightly transverse, apex very feebly
semicircularly produced, base almost truncate, sides rounded ;
emargination and lobes obtuse; densely punctate, punctures con-
fluent only at apex. Elytra wider than prothorax and scarcely
thrice its length, widest about basal third, thence feebly decreas-
ing to apex; shoulders scarcely rounded or oblique; each with
nine rows of elliptic subapproximate punctures; interstices densely
punctate, distinctly wider than rows of punctures, flattened,
becoming raised in middle of posterior declivity and towai^ds sides.
Pectoral canal rather shallow, moderately wide, anterior coxje
distinctly separated. Mesosternal plate transversely depressed,
punctate, apex emarginate, sides incurved, base truncate. Meta-
sternum feebly depressed on disc, densely punctate; episterna with
a distinct row of punctures. Abdomen not very densely punctate;
1st segment large, largely depressed on disc, slightly longer than
2nd and 3rd combined; intermediates with deep sutures; their
combined length slightly more than that of apical; apical slightly
longer than 2nd, its apex with a modei'ately distinct transverse
impression. Legs rather long, densely punctate; femora dentate,
posterior almost reaching apex of abdomen; tibife thin, somewhat
rounded, not grooved. Length 3, rostrum 1; width 1^ mm.

^a6.— N.S.W. : Sydney.

My specimen is probably ^; it has the rostrum slightly broader
than is usual, with the insertion of scape slightly more distant

BY ARTHUR M. LEA. 225

from the base, and the tibi^ less compressed than is usual. The
puncturation of the elytral interstices is more pronounced than
in any of the preceding species.

Melanterius parvidens, n.sp.

Elliptic, moderately shining, somewhat convex. ^. Piceous,
feebly tinged with red; legs and rostrum paler; 9 almost black.
Hairs or setae on upper surface traceable onl}' with extreme
difficulty under a Coddington lens; more distinct and of a whitish
colour on the under surface and legs.

Head densely punctate; eyes rounded, coarsely faceted, rather
distant. Rostrum long, thin, parallel, moderately curved ; ^
with five narrow carinte continuous from base to antennae with
rows of punctures between; 5 without carinte except at extreme
base, shining and almost impunctate. Scape in ^ inserted one-
fourth from apex of rostrum and passing apex, in ^ inserted
very slightly in advance of the middle and scarcely reaching apex;
two basal joints of funicle subelongate, 5th-7th transverse. Pro-
thorax very feebly transverse; emargination semicircular, ocular
lobes rounded but rather prominent; apex narrowed, sides some-
what rounded, base scarcely bisinuate; densely punctate, punc-
tures frequently confluent ; median line unmarked. Scutelluiin
suboblong, punctate. ' Elytra distinctly wider than prothorax
and almost four times its length, shoulders oblique, very feebly
impinging on prothorax; widest slightly before middle; each with
nine rows of elongate, subapproximate punctures set in grooves;
interstices finely punctate, raised, and even at base narrower than
rows of punctures. Pectoral canal rather narrow and shallow;
anterior coxae feebly separated. Mesosternal plate depressed,
punctate, anterior angles distinctly raised, apex emarginate, sides
incurved, base truncate. Metasternum feebly depressed, densely
punctate, sides precipitous, with large rpunctures than disc ;
episterna each with a distinct row of punctures, those at base
being slightly larger than those at apex. Abdomen rather densely
punctate; basal segment large, in ^ slightly concave in middle,
in 9 slightly convex; 2nd equal in size to apical and slightl}'^
15

226 REVISION OF THE AUSTRALIAN CURCULIONID^,

shorter than intermediates combined, these densely punctate,
punctures irregular. Legs densely punctate; femora slightly
thickened, teeth not very large, subequal in ^, in Q anterior teeth
very small, posterior rather acute; posterior not extending to
apex of 4th abdominal segment; tibipe compressed, not grooved,
anterior stouter in ^ than in ^^ claw-joint rather long, scarcely
pubescent, claws feeble and feebly separated, appearing soldered
at their bases. Length 3f, rostrum 1; width IJ mm.

JIab.—Q. : Port Curtis (Mr. G. Masters).

This can scarcely be Pascoe's Mcechius anaglyjytus, for besides

being smaller than the size given (even if the rostrum be included)

it is not briefly ovate; the tibiae are not uniseriately punctate,

and only the ^ is black; the 2nd joint of the funicle is slightly

shorter than the 1st, though from same directions it appears to

be longer.

Melanterius antennalis, n.sp.

^. Elliptic, somewhat shining, convex. Black, two apical
joints of tarsi and antennae dull reddish-brown. Upper surface
with minute, slightly visible whitish hairs; under surface with the
hairs somewhat more distinct.

Head densely and very shallowly punctate; eyes semicircular,
not very coarsely faceted. Rostrum moderately long, compara-
tively wide, curved, basal third rounded, then widened and
vertically compi'essed; densely longitudinally punctate, punctures
coarser at base than elsewhere; a feeble carina or impunctate line
(invisible from some directions) in middle. Antennae rather thick,
short; scape inserted close to apex of rostrum and considerably
passing apex; 1st joint of funicle equilaterally triangular, 2nd-3rd
subgiobular, 4th- 7th transverse; club ovate, the length of four
preceding joints. Prothorax slightly longer than wide, base very
feebly bisinuate, basal half almost parallel; without median line;
densely punctate, punctures subconfluent in places; emargination
ver}'^ feeble; ocular lobes not at all prominent. Scutellum small,
subgranuliform. Elytra slightly wider than prothorax and not
thrice its length; shoulders feebly rounded and oblique, feebly
impinging on prothorax ; each elytron with nine rows of sub-
approximate punctures set in narrow grooves, interstices appear-

BY ARTHUR M. LEA. 227

ing narrower than punctures owing to being raised and costiform
in middle, but in reality wider, 6th and 7th joined at base and
forming shoulder, 7th not continued to base. Pectoral canal
rather wide and shallow ; anterior coxae feebly separated but
largely excavated to receive rostrum. Mesosternal plate depressed,
transversely impressed, punctate, anterior angles oblique, apex
scarcely emarginate, sides incurved, base truncate. Metasternnm,
densely punctate, disc feebly depressed; episterna with almost
invisible punctures. Ahdo'inen densely punctate; basal segment
large, disc somewhat concave, intercoxal process semicircular ;
intermediates combined slightly longer than 2nd or apical, their
sutures wide and very distinct, with very minute and sparse
punctures, from some directions appearing to form a single row on
each; apical with a circular depression. Legs densely punctate;
femora thick, teeth in all (especially anterior) obtuse and rather
small; posterior extending to apical segment of abdomen; tibiae
moderately stout, somewhat compressed, not grooved, feebly
bisinuate beneath ; claw-joint long, claws very feeble. Length
2|, rostrum |; width \\ mm.
Zr«6.— N.S.W. : Gosford.

In this species the rostrum is broader and the antennae stouter
than in any other known to me. When viewed from the side the
base of the rostrum appears as if granulate, as also do certain
parts of the legs. The antennae appear from some directions
almost as if placed at the apex, but this appearance is caused by
the cui'vature of that part of the rostrum.

Melanterius adipatus, n.sp.

Ovate, shining, subconvex. Black ; legs and rostrum dull
reddish-brown, antennae dull red. Prothorax with very minute
hairs, elytra certainly glabrous ; legs and under surface with
sufficiently distinct whitish hairs.

Head feebly punctate, punctures moderately distinct behind
eyes; ocular fovea appearing as a shallow subtriangular impres-
sion; eyes elliptic, coarsely faceted, subapproximate. Rostrum
long, thin, shining, curved, parallel; with several irregular rows
of feeble punctures; a feeble scarcely traceable median carina or

228 REVISION OP THE AUSTRALIAN CQRCULIONID.E,

flattened impunctate space. Antennae slender ; scape inserted
about one-third from apex of rostrum which it considerably
passes; two basal joints of funicle equal in length, but the 2nd
from most directions appearing the longer, 4th-7th transverse;
club small. Prothorax feebly transverse; ocular lobes very feeble;
basal two-thirds subparallel, posterior angles almost right angles,
base feebly bisinuate; a moderately distinct median line inter-
rupted at base; densely punctate, punctures sometimes confluent.
Sciitellum very small, shining, granuliform. Elytra cordate, wider
than prothorax and about twice and one-half its length ;
shoulders rounded, scarcely impinging on prothorax; each with
nine rows of rather large, elliptic, subcontiguous punctures, set in
grooves on posterior declivity and sides only; interstices sparsely
and minutely punctate, near base scarcely raised and slightly if
at all wider than punctures, on declivity feebly triangularly raised
and noticeably wider than punctures. Pectoral canal shallow,
moderately wide ; anterior coxfe feel)ly separated. Mesosternal
-plate distinctly ti'ansverse, depressed, sides suboblique, base and
apex very feebly arcuate. Metasternum densely and irregularly
punctate, episterna each with a row of punctures in a narrow
groove. Basal segment of abdomen large," disc somewhat concave,
with large irregular punctures; 2nd about the length of apical,
with coarse punctures in about three rows; intermediates with
deep and distinct sutures, almost impunctate, their combined
length more than that of 2nd; apical transversely impressed, with
two round punctures on each side and a row of about six across
middle. Legs moderately long, densely punctate ; femora sub-
linear, posterior almost extending to apex of abdomen, all with
small and rather sharp teeth; tibiae thin, feebly grooved, very
feebly bisinuate beneath ; claw-joint long, claws very feeble.
Length 3, rostrum 1^; width 1| mm.

^a6.— N.S.W.: Sydney.

The elytra of this species have a peculiar almost greasy appear-
ance, and the punctures appear proportionately larger than in
many others having them of equal size or even larger; owing to

BY ARTHUR M. LEA. 229

heir whole extent being readily seen the puncturation of the
abdomen is a very distinctive character.

Melanterius castaneus, n.sp.

(J. Elliptic-ovate, shining, convex. Castaneous; under surface
slightly darker than upper. Punctures with scarcely visible
whitish hairs.

Head sparsely and feebly punctate; eyes subreniform, coarsely
faceted, separation less than width of rostrum. Rostrum
moderately long, curved, subparallel to antennse, thence slightly
narrowing to apex ; densely and shallowly punctate ; with a
feeble median carina. Scape inserted about one-fourth from
apex of rostrum, which it passes for about half its length; basal
joint of funicle obtriangular, longer than 2nd, 5th-7th transverse,
the length of club. Froihorax about as long as wide, emargina-
tion and ocular lobes feeble; densely punctate, punctures some-
times confluent and with a slight trend outwards. Sciotellum
small, punctate. Elytra cordate, wider than prothorax and
scarcely twice its length, shoulders rounded; each with ten rows
of small punctures set in narrow grooves; interstices wide, flat,
densely punctate, distinctly wider than grooves. Pectoral canal
wide, shallow; anterior coxa? rounded, feebly separated. Meso-
sternal plate feebly depressed, rather coarsely punctate, base and
apex almost truncate, sides oblique, anterior angles raised.
Metasternum densely punctate ; episterna each with a row of
narrow punctures. Abdomen not very densely and rather regu-
larly punctate ; basal segment very large, feebly longitudinally
depressed ; 2nd slightly shorter than intermediates combined,
these minutely punctate. Leys moderately long, densely punc-
tate; femora with very small teeth, posterior reaching apical
segment; tibije thin, grooved, not bisinuate beneath: claw-joint
long, claws very feeble, appearing soldered at their bases. Length
2f (vix), rostrum f ; width If mm.

Hah. — W.A. : Pinjarrah.

A specimen, also from Pinjarrah, and which is probably 9, has
the rostrum much longer, thinner, more noticeably curved, parallel

230 REVISION OF THE AUSTRALIAN CURCULIONIDiE,

and noticeably punctate only at base, without median carina; the
antennae are longer and thinner and are inserted about one-third
from apex ; the basal segment of abdomen is without discal
impression and the anterior femora are edentate, the teeth of the
four posterior very small. A male recently captured at Donny-
brook has the elytra of a dark piceous-brown colour.

This species agrees with Pascoe's diagnosis of Tetitheria, but is
certainly not his T. insciilpta. I do not think the claws soldered
at the base should be considered generically important, in this
part of the subfamily at least, and I can find nothing else in
Pascoe's diagnosis to warrant the separation of T. insculpta from
Melanterius. In the species described above the femoral teeth
are invisible when viewed from above, and in the supposed
female are traceable with extreme difficulty only,

Melanterius tristis, n.sp.

9 (?). Elliptic-ovate, shining, moderately convex. Dark casta-
neous ] antennae dull red. Prothoracic punctures with minute
hairs, becoming very indistinct on elytra; under surface and legs
with moderately distinct, short whitish hairs.

Head densely and somewhat obsoletely punctate; eyes subreni-
form, coarsely faceted, separated for the width of rostrum between
antennae; a transverse depression between eyes with very feeble
ocular fovea. Rostrum long, thin, curved, feebly increasing to
base; base densely punctate and obsoletely grooved, elsewhere
feebly punctate. Antennae inserted about two-fifths from apex of
rostrum; scape passing apex; basal joint of funicle about one-
third the length of scape and as long as 2nd-3rd combined, 3rd-
5th globular, 6th-7th transverse; club briefly ovate. Prothorax
feebly transverse, sides oblique; emargination feeble; ocular lobes
almost absent; densely punctate, punctures round, nowhere con-
fluent; without median line. >S'c?<ieZ/«/« oblong, punctate. Elytra
cordate, distinctly wider than prothorax and not thrice its length;
shoulders rounded, feebly impinging on prothorax, each with ten
rows of elliptic punctures set in grooves ; interstices flattened,
wider than rows of punctures near base, near apex raised, narrow

BY ARTHUR M. LEA. 231

and narrower than punctures; base densely punctate, regularly-
decreasing to apex. Pectoral canal moderately wide, very shallow,
anterior coxte feebly separated. Mesosternal plate distinctly
transverse, depressed in middle, rather coarsely punctate, apex
emarginate, base truncate, sides oblique, anterior angles scarcely
visibly raised. Mefasternum densely punctate, disc depressed;
episterna rather densely punctate at base and apex, and with an
almost regular row in middle. Abdomen regularly and not
coarsely punctate; two basal segments large, 1st as long as 2nd-
3rd combined; intermediates combined the length of 2nd and
slightly longer than apical, their sutures very distinct; apical
with a somewhat circular depression. Legs densely punctate;
femora with rather strong teeth, posterior extending to apical
segment of abdomen ; tibiee grooved, anterior feebly bisinuate
beneath; claw-joint long, claws moderate, separated at an angle
• of about 30°. Length 3|, rostrum 1^; width 2 mm.

Rab.—^.^.W.: Como (Lea)— S.A.: Adelaide (Rev. T. Black-
burn, No. 2115).

The basal joint of funicle is decidedly long; the mesosternal
plate appears to be flattened, with a circular impression or almost
a fovea in the middle towards apex; the femoral teeth are strong
and almost equal; the puncturation of the metasternal epipleuree
appears to be a good speeitic character.

Mblantbrius ploridus, Pasc; I.e. No. 5396.

Elliptic-ovate, opaque, moderately convex. Piceous-black; legs
scarcely so dark; tarsi, antennae and middle of rostrum dull red.
Clothed with ochreous setose scales, in places massed together,
and forming three irregular longitudinal stripes on prothorax, and
very feeble and irregular maculae on elytra; under surface with
similar but shorter and more evenly distributed scales.

Head densely punctate; eyes rather large, semicircular, coarsely
faceted, separation about half the width of rostrum at base.
Rostrum long, somewhat flattened, slightly curved, very feebly
increasing in width to base and still less to apex, densely punctate;
behind antennae with five carinse, of which the central one extends

"232 REVISION OF THE AUSTRALIAN CURCULIONID^,

to position of ocular fovea and the others terminate before eyes.
Scape inserted about three-sevenths from apex of rostrum and
just passing apex; two basal joints of funicle elongate, 1st scarcely
the length of 2nd-3rd combined, 7th transverse; club shorter than
three preceding joints. ProfJiorax transverse, disc and sides
rounded, apex slightly produced, base bisinuate; ocular lobes
obtuse; densely punctate, punctures rounded, sometimes suboblong
or elliptic, occasionally confluent. Scutelliim subtriangular,
punctate. Elytra distinctly wider than prothorax and not thrice
its length, base feebly trisinuate; obsoletely granulate; shoulders
rounded, not impinging on prothorax; each with ten rows of sub-
elliptic punctures set in grooves and partially concealed by cloth-
ing; interstices wide, flat, near apex and sides becoming raised
and narrower, the 3rd, 5th and 7th slightly raised alcove the
others except near base, where all the interstices are wider than
rows of punctures, all densely punctate Pectoral canal wide,
shallow; anterior coxse feebly separated. Ifesosternal plate
depressed, punctate, apex almost triangularly emarginate, anterior
angles slightly raised, oblique, sides oblique, base very narrow.
Metasternum densely punctate on disc (which is slightly depressed)
and spai'sely at sides ; episterna each with a row of rounded
punctures and a few others at base and apex. Abdomen rather
coarsely and densely punctate, punctures partially concealed;
apical segment with a shallow impression near apex. Legs
densely punctate; anterior femora almost edentate, four posterior
with equal and rather sharp teeth, posterior extending to apical
segment of abdomen; tibite grooved on lower sides, except at base
almost straight; claw-joint long. Length 4J, rostrum If; width
2^ mm.

Hah. — ^OMih. Australia (Pascoe, Macleay Museum)— N.S.W.
(Macleay Museum), Whitton (Lea).

On close examination the punctures between the carinee appear
to be in two very irregular rows; the mesosternal receptacle is of
a rather peculiar shape ; the teeth of the anterior femora are
almost invisible and are only traceable with great difficulty and
from certain directions.

BY ARTHUR M. LEA. 233

Melanterius aberrans, n.sp.

Elliptic, moderately convex, somewhat shining. Dark piceous-
brown; rostrum, antennae and tarsi brownish-red. Clothed with
yellowish, stout, decumbent setae, denser and more regular on legs
and under surface than elsewhere, on the elytra forming feeble
spots; head and basal fourth of rostrum clothed.

Head very small; densely punctate, punctures almost concealed;
eyes almost i-ound, separated for the width of rostrum at base.
Rostrum very long, thin, moderately curved, near base and apex
slightly but sensibly dilated in width; sparsely punctate, punc-
tures of moderate size near base, rather smaller towards apex,
nowhere in grooves. Antennae thin ; scape decidedly shorter
than funicle, inserted nearer base than apex of rostrum ; two
basal joints of funicle elongate, 1st longer than 2nd; club small,
elliptic. Prothorax almost as long as wide, apex half the width
of base, base bisinuate, sides subparallel towards base; densely
and strongly punctate, punctures scarcely confluent but some-
what obscured by clothing ; without median line. Scutellum
small and oblong. Elytra about once and one-half the width and
thrice the length of prothorax, shoulders rounded, sides sub-
parallel to apical fourth ; seriate-punctate, punctures large, of
irregular outline and feebly connected; 3rd, 5th and 7tli inter-
stices acutely ridged except on basal third. Mesosternal plate
depressed, concave, anterior edges acutely raised. Metasternwm
depressed in middle, densely punctate; episterna each with a single
row of punctures at base but becoming double at apex. Abdomen
densely and regularly punctate; except that those of the three
apical segments are somewhat smaller; intermediates combined
slightly shorter than 2nd and slightly longer than 5th. Legs not
very long ; femora strongly grooved and feebly dentate ; tibiae
densely and not seriately punctate. Length 5i, rostrum 2^;
width 2^ mm.

Hab. — Q. : Rockhampton (type in Macleay Museum).
An aberrant species as regards the insertion of scape, but in
all other characters conformable to the genus.

234 REVISION OF THE AUSTRALIAN CURCULIONID^,

Melanterius vinosus, Pasc; I.e. No. 5402.

Elliptic, convex, moderately shining. Reddish-brown; elytra,
rostrum, antennse and claw-joints paler. Head, base of rostrum,
prothorax, under surface and legs rather sparsely clothed with
stout yellowish setae; elytra more densely clothed, the setse almost
squamose and condensed into very distinct spots.

Head densely punctate, but punctures rather small and shallow;
a depression between eyes; eyes almost round, widely separated.
Rostrum feebly curved, not cylindrical, feebly dilated at base and
apex ; i-ather densely punctate, punctures coarser at base than
elsewhere, but scarcely confluent. Scape shorter than funicle,
inserted about two-fifths from apex of rostrum. Prothorax con-
vex, feebly transverse, sides gently rounded; apex about half the
width of base, base bisinuate; densely and strongly punctate,
punctures in places confluent ; with a feeble median line.
Scutellum rounded. Elytra about once and one-third the width,
and more than twice the length of prothorax; shoulders oblique;
seriate-punctate, punctures large, oblong, feebly connected; inter-
stices (except the suture) ridged, the ridges of the 3rd and 5th
rather more prominent than the others on the posterior declivity.
Mesosternal plate strongly transverse, depressed and feebly concave.
Metasternum and abdomen rather sparsely and irregularly punc-
tate, punctures rather small, on episterna (except at apex) and on
intermediate segments, in single rows; the latter combined longer
than 2nd or 5th. Legs moderately long; femora feebly grooved,
moderately strongly dentate; tibi* compressed, curved at base,
posterior seriately punctate. Length 5|, rostrum 2; width 2| mm.

//rt6._"S Australia" (Pascoe), "Mount Squires" (Rev. T.
Blackburn).

Mr. George Masters has kindly lent me a specimen (probablv
2) for description.

Melanterius solitus, n.sp.

$. Elliptic, convex, moderately shining. Piceous; legs piceous-
brown, antennae dull red. Sparsely clothed with sliort whitish
setae, which are stout and very indistinct on prothorax.

BY ARTHUR M. LEA. 235

Head densely and rather strongly punctate, depressed between
eyes ; eyes subreniform, widely separated. Rostrum (for the
genus) comparatively stout, feebly curved; parallel-sided to
between antennae, then dilated and parallel to near apex; coarsely
punctate, punctures confluent and leaving several feeble ridges,
of which only the median one is at all distinct. Scape inserted
one-fourth from apex of rostrum, longer than funicle but shorter
than funicle and club combined. Prothorax feebly transverse,
apex more than half the width of base, base bisinuate; densely
punctate, punctures shallow and not very large; with a distinct
median line. SciiteUuin small, suboblong. Elytra elongate-sub-
cordate, not much wider than and not thrice the length of pro-
thorax, shoulders oblique; seriate-punctate, punctures moderately
large, elongate-oblong, feebly connected; interstices (except near
base) acutely ridged. Under surface somewhat sparsely and
irregularly punctate, metasternal episterna and intermediate
segments of abdomen each with a single row; combined length of
the latter slightly more than that of 2nd or 6th. Femora
shallowly grooved, all strongly and acutely dentate, but the
anterior less noticeably so; tibite thin, bisinuate beneath, seriately
punctate. Length 4^, rostrum 1^ (vix); width 2^ mm.

Rab.—H.A. : Yorke's Peninsula (Rev. T. Blackburn, No. 474).

Melanterius impolitus, n.sp.

Elliptic, convex, subopaque. Reddish-castaneous ; extreme
apex of rostrum infuscate. Rather sparsely clothed with stout,
elongate, yellowish setpe.

Head rather large, flat between eyes; eyes briefly ovate, widely
separated. Rostrum the length of prothorax, scarcely visibly
diminishing in width to apex, almost flat, feebly curved; moder-
ately punctate, punctures more or less confluent but leaving no
distinct ridges. Scape thin, inserted two-fifths from apex of
rostrum, the length of funicle ; club rather large. Prothorax
decidedly transverse; apex about one-third less than width of
base, base feebly bisinuate ; densely punctate, punctures rather
small and shallow; without median line. Scutellum small and

236 REVISION OF THE AUSTRALIAN CURCULIONIDjE

subglobose. Elytra once and one-fourth wider, and twice and
one-half longer than j^rothorax, shoulders rounded; seriate-punc-
tate, punctures comparatively small and subquadrate; interstices
flat, wider than punctures, nowhere ridged. Under surface with
small and irregular punctures; intermediate segments of abdomen
irregularly punctate, their combined length slightly more than
that of 2nd or 5th. Feviora rather stout, shallowly grooved,
strongly dentate; tibise curved at base, not seriately punctate.
Length 3|, rostrum 11; width 14 mm.

Hah. — New South Wales (Macleay Museum).

The specimen described is probably $.

Melanterius tenuis, n.sp.

Elongate-elliptic; moderately convex, somewhat shining.
Reddish-brown ; rostrum, antennae, and legs somewhat paler.
Rather sparsely clothed with pale yellowish setae.

Head with rather small and dense punctures; depressed between
eyes; eyes rather large, subrenifomn, separation slightly less than
width of rostrum at base. Rostrum rather long and thin, moder-
ately curved ; towards apex rather sparsely punctate, behind
antennpe with punctures in rather feeble grooves. Scape thin,
inserted slightly nearer apex than base of rostrum, sliglitly shorter
than funicle; 1st joint of funicle as long as two following com-
bined. Prothorax transverse, compai'atively small; base bisinuate
and not much wider than apex; with moderately dense and rather
small punctures ; without median line. Scutellum subglobose.
Elytra elongate-subcordate, about once and one-third wider than
and fully thrice the length of prothorax; seriate-punctate, punctures
rather small and obscure; interstices rounded, much wider than
punctures, towards apex apparently feebly ridged. Under surface
sparsely and rather finel}^ punctate ; intermediate segments of
abdomen combined slightly longer than 2nd or 5th. Leys long;
femora sublinear, very feebly (especially the anterior) dentate;
tibife curved, somewhat rounded, dilated towards apex. Length
3|- (vix), rostrum 1; width \\ mm.

Hah. — N.W. Australia (type in Macleay Museum).

BY ARTHUR M. LEA. 237

Melanterius cordipennis, n.sp.

(J. Elliptic, convex, polished. Reddish-castaneous, head,
rostrum and legs darker than prothorax and elytra. Upper
surface with almost microscopic setse ; under surface and legs
sparsely clothed with whitish seta?.

Head densely punctate, punctures small and shallow ; not
depressed between eyes ; eyes very large, subreniform, almost
touching above. Rostrum moderately long, comparatively stout,
curved, feebly dilated between antennae; rather coarsely punctate,
punctures strongly confluent and leaving five feeble ridges
exposed behind the antennse. Scape rather stout, inserted two-
fifths from apex of rostrum, decidedly shorter than funicle.
Prothorax feebly transverse, apex about two-thirds the width of
base ; base bisinuate ; densely punctate, punctures of moderate
size but very sharply defined and nowhere confluent. Scutellum
suboblong. Elytra cordate, once and one-third as wide and twice
as long as prothorax, shoulders rounded; seriate-punctate, punc-
tures rather large, suboblong, open at both ends ; interstices
triangularly raised except at base. Metasternum and two basal
segments of abdomen with large punctures; intermediates each
with a feeble row of punctures, their combined length slightly
more than that of 2nd or 5th. Femora stout, acutely dentate ;
tibijfi seriately punctate. Length 3|, rostrum 1-J-; width If mm.

Ilab. — Q. : Endeavour River (Macleay Museum).

A very distinct species. The elj'tral punctures are large, but
being shelving at both ends appear to be smaller than they
actually are; the clothing of the upper surface is so minute that
it is only traceable with difiiculty.

Melanterius unidbntatus, n.sp.

^ (?). Ovate, somewhat depressed, shining. Black; antennae
dull red. Prothoracic punctures each with a very small and
scarcely traceable seta ; elytra scarcely visibly clothed. Under
surface and legs with moderately elongate whitish setaj.

Head^f ith. dense but small and shallow punctures; eyes large, sub-
reniform, separated for almost the entire width of rostrum at base.

238 REVISION OF THE AUSTRALIAN CURCULIONID^,

Rostrum long, thin, cylindrical, feebly curved, very feebly dilated
between antennae; basal portion rather coarsely punctate, the
punctures in grooves. Scape inserted two-fifths from apex of
rostrum, shorter than funicle; club elliptic-ovate and rather small.
Prothorax feebly transverse, apex half the width of base, base
bisinuate, sides rounded; densely and moderately strongly punc-
tate, punctures sharply defined; without median line. SciUellum
somewhat rounded. Elytra cordate, shoulders rounded, sides
decreasing in width from near base; seriate-punctate, punctures
large, subquadrate, in shallow grooves; interstices much narrower
than punctures, all acutely ridged, but those nearest the suture
less noticeably so. Metasternum and two basal segments of
abdomen with rather large punctures; episterna and intermediate
segments each with a single somewhat irregular row of small
punctures; combined length of the latter slightly more than that of
2nd or 5th. Ze^s rather long; femora not very thin, not grooved,
posterior strongly, intermediate moderately, anterior feebly
dentate; tibipe feebly curved, anterior feebly bisinuate beneath,
with punctures in grooves, those of the posterior being very dis-
tinct. Length 6, rostrum If; width 3 mm.

^«6._N.S.W. : Galston (Mr. Walter Dumbrell).

Somewhat after the size and build of hidentatus; the elytral
interstices when viewed from the sides appear to be seriate-
punctate.

Melanterius vulgivagus, n.sp.

Elliptic-ovate, somewhat depressed, shining. Black; antennae
and tarsi dull red. Upper surface scarcely visibly clothed; under
sui'face and legs with stout whitish setfe.

Head with small and shallow punctures; eyes subreniform, in ^
separation slightly less than width of rostrum at base, in ^ con-
siderably less. Rostrum slightly longer than prothorax, curved,
slightly dilated between antennae; punctures in grooves causing
(in the ^ only) five rather acute ridges. Scape moderately stout,
in ^ inserted two-fifths from apex of rostrum, slightly more in (^,
shorter than funicle; club rather large. Prothorax moderately
transverse, base bisinuate and almost twice the width of apex,

BY ARTHUR M. LEA.

239

sides rounded; densely punctate, punctures of moderate size and
sharply defined ; without median line. Scutellum subglobose.
Elytra subovate, more than twice the length of prothorax, and
across shoulders but little wider ; seriate-punctate, punctures
moderately large, subquadrate, in shallow grooves ; interstices
acutely ridged except basal half of suture and 2nd, basal third o£
3rd and bases of the others. Metasternum and two basal seg-
ments of abdomen with sparse and moderately large shallow
punctures, episterna each with a single row ; intermediates
sparsely and irregularly punctate, their combined length slightly
more than that of 2nd or 5th; 5th densely punctate. Femora
stout, moderately grooved beneath, acutely dentate; the posterior
strongly, the others rather feebly ; tibiae curved, subseriately
punctate. Length 3i, rostrum 1; width If mm.

Hah. — Q. : Gayndah (Sydney Museum), Port Denison, Endea-
vour River (Macleay Museum).

Melanterius pectoralis, n.sp.

Elliptic-ovate, somewhat depressed, shining. Black or piceous-
black; antenna?, tibiae and tarsi dusky red. Punctures of head
and prothorax each with a very small and scarcely traceable seta;
elytra glabrous. Under surface and legs with stout whitish setae,
which on the metasternum are formed into a pad on each side
between the coxse.

Head densely punctate, punctures rather small and shallow;
eyes ovate, separation slightly less than width of rostrum at base.
Rostrum moderately long, curved throughout, shining ; feebly
punctate, in $ the punctures feebly seriate at sides of base, 9
almost impunctate. Scape thin, curved, inserted two fifths from
apex of rostrum ; the length of funicle ; three basal joints of
funicle elongate. Prothorax moderately transverse, base bisinuate
and fully twice the width of apex, sides rounded; densely punc-
tate, punctures comparatively small ; without median line.
Scutellum subglobose. Elytra subcordate, shoulders rounded;
seriate-punctate, punctures suboblong, of moderate size; interstices
flat, much wider than punctures, and punctured on basal half,

240 REVISION OP THE AUSTRALIAN CURCULIONID^,

triangularly raised on apical half. Mesosternal plate strongly
transverse, depressed, concave and punctate. Metasternum
depressed and impuiictate in middle, raised between coxse, sides
strongly punctate; episterna each with a single row of punctures.
Two basal segments of abdomen irregularly and not densely
punctate ; intermediates sparsely and finely, their combined
length slightly more than that of 2nd or 5thj 5th densely punc-
tate. Femora stout, feebly grooved, strongl}"- dentate; tibia3 thin,
compressed, bisinuate, punctures in decided grooves. Length 4^,
rostrum 1|; width 2i; variation in length 3^-4| mm.

Hah. — S. Australia (Macleay Museum).

The pads on the metasternum should render this species easy
of recognition; they are not confined to (although more distinct
on) the males.

Melanterius aratus, Pasc; I.e. No. 5393.

Ovate, moderately convex, shining. Black ; antenna? red.
Prothorax with a spot of silvery scales in the middle of the basie;
elytra with a few smaller spots of similar scales scattered about.
Under surface and legs moderately denselj^ clothed with stout
white setse; the 2nd-4th abdominal segments almost glabrous.

Head densely punctate, punctures small and shallow ; eyes
large, subreniform, feebly separated. Rostrum modei*ately stout,
parallel-sided, curved ; rather densely punctate. Scape stout,
inserted two-tifths from apex of rostrum, noticeably shorter than
funicle; club subcontinuous with funicle. Prothorax transverse,
base bisinuate and not twice the width of apex; with dense, com-
paratively small and sharply defined punctures. Scutellum
globose. Elytra triangularly cordate, not much more than twice
the length of prothorax; seriate-punctate, punctures large and
suboblong, in shallow grooves ; interstices triangularly raised,
towards base and suture more obtusely so than elsewhere. Meta-
sternum decidedly shorter than usual, with sparse large punctures;
episterna with a scarcely traceable row of very small punctures.
Basal segment of abdomen almost as long as the three following
combined and with a few large punctures, 2nd-4th with fine

BY ARTHUR M. LEA. 241

punctures, the 2nd but very slightly, if at all, longer than either
the 3rd or 4th, 5th densely punctate. Legs moderately long ;
femora stout, feebly grooved, posterior moderately strongly
dentate, the others feebly so; tibiae somewhat rounded, bisinuate
beneath, curved at base, punctures confluent in all. Length 3|;
rostrum 1; width 2 mm.

Hah. — N.Q. : "Somerset" (Pascoe), Cairns (Macleay Museum).

The clothing and shape, and the sizes of the abdominal segments
render this species very distinct.

Melanterius compactus, n.sp.

Ovate, somewhat depressed, shining. Piceous or piceous-
brown; head, rostrum, and prothorax slightly darker than else-
where. Upper surface scarcely visibly clothed, under surface
and legs with whitish setee.

Head with dense and moderately large punctures; eyes sub-
reniform, separation slightly less than width of rostrum at base.
Rostrum moderately long and stout, feebly curved; densely punc-
tate, punctures more or less confluent and causing (towards the
base) several feeble and irregular ridges to appear. Scape moder-
ately stout, inserted one-third from apex of rostrum, the length
of funicle. Prothorax comparatively large, feebly transverse
base very feebly bisinuate and not twice the width of apex ;
densely punctate, punctures rather small and feebly obliquely
confluent. Scutellum round. Elytra briefly cordate, not twice
the length of and considerably wider than prothorax; seriate-
punctate, punctures moderately large, subquadrate, in shallow
grooves; interstices wider than punctures, flat, themselves punc-
tate, nowhere ridged. Mesosternal -plate densely punctate. Meta-
sternum and two basal segments of abdomen with not very large
or dense punctures ; episterna each with a row of very small
punctures; intermediates feebly punctate, their combined length
equal to that of 2nd or 5th, 5th densely punctate. Femora long,
grooved, strongly dentate, posterior extending to apex of abdo-
men; tibia3 strongly curved at base, straight elsewhere, punctures
partially confluent. Length 3|, rostrum 1^; width 21 mm.
16

242 REVISION OF THE AUSTRALIAN CURCULIONID.E,

Ilab. — W.A. : Swan River.

The sexual differences are very slight (I have a pair which
were taken in cop.); the ^ has the rostrum slightly thinner,
longer, and more coarsely punctate and the posterior tibiae ciliate
towards apex; the insertion of the scape is the same in both sexes.
The extension of the femora to the apex of the abdomen is an
unusual feature.

Melanterius incomptus, n.sp.

Ovate, moderately convex, shining. Black; antennte, tibiLig,
and tarsi somewhat red. Upper surface very indistinctly clothed,
the under surface and legs with whitish setae.

Head densely punctate, punctures rather small and shallow;
eyes subreniform, separated for the width of rostrum at base.
Rostrum moderately long and slender, distinctly curved ; rather
strongly punctate towards base, but punctures scarcely confluent.
Scape thin, inserted one-third from apex of rostrum, the length of
funicle. Prothorax feebly transverse, base very feebly bisinuate
and twice the width of apex, sides rounded. Scutellum suboblong.
Elytra briefly subcordate, twice the length of and at base but
little wider than prothorax; seriate-punctate, punctures moder-
ately large, in shallow grooves; interstices towards base and suture
flat and punctate, elsewhere triangularly ridged. Metasternum
shorter than usual and rather coarsely punctate, intermediates
finely; combined length of the latter equal to that of 2nd or 5th.
Femora feebly grooved beneath and rather feebly (except the
posterior) dentate ; tibiae comparatively stout, almost straight,
punctures scarcely confluent. Length 2|, rostrum 1 (vix); width
li mm.

Hah. — Australia (Sydney Museum).

The following species would appear on first sight as if generically
distinct, but I am convinced that they should go in with Melan-
terius, or that at the most they ai'e only entitled to subgeneric
rank; they difier principally in the square shoulders, denser cloth-
ing, outwardly curved tibite (denoting an apjDroach to Psepliolax .'')
and longer rostrum. Two of them, M. congruus and 31. ampli-

BY ARTHUR M. LEA. 243

peniiis, have the metastenial episterna densely punctate. 21.

coiigt'uus has the anterior coxae ahxiost globular and the claw-
joints short. They should, perhaps, stand at the head rather

than at the end of the table.

Melanterius congruus, n.sp.

Elliptic-ovate, opaque, somewhat convex. Uniformly dull-
red. Densely and uniformly clothed with pale brownish-grey
setose scales closely adpressed to derm, on disc of prothorax
directed forwards and on the sides directed towards disc.
Scutellum naked; elytra with rows of punctures showing through
clothing and with several very feeble, irregular, paler bands of
scales. Under surface, legs, and head with similar but somewhat
smaller scales than those on elytra.

Heal densely punctate ; ocular fovea small, rounded ; eyes
round, rather large, moderately faceted, somewhat prominent,
separated for the width of rostrum. Rostrum long, thin, curved,
feebly carinate ; densely punctate, punctures smaller on apical
than basal half, on the latter portion also they are partially
concealed by scales. Antennae slender; scape inserted about two-
fifths from apex of rostrum, which it considerably passes; basal
joint of funicle obtriangular, slightly shorter than 2nd, 7th feei)ly
transverse; club ovate. Prothorax very feebly transverse; ocular
lobes almost obsolete; apex about half the width of base, base
bisinuate ; densely punctate, punctures partially concealed; no
median line. Scutellum raised, slightly longer than wide, punc-
tate, almost glabrous. Elytra distinctly wider than prothorax
and not much more than twice its length, shoulders squared: each
elytron with ten rows of small punctures, the rows sufficiently
distinct but the punctures partially concealed by scales; interstices
flat or slightly rounded, much wider than punctures, nowhere
costiform. Pectoral canal wide; anterior coxpe globular, scarcely,
if at all, separated. Mesosternal plate almost flat, semicircular,
apex scarcely emarginate, sides rounded. Metasteriium (includ-
ing episterna) densely and regularly punctate, punctures squa-
mose; disc depressed. Abdomen densely and regularly punctate;

244 REVISION OF THE AUSTRALIAN CURCULIONID^

basal segment large, intercoxal process depressed; intermediates
combined about equal to 2nd and decidedly shorter than apical;
apical convex, a very feeble impression near apex. Lecjs rather
slender, densely punctate; femora feebly dentate; posterior just,
extending to apical segment of abdomen; tibiae feebly outwardly
curved; claws very feeble. Length 3^, rostrum 1^ ; width 2
(vix) mm.

Hah. — ^.^^Y. : Sydney.

A peculiar species, having narrow rows of punctures, semi-
circular mesosternal plate and lai'ge apical segment of abdomen;
the eyes are almost perfectly circular and, compared with others
of the genus, finely faceted ; the long. 2nd joint of funicle is
perhaps worthy of note.

Melanterius amplipennis, n.sp.

Ovate, opaque, moderately convex. Brownish-red ; rostrum
slightly darker at apex than base. Rather densely clothed with
ochreous setose scales, slightly paler on prothorax than on elytra,
on the prothorax there is a spot of paler scales in the middle of
the base and the lateral scales are longer than those on disc;
scutellum nude ; elytra with rows of punctures clearly visible.
Under surface, legs, and head with paler, shorter, and more regular
scales than on upper surface; the three apical segments of abdo-
men with denser and longer scales; a few scales in the pectoral
canal.

Head with a shallow depression between eyes, these separated
for the width of rostrum and almost exactly the same as in the
preceding. Rostrum long, thin, shining, curved; rather finely
punctate except at extreme base; not carinate; a very feeble groove
running above and parallel with scrobe. Antennae slender; scape
inserted about two-fifths from apex of rostrum, which it con-
siderably passes; two basal joints of funicle elongate, 1st as long
as 2nd-3rd combined, 3rd-6th feebly, 7th somewhat more notice-
ably transverse; club elongate, almost the length of four preced-
ing joints. Prothorax feebly transverse, not much narrower at
apex than base, base distinctly bisinuate; ocular lobes absent ;

BY ARTHUR M. LEA. 245

densely punctate, punctures partially concealed; no median line.
Scutellum granuliform, punctate. Elytra distinctly wider than
prothorax, base trisinuate, shoulders squared; each with ten rows
of punctures; interstices rounded, slightly wider than punctures.
Pectoral canal wide, between anterior coxae a triangular excava-
tion, their bases feebly separated. Mesosternal plate flattened,
punctate and squamosa, apex emarginate, sides rounded, base
almost truncate. Metasternum densely punctate, disc very feebly
convex; episterna each wdth about two rows of punctures, each
containing a comparatively large scale. Abdomen rather densely
and regularly punctate and squamose; two basal segments large,
slightly convex, 1st not much larger than 2nd ; intermediates
large, their combined length slightly more than that of 2nd and
distinctly more than that of apical. Legs rather long; femora
distinctly dentate, teeth sharp and almost equal; tibiae curved
outwardly, scarcely grooved, intermediates strongly arcuate at
base; claw-joint comparatively short, claws very feeble. Length
4, rostrum If; width 2i mm.

Hah.—l^.^M. : Sydney.

A specimen differs from the type in being larger, in having the
punctures smaller, the anterior femoral teeth more obtuse, and
the clothing much less regular and sparser (especially on the
under sui^face); it is perhaps a female, but I cannot detect any
distinctly masculine features in the type.

Melanterius uniseriatus, n.sp.

Ovate, opaque, feebly convex. Brownish-red. Moderately
clothed with golden-yellow setose scales, sparse on prothorax
except about middle and sides of disc, on the elytra arranged
in very irregular spots and bands leaving partially bare
spaces, punctures nearly always visible, scutellum nude. Sterna
and legs with paler and shorter scales than above, two basal
segments of abdomen with golden lanceolate scales set in punc-
tures, the three apical segments with sparser and very short
scales; pectoral canal nude; head with small scales.

246 REVISION OF THE AUSTRALIAN CURCULIONID.E,

Head with a feeble impression between eyes; eyes large, almost
circular, moderately faceted, separation slightly less than width
of rostrum. Rostrum long, thin, slightly curved, almost parallel;,
rather densely punctate, the punctures arranged in rows and
causing five very feeble carinse to appear on basal half. Antennae
slender, inserted about two-fifths from apex of rostrum, passing
apex ; funicle closely articulated, two basal joints moderately
elongate, subequal; club not the length of three preceding joints.
Prothorax subquadrate; ocular lobes obtuse; base bisinuate ;
densely and regularly punctate, punctures sometimes concealed
by clothing, no median line. Scutellum small, punctate. Elytra
cordate, distinctly wider than prothorax and not much more than
twice its length; shoulders square; each with ten rows of oblong
punctures set in shallow grooves and partially concealed by
clothing; interstices rather wide, flattened or slightly rounded,
3rd and 5th feebly raised on posterior declivity. Pectoral canal
rather wide, shallow at apex, deepening to middle; anterior coxae
rather distinctly separated. Mesosternal flate greatly depressed,
concave, sides strongi}^ incurved, base truncate, about half the
width of apex. Metasternum not very densely punctate, trans-
versely feebly convex; episterna each with a row of rather distant,
squamose, rounded punctures. AhJomen smooth, convex, with
rather sparse squamose punctures; basal segment as long as 2nd-
3rd combined; intermediates combined as long as 2nd and notice-
ably longer than apical, each with a feeble row of punctures.
Lrqs rather long; posterior femora strongly dentate, the anterior
rather feebly so, posterior extending to apical segment of abdo-
men; tibiae thin, very finely grooved, the four posterior feebly
curved outwardly; claw-joint long, claws moderately separated.
Length 3^, rostrum 1^; width \'i mm.

Rah.—^ew South Wales.

Resembles the preceding species to a certain extent, but
besides colour and clothing differs in the largely sunk mesosternal
plate and sparsely punctate abdomen, which has a softly polished
appearance.

BY ARTHUR M. LEA. 247

The following species are unknown to me : —

Melanterius piceirostris, Er.; I.e. No. 5398. Hah. — "Neu-
holland " (Erichson).

Melanterius fugitivus, Pasc. ; I.e. No. 5397. Hah. — -"Swan
River " (Pascoe).

NeO MELANTERIUS, n.g.

Head small, not concealed; ocular fovea not traceable. Eyes
rather large, reniform, moderately close above, almost touching
below, coarsely faceted. Rostrum long and thin, feebly curved,
continued beyond mesosternum. Antejince slender; scape inserted
much closer to apex than base of rostrum; two basal joints of
funicle elongate; club small, ovate. Profliorax convex, trans-
verse, sides rounded, apex feebly produced and about half the
width of base, base bisinuate ; constriction feeble ; ocular lobes
obtuse. Scutellum round. Elytra subcordate, feebly convex,
considerably wider than and more than twice the length of pro-
thorax, shoulders and apex rounded. Pectoral eanal shallow,
narrow in front of anterior coxse, these feebly separated. Meso-
Hternal plate slightly lower than coxte, feebly transverse, not
concave. Metasterniim slightly shorter than basal segment of
abdomen; episterna of moderate size. Abdomen moderately large,
sutures distinct; 1st segment slightly longer than two following-
combined, truncate at apex, intercoxal process moderately rounded;
intermediates moderately large, their combined length greater
than that of 2nd or apical. Lec/s moderately long; femora stout,
clavate, not grooved, strongly dentate, posterior terminated
before apex of abdomen; tibiae compressed, rather thin, almost
straight, terminal hook moderately large; tarsi rather thin, 3rd
joint almost as long as wide, deeply bilobed ; claw-joint long,
increasing in width to apex; claws small, widely separated. Sub-
ovate, feebly convex, punctate, winged.

The first species here described was sent to me by Mr. Masters
as Etcthehus troglodytes, which species it probably resembles to a
certain extent; but as Mr. Pascoe describes the rostrum of that
genus as being straight, the anterior legs as being the larger, the

"248 REVISION OF THE AUSTRALIAN CURCULIONID^,

claws as approximate and the metathoracic episterna as being
wide (amongst other discrepancies), I am compelled to think Mr.
Masters mistaken; the species is certainly not troglodytes, the
following characters mentioned by Mr. Pascoe being at variance
with it: — "Fuscus; capite . . . leviter punctato ; rostro
ferrugineo . . . apice vagepunctulato; prothorace rufo-fusco;
. . . elytris rufo-ferrugineis, nitidis, sulcato-punctatis, punctis
oblongis, interstitiis . . . granulatis." No mention is made
of clothing, and in the specimen I have under examination the
clothing is very distinct, and is of such a character that I do not
think it liable to be at all easily abraded.

Neomelanterius longirostris, n.sp.

^. Black, subopaque ; rostrum, antennre, tibiae and sides of
elytra dark reddish-brown. Moderately densely clothed all over
(except on apical half of rostrum) with straw-coloured, elongate
(almost setiform) scales; scales longer and thinner on sterna and
femora than elsewhere.

Head strongly punctate. Rostrum much longer than pro-
thorax; with three acute ridges from base to antennae; in fi-ont
of antenn;« rather coarsely punctate. Funicle with the 1st jcnnt
slightly longer than 2nd. Prothorax densely and strongly punc-
tate, punctures in places feebly confluent. Elytra about once
and one-half the width of prothorax, shoulders obliquely rounded;
striate-punctate, punctures round and deep, each in the centre of
a shallow depression ; interstices narrow and all (except the
suture) rather acutely ridged. Under surface densely and rather
coarsely punctate, metasternal episterna and intermediate seg-
ments of abdomen each with a single row of punctures. Femora
densely, tibiae seriately punctate. Length 5|, rostrum 2^; width
3 (vix) mm.

llab.—Q. : Pine Mountains (Mr. G. Masters).

Since the specimen described above was returned to Mr.
Masters, I have received a female from Cooktown (sent by Mr.
French) evidently belonging to the species. It differs in ha^ ing
the rostrum more noticeably curved, much less distinctly ridged,

BY ARTHUR M. LEA.

249

and with finer punctures; in colour it is of a dark chocolate-brown,
the elytra, rostrum, and antennae being brownish-red.

Neomelaxterius carinicollis, Pasc; I.e. No. 5394

{Melanterius carinicollis, Pasc.)

Broad, ovate, subdepres.sed, feebly shining. Dull reddish-
brown; antennas (club excepted) paler. Upper surface with rather
sparse, elongate, yellow, curved sette, condensed on shoulders and
forming a small spot on each side of scutellum. Legs rather
densely, the sides of head and rostrum rather feebly clothed.

Head somewhat obsoletely punctate ; eyes reniform, almost
touching beneath. Rostrum long, thin, and cylindrical, curved
throughout ; punctate to apex, the punctures in grooves,
leaving five elevated ridges of which the median is rather wide.
Scape almost as long as funicle and club combined, inserted one-
fourth from apex of rostrum; two basal joints of funicle equal in
length, the 7th with a little of the club's sensitised pubescence.
Prothorax slightly transverse; sides about middle and the base
rounded; disc with numerous carinse as long as but less elevated
than a very distinct median carina which is terminated just
before base and apex. Scutellum narrow and oblong. Eh/tra
subcordate, across shoulders (which are slightly rounded) almost
twice the width of prothorax; seriate-punctate, punctures large,
suboblong, not approximate, feebly connected by shallow grooves;
alternate interstices shining and acutely ridged. Met aster num
and two basal segments of ahdomen with large, perfectly round
punctures; episterna each with a single row of small punctures;
intermediates combined the length of 2nd or apical, each with a
row of small seta-bearing punctures; apical segment densely punc-
tate. Femora, especially the posterior, strongly dentate, each
with a small tooth in emargination ; posterior not extending to
apex of abdomen; tibiae thin, compressed, seriate-punctate, curved
at base Length 5i, rostrum 2|^; width 3 mm.

Hah.—Q.: "Cape York" (Pascoe), Port Denison (Macleay
Museum).

A very distinct and easily recognisable species.

250 REVISION OF THE AUSTRALIAN CURCULIONID.E,

Genus Lyb.eba, Pascoe.
Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (4), xi., 1873, p. 186.

Head small, not concealed by prothorax; ocular fovea small,
seldom traceable. Eyes ovate or subelliptic, not distant, rather
coarsely faceted. Rostrum long, thin, parallel-sided, or decreas-
ing from base to apex, especially in front of the antennae, curved,
continued beyond mesosternum. Antenna; slender ; scape the
length of or shorter than funicle, insertion variable; two basal
joints of funicle elongate; club of moderate size, joints distinct.
Prothorax con-\ex, subconical, apex feebly pi'oduced, much less
than the width of base, base strongly bisinuate; constriction feeble;
ocular lobes obtuse. Scut ell um usually slightly i-aised and longer
than wide. Elytra convex, subcordate, considerabl}- or not much
wider than prothorax, shoulders and apex rounded. Pectoral
canal wide in front of anterior coxae; these somewhat excavated
above and but feebly separated. Mesosternal plate strongly
transverse, feebly concave, emargination very feeble, base truncate.
Metasternum large, shorter than basal segment of abdomen ;
episterna large. Abdomen large, sutures distinct ; 1st segment
the length of three following combined, intercoxal process moder-
ately wide and rounded ; intermediates small, their combined
length slightly shorter than that of 2nd or 5th. Leys moderately
long ; femora stout, clavate, not grooved, strongly and acutely
dentate, the four anterior sometimes rather feebly dentate,
posterior extending to apex of abdomen or not; tibiae somewhat
rounded, straight or feebly bisinuate beneath, terminal hook very
small; tarsi stout, 3rd joint wide, deepl}' bilobed; claw-joint thin,
exsertion variable, claws feeble. Ovate, convex, squamose, punc-
tate, winged.

Allied to Melanterius, but with the 2nd abdominal segment
smaller and the femora not grooved, and with a shorter and less
convex form. I do not believe that both Lybceha and Enide*
can be retained, and, acting in that belief, have united the species

* Pascoe, Ann, Mag. Nat. Hist. 1873, p. 187.

BY ARTHUR M. LEA. 251

uuder Lyhceha. This genus was supposed by Mr. Pascoe to have
the three intermediate segments of the abdomen (but especially
the 2nd) curved at the sides, and a parallel-sided rostrum;
Enide to have straight (or almost straight) abdominal sutures and
subulate rostrum: but an examination of nine species convinces
me that these features are of specific importance only. In
incequalis the rostrum is more decidedly subulate than in any
species with which I am acquainted, and yet the three inter-
mediate segments are drawn backwards at the sides; in several
of the species having parallel-sided rostra the abdominal sutures
are almost straight. In Sforeus ( Emplesis) the abdominal
segments are subject to considerable variation as regards their
curvature, and Lyhceha resembles that genus in many other
features. In Apion there are species having subulate and others
having parallel-sided rostra.

The sexual differences are usually very pronounced. In ^ the
scape is inserted nearer the apex of the rostrum than in 9, and is
usually the length of the funicle; in ^ it is almost invariably
shorter ; the rostrum of the 9, in the species in which it is
subulate, is very decidedly lessened both in width and depth, in
some of the species appearing remarkably thin when viewed from
the side; in the -J, possibly owing to the shorter distance between
the antennfe and the apex, the subulation is much less noticeable.
The apical segment of the abdomen in the 9 is transversely
depressed, sometimes very distinctly so. Following is a table of
the species : —

Elytral interstices, or at least the .3rd, acutely ridged.
Metasternal episterna densely clothed, scales large

and soft porphyrea, Pasc.

Episterna less densely clothed, scales thinner and
sublinear in arrangement.

Claw-joint strongly exserted astuans, Pasc.

Claw-joint feebly exserted.

Scape longer than funicle consanguinea, n.sp.

Scape shorter than funicle nigrovaria. n.sp.

Elytral interstices not ridged.

Sides of 4th abdominal segment slightly embracing
the 5th.

252 REVISION OF THE AUSTRALIAN CURCULIONID^

A small polished space behind and at sides of

scutellum* parvicoUis, n. sp.

Elytra not glabrous in vicinity of scutellum.
Apical segment of abdomen considerably longer

than intermediates combined. famelica, n.sp.

Apical segment about equal to intermediates
combined.
Anterior femora acutely dentate.

Fii'st joint of funicle distinctly longer than

2nd acutideii'i, n.sp.

Two basal joints almost equal in length... repanda, Pasc.

Anterior femora edentate picta,r\.sj).

Sides of 4th not embracing the 5th.

Rostrum slightly increasing in width from

antenna? to apex mollis, n.sp.

Rostrum parallel-sided.

Size very small tantilla, n. sip.

Size larger subfuficiata, Faiac.

Rostrum decreasing in width from antenna? to
apex.

Feebly S3 77iajorina,i).sp.

Very decidedly so.

Derm black; scales conspicuously variegated concinna, n.sp.
Uerm red; scales scarcely variegated iiuequalis, n.sp.

Lyb.eba porphyrea, Pasc; I.e. No. 5154.

{Enide porphyrea., Pasc.)

Pale red; apex of rostrum and club slightly infuscate; under
surface usually darker than upper ; scutellum blackish, ely tral
suture more or less tinged with black, occasionally the whole
elytra of a rather dark reddish-brown. Head with ochreous
scales; continued but sparser on rostrum, almost to antennpe in ^,
at base only in 5. Prothorax and elytra with ochreous or yellov/,
or pale whitish-yellow scales, obscurely or very distinctly variegated
with patches of darker or ochreous-red scales. Under surface
and legs uniformly clothed, the scales varying on different
individuals from a pale creamy-yellow to a clear lemon-yellow.

* Not due to abrasion.

BY ARTHUR M. LEA. 253

Rostrum in ^ parallel-sided to antennte, with three acute
ridges terminating before them and with punctures between
ridges, from antennae to apex feebly decreasing in width and with
fine punctures ; in ^ sides feebly decreasing to antennae and
strongly to apex, basal ridges feeble, apical portion impunctate.
Scape in ^ the length of funicle, inserted one-third from apex of
rostrum and passing apex ; in 2 shorter than funicle, inserted
nearer base than apex of rostrum and terminated before apex;
funicle with two basal joints equal in length. ProtJiorax with
punctures almost concealed. Elytra considerably wider than
prothorax; striate-punctate, punctures not very large and rather
distant ; interstices considerably wider than punctures, the
alternate ones ridged, very acutely in (J, feebly in 5. Three
intermediate segments of abdomen feebly drawn backwards at
sides; the apical transversely impressed in 9- Posterior femora
terminated before apex of abdomen; claw-joint exserted for more
than half its length. Length 4, rostrum 1|; width 2| mm.

Hah. — " Western Australia " (Pascoe), Geraldton (Lea).

The clothing lias a peculiarly soft appearance, especially on the
females. The variegation of the elytra is sometimes caused by
the scales being sparser in some places than in others.

LvByEBA (ESTUANS, Pasc; 1 .c. No. 5153.

{Enide mstuans, Pasc.)

Bright red (almost scarlet); sterna black, abdomen blackish at
base, paler towards apex; scutellum either black or concolorous
with elytra; club no darker than funicle, sometimes not so dark.
Head and rostrum with scales concolorous with derm but with
spots of yellowish scales; rostrum rather sparsely clothed, the
scales extending almost to antenna in ^, at base only in 5.
Prothorax and elytra with scales concolorous with or slightly
paler or darker than the derm, and with numerous small spots
(larger on prothorax than on elytra) of pale yellow scales.
Scutellum almost glabrous. Under surface with scales varying
from a pale to a rather dark yellow and more or less tinged with
pink.

^254 REVISION OF THE AUSTRALIAN CURCULIONID.E,

Rostrmn in ^ parallel-sided to antennae, feebly dirainishinjj
thence to apex and finely punctate, on base with three acute
ridges; in 9 slightly diminishing in width from base to apex, a
little more noticeably in front of than behind antennae, basal
ridges feeble. Scape in ^ the length of funicle, insex-ted one-
third from apex of rostrum and passing apex; in 9 shorter than
funicle, inserted two-fifths from apex, thinner than in ^ and less of
it passing apex; funicle with 1st joint very slightly longer than the
2nd. Prothorax densely punctate, punctures moderately distinct.
Elytra almost twice the width of prothorax, striate-punctate,
punctures not very large ; alternate interstices acutely ridged.
Three intermediate segments of abdomen straight. Claw-joint
exserted for more than half its length. Length 3, rostrum 14;
width 14; variation in length 2|-3| mm.

Hah. — W.A. : "Swan River, Albany" (Pascoe), Swan River,
Karridale, Boyanup (Lea).

The spots on the prothorax and elytra are variable both in size
and number. I have a specimen in which the rostrum and pro-
thorax are almost black, the latter with two patches of reddish
scales, each patch with a pale spot in its middle, the median line
marked with pale scales; in another specimen the red scales form
a large trident shaped patch.

LyB^BA CONSANGUINEA, n.sp.

^. Red ; sterna more or less tinged with piceous. Clothed
with pale yellowish scales, longer and denser on under than on
upper surface; the rostrum clothed to antennae; the elytra appear-
ing to be feebly spotted in places owing to the partial absence of
scales

Rostrum parallel-sided to antennae and with three acute
ridges; feebly diminishing in width and rather strongly punctate
from antenna to apex. Scape slightly longer than funicle,
inserted one-third from apex of rostrum; 1st joint of funicle, if
anything, slightly shorter than 2nd. Protlwrax densely punctate;
with a very feeble median carina which is traceable only at apex.
Elytra considerably wider than prothorax; striate-punctate, punc-

BY ARTHUR M. LEA. 255

tures moderately lai-ge and not very distant ; interstices wider
than punctures, the alternate ones acutely ridged. Three inter-
mediate segments of abdomea straight. Posterior _/e;«or« scarcely
passing penultimate segment; claw-joint exserted for less than
half its length. Length 3, rostrum 1; width 14 mm.

Ilab.—W.A. : Gerald ton.

Much the build of the preceding species, but with a shorter
claw-joint and different clothing.

Lyb.eba parvicollis, n.sp.

Red; sterna in places feebly tinged with piceous. Clothed with
ochreous-yellow and creamy-white scales, the shades of which,
especially on the prothorax, insensibly run into each other.
Scutellum, and a small space surrounding it on the elytra,
glabrous. Elytra with two distinct, but narrow and very
irregular transverse chocolate-brown fascife, interrupted at suture,
the 1st moderately close to base, the 2nd bej^ond middle; suture
with ochreous-yellow scales, scarcely interrupted; the creamy
spots rather larger between fasciae than elsewhere. Under
surface and legs with whitish scales.

Rostnnn parallel-sided and highly polished, punctured at sides
of base only. Scape inserted nearer base than apex of rostrum,
considerably shorter than funicle; of the latter the 1st joint is
slightly but noticeably longer than 2nd. Prof hoi' ax densely
punctate. EUjtra about once and one-third the width of pro-
thorax ; punctate-striate, punctures apparently oblong ; strite
narrow; interstices considerably wider than strise, neither alter-
nately raised nor ridged Three intermediate segments of ahdo-
meii drawn backwards at sides. Posterior femora terminated
almost level with apex of penultimate segment; claw-joint exserted
for less than half its length. Length 3^, rostrum \\; width 2 mm.

Hah. — W A : Swan River.

In this species the head and prothorax are smaller and the
elytra larger than is usual. My unique specimen was captured
by means of the sweep-net.

256 REVISION OF THE AUSTRALIAN CURCULIONID.E,

LVBiEBA ACUTIDENS, n.sp.

Testaceous-red; under surface in places tinged with piceous.
Head and extreme base of rostrum with ochreous scales. Pro-
thorax and elytra with ochreous scales, the former with about six
very small spots of chocolate-brown scales; elytra with two trans-
verse and much interrupted chocolate-brown fascise, the first and
largest just behind base, the 2nd just beyond middle and very
feeble towards suture. Under surface and legs with whitish
scales.

Rostrum parallel-sided, shining and almost impunctate. Scape
shorter than funicle; 1st joint of the latter distinctly longer than
iud. Prothorax densely punctate. Elytra about once and one-
third the width of prothorax; striate-punctate, punctures feeble;
interstices considerably wider than striie, rather densely punctate
but the punctures concealed, feebly convex, the 3rd, 5th and 7th
feebly raised but not ridged. Three intermediate segments of
abdomen drawn backwards at sides. Posterior y^wora terminated
before apex of abdomen ; claw-joint exserted for about half its
length. Length 3|^, I'ostrum 1; width \i mm.

Hah. — W.A : Swan River.

The femoral teeth are unusually large and are very acute.

Lyb.eba repanda, Pasc; I.e. No. 5144.

Red; under surface concolorous with or slightly darker than
elytra. Clothed with chocolate-brown or reddish scales and with
spots of whitish scales. Under surface and legs with whitish
scales.

Rostrum feebly and regularly diminishing in width from base
to apex; sides before antennae punctate. Scape inserted slightly
nearer apex than base of rostrum, slightly shorter than funicle;
the two basal joints of the latter almost equal in length Pro-
thorax at apex more than half the width of base; strongly punc-
tate, punctures usually distinct. Elytra about once and one-
fourth the width of prothorax ; striate-punctate, punctures
apparently moderately large and oblong; interstices feebly convex,

BY ARTHUR M. LEA. 257

considerably wider than strife, rather strongly punctate, neither
ridged nor alternately elevated. Three intermediate segments of
abdomen drawn backwards at sides, but especially the 2nd.
Femora less strongly dentate than usual, the posterior terminating
level with apex of abdomen; claw-joint exserted for about half its
length. Length 2 J, rostrum 1; width 1^ mm.

Ilab. — "VV.A.: "Swan River, Albany" (Pascoe), Swan River
(Lea).

I have six specimens under examination, in no two of which
are the scales alike. On the head there is usually a transverse
patch of dark scales, more or less triangularly encroached upon
by the basal scales; these are usually white, but on one specimen
are decidedly yellow. Of one specimen the disc of the prothorax
is entirely covered with dark chocolate-brown scales except for a
longitudinal spot at the base; in others there are numerous spots
both at the base and apex as well as on the sides. On the elytra
the darker scales usually prevail, and there is generally a wide
basal unspotted space with paler scales, with sometimes also a
somewhat similar but feebler space towards the apex; the pale
spots may be either transverse or longitudinal and united moi'e
or less angularly together or solitary.

Lyb^eba concinna, n.sp.

Black; the elytra sometimes testaceous-red or very dark red;
rostrum, antennae and legs red. Head with yellowish-red or red
scales; eyes margined with whitish scales; rostrum with whitish
scales to antennae. Prothorax and elytra variegated with whitish
and red or yellowish-red scales, the spots of both colours variable
both in size and extent, but never very large. Under surface
and legs rather densely clothed, the scales having a very slight
pinkish tinge.

Rostrum parallel-sided and feebly ridged to antennae ; in ^
punctate and slightly diminishing in width to apex; in ^ impunc-
tate and strongly diminishing to apex. Scape in both sexes
shorter than funicle ; in ^ inserted two-fifths from apex of
rostrum and just passing apex; in 9 inserted in exact middle and
17

•258 REVISION OF THE AUSTRALIAN CURCULIONID.E

scarcely extending to apex; funicle with 1st joint slightly longer
than 2nd. Prothorax rather wider at apex than is usual; densely
punctate, punctures partially visible. Elytra about once and
one-third the width of prothorax ; punctate-striate, punctures
apparently small and close together, but more or less concealed;
interstices considerably wider than punctures and flat. Three
intermediate segments of abdomen straight. Femora leather feebly
dentate, posterior level with apex of abdomen; claw-joint moder-
ately strongly exserted. Length 3 (vix), rostrum 1 ; width
5 mm.
//«5.— N.S.W. : Gosford.

A pretty species and the first of the genus to be recorded from
Eastern Australia. I have recently had under examination some
South Australian specimens (Macleay Museum) which evidently
belong to this species. They differ from the types in having the
clothing more of a brick-red with the white spots less conspicuous
and the basal half of the rostrum almost black.

LyB^BA IN^QUALIS, n.sp.

Red ; scutellum and sterna usually darker. Rather densely
and almost uniforml}'^ clothed with ochreous scales, rather paler
on prothorax and legs than on elytra and under surface, elytra
in places very feebly variegated with paler scales, usually most
noticeable along suture and apex.

Rostrum almost parallel-sided to antennfe, and with feeble
ridges and moderately strong punctures; from antennae suddenly
lessened both in width and thickness, shining and impunctate.
Scape considerably shorter than funicle, insertion distinctly
nearer base than apex of rostrum; funicle with 1st joint just
perceptiblj' longer than 2nd. Prothorax strongly punctate,
punctures almost concealed. Ehjtra almost twice the width of
prothorax; striate-punctate, punctures oblong, not close together;
interstices considerably wider than punctures, almost flat, feebly
granulate, none ridged. Three intermediate segments of abdomen,
straight. Posterior yeworo terminated before apex of abdomen;

BY ARTHUR M. LEA. 259

claw-joint exserted for more than half its length. Length 3,
rosti'um 1^; width 2^ mm.

Ilab.—W.A. : Geraldton.

I have eight specimens under examination, but they are all
females.

Lyb/EBa subfasciata, Pasc; I.e. No. 5145.

Red or testaceous-red; under surface usually darker than elytra.
Clothed with ochreous-yellow scales; the head with darker scales
except between eyes ; prothorax with a more or less A-shaped
patch of dark scales; elytra with three feeble transverse fascia? of
dai'k scales. Under sui^face and legs with whitish scales.

nostrum parallel-sided; rather strongly punctate throughout,
punctures elongate. Scape shorter than funicle, inserted slightly
nearer apex than base of rostrum in ^, slightly nearer base in 5;
two basal joints of funicle subequal in length; club rather larger
than usual. Prothorax densely punctate, punctures almost con-
cealed. Elytra not much wider than prothorax; punctate-striate,
both strife and punctures rather feeble; interstices punctate and
considerably wider than stride, the alternate ones feebly raised
but not ridged. Abdomen less narrowed towards apex than usual,
the three intermediate segments straight. Posterior femora
terminated befoi'e apex of abdomen ; claw-joint moderately
exserted. Length 2|, rostrum |; width IJ mm.

Hah. — W. Australia (Sydney Museum), Swan River and
Albany (Pascoe and Lea), Boyanup, Vasse (Lea).

I have two specimens which differ from the normal form in
having the clothing composed of more or less regular spots of
white, ochreous, and sooty scales, the prothorax without a A-shaped
patch of scales, and the elytra without fasciae; the alternate inter-
stices of the elytra are also but very feebly elevated.

Lyb^ba nigrovaria, n.sp.

Derm lilack, rostrum, legs and antennae red; or under surface
and scutellum black; or entirely red; or red with the exception of
the scutellum. Clothed with golden and whitish scales; the pale

260 REVISION OF THE AUSTRALIAN CURCULIONIDiE

scales arranged in spots which are rather numerous on the elytra
and on the prothorax are usually five in number, one along
median line towards base (sometimes extending to apex) and two
on each side in front. Under surface and legs with whitish
scales sometimes tinged with yellow.

Bostrum long and thin, moderately curved, scarcely visibly
diminishing in width (just visibly dilated between antennae) from
base to apex, acutely ridged to antennae; with elongate punctures
between antennje, smaller thence to apex. Scape inserted two-
fifths from apex of rostrum, slightly shorter than funicle. Pro-
thorax transverse, apex about half the width of base, base strongly
bisinuate ; densely punctate but punctures almost concealed.
Scutellum small, round, glabrous, punctate. Elytra subcordate,
considerably wider than prothora.x, shoulders square; punctate-
striate, punctures narrow and oblong ; interstices much wider
than striaj, 3rd, 5th and 7th triangularly ridged. Mesostcrual
plate widely transverse, feebly depressed. Metasternum and
basal segments of abdomen rather coarsely punctate; intermediates
straight, their combined length slightly more than that of 2nd or
5th. Femora stout, anterior feebly, the others acutely dentate;
tibiae rounded, feebly curved, dilated at apex. Length 2|,.
i^ostrum i; width 1^ mm.

Hah. — \V,A. : Swan River.

The colour of the derm is very valuable individually. The pale
scales on the prothorax are sometimes dingy and not at all
maculate in appearance ; sometimes the maculae are nine in
number.

Lyb^ba famelica, n.sp.

Black; elyti^a, legs, rostrum and antennae of a dingy reddish-
brown in (J ; in 2 the rostrum and antennae (club excepted)
are of a I'ather bright red. Almost uniformly clothed all over
with greyish scales, on the elytra and sometimes on prothorax
feebly speckled with sooty ones; head with two distinct sooty
spots; rostrum clothed half way to antennae in $, at extreme base
only in <^.

BY ARTHUR M. LEA. 261

Mosh'icm moderately long, rather wider than usual, very feebly
diminishing from base to apex; in ^ acutely ridged to antennas
and rather densely punctate to apex, in 9 thinner, polished,
without ridges, and very finely punctate. Scape in ^ inserted
one-third from apex of rostrum and slightly shorter than funicle,
in 5 inserted in exact middle and noticeably shorter than funicle.
Prothorax feebly transverse, apex more than half the width of
base, base rather feebly bisinuate; punctures concealed. Scutellum
small, round, glabrous, punctate. Elytra cordate, at base not
much wider than prothorax, shoulders rounded; punctate-striate,
punctures narrow and oblong; interstices flat, much wider than
striaj. Met aster mom with a depression continued on to basal
segment of abdomen; the latter with only the 1st and 5th seg-
ments distinctly visible, the others being greatly depressed; the
5th is rounded and slightly embraced by the 4th and is much
larger than the intermediates combined. Anterior femora
edentate, the others feebly dentate ; tibite almost straight.
Length 2, rostrum f; width \\ mm.

Hah. — S. Australia (Macleay Museum).

The abdomen is very peculiar, the three median segments being
so depressed that their lengths can only be seen from the sides;
all three are very short, but the 2nd is almost the length of the
3rd and ith combined.

Lyb.eba picta, n.sp.

Red. With whitish and ochreous scales continued on to base
of rostrum; prothorax, under surface and legs with greyish-white
scales, in places with a golden lustre; elytra with chocolate-brown
and whitish-grey (more or less tinged with ochreous) scales, more
or less fasciate in arrangement; the dark scales in larger masses
than the others, but very irregular towards suture.

Rostrum flat, moderately curved, parallel-sided, without ridges;
basal third and sides rather coarsely punctate, elsewhere finely
punctate. Scape inserted in middle of rostrum, half the length
of funicle and club combined. Protliorax moderately transverse,
about half the width of base, base strongly bisinuate; densely

262 REVISION OF THE AUSTRALIAN CURCULIONID^,

punctate, punctures round and clearly cut but almost concealed.
Scutellum small and round, punctures concealed. Elytra sub-
cordate, considerably wider than prothorax, base trisinuate ;
punctate-striate, punctures narrow and suboblong; interstices flat,
much wider than strife. Mesosternal plate strongly depressed.
Metasternum with a depression which is continued on to basal
sesment of abdomen, the latter almost the length of the three
following; intermediates combined slightly longer than 2nd or 5th;
3rd and 4th slightly embracing 4th and 5th at the sides. Femora
rather thinner than usual, rather distinctly grooved, edentate ;
tibite slightly compressed and almost straight. Length 4, rostrum
li; width 2 mm.

Hah. — S. Australia (Macleay Museum).

The sinuation of the base of the prothorax is accentuated by
darker scales. Near the suture the elytral interstices are about
four or five times the wddth of the stride, but tow^ards the sides
they are only about two or three times as wide. The specimen
described is probably $ despite the position of insertion of scape
and the absence of rostral ridges; a smaller and more brightly
coloured specimen (also from S. Australia and the Macleay
Museum), which I believe to be the 9) differs in having the
rostrum impunctate except at extreme base, and %vith the scape
inserted about one-third from base of rostrum and less than half
the lensrth of the funicle alone.

■■»'

LvBiEBA MOLLIS, n.Sp.

Red ; scutellum and under surface reddish-brown. Clothed
with round, dingy, sooty-grey or testaceous scales, ver}' slightly
variegated, but paler below than above.

Rostrum long, curved and shining; incurved to middle, feebly
in (J, decidedly in 95 rather feebly punctate except at base and
sides in both sexes; ^ with an obscure median ridge on basal third.
Scape in ^ inserted slightly nearer apex than base of rostrum, in
9 vice versa; slightly shorter than funicle. Prothorax moderately
transverse, apex about half the wddth of base, base moderately

BY ARTHUR M. LEA. 263

bisinuate; with dense, round, cleanly cut punctures almost entirely
concealed. Scutellum small and round, punctures concealed.
Elytra subcordate, considerably wider than prothorax, shoulders
rounded; punctures and interstices as in the preceding species.
Mesosternal plate rather larger and less depressed than usual.
Intermediate segments of ahlomen straight, their combined length
more than that of 2nd or 5th; 5th with a distinct circular impres-
sion. Jemorrt stout, all acutely dentate. Length 3^, rostrum 1^;
width 2 mm.

jjdl^ — S. Australia (Macleay Museum).

The scales have a peculiarly soft, round appearance on both the
under and upper surfaces.

Lyb^ba tantilla, n.sp.

Of a rather pale red. Head with yellowish scales continued
on to basal third of rostrum, vertex with an obscure sooty spot;
prothorax and elytra with yellowish scales, the latter with a
distinct but very irregular basal fascia of chocolate-brown scales,
behind which is a much smaller and less distinct fascia of white
scales; scutellun with white scales. Under surface and legs with
sparser and paler scales than on upper surface.

Rostrum parallel-sided, moderately curved ; rather densely
punctate; with a moderately distinct median ridge to antennfe.
Prothorax transverse, apex more than half the width of base,
base feebly bisinuate; punctures almost concealed. Sc^delJnm
small and round. Elytra wide, cordate, considerably wider than
prothorax, shoulders squared; punctate-striate, punctures narrow
and scarcely traceable; interstices wide, flat and very much wider
than strife. Metasternum and basal segments of abdomen feebly
depressed; intermediates straight, their combined length slightly
more than that of 2nd or 5th. Anterior femora edentate, the
others acutely dentate. Length If, rostrum i; width 4 mm.

Hah. — S. Australia (Macleay Museum).

The smallest Australian species of the subfamily hitherto
described.

264 REVISION OF THE AUSTRALIAN CURCULIONID.i:,

Lyb^ba majorina, n.sp.

Red; coxse and club darker; metasternum and abdomen darker
or not. Upper surface clothed with scales of a dingy yellow
variegated with spots of paler yellow. Under surface and legs
with pale yellowish scales.

Rostrum long, shining, very feebly diminishing in width from
base to apex; coarsely punctate only at extreme base and in latoral
grooves; without distinct median ridge. Scape inserted two-
fifths from apex of rostrum, the length of six basal joints of
funicle. Protliorax moderately transverse, apex about half the
width of base, base almost truncate; densely punctate, punctures
partially concealed. Scutelliim small, round, punctate. Elytra
subcordate, base almost straight, shoulders somewhat rounded;
punctate-striate, punctures moderatel}' round ; interstices wide
and flat, not much more than twice the width of striae. Meso-
sternal plate not depressed. Basal segment of abdomen not
depressed, slightly longer than metasternum and shorter than
2nd-3rd combined; intermediates large, straight, their combined
length noticeably more than that of 2nd or 5th. Femora grooved
and all (but especially the posterior) acutely dentate; tibije com-
pressed and rather strongly arched at base. Lsngth 4, rostrum
1^; width 2 mm.

Hah. — S. Australia (Macleay Museum), Eyre's Peninsula (Rev.
T. Blackburn, No. 692).

I have three specimens under examination, but can detect no
sexual variation in them; they are probably 9- The difference in
intensity of colour of the scales on the upper surface is not very
pronounced, but owing to their arrangement the spots (especially
on the elytra) are distinct; on the head they are uniform in
colour and are continued on to the basal third of rostrum and
slightly longer at the sides.

Lyb^ba saniosa, Pasc; I.e. No. 5155.
{Enide saniosa, Pasc.)

Hah. — " Fremantle " (Pascoe). I do not think that I have
geen this species. The description of its clothing would almost

BY ARTHUR M. LEA. 265

fit aciitideiis, but in that species the rostrum is not subulate and
the femora are strongly dentate.

Genus Psydestis, Pascoe.

Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (4), xiii., 1874, p. 412.

Head small, not concealed by prothorax; ocular fovea not trace-
able. Byes moderately large, subovate, finely faceted. Rostrum
short, scarcely the length of prothorax, moderately stout, almost
parallel-sided, feebly curved. AnteniicB slender; scape inserted
nearer base than apex of rostrum, slightly shorter than funicle;
two basal joints of funicle elongate; club of moderate size, joints
distinct. Protliorax convex, transverse, apex scarcely produced
and more than half the width of base, base truncate; constriction
feeble ; ocular lobes obtuse. Scutellmn small, subquadrate.
Elytra convex, subcordate, not much wider than prothorax,
shoulders and apex rounded. Pectoral canal extremely short in
front of anterior coxjb, these moderately separated. Mesosternal
plate strongly transverse, very feebly concave, apex slightly wider
than base. Mefasternum large, shorter than basal segment of
abdomen; episterna large. Abdomen moderately large, sutures
distinct ; 1st segment longer than the three following combined,
intercoxal process widely rounded; intermediates combined longer
than 2nd or apical. Legs moderately long; femora stout, clavate,
posterior strongly, intermediate feebly dentate, anterior edentate,
posterior extending to apex of elytra; tibise somewhat rounded,
feebly bisinuate beneath, the four anterior each terminated by a
small but strongly recurved hook, terminal hook of posterior
scarcely visible; tarsi stout, 3rd joint wide, bilobed for half its
length; claw -joint thin, scarcely half its length exserted, claws
feeble. Widely ovate, convex, squamose, punctate, winged.

Resembles Lylceha in many features, but may be distinguished
on account of the rostrum, eyes, and very short 2nd abdominal
segment. Dietlmsa* appears to be very close, but as Mr. Pascoe
describes the two basal segments of the abdomen as " ampliatis "
it may be distinct; his description of the tibise, however, exactly

* Pasc, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (4) xi. 1873, p. 185.

266 REVISION OF THE AUSTRALIAN CURCULIONID^E,

applies to the two specimens which I think are females of P.
a-ffiuens.

PsYDESTis AFFLUENS, Pasc; l.c. No. 5404.

Reddish-castaneous ; head, scutellum and suture of elytra
piceous, a few elytra! punctures stained with piceous ; under
surface piceous, legs paler; antennte pale red, club slightly darker.
Head with scales at base, rostrum glabrous. Prothorax with
ochreous scales leaving five dark spots across the middle; of these
the three median are connected across middle, the median also
with apex and the two others with base. Elytra with numerous
small patches of yellowish scales. Under surface with ochreous
scales, moderately dense at sides of middle of basal segment of
abdomen, apical segment glabrous on apical half. Legs moder-
ately densely clothed.

Head densely punctate. Rostrum parallel-sided to antennae,
feebly incurved between antennae and apex ; densely punctate,
punctures not much smaller near apex than at base. Punicle
with the 1st joint slightly longer than 2nd. Protliorax densely
punctate, punctures more or less concealed. Elytra striate-
punctate, punctures rather large but shallow; interstices raised
and all acutely ridged in middle. Under surface rather densely
and strongly punctate; a depression on metasternum and Ijasal
segment of abdomen, the depression bordered by rather large
scales; the three intermediate segments slightly curved at sides.
Length 4, rostrum 1 J; width 2f mm.

Hah. — "Western Australia" (Pascoe), Geraldton (Lea).

I have described the clothing as I found it, but it is probably
not at all constant.

Two specimens under examination are probably females. They
differ in having the rostrum more rounded and less coarsely
punctate; thinner antennse with a shorter scape (but inserted at
the same place); the prothorax is feebly clothed with ochreous
scales and with a few sooty spots; the elytra are feebly clothed
with ochreous scales and with two very feeble transverse sooty
fasciae; the metasternum and basal segment of abdomen are not
depressed in middle and the scales are larger there than else-

BY ARTHUR M. LEA. "267

where; the apical segment is transversely depressed; all the tibise
have the terminal hook feeble and in addition are suj^plied with
a small subapical tooth, both in the posterior being very
indistinct.

M E L A N T E R I O S O M A, n.g.

Head moderately convex, not concealed; ocular fovea indistinct.
Eyes rather narrowly ovate, coarsely faceted. Rostrum moder-
ately long, not very thin, not passing mesosternum, feebly curved,
slightly dilated in front of antennee. Antennc^. thin; scape the
length of funicle, inserted nearer apex than base of rostrum; two
basal joints of funicle moderately elongate; club small, ovate, free.
Protliorax slightly transverse, subconvex, sides rounded, apex
feebly produced and much narrower than base, base feebly bisin-
uate; ocular lobes obtuse. Scutellavi r,uboblong. Elytra cordate,
considerably wider than and not thrice the length of prothorax,
shoulders and apex rounded. Pectoral canal wide and rather
deep in front of anterior coxfe, these excavated and distinctly
separated. Mesosternal plate depressed, transverse, slightly
concave, apices raised and slightly produced, base truncate.
Metasternum shorter than basal segment of abdomen; episterna
moderately large. Abdomen large, sutures distinct; 1st segment
not twice the length of 2nd, intercoxal process rounded and
rather wide; intermediates not depressed, their combined length
more than that of 2nd or 5th. Leys rather long; femora moder-
ately stout, feebly grooved, and all rather acutely dentate ;
posterior terminated near apex of abdomen ; tibiee bisinuate
beneath; tarsi narrow except the 3rd joint which is rather
wide and deeply bilobed; claw-joint long and thin, strongly
exserted, claws feeble. Ovate, moderately convex, punctate,
squamose, winged.

Allied to Melanterius but separated on account of the rostrum
not passing the mesosternum; from Psydestis it differs in the
coarsely faceted eyes and larger 2nd abdominal segment.

Melanteriosoma costatum, n.sp.

Black, subopaque; rostrum, antennje, legs, abdomen and elytra
dull brownish-red, suture of the latter black. Upper surface with

268 REVISION OF THE AUSTRALIAN CURCULIONID^

ochreous scales, sparse on head between eyes and almost absent
on forehead; prothorax with moderately elongate scales sparsely
distributed; elytra with small and almost regular spots of smaller
scales than those of prothorax. Under surface with sparse
whitish scales; legs rather more densely clothed, the scales white
except on the outer apex of femora, where they ai-e ochreous.

Head and rostrum rather coarsely punctate, the punctures on
the latter running in rather feeble grooves to base. Rostrum
wider in front of than behind antennae, more coarsely punctate
at sides than along middle. Two basal joints of funicle equal in
length, 4th-7th feebly transverse. Protliorax densely and
strongly punctate. Eli/tra about once and two-thirds the width
of prothorax; striate-punctate, punctures deep and oblong; inter-
stices punctate, considerably wider than strite, the 3rd, 5th and
7th acutely ridged, the suture flat. Under surface densely and
strongly punctate. Metasternal episterna each with a row of
large punctures. Intermediate segments of abdomen each with
an irregular row of rather small punctures. Femora densely,
tibiff! seriately punctate. Length 3, rostrum 1; width If mm.

/r«J.— N.S.W. : Sydney.

Melanteriosoma inconspicuum, n.sp.

Piceous-black, subopaque; head, rostrum, antennte, legs and
elytra very dull reddish-brown, suture of the latter blackish.
Upper surface sparsely clothed with either grey or ochreous scales,
on the elytra having a tendency to cluster in small spots. Under
surface and legs with whitish scales.

Head moderately densely but not coarsely punctate. Rostrum
slightly wider in front of than behind antenna?; behind antenna?
with several subacute ridges; rather coarsely punctate. Funicle
with 1st joint slightly longer than 2nd, 4th-7th transverse.
Protlwrax densely and strongly punctate. Elytra scarcely once
and one-half the width of prothorax; striate-punctate, punctures
deep and oblong; interstices densely punctate, considerably wider
than striae, feebly convex, none ridged. Under surface and legs
with punctures much as in the preceding species but rather
smaller in size. Length 2 J, rostrum 1 (vix); width 1^ mm.

BY ARTHUR M. LEA. "269

//rtJ._N.S.\V.: Glen Innes, Gosford (Lea), Newcastle (Macleay
Museum).

A smaller species than the preceding, the elytral interstices not
at all ridged and the shoulders less prominent.

PSEUDOSTOREUS, n,g.

Head feebly convex, not concealed; ocular fovea indistinct.
Eyes rather small, ovate, lateral, rather coarsely faceted. Rostrum
moderately long and rather thin, almost parallel-sided, feebly
convex, terminated at mesosternum. Anfennce thin ; scape
inserted much closer to apex than base of rostrum, the length of
funicle and club combined; two basal joints of funicle moderately
long; club small, ovate, free. Prothorax scarcely transverse,
sides narrowed in front, apex moderately produced and about
half the width of base, base bisinuate; ocular lobes feebly rounded.
Scutellum small and round. Elytra elongate-cordate, not much
wider than prothorax, shoulders and apex rounded. Pectoral
canal wide and rather deep, scarcely narrowed between inter-
mediate coxse, these excavated. Mesosternal plate transverse,
depressed but scarcely concave, sloping from base to apex. Meta-
sfermim large, longer than basal segment of abdomen; episterna
rather narrow. Abdomen moderately large, gently convex
throughout, sutures distinct; 1st segment longer but not much
larger than 2nd, intercoxal process rounded and rather narrow;
intermediates combined slightly longer than 2nd or apical and,
with the 2nd, curved at sides. Leys moderately long; femora
stout, feebly grooved, the four posterior feebly dentate, the
anterior edentate, the posterior terminated before apex of abdo-
men ; tibiae scarcely bisinuate beneath; tarsi rather short and
stout, 3rd joint moderately wide, deeply bilobed; claw-joint rather
short, considerably wider at apex than at base; claws rather strong
and widely separated. Oblong-elliptic, subdepressed, punctate,
squamose, winged.

Allied, but not very closely, to Melanterius; in the tabulation
it is placed with Melanteriosoma, to which it is even less closely
allied. The anterior coxee are perhaps more widely separated

'270 REVISION OF THE AUSTRALIAN CURCULIONID.E,

than in an}' of the allied genera. In habit it strongly resembles
a number of species belonging to Sioreus.

PSEUDOSTOREUS PLACITUS, n.Sp.

Black, somewhat shining; antennie, tibiae and tarsi reddish,
sides and apex of elytra tinged with red. Clothed with rather
short scales; on head between eyes and on base of rostrum dense
and pale yellow, diminishing in density to and terminated just
before antennae; prothorax with whitish elongate scales, rather
thickly sprinkled about but almost invisible to the naked eye.
Scutellura densely clothed with snowy-white scales. Elytra with
white and sooty scales, and with a large and very distinct patch
of pale ochreous scales on apex and a similar patch on each
shoulder. Under surface and legs with whitish scales, on the
tibiae, tarsi (including claw-joint) and apex of femora more or less
yellowish.

ifert^? indistinctly punctate. Rostrum no longer than prothorax;
coarsely but (on account of clothing) indistinctly punctate; and
with several ridges, moderately distinct in ^, feeble in 9.
Funicle with 1st joint stouter and noticeably longer than 2nd.
Frotliorax with moderately large, round and rather deep punc-
tures, not at all confluent. Elytra scarcely once and one-fourth
the width of prothorax; striate-punctate, stride very feeble, punc-
tures moderately large, subquadrate and distinct on basal half,
where each contains a large scale which scarcely rises to the
general level, towards apex indistinctly punctate; interstices
feebly convex, regular, wider than punctures, towards apex much
wider Under surface apparently not very coarsely punctate.
Punctures of fibice not running in grooves. Length 3^, rostrum 4;
width IJ mm.

Hah. — JST.S.W. : Armidale (McDonald and Lea), Queanbeyan
(Lea).

The apical and humeral patches of ochreous scales should render
this species very distinct.

THE 8PEAR-BECKET, OR "DOIGTIER" OF NEW

CALEDONIA, THE NEW HEBRIDES AND

OTHER PACIFIC ISLANDS.

By R. Etheridge, June., Curator of the Australian

Museum.

(Plates xvi.-xix.)

The methods of spear propulsion in use by the South Pacitic
Islanders must be a subject of much interest to all, accustomed
as we are on this Continent to see it performed by the aid of the
well-known wooden spear-thrower, or womerah, in one or other
of its modifications, when an}' mechanical contrivance is made
use of.

A leathern thong or strap known as the Amentum was in use
amongst the ancients as a means of propelling javelins. It was
"used by the Greeks and Romans, and is mentioned by Virgil,
OAid, Cicero, Livy, Pliny, and other ancient writers, and is
figured on Etruscan vases; it was called ajKvkr] by the Greeks."*
The amentum was fastened to the javelin shaft.

It is known to but comparatively few that both the New
Caledonians and the inhabitants of at least three of the New
Hebridean Islands employed a similar device to aid in the pro-
pulsion of their spears. Such, however, is the case. The object
of the present paper is to describe the Ounep, Ouiiede, or
" Doigtier " of New Caledonia, a cord or " becket " used for the
purpose in question, with a passing reference to the similar
implement of the New Hebrideans, and also to bring under notice
what I believe may possibly be a degenerate representative from

* 0. T. Mason, Origin of Invention, 1895, p. 380, quoting Gen. Lane-
Fox's " Catalogue," 1877, p. 40.

272 THE SPEAR-BECKET OF THE PACIFIC ISLANDS,

New Ireland. Between the Ounep and the Amentum there is
this difference — the former remains in the hand of the thrower,
whilst the latter was attached to the javelin.

The name Ounede was obtained by Mr. Chas. Hedley when in
New Caledonia, that of Oxinep I find given by Mr. J. Edge-
Partington* to this implement, whilst " Doigtier " is that
applied to it by the French colonists. The only other illustra-
tions with which I am acquainted are those of Cook, Labillardiere,
and the Rev. G. Turner.

It is to the wonderfully close and accurate observation of that
great man James Cook, R.N., that we owe our introduction to
the Ounep. He first met with it in the Island of Tanna, where
he had a good opportunity of becoming acquainted with its capa-
bilities, and again saw it at Ballade, in North-east New Caledonia.
He remarked! — "They use a becket in the same manner asat Tanna
in thi'owing the dart." On one of the plates (the latter are not
numbered) attached to the Account of Cook's ' Second Voyage '
is the head of a New Caledonian man, surmounted by the peculiar
chimney-pot hat or head-covering, and attached to this with
string is an Ounep., not as an ornament probably, but simply as a
means of carrying it.

To render the above extract clear, it is necessary to anticipate
a little by quoting Cook's description of the Tanna implement.
On this he remarks! that the Tannese " make use of a becket,
that is a piece of stiff plaited cord, about six inches long, with an
eye in one end and a knot at the other. The eye is fixed on the
forefinger of the right hand, and the other end is hitched round
the dart, where it is nearly on an equipoise. They hold the dart
between the thumb and remaining fingers, which serve only to
give it direction, the velocity being communicated by the becket

* Au Album of the Tools, Ornaments, Articles of Dress, &c., of the
Natives of the Pacific Islands, 2d ser., t. 67, f. 11.

t Voyage Towards the South Pole, years 1772-75 (2nd Voyage), 1777, ii.

p. 121.

X Ibid., p. 81.

BY R. ETHERIDGE, JUNR. 273

and forefinger. The former flies off from the dart the instant
the velocity becomes greater than that of the hand, but it remains
on the finger ready to be used again." This is precisely the method
employed in New Caledonia, as may be seen in PL xviii., fig. 14,
which is from a drawing made at Panie by Mr. Chas. Hedley.
The only other authors who mention the New Caledonian imple-
ment known to me are Labillardiere, the Rev. George Turner,
Mr. T. H. Hood, and, as before mentioned, Mr. J. Edge- Partington.

Labillardiere,* who during the French expedition in search of
La Perouse landed in New Caledonia^ says he " admired the
ingenious method they had invented to accelerate the motion of
those javelins when they throw them : for that purpose they
employ a piece of very elastic cord, made of the covering of the
cocoa nut and fish skin, one extremity of which they fix to the
end of the forefinger, and the other, which ends in a sort of
round button, is twisted round the end of the dart in such a
manner as to quit its hold as soon as that weapon is thrown into
the air." Labillardiere also figures a New Caledonian in the act
of using the " doigtier."

Turner refers to the "doigtier" in connection with mortuary
ceremonies.! " They set up spears at the head of a chief when
they bury him, and fasten a spear-thrower on to his forefinger,
and lay {a club at the top of his grave."

Hood describes! the dress of the natives at Port de France as
consisting of a " turban of scarlet cloth, if possible; if not, of
white, with a plume of feathers; a little string with a knot at the
end of it, made of the fur of the Rousette, tied round the first
finger of the right hand, used in throwing their spears, one of
which they generally carry."

* Voyage in Search of La Perouse, &c. Translated from the French,
1800, ii., p. 255.

+ Nineteen Years in Polynesia, 1861, p. 452.

J Notes of a Cruise in H.M.S. "Fawn" in the W. Pacific in the Year
1862, 1862, p. 215.

18

^74 THE SPEAR-BECKET OF THE PACIFIC ISLANDS,

Dr. Victor de Rochas in a small work* dealing with New Cale-
donia, states that the natives project the spears " with dexterity
to a distance of forty or fifty paces by means of a small laniere
fixed to the index finger, and which is twisted round the spear
at its centre of gravity." A New Caledonian is portrayed in
another workf by Mr. G. L. Domeny de Rienzi in the act of
spearing the beautiful New Caledonian Kayou, ( Rhynochetos
jubatus, V. & M.). His spear is fitted with a " doigtier."

In Mr. Edge-Partington's work one example of the becket is
shown,! and in miniature the method of slipping it on a spear.§

Lastly, the subject of the "doigtier," according to Dr. J. B. N.
Vincent,l| of the French navy, is to give a rotary movement to
the spear.

From these extracts it would appear that the becket was made
of cocoa-nut fibre and fish skin, or the fur of the New Caledonian
Flying-fox or " Rousette " {Pterojnis vetulns, Jouan).

The Australian Museum possesses twelve examples of this
spear-thrower or becket, all on the same principle, but no two of
which agree in details of manufacture. Of these, three form a
part of the ''Cook Collection," and there is every I'eason to believe
were obtained by Cook himself. Two of the others were obtained
by Mr. Hedley.

To all intents and purposes the Oiinep consists of a plaited
cord, varying in length from six to thirteen inches, having
an " eye " at one end and an " over-hand " knot or a " grummet-
head " at the other, but the details of manufacture and the
materials used are very varied.

The Cord. — This is plaited either on the plan of "square-sinnef"
or '■ flat-sinnet," i.e., in the first the cord is so constructed as to
have four angles, the sides either flat or hollowed, and in cross-

* La Nouvelle Cal^donie et ses Habitants, 1862, p. 185.

t Oc^anie, ou cinquieme partie du Monde, &c., 1863, iii., pi. 253.

j Album, Joe. cii., 2(1 ser. t. 67, f. 11.

§ Ibid., 1st ser., t. 127, f. 5.

II Les Canaques de la Nouvelle Calt^donie, 1895, p. 87.

BY R. BTHERIDGE, JUNR. 275

: section would be roughly quadrangular (tigs. '2 and 5) ; in the
second the plaiting is such that the cord is flat above and below,
top and bottom, but running along one of the flat faces is an
extra median I'idge (figs. 7 and 9). The material used for the
strands seems to be tightly-twisted rush or grass, more com-
monly seen in the square-sinnet gaskets, or a less tightly twisted
beaten-bark string, the latter having the greater flexibility. In
some of them there may possibly be an admixture of coco-nut
fibre," as described by Labillardiere, but I have not seen one
entirely composed of the ]lousette fur spoken of by Mr. Hood.

The Eye is formed by returning the cord on itself, and in all
but three instances the two parts are held together by a thimble,
the free ends of the returned portion being plaited into three,
and always three, projecting tags (fig. 8) which are invariably
more or less highly ornate. Of the three exceptions, two are
Cook's specimens, in which the free ends of the returned plaits
are allowed to remain in a frayed condition (fig. 2). In the third
example a much more ingenious contrivance is made use of, the
free end of the plait being divided into two tags, which are again
plaited under and over one another round the main cord and
their ends knotted for security (fig. 1).

The Thimble. — I have used the term thimble to designate the
band that holds the two portions of the plait together to form
the eye (figs. 3, 6 and 9). It is also very variable both in width
and material. In its simplest form it is broad and consists of red
trade wool, which is used in three of the gaskets (figs. 4, 8 and 10),
in one instance being confined purely to the thimble (fig. 4); in a
second tightly wound a short distance up the cord as well (fig. IS),
whilst in the third example two lengths of the wool are continued
from the thimble and wound loosely over and under for half the
length of the cord from the thimble proper (fig. 10). In five
specimens this encircling band is composed either of the fur or
woolly hair of the Rousette or Flying- fox [Pteropus vetuliis, Jouan)
or the latter mixed with beaten bark string. In the remaining
specimens the thimbles are made of plaited rush or grasswork,
similar to the cords themselves (fig. 3).

276 THE SPEARBECKET OF THE PACIFIC ISLANDS,

The TagK. — The tags terminating the returned portions of the
cords are whipped, or not, with other material. When so, then
in one case by fibre string, in others by the Rousette fur string,
but in every case, whether whipped or not, are beautifully and
most ingeniously ornamented by longitudinal short lengths of
very narrow bright yellow grass, presenting at first sight the
appearance of minute beading, and on the whole producing a veiy
pleasing effect.

The Overhand Knot and Grummet. — The outer or distal ends of
the cords, the ends that lap round a spear, are invarialjly
terminated by an overhand knot (figs. 1, 2, 3, 6, 8, 10), or a
grummet (figs. 4, 5, 7, 9, 11), and in both instances great ingenuity
is displayed in their make. In the former case the end of a cord
is first whipped with red trade wool or Rousette fur and then
passed through a loop of its own part to form the knot, but the
actual termination is often ornamented with bright yellow rush-
work similar to the tags already described, and is curved upon
itself so as to form a crest (figs. 6 and 8). In the two specimens pre-
viously referred to as having the free ends of the cord at the eyes:
left ragged (fig. 2), the overhand knots are simply tied and devoid
of ornament of any kind.

The grummets seem to be made by covering the overhand
knots with a cross-lacing of either Rousette fur string pure and
simple, or a string partly of this and partly of fibre. They are
hard and compact, and very much resemble the string-coated
head of a life preserver (figs. 4, 5, 7 and 11).

The Collar. — The only other object on the gaskets remaining
to be described is what, for the want of a better term, I have
called the collar. It occurs on six out of the twelve specimens,
and is placed on the main cord of each gasket immediately below
the tags of the eye (figs. 4, 5, 6, 7, 9, 11). It can be best described
l)y comparing it to the butt or body of an ordinary window blind
tassel. The simplest form consists of Rousette fur string wound
round and round (fig. 6), but in other instances (figs. 4, 5, 7, 9, 11)
it resembles the butt referred to, and is variously ornamented
with bright yellow rush or grass string similar to that on the

BY R. ETHERIDGE, JUNR. 277

tags. The patterns are interlaced vertical lines or conjoined
rhombs.

Sufipended Ornaments. — The finest gasket in the collection is
without doubt the large tlat-sinnet thrower obtained by Cook
(fig. 11). The end of one of the tags has a couple of twisted
-strands of the Rousette fur string binding left free as a small
terminal loop. Suspended to this by fibre string are three
objects, consisting of two thick beads of Kauri gum and a carved
bone ornament. Three reasons may be advanced for believing
these to be genuinely a part of the gasket in question- — 1st, the
presence of the loop at the end of the tag, ostensibly provided for
some purpose or another ; 2nd, the fact that the beads resemble in
.shape certain stone beads on New Caledonian necklets at present in
the Museum; and 3rd, that Labillardiere states that the New Cale-
donians carved bone ornaments, which were suspended to necklets.
On the other hand, against this last point is Labillardiere's state-
ment that bone ornaments of this kind were " indifferently
carved." That on the Cook gasket is by no means so, and there-
fore it is quite within the range of possibility that this appendage
may have been subsequently added. Personally I do not think
so, for the whole appearance of the suspended objects seems to be
genuine.

The only deviation from the structure of these New Caledonian
spear-throwers that has so far come under my notice is the figure
given by Mr. J. Edge-Partington, representing one with a grummet
at both ends, instead of a loop at one and a grummet or overhand
knot at the other.*

We may now pass on to a brief consideration of the occurrence
of a spear-becket on other South Pacific islands, but at the out-
set I regret to say that the information at my command is very
limited.

The first reference is to the island of Tanna, in the New
Hebrides. Cook's statement has already been referred to, but
the Rev. G. Turner, a New Hebridean missionary, figuresf a

* Album, loc. elf., 2d ser., t. 67, f. 11.
t Nineteen Years in Polynesia, 1861, p. 81.

278 THE SPEAR-BECKET OF THE PACIFIC ISLANDS,

square-sinnet implement, with five tags to the eye and a thimble,
but no collar, whilst the overhand-knot has a free end instead of
being incurved to form a crest. Mr. Turner, speaking of coco-
nut shell armlets, says — "The}' wear one, two, three, and
sometimes half-a-dozen of these on either arm, close abov'e the
elbow, and from them they suspend their spear-thrower and
sling." Mr. Hedley has been good enough to reproduce Mr.
Turner's illustration (fig. 12).

The spear-becket is also known on Aneiteum, another of the
New Hebridean Islands, judging in the first instance from the
following remarks of a second missionary, the Re\-. A. W. Murra}',
who in describing the death of a native of that island says* —
" As soon as life was extinct the body was laid out on a mat and a
spear and a club placed by its side; also, the small noose which
is used in thi'owing the spear was placed on the forefinger of
the right hand."

I am under obligations to the Rev. J. H. Lawrie, late of the
Free Church of Scotland Mission in the New Hebrides, for the
loan of a spear-becket he obtained whilst residing on Aneiteum,
represented in fig. 13, also drawn by Mr. Hedley. It is of very
simple construction, nine inches long, of a round cord made of
plaited rush or grass, a knot at the distal end, and an eye at the
proximal, the plait of the latter being more or less flattened, and
without a'n}^ collar, thimble, or tags. It will be observed that
the Tanna becket figured by Mr. Turner and that lent me by
Mr. Lawrie from Aneiteum differ greatl}' in construction.

Yet a third island of this group seems to have possessed a
spear-becket, for in referring to Yate, Efate, or Sandwich Island,
Mr. J. E. Erskine remarks! — " From a village ... a canoe
pushed off to intercept us as we were working in, one of the three
men occupying it handing up a becket of plaited cord, such as we
had seen in the hands of the Tannese for throwing their spears."

* ^lissions in Western Polynesia, 1S63, p. 51.
+ Jonrnal of a Cruise among the Islands of the W. Pacific, 1853, p. 323.

BY R. ETHERIDGE, JUNE.

279

The Rev. J. Watt Leggatt, of the Amy Gertrude Russell
Mission at Aulua, Mallicollo, says his natives do not use a spear-
thrower. (Letter to Mr. S. Sinclair, Ap. 27, 1899).

I have now traced the occurrence of this remarkable implement
from New Caledonia to three of the New Hebridean Islands, or
vice versa as the case may be, for in the present state of our
knowledge it is impossible to say on which it originated.

The spear-becket does not appear to be in use in the Solomon
Islands, Dr. H. B. Guppy, R.N., having failed to find any trace
of it in that group. He says* — " None of the contrivances for
assisting the flight of the spear, such as the throwing-stick or the
amentum, were employed by the natives of the islands we
visited."

Whether or no it occurs in the Admiralty Group is still an
open question, for I am unable to find any published evidence of
the fact; on the contrary, such as does exist is in the negative.
In the " Challenger Narrative "f it is said — " Their only weapons
are lances or spears of several kinds, which are thrown with the
unaided hand, not even with a cord as in New Caledonia." It
must not be forgotten, however, that the " Challenger " Expedi-
tion remained but a brief period off" the Admiralty Islands, and
the members may have failed to notice so small an implement.
On the other hand, Mr. R. Parkinson, of Ralum, Blanche Bay,
New Britain, a well known contributor to German Ethnological
literature, and a traveller of wide range in the South Pacific,
assures me that some contrivance of a cord or sling-like nature
for spear propulsion does exist amongst these islanders, although
he is not acquainted with details of its construction.

A form of spear-thrower was in existence amongst the Maoris.
Mr. W. P. Reeves in a recent workt says, " With help of a
throwing-stick, or rather whip, wooden spears could be thrown in
the sieges [of pahs] more than a hundred yards." Confirmation

* Solomon Islands and their Natives, 18S7, p. ~-.

t Challenger Narrative, i., Pt. 2, p. 718.
J The Long White Cloud, Ao-tea-roa, 1898, p. 48.

280 THE SPEAR-BECKET OF THE PACIFIC ISLANDS,

of this statement is to be found in a paper* by Dr. von Luschan,
who quotes Professor Bastianf to the effect that a specimen of
the hurling implement of the Maoris was deposited in the South
Kensington Museum, London, It is, however, in a paper by Mr.
Coleman Phillips | and through the labours§ of Mr. A. Hamilton,
of Otago, that we gain a fuller knowledge of a spear-propelling
medium in New Zealand. T\ie Kotaha, as it was called, consisted
of a sling-stick " with a hole at one end, through which was
passed a dog-skin thong, knotted at both ends." The distal end
of the thong with its knot was passed round the arrow, or dart,
much in the same way as the New Caledonian Ounep was round
the spear. " The darts were stuck loosely in the ground . . .
at a proper inclination before the thong was attached"; this
attachment " was necessarily such as to give a strong strain, or
pull, during the throw, whilst admitting of instant release when
the arrow was ready to commence its free flight." It may be
likened to the Fustihalus or stafF-sling of olden times, "a common
sling attached to the end of a shaft and used for heavier stones." ||
Mr. Phillips points out that the New Zealand implement has now
degenerated into a toy.

Just as that sacred and venerated implement the " Bull-roarei-"
or " Whirler " of the Australian black is represented in the boy-
hood games of Britain, so, strange as it may appear, is the becket
of the South Pacific. Mr. E. R. Waite informs me that amongst
boys in Yorkshire a somewhat similar sling is used for the pro-
pulsion of sticks and reeds. A_ young friend of Mr. Waite's,
Master Allan McCulloch, has called my attention to a short
article on "Throwing Sticks" by Mr. S. Gibney in the "Boy's
Own Paper 'H in which this very child's amentum is described.

* Das Wurfholz in Neu-Holland und ia Oceanien. Bastian- Festschrift,
1896, p. 131, note 1.

+ Inselgruppen in Oceanien, p. 199.

X Trans. N.Z. Inst, for 1877 (1878), x., p. 97.

§ Illustrations of Maori Art, Pt. 3, 1898, p. 244, f. 2.

II Mason, loc. cit., p. 381.

U The Boy's Own Paper, 1892, xiv., p. 574.

BY R. ETHERIDGE, JUNR

281

Mr. Gibney says — " The string should be of medium thickness,
firmly twisted but not stiff. Take a piece of this, a little over a
foot in length, and make a knot at one extremity, and your
throwing apparatus is ready. When you wish to make a throw,
twist the knotted end of your string round the wand, some
inches from the end, winding some of the other end of the string
round your hand until the string being tight, you can hold the
wand about the middle. By adjusting the string, as shown in
fig. 3,* placing the long end over the knot, you will make it grip
the wand perfectly tightly as long as you keep the string taut.
But the moment it is slackened, as it is when that part comes
over your hand in its discharge, it comes undone and leaves the
wand of itself. The string acts the part of the throwing stick."

I now pass on to a subject of equal importance, but of a rather
speculative nature, and would guard the reader against accepting
the following suggestion as anything more than a statement of
opinion, as I am not in possession of any positive evidence to
support it. Three spears in the Museum Collection, made of a
fine palm wood and beautifully ornamented towards the butts
with string lashing, are provided at or about the point of equi-
poise with a number of free hanging strings (figs. 16-18), termin-
ating in small tassels. The spears are respectively seven and a
half feet and six and a half feet long, and the longer are butted
with the tibias of the Island Cassowary or Mooruk {Gasuarius
Bennettii, Gould); the shorter one is all wood. The tassel strings
are three, four and five inches long, but the first has obviously
been much worn. Above the butts all three spears are elegantly
ornamented with string lacing, which in each case projects
forward in two sharp points, one on either side of a spear, with
A'-shaped indents between. These portions are all highly ruddled.
Mr. J. Edge-Partington figures! one of these spears with a tassel,
purporting to come from New Britain, but in all probability it is
from the same neighbourhood as the present weapons. He does

* Fig. 15 ot this Paper.
t Album, loc. dt., Ser. 1, t. 252, f. 9.

282 THE SPEAR-BECKET OF THE PACIFIC ISLANDS.

not make any particulai' reference to it. The point I wish to
emphasise is that the tassels are at the point of equipoise, and on
grasping either of them by certain of the fingers, its strings and
tassels, when held between or around the remaining fingers,
would, it seems to me, enable a much stronger and steadier
impulse to be given to the spear in its flight. If my assumption
should prove to be correct, it is then naturally followed by the
question which of the two, the string and tassels or the Onne]), is
the more archaic? The former I suspect. On showing these
spears to Mr. R. Parkinson, already favourably referred to, he at
once said that they came either from the northernmost part of
Xew Ireland or New Hanover, and authorised me to say that the
suggested use of the string and tassel is probably the correct one.
Mr. Parkinson further described to me another contrivance,
probably intended to assist in spear propulsion, that he had seen
on the islands off Dalman Harbour, German New Guinea. This
consisted of a short spike or peg fastened to a spear at the point
of equipoise, and directed obliquely backwards, i.e., towards the
butt of the spear. Although not seen in actual use, he supposes
this to have been a finger catch, or cleat, to enable the thrower to
obtain a secure and at the same time a lighter grip of the spear
than would be given by grasping it in the usual way.

DESCRIPTION OF A NEW PARDALOTE, ITS NEST
AND EGGS FROM VICTORIA.

By Robert Hall.*

(Comrmmicated by the Secretary.)

* Paper withdrawn, as a comparison of tlie specimens of the supposed
new species with a series of specimens of P. ax.'^imilis, Ramsav (P. ajfrnis,.
Temm. , subsp. assimilis, Ramsay, according to Dr. Sharpe) in the Aus-
tralian Museum, showed it to be a phase of this bird, not previously
recorded from Victoria. — -Ed.

•283

NOTES AND EXHIBITS.

Mr. Pei-cv E. Williams exhibited the stalked and ribbed
cocoon of Lewin's Case-Moth [Clania lewinii, Westw., fam.
Psychid(p) found on an Angophora, to the ribbed capsules of
which the cocoon bears in many respects a striking resemblance.

Mr. AV. W. Froggatt showed specimens of similar cocoons affixed
to twigs of a Eucalypt whose capsules do not resemble the cocoons;
so that the association of species noticed by Mr. Williams is
probably accidental and without special significance.

Mr. Froggatt also exhil^ited a collection of 25 species of
Termites from Borneo, Sarawak, and Africa, named and described
by Ml'. G. D. Haviland (Journ. Linn. Soc. Zoology, Vol xxvii.,
1898), and received from Dr. D. Sharp, Curator of the Zoological
Museum, Cambridge, where the types are deposited.

Mr. Rainbow exhibited a small quantity of silk spun by spiders,
of the genus Nephila, Leach, and drew attention to its great
strength. Native birds, like Zosterops, are often caught in the
webs of these spiders, and hang there until the wind and weather
have reduced them to absolute skeletons.

Mr. Edgar R. Waite communicated the followina:

Notes on the Range of Crocodihis and BrachyJoj)hus.

Having recently written to Mr. Boulenger with reference
to the inclusion of Fiji in the habitat of Crocodilus 2)07-oiius,
Schn., (Boulenger, Cat. Chel. & Crocod. in the Brit. Mus.,
p. 285), Mr. Boulenger replies that he had simplj' accej^ted
Strauch as his authority. I learn, however, that crocodiles
are unknown in Fiji, and though negative evidence is the
least satisfactor}^, yet in the case of such a large and dangerous
I'eptile, native testimony can safely be accepted. The only

■284

NOTES AND EXHIBITS.

evidence I have of a crocodile having occurred there is that

suppHed by Mariner ("Natives of the Tonga Islands," i. 1817,

p. 334), who, from hearsay, describes how an enormous lizard,

which he supposed must have been a crocodile, had destroyed

nine people before being captured. "It was the first animal of

the kind the natives had ever seen or ever heard of." I have

not access to Strauch's work (Syn. Crocod., pp. 52 and 99,

1866), but it seems probable that both Lesson (Ann. des Sci. Nat.

V. 182.5, p. 184, footnote) and Strauch had included Fiji on the

authority of the account mentioned, the latter writer surmising

that the species must have been C. hiporcatus { = C. porosus).

Mariner's account was supplied (to Martin) in 1811, and the

reported occurrence took place probably years before that

date; since when no crocodile has ever been heard of. The

status of the crocodile in Fiji is that, not of a resident but

of a single accidental visitant ; we are therefore, I submit,

scarcely justified in continuing to include it as a member of the

fauna of that group. At the same time I inquired of Mr.

Boulenger his authority for referring BrachyJophus to the Tongan

or Friendly Islands (Boulenger, Cat. Lizards, Krit. Mus. ii.,

p. 192). Inasmuch as the Tongan Islands are of coral formation,

and consequently the seat of an oceanic fauna, and since Brachy-

lophus would appear to be a continental type, its occurrence there

would not have been anticipated. Mr. Boulenger's reply was

completely satisfactory, for he mentions that the British Museum

had received a specimen, obtained by Mr. J. J. Lister at Tono-a-

tabu. It would, however, be interestnig to a.scertain if the

Tongans were in the habit of bringing the lizard from Fiji, as

we know they used to carry other Fijian articles, such as parrots,

pottery, and produce of all sorts. In this way the suggested

anomaly might be explained, or indeed it might be that the

lizards or their eggs had found passage by natural conveyance ;

perhaps much after the manner of A7nhlyrhynchus and Conolophus

in the Galapagos Islands, creatures which have apparently died

■out in their ancestral home. The question I would raise is— Is

Brachylophus found wild, feral, or as a pet only, in Tonga %

NOTES AND EXHIBITS. 285

Mr. Hall sent for exhibition, to illustrate his paper, a photo-
graph of the nest and eggs, and five skins ((J, Q, adult, and imma-
ture) of the Victorian Pardalote described therein ; and skins of
P. ornatus and P. affinis,

Mr. Lucas stated that in a carefully gathered collection of
lizards which he had received from Tonga, Brachy^oplixis was not
represented, and the species was not known to him from that
locality. Mr. Lucas also offered some remarks on the flora and
fauna of the Kosciusko Plateau ; and on behalf of Mr. Guy
Thornton of New Zealand, who was present, he exhibited a large
collection of the New Zealand Cordyceps or Vegetable Caterpillar.

Mr. Fred. Turner showed specimens of, and communicated the
following

Note on, Chi oris truncata, R.Br.,

The " star-" or " windmill-grass,'' with abnormally developed

inflorescence : —

When botanising on the Macquarie River, near Dubbo, early in
the present month (May), I found many plants of Chloris trnncata,
R.Br., in bloom, several of which had developed an abnormal in-
florescence of an interesting character. The spikes were arranged
in two series; the lower ones exhibited the normal number — from
six to ten — but one of them was distinctly bifurcated. The upper
series had developed from four to six spikes. The secondary
peduncle, which was produced from the apex of the principal one,
was from half to one and a half inches long. So far as I am aware,
the only other recorded instance of this grass developing abnormal
inflorescence was furnished by some specimens the Rev. F. E.
Haviland, of Gulgong, sent to me for identification in 1893. The
secondary peduncles of Mr. Haviland's specimens were about two
and a half inches long, but the number of spikes was about the
same as on those I collected near Dubbo.

Mr. Stead exhibited pieces of Hawkesbury sandstone from the
neighbourhood of Sydney, tunnelled in a remarkable manner by
Hymenoptera (Sarojjoda sp. 1) as some observers suppose, or by
Termites, as Mr. Froggatt believes.

286 NOTES AND EXHIBITS.

Mr. Maiden exhibited a pot-plant of the Indian Ce7-o]jegio.
elegatis, Wall., sometimes mistaken for Aristolochia. Mr. Maiden
also took the opportunity of mentioning that the new orchid-
house at the Botanical Gardens was on the point of completion,
and that he would be glad to receive specimens of Australian
orchids with a view to a more systematic cultivation of this
section of the flora.

Mr. Etheridge exhibited a collection of spears, throwing-cords,
and photographs in illustration of his paper.

Mr. Palmer exhibited portion of the trunk of a Eucalypt and
a quantity of chips torn therefrom, to show to what purpose the
Black Cockatoos can use their enormously powerful mandibles
when engaged in the search for boring longicorn larvae. The
stem of the tree exhibited had l^een ripped up and almost severed,
and was one of a number more or less similarly treated at
Lawson, Blue Mountains.

The President exhibited a specimen of the Sydney Bush-Rat
(Mus arboricola, W. S. Macleay, or M. rattus according to Mr.
Oldfield Thomas) from a garden at Double Bay, together with the
gnawed branches of a Bougainvillea, which was threatened witli
destruction. He also remarked, in reference to Mr. Palmers
exhibit, that in his grounds at Springwood the Black Cockatoos
had succeeded in ring-barking some trees of one of the Manna
Gums one foot in diameter, in pursuit of boring grubs.

281

WEDNESDAY, 28th JUNE, 1899.

The Ordinal-}' Monthly Meeting of the Society was held at the
Linnean Hall, Ithaca Road, Elizabeth Bay, on Wednesday
-evening, June 28th, 1899.

The Hon. James Norton, LL.D., M.L.C., President, in the
Chair.

Dr. Wilhelm Finselbach, 9 George-street West; Mr. Albert E.
Flavelle, Concord; Mr. Arthur A Hamilton, Centennial Park,
Sydney ; Dr. John Hay, North Sydney ; Mr. Esca Morris
Humphery, Elizabeth Bay; Dr. Charles MacLaurin, Sydney;
Mr. Harold Sutcliffe Mort, Woollahra ; Mr. James Douglas
Stewart, M.R.C.V.S., Sydney; and Mr. Walter G. Woolnough,
B.Sc, Demonstrator of Geology, Sydney University, were elected
Ordinary Members of the Society.

DONATIONS.

Department of Agriculture, Brisbane — Queensland Agricultural
Journal. Vol. iv. Part 6 (June, 1899). Froin the Secretary for
Ayricultiire.

Four Botanical Pamphlets (from Queensland Agricultural
Journ. Vol. iv. Parts 1, 3, 4: Jan.-April, 1899). By F. M.
Bailey, F.L.S. From the Author.

Department of Agriculture, Sydney — Agricultural Gazette of
New South Whales. Vol. x. Part 6 (June, 1899). From the
Hon. the Minister for Mines and Agriculture.

288 DONATIONS.

Royal Geographical Society of Australasia, New South Wales
Branch— Proceedings, Vols, ii -iv. (1885-88): Journal. Vols. v.
and vi. Nos. 1-6 (1893-98). From H. S. W. Crmnyner, Esq.

Royal Society of New South Wales — Abstract of Proceedings,
June 7th, 1899. From the Society.

The Surveyor, Sydney. Vol. xii. Y^.o. 6 (June, 1899). From
the Editor.

University of Sj'dney — Calendar for the Year 1899. From the
Senate.

Wealth and Progress of New South Wales, 1897-98. Eleventh
Issue (1899). From the Governmeiit Statistician.

Australasian Journal of Pharmacy, Melbourne. Vol. xiv. No.
162 (June, 1899). From the Editor.

Field Naturalists' Club of Victoria — Victorian Naturalist.
Vol. xvi. No. 2 (June, 1899). From the Club.

University of Melbourne — Examination Papers: Matric. May,
1899. From, the Unirersity.

Department of Mines and Water Supply of Victoria — Annual
Report for the Year 1898. From the Secretary for Mines.

American Academy of Arts and Sciences, Boston — Proceed-
ings. Vol. xxxi^-. Nos. 2-7 (Nov.-Dec, 1898). From the
Academy.

American Geographical Society, New York — Bulletin. Vol. xxxi.
No. 2 (1899). From the Society.

American Museum of Natural History, New York — Bulletin.
Vol. X. (1898); Vol. xii. Art. v. (pp. 81-107: Ma}^, 1899):
Memoirs. Vol. ii. Part ii., (Anthropology i.) (Nov., 1898).
From, the Museum.

Field Columbian Museum, Chicago — Report Series. Vol. i.
No. 4 (Oct., 1898). From the Miiseum.

The American Naturalist (Cambridge). Vol. xxxiii. No. 389
(May, 1899). From the Editor.

DONATIONS. 28&

Denison University, Granville, Ohio — Bulletin of the Scientific
Laboratories. Vol. x. Memoi'ial Volume (Aug., 1897); Vol. xi.
Articles i.-iii. (pp. 1-73 : March-Nov., 1898). From the Univer-
sity.

Missoui'i Botanical Garden, St. Louis — Ninth Annual Report,
1898. From the Director.

Smithsonian Institution, Washington — Annual Report of the
Board of Regents to July, 1896. From the Secretary.

U.S. Department of Agriculture, Washington : Division of
Biological Survey — North American Fauna. No. 14 (April,
1899): Division of Vegetable Physiology and Pathology. Circular
No. 17 (1899); Farmers' Bulletin, No. 91 (1899); Report, No. 59
(1899): Yearbook, 1898. From the Secretary of Agriculture.

Wagner Free Institute of Science, Philadelphia — Transac-
tions. Vol. iii. Part iv. (April, 1898). From the Institute.

Washington Academy of Sciences — Proceedings. Vol. i. (pp.
1-110: April-Ma}^, 1899). From the Academy.

Wisconsin Academy of Sciences, Arts and Letters, Madison —
Transactions. Vol. xi. (1896-97). From, the Academy.

Wisconsin Geological and Natural History Survey, Madison —
Bulletin No. 1. (Economic Series, No. 1; 1898); Bulletin No. 2.
(Scientific Series, No. 1; 1898). From the Director.

Zoological Society of Philadelphia — Twenty-seventh Annual
Report, 1899. From the Society.

Museu Paraense de Historia Natural e Ethnographia, Para —
Boletim. Vol. ii. No. 4 (Dec, 1898). From the Museu^n.

British Museum (Nat. Hist.), London — Catalogue of Birds.
Vol. xxvi. (1898): Catalogue of Welwitsch's African Plants.
Parts ii.-iii (1898) : List of the Types and Figured Specimens of
Fossil Cephalopoda (1898) : Catalogue of the Lepidoptera Pha-
Irense. Vol. i., text and Plates (2 vols., 1898). From the Trustees.

Geological Society, London — Quarterly Journal. Vol. Iv.
Part 2 (May, 1899): Geological Literature during the Year 1898.
From the Society.
19

'290 DONATIONS.

Manchester Literary and Philosophical Society — Memoirs and
Proceedings. Vol. xliii. Part 1 (1898-99). From the Society.

Royal Microscopical Society, London — Journal, 1899. Part 2
(April). From the Society.

Royal Society, London — Proceedings. Vol. Ixiv. Nos. 412-413
(April-May, 1899). From the Society.

Zoological Society of London — Abstract, 18th April; 2nd and
16th May, 1899. From the Society.

Royal Physical Society, Edinburgh — Proceedings. Vol. xiv.
Part 1 (Session 1897-98). From the Society.

Societe Royale de Geographie d' Anvers — Bulletin. Tome xxii.
4« Fasc. (1898); Tome xxiii. V Fasc. (1899). From the Society.

Societe Royale Linneenne de Bruxelles — Bulletin. 24™^ Annee
No. 6 (Avril, 1899). From the Society.

Societe Royale ^Malacologique de Belgique, Bruxelles — Proces-
Verbaux, Aout-Decembre, 1898 : Bulletins des Seances. T.
xxxiv. Janvier-Fevrier, 1899 (pp. i.-xxxii.) : Memoires. T. xxxiv.
(1899: pp. 1-16). From the Society.

Journal de Conchyliologie, Paris. Vol. xlvii. Xo. 1 (1899).
From, the Editor.

Two Pamphlets : — " La Premiere Campagne Scientifique de la
Princesse Alice ii*^" (4to., 1899) and " Exploration Oceano-
graphique aux Regions Polaires " (8vo., 1899). Par. S.A.S. le
Prince Albert P"" de Monaco. From the Axdhor.

Archiv fiir Naturgeschichte, Berlin. Iv. Jahrgang. i. Band,
1 Heft (1899). From the Editor.

Gesellschaft fiir Erdkunde zu Berlin— Verhandlungen. Band
XXV. No. 7 (1898) : Zeitschrift. Band xxxiii. Nos. 3-4 (1898).
From the Society.

Naturhistorischer Verein der preussischen Rheinlande, West-
falens und des Reg.-Bezirks Osnabriick, Bonn — Verhandlungen.
Iv. Jahrgang. 1 u 2 Halfte (1898): Sitzungsberichte der JSTieder-
rheinischen Gesellschaft fiirNatur- und Heilkunde zu Bonn, 1898.
1-2 Halfte. From the Society.

DONATIONS. 291

Naturwissenschaftlicher Verein zu Bremen — Abhandlungen.
xvi. Band. 1 Heft (1898). From the Society.

Zoologischer Anzeiger. xxii. Band. Nos. 585-587 (April-May,
1899). From the Editor.

Senckenbergische Naturforschende Gesellschaft zu Frankfurt a.
M.— Abhandlungen. xxiv. Band. Titel, kc. (1898). From the
Society.

Kongl. Universitets-Biblioteket i Upsala — Meddelanden fran
Kongl. Landtbruksstyrelsen. Nos. 43 and 49 (1898-99): Medde-
landen fran Mineralogisk-Geologiska Institution. Nos. 23-24
(1898-99). From the University.

Zoologische Station zu Neapel — Mittheilungen. xiii. Band.
4 Heft (1899). From the Director.

Societe Hollandaise des Sciences a Harlem — Archives Neer-
landaises. Serie ii. Tome ii. 5^ Jiv. (1899). From the Society.

Academie Imperiale des Sciences de St. Petersbourg — Annuaire
du Musee Zoologique, 1898. Nos. 3-4. From the Academy.

Societe de Physique et d'Histoire ISTaturelle de Geneve —
Memoires. Tome xxxiii. P"" Partie (1898). From the Society.

Geological Survey of India — Memoirs. Vol. xxviii. Part 1.
(1898). From the Director.

Indian Museum, Calcutta — An Account of the Deep-Sea
Ophiuroidea collected by the R.I.M.S.S. "Investigator." Bj' Dr.
R. Koehler (4to., 1899). From the Trustees.

Madras Government Museum — Bulletin. Vol. ii. No. 3 (1899).
From the Superintendent.

Perak Government Gazette. Vol. xii. Nos. 12-15 (April-Junr,
1899). From the Government Secretary.

South African Philosophical Society, Cape Town — Transactions.
Vol. x. Parts 2-3 (1898). From the Society.

292

ON THREE NEW SPECIES OF EUCALYPTUS.

By R. T. Baker, F.L.S., Curator, Technological Museum,

Sydney.

(Plates xx.-xxii.)

Eucalyptus Smithii, n.sp.

(Plate XX.)

A tall tree sometimes attaining a height of 150 feet and a
diameter of from 2 to 4 feet. Bark on old trees deeply furrowed
and dark grey to blackish, standing between a Stringybark and an
Ironbark, bnt smooth aboAe 10 or 12 feet from the ground to
the branches. Young leaves sessile, lanceolate or rounded at the
base, resembling B. viminalis, 5 or 6 inches long, not glaucous.
Mature leaves narrow, lanceolate, acuminate, of an equal colour
on both sides, not shining, venation not very distinct; lateral
veins tine, numerous; intramarginal vein close to the edge; petiole
about an inch long. Oil glands very numerous. Peduncles
axillary, flattened, about as long as the petiole, with numerous
flowers, from 3 to 15. Calyx turbinate, narrowing into a short
petiole, the whole 3 to 4 lines long. Operculum hemispherical,
shortly acuminate. Stamens all fertile. Anthers kidney-shaped.
Ovary flat-topped.

Fruits inclined to hemispherical, occasionally p3^riform, 2 to 3
lines in diameter; rim domed, sometimes expanding into a flange;
valves exserted, obtuse.

Hab. — Sugar Loaf Mountain, Monga and Irish Corner Mountain,
Braidwood (W. Bauerlen).

This tree as at present known is restricted to a few localities
in the south-eastern district of the Colony, and occurs as far as
seen on high, steep mountain sides, where it attains its maximum
height, 200 feet. The bark is usually smooth except for aljout
10 feet of the trunk, and peels off in long narrow ribbons as in the

BY R. T. BAKER.

293

case of E. viminalis, LabilL, and other Eucalypts. The colour of
the smooth bark is bluish or -various shades of grey; that of the
persistent bark is of a rich brown or chocolate colour on very old
trees and is grey to black like Ironbark and at times nearly as
deeply furrowed, approaching in that respect old trees of E.
Sieberiana, from which, however, in other respects it is quite
different. The base bark is very thick and hard. In aspect this
tree much resembles E. fraxinoides, Deane et Maiden, but the
rough bark runs somewhat higher than in that species, is often
i\iore grey in colour and of about the same thickness. It is easily
known from E . fraxinoides by its foliage, buds, fruits, timber, oil,
and kino. This tree never has the insect markings so conspicuous
as on E. fraxinoides.

In none of its aspects would this tree ever be regarded as any
of the " Stringy barks." Some of the younger trees have quite
smooth bark, which on older trees is even rougher than that of
E. Sieberiana, F.v.M., and from this feature might be called an
*' Ironbark," but never a " Stringybark."

It differs from E. Sieberiana, F.v.M., in the venation of the
leaves, and in the buds, fruits, timber and oil.

The bark has a peculiarly strong, pleasant odour. In making
a cross section it has a very peculiar appearance, having a number
of streaks or rays of a pithy substance, yellow in colour, radiating
from the sapwood outwards to the circumference of the bark
(W. Bauerlen).

In botanical sequence it probably should be placed between
E. Bduerleni, F.v.M., and E. viniinalis, LabilL, as in the young
state the leaves belong to what may be called the " Viminalis
Group" and are quite different from those of the "Stringybark
Group."

The venation and shape of the mature leaves, and the fruits dis-
tinguish it at once from E. aniygdalina, LabilL, from v^diich also
it differs in timber and oil. The presence of manna on this tree
shows it also to have no connection with the " Stringybarks."
The renantherous anthers in this species are an anomaly.

294 THREE NEW SPECIES OF EUCALYPTUS,

Timber. — The wood is very hard, close-grained, and of a pale
brown colour and can be placed amongst the pale hardwoods of
the colony. There are no data as to its durability or seasoning
qualities, but it pi^obably ranks with " Blackbutt," B. 2)ihdaris,
Sm.

Kino. — The kino gives a turbid solution in cold water and con-
tains eudesmin but not aromadendrin. This is an instance of a
turbid kino produced by a tree whose anthers are kidne^'-shaped
or belong to the section Renantheras of the Eucalypts. E. micro-
Gorys, F.V.M., was previously the only exception to the apparent
rule that Eucalypts with kidney-shaped anthers gave a kino free
from eudesmin or aromadendrin, or in other words were not turbid
kinos. The turbidity or otherwise of a kino is therefore no
criterion as to the botanical classification of the Eucalypts on the
anthereal system (H. G. Smith.)

Maiina. — In the chemistr}^ of the oil and kino this tree
approaches E. jyunctata, DC, and a further resemblance is shown
in that manna has been obtained from it; this differs in no respects
from the manna of E functata.

Oil, — The oil is very rich in eucalj'ptol, and it also contains
eudesmol in small quantities. From se^•eral distillations the
average yield was 1-354 per cent., and when the quality of the
oil is considered this- yield is very gratifying. The oil is one of
the richest in eucalyptol yet distilled at this IMuseum, being even
richer in that constituent than the oil of the Sydney E. jninctata,
DC. No phellandrene is present, the oil consisting almost entirely
of dextro-pinene and eucalyptol. Being free from constituents
having a high specific gravity, the specific gravity of the oil is
comparatively low, although containing over 70 per cent, of
eucalyptol.

This species is named in honour of my colleague, Mr. H. G.
Smith, F.C.S., whose labours in the field of organic chemistry
have added much to the knowledge of the economics of the genus
Eticalyjytus, and have so materially assisted me in diagnosing the
new species described by me.

BY R. T. BAKER.

295

Eucalyptus Dawsoxi, sp.nov.

(Syn. E. polyanthema, Schau., var. (c), mihi, Proc. Linn. Soc.
N.S.W., 1896, p. 448.)

" Slaty Gum."

(Plate xxi.)

A tall tree with a smooth bark, the foliage, branchlets, buds
and fruits glaucous. Young leaves broadly lanceolate, 6 inches
long and over 3 inches wide, on a petiole over an inch long, very
obtuse, glaucous on both sides, venation distinct. Mature leaves
mostly short, oblong-lanceolate, very obtuse, rarely acuminate,
occasionally reddish in colour, venation fairly distinct, lateral
veins not distant, intramarginal vein close to the edge. Peduncles
axillary but mostly in large terminal corymbs, exceeding the
leaves. Buds on young trees 3 lines long, 1| lines in diameter,
sessile or on short pedicels; operculum hemispherical, obtuse; on
mature trees 4 to 5 lines long, 1 line in diameter, the calyx
tapering into a filifoi'm pedicel, operculum conical, acute. Ovary
domed at the summit. Stamens all fertile, inflexed in the bud,
filaments thick in proportion to the diameter of the anthers.
Anthers very small, cylindrical, rounded at the base and truncate
at the top, opening by terminal pores.

Fruit small, turbinate, pedicel almost filiform, mostly a line in
diameter and under 2 lines long, rim thin, capsule sunken, valves
not exserted.

This species is one of the finest representatives of the genus
Eucalyptus, whether from a picturesque or an economic point of
view. On the whole watershed of the Goulburn River it grows
to a great height with a splendidly straight, branchless trunk, and
always occurs under the ridges, never being found on the summit
nor at the base; and owing to its glaucous leaves it can easily be
detected from the dark green foliage of its congeners — the Stringy-
barks in this particular instance.

I was at one time (loc. cit.) inclined to class this species as a
variety of E. polyanthema, Schau., owing to the similarity of fruit

296 THREE NEW SPECIES OF EUCALYPTUS,

and colour of timber, but a further examination of the various
parts of the tree and the aid of chemistry have led me to alter
my earlier opinions.

The sucker and mature leaves of both species are different as
well as the venation. The leaves of "Slaty Gum" are almost
always glaucous as well as the buds and fruits, a feature rarely
found in E. j^olyanthema, Schau. The timber is of excellent
quality and equal to Ironbark in durability; in fact I half suspect
that this species is the "Grey Gum-tree" of W. Hill referred to
by Baron von Mueller (Eucalyptographia, Decade iv.) and placed
under E. crehra, F.v.M. The fruits and the timber of the two
species certainly are similar, but they agree in no other character
and therefore should not be confounded.

The differences between it and E. largijiorens, F.v.M., are found
in the venation, shape of fruits, anthers, size and habitat of tree,
and quality of timber, as well as the chemical constituents of the
oil.

According to Bentham's anthereal system, this species is placed
in the section PorantheriB of the Eucalypts. The shape of the
leaves allies it with E. laryiflorens, F.v.M., and the fruits to E.
crehra, although this latter species belongs to the section Parallel-
antherte of Eucalypts. The smooth bark and reddish timber give
it some affinity with E. polyanthema, but it differs from this
species in other characters and products. It is, however, more
closely allied to E. jwlyanthema and E. largijiorens than to any
other species, and in botanical sequence is placed after the former.

Timber. — The timber varies in colour from pinkish to the dark
red shade of the "Broad-leaved Ironbark," E. siderophloia, Benth.,
from which timber it is often impossible to distinguish it either
macroscopically or microscopically. It is a very hard, close,
straight-grained timber, possessing all the qualities of our most
■durable and valuable " Ironbarks."

" In lower ground, or the valleys between hills where the rock
appears more decomposed, it rises to 100 or 120 feet, and is a fine
tree. The wood of the Slaty Gum is considered by practical men
to be as good and durable as Ironbark. It is red in colour, easily

13Y R. T, BAKER. 297

worked, and exceedingly strong, being well adapted for weather-
boards, fencing, wheelwrights' work, railway sleepers, rough
carpentry, and bridges. I saw in the neighbourhood of Mudgee
several bridges which had been constructed of Slaty G-um, and,
as they had stood for many years without any apparent decay,
there was certainly a good proof that the wood bears exposure to
all weathers." (Rev. Dr. W. Woolls).

Oil. — The yield of oil is poor, averaging only -172 per cent. Its
specific gravity is '9414 at 15° C. This oil is a remarkable one
and distinctly different from any other Eucalypt oil yet distilled
at this Museum. It contains no eucalyptol, but a fair percentage
of phellandrene is present. The principal constituent appears to
be a sesquiterpene. Although at present apparently useless for
commercial purposes, yet it has great scientific interest, and further
inquiries are now being undertaken respecting it.

Kino. — This exudation gives a turbid solution in cold water,
and it was found to contain eudesmin but not aromadendrin.
The anthers opening by pores point to the fact that Eucalypts
having these anthers do not necessarily exude a kino free from
eudesmin and aromadendron, or, in other words, may give turbid
kinos. Fresh material and some that had been in the Museum
for 10 years gave exactly the same chemical results (H. G. Smith).

Pathological Note. — A remarkable entomological feature in
connection with this species is perhaps worthy of note. At
certain seasons of the year the leaves of this tree alone ai'e
aSected by a species of Psylla; the insects eat off the cuticle of the
leaves, giving the whole country side an appearance in the dis-
tance as if a Ijush fire had passed over it.

The species is named after Mr. James Dawson, L.S., of Ryl-
stone, who was the first to draw my attention to the qualities of
the timber of this species, and who aided me in procuring botanical
and other material for its diagnosis.

Hah. — Ridges on the watershed of the Goulburn Reiver, (R.T.B.)
across the main " Divide " at Cassilis and north-west to Pillaga
(Prof. Warren).

298 THREE NEW SPECIES OF EUCALYPTUS,

It occurs probably at or near Yass, as I have some fruits of
this species with that locality queried.

Eucalyptus camphora, sp.nov.

" Sallow" or " Swamp Gum."

(Plate xxii.)

A rather small tree, about 20 to 30 feet high, with a black
decorticating bark. Young leaves ovate, obtuse, under 6 inches
long, 3^ inches broad, on angular petioles of ^ inch, coriaceous,
glaucous. Mature leaves ovate-elliptical, abruptly acuminate, under
4 inches long, or lanceolate, acuminate and 6 inches long; thinly
coriaceous, glaucous, venation distinct, particularly so in young-
leaves, intramarginal vein removed from the edge. Peduncles
few, axillary, flattened, bearing 5 or 6 shortly pedicellate or
sessile buds. Calyx turbinate, inclining to hemispherical, 1 line
long, 1 line broad; operculum acuminate, about 2 lines long.
Ovary domed. Anthers parallel, opening by longitudinal slits.

Fruits small, turbinate, 3 lines long, 2 lines in diameter, rim
flat, valves exserted.

It is a very umbrageous tree, attaining a height from 30-60 feet
and a diameter up to 3 feet, usually rather crooked and essentially
a swamp or wet ground species. Occurs also on the banks of
creeks or rivers, as for instance at Delegate on the banks of the
Delegate River, usually associated with E. stellulata and E. ijcdxi-
dosa. From the former it is quite easily distinguished by its
leaves, although otherwise in appearance of growth, branches,
bark, &c., the two resemble each other somewhat. Its branches
never have, however, that yellow-green colour which distinguishes
E. stelhdata so readily, but are of an ashy-grey or brownish-grey
colour, sometimes approaching even to a sooty-black. The per-
sistent bark is also of a different texture, while in E. stellulata on
very old trees it approaches almost that of an Ironbark. From
E. jyaludosa, R.T.B., it is easily distinguished, especially in older
trees, but the leaves are broader and rounder, often considerably
broader than long, and the aj^ex quite blunt, sometimes obcordate.
The leaves on the higher branches approach more those of E.

BY R. T. BAKER.

299

melliodora than perhaps those of any other species. E. paludosa
is not so essentially a swamp or wet ground species, as it occa-
sionally occurs on dry ground; it also grows a larger tree and is
more apt to be straight than this new species; the persistent bark
is also quite different and decorticates in long flakes. When
young trees of it and E. 2Jaludosa are seen growing in company
the two are not likely to be confounded, as the young leaves and
bark of each species are quite different.

Like E. paludosa, it has very probably been classified with E.
Gunnii, Hook, f., but it differs from this latter species in leaves,
fruits, timber, oil, &c. The colour of the bark and the disposition
of the buds bear some resemblance to E. stellulata, but it does
not resemble it in any other characters.

Timber. — The timber is blackish and of very little value, whilst
that of E. paludosa is much harder and more durable and of a
lighter colour. In botanical sequence it probably follows E.
paludosa. Oil glands have been recorded as occurring in many
parts of Eucalyptus trees, but it has probably never been found
before to occur in the anther connective as in this species. This
feature is shown in Plate xxi., fig. 6.

Oil. — The most important economic product of this tree is its
essential oil. On rectification this oil was found to contain a
fraction boiling between 280°-290° C, equalHng 18 per cent, of
the whole, and which consisted almost entirely of eudesmol, com-
paratively in a pure condition. The fraction wholly crystallised
in less than one hour. This oil appears to be free from bodies,
also of high boiling point, that have previously been found to
interfere with and to make the purification of this stearoptene
difficult. If eudesmol should be found eventually to be of medicinal
value, or useful for other purposes, we have in this oil a most
prolific source of the material.

The average yield of the oil is -398 per cent. It consists of
eudesmol, pinene and eucalyptol. No phellandrene was detected.
The specific gravity of the crude oil is •9167 at 15° C.

For the chemistry of this camphor see a forthcoming paper Ijy
H. G. Smith, F.C.S., in Proc. Roy. Soc. N.S.W. for 1899.

300 THREE NEW SPECIES OF EUCALYPTUS.

Kino. — No specimen' of this body has yet been obtained.

Hah.— It was first discovered by me at Ganguddv Creek,
Kelgoola, Rylstone, in 1895, and afterwards in 1897 at Narango.
It has since been found at Delegate (Hayden's Bog; W. Bauerlen).
It also occurs near Tumut. As these latter localities are distant
300 and 200 miles respectively from where it was originally dis-
covered, and the botanical and economic characters never seem to
vary, it thus stands as a very constant species.

Pathological Note. — The leaves from the three above localities
not only resemble each other exactly, but are all affected appa-
rently by the same species of insect — evidenced by numerous
uniform black spots.

EXPf.ANATION OF PLATES.
Plate XX.

Eucalyptus Smithii.
Fig. I. — Sucker-leaves.

Fig. 2. — Twig, with mature leaves and buds.
Fig. .3. — .Section of bud (enlarged).
Fig. 4. — Antlier (enlarged).
Figs. 5-9. — Fruits.

Plate xxi.

Eucalyptwi Dawsoni.

Fig. 1. — Young leaves.

Fig. 2. — Terminal twig, with buds.

Fig. 3. — Acuminate leaf (rare form).

Fig. 4. — Buds of a young tree 15 feet high.

Fig. 5. — Section of bud (enlarged).

Fig. 6. — Anthers (enlarged).

Fig. 7. — Fruits.

Plate xxii.

Eucalyptus campliora.

Fig. 1. — Twig, with buds and fruits.

Figs. 2-3. — Individual leaves.

Fia. 4. — Sucker-leaf.

Fig. 5. — Section of bud.

Fig. 6. — Back view of antlier, showing oil globule in connecti\e (enlarged).

Fig. 7. — Front view of anthers.

301

ON A MICRO-FUNGUS FROM MOUNT KOSCIUSKO;
AND ON THE FIRST RECORD OF UKCINULA IN
AUSTRALIA.

Bv D. McAlpixe.

(Communicated hy J. H. Maiden, F.L.S.)

Puccini A calth^, Link.

(Plate xxiii., figs. 1-4).

Aecidiospores — Pseudoperidia distributed on upper surface of
leaf and often confluent; white, margin laciniate, about -J- mm.
diam. Pseudoperidial cells pentagonal or hexagonal, margin finel}^
streaked, 28-32 /i. Spores bright orange, angular to subglobose
or oval, finely echinulate, average 22-23 x 17-20 /x.

On living leaves of Calf ha introloha, F.v.M.; January, 1899;
Mt. Kosciusko. N.S.W. (Maiden).

Greville* describes the Aecidium as hypophyllous and on the
petioles, but here it was epiphyllous and only on the blade of the
leaf. The spores and pseudoperidial cells quite agree with
British specimens.

There is a special interest attaching to this fungus from its
geographical distribution. The host-plant was found in a rocky
creek, on eastern side of Mueller's Peak, Mt. Kosciusko, at a
height of about 6,500 feet. This was the only micro-fungus
found there by Mr. Maiden, and at that season of the year
(January) only the Aecidium-stage occurred. This is the first
record of the fungus in Australia. It occurs also in Europe
and America. Hitherto it has only been found on the Marsh
Marigold (Caltha 2Jcdustris, L.)

* Flora Edinensis, p. 446, 1824.

302 TWO AUSTRALIAN FUNGI,

Uncinula australiaxa, n.sp. — Australian Uncmiiia.

(Plate xxiii., figs. 5-9).

On twigs and leaves and covering entire inflorescence with a
greyish-fawn, firm, powdery mass, usually studded over with the
minute, black perithecia.

Conidial stage — ^Hyphaj veiy slender, colourless, septate,
branched, often only 1 ^ broad and up to 2\ fx. Conidia in chains,
colourless, oblong, with finely granular contents, constant in size,
30 X 13-14 fx] (stained golden brown by potassium-iodide-iodine).

Perithecial stage — Perithecia intermixed with the conidia,
densely gregarious, black, punctiform, dark brown by transmitted
light, globular, with bulging boss-like polygonal markings on wall,
112-130 fjL diam.; appendages rigid, radiating, occasionally forked,
moderately numerous, hyaline, but basal portion brown, some-
times slightly swollen and marked off by a septum, rather longer
than diameter of perithecium, average breadth 6 /x, apex
involute.

Mature asci and sporidia not found. Immature asci (4)
colourless, roughly pear-shaped, with finely granular contents,
except at tapering end, 28 x 22 /x.

Immature sporidium colourless, elliptical, with finely granular
contents, 13 x 10 /x.

On Lagerstrieniia ovali/olia, Teys. ; February-May; Botanic
Gardens, Sydney. Received from Mr. J. H. Maiden, but first
observed by his assistant, Mr. A Grant.

Although the perithecia are very numerous, mature asci were
not distinctly found, and this is not because they have already
burst and shed their spores, but that they are not yet formed, the
contents of the perithecium usually consisting of formative
material and oil globules. In apparently older perithecia, the
contents are of a bright yellow colour.

Fresh specimens were obtained in both February and May,
and the perithecia do not seem to mature their asci. The append-
ages were usually simple, but forking occasionally occurred.

BY D. McALPINE. 303

sometimes just at tip, sometimes almost at base. In some of the
forks the apex was pointed instead of being coiled.

This is the first time the genus has been recorded for Australia,
hence the specific name. Fungi are only recoi'ded on L. indico,
L., but no Erysiphea;.

I am indebted for the drawing of the perithecium (fig. 6) to
Mr. C. C. Brittlebank.

EXPLANATION OF PLATES.

Pucrinia calthiff, Link.

Fig. 1. — Dwarf plant shewing Aecidia on upper surface of leaf ( x 2).
Fig. 2. — Aecidiospores ( x 1000).

Fig. 3. — Aecidiospore from Pjritish specimen of CcdfJia palustris ( x 1000).
Fig. 4. — Pseudoperidial cells shewing marginal streaks ( x 540).

Uncinula nustraliana, n.sp. — Australian Uncinula.

Fig. .5. — Conidia in chains ( x 540) and solitai-y { x 1000).
Fig. 6. — Perithecium with contents protruding ( x270).
Fig. 7. — Forked appendages.

Fig. S. — Ordinary appendage ( x 540) and coiled tip ( x 1000).
Fig. 9. — Immature ascus with sporidium ( x 1000).

304

CONTRIBUTION TO A KNOWLEDGE OF THE
ARANEIDAN FAUNA OF SANTA CRUZ.

By W. J. Rainbow, F.L S.,
Entomologist to the Australian Museum.

(Plates xxiv.-xxv.)

During the latter part of 1897, Mr. John Jennings, formerly of
the Australian Museum, paid a short visit to the Island of Santa
Cruz, in the South Pacific, and whilst there made a small collec-
tion of Araneidje. This he handed over to me shortly before his
departure for Europe, with the request that I should draw up a
list of the forms obtained, and describe and figure any that might
prove to be new or of exceptional interest. The results of my
investigation are enumerated below, by which it will be seen
twenty-four species are recorded, ten of which are new to science.
It has been necessary also to create two new genera — Eunesiotes
and Gnathopalystes. With the type species of the former genus
I have taken the liberty of associating Mr. Jennings' name as a
permanent tribute to his endeavour to bring together a large and
systematic zoological collection of an island, the fauna of which is
absolutely unknown. Unhappily his effort in the direction
referred to was marred by an attack of island fever, a malady so
prevalent and distressing to new comers.

The present contribution, although a small one, is of more than
passing value, seeing that it is the first systematic record of any
branch of zoology from this island. Only one paper dealing with
its conchological fauna has, so far, been published, and this from
the pen of my colleague, Mr. Chas. Hedley.* Otherwise nothing
is known of Santa Cruz, either as I'egards its Mammals, Reptiles,
Birds — or its Botany. Here, then, is a field, close to home.

* "Description of a New Bivalve, Lima (data, from Santa Cruz."
Rec. Aust. Mus., Vol. iii. No. 4, 1S9S, p. 84.

BY W. J. RAIINBOW. 305

altogether unexplored; and who can say what it may bring to light,
when systematically worked, that will prove of value and interest
to the biologist ■?

Now that these South Pacific Islands have been brought under
the British flag, it may not be out of place here to suggest that a
more appropriate or distinctive name be chosen. This would
have many advantages; in the first place it would remove the
confusion that at pi'esent exists when the name of Santa Cruz is
mentioned. On referring to an atlas it will be seen that there
are three large islands bearing this name : one off the coast of Cali-
fornia, a second in the West Indies (Caribbean Sea), and a third
the island and archipelago in the South Pacific. The name Santa
Cruz, has been indiscriminately bestowed upon numerous occasions,
having been used for towns, mountains, rivers, islands and an
archipelago. In respect of the island under consideration,
Nitendi was the old native name.

Family AVICULARID^.
Subfamily AVICULARIIN.S;.
Genus Ischnocolus, Auss.
1. Ischnocolus nebulosus, sp.nov.

(Plate xxiv., fig. 1.)

9- Cephalothorax 4-6 mm. long, 3"9 mm. broad ; abdomen
7*8 mm. long, 5 mm. broad.

Cephalothorax obovate, convex, glabrous, brown, pubescent.
Caput sparingly pubescent, strongly arched, sloping forward,
truncated in front, where it is margined with a broad, pallid band.
Clypeus broad, moderately arched, pubescent, radial grooves dis-
tinct, junction of cephalic and thoracic segments indicated by a
deep transverse indentation or cleft. Marginal hand broad and
of a pallid tint.

Eyes mounted on a transversely oval tubercle, and arranged in
two rows consisting of three series of 4, 2, 2; the first series form
a slightly procurved row, and of these the median eyes are some-
20

306 ARANEIDAN FAUNA OF SANTA CRUZ,

what the largest of the group; those constituting the posterior
row are distributed in pairs, and of these the lateral eyes are
somewhat the largest.

Legs yellow-brown, moderately long and strong, densely clothed
with coarse yellowish hairs, and armed with long thin spines;
metatarsi and tarsi furnished with scopul?e; tarsal claws long and
strong. Relative lengths : 4, 1, 2, 3.

Palpi long, strong, similar in colour and armature to. legs; each
palpus terminating with a claw and scopula.

Falces long, strong, projecting well forward, yellow-brown,
densely clothed with coarse yellowish hairs; fangs long.

Maxilke long, narrow, divergent, yellowish-brown, densely
clothed with long yellowish hairs.

Labium concolorous, arched, broader than long, truncated at
apex.

Sternum concolorous also, longer than broad, shield -shaped, flat,
densely clothed with coarse hairs or bristles.

Abdomen obovate, moderately projecting over base of cephalo-
thorax, clothed with fine, yellowish hairs; colour yellow-brown
with dark cloudy markings; the two superior spinnerets long and
cylindrical.

Epigyne a simple transverse slit with a strongly arched over^
hanging lip.

Family PHOLCIDtE.

Subfamily PHOLCINJ:.
Genus P h o l c u s, Walck.

2. Pholcus ANCORALis, L. Koch. — Originally recorded from the
islands of Upolu and Tonga.

Family ARGIOPID^.
Subfamily AKGYROEPEIRA, Emer.

3. Arogyroepeira celebesiana, Walck. — This species is evi-
dently of Malayan origin, and is widely distributed. From the
Malayan region it ranges from the west in Burma, eastward
into New Guinea, Australia, and the South Pacific Islands.

BY W. J. RAINBOW. 307

Subfamily NEPHILIN5;.
Genus N e p h i l a, Leach.

4. Nephila maculata, Fab.

5. N. MACULATA, Fab., var. penicillum, Dol. — Both widely
■distributed; ranging from Burma eastward to the South Pacific.

Subfamily ARGIOPIN.a;.
Genus A r G i o p e, Aud. et Sav.

6. Argiope .etherea, Walck. — Mr. Jennings obtained ten
specimens of this species, no two of which agree in the scheme of
colouration or ornamentation. This species is found in ISTew
Guinea, Australia, and many of the South Pacific islands.
Dr. Willey collected it at Lif u, in the Loyalty Islands ;
Keyserling also recorded it from the Loyalty Group.

Genus Cyrtophora.

7. Cyrtophora moluccensis, Dol. — Widely distributed over
India, Ceylon, Malasia, Papua, and South Pacific Islands. Dr.
"Willey collected it at Lifu, Loyalty Islands.

Genus A r a n e u s, Clerck.

( = Epeira of Authors-.)

8. Araneus THEisii, Walck — -Mr. Jennings obtained a number
of this widely distributed and variable form. Comparing them
with specimens obtained by Mr. Chas. Hedley at Funafuti, I can
see no reason to modify my opinion in respect of species described
and figured by me in " Memoirs of the Australian Museum," iii.
Part 2. In reference to Mr. Pocock's criticism, I maintain that
my species are specifically differentiated according to the ordinary
standard, that even an extreme " lumper " would acknowledge
some of them to be distinct, and the remainder varieties suffi-
ciently distinct to require designation.

308 ARANEIDAN FAUNA OF SANTA CRUZ,

9. Araneus suavis, sp.nov.

(Plate xxiv., figs. 2, 2a.)

9. Cephalothorax 2 mm. long, 1'5 mm. In'oad; abdomen 3'S mm.
long, 2 8 mm. broad.

Cephalothorax longer than broad, sparingly hairy, yellowish.
Caput high, arched, moderately hairy, normal grooves distinct,
yellowish, with two dark, longitudinal lines running from median
group of eyes to base of cephalic segment. Clypeus yellowish,
strongly arched, moderately hairy, radial grooves and median
depression distinct. Marginal hand broad.

Eyes black, arranged in three groups; the median series are
seated upon a somewhat quadrangular tubercular eminence: of
these the anterior pair are separated from each other by a space
equal to nearly twice their individual diameter, and the posterior
by scarcely so much; the lateral eyes are minute, and seated
obliquely upon small tubercles, but are not contiguous.

Legs long, strong, tapering, yellowish with dark brown annu-
lations, clothed with pale 3'ellowish hairs, and armed with short,
strong, black spines. Relative lengths: 1, 2, 4, 3.

Palpi similar in colour, clothing and armature to legs.

Falces yellowish, strong, broad, arched, divergent at tips.

Maxillce short, strong, broad, moderately arched, divergent,
dark brown laterall}^ inner margins pallid.

Labium short, broad, rounded off at tip; the base dark brown,
apex pallid.

Sternum shield-shaped, glossy, brown, moderately arched,
sparingly clothed with short, hoary hairs.

Abdomen ovate, boldly projecting over base of cephalothorax,
strongly arched, yellowish-brown; at the centre there are two
dark brown spots widely separated, and below these again, at a
considerable distance, there are two others, equally as dark, and
in a line with them; somewhat further down there are two smaller
spots, and these are seated closer together ; commencing just

BY W. J. RAINBOW. 309

above and between the first pair of spots a scheme of delicate
tracery commences, and this consists of a median line running to
the posterior extremity; near the second pair of spots two lateral
lines branch out, and these, cutting right through the third pair
of spots, continue to posterior extremity; below the third pair,
again, two smaller lines branch out from the median line, and
unite with the lateral lines just described; below the colour is
somewhat darker.

Epigyne a small, dark brown, obtusely pointed, overhanging
lip.

Genus Gasteracaxtha, Sund.

10. Gasteracantha hebridisia, Butl. — To his description Mr.
Butler appends the following note: — "Somewhat intermediate
in character between G. tcaniata and G. tvestringii, and remarkable
for the unique colouration of the ventral surface of the abdomen."*

Genus Eunesiotes, gen.nov.

Closely allied to Poecilopachys, E. Sim.

C ephalothorax rather longer than broad, and strongly arched.
Caput high, but sloping forward. Clypeus broad, arched, sloping
posteriorly.

Eyes prominent, arranged in three groups of 2, 4, 2 ; lateral
eyes minute and contiguous.

Legs short, slender, tapering. Relative lengths : 1 = 2, 4, 3.

Maxilloi short, broad, divergent.

Labium nearly twice as long as it is broad, moderately convex,
and rounded off at apex .

Sternum shield-shaped, moderately arched, tuberculated later-
ally.

Abdomen obtusely triangular, broader than long, strongly
arched, devoid of tubercles, the superior surface ornamented with
cicatrose spots or depressions.

* Trans. Ent. Soc. 1873. Mr. A. (I. Butler's " Monographic List of
'Gasteracantlia," p. 166.

310 ARANEIDAN FAUNA OF SANTA CRUZ,

11. EUNESIOTES JENNINGSI, Sp.nOV.

(Plate xxiv., 3, 3a, 36.)

9. Cephalothorax 2-4 mm. long, 2-3 mm. broad ; abdomen
5"1 mm. long, 6"8 mm. broad.

Cejjhalothorax slightly longer than broad, arched. Caput
mahogany-brown, glossy, very finely punctured, high, convex,
sloping forward, normal grooves distinct. Clyjiens broad, arched,
glossy, sides rather paler than caput, hinder extremity pale
yellow, radial grooves indistinct. Marginal hand narrow.

Eyes black; the four comprising the median group form a square?
or nearl}' so, and are elevated on a slight tubercular eminence;
the anterior pair comprising this group are separated from each
other by a space equal to fully twice their individual diameter,
and those of the anterior row by a space equal to nearly two
diameters; the lateral eyes are widely removed from the median
series, and seated obliquely upon small tubercles; they are minute
and contiguous to each other.

Legs yellowish, short, slender, tapering, clothed with fine hairs
and armed with moderately long spines ; tarsal claws black,
pectinated. Relative lengths : 1 = 2, 4, 3.

Palpi short, slender, similar in colour and armature to legs.

Falces yellowish, glossy, short, strong, arched, divergent at
apex; the lower margins of the furrow of each falx are armed
with a row consisting of two long and strong teeth and three
smaller ones, and the upper margin with a row of three long
teeth, and one small one; fangs short.

Maxilke arched, short, strong, glossy, divergent, outer margins
reddish-brown, inner margins pale yellowish.

Labium arched, broader than long, glossy, rounded oflf at apex;
reddish-brown from base to near apex, thence pale yellowish.

Sternum shield -shaped, broad, moderately convex, pale yellowish,
tuberculated laterally.

Abdomen obtusely triangular, boldly projecting over base of
cephalothorax, broader than long, strongly arched; the anterior
angle (where it is broadest) is moderately procurved; from thence

BY W. J. RAINBOW. 311

the sides retreat sharply towards the posterior extremity, where
it terminates in a blunt point; the superior surface is closely and
numerously indented with very fine punctures ; in addition to
these there is a sHghtly waved row of seven large cicatrose spots
or depressions running along the margin of the anterior angle; in
front of these there is on each side a series of four smaller cica-
trose depressions, and between these two series a group of three
larger ones; immediately below the procurved series there are two
smaller cicatrose depressions, but these are not close together;
again, at the centre of the superior surface there are two other
depressions larger than the preceding pair, and these are widely
separated; immediately below the latter there are, yet again, two
smaller depressions seated closely together; laterally, there is a
large number of these depressions, all of which are small and
geometrically arranged; the colouration of the superior surface is
very variable : in some specimens it is entirely dark blue, whilst
in others it is brown anteriorly, succeeded by a transverse band
of 3'ellow, the margins of which are uneven, then a broad band of
dark blue, relieved by narrow pro- and re-curved bands of yellow,
and thence to posterior extremity tawny; the inferior surface is
furrowed, the furrows curving towards and around the spinnerets;
above the spinnerets the colour is dark brown, and beyond them
a dirty yellow (Fig. 3 illustrates one of the varieties).

Ejngyne a rather elongated obtuse projection.

Family CLUBIONID^.

Subfamily SPARASSIN^.

Genus I s o p o D a, L. Koch.

12. IsoPODA HERCULEA (?), Thor. — I think there can be little
doubt as to the identity of this huge creature. Unfortunately
Mr. Jennings only secured one example. The genus abounds,
according to Simon, in Malasia, New Guinea, and Australia; it
is only reasonable to expect, therefore, that representatives of it
will be found in the islands of the South Pacific.

312 ARANEIDAN FAUNA OF SANTA CRUZ,

Genus Heteropoda, Latr.

13. Heteropoda venatoria, Linn. — The common house spider
of the tropics. Two 2 specimens were obtained.

Genus P r y c h i a, L. Koch.

14. Prychia gracilis, L. Koch. — Originally recorded from the
island of Viti. Mr. Jennings secured one immature example.

Genus P a l y s t e s, L. Koch.

. 15. Palystes IGNICOMUS, ^, L. Koch. — Originally recorded
from New Ireland. Dr. Willey collected specimens of this species
in New Britain. Mr. Jennings' specimen is a ^, and unfortu-
nately immature; nevertheless I do not think there can be any
doubt as to its identity.

16. P.ALYSTES reticulatus, sp.nov.

(Plate xxiv., fig. 4.)

9. Cephalothorax 4-9 mm. long, 4 mm. broad; abdomen 6 mm.
long, 4 mm. wide.

Cephalothorax longer than broad, moderately convex, hairy.
Caput moderately arched, sloping forward, thickly clothed with
yellowish hairs, narrowest in front, yellowish. Clypeus yellowish,
moderately arched, hairy, radial grooves indistinct, median groove
a distinct longitudinal cleft or furrow.

Eyes arranged in two transverse rows; of these the first is the
shorter of the two, and forms a straight line, whilst those com-
prising the second row are very slightly procurved; of the first
row the median pair of eyes are the smallest of the group, and
those constituting the second row are a little smaller than the
anterior lateral eyes, and are separated from each other by a
space equal to twice their individual diameter.

Legs yellowish, long, strong, hairy, armed with long, dark
brown spines. Relative lengths : 1, 2, 3, 4.

Palpi long, similar in colour and armature to legs.

Falces yellow, long, robust, hairy, inferior margin armed with
three teeth.

BY W. J. RAINBOW. 313

MaxilUe normal.

Labium rather longer than wide, truncated at tip.

Sternum yellow, shield-shaped, hairy.

Abdomen obovate, yellowish, reticulated, hairy.

Mr. Jennings secured three 9 specimens of this species, all of
which were immature. One of these, when taken, was in the act
of moulting; in this example the reticulation was very distinct;
moreover there was exposed a long, broad median furrow termin-
ating just below the middle, and from which three pairs of short,
narrow, lateral grooves proceed ; from the tip of the furrow a
long, thin line extends, terminating near the spinnerets. The
furrow, although obscured, can be clearly traced in the other two

specimens.

G N A T H o p A L Y s T E s, gen.nov.

This genus should fall between Palystes, L. Koch, and Tychicus,
E. Simon. It differs from the former principally by the chelicers
being subporrected and by the dentition of the inferior margins,
Palystes having three teeth and Gnathojxdystes four; and from
Tychicus by the tarsal scopulje, which although dense are not
nearly so long.

C ephalothorax longer than broad, attenuated in front, arched,
densely pilose.

Eyes eight, arranged in two rows of four each; the anterior
row is considerably the shorter of the two, slightly procurved, and
the two median eyes the smallest of the series; the posterior row
forms a straight line, and the eyes comprising it are of equal size
and equidistant; the anterior lateral eyes are considerably the
largest of the entire group.

Leys long, robust, densely pilose, armed with long, strong,
adpressed spines; tarsi armed with long claws and furnished with
scopulse.

Palpi long, robust, similar in armature to legs.

Falces robust, long, densely pilose, subporrected, the inferior
margins armed with four teeth.

MaxilUe robust, arched, lateral angles constricted near the
centre.

314 ARANEIDAX FAUNA OF SANTA CRUZ,

Labium rather longer than broad, constricted laterally near
the base, apex obtusely truncated.

Sternum, shield-shaped, smooth, hairy.
Abdom,en obovate, densely pilose.
Mamm,illce moderately long, densely pilose.

17. Gnathopalystes ferox, sp.nov.

(Plate XXV., figs, 5, 5a, bh, 5c.) •

2- Cephalothorax 8-4 mm. long, T'l mm. broad ; abdomen
12-7 mm. long, 9 mm. broad.

Cephalothorax broad, arched, densely pilose, yellowish. Caput
arched, attenuated, truncated in front, yellowish at base, ocular
area tawny, densely pilose. Clypeus broad, arched, median
depression a deep, elongated longitudinal cleft, radial grooves
visible, densely pilose, yellowish. Marginal hand broad, of a pale
colour, and fringed with long, pale, yellowish hairs.

Eyes distributed over two rows, of which the anterior is the
shortest; of the four comprising this row, the median pair are
much the smallest, and these are separated from each other by a
space equal to once their individual diameter, but are only just
separated from their lateral neighbours, which are by far the
largest of the eight; those of the posterior row are of equal size
and form a straight line, and are slightly larger than the anterior
median eyes; they are separated from each other by a space equal
to fully twice their individual diameter, whilst the space that
intervenes between the two rows is equal to about three times
the diameter of one of the posterior eyes.

Legs yellowish, long, robust, densely pilose, armed with long,
strong, closely adpressed dark brown spines; tarsal claws long,
armed near their base with a row of strong teeth; each tarsus
furnished with scopula. Relative lengths : 1, 2, 4, 3.

Palpi long, robust, similar in colour and armature to legs.

Falces long, robust, subporrected, divergent at tips, densely
clothed with coarse yellowish bristles ; the base is yellowish,
deepening to tawny, apices dark brown; superior margin of each
falx armed near base with one moderately long and one small

BY W. J. RAINBOW. 315

tooth; inferior margin armed with four teeth, and of these the
two near the apex are the largest, the third one about half the
size of the latter, and the fourth smaller still.

Maxilhe moderately long, robust, arched, glossy, clothed with
yellowish hairs, outer angles constricted near the middle.

Labium concolorous, rather longer than broad, convex, glossy,
constricted near the base, obtusely truncated at apex, moderately
hairy.

Sternum shield-shaped, smooth, glossy, moderately pilose, some-
what convex, yellow, sides and apex surrounded with a broad
pallid band.

Abdomen obovate, slightly projecting over base of cephalothorax,
densely pilose, yellowish, ornamented near anterior extremity
with two large dark brown spots, widely separated from each
other; below these, and at about the centre, there are two other
dark brown spots, equally as larger but wider apart; below these
again there are two others, smaller, less distinct, and equally as
wide apart; between the latter two, a prominent dark line com-
mences, and this terminates near the region of the spinnerets; it
is broadest at its commencement, tapering, and uneven in outline;
the sides have a number of indistinct brown markings and spots;
beneath, laterally, the colour is yellowish, but the median region,
commencing at the epigastric fold, is tawny, gradually softening
into pale yellow as the spinnerets are approached.

Epigyne obscured with hairs, but the form is oblong, flat,,
grooved laterally and posteriorly, and somewhat u-shaped.

Family LYCOSID^.

Genus L y c o s a, Latr.
18. Lycosa c^nosa, sp.nov.

(Plate XXV., tig. 6.)

9. Cephalothorax 7 "3 mm. long, 5 "5 mm. broad ; abdomen
10-1 mm. long, 6'7 mm. broad.

Cephalothorax obovate, arched, dark brown, with broad yellow
median and lateral bands, the margins of which are uneven.

;316 ARANEIDAN FAUNA OF SANTA CRUZ,

Caput dark brown in front, moderately clothed with rather long,
coarse hairs; ocular area almost black. Clypeus broad, arched,
pubescent, radial grooves distinctly marked, median depression
long, narrow, dark. Marginal hand moderately broad, fringed
with yellowish hairs.

Eyes in three series of 4, 2, 2; those of the anterior row are
small, slightly procurved, equidistant; the pair comprising the
second row are the largest of the eight, and are separated from
each other by a space equal to fully twice their individual
diameter; those of the third row are large, but sensibly smaller
than the preceding and are widely separated from each other.

Legs moderately long, strong, yellowish, with dark brown
annulations, armed with long, strong, dark spines; metatarsi and
tarsi dark brown, nearly black. Relative lengths : 1, 2, 4, 3.

Palpi moderately long, similar in colour and armature to legs.

Falces robust, dark brown, thickly clothed with coarse brown
hairs or bristles; superior margin of each falx armed with two
strong teeth, the inferior with three.

Maxilloi strong, club-ended, converging inwards, dark brown,
densely clothed with coarse dai'k brown hairs.

Labitim concolorous, longer than wide, apex truncated.

Sternum somewhat shield-shaped, yellowish, glossy, moderately
coftvex, hairy.

Abdomen obovate, moderately projecting over base of cephalo-
thorax, hairy; superior surface of a dirty yellowish-brown tint,
with an obscure dark brown median patch, margined laterally and
in front with a rather broad pale yellowish band; sides somewhat
lighter in colour than superior surface ; inferior surface pale
yellowish.

Epigyne as in figure, broad at base, rounded in front, dark
brown laterally and in front, median ridge glossy, yellowish.

19. Lycos A obsccena, sp.nov.

(Plate XXV., fig. 7.)

9. Cephalothorax 4-5 mm. long, 3-5 mm. broad ; abdomen
7 "4 mm. long, 4 '4 mm. broad.

BY \V. J. RAINBOW. 317

C ephalothorax obovate, arched, dark brown with broad median
and narrow lateral yellow bands, the margins of which are uneven.
Caput dark brown laterally, ocular area black, truncated in front,
sparingly hairy. Chjpeus broad, arched, pubescent, radial grooves
distinctly marked, median depression long, narrow, dark. Mar-
ginal band moderately broad, black, fringed with yellowish hairs.

Eyes similar to L. cmnosa.

Legs long, moderately strong, tapering, yellowish with dark
brown annulations, numerously spined and clothed with yellowish
hairs.

Palpi similar in colour and armature to legs.

Falces robust, reddish-brown, apices divergent, clothed with
coarse hairs or bristles, apices and inner margins especially so;
superior margin of each falx armed with two teeth, and the
inferior with three.

Maxillce pale yellowish, club-ended, converging inwards, pubes-
cent.

Lahitim concolorous, longer than wide, apex truncated.

Sternum shield-shaped, flat, of a dirty yellowish tinge, hairy.

Abdomen obovate, projecting over base of cephalothorax, pubes-
cent, of a dirty yellowish-brown colour; commencing at anterior
extremity and continuing for about half the length there are two
fine obscure black lines; these are placed rather closely together,
are united in front by a curve, and meet at their posterior
extremity; within these black lines, and surrounding them, the
colour is somewhat paler.

Epigijne as in figure, longer than bi'oad, surrounded with a

slightly elevated ridge; within, the median ridge is broadest at

the base and narrowest at apex, and of a bright shining yellowish

tint.

Family ATTID^.

Genus I c i u s, E. Simon.

20. IciDS EXiMius, sp.nov.

(Plate XXV., figs. 8, 80, Sb.)
^. Cephalothorax 2-4 mm. long, 1"5 mm. broad; abdomen
3"3 mm. long, 1'7 mm. broad.

318 ARANEIDAN FAUNA OF SANTA CRUZ,

C ephalothorax long, narrow, moderately high, sides parallel,
furnished with a few rather long white hairs, and thickly set
with short iridescent scale-like hairs. Cajmt flat, slightly sloping
forward, rather thickly set with iridescent scale-like hairs.
Clypeus has the anterior half sloping gently and the posterior
half precipitately; colour black, clothed with iridescent scale-like
hairs. Marginal hand fairly broad and clothed like the fore-
going.

Eye)i: anterior row moderately curved, and of these the median
pair are much longer than their lateral neighbours; the pair com-
prising the second row are minute, and are seated slightly nearer
to the posterior than to the anterior row; the posterior eyes are
equal in size to the lateral eyes of the anterior row, they are
widely separated and are seated well back on the lateral angles
of the cephalic segment; anterior eyes surrounded with iridescent
hairs; quadrangle about one-third wider than long.

Legs short, slender, the first and fourth pairs much the dai'kest,
the second and third yellowish; each is clothed with long, fine
hairs and armed with slender spines. Relative lengths: 1, -4, 2, 3.

Palpi short, yellowish, genital bulb broad.

Falces rather long, arched, yellowish, apices slightly divergent.

Maxillcfi short, divergent, apices rounded, black, broadly mar-
gined with yellow at inner and outer margins and tips.

Labium short, truncated, black at base, yellowish at apex.

Sternum shield-shaped, longer than broad, black, clothed with
hoary hairs.

Abdomen oblong, arched, dark brown, nearly black, clothed in
parts with iridescent scale-like hairs, and surrounded with a
rather broad band of white scale-like hairs; there are also a few
of the latter scattered over the upper surface; just above the
spinnerets there is a transverse bar of silvery scales, and a little
above this again two other slightly curved transverse bars of con-
colorous scales, the curvature directed forwards; inferior surface
is also very dark brown, thinly clothed with white pubescence;
laterally there are large patches of ashy-coloured scales, and

BY W. J. RAINBOW. 319

immediately in front of spinnerets a broad transverse bar of the

same.

Genus J o t u s, L. Koch.

21. JoTUS FORMOSus, sp.nov.

(Plate XXV., fig. 9.)

(J. Cephalothorax 2--1: mm. long, 18 ram. broad; abdomen
2-1 mm. long, TT mm. broad.

Cephalothorax dark brown, pubescent, high. Cajmt flat, broad,
bulging laterally, sloping forward, of a golden-brown tint, clothed
with yellowish and golden-brown hairs. Clypeus retreating
laterally, sloping abruptly to posterior angle, dark brown, glossy,
pubescent. Marginal hand broad.

Eyei^: anterior row curved, and of these the median pair are
much larger than their anterior neighbours; the pair comprising
the second row are minute and are seated slightly nearer to the
posterior than the anterior row; the posterior eyes are scarcely as
large as the lateral eyes of the anterior row, but they are pro-
minent and bulging; anterior eyes surrounded with long golden-
brown hairs; quadrangle wider than long.

Legs moderately strong, tapering, hairy, armed with strong
spines, dark brown with exception of lower joints, which are
yellow with dark brown annulations; tarsal claws and scopul^e
dark brown. Relative lengths : 1, 4, 3, 2.

Palpi long, reddish-brown, similar in clothing and armature to
lesrs; jjenital bulb small.

Fakes short, rounded at sides, flat in front, dark, apices reddish-
brown.

MaxilUe long, broad, convex, yellowish, apices rounded oft".
Labium short, broad, apex truncated; base dark brown, apex
3'ellovvish.

Sternum ovate, slightly convex, dark Ijrown, hairy.

Abdomen rounded in front, acuminated behind, longer than

wide, hairy : colour in front dark brown followed by a broad,

transverse Ijand of Ijright yellow, then a narrow transverse bar of

dark brown, succeeded by another of golden brown; apex dark

320 ARANEIDAN FAUNA OF SANTA CRUZ,

brown relieved by a curved row of three white spots; inferior
surface dark brown, clothed with hoary hairs.

Genus Habrocestum, E. Simon.
22. Habrocestum peckhami, sp.nov.

(Plate XXV., fig. 10.)

C. Cephalothorax 2 mm. long, 1*5 mm. broad; abdomen 1-5 mm.
long, 1 -5 mm. broad.

Cephalothorax convex, high, rather short, glossy, brown, clothed
with hoary hairs. Caput yellow, sloping forward, sparingly
clothed with long dark hairs, but thickly so with yellowish and
white pubescence. Clypeus sloping gently backwards, sides
sloping outwards, glossy, brown, furnished laterally with long
hoary hairs.

Eyes: anterior row slightly curved, and of these the medians
are twice as large as their lateral neighbours; the pair comprising
the second row are minute, and are seated about midway between
anterior and posterior rows; the posterior eyes are equal in size
to the lateral eyes of the anterior row; anterior eyes surrounded
with yellowish hairs; quadrangle of eyes one-third wider than
long.

Legs stout, yellowish with brown annulations, densely hairy,
and armed with strong spines. Relative lengths: 3, 4, 1, 2.

Palpi short, similar in colour and armature to legs.

Falces dark brown, apices yellowish, weak, short, vertical.

Maxilhe broad, convex, apices rounded, yellowish.

Labium broad, dark brown at base, apex round, yellowish.

Sternum shield-shaped, yellowish, glossy, clothed with hoary
hairs.

Abdomen, arched, rounded off in fi-ont, acuminate behind,
densely clothed with long, coarse hairs; the colour is black in
front, followed by a broad transverse band of yellowish-grey, then
a narrow, curved bar of yellow, succeeded by a broad transverse
bar of black and one of yellow; the curvature of each of the bars
described is directed backwards; the remainder of the surface to

BY W. J. RAINBOW. 321

the spinnerets is black; spinnerets yellow and projecting; inferior
surface dark brown, densely clothed with long, hoary hairs.

Epiyyne large, transversely oval, yellowish.

I have named this species in honour of my esteemed correspon-
dents and co-workers. Dr. G. W. and Mrs. Elizabeth Peckham, of
Milwaukee, Wisconsin, U.S.A., to whom I am indebted for much
valuable information and assistance.

Genus B a v i a, E. Simon.

23. Bavia calvipalpis, L. Koch. — Originally recorded from
Upolu.

24. Bavia dulcinervis, L. Koch. — Originally recorded from_
Pelew Island.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE.

Plate xxiv.

Fig. 1. — I.fchnocolus nehulo>iiis, $ .

Fig. 2. — Araneu^i suavis, J. ^

Fig. 2rt.— ,, ,, epigyne. '* -^

Fig. 8. — Eimesiotesjenningsi, $ (illustrating one of the varieties).

Fig. 3a.— ,, „ eyes.

Fig. 3&.— ,, ,, anterior leg.

Fig. 4. — Palystes reticulatw^, ? .

Plate XXV.

Fig. 5. — Gnathopalystes ferox, J .

Fig. oa. — ,, ,, maxilL-e and lip.

Fig. 56. — ,, ,, lower ridge of falx.

Fig. 5c. — „ ,, eyes.

Fig. (). — Lycosa ccenoisa, epigyne.

Fig. 7. — ,, obsccena ,,

Fig. 8. — Icms eximvm, J^, cephalothorax, side view.

Fig. Sa.— ,, ,, abdomen.

Fig. 86.— ,, „ palpus.

Fig. 9. — Jotu-i.fonnom.ti, <?.

Fig. 10. — Habrocestum peckhami, ? .

21

322

RESULTS OF AN EXPLORATION OF ABORIGINAL
ROCK-SHELTERS AT PORT HACKING.

By "Walter R. Harper.

That Port Hacking must have once been a favourite camping
ground of the aborigines is proved by the number of "rock-shelters,"
or, as they are locally styled, " gunyahs," along its shores. And
this is not surprising when one considers the advantages it offers,
especially on the southern side. Abundant fresh watex', splendid
beaches upon which to draw the nets, great stretches of shoal
water in which to use the fishing spear, shell-fish in endless
numbers everywhere, native fruits plentiful, that favourite source
of vegetable food, the cabbage tree palm, by no means scarce, and
finally, wallabies, bandicoots and opossums even now to be met
with on neighbouring ridges, seem combined to form a veritable
aboriginal paradise.

Local tradition points to Tyreal Head and says that there was the
great crossing-place of all the South Coast blacks on their visits
to the north. Near at hand is a great cave, the roof of which
fell in, " smothering a whole tribe." Further up the bay is a
cave from which many tons of "dry-bankers" (shells used for
making lime) have been removed, exposing dozens of complete
skeletons in the process. And so on. Unhappily I was not
fortunate enough to light upon such a treasure heap, and of the
six shelters visited I need describe only three, because the others
contained simply the usual beds of shells, separated here and
there by ancient fire-places — bones, whether hvmian or otherwise.
being markedly absent.

BY WALTER E. HARPER. 323

Of the three I purpose to describe, two contained hand impres-
sions and the third human remains. The former are situated on
the eastern bank of Cabbage Tree Creek, which empties itself
into the bay a few hundi'ed yards to the west of "Tyreal House"
(Mr. W. Simpson). It would be useless for me to dwell upon the
structure of these shelters, since similar places have already been
frequently described;* it suffices to say that the floors apparently
consisted of layers of shells divided by patches of greyish fireash,
and at the bottom black soil. I say apparently, because the floors
having been previously disturbed I did not attempt to exploi-e
them. An examination of the material thrown out showed only
shells and ashes.

Concerning the hand impressions, too, I can say little beyond
indicating the site of the shelters containing them, for no satis-
factory explanation of their meaning has so far been given. To
call them " wizai"ds' hands " upon no reliable evidence does not
solve the mysteiy.

Of the two methods practised by our aborigines of applying
this symbol (for symbol I believe it originally was), viz., (1) the
imposition of a hand previously covered with pigment, and (2)
outlining an outspread hand 'on the rock surface by squirting the
pigment between the fingers, the former only is represented in
these shelters.

The pigments used are red and black, the great majority of
the markings being red. All are left hands, and, I should think,
all made by adult males with one exception afterwards to be
noted. Many are very indistinct, the red having faded until
nearly merged into the colour of the sandstone roof and the out-
lines of the black being obscured by the smoke-stains of the fires
once built below them.

* See, for instance, "Notes on Rock-Shelters at Dee-Why Lagoon," by
R. Etheridge, Junr. Records of Aust. Museum. Vol. i. p. 171.

324

EXPLORATION OF ABORIGINAL ROCK-SHELTERS,

The sheltei' marked A on the map faces the west and is situated
just beyond the southern end of "The Basin," immediately

PcrtHscA-inyA'^

Fig. 1.

behind a large red gum which there hangs low over the creek.
It is approached on one side by a rather steep incline down which
shell fragments have rolled, and on the other side the ground
dips abruptly into the bed of a narrow and deep channel, along
which the rain-waters drained from the ridges behind must at
times rush with great force.

On the roof of this shelter, which is about 20 feet long, 9 feet
6 inches high and 11 feet 6 inches wide (greatest measurements)
are six faded but on near inspection easily decipherable impres-
sions of hands, and traces of several other paintings, the nature
of which it was impossible for me to determine.

The shelter marked B is situated about a quarter of a mile
further up the creek, near where the fresh water comes in. It
faces the west and is much higher and longer than Shelter A,
measurements (greatest) being : length 36 feet, height 20 feet
and width 15 feet. It may easily be recognised by the clump of
tall cabbage-tree palms growing in front.

BY WALTER R. HARPER. 325

The hands here number over thirty, irregularly disposed and
of different degrees of distinctness, but all confined to one
portion of the wall towards the northern end. Doubtless this
was intentional, but why one portion was chosen rather than
another is, by our present knowledge, inexplicable. All are
faded, but I suppose we are justified in considering the faintest
impressions as the most ancient and not the result of carelessness
or faulty pigment. Yet even if this view is adopted, we cannot
trace a long series of single impressions made at regular or
irregular intervals of time, for I daresay that at the most only
two or three gradations, depending on their present condition,
could be formed from the whole of them, and these divisions would
not depend upon their relative position.

None are placed so high as to be beyond the reach of a man of
average statute; none so low as to necessitate stooping in the act
of imposition; and none point directly downwards.

In addition to these single hands, a strange combination
appears on the back wall about 18 inches from the floor, taking
the form of two hands, one that of a very young child and the
other that of a much older child, the palms of which are joined
by a narrow semicircular band or Ioojd of pigment. Where the
impression ends and the painting begins I could not discover, as
the figure is very faint and blurred by the smoke from a fire just
below it.*

The third cave, marked C on the map, overlooks a small cove
known as Little Jibbon or Gunyah Beach, lying between Bun-
deena and Jibbon Beaches. The Government wharf at the
eastern extremity of Bundeena is almost within a stone's throw
of this beautifully situated gunyah. At the top of a steep
incline rising directly from the beach and protected on every side
from the winds — for large trees shelter its opening to the north — •
it must have formed an ideal aboriainal dwelling. The roof is

* For further information on the subject of the "red hands," see
" Idiographic Drawings by the Aborigines at Weeny Creek," l)y R.
Etheridge, Junr. Records Geol. Survey N.8.W. VoL iii. p. 33.

326 EXPLORATION OF ABORIGINAL ROCK-SHELTERS,

very low (except at the extreme edge it is impossible to stand
upright) and it, is not so large as the second gunyah (B) on
Cabbage Tree Creek, but the contents prove it to have been once
a permanent camp — as far as any aboriginal dwelling can be
considered permanent — and not, like the others examined, shelters
used only whilst shell-fish were plentiful near at hand.

Not that shells are scarce in this Little Jibbon gunj-ah, for, on
the contrary, a list of the shells heaped up here would, I think, be
a list of all the edible shell-fish of Port Hacking. Shells which are
extremely scarce in, or altogether absent from, the other gunyahs
are here in abundance.

The floor of this shelter is further differentiated from the others
in that it contains an immense number of bones of fish, birds,
and small marsupials scattered amongst the shells. All the
larger of these bones exhibit plainly the markings of teeth, and
some also show cuts evidently made with some sharp instrument
such as a stone knife, perhaps by the women in an effort to
obtain a little meat from the usually well-picked bones thrown
them by their partners. This floor, as the preceding two, had
been disturbed.* That this first exploration was not thorough

* Note. — And I wish here to protest against the unsystematic way in
which some explorers excavate these deposits. It is quite easy to open at
one end of the shelter and work onwards, throwing the material back on
the ground previously examined — or if the deposit be very large and the
time at the disposal of the explorer short, then a face may be opened at
the outermost edge in the most likely spot and a cutting reaching to the
floor made right through to the back wall, the material removed being
thrown well outside, so that two faces are left clear for future operations.
Human remains are not to be expected in the lowest layer, but implements
such as stone hatches, knives, &c., may be met with even on the rock floor.
Neither of these methods was adopted by the first explorers of the shelter
I now refer to, but holes a foot or two in diameter have been sunk here
and there and shallow trenches run along the floor, the material rejected
being heaped above the portions not examined. In addition to greatly
increasing the work of the more thorough explorer, such a method as this
has other serious disadvantages. For instance, it is always desirable to
carefully uncover the whole skeleton and study the nature of the interment

BY WALTER R. HARPER. 327

will be seen, but it was sufficient to prevent me from obtaining a
perfect knowledge of the floor structure and system of sepulture.

However, I should say that in the front part the top layer
consisted of shells and greyish ash; next, shells, loose black soil
and ashes; and last, hard black soil and shell fragments. At
certain points below the top layer old fire-places occur, represented
l)y large beds of almost pure ash, great handfuls of which may
be lifted out. It was beneath one of these beds and above the
hard black soil that I discovered the first human bones, probably
those of a well-grown male. The skeleton was far from complete.
One reason for this of course is that many of the missing bones
had decomposed, but judging from those recovered, there are
other bones which, I think, must have been removed as I have
previously suggested. For instance, the malar bones, superior
maxillary bones and teeth are perfect, but no trace was found of
the remainder of the skull. The bones of the pelvis are missing,
as also are one humerus, one radius, one clavicle, nearly all the
vertebrae, the scapulas, and greater part of the ribs, together with
nearly all the small bones of the hands and feet. In fact the
bones recovered were principally the large bones of the limbs, and
several of these even were broken.

Under such circumstances it was impossible for me to determine
satisfactorily in what position the body had been interred, but as
all the remains were found within a radius of about two feet, I
believe the lower limbs must have been drawn up and the corpse
buried in a bundle with the head to the east.

before removing any of the bones, but where thegrouud has been disturbed
the bones also are scattered. So in the case of the adult skeleton dis-
covered by me right alongside a trench such as I liave just described,
important bones are missing which were probably thrown out in digging
the trench without a well-directed effort being made to recover the
remainder of the skeleton. The orientation of the body is likewise difficult
to decide, and, where the old layers are disturbed by trenching and new
layers formed by heaping up the rejected material over these beds, it is
sometimes impossiljle to satisfactorily measure the depth of the interment.

328 EXPLORATION OF ABORIGIXAL ROCK-SHELTERS,

The teeth present in the upper jaw are sound but very much
worn. The right median and lateral incisors are missing and the
alveolar process absorbed, no doubt the result of the custom of
knocking out teeth at the initiation ceremonj'. Usually only one
tooth is removed, and in almost every skull I have examined the
one chosen is the right median incisor. Sometimes two are struck
out, viz., the right and left median incisors. As far as my
experience goes, the I'emoval of two on the same side is unusual.

Near this skeleton and against the back wall of the shelter I
discovered the remains of two children about 2 feet below the
surface in damp black soil sparsely mixed with fish bones and
shells. A little further along but towards the centre, I unearthed
some remains of a third child from a depth of 12 inches, just
above a layer of hard black soil; and less than a foot away I
recovered the almost complete skeleton of a fourth child under a
layer of hard greyish ash covered by a thin layer of shells and
loose ash, the total depth of the interment being at the most only
4 inches. This child, and as well as I could judge, all the other
children, were placed full length in the grave, faces downward.
None of the four skeletons were perfect, and in two instances
(2nd and 3rd) a mere handful of bones, principally lai^ger bones
of the limbs, was found. In one case only (the first and by far
the eldest) was the entire skull recoA-ered. The nearest approach
to a complete skeleton was the fourth; and this, I think, was
owing to the protection afforded by the cement-like layer of ash
above it. All the bones of this child are scorched and discoloured
by tire, which seems to prove one of two things — either for some
superstitious reason a fire was lighted over the bod}^ or that the
shelter was subsequently used as a dwelling.

The latter theory is contrary to our well-founded impression
that the aborigines carefully avoided burial places unless com-
pelled to hurriedly revisit them for purposes of a new interment.
The first explanation seems the more probable, and, allowing for
the fact that bones buried afoot or more below the surface would
not show very evident traces of the fires built above, it would
certainly apply to three of the skeletons— the adult and 3rd and

BY WALTER E. HARPER.

329

4th chilch-en, over which well-defined patches of ash were found,
but in a much lesser degree to the 1st and 2nd children buried
against the back wall below^ a comparatively deep layer (2 feet)
of loose black soil almost free from ash.

In addition to the five incomplete skeletons now mentioned, I
am informed several others, all of children, were recovered from
this shelter by its first explorers.

The present state of the bones, depending as it does to a great
extent on the age of the child at death, the situation in the
shelter chosen for the grave, and the depth of the interment,
cannot well assist one in determining the intervals which elapsed
between the burials, but I feel sure that the adult was bu'-ied
long before any of the children.

The great number of the latter interred here is possibly the
result of an epidemic fatal to its j^oungest members, visiting the
tribe then inhabiting the district. The question whether this
shelter was a well recognised and long established burial place,
or only availed of on two occasions, viz., upon the death of the
adult and later during the epidemic amongst the children, might
have been decided if the floor had been thoroughly and orderly
examined in the first instance.

Scattered amongst the remains at the back of the gunyah I
discovered five stones used for breaking bones to extract the
marrow or for opening shells, and six small
shells* in the backs of which square holes had
been cut. The " nappers" have not been worked
in any wa}^, and, if found under ordinary
circumstances, would attract no special atten-
tion— yet it is evident they have been used for fio. 2.
the purpose suggested. The shells, I believe, formed part of a
necklet or some similar ornament.

Between the remains of the first and second children, and
leaning against the wall at a depth of about 15 inches, I dis-
covered the curious lione ornament or implement now to be
described.

* "Merita me/anotragus." The cutting implement was probably an oyster
shell or sharp flake. See accompanying drawing by Mr. Chas. Heclley.

330

EXPLORATION OF ABORIGINAL ROCK-SHELTERS,

It is made from the fibula of a kangaroo, is 9f inches in length,
well polished, and somewhat triangular in section, the base being
furrowed by a rather deep groove, and the ridge rounded. The
epiphysis of one end has been broken off and that end
ground to a gradually tapering, flat, blunt point. The
signs of wear upon it are few and for the most part
confined to the lower half of the back or convex
portion of the bone. The point has been slightly
fractured, and just below the centre on the back the
bone has for about an inch been a little abraded in a
horizontal direction. Between this abrasion and the
tip are a numl^er of tiny shallow cuts or scratches.
However, these markings are so insignificant that it
would ))e useless to base any theory as to the use of
the bone upon them. The accompanying drawing,
for which I am indebted to Mr. Charles Hedley, will
convey an exact idea of its general appearance.

Three uses have been suggested for it, viz., netting
needle, "death bone" or "pointer," and "nose bone."
With reference to the first suggestion, I can find no
record of the use of bone netting needles by the
aborigines, but if it be allowed that sometimes bone
was substituted for the usual wooden stick, the natives
would, I think, certainly avoid a polished and pointed
implement from which the cord would be so likely
to slip — a contingency which even in the case of
sticks they were forced to provide against. Roth
says* : — " The wooden needle, over a foot long, with
a small lump of cementing substance at either end,
has no 'eye' in it, the twine being just wound on and
off as required."

The second suggestion is more feasible, for although
this bone bears but little resemblance to the elaborate

Fig. 3.

* W. E. Roth. "Ethnological Studies, &c." p. 94. See also Brough
^myth, " Aborigmes of Victoria." Vol. i. p. 389.

BY WALTER R. HARPER. 331

" Munguni" so well described by Roth,* it is nevertheless some-
what similar to the 'ISTgadhungi" of Taplin f or the "Irna" and
"Ingilla" of Spencer and Gillen.;}: Probably at one time the
" pointing of the bone " was a common form of sorcery in eastern
N.S. Wales, but it is needless to build upon this probability, for
a much simpler and surer explanation lies near at hand. The
piercing of the nasal septum and the insertion in the hole thus
formed of twigs, feathers, bones, pieces of wood, &c., is practised
over all Australia. Sometimes it is part of, or at least a compul-
sory introduction to, the initiatory rites of males and females,
but generally both sexes undergo the operation voluntarily and
cheerfully in the belief that their personal appearance is improved
thereby. Occasionally a superstitious dread prompts the use of
the nose ornament.§

The bone unearthed by me I believe to have been put to this
use, although in having only one end pointed it differs from the
usual nose ornament, which is pointed or rounded at both ends.
I cannot find an exactly similar nose bone described for the
Eastei'n Colonies, but I may without hesitation claim this to be
one on the authority of Spencer and Gillen, who in writing of the
Central Australian natives, say, || "Nose bones, called 'Lakira,'
are frequently worn, every native having his or her nasal septum
pierced. The most common form is a bone, sometimes the fibula
of a kangaroo, pointed at one end, and measuring as much as
40 cm. in length."

* Loc. cit. pp. 152-1 58.

t "The Narrinyeri." Rev. Geo. Taplin in "Native Tribes of S. Aus-
tralia," p. 24.

J " Native Tribes of Central Australia," p. 5.34.

§ Mitchell. " Expecl. into Australia." Vol. ii. p. .339; and Brough
Smyth, loc. cit. Vol. i. p. 274.

11 Loc. cit. p. 574.

332 EXPLORATION OF ABORIGINAL ROCK-SHELTERS.

In dealing with a race so little advanced as the Australians, it
is necessary to i-emember that each of their few implements,
utensils, or ornaments, may have been at times put to several
different uses. The wommera, for instance, is used not only for
propelling spears, but sometimes as a fire stick, a music stick,
with a piece of quartz fastened to one end as a knife or chisel,
and even as a digging stick. So this bone may have once been
useful as well as ornamental.*

Vide A. W. Howitt in Brough Smyth, Joe. cif. Vol. ii. p. ^0'2.

333

C ontrihutions from the Australian Museum.

THE "WIDOW'S CAP" OF THE AUSTRALIAN

ABORIGINES.

By R. Etheridge, Junr., Curator of the Australian Museum.

(Plates xxvi.-xxxi.)

By no means one of the least interesting of the Mortuary-
Customs of the Australian Aborigines is the addition of white or
black pigment to some part of the person of the mourner. One
or other of these colours, but black only to a limited extent, was,
and even is still in the more remote parts of the Continent
applied either to the head, face, beard, chest or arms alone, or to
a combination of any two or more of them. The most conspicuous
of all is, without doubt, the head-covering known as the "Widow's
Cap." " Mourning," says the Rev. J. Bulmer,* of the Aboriginal
Mission Station at Lake Tyers, Gippsland, is, amongst the tribes
of the Murray River, "a very laborious affair for the widows, as
they had to malce themselves caps of plaster for a long time after
the death."

One of the first, if not actually tlie first, travellers to notice
these peculiar coverings was Surveyor-General Mitchell during
his " Second Expedition into the Interior of Eastern Australia"
in 1835, on graves near Fort Bourke, Darling River, accompanied
by white lenticular balls. He informsf us that beside the latter
" were in some cases casts also in lime or gypsum of the upper
part of the head, which had evidently been worn on a head where

* Journ. R. (ieogr. Soc. Australasia (Vict. Branch), 1888, v., Pt. 1, p. 22.
t Three Expeds. Int. E. Australia, 1838, i. p. 252, figs.

334 "widow's cap" of the Australian aborigines,

the hair had been confined with a net, of which the impression
and some hairs remained behind." During his "Third Expedi-
tion" in 1836, Sir Thomas again met with these caps near the
confluence of the Murray and Darling Rivers, and speaking of
the graves there says,* "On them lay the same singular casts of
the head, which we had seen only at Fort Bourke." Confirma-
tion of these statements was afibrded by Governor E.J. Eyre, for
many years Protector of the Aborigines in South Australia, who
found t the practice a common one amongst the natives along the
Murray River, at the same time remarking that the coverings
were moulded to the women's heads over a piece of net-work.
The explanation given by Mitchell and Eyre became perfectly
intelligible on the appearance of Mr. G. F. Angas' beautiful
work on S. Australia,! wherein a woman is depicted attired in a
widow's cap, and otherwise whitened.

I have been favoured by Sir Joseph Abbott with the loan of a
very excellent specimen of these head coverings. Mr. Charles
Kilgour has presented to the Trustees another remarkable
example, and with the aid of a third already in the Australian
Museum I have been able to compile the following notes.

Sir Joseph Abbott's specimen (Plates xxvi.-xxvii. ) is of an oval
shape, ten inches long, eight inches wide, and five and a half inches
high, the concave intei'ior having a depth of four and a quarter
inches, thus giving to the material of the crown a solid thickness
of one and a quarter inches. The cap may be described in general
terms as dish-cover-shaped, with the edges scarcel}^ curved
inwards, and wider at one end than at the other; the former I
take to be the posterior. The exterior is comparatively smooth.
At two inches from the narrow or anterior end, the opening is
four and a quarter inches wide, and at the same distance from
the posterior end the transverse measurement of the ojDening is
five and a half inches, the length of the entire aperture

* Ibid., ii. p. 112.
t Jouru. Exped. Discovery hi Central Austr£|,lia, 1845, ii. p. 354, pi.
X S. Australia Illustrated, 1846, pi. 51, f. 20.

BY R. ETHERIDGE, JUNR. 335

being seven and a quarter inches. The impression of the net,
placed on the wearer's head previous to the operation of plaster-
ing, is beautifully preserved, and presents on an enlarged scale
the engine-turned appearance of a watch-case cover, the thread
impressions radiating from a vertex. The latter is nearer the
anterior than the posterior end, three and a half inches from the
front edge of the opening. The impressions of the radiating
strings of the net are broad and deep, showing that a very coarse
string was used in the manufacture of the latter; the mesh is
rhomboidal and large. From the colour still remaining in the
net impression, it is evident that the cap had been removed from
a red sandy deposit. The weight is 7 lbs. 7^ ozs.

The cap presented to the Museum by Mr. C. Kilgour (Plates
xxviii.-xxix.) is conical, decreasing to an obtuse apex that is eccen-
tric both longitudinally and transvei'sely; it is more posterior than
anterior in position. The length is eight inches, width seven and
a quarter inches, and the height seven inches. The length of the
head cavity is seven and a half inches, the general width six and
a quarter, being slightly wider at the posterior than the anterior
end, the depth four inches, thus allowing a thickness of three
inches to the plaster in the crown, and is the most solid at that
point of the three examples; the margin is broken, but so far as
preserved there is no sign of the incurving of the edge seen in Sir
Joseph Abbott's specimen, and still more marked in that remain-
ing to be described. The interior of the crown is rather flattened,
but the vertex of the net is not preserved. The impression of the
net-mesh, on the other hand, is so, the ribbing of the net being
simply radiate, not after the engine-turned pattern, the resulting
mesh-holes being square. The grooves left bj' the net, as in the
case of the tirst specimen, retain particles of a red sandy clay.
The weight of this cap is 4 lbs. 8^ ozs.

The third, or Museum specimen (Plates xxx.-xxxi.), is the least
well preserved, exhibiting evidence of lateral pressure when in a
plastic condition. It is a long-oval in outline and depressed. The
lenath is eleven and a half inches, in width seven and a half
inches, and in total height five and a half inches. The margin

336 " widow's cap " of the Australian aborigines,

of the head aperture is much incurved from pressure, particu-
larly at the sides, the width in consequence is ill-defined. The
length of the aperture is nine and a half inches, and depth of the
interior three and a half, allowing two inches for the thickness of
the crown. The impression of the net, only partially preserved,
exhibits a large rhomboidal mesh for which a coarse string had
been used. In places the impressions of the latter are filled w^ith
actual casts of the string employed. This cap cannot be looked
upon as a typical example by any means, from causes already
explained. The weight is 7 lbs. 14 ozs.

Sir Joseph Abbott's cap is from Dunlop Holding, near Louth,
Dai'ling River.

Mr. Kilgour's specimen was found on the west bank of the
Darling River, about twenty-two miles above Wilcannia, on the
Mount Murchison Holding, on a sand-drift within fifty yards
of high water mark (1 flood mark).

The Museum example is from Rufus Creek, Lake Victoria,
Murray River, N. S. Wales.

The name of these strange head-coverings no doubt differed
according to tribe, and was as varied as that of most other articles
used by the Aborigines. Eyre calls them Korno;''' by Angas they
are simply referred tot as " Widows' Caps," whilst Bulmer statesj
that in the Kulnine Tribe ["? Kulkyne Tribe, Murray R., Co.
Karkarooc, Victoria] they were called Kopi.

Sir Joseph Abbott's specimen may, I think, be accepted as a
fairly good example of the form generally adopted. One of
Angas' figures§ exhibits a cap with a good convexity of crown
and a longitudinally elongated form, and the two figures|| given
by Mr. E. M. Curr are of a similar shape. The outline assumed
by Mr. Kilgour's specimen is probably exceptional.

As a rule the caps were assumed by widows as a token of grief
for the loss of a husband, but amongst the Darling River Tribes

* .Journ. Exped. Discovery in Central Australia, 1845, ii, Expl. pi. 1, f. 17.

t S. Australia Illustrated, 1846, Expl. pi. 30, f. 15.

X Fide Curr, Australian Race, 1886, ii. p. 238.

§ Loc. cit. pi. .30, f. 15.

II Australian Race, 1886, ii. pi. opp. p. 238.

BY R. ETHERIDGE, JUNR. 337

the nearest female relative, other than the widow, assumed one,
according to Mr. J. Bonney.* I have only met with one recorded
instance of a cap being worn by a man. Mr. J Hawdonf during
a "Journey from N.S. Wales to Adelaide in 1838" met with a
man in the neighbourhood of the Goulburn River, in Victoria,
whose "head was plastered with a coat of white clay, which is
the mode in which these tribes wear mourning for their dead."

The preparation of the head to receive the cap appears to have
been practically the same throughout the tribes wearing it.
Angas informs| us that along the Murray the head to be covered
is first shaven and then enclosed in a net; Bonney, referring^ to
the Darling Aborigines, says, " fixed to the head by the hair and
a small net, which is generally laid over the head before the cake
is plastered on," and at Lake Bonney, or Nookamka, on the
Murray River, Hawdon|| observed a "network made of twine."
Buhner, II again, says of certain of the Murray Tribes, " In order
to get the cap properly fitted to the head the woman had all her
hair cut off, a net was put over the head, which enabled her to
get the cap off easily." On the other hand, in certain Victorian
tribes, but not specially named, singeing appears to have been
resorted to, for Mr. W. Stanbridge remarks,** "Widows in some
instances have the hair first cut off with a little fire stick close to
the head, by the doctor or priest, before assuming the badge of
woe."

Whether or no the actual operation of covering the head was
always performed on her own head by the widow herself seems

* Journ. Anthrop. Inst., 18S4, xiii. p. 135.

t Proc. R. Geogr. Soc. Austr. (N.S.W. Br.), 1891, v. No. 2, p. 36.

+ 8. Australia Illustrated, 1846, Expl. pi. 30, f. 15.

§ Journ. Anthrop. Inst., 1884, xiii. p. 135.

I! Loc. dt. p. 36.

IT Journ. R. Geogr. Soc. Austr. (Vict. Br.). 1888, v. Pt. 1, p. 23.

**Trans. Eth. Soc, 1861, i. p. 298; Smyth, Aborigines of Victoria, 1878, i.
p. 111.

•22

338 "widow's cap" of the Australian aborigines,

doubtful, for according to the late Mr. T. Worsnop, of Adelaide,*
the widow's head is plastered by female relatives of deceased.

The period of retention varied according to tribe. Bulmer
mentionsf a few days only, and speaks of renewal, but Worsnop
is more explicit, assigning six months as the period of mourning.
The Rev. R. W. Holden reportsj that in the Marowera Tribe, at
the junction of the Rivers Darling and Murray, the period of
retention is twelve months. At any rate, the cap appears to
have been generally retained for a lengthened period.

Other parts of the body besides the head were whitened by the
cap-bearers. A figure^^ of a woman in mourning, by Angas,
exhibits in addition a whitened forehead and left side of the face,
a streak across the upper lip, around the nose and chin, whitened
breast, and a patch on the top of the upper left arm. This figure
has been several times copied by authors. The supplementary
plastering seems to have been wide spread, for Mr. F. Bonney
informs|| us, amongst other writers, that the women of certain of
the Darling River tx'ibes smeared themselves o\er both the face
and body.

The inconvenience caused by these caps, if from no other point
of view than that of weight, must have been great, for it has
been remarked^ that " the poor woman generally complained of
pain in the head during her mourning, but fashion must be
followed at all risks." So completely was the head covered that
of some of the Murray Natives Krefft says,** " the deeper they
mourn, the more gypsum is laid on, so that sometimes nothing
but the eyes, nose, and mouth remain uncovered." The actual
weights recorded are as follows : — Eyre givesff the weight of a

* Prehistoric Arts, 3rd Edit., 1897, p. 62.

+ Journ. R. Geogr. Soc. Austr. (Vict. Br.), 1888, v. Pt. 1, p. 23.

X Taplin's Folklore, 1879, p. 27.

§ S. Australia Illustrated, 1846, pi. 51, f. 20.

II Journ. Anthrop. Inst., 1884, xiii. p. 135.

IT Bulmer, Journ. R. Geogr. Soc. Austr. (Vict. Br.), 1888, v. Pt. l,p. 23.

** Trans. Phil. Soc. N.S. Wales, 1862G5 [1866], p. 373.

tt Journ. Exped. Discovery in Central Australia, 1846, ii. p. 354

J3Y R. ETIIEKIDGE, JUNK. 339

Lower Murray cap as 8^ lbs.; Bulmer records* one from the
Murray-Darling country as " 14 lbs. after it was dry"; according
to E. M. Curr,t two e.xamples from Yelta, Darling-Murray Junc-
tion weighed respectively 10 lbs. 7 ozs., and 5 lbs. 13 ozs.; and
Worsnophas placed on record J one a little over 12 lbs., one 131bs.,
and another 14 lbs. The extraordinary weight of 30 lbs. men-
tioned by the Rev. R. W. Holden§ in the Marowera or Murray-
Darling Junction Tribe must be an oversight. No woman could
carry this for twelve months as he states. The weights of those
now exhibited have already been given.

Little attention has been paid to the sizes of these caps, those
who had entered into such details contenting themselves with
mentioning the thickness of the coating only. Thus, Eyre
mentions|| a thickness of two or three inches, and Angas saysU
nearly two inches thick. From the measurements given on a
previous page, we may conclude tliat the material used varied in
the crown of the cap from one and a quarter to three and a half
inches.

The ultimate destination of the coverings was always the gi-ave.**
We have seen that it was reposing on such that Mitchell first
found them, and we have similar evidence that a like disposal
was practised by several other tribes, extending over a wide area.
Police-trooper Ewens, of Blanchtown, S. Australia, ft says of the
Moorundee Tribe, inhabiting the Murray River, from Mannum
to Overland Corner, " when a man dies women wear clay on their
heads and place it, when dry, in the shape of a basin on the
grave." Corporal Shaw, of Overland Corner, S. Australia, relates J J

* Journ. R. Geogr. Soc. Austr. (Vict. Br.), 1888, v. Ft. 1, p. 23.
t Australian Race, 1886, ii. p 238.
t Prehistoric Arts, 3rd Edit., 1897, p. 63.
§ Taplin's Folklore, 1879, p. 27.
II Lor. cit. p. 354.
H S. Australia Illustrated, 1846, pi. 30, f. 15.
** Worsnop, Prehistoric Arts, 3rd Edit., 1897, p. 63.
tt Taplin's Folklore, 1879, p. 30.
it IhUL, p. 29.

340 "widow's cap" of the Australian aborigines,

of the Rankbirit Tribe, at that place, that the "relatives make a
pipeclay paste and place it on the head, and wear it till quite
hard, when it is placed on the grave." Buhner supplements these
statements by saying* that in some of the Murray Tribes " the
woman proceeded to the grave, and after lying at full length on
it for some time, she would deposit the cap, after which another
one had to be made." The same observer, according to E M.
Curr,t also adds the following interesting fact that in the Maro-
wera Tribe, at the junction of the Murray and Darling Rivers,
" after removal the cap was baked in the fire " before being laid
on the grave.

From wdiat I have been able to learn, this custom appears to
have been common to the Aborigines inhabiting the Murray
River Valley from near the mouth of the river to its junction
with the Darling, thence up the latter certainly as far as Fort
Bourke and possibly beyond. Returning to the junction, it is
traceable along the Murray in N.S. Wales and Victoria, but how
far it extended in that direction, there is not sufficient evidence to
show.

In the preceding pages I ha\'e confined myself to a considera-
tion of the "Widow's Cap" proper, but it was and is customary
amongst tribes outside wdiat may be termed the cap-bearing area
to merely smear the head, or dress the hair, as well as other parts of
the body with white pigment as a sign of mourning. The material
so used in the Boulia District of West-Central Queensland by
the Pitta-Pitta Tribe is called Pa-ta, or Kopi, and the mourner is
called Pa-ta-7)ia7-o, or " plaster-possessor. "| In the Moorloo-
bulloo Tribe, at the junction of King's Creek and the Georgina
River, S.W. Queensland, it is again termed Kojyi.^

The form this smearing or coating took was also varied. In
the Boulia, Cloncurry, and Leichhardt-Selwyn Districts, amongst

* Journ. R. Geogr. Soc. Austr. (Vict. Br.), 1888, v. Pt. 1, p. 23.
+ Australian Race, 1886, ii. p. 238.
+ Roth, Ethnological Studies, 1897, p. 164.
§ J. 0. Macarthur and J. S. Little in Curr, Australian Race, 1886, ii.
p. 366.

JUNH. 341

the Pitta-Pitta, Mitakoodi and Kalkadoon Tribes respectively,
the Kojn is put on in lumps, until the whole hair appears an
irregular mass of this material.* In the Arunta Tribe, around
Charlotte Waters, Central Australia, according to Dr. E. C.
Stirling,! the hair is matted into coils with this white pigment.
The widow is called Inpirta^ or the " whitened one in reference
to the pipeclay.";]: The peculiar ceremonies in the Arunta Tribe,
accompanying the putting on of this pipeclay, described by Prof.
Baldwin Spencer and Mr. F. J. Gillen are well worth perusal.
The adoption of this form of pigmentation in the Central Queens-
land Tribes appears to have been more universal in the com-
munity than the mere wearing of a cap by specially afflicted
individuals, for Dr. W. E. Roth says§ that in the Boulia District
it is adopted by all, " whether the deceased be man, woman, or
child," but is worn longer by a woman mourning for her husband.

This simpler form of an outward exhibition of grief extended
quite into the south-east corner of the Continent, for Mr. R.
Helms ascertained!! that the members of the Omeo Tribe in North
Gippsland " smear pipeclay over their head as a sign of mourn-
ing." This was " retained for some time, but as a I'ule much
longer by the women than by the men."

This assumption of white by the men is also an interesting
point, not only on the head but on the beard also. The latter in
the Arunta Tribe, at Charlotte Waters, is matted into coils with
the pigment;^ the same treatment of the hair in this tribe has
already been mentioned. In the Koombokkaburra Tribe, on the
main range between the Belyando and Cape Rivers, East-Central
Queensland, " the women plaster the heads,"** presumedly by

* Roth, loc. cit. pp. 16-1-166.

T Anthropology Horn Expecl., 1896, p. 137.

X Spencer & Gillen, Native Tribes of C. Australia, 1899, p. 500.

§ Ethnological Studies, 1897, p. 164.

II Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S. Wales, 189.5, x. (2), p. 399.

IT Stirling, Anthiopology Horn Exped., 1896, p. 137.

** J. MacGlashan, in Curr, Australian Race, 1887, iii. p. 21.

342 "widow's cap" of the Australian abokiginbs,

themselves, but in the Nimbalda Tribe, around Mt. Freeling, in
S. AustraKa, other members of the community, not necessarily
relatives, " put a plaster on their head."* An analogous practice
exists amongst the Antakaringas, near Charlotte Waters, the
mourners in general, so says Mr. C. Giles,! smear their heads
with white earth.

Precisely as in the case of the cap-wearers, so the head-
plasterers also besmeared other parts of the body. The Aldo-
lingas,! Aruntas,§ and Antakaringas|| placed white on their
breasts; and the men of the first named a white bar over the
forehead. In the Dieri Tribe, inhabiting the Cooper's Creek
District, the women added two wide stripes on the arms.U
Faces as well as heads were smeared in the Omeo Tribe in Gipps-
land.** The head plaster in its simpler form seems to have
been retained longer than the more substantial cap, at any rate
in some communities, for Roth statesff that the gin mourning for
her husband in the Boulia District retained this outward and
visible sign even up to six months. In the Antakaringas, on the
other hand, the covering was occasionally renewed after the first
month, J I and ultimately placed on the grave, a practice we have
already seen adopted in disposing of the caps.

The universality of this external method of displaying grief
is particularly well exemplified by its extension into West Aus-
tralia, where a very old writer§§ informs us it is the speciality

* Police-Trooper Smith, in Taplin, Folklore, 1879, p. 88.

t Taplin, loc. cit. p. 90.

X Kirchaufif, Jonrn. R. Geogr. Soc. Aust. (S.A. Br.), 1890 ii. p. 37.

§ Stirling, Anthropology Horn Exped., 1896, p. 137.

|l C. Giles, in Taplin, lor. cit. p. 90.
H Worsnop, Prehistoric Arts, 3rd Edit., 1897, p 62.
** Helms, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S. Wales, 1895, x. (2), p. 399.
+t Ethnological Studies, 1897, p. 164.
Xt C. Giles, in Taplin, Folklore, 1879, p. 90.
§§G. F. Moore, Descrip. Vocab. Language Aborig. W. Australia, 1S42,
p. 26.

BY R. ETHERIDOE, JUNR. 343

of the women and was known as Dardar, and consisted of a streak
of white across the forehead, down the sides of the cheeks, round
the chin and each eye.

The material employed, whether as caps or head plasters only,
displays a wonderful similarity of material over the entire Conti-
nent. Eyre,* speaking of the Murray tribes in general, calls it
"carbonate of lime"; Angasf terms the material "pipe-clay"; a
similar name is assigned to the pigment used by the Moorundee
Tribe, from Mannum to Overland Corner, by Police-Trooper
E\vens;| again by Corporal Shaw,§ in the Rankbirit Tribe, at
Overland Corner; and white clay, or lime, in West Australia. ||
Stanbridge describesH the material used by some of the Central
Victorian Tribes as a " white-talcy clay"; "clay and ashes" in
the Koombokkaburra Tribe,*-' between the Belyando and Cape
Rivers; "white pigment" in the Arunta Tribe around Charlotte
Watersft; and pipe clay in the Omeo District of Victoria. ||
Mr. F. Bonney§§ is much more explicit when speaking of the
Darling River Tribes; here we meet with "white plaster made of
calcined selenite or gypsum." In the Nimbalda Tribe, around
Mount Freeling, the same material is made use of;|||| the Antaka-
ringas at Charlotte Waters are said^H to use both " gypsum and
pipe clay." Of the Murray Tribes, two interesting accounts are

* Journ. Exped. Discovery in Central Australia, 1845, ii. p. 354.

t South Australia Illustrated, 1846, t. 30, f. 15.

X Taplin, Folklore, 1879, p. 30.

§ Ihid., d. 29.

II G. F. Moore, Descrip. Vocab. Language Aborig. W. Australia, 1842,

26.

H Trans. Ethnol. Soc, 1861, i. p. 298.

** .J. MacGlashan, in Curr, Australian Race, 1887, iii. p. 21.

tt Stirling, Anthropology Horn Exped., 1896, p. 1.37.

%X Helms, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S. Wales, 1895, x. (2), p. :j99.

§§ Journ. Anthrop. Inst., 1884, xiii. p. 135.

||.| Police-Trooper Smith, in Taplin, Folklore, 1879, p. 88.

HIT C. Giles, ihid., p. 90,

344 "widow's cap" of the Australian aborigines,

extant, for Mr. Bulmer states* that " they gathered kopice
gypsum, which was very plentiful in the district; this they burnt
in the tire, it was then made in a paste"; and at Lake Bonney, on
the Murray, Hawdon remarks, f " we procured also a great number
of singular sea shells and fossils embedded in the bank [of the
river]. The natives who were with us told me they burned these
shells in the fire and then made them into a plaster," with which
they not only decorated themselves, but also made caps. Curr,
on the testimony of Messrs. J. O. Macarthur and J S. Little,
says that the Moorloobulloo Tribe, at the junction of King's
Creek with the Georgina River, plastered the head with wet
gypsum, " which singularly enough is called Kopi, the name in
use in the Marowera Tribe, which dwells at the junction of the
Darling and Murray, 750 miles to the south-west, for those solid
coverings of the head."! The word Kopi is also used in the
Boulia District of West-Central Queensland, according to Roth,§
for a "sort of gypsum, which is first of all burnt, and subsequently
immersed in a comparatively small quantity of water, so as to
make a viscid mass which dries hard like plaster of Paris."

The use of white as a sign of mourning amongst ancient and
aboriginal races might be enlarged on until it became unneces-
sarily wearisome, but one reference is worthy of note. Among
the Andamanese,|| the relatives on the death of an adult smeared
themselves with a wash of an olive-coloured clay called Og-
After shaving their heads the men placed a lump of this clay,
termed del. a-, on their foreheads, the women on the top of the head,
" where it hardens and is left, much to the individual discomfort,
until the expiration of the days of mourning;" should it fall off in
the meantime, it is renewed.

Jourii. R. Geogr. Soc. Austr. (Vict. Br.), 1888, v. Pt. 1, p. '22.
t Ihid. (N.S. Wales Br.), 1891, v. No. 2, p. 56.
X Australian Race, 1886, ii. p. 366.
§ Ethnological Studies, 1897, p. 110.
II E. H, Man, Journ. Anthrop. Inst., 1883, xii. pp. 141, 143,

P.L.S. N.S.W. 1899.

1 2

M. BARNES, JUNR,, FMOTO.

PL. XVI.

t* * '

'^^■

AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM.

P.LS N.S.W. 1899

PL. XVII.

H, BARNES, JUNR.i PHOTO.

Australian museum.

PLSNSW. 18 99,

PL. XVIK,

C.H. el el .

15

P,L.S. N.S.W. 1899.

PL. XIX.

H. B*RNESi JUNR.i PHOTO.

AUSTRALIAN MU3EUMi

PI.. XX.

PLSNSW \899

R.r.B del

EUCALYPTUS S M ITH I I , /?.rfl.

P,L.SN.SW, 1899

PL XXI.

EUCALYPTUS DAWSONi,ff.rs.

PL.S.N.S.W, 1899.

PL XAII

R.T.B del.

EUCALYPTUS CmPWQRh, R.T.B.

P.LS N SW 1899.

PI. XXIII

CCS s''^«'

/-4 PUCCINIA CALTHAE, LINK; 5-9 UNCINULA, AU5TRAL1ANA N 5R

PLSNS.W, 1899.

PI XXIV.

Y/J. R (/.I?/. .

SANTA CRUZ SPIDERS.

PLS.NSW. 1899.

PI. XXV

wj.R Uet.

SANTA CRUZ SPIDERS.

P.L.S.N.S.W., 1899,

PL. XXV.

H BARNES, JUNR., PHOTO,

AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM.

ABORIGINAL WIDOW'S CAP.

P.L.S.N.S.W. 1899.

PL. XXVI.

H. BARNES, JUNR., PHOTO.

AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM.

ABORIGINAL WIDOW'S CAP.

P.L.S.N.S.W. 1899.

PL. XXVII.

H. BARNES, JUNR., PHOTO.

AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM.

ABORIGINAL WIDOW'S CAP.

P.L.S.N.S.W, 1899.

PL. XXVIII.

H. BARNES, JUNR., PHOTO.

AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM

ABORIGINAL WIDOW'S CAP.

P.L.S.N.SiW. 1899.

PL. XXIX.

H, BARNES. JUNR, PHOTO.

AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM.

ABORIGINAL WIDOW'S CAP.

P.L.S.N.S.W 1899.

H. BARNES. JUNR., PHOTO.

AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM,

ABORIGINAL WIDOW'S CAP.

BY R. ETHERIDGE, JUNE. 345

Previous to Mr. Man's Ethnological researches in the Andaman
Islands, Major-General Lane-Fox had also remarked* on the close
resemblance this "particular mode of covering the head and parts
of the face with white when in mourning, Og-da," bore to the
Australian custom. It is not the only resemblance the Anda-
manese bear to our Aborigines.

It was my intention to have made some remarks on the use of
black as a sign of mourning amongst the Australian Indigenes,
but the present subject has extended beyond the limits I at first
contemplated.

./

* Journ. Anthrop. Inst., 1S7S, vii. p. 445.
23

346

ON THE FLORA OF MT. WILSON.
By Alex. G. Hamilton.

Mount Wilson, Pai'ish of Irvine, County of Cook, is about 5
miles as the crow dies fi'om Bell Station, on the Great Western
Line (83 miles from Sydne}'). The road from Bell jmsses along
tlie old stock route known as Bell's Line for 5 miles, and from
the point where it diverges from Bell's Line to the Zigzag, which
leads up to the summit, is 4 miles.

The highest point is 3,388 feet a])Ove the sea, but as the
mountain rises from a ridge or table-land, it does not show as a
very conspicuous peak. From the lowest point of the Zigzag to
the summit, the rise is 275 feet. Seen from the railway line, Mt.
Wilson appears as a long hog-backed ridge.

It is topographically a very well defined floral district, as it is
bounded by the Wollongambe (a tributary of the Colo), and the
Bowen, which flows into the Wollongambe. As the head waters
of two tributaries of these sti-eams rise within half a mile of each
other, on opposite sides of a narrow ridge, the mountain is almost
entirely enclosed by the two streams.

The higher part of the ridge is narrow, the level or compara-
tively level part being nowhere more than 400 yards across, and
in most places it is much less. It is remarkable that the spurs
from the main range are usually much wider than the range
itself. The general direction is a little north of east, but there
are two maiii spurs, one running nearly east and the other almost
west, causing a wide separation of the Wollongambe and the
Bowen at this place.

The mountain is one of a group of five — Mt. Wilson, Mt. King
George, Mt. Tomah, Mt. Hay, and Mt. Bell — which are all
capped with basalt. The basalt overlies the Hawkesbury Sand-
stone ; and it is believed that the cappings on the summits

BY ALEX. G. HAMILTON. 347

mentioned are the remnants of a once continuous sheet of volcanic
rock which originally probably welled up at' Mt. Wilson and
overspread the surrounding area to a now unknown extent (5
and 7). Mt. King George is, accoi'ding to the parish map, 5 miles
in a straight line from Mt. Wilson, and Tomah and Bell 4 miles;
the intervening country is occupied by an intricate network of
ravines with the characteristic precipitous sides found in valleys
in the Hawkesbury Sandstone region.

On the eastern side of Mt. Wilson, Waterfall Creek, a tributary
of the Bowen, takes its rise and falls over the edge of the basaltic
sheet, which there is 275 feet below the summit and about 100
yards wide. Here there is basalt of a massive character, while
50 or 60 yards up the creek it splits into thin flat pieces, which
ring like a piece of metal. The rock is also found in roughly
prismatic columns in places. It usually weathers irregularly all
over, the large crystals decomposing first and leaving hollows like
gas bubbles. But in one spot boulders embedded in the soil
decompose concentrically, so that the weathered stujff comes off in
layers like the coats of an onion. The product of the weathering
is a soil usually red, but sometimes approaching a chocolate
colour.

Here and there zeolites are found throughout the mass. Mr.
George Card, A.R.8.M., has been good enough to examine a
micro-section of the rock, and gives me the following description
of it: — "The rock is an olivine basalt. The minerals present
are olivine, augite, plagioclase felspar (probably Labradorite),
magnetic (and other) iron oxides. These are embedded in a
light brown glass. The felspar microlites give rise by their
disposition to a good fluidal structure, floating round the por-
phyritic constituent. 01i^'ine is abundant and remarkably fresh.
It occurs as porphyritic individuals, presumably fi-om an earlier
stage of crystallization, and numerous granules through the rock.
The augite has a tendency to assume a purplish tint, and is
slightly pleochroic." The basalt of Mt. Irvine is of a similar
character.

348 ON THE FLORA OF MT. WILSON,

From the point where the road crosses the neck between the-
Bowen and the Wollongambe to the foot of the Zigzag, the soil
is derived from the weathering of the Hawkesbury Sandstone,
which here appears to contain a good deal of iron. At this part,_
the vegetation is of the ordinary character obtaining all over the
Blue Mountains. But at the foot of the Zig-zag, the sandy soil'
is mixed with the basaltic detritus, and the vegetation at once
changes. The forest becomes very dense with creepers, sassafras
and other brush trees, and tree-ferns. There is a distinct aromatic-
smell, mingled with that of decaying vegetation and fungoid
growths, which I have everywhere noticed as a characteristic of
the basaltic brush forests.

The winding road passes through this brush country up to the
top of the Zigzag, where thei'e is a patch of sandstone soil again,,
and, as before, the plants are of the ordinary Blue Mountain
type, with one difference, that a number of minute and rare
species of the genus Prasophyllum occur here, some of which
have so far not been collected anywhere else. The road then
winds round the highest part of the mountain, with thick growing
vegetation of the brush forest type above and below. The houses
are scattered along the length of this part of the ridge for about
a mile; the ridge running along some six miles to Mt. Irvine,
which is the extremity of Mt. Wilson, and some 700 feet lower
down than Mt. Wilson proper. Here two or three blocks of land,
have recently been taken up and are being cleared. The vegeta-
tion all along the road is brush, Ijut at Mt. Irvine many plants
occur which are not found at the older settlement, and which,
show an approximation to the flora of the Kurrajong. Unfortu-
nately very little collecting has been done at Mt. Irvine, and.
from the extremely patchy way in which plants occur all over the
mountain it is jDrobable that many additional plants will be found
here.

Quite a number of species are found onl}- in extremely limited
areas all over the mountain, and continued collecting will be
likely to yield other species.

BY ALEX. G. HAMILTON. 349

The climate is as a general rule moist, and I have thought it
worth while to insert a comparison with some other well-defined
localities. For this purpose I have taken Sydney and Cordeaux
River as types of coast climate in about the same latitude: Mt.
Victoria as a mountain peak of nearly the same height, but not
possessing brush forests, and very close in point of distance; and
Mudgee as a type of climate on the inner aspect of the tableland.
I have taken the yearly rainfall of these for the time during
which a record has been kept at Mt. Wilson, viz. : — 1876 and
1887 to 1897. I have also taken 1894 as an average year for
comparison (as the annual rainfall in that year approaches very
near the a^'erage for the whole period).

A comparison of the averages brings out the interesting fact
that Mt. Victoria, in almost the same latitude and longitude, and
with almost the same altitude and distance from the sea, has
11-73 inches less rain, and yet has 8 more rainy days in the year.
Sydney has 2-80 inches less rain, but 67 more rainy days annually;
Cordeaux River, 3-24 inches more rainfall and 29 more rainy
days; and Mudgee, 24-89 inches rainfall and 29 rainy days less
than Mt. Wilson. In comparing the figures it is also necessary
to take into account the number of wet days as compared with
the rainfall. Working these out for the 1 2 years during which
the rain records have been kept at Mt. Wilson the results show
that the average number of wet days to each inch of rainfall is
as follows : — Mt. Wilson, 2 days to each inch of rain; Mt. Victoria,
2-7; Sydney, 3*4; Cordeaux, 2; Mudgee, 2-8.

These results make plain the fact that it is entirely to its rich
soil that Mt. Wilson owes its wealth of vegetation. This is borne
out also by the average for Cordeaux River (which has a little
more rain), being equal to that of Mt. Wilson. At the Cordeaux
the rich brushes are found only in those spots where there are
■basaltic dykes, the vegetation at other spots being nothing out of
the common. I append comparative tables compiled from the
.Sydney Observatory reports (3).

350

ON THE FLORA OF MT. WILSON,

Annual Rainfall for 1894,
(a fair average year for all the stations except Sydney).

Kanie.

Latitude.

Longitude.

Distance
from
Coast.

Altitude.

1894.

Av-ge.

12
years

Alt. Wilson .

.. 33° 25".

. 150*^29' ..

. 51 miles.

. 3388 ft. .

.. 58-72 .

57-44

Mt. Victoria .

.. 33" 36" .

.. 150" 15" .

. 61 „ .

. 3490 ,, .

.. 47-20 .

. 48-30

Sydney

.. 33" 51" .

.. 150" 13" .

. 5 ,, .

. 146 ,. .

.. 38-22 .

. 49-76

Cordeaux

.. 34" 19" .

. 150° 44" ..

. 6 „ .

. 1200 ,. .

.. 67-85 .

. 65-70

Mudgee

.. 32" 35" .

. 149" 35" .

. 121 „ .

. 1635 „ .

.. 29-11 .

. 27-67

Table of Average Rainfall and Number of Rainy Days

(for the 12 years (1876-97) during which a record has been kept
at Mt. Wilson up to 1897).

Mt. Wilson. Mt. Victoria. Sydney.

Inches. ^^^^* Inches. ^^.t Inches.

Cordeaux.

Mudgee.

Wet
Days.

T . Wet T u Wet

Inches. ti Inches. „„

Days. Days.

Days.
52-56 ... 106 ... 40-83 ... 114 ... 49-76 ... 173 ... 60-61 ... 1'22 .. 27- .. 73

B}^ the courtesy of Mr. J. D. Cox I am enabled to add a table
of temperatures for the years 1896, 1897 and 1898. From these
it appears that the average maximum temperature for the period
is 57-7°; minimum, 42-9°; and mean for the period, 50-3°. During
the whole period of 1,095 daj-s the temperature fell to or Vjelow
freezing point on 128 occasions; and rose to 90° or over on 5.
The highest recorded temperature was 92°, and the lowest 22°.
The average daily variation between maximum and minimum is
10°, but it sometimes rises as high as 54°, and falls as low as 0°.
The greatest variations occur in the warmer months, and the
least in the colder. The averages for the months of June, July
and August are: max., 45-5; min., 33-8; mean, 396. And for

December, January and February : max.
mean, 60-1.

67-9^

min.

52-4°

The year 1897 was remarkable for the number of times the
temperature fell below the minimum, viz., 57. Yet the mean for
that year is higher than for either 1896 or 1898, although 1897
had very few abnormally warm days.

by alex. g. hamilton. 351

Average Temperatures for 1896, 1897, 1898.

Year.

Max.

Min.

Av

■'ge Max.

Av'ge Min.

Mean.

1896

.. 91

22

57-7

.. 43-6 ..

. 50-6

1897

.. 92

.. 23

59-4

.. 42-9 .

51-1

1898 .

.. 92

.. 26

...

56-6

.. 42-3 ..

. 49-2

The general facies of the flora resembles that of the Illawarra
brush-forests, but man}^ plants characteristic of the latter district
are wanting, while on the other hand but a few are found at Mt.
Wilson and not in Illawarra. Among the imjaortant orders and
genera not represented at Mt. Wilson are Anonacese, Menisper-
maceji', Piperacea?, Meliaceje, Passiflorfe (a seedling plant sent to
me by Mr. Cox resembled Passifiora aurantia, but he was unable
to find a mature plant), Sapotacese, and Ebenacese, and Livistona.

Livistona is common on the Kurrajong; Metrosideros, Platy-
cerium and Asplenum nidus grow at Mt. Irxine, but not at Mt.
Wilson proper.

It is remarkable that of 1 2 species of Eucalyptus growing on
the mountain, but two — E. viminalis and E amygdalina — are to
be found on the basalt. And 10 out of the whole number belong
to the section Renantherse, which has only 23 species altogether.

Another remarkable point is the scarcity of Loranthacese.
Four species occur, but they are rare indeed, except the curious
terrestrial, non-parasitic Loranth, Atkinsonia. The ranty of
Dicceum hirundiuacemu which feeds on loranth lierries would
seem to bear out Professor Tate's theory as to the absence of the
Loranthacese in Tasmania being due to the absence of the bird
also, but I do not think the two facts have anything to do with
each other. Many of the honey-eaters devour the loranth fruits,
and distribute the seeds both in their droppings and by their
wiping off adherent fruits from their beaks on the branches of
trees.

The absence of Kanuncidus is strange. In Illawarra R.
lappaceus is very plentiful in open grassy forests resembling some
of the Mt. Wilson country.

352 ON THE FLORA OF MT. WILSON,

Two species of Peperomia are extremely common in Tllawarra
on mossy rocks, but although I looked out specially for them in
the same situations I never came across either species. Only one
of the Crucifene is found. Flame-trees, Giant-nettles and Fig-
trees are wanting. Of course some of these plants may yet be
found as the locality is more closely examined.

In the brush at the top of the Zigzag there are very large
numbers of that fine Labiate, Frostanthera lasianthos, of greater
dimensions, and more profusely flowering than any I have seen
elsewhere.

The most striking feature of the mountain is the quantity and
vigorous growth of the ferns. They cover the ground, the rocks,
and even the tree trunks. The tree-ferns are especially plentiful
and well grown. In one creek I measured a Dicksoiiia 8 feet 6
inches in circumference of trunk and with fronds 16 feet in
length. Alsophila grows to a great height. In the denser parts
of the forest Hynwnophylhtm and Trichomanes are plentiful, and
in Waterfall Creek Todea Fraseri flourishes, its translucent fronds
sometimes reaching 6 feet in length.

The epiphytal orchids are plentiful in the same places, and
every tree is covered with many species of mosses, hepatics,
lichens and fungi. There are some very fine black-wood trees
in some places, and the Eucalypts grow to an enormous girth and
height without branching.

As an illustration of the general moistness of the air mention may
be made of the ready germination of various seeds on the stems of
the tree-ferns. In Mr. J. D. Cox's garden quite a number of seed-
lings of Cape heaths, which are cultivated close by, flourish on the
trunks. Quintinia Sieberi is common on them. It has been said
that this tree always begins life as a lodger on the fern-trees, but
this is not so, as I have often found seedlings and young trees
elsewhere. At Mitchell's Causeway, Mt. Victoria, a fine plant
may be seen springing from the joints of the masonry. A healthy
Eucalypt sa^iling is growing in a fern trunk in Mr. Cox's grounds.
I have also found Ilijdrocotyle^ Geranium dissectum, and several
species of grasses growing on them.

BY ALEX. G. HAMILTON. 353

On the north-western side of the range, where the plants are
-exposed to drying winds, the brush vegetation extends but a few
yards down the slope. But on the east it goes right down to the
bottom, and here a splendid soil, partly Ijasaltic in origin and
partly vegetable soil, is found. Here earthworms of large
size flourish. In such situations there is little undergrowth but
ferns; no grasses occur at all. The same thing occurs in the
brush forests of Illawarra, and when the land is cleared it has
to be sown with English grasses for dairy farming.

One point worth noticing is the much greater diversity of
flowering plants on the sandstone.

I have not given the numbers on either formation, as no record
was kept in many instances. On the sandstone the plants are
seldom restricted to one small area, while it is very much the case
on the basalt, some plants being found only in one small patch of
but a few square yards in extent, Probably as more attention
is paid to collecting in all parts of the volcanic area some
additional plants will be found.

A comparison of the floras of the five peaks mentioned would
be of interest, but sufiicient data are not at present available.
Allan Cunningham (1) and Dr. Woolls (8) have recorded their
experiences at Tomah, but in neither case was a census of the
flora the object in view.

The following list has been compiled from Dr. Woolls' paper
(9) and a manuscript list he gave me, from plants collected by
Messrs. J. H. Maiden, J. D. Cox, J. Gregson, P. N. Trebeck (5)
and myself. Mr. Gregson's plants have been identified by Mr.
Maiden, and Mr. Cox's and my own by Dr. Woolls and Mr.
Maiden : —

Note. —The letter B after the name of a plant denote that it grows on
the basaltic area ; S on the sandstone ; and B & S on both. Where no
hiitial is appended, no record has been kept.

Ranunculace^.

Clematis aristata, R.Br. B.
glycinoides, DC. B.

354 ON THE FLORA OF MT. WILSON,

DiLLENIACBiE.

Hihbertia Billardieri, F.v.M. S.
serpyllifolia, R.Br. S.
saligna, R.Br, S.

Magnoliace^.

Drimys dipetala, F.v.M. B.

PAPAVERACBiE.

Papaver acideatum, Thunb. B.

Crucifer^.

Arahis glabra^ Crantz. B.

ViOLACBiE.

Viola betomci/olia, Sm. B.

hederacea, Labill. B.
lonidium filiforme, F.v.M. S.
Hyymenanthera Banksii, F.v.M.

FiTTOSPOREiE.

Pittosporum undulatum, Andr. B; rare.
Marianthus procumbens, Benth. S.
Citriobatus multijiorus, A. Cunn.
Billardiera scandens, Sm. B. & S.

Tremandre.e.

Tetratheca ericifolia, Sm. S.
ihymifolia, Sm. S.

PoLYGALBiE,

Comesperma volubile, Labill. S.
ericinum, DC. S.

CARYOPHYLLEiE.

Stellaria pungens, Brongn. B.

Jlaccida, Hook. B.
Polycarpon tetraphyllum, Loefl. S.

HvPERICINEiE.

Hypericum Japonicum, Thunb. B.

by alex. g. hamilton. , 355

Sterculiace^.

LasiojMalum dasyphyllum, Sm. S.

ferrugineum, Sm., and var. cordatum. S. •

TiLIACEiE.

Elceocarjnvs holopetalus, F.v.M. B.
reticulatus, Sm. B.

GERANIACEiE.

Geranium pilosum, Sol. B.

Pelargonium australe, Willd., var. erodioides. B.

Oxalis corniculata, Linn. B. & S,

RUTACE^.

Zieria Smithii, Andr.

Icevigata, Sm.
Boronia ledifolia, J. Gay. S.

tnicrophylla, Sieb. S. /

Jiorihunda, Sieb. S.

pinnata, Sm. S.

Barkeriana, F.v.M, S.

anemonifolia, A. Cunn. S.
Phehalium Billiardieri, A. Juss. S.
Eriosternon obovalis, A. Cunn. S.

OLACINEiE.

Olax stricta, R.Br. S.

CELASTRINBiE.

Celastrus australis, Harv. et F.v.M. B.

ElcBodendron aiostrale, Vent.

STACKHOUSIK.E.

Stackhousia viminea, Sm.

Rhamnace^,

Pomaderris elliptica, Labill.

ledifolia, A. Cunn.

apetala, Labill.
Cryptandra erioi/blia, Sm.

amara, Sm.

356 ON THE FLORA OF MT. WILSON,

AMPELIDEiE.

Vitis antarctica, Benth. B,
hypoglauca, F.v.M. B.

SAPINDACEiE.

DodoncBa jyinnata, Sm. S.
muUijiiga, G. Don. S.

Leguminos^.

Oxylohium elUpticum, R.Br. S.

trilohatum, F.v.M. S.

alpestre, F.v.M. S.
Mirhelia grandijlora, Ait. S.

reticulata, Sm. S.
Gompholohium latifolium, Sm. S.

grandijiorum, Sm. S.

minus, Sm. S.

uncinatum, A. Cunn. S.

ylahratum, DC. S.

Huegelii, Benth. S.
Sphcerolobitcm virninewn, Sm. S.
Daviesia umhellidata, Sm. S.

latifolia, R.Br. S.

ulicina, Sm. B.

genistifolia, A. Cunn. B.

alata, Sm.
Phyllota 2')hylicoides, Benth.
Pultencea scahra, R.Br.

viscosa, R.Br.

Jiexilis, Sm. On margin of B. & S,

elliptica, Sm.
Dillwynia ericifolia, Sm.

j!o7-ibunda, Sm.
J3ossi<ea heterophylla, Vent. S.

ensata, Sieb. S.

scolopendria, F.v.M. S.

lenticularis, Sieb. S.

BY ALEX. G. HAMILTON.

Hovea linearis, R.Br.

longifolia, R.Br. (Narrow-leaved form).
Indigofera australis, Willd.
Desmodittm varians, Endl.
Glycine clandestina, Wendl.
Kennedya ruhicunda, Vent.

Tnonophylla, Vent.
Acacia juniperina. Willd .

asparagoides, A. Cunn.

vomeriformis, A. Cunn.

linifolia, Willd.

myrtifolia, Willd.

falcata, Willd.

penninervis, Sieb. (Mountain glaucous form).

suaveolens, Willd.

rubida, A. Cunn. '

elongata, Sieb., var.

melanoxylon, R.Br.

implexa, Benth.

longifolia. Wendl.

linearis, Sims.

jjumila, J.H.M.

elata, A. Cunn. B.

discolor, Willd.

Rosacea.

Ruhus parvifolius, Linn. B.

rosmfolius, Sm. B.

Moluccanus, Linn. B.

Moorei, F.v.M. B.
AccBua ovina, A. Cunn. B.

sanguisorbce, Vahl. B.

Saxifrages.

Quintinia Sieberi, DC. B.
G eratopetalum gummiferum, Sm. B.^
apetalum, D. Don. B.

357

358 ON THE FLORA OF MT. WILSON,

Schizomeria ovata, D. Don.
Bauera ruhioides, Andr.

Crassulace.e.

Tillcpa verticillaris, DC. S.

DROSBRACEiE.

Drosera binata, Labill. S,

Halorage^e.

Haloragis heterophylla, Brongn.

tetrogyyia, R.Br.
CaUitriche Muelleri, Sond.

MYRTACE.E.

Darivinia taxifolia, A. Cunn.
Calythrix letragona, Labill.
Bceckea brevi/olia, DC.

linifolia, Rudge.

virgata, Andr.
Leptospermnm Jiavescens, Sm.

scopariiim, R. &■ G. Forst.

arachnoideum, 8m.

lanigerum, Sm.

var. macrocarpum, M. & B.

parvifolium, Sm.

stellatiim, Cav., ^ar. grandijlorum.

attenuatum, Sm.
Kunzea capitata, Reichb.
CaUistemon lanceolaius, DC.
Eucalyptus coriacea, A. Cunn. S.

stelhdata, Sieb., var. angustifoUa, Benth. S.

stricta, Sieb. S.

amygdalina, Labill.

Liiehmanniana, F.v.M., var. allior, D. lI: M. S.

piperita, Sm. S.

eugenioides, Sieb. S.

capitellata, Sm. S.

BY ALEX. G. HAMILTON. 359

Eucalyptus haemastoma, Sin., var. micranfJia. S.

Sieberiana, F.v.M. S.

viminalis, Labill. P>.

goniocalyx, F.v.M. S.
Tristania neriifolia, R.Br.

laurina, R.Br. On WoUongarabe.
Syncarpia faurifolia, Sm. Mt. Irvine.
Eugenia Smithii, Poir.

ONAGRB.E.

Epilohium glahellum, G. Forst.

UmBELLIFERjE.

Hydrocotyle hiria, R.Br. B. k, S.

asiatica, Linn. B. & S.
Trachymene cyanopetalus, F.v.M. 8.

glauciloHus, F.v.M. S.

incisus, Hook. S.

ericoides, Sieb.

linearis, Spreng. S.

Billardieri, F.v.M.
Xanthosia Iridentata, DC. S.

pilosa, Rudge.

Atkinsoniana, F.v.M.
Actinotus Ilelianihi, Labill. S.

minor, DC. S.

Araliace^.

Astrotriche floccosn, DC, var. anguslifulio.

Panax sambucifolius, Sieb. (Narrow-leaved form).

LORANTHACE^.

Viscum articulatum, Burm.
LorantJms celastroides, Sieb.

pendulus, Sieb.
Atkinsonia ligttstrina, F.v.M. S.

"OAPRIFOLIACEiE.

Sambucus xanthocarpa, F.v.M.

360 ON THE FLORA OF MT. WILSON,

RUBIACBiE.

Coprosma Billardieri, J. Hook.
Opercularia hispida, Spreng.

aspera, Gaertn.
Pomax unibellata, Sol.
Asperula oligantha, F.v.M.
Galium umbrosum, Sol.

australe, DC.

Composite.

Lagenofhora Billardieri, Cass.
Solenog ijne bellioides, Cass.
Brachycome graminea, F.v.M.

litieari/olia, DC.
Aster myrsinoides, Labill.

ellipticus, A. Cunn.

dentatus, Andr.

ramulos^is, Labill.

stelhdatus, Labill., var. quercifolius
Gnaphali^ivi luteo-alhum, Linn.

Japonicnm, Thunb.
Helichrysum lucidum, Henck.

scorpioides, Labill.

rutidolepis, DC.

elatum, A. Cunn.

leucopsidium , DC.
Cassinia denticidata, R.Br.

aurea, R.Br.

longifolia, R.Br.

arcuata, R.Br.
Humea elegans, Sm. B.
Siegesbeckia orientalis, Linn.
Centipeda orbicidaris, Lour.
Senecio velleioides, A. Cunn.

dryadeus, Sieb., var. macrodontus.
Erechthites pre^ianthoides, DC, var. ne&v picridioides.

mixta, DC.
Crepis Japonica, Benth.

BY ALEX. G. HAMILTON. 361

StYLIDE^ (CANDOLLEACKiE).

.Stylidium graminifolium, Sw.
linearc, Sw.
debile, F.v.M.

GoODENlACEiE.

Brunonia australis, Sm.
Dampiera Brownii, F.v.M.

lanceolata, A. Cunn.

stricta, R.Br.
Sccevola hispida, Cav.
Guodenia decurrens, R.Br.

hellidifolia, Sm.

ovata, Sm.

barbata, R.Br.

heterophylla, Sm.
Velleya perfoliata, R.Br. '

CAMPANULACEiE.

Lobelia simplicicaulis, R.Br.

dentata, Cav.

ancfips, Thunb.

puiyurascens, R.Br.
Isotuma Jiuviatilis, F.v.M.
Wa/denbergia gracilis, A. DC.

Epacride^.

Styphelia Iceta, R.Br., var. angustifoUa, Bentli.
Melichrus urceolaUis, R.Br.
Lissanthe sapid a, R.Br.
Leucopogon lanceolatus, R.Br.

muticus, R.Br.
Acrotriche aygregata, R.Br. y

divaricata, R.Br.
Monotoca elliptica, R.Br.

scoparia, R.Br.
Brachyloma daphnoides, Benth.
Epacris longijlora, Cav.

reclinata, A. Cunn.

24

362 ON THE FLORA OF MT. WILSON.

E2Mcris crassifolia, R.Br.

obtusiiolia, Sm.

robusta, Benth.

petrophi/a, J. Hook.

rigida, Sieb.

hett'ronema, Labill.

tnicrophylla, R.Br.
Woollsia pinu/ens, F.v.M.
Sprenyelia incaniatn, Sm.
Dracophyllum secundum, R.Br.

Myrsinace^.

Myrsine variabilifi, R.Br. B.

APOCYNEiE.

Lyonsia strnminca, R.Br. B.
reticulata, F.v.M. B.

ASCLEPIADE^.

Tylophora barbata, R.Br. B.
Marsdenia rostrata, R.Br. B.
stiaveolens, R.Br. B.

LOGANIACE^.

Mitrasaotie paludns-i, R.Br. S.

pilosa, Labill. S.

polymorpJia, R.Br. S.
Logania fioribunda, R.Br.

Gentiane^.

Sebcea ovata, R.Rr. B.
Erythrcea spicata, Pers.

BORAGINE^.

Myosotis australis, R.Br.
Lappula concava, F.v.M.
Cynoglossum latifulium, R.Br.

suaveolens, R.Br.

australe, R.Br.

BY ALEX. G. HAMILTON. 363

CONVOLVULACEiE.

Convolvulus marginatus, Poir.

Dichondra repens, R. &, G. Forst. B. k S.

. Solan ACE.E.

Solanum nigrum, Linn.
aviculare, G. Forst.
xantliocarpum, Schrad.
pungetium, R. Br.
campanulatum, R.Br.

Scrophularine.e.

Gratiola Peruviana, Linn. 8.
Veronica calycina, R.Br. B.
plebeja, R.Br. B.

Lentibularinb^.

Utricularia dichotoma, Labill. S.

GbSNERACE/E.

Fieldia australis, A. Cunn.

BiGNONIACEiE.

Tecoina australis, R.Br. B.

VEIfBENACEiE.

Spartuthamyius junceus, A. Cunn. 8.
Chloanthes stoechadis, R.Br. S.

Labiates.

PI.ectranthus parv>flo7-us, Willcl. B.
Prunella vulgaris, Linn. B.
Prostatithera lasianthos, Labill. B.

cijerulea, R.Br. B.

linearis, R.Br. B.
Hemigenia purpurea, R.Br.
Ajuga australis, R.Br. B.
Teucrium corymbosum, R.Br. B.

Plantagine^e.

Plantayo varia, R.Br.

364 on the flora of mt. wilson,

Chenopodiace.^.

Rhagodia hastata, R.Br.
ChenopodiuDX triangulare, R.Br.

POLYGONACEiE.

Rumex Brovjnii, Campd.
Polygonum plebejum, R.Br.
M^(ehlenbeckia gracillima, Meiss. B.

MONlMIACEiE.

Doryphora sassafras, Endl. B.
Atherosperma moschatum, Labill. B.
Hedycarya Cimninghami, Tul. B.

Laurine^e.

Cryptocarya {■prohahly glaiicescens, R.Br.). B.
Liiscea dealbata, Nees. B.
Cassytha glabella, R.Br. B. it S.

Proteace^.

Petro2)hila pedicncvJata, R. Br.

jnilchella, R.Br.
Isopogoii anethifolius, R.Br.

petiolaris, A. Cunn.
Conospermum tenui/oliu^n, R.Br.

ericifolium, Sm.
Symphyonema montanum, R.Br.
Persoonia Jerrugi'iiea, Sm.

hirsuta, Pers.

Chajncepitys, A. Cunn.

salicina, Pers.

lanceolaia, Andr.

lucida, R.Br.

ledifolia, A. Cunn.

mollis, R.Br. B.

myrtilloides, Sieb.

oxycoccoides, Sieb.

acerosa, Sieb.
Lambertia formosa, Sm.

BY ALEX. G. HAMILTON.

^revillea laurifolia, Sieb.

sphacelata, R.Br.
Hakea jnigioni/oi'mis, Cav.

saligna, R. Br.

dactyloides, Cav.

gibbosa, Cav.

propinqua, A. Cunn.

puhescens, Sch.
Lomatia longifoUa, R.Br.

silai/olia, R.Br.
Telopea speciosissima, R. Br.
Banksia ericifolia, Linn. f.

spinulosa. Sm.

collina, R.Br.

integri folia, Linn. £.

marginata, Cav., var. acutifolia.

paludosa, R.Br.

serrata, Linn, f .

aemula, R.Br.

Thymele^.

Pimelea collina, R.Br. S.
lini/olia, Sm. S.
ligustrina, Labill. B.
hirsuta, Meissn. 8.

EuPHORBIACEiE.

Monotaxis lini/olia, Brongn. S.
Poranthera microphylla, Brongn. S.
ericifolia, Rudge. S.
corymbosa, Brongn. S.
Pseadanthus pimeleoides, Sieb. S.
Aniperea spartioides, Brongn. S.
Phyllanthus thymoides, Sieb. S.

URTICACEiE.

(Jrtica incisa, Poir.

365

366 on the flora of mt. wilson,

Casuarine^.

Casuarina glauca, Sieb. S.
distyla, Vent. S.
nana, Sieb S.

SANTALACEiE.

Exocarpus stricta, R.Br. S.
Omphacomeria acerba, A. DC. S.
Leptomeria acida, R.Br.
Choretrum Candollei, F.v.M.

CONIFERiE.

Callitris Muellei'i, Benth. ik J. Hook.
Orchide^.

Dendrobium speciosiim, Sm. S.

cemulum, R.Br. B.

pugioniforme, A. Cunn. B. k S.

tei'etifoliiun, R.Br.

striolatum, Reichb.
Sarcochilus falcatus, R.Br. B.

montanus, R.D.F. B.
Dipodium punctatuni, R.Br. B.
Gastrodia sesamoides, R.Br. B.
Spiranthes australis, Lindl. S.
Thelymitra circu7nsepta, R.D.F.

carnea, R.Br.

taedia, R.Br.

paucijlora, R.Br.

venosa, R.Br.
Diuris sidphurea, R.Br. B.
Orthoceras strictum, R.Br.
Calochilus campestris, R.Br.

pahodosus, R.Br.
Cryptostylis longifoUa, R.Br.

erecta, R.Br.

leptochila, R.Br.

BY ALEX. G. HAMILTON. 367

Praso phylhim flavum, R.Br.

striatum, R.Br.

nigricans, R.Br.

rufum, R. Br.

fimbriatum, R.Br.

intricatuni, C. Stuart.

deiisitm, R.D.F.

ansatum, R.D.F.

transversuin, R.D.F.

iongisepalum, R.D.F.

eriochiluni, R.D.F.
Microtis poni/olia, Spreng.

jyarvifiora, R.Br.
Corysanthes unyuiculata, R.Br.^ B.

j)7'uinosa, A. Cunn. B.

bicalcarata, R.Br. B.
Pterostijiis ciwta, R.Br.

nutans, R.Br.

hispidula, R.D.F.

peduncitfata, R.Br.

coGciuea, R.D.F.

rejiexa, R.Br.

obtusa, R.Br.

parvijiora, R. Br.

longifolia, R.Br.
Caleana major, R.Br.

minor, R.Br.
Aciantlius Jornicatus, R.Br.

exsertus, R.Br.
Eriochilus autumindis, R.Br.
Caladenia carnea, R.Br.
dimorpha, R.D.F.
testacea, R.Br.
Chiloglottis diphylla, R.Br.

formici/era, R.D.F.
Glossodia major, R.Br.

368 on the flora op mt. wilson,

Iride^.

Patersonia glauca, R.Br.
sericea, R.Br.

Amaryllide^.

Haemadorum planifolium, R.Br.
Hypoxis liygrometrica, Labill.

LlLIACE^.

Smilax glycyphfiVa, Sm.

aihstralis, R.Br.
Dianella lonyi/olia, R.Br.

ccerulea, Sm.

Tasvianica, J. Hook.

revoluta, R.Br.
Eustrephus Br'otvnii, F.v.M.
Geitonoplesium cymosiwi, A. Cunn.
Blandfordia grandiflora, R.Br.

nobilis, Sm.
Thysanotus Pater soni, R.Br.

tuherosus, R.Br.

junceus, R.Br.
Ccesia vittata, R.Br.

parvijiora, R.Br.
Stypandra glauca, R.Br.

ccespitosa, R.Br.
Arihro podium minus, R.Br.
Sowerbcea juncea, Sm.
Ala7ua Endlicheri, Kuntli.
Xerotes longi/oiia, R.Br.

Brownii, F.v.M.

glauca, R.Br.
Jlexi folia, R.Br.
Xanthorrhoea hastilis, R.Br.

XVRIDEiE.

Xyris operculatn, Labill. S.
gracilis, R.Br. S.

BY ALEX. G. HAMILTON.

JuNCACBiE.

Luzula campestris, DC.

Juncus planifolius, R.Br.
palUdus, U.Br.

ERIOCAULEiE.

Eriocaulon Smithii, R.Br.

Restiacb^.

Lepyrudia scariosa, R.Br.
Eestio australis, R.Br.

■Cyperace^.

Scirpus riparius, Spreng.
Schoenus villosus, R.Br.

melanostachys, R.Br.

deustus, F.v.M.
Lepidosperma exaltatum, R.Br.
Gahnia Gunnii, F.v.M.

psittacorum, Labill.
Caustis pentandra, R.Br.

Jiexuosa, R.Br.
Care.x paniculata, Linn.

■Gramine^.

Panicum sanguinale, Linn.

gracile, R.Br.

Anthistiria ciliata, Linn, f .

Ehrharta stipoides, Labill.

Stipa Dichelachne, Steud.

aristiglumis, F.v.M.

Echinopogon ovatns, Palis.

Amphipogon strictuA, R.Br.

Agrostis nivalis, F.v.M.

r74(^is, Roem et Scliult.

Solandri, F.v.M.

Auisopogon avenaceus, R.Br.

Dantkonia penicillata, F.v.M.

roa ccespitosa, G. Forst.

Agropyron scabrtim, Palis.

370 on the flora of imt. wilson,

Lycopodiace^.

Tmesipteris Tanueyisis, Benth.
Lycopodium laterale, R.Br.

deiisuvi, Labill.
Selaginella idiginosa, Spreng.

FiLICES.

Schizcea rupestris, R.Br.

bifida, Willd.

dichotoma, Sm.
Trichomanes venosum, R.Br.
Hymenophyllum Tunhridyense, Sm.

foi'mosum. Bracken.

flahellatuDi , Labill.
Gleichenia circinata, S\v. S.

dicarpa, R.Br. S.

fiabellata, R.Br. S.

dichotoma, Hook. S.
Osmunda barhara, Thunb. S.

Fraseri, F.v.M.*
Alsophila australis, R.Br. B.

Leichhardtiana, F.v.M. B.
Dicksonia antarctica, Labill. B.

davallioides, R.Br.
Davallia pyxidata, Cav.

dubia, R.Br.
Lindsaya linearis, Sw. B.

microphylla, Sw.
Adia7ituvi (ethiopicum, Linn. B.

formosum, R.Br. B.

affine, Willd. B.

* Mr. Trebeck in his paper on Mt. Wilson Ferns (5) mentions 0. liymeno-
phi/Uoides, "a very beautiful membranous fern, 2 to 2 feet 6 inches high,
but not so beautiful as at Katoomba." This is probably the young stage
of 0. Fraserii, which looks very distinct from the mature plant.

BY ALEX. G. HAMILTON. 3/L

Adiantum hispidulnin, Sw. B.

diaphanum, Blume.
Pteris falcata, R.Br.
urnbrosa, R.Br.
aquilina, Linn.
arguta, Ait.
incisa, Thunb.
co7naiis, Forst.
Lomaria Patersoni, Spreng.
discolor, Spreng.
Capensis, Willd.
Blechnum cartllagineum, Sw.

laevigatum, Cav.
Woodwardia aspera, Mett.
Asplenium nidus, Linn. Mt. Irvine.
fiabetlifolium, Cav., var. cristatum.
attenuatum, R.Br.
falcatum. Lam.
marinum, Linn.
iimbrosum, Sm.
Jlaccidum, Forst.
bidbiferitm, Forst.
Aspidiuni molle, Sw.

decompositum, Sw., var. glabrum.
tenerum, Spreng.
hispidum, Sw.

acideahun, Sw., var. proliferum B.
Capense, Willd.
coriacerom, Sw.
Polypodium serpens, Forst.
australe, Mett.
attenuatum, R.Br.
pustulatum, Forst.
scandens, Forst.
tenellum, Forst.
punetatum, Thunb.
Platycerium alcicorne, Desr. Mount Irvine.

372 ON THE FLORA OF MT. WILSON.

There are thus 77 JSTatural Orders, 257 genera, and 545 species.

On tabulating the above species (Mt. Wilson plants only) it
Avill be found that the ferns have 18 genera and 61 species; the
■Orchideae 20 genera and 58 species. These Natural Orders, how-
ever, on account of their attractiveness, have probably been most
assiduously collected. Next come the Leguminosas with 15 genera,
52 species; Proteaceaj, 11 genera, 38 species; Myrtaceie, 10 and 30;
Liliacese, 12 and 25; Epacrideje, 11 and 22; and a few of the
remaining orders have over 10 species.

BIBLIOGRAPHY.

1. CcTN.viNGHAM, A.— Hooker's Journal of Botany. Vol. iv. 1842, p. 280.

2. Du Faitr, E.— Railway Guide of N.S.W. Ed. 1881, p. 59.

■3. Russell, H. C. — Results of Rain and River Observations made in
N.S.W.

4. SuTTOK, W. H.— "A Visit to Mount Wilson," in Australian Stories

retold, and Sketches of Country Life (p. 171), Bathurst, 1887.

5. Trebeck, p. N.— Mt. Wilson and its Ferns. P.L.S.N.S.W. 1886 (2),

Vol. i. p. 491.

€. Wilkinson, C. S. — Mines and Mineral Statistics of N.S.W., 1876, p.
136.

7. Notes on trie Geology of N.S.W., p. 62.

8. Woolls, W. — A Contribution to the Flora of Australia, 1867, p. 173.

9. A Glance at the Flora of Mt. Wilson. P.L.S.N.S.W.

1887 (2), Vol. ii.p. 6.

373

NOTES AND EXHIBITS.

Mr. R. Etheridge, Junr., exhibited the three aboriginal
mortuary caps described in his paper. Also a remarkable spear
with the following

'O

Note on a '•'• Musical Spear. ^^

When classifying the collection of Pacific Island Spears at
present unexhibited in the Australian Museum from want of
space, one in particular attracted my attention by the production
of a rattling noise when the weapon was shaken or placed in any
other position than that of the vertical, butt downwards. The
spear in question is seven and a half feet long, with a heavy palm
wood shaft, and a bamboo butt, two feet six inches in length, and
one inch in diameter. In the piece of bamboo are retained two
nodes and three inter nodes, and the exterior is ornamented with
burnt-incised figures. The noise was observed to proceed from
the interior of the butt, and a further examination revealed the
fact that the hollow interior of the bamboo to the first node, a
length of six inches, was utilised as a box or receptacle for
twenty small limestone pebbles, the orifice being closed with a
wad of twisted leaves. When the spear is poised and shaken, with
the pebbles in situ, a pleasing rattle-like noise is produced. It is
from New Ireland.

Mr. Baker exhibited herbarium specimens, timbers, oils,
camphor, and kinos, of the Eucalypts described in his paper.
Also a " native yam " from Angledool (on the Queensland border)
forwarded by Mr. A. Paddison. It weighs 8^ lbs., and measures
12 inches in length, and 6 in diameter; 30 lbs. weight of these
yams were yielded by a single vine. The botanical material
forwarded shows the plant to be a twiner and an undescribed
species of Lyonsia \^Parsonsia ; see p. 3861. The tubers are
eaten by both colonists and aboriginals. This is the first record
of an edible "yam " from an Australian Asclepiad.

374 NOTES AND EXHIBITS.

Mr. Harper showed a selected series of liuman bones and relics
in illustration of his paper.

Mr. Stead exhibited a specimen of basalt from Kiama showing
the effects of atmospheric erosion. Also examples of silicified
wood forming the shingle of a beach near Wollongong.

Mr. Rainbow exhiliited the collection of Santa Cruz Spiders
enumerated or described in his paper.

Mr. Fred. Turner exhibited a collection of forage plants and
grasses typical of the herbage of New England in March of the
present year.

Mr. T. Steel exhibited two needles made of human bones, from
Fiji, where they are used in thatching.

Mr. Whitelegge, on behalf of the Rev. W. W. Watts, of Ballina,
exhibited a collection of Australian Mosses named by Dr.
Brotherus, of Helsingfors, and communicated the following : —

Notes on Home recently described Species of N. S. Wales Mosses.
By the Rev. W. W. Watts.

In a recent return from Dr. V. F. Brotherus, of Helsingfors,
who has been kind enough to determine a large number of speci-
mens of mosses collected by me on the Northern Rivers, I was
pleased to find no less than 21 new species, one of which is
also the representative of a new genus.

In sending this return, the distinguished specialist intimated
that he had not yet examined the numerous specimens belonging
to the genera Macromitrium and Fissidens, but said that he had
no doubt these would contain several new species.

I have mounted specimens of all the new species, except one,
viz., Stereophylliiiii Waitsii, the material of which is small, and
the moss itself very minute. It is, however, one of the most
interesting of the series, no species of Stereojihyllum having been
previously recorded for New South Wales, and only one other
species being known in Australia.

NOTES AND EXHIBITS.

375

It gives me especial pleasure to introduce to the Linnean
-Society the new genus, inasmuch as it is dedicated to my friend
Mr. Thomas Whitelegge. The moss grows on the Richmond
River in many places, though it requires a good deal of patience
to collect it in any quantity. I found it some two or three years
ago, and sent specimens to Dr. Brotherus ; but, inuch to my
disappointment, no mention was made of them in his returns.

Last February I was looking through some of Mr. Whitelegge's
mosses, and was much interested to find this particular species.
He had sent it to Dr. Brotherus, but it had been omitted in his
returns. To my great satisfaction a recent letter reports this
moss as representing a new genus under the name Whitelegi/ea
australis. It is a very distinct moss, and the fruit is a very
beautiful object when examined with a low power of the micro-
scope, or even an ordinary lens.

The following are the new species which Dr. Brotherus and
Dr. Warnstorf have found among my specimens : —

Sphagnum Wattsii, Warnst. ; Dlcranella pellucida, Broth.;
■Camjyytopusperauriculatus, Broth.; Fhilonotis niioopteris, Broth.;
Bryum Wattsii, Broth.; B. erythrocarjyulum, Broth.; B micro-
pachypoma, Broth. ; Pterygophyllum Wattsii, Broth.; Cryphea
papillarioides, Broth. ; Thuidium lilipicta^ium, Broth.; T. suhlili-
putanum, Broth.; T. atrovirens. Broth.; Stereophyllum Wattsii,
Broth.; Amblystegiuni austro-palustre, Broth.; Isopterygiurii lafi-
Joliwn, Broth.; /. JV^ovce-Valesire, Broth.; /. ammnum, Broth.; /.
arachnoideum. Broth.; Bhaphidostegiiim micropyxis, Broth.; and
a. Wattsii, Broth.

Unfortunately, the name of one of these species, Bryum erythro-
■carpulum, though eminently suitable to the moss, has been
appropriated by Dr. Carl Miiller, in his recent Symholcn ad
Bryologiam, Australice. I have reminded Dr. Brotherus of this,
but in the meantime give his naming as supplied to me. I am
sending specimens of the new species for exhibition, and I regret
that in some cases the material is poor.

In addition to the above, I send also a good specimen of a new
species mentioned in ray last communication, shortly to be des-

376 NOTES AND EXHIBITS.

cribed by Dr. Brotherus as Pliyscomitriuvi Noi^ce-Valesice, Broth.;
my last return contains several references to this striking species.
My lists comprise the names of several species and forms which,
so far as I can juds^e, are new to the colony. Among these I
may mention the following : —

Sphagnum centrale, Jens.; *S'. cymbifolium var. glaucescens, form
hrachydada, Warns. ; S. cymhifolixim var. carneopallidum, Warns. ;
Cani'pylopus WooUsii,* CM.; Eutosthodon Smithhrnsfii, B.G. ;
Philonotif^ pseudo-moUis, CM. ; P. tortijolia, CM.; Bryum chryso-
neuroti, CM.; B. pusilluni, Broth.: Hookeria karsteniana, B.G. ;
Hypnum convoluti folium, H. austrinum, Orthorrhyncium, cymhi-
folioides, Sciaromiuin hispidum. Of some of these I have mounted
specimens for exhibition. I am also sending specimens of
Datvsonia intermedia, CM., and Aulacopilum Hodgkinsonice,
CM., this latter a very rare moss, of which I have been fortunate
enough to find a good specimen.

*Dr. Brotherus has now given this name to all specimens of mine pre-
viously named by him C. torqvatiis.

377

WEDNESDAY, JULY 26th, 1899.

The Ordinary Monthly Meeting of the Society was held at the
Linnean Hall, Ithaca Road, Elizabeth Bay, on Wednesday
evening, July 26th, 1899.

Mr. Henry Deane, M.A., F.L.S., Vice-President, in the Chair.

Mr. W. Buckingham, Marrickville; Mr. Julius H. Camfield,
Botanic Gardens, Sydney; Mr. John F. Campbell, Walcha; Mr.
Edwin Cheel, Penshurst; Dr. C. Dagnall Clark, North S3dney;
Mr. Alex. Grant, Botanic Gardens, S3'dney; Mr. Francis H. E.
Le Bihan, Glebe Road; Mr. George B. Pritchard, Melbourne;
Mr. Charles W. Smith, Gladesville; Rev. Walter W. Watts,
Ballina, were elected Ordinary Members of the Society.

donations.

Department of Agriculture, Brisbane — Queensland Agricultural
Journal. Vol. v. Part 1 (July, 1899). From the Secretary of
Agriculture.

Australian Museum, Sydney — Memoir iii. The Atoll of
Funafuti. Part 8 (July, 1899). From the Trmtees.

Department of Mines and Agriculture, Sydney — -Agricultural
Gazette of New South Wales. Vol. x. Part 7 (July, 1899).
From the Hon. the Minister for Mines and Agriculture.

Royal Society of New South Wales, Sydney — Journal and

Proceedings, Vol. xxxii. (1898): Abstract, July 5th, 1899.
Fro7n the Society.
25

378 DONATIONS.

Australasian Journal of Pharmacy, Melbourne. Vol. xiv. Na
163 (July, 1899). From the Editor.

Department of Agriculture, Victoria. — Guides to Growers.
Nos. 32-44 (1897-99); Three Reports by Messrs. A. N. Pearson,
D. Wilson and R. Crowe (1898-99). From the Secretary of
Agricultiire.

Department of Mines, Victoria : Geological Survey of Victoria
— Progress Report. No. x. (1899). From the Secretary for
Mines.

Field Naturalists' Club of Victoria — Victorian Naturalist.
Vol. xvi. No. 3 (July, 1899). From the Club.

Gordon Technical College, Geelong — The Wombat. Vol. iv..
No. 3 (May, 1899). From the Golleye.

Nova Scotian Institute of Science, Halifax— Proceedings and
Transactions. Vol. ix. Part 4 (Session, 1897-98). From the
Institute.

American Academy of Arts and Sciences, Boston — Proceedings.
Vol. xxxiv. Nos. 11-14 (Feb., 1899). From the Academy.

American Naturalist (Cambridge). Vol. xxxiii. No. 390
(June, 1899). From the Editor..

Americfin Philosophical Society, Philadelphia — Proceedings.
Vol. xxxvii. No. 158 (Dec, 1898). From the Society.

Johns Hopkins University, Baltimore -—University Circulars.
Vol. xviii. No. 140 (June, 1899). From the University.

Smithsonian Institution, Washington, D.C. — Annual Report
of the Board of Regents to July, 1897 (1898) : Report of the
U.S. National Museum for the Year ending June 30th, 1896
(1898): Bulletin No. 47. Parts ii.-iii. (1898); Proceedings.
Vols, xviii. and xx. (1895-98). From the Institution.

Imperial University, Tokyo — Journal of the College of Science.
Vol. viii. Part ii. (1895) ; Vol. xi. Part iii. (1899) From the
Director,

DONATIONS. 379

Societas Zoologica Tokyonensis — Annotationes Zoologicse
Japonenses. Vol. iii. Pars 1 (May, 1899). From the Society.

Indian Museum, Calcutta — Materials for a Carcinological
Fauna of India. No. 4, Part ii. (1899). From the Superin-
tendent.

Geological Survey of India, Calcutta — General Report for the
Period from the 1st April, 1898, to the 31st March, 1899. From
the Director.

Perak Government Gazette. Vol. xii. Nos. 16-20 (June, 1899).
From, the Government Secretary.

Manchester Literary and Philosophical Society, Manchester —
Memoirs and Proceedings. Vol. xliii. Parts ii.-iii. (1898-99).
From the Society.

Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, Ply-
mouth—Journal. New Series. Vol. v. No. 4 (June, 1899).
From the Director.

Royal Society, London — Proceedings. Vol. Ixv. Nos. 414-
415 (May-June, 1899). From the Society.

Zoological Society of London — Abstract. June 6th, 1899.
From the Society.

Royal Irish Academy, Dublin — Proceedings. Third Series.
Vol. v. No. 2 (1899). From the Academy.

Naturhistorisches Museum in Hamburg — Mitteilunojen. xv.
Jahrgang (1897). From the Museum.

Zoologischer Anzeiger. xxii. Band. Nos. 588-589 (May-June,
1899). From the Editor.

Societe Geologique de Belgique, Liege — Annales. Tome xxvi.
2'' Liv. (May, 1899). From the Society.

Faculte des Sciences de Marseille — .Annales. Tome ix.
Fasc. i.-v. (1899): Annales de 1' Institut Colonial de Marseille.
Vol. V. P'. Fasc. (1898). From the Faculty.

380 DONATIONS.

Royal Academy of Sciences, Amsterdam — Jaarboek 1897 :
Verhandelingen. Tweede Sectie. Deel vi. Nos. 1-2 (Sept., 1897-
July, 1898): Verslagen. Deel vi. (1898). From the Academy.

Societas Entomologica Rossica — Horae. T. xxxii. Nos. 3-4
(1898). From the Society.

Kongl. Svenska Vetenskaps-Akademie, Stockholm — Oefversigt.
55 Bd. (1898). From the Academy.

La Nuova Notarisia, Padova. Serie x. (Luglio, 1899). From
M. le Doct. G. B. De Toni.

Museo di Zoologia ed Anatomia comparata della R. Universita
di Torino— Bollettino. Vol. xiv. Nos. 335-353 (Feb. -May, 1899).
From the University.

South African Museum, Cape Town — Annals. Vol. i. Part 2
(March, 1899). From the Trustees.

381

SOME FURTHER OBSERVATIONS ON THE VEGETA-
TION OF LORD HOWE ISLAND.

By J. H. Maiden, F.L.S., Botanic Gardens, Sydney.

(Plates xxxii.-xxxiii.)

I offer a few brief notes on some Lord Howe Island plants to
which I have given attention since the publication of my former
paper (P.L.S.N.S.W. 1898, p. 112), together with a few additional
bibliographical notes of some interest to the botanist. May I
remind my readers, in passing, that there is, in the Santa Cruz
Group, a second Lord Howe Island (see Proc. R.G.S. xlii. 220).

JASMINE^:.

Notel^a quadristaminea, Hemsl. — " Blue Plum." In my
former paper (p. 130) I gave an account of the Blue Plum, and
figured the fruits; I supposed it had not been recorded as having
been found on the island. I have since received a complete series
of botanical specimens, and find that the Blue Plum is referable
to Notelcea qtiadristaminea, and a description of the fruit will be
found in Mueller's Fragm. viii. 42, as Chionanthus. An amended
description is given at x. 89, as Mayepea. I cannot find that this
plant has anywhere been referred to by Mueller or others as
" Blue Plum."

Through Mr. J. G. Luehmann's kindness I have received
specimens of leaves of (1) 1 Endiandra sp., Russell River, Queens-
land (Sayer); (2) large coriaceous ovate lanceolate leaves, 8 inches
long by 3 inches wide. New South Wales (Camara). Both are
accompanied by fruits of NotelcBa qtiadristaminea. They are, in
my opinion, incorrectly matched, but they aff'ord clues as to the
occurrence of this species on the mainland. Up to the present I
have not received these characteristic fruits from an Australian
locality for certain.

382 VEGETATION OF LORD HOWE ISLAND,

ORCHIDEiE.
Dendrobium gracilicaule, F.V.M., var. Howeanum, var.nov.

I brought some plants of the Lord Howe Island D. gracilicaule,
and have watched their growth. The Lord Howe Island plant
is stouter than the normal species; the pseudo-bulb is swollen at
the place of attachment to the rhizone to a much greater extent
than I have observed it in the normal species.

The inflorescence is more erect, and the individual flowers are
larger than those of D. gracilicaule. The blotches of purple seen
on D. gracilicaule appear to be entirely absent, the whole flower
(with the exception of the labellum) being of a pale cream colour,
lighter than that of gracilicaule.

The labellum is marked with purplish lines the whole length

from the base to the point; in gracilicaule the marking only

extends half-way from the base. As a florist's flower it is of

superior merit to D gracilicaide. I propose the name Howeanum

for this variety.

PALM^.

Hbdyscepe Canterburyana, F.v.M. — I am now in a position
to ofier an illustration of the inflorescence of this palm. It has
not been previously figured, and Plates xxxii.-xxxiii. are from
photographs taken by Mr. Wm. Forsyth in the Sydney Botanic
Garden at the end of February, 1899. This is the first occasion
in which this palm has flowered in cultivation, I believe, and it
has arrived at an opportune time, as a large number of specimens
of the inflorescence collected and attempted to be preserved for
me on the island have arrived in Sydney in a bad state.

From the flowers depicted in the photograph the following
description was drawn up : —

Flowers bisexual, sessile in pairs or rarely single on the branches
of the panicle. Outer perianth-segments consisting of three short
acuminate segments, the inner ones more than twice as long,
ovate-acute, both of a pale yellow colour. Stamens 10-12, slightly
exceeding the perianth, with versatile anthers. Style rather
shorter than the stamens, with a small stigma (not trifid). Com-
pare B Fl. vii. 138; also my former paper, p. 139.

BY J. II. MAIDEX. 383

LYCOPODIACEiE.

Lycopodium varium, R.Br. — See Hemsley's list, p. 260 {op.
cit.); also B.Fl. vii. p. 674. It would be desirable to enquire
whether L. varium has really come from Lord Howe Island, or
whether a mainland plant has not been substituted through
inadvertence,

L. nutans, Brackr., from Lord Howe Island, is in the herbarium
of the Botanic Gardens, Sydney.

Following are the bibliographical notes referred to : —

Baker, J. G. "Ferns of Lord Howe Island." Gardeners
Chronicle, 24th February, 1872, p. 253.

"I cannot, from the dry fronds, separate one from the well-
known Alsophila excelsa of Norfolk Island." He adds that this
is not a final judgment. The other is Hemitelia Moorei, Baker,
n.sp. These are the two tree-ferns referred to in Dr. G. Bennett's
letter in the Gard. Chron. of 27th January, 1872. He describes
another new fern under the name of Deparia nejjhrodioides.
(The latter species was subsequently figured in Hooker's Icones
Plantarum, t. 1608.)

Baker, J. G. "New Ferns from Lord Howe Island." Jonrit.
Bat xi. 16 (1873).

Two ferns collected by the Eclipse Expedition of 1871, viz. : —
Todea {Leptopteris) Moorei and Asplenitim (Darea) pteridoides.
The former species was in 1887 figured in Hooker's Icones
Plantarum, t. 1697, and the latter at t. 1649.

Baker, J. G. "Tree-fern from Lord Howe Island." Journ.
Bat. xii. 279 (1874).

" The fine tree-fern described by Baron von Mueller in the part
of his Fragmenta just received (% iii. y>- 176) under the name of
Hemitelia Macarthuri is identical with the Cyathea Moorei of the
yet unpublished 2nd Ed. of Hooker and Baker's Syn. Filicthm,
p. 453."

Bennett, G. Gardeners' Chronicle, 27th January, 1872,

Dr. Bennett writes that Mr. W. Oarron went in H.M.S.
•" Rosario" to Lord Howe Island. " My object is to direct your

384 VEGETATION OF LORD HOWE ISLAND.

attention to the discovery of two remarkable tree-ferns of the
genus Alsojjhila and supposed to be new." Sketches are given of
" Branched Alsophila " and " Alsophila sp."

Iris Rohinsoniana, F.v.M. — Gardeners' Chronicle, 23rd March,
1872, p. 393, with two figures, gives a full account of this interest-
ing plant, now of coui'se referred to Moraa.

McFarland, A. Mutiny in the " Bounty," and Story of the
Pitcairn Islanders (Sydney, 1884).

At pp. 126, 127 are notes in regard to Pitcairn Islanders who
died (in the early thirties) at " Lord Howe " Island. The notes
are not botanical, but are interesting as referring to the early
history of Lord Howe Island, concerning which we have but
little information.

Moore, C. " Vegetation of Lord Howe's Island." Journ. Bot.
vii. 299 (1869). (Reprinted from Gard. Chron., 1869, p. 968).
Also, "Sketch of the Botany of Lord Howe Island." Trans. Bot.
Soc. Edin. x. 365. Covering much the same ground as the pre-
ceding paper.

Shortland, Lieut., and Watts, Lieut., in " The Voyage of
Governor Phillip to Botany Bay, etc. (1789)."

There is a brief note concerning Lord Howe Island at p. 94;
at pp. 180, et seq., there is an excellent map and chart of the
island, also a view of " Ball Pyramid." Shortland's only allusion
to the vegetation is ... . "but it abounds with cabbage-
palms, mangrove and manchineal trees, even up to the summit
of the mountains. No vegetables were to be seen." At pp. 223,.
et seq., Lieut. Watts gives an account of the island, and says : —
" This island is well covered with wood, the chief of which is the
large and dwarf mangrove, the bamboo and the cabbage-tree.
The different vegetables met with were scurvy-grass, wild celery,
spinach, endive and samphire." These brief notes were more or
less adopted by other navigators prior to say 1860, who gave an
account of the products of the island.

385

ON AN APOCYNACEOUS PLANT YIELDING LARGE

EDIBLE TUBERS.

By R. T. Baker, F.L.S., Curator, Technological Museum,

Sydney.

(Plates xxxiv.-xxxv.)

Parsonsia Paddisoni, n.sp.

A glabrous woody climber. Leaves opposite, on a petiole from
6 to 8 lines long, obovate, elliptical-lanceolate, abruptly acuminate,

glabrous on both sides, upper
surface dark green, venation
about equally prominent on both
sides, reticulations perhaps more
distinct on the upper surface,
under side pale-coloured, mar-
gins recurved, about 3 to 4 inches
long.

Cymes axillaxy, only in one
axil of the pair of leaves, ped-
uncles pubescent, shorter than
the leaves. Calyx-segments
equal, lanceolate, subulate, rib-
bed, pubescent, 1 to 1 1 lines long,
margins hyaline. Corolla-tube
shorter than the calyx, con-
stricted at the attachment of the
stamens, lobes glabrous, about 2
lines long, the right edge imbri-
cate. Filaments slender, pubes-
cent, slightly twisted under the
anthers ; anthers wholly ex-
serted, acuminate, forming a

cylinder nearly as long as the corolla, without dorsal appendages,

basal lobes long, incurved at the ends.

^S86 AN APOCYNACEOUS PLANT,

Fruits 5 to 7 inches loug, follicles thin, seeds attenuate into a
short beak at the hilum, with a coma over 1 inch long.

/r«6.— New Angledool, N.S.W. (A. Paddison).

I have failed to obtain specimens of the original F. lanceolata,
R.Br., for comparison, so have drawn the distinctions from
Bentham's description (B. Fl. Vol. iv. p. 318).

If it were not for the imbrication of the petals and the leaves
it could be placed as a variety of Lyonsia eticalyptifolia, F.v.M.,
as it certainly has many features common with that species,
particularly the appearance of the inflorescence and the anthers.

It differs from P. lanceolata, R.Br., in its axillary cymes, shape
of leaves, and calyx-lobes being equal.

It is very probable that two species are included under that
species as described in B. Fl. iv. p. 318.

My attention was first drawn to this plant by Mr. A. Paddison,
of New Angledool, who sent for identification a large tuber or
"yam" weighing about lOlbs., stating that similar yams were
eaten both by settlers and aborigines. After receiving specimens
of leaves, flowers and fruits, it was found that the plant was
referable to Parsonsia, and not Lyonsia, as a preliminary exami-
nation of the first fragments of leaves and flowers received had
led me to suspect, as mentioned by me in the Abstract of Pro-
ceedings for June.

The average height of the plant is about from 10 to 15 feet.
This, however, is very diflicult to determine satisfactorily, inasmuch
as the height depends upon the height of the tree around which
it is climbing.

Stock are ver}' fond of the leaves, so that this plant should be
ranked as a fodder.

The stem is about one inch in diameter a foot or so above the
ground, the bark being of quite a corky nature.

The presence of tubers in Parsonsia is quite without record
as far as I have been able to ascertain. They are common enough
in Marsdenia, but it would appear that no one has yet associated

BY R. T. BAKER. 387

them with Parsonsia, or for the matter of that with any Apocy-
naceous plant.

The tubers are known locally as "Native Yams," a very good
descriptive name as they (particularly the larger ones) very much
resemble in shape and outward appearance the " Yam " of the
South Sea Islands, obtained from species of the famil}' Dioscorideje.

The " skin " is of an earthy colour, similar to that of a jwtato
or a native truffle. The interior is composed of a whitish sub-
stance, for the chemical analysis of which I am indebted to my
colleague, Mr. H. G. Smith, F.C.S.

The root fibres are distinctly seen in a transverse section, and
in the smaller yams are arranged in bundles in concentric circles
similar to the protecting wires in a submarine telegraph cable,
whilst in the larger ones these are distributed irregularly. As the
tubers are eaten by both colonists and aboriginals, it was thought
advisable to place on record a chemical analysis. The results are
disappointing, as it was hoped that it would be possible to
announce the discovery of a more nutritive article of diet. How-
ever, it is of some importance if in these tubers the inhabitants
of the dry interior have a vegetable "standby" in times of
drought when it is impossible to grow the ordinary domestic
vegetables. Under cultivation they would probably improve in
quality.

In a raw state they have not that glutinous character which is
oflfered by an Island yam when freshly cut. They taste very much
like a turnip, both in the raw and cooked condition. The colour
and consistency of the largest specimens resemble those of the
common mangel-wurzel.

Mr. Paddison, writing to me about these tubers, states: — "As
you are interested in the abo\ e, perhaps a few words relative to the
manner of growth and locality of this plant may not be out of place.
As 1 have before remarked, it is a vine, generally found growing
at the foot of and twisting itself around some small tree, and that
tree in nine cases out of ten a ' wilga,' Geijera jjarvifiora, Lindl.
After receiving your letter, a Mr. A. S. Read of this town and

388 AN APOCYNACEOUS PLANT,

myself started out to find a plant. We discovered one about 40O
yards from the township, and forthwith set to work to dig out the
yams. We dug a hole about four feet in diameter around the
plant and wilga. Keeping well down around the circumference
we soon had the yams, or most of them, exposed to view-
Underneath the ground they grow from the plant in exactly the
same manner as the potato, the largest close to the parent root, and
the smaller at the end of the root fibres. The top one was 4 inches
from the surface, and the deepest that we could find was 21 inches
from the surface. We dug up all that we could find, carried
them home, and weighed each one separately, 29 yams in all.
Following are the weights :— 121 iQi, 9, 7f, 7, 6, 5i (2), 41, 41
3|, 2| (2), 2 (5), If, 11 (2), 11 (2), 1 (2), i, i and 1 (2) lbs.,
making a total of lOljlbs. for the 29.

" Seeing that we have practically had a drought here for the
last four years, T have no doubt that under favourable circum-
stances a yield of from 150 to 200 lbs. might be found.

"As, perhaps, this yield (101| lbs.) may appear incredible to
anyone not acquainted with the plant, I have named this gentle-
man, Mr. Read, so that any person inclined to doubt ma}' at
any time communicate with him. He is known to the Curator
of the Australian Museum, as he often sends birds, ikc, to be
identified; four other persons also saw them weighed. When I
was first shown the plant I did not believe that such large tubers
grew underneath, therefore I can understand others doing likewise.

" Another curious thing about them is that, although one end
of the yam may be damaged by bandicoots, bilbies, &c., it does
not hurt the whole. The part immediately around the bitten
part will decay, but the rest of the yam is not affected.

" About the second one from the top is the largest in each case,
with its sides very much gnarled with age; the others have a
fresher and smoother looking skin."

A chemical analysis of one of the tubers shows this " article of
diet " to be somewhat inferior as a food substance, being deficient
in nitrogenous substances and carbonaceous priiiei{)les.

BY R. T. BAKER. 389

The Ijundles of root fibres run parallel to the outer edge of
the tuber, the distance between the respective bundles becoming
greater as the root expands in size, and contracting again at each
end. These root fibres account for the comparatively high per-
centage of crude fibre. The amount of mineral matter is also
large, and contains a large percentage of the chlorides; the other
constituents usually found in similar ashes were present as
phosphoric and sulphuric acids, lime, magnesia and the alkalies,
with a good percentage of potassium.

Only a small quantity of starch is present, as only a few
granules were indicated by iodine. These granules are quite
spherical and vary much in size as ransrins: from -tt^tttt to o-^Vtt of
an inch, the largest number being about ywoct^^ an inch. Only
those granules stained blue were measured.

A proximate determination of the constituents was not made
as the general value is so low. Although only 77 per cent, of
nitrogenous substances, calculated as albuminoids, was present,
yet it it is probable that even some of this nitrogen is not so
combined. Duplicate results were made. A fair section was
taken for analysis through the centre of a tuber and the mean
of the result stated. The results show that only 4^ per cent, of
carbonaceous principles is present — an exceedingly low result.

The general constitution is as follows : —

Water 90-774 per cent.

Nitrogenous substance*' ... ... 0-770 ,,

Starch and other carbonaceous prin-
ciples ... 4-564 ,,

•Jrude fibre (ash free) 1-900

Mineral matter! 1992

100-000
I have to acknowledge my indebtedness to Mr. S. J. Johnston,
B.A., for the measurements of the starch granules, and also to
Mr. M. F. Connelly for the photographs illustrating this paper.

* Equal to 0-123 per cent, nitrogen.
t Contains IS per cent, chlorine.

390 AN APOCYNACEOUS PLANT.

EXPLANATION OF PLATES.
Plate xxxiv.

Fig. 1 — Portion of twining stem.

Fig. 2 — Branchlet with inflorescence.

Fig. 3— Individual flower (enlarged).

Fig. 4 — Calyx showing hypogynous scales (enlarged).

Fig. 5 — Stamens (enlarged).

Fig. 6 — Fruit.

Fig. 7 — Seed.

Plate XXXV.

Fig. 8 — Tuber weighing 10|lbs.
Fig. 9 — Tuber in section.

The text figure (p. 385) is reproduced from a photograph showing a plant
of Parsonsia Paddisoni twining round a dead tree about 20 feet high.

391

A ZOOGEOGRAPHIC SCHEME FOR THE MID-PACIEia
By Charles Hedlev, F.L.S.

Three years ago it was my fortune to be attached as naturalist
to the Royal Society Coral Boring Expedition, which operated on
Funafuti, an atoll of the Ellice Group in the South Central
Pacific. Previous to the arrival of this expedition the flora and
fauna recorded in scientific literature from Funafuti amounted
only to two plants, Suriana marithyia and Rhizophora mucronata*
and seven snails, Endodonta modiceUa, Stenogyra gracilis, Vertigo
pediculus, Tornatellina conica, Truncatella valida, Omphalotropis
zehriolata and Assiminea 7iitida.'\

One of the results of the expedition has been to identify and
record a fauna of nearly nine hundred species. Of these one-
sixth were described as new to science. Classified by sub-
kingdoms, this fauna is composed of 2 Mammals, 15 Birds,
5 Reptiles, 73 Fishes, 2 Enteropneusts, 87 Crustaceans, 27 Arachnids,
5 Myriopods, 42 Insects, 440 Molluscs, 1 Brachiopod, 28 Echino-
derms, 5 Annelids, 12 Gephyrean worms, 16 Sponges, 8 Hydrozoa,
2 Scyphozoa and 1 20 Actinozoa. I

No other island of the Central Pacific has yet been so fully
surveyed from a zoological standpoint. Having gained so much
fresh information, it seems a suitable opportunity to pause and
reflect what light it may throw on the distribution of life in this

region.

Controversy has long raged around the geology of coral atolls.
The scanty information possessed by science on their history and

* Botting Hemsley— Chall. Report. Botany i. Pt. iv. pp. 131, 237.
t Mousson — Journ. de Conch, xxi. 1873, p. 107.
X Hedley — The Atoll of Funafuti ; Memoirs iii. Australian Museum,.
1899, pp. 513-535.

392 A ZOOGEOGRAPHIC SCHEME FOR THE MID-PACIFIC,

structure has been repeatedly dissected, scrutinised and pieced
together by two generations of geologists. Yet the result of their
labours has been rather the production of conflicting explanations
than the discovery of fundamental principles on which all might
agree.

Although the zoologist might at least claim a co-heritage with
his geological brother in the subject of a coral atoll, but small
share has been taken b}' naturalists in the discussion. Yet the
great questions of whether the atolls of the Central Pacific repre-
sent the vanishing mountain tops of a drowned Trans Pacific
Continent or whether they are newly emerged land, should
present problems as pertinent to zoological as to geological
inquiry. And a zoologist whose attention has been claimed by
them should be able to pi'ovide from his special store of know-
ledge means for their solution which are not at the disposal of
his co-workers.

On this line of inquiry it is proposed to examine the fauna of
Funafuti, and incidentally that of the Central Pacific, and
endeavour to ascertain whether it is a Continental or an Oceanic
Island, when and whence its fauna was derived.

From the standpoint of Zoogeography all islands are divided
into two classes: Continental Islands which have been at a more
or less distant period united to a continent, and Oceanic Islands
which have never been so united. The distinction between their
respective fauna and flora, is that while the tirst received its
population by normal methods of migration, while it was a part
of, or at a short distance from, the mainland; the second received
only such animals and plants as might cross actively by flight or
swimming, or be borne passively across the intervening space by
winds or waves. Since such transmission would be easy for a few,
difficult for many and impossible for most, the fauna and flora of
an Oceanic Island will bear to an appreciative eye the distinctive
stamp of its selective origin.

This idea appears to present much difficulty. For instance it
is concluded by one writer that, "There seems to be an argument
in a circle as far as oceanic insular floras are concerned. First of

BY CHARLES HEDLEY. 393

all, it is assumed that if the depth is over a certain amount — say
1,000 fathoms^former land connection was not possible; then
■comes the study of the flora and fauna of those islands which are
thus situated, and those are then looked upon as characteristic of
such islands — other islands have these characteristics — the con-
clusion is drawn that they also have never been connected with
the land."*

The only safe mode of reasoning is to eliminate the factor of
the depth of intervening seas, since we cannot count the amount
of past possible upheaval or depression, and to rely on biological
data alone. Lest the important distinction between what Baur
so happily terms "harmonic" and "disharmonic" faunas, should
escape attention, I venture to again express it thus.

Let an area of say ten square miles be selected in, for example,
England ; a census of its fauna will yield a certain total of
mammals, frogs, birds, fish and so on. Let another such census
be made of an equal area in the United States and in Australia.
Now though the individual species would be different in each of
the three resulting catalogues, yet a general harmony in the pro-
portion of each group to the whole will prevail. On contrasting
the totality of the Central Pacific fauna with such lists, the gaps
at once make discord. For example, the loss of the mammals,
snakes and amphibia, leaves the whole Phylum Chordata with
scarcely a representative in the Central Pacific.

The deduction from this comparison is that the population of
the Central Pacific has been received by drift, from a continent
or continental islands. Consequently all that the atolls have,
their source should have also. But of the population of that
source, only such may extend to the atolls as may first endure the
ordeal of transit, and secondly obtain the means of life upon
arrival. And the disharmony will result in the elimination from
that atoll fauna, as compared to the continental, of the animals
which have failed to comply with these two conditions.

* Deane— Proc. Lmn. Soc. N.8.W. xxi. 1896, p. 847.
26

394 A ZOOGEOGRAPHIC SCHEME FOR THE MID-PACIFIC,

The Continental Faunas.

Before we can profitably discuss the insular region of the mid-
Pacific, we must grasp the main features of the continental area
which lies to the west of it.

Broadly, the physical features of the latter are as follows : — The
eastern coast of Australia presents a great and pretty uniform
curve. An arc, which though diverging as it trends southward,
somewhat corresponds to that curve, appears in broken segments
in south-east New Guinea, the Louisiades, New Caledonia and
New Zealand. ••' Beyond that again an outermost arc is formed
by the Solomons and Fiji.

In the Central Pacific the curves are reversed. Towards Aus-
tralia is presented the convexity of a long chain of archipelagoes
which runs from the Marshalls, through the Gilberts, Ellice,
Samoa and the Hervey to the Austral Islands, and which, as my
reviewer in Nature suggests, is "perhaps represented still further
to the south-east by the great Patagonian platform that projects
north-westwai'ds from the coast of South America."! This chain
I call the Marshall- Austral chain.

To understand the source of the fauna of Funafuti, it will Ije
necessary to trace the relations of the various continental faunas
which lie nearest.

A large proportion of the Marine Invertebrates of Funafuti
can be followed westwards through New Guinea, the Malay
Archipelago, the Andamans, Ceylon, and Mauritius to the Red
Sea. This tract is generally known as the Indo-Pacific or Oriental
Region. Some writers have divided this region by a line which,
running between Bali and Lombok, is called " Wallace's Line,"
after its describer. This division has occasioned much dispute

* Koto has remarked how "New Zealand and New Caledonia conform
to the outcurve of Eastern Australia." (Journ. Coll. Sci. Univ. Tokyo,
xi. Pt. ii. 1899, p. 114).

t Nature, 7th July, 1898, p. 221.

BY CHARLES HEDLEY. 395

between zoologists. Meyer and Wigglesworth quote the opinions
of thirty-six writers upon it.*

This, however, need not concern us here, and we may com-
mence on the westward our inquiries with New Guinea. The
use of political boundaries has much confused the lines of zoo-
geographical demarcation. " The Australian Region," meaning
the continent of Australia, together with the Islands of New
Guinea and the West Pacific, is an especially misleading term,
and has tended to obscure natural boundaries. Within Austra-
lasia are several regions, peopled by distinct and unrelated faunas.
To a zoologist, Australasia is not an entity, and may with
advantage be dismissed from his vocabulary. I am unable to
recognise New Zealand and other West Pacific Archipelagoes as
appanages of Australia.!

It is first necessary to understand the faunal regions of Aus-
tralia. In 1894 I published a short sketch, showing that three
distinct faunal elements were included in this continent. | This
view was afterwards accepted and amplified by Spencer. § The
oldest of these three, named by Tate the Autochthonian and by
Spencer the Eyrean, has its chief seat in the extreme south-west,
but its influence is perceptible across the continent to the north-

* Meyer and Wigglesworth — The Birds of Celebes, i., 1897.

t The usual classification of New Zealand originated at a time when the
fauna was little known, and being uncontradicted has grown into general
acceptance without due examination. Swainson appears to have intro-
duced the idea by dividing (A Treatise on tlie Geography and Classification
of Animals, 1835, p. 117) "the Australian Province" into "three sub-
ordinate districts. The first may comprehend New Guinea and its adjacent
islands; the second, Australia properly so called, with Van Dieman's Land
and New Zealand; and the third, the numerous groups of smaller islands
clustered in the great Pacific Ocean." Sclater wrote more cautiously in 1857
(Journ. Linn. Soc. Zool. ii. p. 136), "I should be inclined for the present
not to separate New Zealand and the Pacific Islands generally from the
Australian division."

J Hedley— Proc. Austr. Assoc. Adv. Sci. 1893 (1894), pp. 444-6.

§ Spencer— Rep. Horn Sci. Exped. i. 1896, pp. 171-198.

396 A ZOOGEOGRAPHIC SCHEME FOR THE MID-PACIFIC,

east of Queensland. This fauna is not concerned in the zoology
of the Pacific.

The second oldest Australian element is that called by Tate
the Euronotian, and by Spencer the Bassian. It is the most
characteristic Australian element, and consists of a rich fauna of
Antarctic origin, which entering by Tasmania, overran the whole
continent, crossed Torres Straits into New Guinea, and reached its
utmost eastern limit in the Solomons. Characteristic members
of it are the marsupials, monotremes, cystignathous frogs,
venomous snakes, and snails of the Order Macroogna.*

The third and youngest Australian element, which has been called
by Spencer the Torresian, was first noted by myself in 1892, when
describing the irruption of Papuan Mollusca into Queensland;! a
■description which has been without acknowledgment appropriated
b\' A. H. Cooke. J

Along the whole east coast of Queensland a strong colony uf
Papuan fauna and flora is established. Among plants the wild
])anana, pepper, orange, and mangosteen, rhododendi'on, ephiphytic
orchids, and the palms, among mammals, the bats and mice;
among birds, the cassowary and rifle birds; among reptiles, the
Ratia or true frog, the crocodile, and the tree snakes; among
butterflies, the OrnithojJtera; and among mollusca, the operculate
snails and the genus Papuina, characterise this element. So
much is this so, that in the heart of a great Queensland "scrub,"
a naturalist could hardly answer from his surroundings whether
he were in New Guinea or Australia.

Among recent writers, Haddon has shown that the islands of
Torres Straits are the denuded remnants of a former extension of
the Cape York Peninsula.§ A slight elevation of less than ten
fathoms would now serve to connect the opposite shores of the
.Straits, and it is evident that it was by this route that the Papuan

* Hedley— Pruc. Koy. Soc. N.S.W. xxix. 1895 (1896), pp. 278-286.

t Hedley— Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W. (2) vi. 1891 (1892), p. 694.

t Cooke— Canib. Nat. Hist, ii., Mollusca, 1895, p. 322.

§ Haddon, Sollas and Cole— Trans. Roy. Irish Acad. xxx. 1894.

BY CHARLES HEDLEY. 397

emigrants reached Australia. The same land-bridge sufficed to
admit numerous Australian plants and animals, such as the
Eucalyjytus, marsupials, and venomous snakes into New Guinea.

A considerable amount of specific difference has arisen since
the isolation of this Papuan colony, and indicates a corresponding-
age for the water barrier of Torres Straits. An earlier, possibly
Eocene, connection across Torres Straits is postulated by Pilsbrj^
to explain the distribution of certain snails.*

New Guinea is a centre whence seem to me to radiate several
streams of migration. That which crosses Torres Straits and
passes down the Queensland coast, has just been described. A
second runs a briefer course ; it travels along the south-east
peninsula, peoples the Louisiades, and terminates with that
Archipelago. Characteristic of this area are the giant Pupinelhp .

Another stream liranches off in German territory, traverses in
succession New Britain and New Ireland, crosses to the Solomons
and runs along the axis of that Group. Then, much impoverished,
it divides, sending one branch to Fiji and another along the chain
of the New Hebrides. Again, with lessened force, the latter
turns to reach New Caledonia. Weaker still, it continues its
course, sends an offshoot to Lord Howe Island, and ultimately
arrives at New Zealand.

Since writing the above, I find that the path here suggested for
the fauna was long ago traced by Lesson for the flora. As the
remarks of that able writer appear to have sunk into undeserved
oblivion, and as they are not generally accessible to students, I
give the following free translation of a passage of his article
" Coup d'oeil sur les iles Oc^aniennes et le grand Ocean. "f

After remarking that in the vegetation might be found a clue
like the thread of Ariadne to guide the inquirer aright through
the maze of the South Sea Islands, he continues : — " The Indian
flora flourishes in all its magnificence under the equator; com-
mencing with the Sunda Islands, we follow it through Malaysia.
It appears richly developed in the eastern Moluccas and in New

* Pilshry— Man. Concli. ix. 1894, p. 127.
t Lesson — Ann. Sci. Natur. v. 1825, pp. 179-181.

398 A ZOOGBOGRAPHIC SCHEME FOR THE MID-PACIFIC,

Guinea. Here we find numerous palms and cycads, with ferns
whose trunks form stately columns. The forests are composed of
tall trees such as the Gatip, of long arborescent lianas and of
numerous forms of leguminous plants. Here the food trees of
Pacific islanders, such as the breadfruit, the spondias plum, and
the banana, are indigenous. Following this superb vegetation,
we see it diminish in proportion as we advance towards Torres
Straits. Only a certain number cross into Australia, of which
some characteristic members are the Indian Erythrina, two
bananas, the Flagellaria indica, &c. But if instead of turning
from New Guinea at Torres Straits, we follow the chain of islands
leading to Polynesia, namely, New Britain and New Ireland, we
find this vegetation still in full development, and the areca palm,
the sago palm, the tree-ferns and the Drymirhiza still inhabit the
forest. The neighbourhood of Port Praslin in New Ireland is
clad with Pandanits, Baringtonia, C alophylluiin and Casuarina
indica. But in proportion as we advance southward to the New
Hebrides and New Caledonia, the Indian vegetation decreases.
Still further south, the temperate zone brings a change of climate.
Norfolk Island produces an Araucaria, like that on the East
Australian coast, and the Phormium which is common to New
Zealand and peculiar to these islands. New Zealand, though not
very distant from Australia, in no respect shares the productions
of that vast country, but one still remarks, and this is worthy of
attention, the Indian genera of plants such as the olive, the
pepper and a reniform fern which recurs at Mauritius."

A centre of distribution has been described for New Guinea;
another such occurs in New Zealand.

It is now generally admitted that a former southern prolonga-
tion connected that Archipelago with the Antarctic Continent.
Thence were derived a fauna and flora akin to that now inhabit-
ing South America, of which the New Zealand Fuchsia is a well
known and typical example. Among moUusca, we point to the
Rhytididse and Placostylus. Along the tortuous route by which
the Malayan forms crept south to New Zealand from New Guinea,

BY CHARLES HEDLBY. 399

there flowed a return current of Antarctic life, which though
feebler in lower latitudes may Ije traced up to New Guinea

It is to be noted that the Antarctic fauna which passed over
New Zealand is quite distinct from, and probably far older than,
•that other Antarctic element, the Euronotian, which reached
Australia through Tasmania.*

Returning to a closer examination of the Malayan or Oriental
stock, it seems probable that in its passage through New Guinea
it recruited an Australian company, of which the Cuscus is a
significant example. The spread of this element as far as the
Solomons is so recent as to be obvious, and has been generally
.recognised. Beyond this point the progress of Malayan life is
less distinct, and has given rise to diverse views. The importance
of the classification of the Fijian fauna, in connection with that
■of the Central Pacific, warrants an attentive consideration of its
relations with western continental lands.

From geological data it is evident that the Fijian Group has
undergone much recent upheaval; previous to which it certainly
underwent great subsidence. Prior to that subsidence, it is
generall}^ admitted that the group stood at a level sufiiciently
high to unite such outlying islands as Kandavu to the principal
masses of Vanua Levu and Viti Levu. Such a union is indicated
by the close afiinity of their land molluscan fauna, and some
measure of its antiquity is afforded by the specific differentiation
which has arisen between corresponding species which represent
each the other in different islands, as the various Trochomoiyha
and Placostylus do.

The writer was the first to contend that this former elevation
not only sufficed to amalgamate the separate islands, but to join
the whole to the Solomon Group, f

* A few representatives in the West Pacific of tropical South American
forms like the Queensland plants Omjjhalea and Bursera (Bailey — Rep.
Austr. Assoc. Adv. Sci. vi. 1895, p. 393) and the Fijian lizard, Brachy-
lopliiLs, possibly indicate a trans-Polar migration antecedent to either
referred to above.

t Hedley— Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W, (2), vii. 1892, p. 339; idem, xxiii.
J 898, p. 99.

400 A ZOOGEOGRAPHIC SCHEME FOR THE MID-PACIFIC,

If subsidence had continued to the extent of lowerins the
whole group beneath the sea and drowning the indigenous terres-
trial fauna, it is necessary to note that though on emergence the
land would liave acquired by drift a new fauna, yet that fauna
would be disharmonic, and though geologists might still count it
as continental by reason of its position on a continental platform,
biologists on the other hand would class it as oceanic from the
nature of its fauna and flora.

As the result of a geological reconnaissance in Fiji, Prof. Sollas
reckons this and the Hawaiian Group in the latter category, as
clusters of volcanic cones which, like Stromboli and Vulcano, rise
from the depths of the sea, thus opposing them to true continental
islands like New Caledonia and New Zealand.*

Some proof will now be advanced that this latter is an untenable
position, and that Fiji has relics of an ancient and strictly con-
tinental fauna. The first writer to touch on the question seems
to have been A. A. (lould, who in 1851 remarked : — "But if we
may draw evidence from the land shells, the Samoan and Friendly
Islands are more intimately related to the Society Islands, though
at a much greater distance, than to the Feejee Islands.
Indeed, judging from the land shells, the Feejees are more nearly
allied to the islands to the westward, such as the New Hebrides,
than to the Friendly Islands on the east, though so much
nearer."!

In 1892, I urged that : — " Eastwards of Fiji, the molluscan
fauna indicates the abrupt termination of the Melanesian Plateau.
Between the Samoas and Fijis a sounding of 2,600 fathoms has
been obtained. Significant of this is the absence of Placostijlus
from Savaii, Upolu, or Tutuila. The Samoan Islands appear as
well fitted as the Fijian to nourish an extensive series of Placos-
tylus. They are lar-ge, densely wooded, with a warm, moist, and
equable climate. The distance from their western neighbours is

* Sollas— Natural Science, xiv. 1899, p. 17.
t Gould— United States Expl. Exped. xii. 1851, MoUusca, p. xiv.

BY CHARLES HEDLEY. 401

no greater than from the latter to the groups to the westward,
and not to be compared to the spaces between New Caledonia and
Lord Howe Island or New Zealand, which have proved no obstacle
to the spread of the genus. Yet the Samoas possess a distinctive
oceanic raolluscan fauna comparable to that of Tahiti, while the
molluscan fauna of the Fijis is as distinctly continental."* My
scheme and nomenclature weie abstracted without acknowledg-
ment by the Rev. A. H. Cooke, f

The I'eptilian fauna at once bears evidence of continental rank,
and of derivation from the Solomons. Boulenger has recorded
three species of frogs from Fiji, one of which, Cornufer dor sails,
recurs in the Solomons. E. R. Waite has published the occurrence
in Fiji of a blind snake, Typhlops aluensis, hitherto only known
from the Solomons.!

T. Steel has described two land planarians from Fiji, Geoplana
trifasciata and Rliynchodemus scriptu8.% The genus Geoplana is
regarded as especially characteristic of continental areas. The
land molluscan genus Pupina, which also seems peculiar to the
continental region, finds its eastern limit in Fiji.

The Coleoptera of Fiji impressed Fairmaire as of a continental
character. He draws a contrast between them and those of the
oceanic islands of Tahiti and Marquesas. || I am indebted to
Mr. J. J. Fletcher for a reference to this interesting article.

Among marine animals I have drawn attention to JVautilus,
which inhabits Fiji, as confined to the coasts of the continental
area. It has not strayed beyond the borders of the Melanesian
Plateau, within which temperature limits its southern range to
the Isle of Pines.

Glancing at the flora, it may be noted that W. B. Hemsley has
described a remarkable Sapotaceous genus, Chelo7iespermum, of

* Hedley— Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W. (2), vi. 1892, p. 336.
t Cooke— Camb. Nat. Hist. iii. 1895, p. 323.
t Wdite— Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W. xxii. 1897, p. 685.
§ Steel— Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W. xxii. 1897, pp. 120-122, pi. vii.,
figs. 9, 10.

I L. Fairmaire— Ann. Soc. Eut. de France (6), ii. 1881, p. 241.

-i02 A ZOOGEOGRAPHIC SCHEME FOR THE MID-PACIFIC,

which two of the known species are from the Solomons, and the
third from Fiji.*

Geological evidence may also be produced to substantiate the
claim of Fiji to be called continental. Wichmann, whose work I
quote at second hand from Baur, reports a considerable extension
of old crystalline massive rocks and crystalline schists, f The
latter include amphiboiites, eurites, quartz-mica-schists and
granular limestone. Among the older massive rocks occur granite,
quartz porphyry,diorite, gabbro, diabase, foyaite, and a sandstone
similar to itacolumit. Of minerals, gold, copper, quartz, pyrite,
haematite and others were found.

Practically nothing is known of the fauna and flora of the
Santa Cruz Group. I cannot therefore tell whether they should
be classed as oceanic, or as their position at the intersection of
the axes of the Solomons and the New Hebrides sujrgests as
continental.

The collection made by J. S. Gardiner on Rotuma, leaves no
doubt of its oceanic nature.

Comparatively little biological research has been conducted in
the New Hebrides. Enough, however, is known of them to con-
stitute a link between the Solomons and New Caledonia.

A close relationship exists between the animals and plants of
New Caledonia and New Zealand. That it has never been reco2-
nised by New Zealand writers, is simply owing to New Caledonian
literature and material being inaccessible to them. The first to
grasp the geological connection between the two countries was
Heurteau.| A considerable correspondence occurs between the
Mesozoic strata of each.§

* Hemsley— Jourii. Linn. Soc, Botany, xxx. 1894, p. 164.

t Wichmann— Eiu Beitrag zur Petrographie des Viti-Archipels. Tscher-

mak's Mineral, unci Petrograph. Mittheilungen. (Neue Folge) v. 1883,
pp. 1-60.

t Heurteau— Rapport sur la Constitution de la Nouvelle Cal^donie, 1876,
p. 17.

§ Pelatan— Les Mines de la Nouvelle CaMdonie, 1892, pp. 14, 19.

BY CHARLES HBDLEY. 403

In the recent fauna there is the same absence of all Mammals,
except bats and rats, and the same poverty of Reptiles. Snakes
are absent from both, and the Amphibia consist of one in New
Zealand and none in New Caledonia.

Among the moUusca we note in each a close correspondence
between Melanopsis, Placostylus, Rhytida, Athoracophoru!^, the
Charopa group of Endodonta, and the Rhytidopsis and Monom-
phalus groups of Flammulina.'''

The land mollusca of Lord Howe Island have a close affinity to
those of New Caledonia, f

The foregoing account of the migration and classification of
different faunas, usually 'confounded together as Australian, is
diagrammatically represented in the accompanying map.

I beg to point out that this sketch is not constructed from con-
tour levels and deep sea soundings. Ocean depths may yield to
a zoogeographer valuable suggestions, and such have been here
considered, but to follow them implicitly leads straight to error.
The fact that older movements may he less and younger more, quite
destroys the relevancy between present shallow water and former
dry land. In these calculations the sea can be regarded as of
one value only, that of a barrier to migration. The difference
between a sea fifty fathoms and another five thousand fathoms
deep may be that the former is of less duration than the latter.
But unless biological data can be educed to support the youth of
the smaller depth, it is for the zoologist of equal value to the
greater. Thus the Arafura Sea though shallow separates more
diverse faunas in Western Australia and Dutch New Guinea
than does the deeper water which intervenes between Fiji and
the Solomons.

The land mollusca have served me as a basis in the construction
■of this scheme.

* Crosse— Journ. de Conch, xlii. 1894, p. 453.
t Hedley— Records Aust. Mus. i. 1891, pp. 134-144.

O Sj =0
^ ~- S-

'7

■t

5; CD ^ s:

\^-

7

.v^"

\^^

>^

\

\

o

0^°

.^H-

.^"^^

^.

BY CHARLES HEDLEY. 405

If this arrangement is a natural one, it will be found equally
■applicable to the remainder of the fauna and flora. For I have
no sympathy with writers who plot out different ai-eas for different
groups of animals and plants with a view to the reconstruction of
past continental land. Where the evidence of one group conflicts
with that of another, either the testimony or the application is
at fault.

The Route of the Polyiiesimi Fauna.

Dr. Guppy* has suggested that Polynesia was peopled from the
Malay Archipelago by two routes, the one by Micronesia and the
other by Melanesia. In the first case, plants and animals may
be traced from the Moluccas or the Philippines through the Pelews
and Carolines to the Marshalls, and thence down a long chain of
archipelagoes, including the Ellice, to the Austral and Paumotu
Groups. iJy this route probably came the Pacific rat. In the
second case Fiji formed the point of departure, and the invaders
passed into Polynesia through Samoa.

A return current appears to have carried Melanesian forms
back to the Carolines, Ladrones and Pelews Evidence of this is
given by the occurrence there of Partula, a genus which, as it
evidently descended from the Placostyhis stem, undoubtedly arose
in Melanesia.

As the process of populating the Central Pacific Islands by
drift from Melanesia is now in progress, it is almost superfluous
to remark that both the Papuan and the Antarctic elements of
the Melanesian Plateau have contributed to the Polynesian land
Mollusca; the former giving Tornatellina, Helicina and Trocho-
moryha, and the latter Partula and Endodonta.

The route of the Polynesia fauna after its departure from the
■continent is too erratic to be exactly recovered.

Some useful data have been collected by Garrett, who tabulated
the range of three families of marine Mollusca through ten archi-
pelagoes of the Pacific, as followsf : —

* (4uppy — Trans. Vict. Inst. 1896.
+ Garrett— Journ. Conch, i. 1878, p. 356, ii. 1879, p. 108, iii. 1880, p. 8.

406

A ZOOGEOGRAPHIC SCHEME FOR THE MID-PACIFIC,

Conidfe.

Cyprseidse.

Mitridae

Fiji

...

60

44

117

Tonga

30

36

46

Samoa

41

41

73

Gilberts ...

44

43

42

Carolines . .

34

32

36

Cooks

34

36

41

Society

42

45

64

Paumotus ..

38

43

75

Marquesas...

14

13

6

Hawaii

21

31

31

An examination of these data shows a deterioration of the fauna
from west to east, the five western archipelagoes mustering nearly
one-fifth more than the eastern. The even distribution 'of Cypnea
forms an exceptional case; it actually totals one species moi^e in
the Society Islands than it does in Fiji. With the exception of
CypTd'a there is a sharp fall in numbers on leaving the continental
area of Fiji. From the nearest to the farthest groups the loss
then continues in a parabolic curve. The most distant, the Mar-
quesas and Hawaii, being in every case the poorest.

The Society Islands, however, possess a richer fauna than their
distance appears to entitle them to have. This comparative wealth
may be accounted for by their superior antiquity. The elevated
masses of Tahiti and associated islands have for long stood in the
drift track and intercepted migrant forms. It may even be that
Tahiti has been receiving such from a time which anteceded the
present form and population of the Melanesian area. A highly
curious Tahitian tree, Lepinia, was lately rediscovered in the
Solomons.* A subgenus of land shells. Libera, is peculiar to the
Cook and Society Islands. Thej^ also possess half the known
species of Partula.j Their poverty of insects as compared to
western continental islands greatly impressed D'Urville.J

* Botting Hemsley — Science Progress, i. 1894, p. 30.

t Hartman— Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool. ix. 1881, p. 173.
X D'Urville in Boisduval — Voy. Astrolabe, Entomologie, i. 1832, pp. 20-22.

BY CHARLES HEDLEY.

407

The average of Garrett's tables may be taken to roughly express
the distribution of the fauna of this region generally.

This I would show diagrammatic ally by the descending line in
the following figure :

South America.

Tahiti.

Funafuti Atoll.

Samoan Group

From New Guinea as a
starting point on the east
the fauna declines slightly
to Fiji. Leaving here the
continental area, an abrupt
fall occurs indicati\'e of
numerous feeble swimmers
unable to cross deep water.
Then through the nearer
oceanic islands of Samoa,
tlie fauna is by degrees
sifted into sti'ong and
stronger swimmers. A
small and sudden elevation
occurs at Tahiti, and re-
lates to the antiquity of
that refuge for ocean waifs.
Past Tahiti the life line
slowly lowers till a mini-
mum is reached at the
point of furthest western
intrusion of American life.

Though zoologists seem
undecided on the question,

botanists appear to be resolved that the flora of the Central Pacific
Archipelagoes reached them as over sea drift. W. B. Hemsley
writes: "For the purposes of the 'Botany' of the Challenger Expedi-
tion and ever since the publication of that work, I have collected all
the data coming under mj notice bearing on the dispersal of plants
to considerable distances by wind, water, birds or other creatures

Fiji Is.

Solomon Is

Papua.

408 A ZOOGEOGRAPHIC SCHEME FOR THE MID-PACIFIC,

excepting huaian. The evidence thus collected sufficiently
accounts for the vegetation of low coral islands."*

Though I have not data to prove the suggestion, I venture to
submit that seaweeds have slight extension in the Central Pacific.
I was struck by their comparative absence on Funafuti.
Kotzebue observes — "Alg*, which seem to be entirely wanting
on the low islands, are found on the reefs at the foot of the high

land."t

The only terrestrial mammal with any claim to be regarded as
native to the Central Pacific is the Rat, JIus exulans. But
Thomas; considers that "it has probably travelled from island to
island in native canoes or on floating logs, etc., long before Euro-
pean ships began to bring over the ubiquitous Grey and Black
Rat." Confirmation that such was the case is supplied by
Kotzebue, who mentions the opinion of a well informed Marshall
islander, '■ Kadu, who seems to think that the rat is only to be
found in the company of man, affirms that there are none on

Bygar."§

No Bats have reached the EUice Group. The eastern limit of

the Dugong does not seem to be definitely known. The farthest
i-ecord I have is New Caledonia.|| It certainly does not attain
the Central Pacific, and I apprehend that it does not stray beyond
the continental area in the southern hemisphere, though in the
northern I believe that it reaches the Pelews.H This latter group
seems to be a continental outpost in the Northern Pacific, corres-
ponding to Fiji in the Southern.

There is an interesting record of a stray seal having once
reached Polynesia. Dr. W. Wyatt Gill wrote: "A native of
Mangaia one day came running to me saying that Satan had just

* Hemsley— Nature, lii. 1895, p. 62,3.
t Kotzebue — A Voyage of Discovery into the South Sea and Beerings
.Straits, iii. 1S'21, p. 144.

t Thomas— P.Z.S. 1895, p. 338.

§ Kotzebue, he. cit. p. 156.

II J. Gamier — Voyage autour du Monde, 1871, p. 182.

1[ Kotzebue, op. cit. iii. p. 191.

BY CHARLES HEDLEY. 409

landed on the northern coast of the island. . . . But another
native fishing on the reef, who had some experience in the Arctic
regions, happened also to see this marine animal, and recognised
it as a fur seal."*

The terrestrial reptilian fauna is represented on Funafuti by-
four Lacertilians. Of one of them. Dr. Baur remarks — "The
next species, Gehyra oceanica, Lesson, reaches from the Moluccas
eastwards to the Cook Islands (Rarotonga), being found on the
Admiralty, Solomon, Fiji, Tonga and Samoa Islands, Savage
Island and Lord Howe Island. . . . This distribution can
onlv be explained by a former Indo-Pacific continent extending
from Malaysia to the west coast of America.'"! A little local
knowledge of the region on which he wrote might have saved
Baur from drawing so tremendous a deduction from so simple a
fact. Observation on the spot enables C. M. Woodford t to thus
easily explain the matter, without invoking a Jurassic Continent.
" It is the rule rather than the exception for one or more lizards
to be unwilling passengers when one of the large native canoes is
at any time put into the water . . . their presence there-
fore, even upon remote islands, presents little difficulty."

The Green Turtle occurs at Funafuti, and may, I believe, be
traced to the uttermost limits of Polynesia. Other members of
this group of powerful swimmers are widely spread in the South
Seas. Gill says — "Several species of Turtle — Loggerhead, Hawks-
bill, Green Turtle, etc. — are very plentiful on Rakaanga in the
breeding season. "§

Crocodiles do not, to my knowledge, intrude further into the
South Pacific than the Solomons, though their appearance in the
Santa Cruz and New Hebrides would not be surprising. The
ascription of them to Fiji by Boulenger|| is contradicted by local
observers. Mariner has given a vivid account of a stray crocodile

* Gill— Jottings from the Pacific, 1885, p. 125.

t Baur, loc. cit. p. 880.

J Woodford — Geogr. Journal, vi. 1895, p. 349.

§ Gill— Jottings from the Pacific, 1885, p. 128.

f Boulenger — Cat. Chelonians and Crocodiles, Brit. Mus. 1889, p. 285

27

410 A ZOOGEOGRAPHIC SCHEME FOR THE MID-PACIFIC,

which once reached Fiji, and was killed by the natives. "It was
the tirst animal of the kiixl the natives had ever seen or heard
of."*

It is probable that both the land birds and the Lepidoptera
were blown to the Ellice Group. P»om facts which he advances,
especially their absence from Fiji and the Solomons, Woodford
concludes! that Retnigia translata,C ej^honodes hylas, and Chloanges
spiralis reached the Gilberts from Eastern Asia by way of the
Marshall Group. When we add that they passed on from the
Gilberts to the Ellice, we but take another step along the same
path. It is noteworthy how the thoughts of two such excellent
naturalists as Guppy and Woodford, who gained their knowledge
of the Pacific on the spot, independently agree in tracing the
same path of migration for plants and insects respectively. Were
we in doubt as to the last step between the Gilberts and Ellice
taken by migrating butterflies, it should be removed by Kotzelme,
who when precisely midway between the two archipelagoes wrote
■ — "When we were exactly in 4° 15' latitude and 178° longitude,
heavy gales brought swarms of butterflies and small land-birds to
the ship; we must therefore have been near land, but we looked
for it in vain; and this discovery remains for some future
navigator. "J

The birds blown from atoll to atoll in the way the foregoing
passage describes, would be themselves the unconscious vehicle
of small animals or plants. J. J. Lister writes — " At Canton
Island a clump of Tournefortia trees was habitually used by these
birds (Sula piscatrix) as a roosting and preening place. Among
the pieces of down which were sticking to the Ijare branches
having been preened out of the feathers, was found one entangled
with a seed of one of the trailing plants of the island ( Boerhavia
tetrandra, Forster), which is beset with glandular hairs. Such an

* Mariner— Tonga Islands, i. 1817, p. 337.

+ Woodford, loc. cit.

1 Kotzebue— A New Voyage Round the World, i. 1830, p. 292.

BY CHARLES HEDLEY. 411

incident indicates a method by which seeds may be distributed
from island to island by birds."*

Attention may be profitably given to an efficient agent in dis-
tribution, which though not entirely unnoticed,! has excited little
remark. Every one who has crossed a woodland tract in windy
weather has seen handfuls of dead leaves whirled up by eddying
gusts. Let such a gust pick up such leaves from a Pacific atoll,
during the height of a violent cyclone, they travel softly, without
jarring off what has adhered to them, and may easily be dropt
on an atoll a hundred miles distant after a few hours. To all
collectors it is well known what numbers of small Invertebrates
attach, either as o\a, larva or adult, to fallen leaves.- So a shower
of a few dead leaves might throw at once a dozen species of
insects, spiders and snails on an island where no life was before.
I am satisfied that herein lies the explanation of the wide distri-
bution of Helicina, Endodonta and Toriiatellina in the South
Pacific.

The introduction of fleas and mosquitoes to the islands of the
eastern Pacific is a matter of recent history. Dr. W. W. Gill
has stated that mosquitoes were accidentally conveyed in water
casks to Penrhyn and Rakaanga in 1859, and to Manihiki in
1862.+

Dr. Baur lays great stress on the fact that ants are represented
by numerous species and genera in the Mid-Pacific. I am, how-
ever, unable to follow him in deducing therefrom that " it is
quite evident that this distribution of the P^ormicidai cannot be
explained by accidental introduction. Also here we are forced to
accept a former Pacific continent. "§ He apparently overlooked
the fact that at one period of their lives both sexes of ants are
endowed with considerable powers of flight, and might then be
blown from one island to another.

* Lister— Proc. Zool. Soc. ii. .3, 1891, p. 294.

t Kew— The Dispersal of Shells, 1893, p. 146.

X Gill — Jottings from the Pacific, 18S5, p. 162.

§ Baur— American Naturalist, xxxi. 1S97, p. 878.

412 A ZOOGEOGRAPHIC SCHEME FOR THE MID-PACIFIC,

Dr. Baur in continuation of his argument has pointed out that
" Poci/lojjora, a coral of the Madreporaria, is found only in the
Indo-Pacific region. It is represented by an extraordinary large
number of forms reaching north to the Loo Choo and Sandwich
Islands, and is also common on the west coast of America. It is
totally absent, however, from the Carribbean or West Indian Sea
and the eastern American coral region. . . . The general
distribution of Pocillopoi'a and the Trapeziidaj in the Indo-Pacitic
region can only be explained by a former land connection of this
region. ... If we consider the Pacific Islands as the remains
of a former Pacific Continent, we have no difficulty whatever in
explaining the general distribution of PociUopora.^'^'

In this deduction Baur failed to remember Darwin's caution —
" How ignorant we are with respect to the many curious means
of occasional transport." Though it was hardly to be anticipated
that the problem could be so neatly solved, we can demonstrate
in the case of this identical genus how fallacious is the support
which Pocillopm'a appears to give to the hypothetical former
Pacific Continent.

Kent collected on Cairn Cross Beach, Barrier Reef, Queensland,
" a rounded lump of pumice stone, about 3| inches in diameter,
to which two young coralla of the madrepore, PociUopora dami-
cornis, were attached. The bases of the coralla are each about
\}f inch wide, and the rudimentary tuberculate branchlets are
about I of an inch high. This specimen was thrown on the beach
in a buoyant condition, as is evident by its still floating lightly
even in fresh water. The attached PociUopora probably represent
the growth of a few months only, and would, at an early date,
have completely invested the pumice stone fulcrum, and caused it
to sink."t

The beaches of Eastern Australia are bestrewn with flotsam
from the West Pacific Archipehigoes, including South Sea canoes,

* Baur, loc. cif. p. S64.
t Kent—The Great Barrier Reef of Australia, 1893, p. 122.

BY CHARLES HEDLEY. 413

■empty Nautilus shells, pumice, coco-nuts and fruits of Barring-
tonia hutonica* My colleague, Mr. T. Whitelegge, has shown
me pieces of pumice which he collected on a beach near Sydney.
To these adhered young coralla of PocUlojmra similar to those
observed by Kent in Queensland. The unique occurrence of a
live PociUopora on rocks near S3'dne3' noted by Mr. Whitelegge
may be thus explained.!

Guppy furnishes the following evidence from the Indian Ocean:
" Washed up on the weather side of North Keeling Island I found
a piece of Krakatoa pumice, on which had grown four bosses of a
pretty incrusting species of PociUopora, each of the size of a
dollar and \ to \, inch in thickness. This piece of ^pumice still
floated buoyantly, and had evidently been caught in the reef for
some time before it had been thrown up on the beach. Mrs.
Ross showed me specimens about three times the size, of the same
species of PociUopora, that had grown on a large log of timber,
which having been caught in the outer edge of the reef for about
a fortnight, had then been rolled on shore. . . . Mr. Ross
subsequently informed me that not infrequently large blocks of
corals, mostly of the massive astrean type, and foreign to the
atoll, are washed ashore on the western coasts of the eastern
islands. He showed me one in his possession, a massive astrean
coral, which was six feet in circumference and weighed 88 lbs.,
and in order to convince me of its buoyancy he had it carried to
the beach and thrown into the water, when it floated readily."|

F. Jousseaume states that corals attach themselves even to the
shells of turtles and the skins of marine animals.§

The Nereid worm " Palolo " extends from Torres Straits and
the continental islands eastwards to Samoa and Tonga, but is
unknown to the natives of the Ellice, the Gilberts or the

* Heclley— Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W. xxiv. 1899, p. 192.

t Whitelegge— Proc. Roy. Soc. N.S.W. xxiii. 1889, p. 191.

X Guppy— Scot. Geograph. Mag. v. 1889, p. 288.

§ Jousseaume — La Philosophic aux prises avec la Mer Rouge, le Dar-
winisme et les trois Regnes des corps organises, 1899, p. 241.

414 A ZOOGEOGRAPHIC SCHEME FOR THE MID-PACIFIC

Marshalls.* A division of the Polynesian calendar is called
Palolo, and in a philological connection Hale has drawn attention
to the absence of this worm from eastern Polynesia.!

Among the marine molluscan fauna of most regions are certain
genera which impress a geographical stamp upon the whole. Thus
Trigonia in Australia, Xautilus in Melanesia, Struthiolaria in the
circum- Antarctic zone, Ehurna in East Asia and C oncholepas in
west South America, each express a key-note of their respective
fauna. The Mollusca of Funafuti contain no such form. If
spread out in a series on a table they would merely suggest to a
conchologist that they came from tropical latitudes, between the
longitudes of Mauritius and Hawaii, without affording him a clue
to more exact locality.

Indeed, as in all oceanic islands, the absence of certain forms
is more i-emarkable than the presence of others. Throughout
the continental islands nearest to Funafuti — New Guinea, the
Solomons and Fiji — various species of 2Ielo, Vohita and NaiUilus
are abundant and conspicuous. The line which I di-aw between
the oceanic and continental islands, is, however, an insuperable
barrier to these, though it is none to such genera as JTitTa, Conus,
or Ci/praea, which flourish within and beyond it. The reason
suggested is that the Jormei' lay eggs of great size, the young have
no trochosphere stage and are already bulky when hatched. They
are not therefore capable of crossing spaces of open sea like the
others.

* Kramer — ^Biologisches Centralblatt, xix. 1899, p. 18.

t "Palolo ill Samoan is the name of a kind of sea-worm which makes
its appearance in shoals in the reefs, at a certain time of year, and is
esteemed a great delicacy by the natives. This worm is not known at
the Society Islands, but the name is still retained, with no meaning
whatever attached to it — a striking evidence of the derivation of the
Tahitians from Samoa." — (Hale, U.S. Expl. Exped. Ethnography and
Philology, viii. 1846). This argument appears to me unsound. To cite
a parallel case, would it not be considered rather that the English called
the Hawthorn "May,"' from the month in which it tiowered, than that the
shrub gave its name to the month ?

BY CHARLES HKDLEY. 415

In tropical latitudes the family Onchidiidaj are usually numer-
ous; their complete absence at Funafuti therefore struck me as
remarkable. Samoa and Tonga appear to be their farthest
stations in the West Pacific. Their limited powers of migration
are explained by the statement of J. Joyeux-Laftuie that — "The
whole development of Onchidium takes place within the egg, and
the young at the time of hatching already possess the form of the
adult."*

I should suppose indeed that the bulk of the molluscan fauna
reached Funafuti in the larval swimming stage.

Fischer records! having taken in the open sea a Triforls which,
although eight or nine whorls of the shell were formed, still
retained the larval, i.e., swimming characters. In the light of
this statement the wide range which Trifo7'is enjoys in Polynesia
might have been anticipated.

Little is known of the comparative endurance of the swimming'
larval stages of Mollusca. That Pelecypoda range farther than
GasterojDoda suggests that they swim longer. Trifonium and
Cerithiujn should by their distribution be gifted with unusual
swimming powers.

That the Polyplacophera sliould only be represented l)y a frag-
ment in the roll of the Funafuti Mollusca is quite in keeping
with the distribution of this order in the Central Pacific. But
six species were known from this region to Harper Pease, who in
his last paper wrote — "The absence of Chitonidie from Polynesia
has been noticed by authors as a remarkable fact, abounding as
they do in the surrounding provinces, especially on the west coast
of America, at Australia and New Zealand. "|

Interesting re-iults would be reached by tabulating marine
Invertebrata, according as they travel much, a little, or not at
all, in the early stages of their development; by plotting the
geographical distribution of each, and comparing the results.

* Joyeux-LafiFuie— Archives Zool. Exper. x. 1SS2, p. 3;i8.
t Fischer — Manuel Conch., 1SS7, p. 679.
J Pease — Am. Journ. Conch, vii. 1872, p. 194.

4l6 A ZOOCxEOGRAPHIC SCHEME FOR THE MID-PACIFIC,

Such data as I have suggest that the distribution obtained in
the Eastern Pacific woidd be described by concentric zones of
which the outer would be attained only by the strongest swimmers.

Mr. T. Whitelegge has pointed out to me that the Australian
starfish, Asterina exigua, never passes through a free pelagic
stage, but goes through all stages of development on the rock on
which the egg is laid and to which it adheres. I cannot, however,
divide the Echinodermata by similar and opposite habits, suffi-
ciently to draw any conclusions from them.

The abundance of Crustacea at Funafuti agrees with their larval
capacity of swimming. The same may be said of the occurrence
there of Enteropneusta, Gephyrea and Actinozoa. The genera of
Reef Corals diminish markedly in number from west to east. We
noticed the absence from Funafuti of many genera usually' common
and conspicuous on continental islands, such as Galaxea.

Too few examples were obtained at Funafuti of the fauna of
the deep sea to admit of much discussion. The interesting Palu,
Ruvettus pretiosus, however, supports the opinion that a general
uniformity prevails over vast areas, if not indeed all round the
world, among abyssal animals.

Our increased knowledge develops distinctions more than
affinities between the Central Pacific and tropical Atlantic. But
the list of species either closely related in or common to both
oceans has been lately enlarged, both among deep and shallow
water forms. Willey has commented on the affinity between
Asymmetron caudatum from the Louisiades, and A. lucayanum
from the Bahamas.* Before its discovery at Funafuti, the sponge
Hipjjospongia dura was only known from the Atlantic coast of
North America. The fish Ruvettus pretiosus is now shown to be
common to both oceans, and the new Brachiopod from Funafuti
finds a close ally in Thecidium harretti from the West Indies. I
have drawn attention to the relation of Iphitus tubercidatns,
Watson, from the West Indies, and my Mecoliotia halligani from
Funafuti. Acanthogorgia niU7'icata, described by Verrill from

* Willey — Quart. Journ. Micro. Sci. xxxix. 1896, p. 220.

BY CHARLES IIEDLEV. 417

Barbadoes, has been rediscovered at Funafuti.* Six medusa? are
noted as common to Fiji and the West Indies.! Darwin wrote
that "not one single sea-shell is known to be common to the
Pacific and to the west coast of Amei-ica," but the statement is
no longer true.

A list of the Polynesian fauna which reappear on the west coast
of America would be of value. Materials are at present wanting
to construct it, but it is evident that tlie proportion is small.
Their extension eastwards is obstructed partly by the large expanse
of water unbroken by islands, and partly by the cold current
which flows northwards along the American coast.

No sign of an American immigration can be traced in the
Central Pacific. Had the Trans-Pacific Jurassic Continent
advocated by such writers as Hutton and Baur any foundation
in fact, then, if not terrestrial, at any rate marine forms should
now extend eastwards from America along its former site.

* Hiles— Proc. Zool. Soc. 1899, p. 48.
t Agassiz and Mayer — Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool. xxxii. 1899, p. 158.

418

NOTES AND EXHIBITS.

Mr. Baker exhibited herbarium specimens and tubers of the
new species of Parsonsia described in his paper. Also admii'ably
executed casts of three food-fishes, modelled at the Techno-
logical Museum for museum purposes; and a section of the trunk
of the "cork-wood" (Hakea lorea) of the interior.

Mr. D. G. Stead exhibited specimens of Haw kesbuiy sandstone
(1) from the sea shore between tide-marks showing the tunnelling
of marine Isopods (Sphceroma), with the living animals in situ;
and (2) from the hill-tops overlooking Port Jackson, offering
examples of the borings which so often attract notice, and the
production of which has been attributed to Hymenoptera, and
also to Termites. Since last meeting Mr. Stead reported that he
had investigated the matter, and that, after breaking up a
quantity of stone, he had come upon Termites, of a species at
present undetermined, actually at work. Of these he exhibited
specimens.

Mr. Stead also stated that he had been informed by Captain
Wallace, who had shown him the bird, that on 5th May last,
while the s.s. Perthshire was drifting about in a disabled con-
dition, about 500 miles from the nearest land (Cape Howe), a
common bronze-wing pigeon (Phapf< chalcoptera, Lath.^ flew on
board in an exhausted condition.

Mr. R. Greig Smith, M.Sc, the Macleay Bacteriologist, ex-
hibited two samples of butter prepared from the same original
lot of cream which had been divided into two portions, one being
ripened with the ordinary acid starter, the other having a culture
of the aroma-producing bacterium No. Jf.1 {Conn'< added with the
starter. The difference between the samples was very striking,
the one having very little smell, while the other had the flavour
and aroma characteristic of the finest butters. It was interesting
to note that the bacteria from which the culture was prepared
had been kept growing on artificial solid media for three years
without having lost the aroma-producing property.

419

WEDNESDAY, AUGUST 30th, 1899.

The Ordinary Monthly Meeting of the Society was held at
the Linnean Hall, Ithaca Road, Elizabeth Bay, on Wednesday
evening, August 30th, 1899.

The Hon. James Norton, LL.D., M.L.C., President, in the
Chair.

Mrs. Louisa Ross, St. Peter's, Armidale, N.S.W., was elected
an Associate Member; and Mr. John L. Bookman, Leichhardt,
Mr. Robert Grant, Department of Public Health, Sydney, Mr.
Henry Malthouse, Camperdown, and the Pvev. E. Stanley
Wilkinson, M.A., Bowral, were elected Ordinary Members of
the Society.

The President made the following announcement: — Members
desirous of taking a course of instruction in Bacteriology are
requested to forward their names to the Secretary, who will afford
information as to fees and other matters. As there are only two
vacancies, application should be made without delay.

donations.

Department of Agriculture, Brisbane — Queensland Agricul-
tural Journal. Vol. v. Part 2 (August, 1899). From the Under
^Secretary for Agriculture.

Australian Museum, Sydney — Catalogue No. xvii. (1899) :
Memoir iii. The Atoll of Funafuti. Part 9 (August, 1899) :
Report of the Trustees for the Year 1898. From the Trustees.

420 DONATIONS.

Department of Mines and Agriculture, Sydney — Agricultural
■Gazette of N.S. Wales. Vol. x. Part 8 (August, 1899). From
the Hon. the Minister for Mines and Agriodture.

Royal Society of New South Wales, Sydney— Abstract of Pro-
ceedings, August 2nd, 1899. From the Society.

The Surveyor, Sydney. Vol. xii. Nos. 7-8 (July- Aug., 1899).
From the Editor.

Australasian Journal of Pharmacy, iNIelbourne. Vol. xiv.
No. 16-1 (August, 1899). From the Editor.

Field Naturalists' Club of Victoria — Victorian Naturalist.
Vol. xvi. No. 4 (August, 1899). From the Editor.

Royal Geographical Society of Australasia : Victorian Branch
— Transactions. Vol. xvi. (1898). From the Society.

The University, Melbourne — Calendar for the Year 1900.
From the Council.

Department of Mines, Tasmania. — Progress of the Mineral
Industry of Tasmania for the Quarter ending 30th June, 1899.
From, the Secretary for Mines.

Geological Survey, Perth, AV.A. — A Geological Map of Cool-
gardie (1899) [in 4 sheets]. From the Government Geologist.

American Academy of Arts and Sciences, Boston — Proceed-
ings. Vol. xxxiv. Nos. 15-17 (March, 1899). From the
Academy.

American Geographical Society, New York — Bulletin.
Vol. xxxi. No. 3 (1899). From the Society.

American Naturalist (Cambridge). Vol. xxxiii. No. 391
(July, 1899). From the Editor.

Johns Hopkins University, Baltimore — University Circulars.
Vol. xviii. No. 141 (July, 1899). From the University.

Denison University, Granville — Bulletin of the Scientific
Laboratories. Vol. xi. Arts, iv.-viii. (pp. 75-173 : Dec, 1898-
March, 1899). From the University.

DONATIONS. 421

New York Academy of Sciences — Annals. Vol. xi. Part iii.
(December, 1898). From, the Acadeviy.

U.S. Geological Survey, Washington — Eighteenth Annual
Report. Parts ii. and v. [in two] (1896-97). From the Director.

Museo Nacional de Montevideo — Anales. Tomo ii. Fasc. xi.
(1899). From the Museum.

Museu Paulista, Sao Paulo — Revista. Vol. iii. (1898). From
the Museum.

Perak Government Gazette, Taiping. Vol. xii. Nos. 21-23.
(July, 1899). From the Government Secretary.

Cambridge Philosophical Society, Cambridge — Proceedings.
Vol. X. Part ii. (June, 1899) : Transactions. Vol. xvii. Part iii.
(May, 1899). From the Society.

Entomological Society of London — Transactions, 1899. Partii.
(June). From the Society.

Conchological Society of Great Britain and Ireland — Journal
of Conchology. Vol. ix. No. 7 (July, 1899). From the Society.

Manchester Museum, Owens College, Manchester — Publica-
tions. Nos. 25-27 (1899). Fro7n the Museum.

Royal Microscopical Society, London — Journal, 1899. Part 3
(June). From the Society.

Royal Gardens, Kew — Hooker's Icones Plantarum. Vol. vii.
Part i. (June, 1899). From the Bentham Trustees.

Royal Society, London — Proceedings. Vol. Ixv. No. 416
(July, 1899). From the Society.

Zoological Society of London — Abstract, June 20th, 1899 :
Proceedings, 1899. Part 1 (June, 1899). From the Society.

Royal Dublin Society, Dublin — Scientific Proceedings. Vol.
viii. N.S. Part 6 (Nov., 1898): Scientific Transactions. (Series ii.)
Vol. vi. Parts xiv.-xvi. (April- Aug., 1898); Vol. vii. Part 1 (Aug.,
1898). From the Society.

422 DONATIONS.

Naturwissenschaftlicher Verein fiir den Reg.-Bez. Frankfurt
(Oder)— Helios, xvi. Band. (1899): Societatum Litterae. Jahr-
gang. xii. Nos. 5-12 (Mai-Dec, 1898). From the Society.

Medicinisch-Naturwissenschaftliche Gesellschaft zu Jena —
Jenaische Zeitschrift. xxxiii. Band. ii. Heft (1899). From the
Society.

Vei-ein fiir Erdkunde zu Leipzig — Mitteilungen. 1898 : Wiss-
enschaftliche Veroffentlichungen. iii. Band. iii. Heft. (1899).
From the Society.

Zoologischer Anzeiger, Leipzig. xxii. Band. Xos. 590-592
(June-July, 1899). From the Editor.

Gesellschaft fiir Erdkunde zu Berlin — Verhandlungen. xxvi.
Band. No. 1 (1899) : Zeitschrift. xxxiii. Bd. Xo 5 (1898).
From tlie Society.

Societe Royale Linneenne de Bruxelles — Bulletin. 24™'' Annee.
JSTos. 7-8 (Maj'-June, 1899). From the Society.

Journal de Conchyliologie, Paris. Vol. xlvii. No. 2 (1899).
From the Director.

I'Academie Imperiale des Sciences de St. Petersbourg—
Memoires. viii'^ Serie. Vol. vii. No. 1 (1898). From the Academy.

Russisch-Kaisei-liche Mineralogische Gesellschaft zu St. Peters-
buro; — Verhandlungen. Zweite Serie. xxxvi. Band. 1 Lief.
(1899). From the Society.

Societe Imperiale des Naturalistes de Moscou — Bulletin.
Annee 1898, No. 4. From the Society.

Comite Geologique, St. Petersbourg —Bulletin. Tome xvii.
Nos. 6-10 (1898); T. xviii. Nos. 1-2 (1899): Memoires. T iii.
T.p., etc. (1885-89); T. viii. No. 4, T.p., <fec. (1898): T. xii. No. 3
(1899). From the Committee.

Naturforschende Gesellschaft in Bern — Mittheiluncren aus dena
•Jahre 1897. From the Society.

DONATIONS. 423

Societe Helvetique des Sciences Naturelles, a Berne — Actes et
Compte Rendu, .SO'"" Session (Lucerne, 1897); 81'^SSession (Berne,
1898). From the Society.

I'Acadetnie Royale des Sciences a Stockholm — Bihang. Vol.
xxiv. Section \-\ (1898-99). From the Academy.

Zoological Museum of the Uni%ersity of Copenhagen^The
Danish Ingolf-Expedition. Published at the cost of the Govern-
ment Vol. i. Part 1 ; Vol. ii. Part 1; Vol iii. Part 1 (1899).
From the Director.

Academic Royale des Sciences et des Lettres de Danemark,
Copenhagen — Bulletin. 1899, Nos. 2-3. From the Academy.

Zoological Results based on Material from New Britain, New
Guinea, Loyalty Islands and elsewhere, collected during tlie
Years 1895-97, by Arthur Willey, late Balfour Student, Uni-
versity of Cambridge. Parts i.-iii. (-Ito Cambridge, 1897-99).
From A. Willey, Esq., D.Sc, M.A.

424

Contributions from the Aiistralian Museum.

METHOD OF SUSPENDING THE PALU, OR SO-CALLED
" SHARK "HOOKS, AS DEDUCED FROM A MODEL.

By R. Etheridge, Junr., Cukator of the Australian

Museum.

(Pate xxxvi.)

The misconception that has arisen as to the use of at least
some of the "remarkable large wooden hook(s) from Micronesia
and Polynesia,"* termed fche " Shark-hook," has been dispelled
by Mr. C. Hedley, who has shown that the latter is used in the
capture of the Palu or " Oil Fish " of the Pacific, and possibly
not for Shark -fishing at all. So far, I do not think any descrip-
tion of the method of mounting these hooks on deep sea lines has
appeared.

The history of this model is briefly this : — It was given to Mr.
H. S. W. Crummer, of the Department of Lands, Sydney, by the
well-known traveller and author, ]\Ir. Louis Becke, and by the
former given to our President (Hon. Jas. Norton, LL.D., M.L.C. ),
who generously presented it to the Australian Museum. It is of
course quite possible that Mr. Becke may have already described
this method in one of his numerous writings, but I am ignorant
of the fact. The model is from Nieue, or Savage Island.

In explaining the method of Palu fishing at the Ellice Group,
Hedley has given f a very full description of these hooks, with an
account of their manufacture, history, and distribution. The
distribution of the hook has been supplemented by that of the fish,
by Mr. Edgar R. Waite, who states! that we now possess records

* Hedley, Mem. Austr. Mus., 1897, iii. Pt. 4, p. 272.

t Mem. Austr. Mus., 1897, iii. Pt. 4, p. 273.

Xlhid., 1899, iii. Pt. 9, p. 540.

BY R. ETHERIDGE, JUNR. 425

of the occurrence of the Palu (based on that of the hook), through-
out twenty-six degrees of longitude in the Pacific, i.e., from the
Gilbert Islands on the east to Manahiki, or Humphrey Island,
on the west, or from 175° E. to 160° W., and throughout nineteen
degrees of latitude, from about the equator to Nieue, in 19° S.
If to this be added the later known occurrence of the hook the
distribution may be " extended north of the line to the Marshall
Group, thence westward to the Caroline Islands," and Eastern
New Guinea, south of the equator.*

The Palu has been identified by Waite as Ruvettus pretiosus,
Cocco, the " Escolar " of the Canary Islands fishermen, and the
" Rovetto " of the Mediterranean, a species extending from the
Adriatic on the east to the N. American coast on the west,
throughout one hundred degrees of longitude, and twenty-five
degrees of latitude, from 25° to 45° N.f It is known to exist
bathymetrically to depths as great as four hundred fathoms.

Mr. Waite has also given an account of the method of fishing
for Palu, from the graphic pen of Mr. Louis Becke.J

A remarkably fine series of these V-shaped hooks is now in the
Australian Museum, from the gigantic Mortlock Island implement,
of seventeen inches in length, and weighing 1 lb. 15| oz., to the
smallest Kouhoru of Funafuti, or the baby hook, of the first-
mentioned locality, only three and a-half inches long.

The model consists of a two-ply cocoanut-fibre line, to which
is joined another fine white two-ply line of a different fibre. To
this are attached by loop hitches two outriggers of wood in such
a manner that they stand out at a more or less oblique angle to
the line, but on opposite sides of the latter. The white line is in
one continuous piece from the cocoanut deep-sea line to sinker
attachment, and does not pass along either of the outriggers. A
still finer line is made fast at the proximal entl of each of the
latter, and is Mr. Hedley's " cord of attachment," or oukafakana-

28

* Waite, loc. cif., p. 541.

f M., ibid., p. 539.

J/6w/., 1897, Hi. Pt. 3, p. 199.

426 METHOD OF SUSPENDING THE PALU-HOOK.

pana ; in the actual fishing line, a piece of cocoanut-fibre rope
about two feet in length.* In the model this is passed under
and over the outriggers to their distal ends, and further secured
at the centre of each outrigger by a half-hitch. At the distal
ends of the latter these cords of attachment are bound to them
by whipping, and then pass to the upper extremity of the major
shanks of the hooks, where they are made fast.

In the largest Mortlock Island hook the oukafakancqmna is
terminated by both a knot and an eye for bending on to the main
line, but Hedley says that in the Ellice Islands implement a knot
only is used; the model agrees with the latter. Another Mort-
lock Island hook, twelve inches in length, retains both the cord
of attachment and outrigger, the former j^assing along the latter
just as in the model, but instead of passing under and over, and
with a half-hitch in the centre, it is simply laid against the
outrigger and lashed at the centre, otherwise this specimen
exemplifies the great accuracy of the model. Unlike that of the
seventeen-inch hook, the cord of attachment of this twelve-inch
hook terminates in an eye only, and not a knot and an eye.

To the bottom of the line is made fast a piece of bast, which
acts as the suspensory of the sinker. The latter consists of a
piece of coral carefully ground to the shape of a fender, and
secured to its suspensory by a square lacing of the same material.

According to Mr. Louis Becke, the Palu line is made from the
very best cocoanut-fibre, four- to six-ply, and the sinker is from
three to six pounds. f Thanks to the generosity of Mr. Crummer
I am able to exhibit such a line that has actually been in use;
this, however, is only a two-ply line.

* Loc. clL, 1897, iii. Pt. 4, p. 276.
t Waite, loc. ciL, 1897, iii. Pt. 3, p. 200.

42^

THE TANNA SPEAR-BECKET.

By R. Etheridge, Junr., Curator op the Australian
Museum, Sydney.

At a recent meeting I exhibited and described the Spear-beckets
of New Caledonia and the New Hebrides, and referred to the
use of these implements on the Islands of Tanna, Aneiteum, and
Efate in the latter group. At the same time I exhibited a
dravi'ing of the Tanna becket copied from the Rev. G. Turner's
illustration,* and another of the Aneiteum implement taken
from one kindly lent to me by the Rev. J. H. Lawrie.

I am now able, through the kindness of Mr. W. R. Harper, to
exhibit an admirable example of the Tanna becket, received by

him from the Rev. Dr. Macdonald, of Havannah Harbour, Efate,
who, in a letter to Mr. Harper, dated June 26th, 1899, says : —
"The becket or spear-thrower is, I believe, not known in Efate or
to the north. I wrote to Rev. W. Watt, of Port Resolution,
Tanna, and he has very kindly brought me a good specimen from

* Nineteen Years in Polynesia, 1S61, p. 81.

428 THE TANNA SPEAR-BECKET,

Tanna, which I send you It appears that the use or

knowledge of the becket was confined to the islands south of Efate,
that is, Erromanga, Tanna, Aneiteuni, Futuna, and Aniwa."

In the first place, this Tanna becket is of much simpler con-
struction than that illustrated by Mr. Turner, in that it has no
" tags " or " collar," and the knot is a very simple one. In its
simpler construction it resembles the Aneiteum example lent to
me by Mr. Lawrie, as well as two of those from the Cook Collection,
that I assumed to be New Caledonian, but in the light of the
present specimen may be from Tanna or Aneiteum, bearing in
mind that Cook called at the former island. In the second place,
it will be noted that Dr. Macdonald says the Spear-becket is not
known on Efate, but against this I may refer to one of the
quotations given in my previous paper. I there stated that in
Mr. J. E. Erskine's work, "Journal of a Cruise amongst the
Islands of the Western Pacific,"* occurs the following passage
relative to Efate : — " From a village ... a canOe pushed off
to intercept us as we were working in, one of the three men
occupying it handing up a becket of plaited cord, such as we had
seen in the hands of the Tannese for throwing their spears." It
seems, therefore, from this discrepancy of statement that further
investigation is required as to the use of the becket on Efate.

The Tanna implement forwarded by Dr. Macdonald on behalf
of the Rev. W. Watt is a large one, eleven inches long, and
apparentl}' made of strips of a palm spathe, exceedingly well
plaited in three strands, forming a round cord. The palm spathe
used is possibly that of an Areca. The eye of the cord is made
in a precisely similar manner to those already described, but the
plaiting of the eye is more elaborate than that of the cord proper.
The free ends are not gathered into tags, but left frayed out, and
are secured to the standing part of the cord by a thimble of sj^un-
yarn wound round, in which the smell of the tar is still faintly,
although distinctly perceptible.

I am again indebted to Mr. Hedley's kindness for the drawing-
accompanying these notes.

* 1853, p. 3-23.

429

DESCRIPTION OF A NEW GENUS, AUHTROSAREPTA,

AND NOTES ON OTHER MOLLUSCA FROM

NEW SOUTH WALES.

By Charles Hedley, F.L.S.

Before discussing the following new genus, a brief glance may-
be taken at the literar}' history of kindred forms.

Writing from on board the vessel on which he served as naval
surgeon, Dr. Arthur Adams drew up the diagnosis of a remarkable
little bivalve which had just been dredged in 63 fathoms in the
Straits of Korea by H.M.S. Acheon. In conclusion he remarked
(Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. [3] v. April, 1860, p. 303) that the novelty,
Sarepta speciosa, "agrees with Nucula iw the simple pallial line
and internal ligament, and with Malletia in not being nacreous
or pearly within, and in general form and character. It belongs
to a distinct subfamily between Nuculina? and Malletina?." The
type has unfortunately never been figured.

From great depths in the Central Pacific the Challenge^' took a
second species of Sarepta, described and figured by Smith (Chall.
Reports, Zool. xiii. p. 244, PL xx. ff. 6, 6a, 66) as ,S'. ahyssicola.
No other species appear to be recorded.

Last year Dall defined (Wagner Free Inst. Sci. Trans, iii. p.
583) the subfamily Sareptinae, indicated by Adams, in the follow-
ing terms :^"Nuculacea with a more or less developed external
ligament in addition to a sunken internal resilium, a short hinge
plate, a simple pallial line, and a porcellanous shell. The species
•are usually small and rounded, smooth or concentrically striated
•externally, not rostrate, and without crenulations on the margins
of the valves."

Under this heading Dall groups Sarepta, Glomus and Micro-
yoldia.

430

NEW SOUTH WALES MOLLUSCA,

For some time I have had under consideration a minute bivalve,,
obtained by several collectors, including myself, as dead and
sepai'ate valves washed ashore on rocky places near or facing the
ocean round Sydney. The position of the ligament and the
entire pallial line appeared to throw it into the vicinity of
Sarepta. Yet the totality of the remaining characters revolt
against the definitions both of that genus and of its subfamily,
drawn up by Dall. Excluding these two points my shell would
rather he associated with such a group as Trinacria. Round
Lecla there have been arranged forms which, while preserving the
same hinge type, have in contour assumed as great divergence as
parts Sarepta from the shell in question. So I have, in disregard
of remaining features, followed the clue offered by the more
important taxonomic characters and with diffidence invite the
attention of systematists to my puzzle under the title of : —

AUSTROSAREPTA, g.n.

A genus of the subfamily Sareptinse, distinguished by an amphi-
detic internal ligament and a distinct though feebly separated
resilium. Hinge line arched, teeth few, beyond which are several
crenulations on the dorsal margin. Valve brightly coloured,
subrostrate, with sharp folds proceeding obliquely from the beak
to the postero- ventral margin. T^^pe A. picta.

Since the progress of evolution in the ligament has been from
amphidetic to opisthodetic, this genus may be considered as a
more primitive form than the other members of the subfamily.

AuSTROSAREPTA PICTA, sp.n.

(Figs. 1, 2.)

Shell minute, moderately thick, swollen, inequilateral, obliquely
subquadrate. Colour variable, rarely all violet, usually mottled
in different patterns by brown on a pale horn ground. Umbo
not turned either anteriorly or posteriorly, elevated, rounded,
situated at about one-third of the total length from the anterior
end. Ligament amphidetic; beneath it a V-shaped depression

BY CHARLES HEDLEY.

431

marks the position of the resilium. The tract which I suppose
to be occupied by the ligament is obscurely perpendicularly

grooved, and may correspond
to the crenulated provinculum
figured by Bernard in the young
stage of Leda fi'agilis* Hinge
line arched, broad and strong, its
central tliird occupied by the
ligament ; on the posterior side
are three stout, projecting pyra-
midal teeth arising from V-
shaped roots of which one leg is
much longer than the other; on
Fig. 1. the antei'ior side two such are

followed by small tubercles. Beyond the teeth the margin is
on either side crenulated for some distance.

Within (fig. 1, interior of left valve) the surface though not
nacreous is most glossy, the external sculpture visible through
the shell. The oblique external folds show as deep furrows which
undulate the margin and traverse the valve. Pallial line simple;
the adductor muscle scars are very distinct, so that if a pallial
sinus existed it would be readily dis-
cernible. Ventral margin smooth and
straight.

Externally (fig. 2, right valve of
another specimen) the lunule and escut-
cheon are feebly marked. From the
umbo three sharp ridges and intervening
furrows cross the valve to the postero-
ventral margin. Posterior uf these folds
the valve is somewhat truncated and
flattened, its surface is divided into three
facets by minor radiating ridges ; anteriorlj^ it is smooth and
rounded. The entire external surface is glossy and ornamented

Fig. 2.

* F. Bernard, Bull. Soc. (i€o\. France, (3) xxiv. 1896, p. 79, fig. 12.

432

NEW SOUTH WALES MOLLUSCA,

by fine concentric sculpture. There is no trace of epidermis.
A large specimen measures, height, 2 ; length 2-3 ; breadth of
single valve "8 mm.

Loc. — In sand, Bondi, Watson's Bay, Middle Head and
Balmoral, all near Sydney. Its association with such shells as
CcecuTn amputatum suggests to me that it inhabits deep water.

Type to be presented to the Austi*alian Museum.

I consider the shell described as adult, because a considerable
series of specimens show little variation in size. This species is
perhaps the smallest Australian pelecypod yet described.

W ■-

-< -i

Bl i> :

SoLEN SLOANii, Gray.

(Fig. 3.)

The recent storms cast
ashore on the Middle Har-
bour beaches numbers of
Solen sloanii, weakened pro-
bably by theunusual quantity
of fresh water which heavv
rains had poured into the
bay. As this species is gejie-
rally hard to procure in the
flesh, and as no mention
appears to have been made
of its soft parts, I took the
opportunity to make the
accompanying notes and
sketch.

Foot pi'otruded for more
than one-third of the shell's
length, white, clavate, later-
ally compressed and pointed
distally. Mantle entire, ex-
tending the whole length of
the shell, notched at either end, edges not papillose. Siphons
white with a brown base, united to the tips, orifices fringed

= i

m

Fig. 3.

BY CHARLES HEDLEY.

433

witli cirrhi. In the right hand figure the mantle has been ripped
open and the foot amjiutated near the base, to show the branchije,
which extend from between the palpi posteriorly almost to the
siphon tube.

TeINOSTOMA STARKEYiE, Sp.n.

(Fig. 4.)

Shell glossy, transparent, depressed, perforate. Whorls four,
separated by a deeply furrowed opaque suture. Surface smooth
and glossy. Aper-
ture very oblique, /^. '~\ '"'""^"^^fs^ jI^^^^ ,^i^'^

semiovate. Lip

simple, sharp,

sinuate. Body

whorl overlaid b}^

a callus. From

the lower angle of

the lip a broad fig. 4.

shelf winds like the thread of a screw into the umbilicus, which

it almost fills. Major diameter 4; minor 3-25; height 2 mm.

Loc. — Balmoral Beach, near Sydney. Type to be presented to
the Australian Museum.

This interesting novelty is named in honour of Mrs. C. T.
Starkey, who discovered it, and who kindly placed it in my hands
for description.

Mr. H. A. Pilsbry has pointed out (Man. Conch, xi. 1889, p.
462) that the following Australian shells described as Ethalia
must be transferred to the genus Teinostoma: — 2\ hrazieri, Angas
(Proc. Zool. Soc. 1877, p. 39, PI. v. fig. 17); T. tasmanica, T.
Woods (Proc. Roy. Soc. Tasm. 1876, p. 146); and T. cancellata,
Tate (Trans. R.S.S. Australia, i. 1878-9, p. 139, PI. v. fig. 11). He
has since informed me by letter that Neritida lucida, Adams and
Angas (Proc. Zool. Soc. 1863, p. 3.5), also belongs to the same genus.

From these four the species before us differs by its perforation.
It belongs to a subgenus, Solariorhis, named by Conrad in 1865
(Am. Journ. Conch, i. p. 30), which, according to Dall (Trans.
Wagner Inst. iii. 1892, p. 412), contains "species in which the
young stages of Teinostoma are perpetuated, and which show

434

NEW SOUTH WALES MOLLUSCA.

generally an angle or ridge extending from the pillar spirally into

a tbin broad keel, which might be taken for the umbilical wall,

but really over-

shadows the

perforation of

the axis and

nearly closes

it."

As the s o-
called JVerifula
lucida has Fig. 5.

never been illustrated, the accompanying figure (fig. 5) is
supplied for comparison with the species above made known.

Cassis nana, Tenison Woods.

(Fig. 6.)

This species was originally described in
these Proceedings (Vol. iv. 1879, p. lOS).
Though a remarkable shell, it has not in
the past twenty years been again noticed
in literature. It is now for the first time
illustrated. The type, found by Mr. C.
Coxen at Moreton Island, is in the-Queens-
land Museum, where it was for a time in
The species is known to me to

Fig. 6.

my official charge.

range from the mouth of the Richmond River,
N.S.W., north to Caloundra Head, Queensland.
Within these limits it is a rare shell.

Cantharus waterhousi/e, Brazier.

(Fig. 7.)

Like the foi'egoing, this species was first described
in these Proceedings (Vol. xxi. 1896, pp. 345, 818),
and may be most properly illustrated in the same f,o -

serial. The accompanying figure is drawn from the type, kindly
lent for the purpose by Mrs. Waterhouse.

435

DESCRIPTION OF A NEW 8PECIES OF LIPAEUS
FROM WEST AUSTRALIA,

By J. C. Cox, M.I)., F.L.S.

BULIMINUS (LiPARUS) GRATWICKI, n.Sp.

(Figs. 1-3 )

Shell cylindrically pyramidal, deeply rimate. The shells
before nie are a dead chalky white (this may only be a
bleached condition of an otherwise coloured shell) ; whorls
seven and a half (of which the uppermost two are nepionic),
rounded, slowly increasing in length, and separated by a narrow
deeply impressed suture, the last whorl is 17 mm. long and 10 mm.
wide; the surface of the whorls is
rough, having longitudinal ai'cuate
riblets formed by lines of growth
irregularly disposed in larger and
smaller groups sharply outlined ;
these cross each whorl, except the
apical, from above downwards and
plicate the suture as they end in and
commence from it ; on the upper
whorls, commencing as they do about
the middle of the 3rd whorl, these
arcuate riblets are only slightly
raised, but become harsher as they
descend. The nepionic w^iorls are sculptured by a very distinct
network of oblique reticulating wrinkles. The longitudinal
riblets are cut across at right angles by numerous fine spiral
grooves commencing about the 3rd whorl and continuing in
a spiral manner till they reach the body whorl; as they pass

436 NEW SPECIES OF LIPARUS FROM WEST AUSTRALIA.

round the lower part of the body whorl their impressed character
is not so marked. The longitudinal arcuate riblets being cut
across by the spiral grooves, the surface is divided into coarse and
fine imbricating subsquainose nodosities, causing the surface to
resemble bead-like rows, with finer longitudinal beaded rows in
between the coarser ones.

Aperture slightly oblique, pyriform; outer lip simple, neither
thickened nor reflected, meeting the body whorl at a sharp angle,
then slightly bent and regularly curving to the anterior extremity,
where[^it is ajlittle produced and almost effuse. Columella nearly
straight, anteriorly everted over the rimate umbilicus; above
spreading a thick and sharpl}^ defined layer of callus on the body
whorl.

Length;30mm. Width about the middle of the body whorl
10 mm.

//«&. — About 50 miles east of Israelite Ba}^ Western Australia,
two miles from the edge of the clifis, which are there about 200
feet high; it was found in large numbers. Bulimias Dux is also
found abundantly there.

The nearest ally of this species is Liparus Brazieri, Angas, a
broader, shorter and much thinner shell. The surface of L.
gratwicki is correlated with a sharper, harsher sculpture.

The nepionic apex to which I have drawn attention is the same
in all other members of Liparns, although, except in the case of
L. Spenceri, it has received little attention from authors.

I have placed this species in with Lijmrus, although so far
nothing is known of the anatomy of the animal, but its general
characters and habitat suggest that it should be so placed; it has
characters, however, as to shape, the formation of its aperture with
its thick callused internal surface, that would place it with
Placostylus.

The drawing of this species has been generously made for me
by Mr. Charles Hedle}^, Conchologist on the scientific staff of
the Australian Museum.

437

CONTRIBUTIONS TO A KNOWLEDGE OF THE
FLORA OF AUSTRALIA.

No. II.

By R. T. Baker, F.L.S., Curator, Technological Museum,.

Sydney.

ZYGOPHYLLE.S:.

Tribulus terrestris, Linn. — Mostly regarded as an inland
species, but it extends to both sides of the Dividing Range,
occurring at Minto (M. Ryan).

EUTACE^.

Boroxia anemoxifolia, a. Cunn., var. dentigera, Benth. —

This rare form of the species occurs at Mittagong (W. A. Dixon),

also on the Sugar Loaf Mountain, Bx-aidwood, 5 ft. 10 in. high.

(W. Biiuerlen).

MELIACE.ffi.

Synoum glandulosum, Juss. — In the gullies at Bundanoon,
Southerii Line (B. Dunstan).

EHAMNE.S:.

Cryptandra longistaminea, F.v.JL — Woodburn, near the
mouth of the Richmond River {W. Biiuerlen). The only locality-
given in B.FL Yol. i. p. 444 is New England (C. Stuart).

SAPINDACEffi.

*Cupania punctulata, F.v.M. — This plant was described
originally (F.v.M., Frag. iii. 12, and by Bentham, Flora Aus. i.

* Species marked with an asterisk have not previously been recorded
from New South AVales.

438 FLORA OF AUSTRALIA,

458) from material lacking flowers and seeds. Mr. Bauerlen has
been successful in collecting complete material of the species at
Tumbulgum, where the tree attains a height of over 50 feet and
a diameter of 15 inches. The flowers may now be described as
follows : — Panicles axillary, either single or a cluster of from five
to six, about 3 inches long. Flowers not numerous, distant;
buds globular, a little over one line in diameter. Sepals imbricate
in the bud, almost orbicular, unecjual, glabrous; petals oval,
glabrous, about 1 line long. Sepals and petals reddish with
hyaline edges. Stamens eight, pubescent towards the base.

^Nephelium divaricatum, F.v.M. — Lismore (W. Bauerlen).

LEGUMINOS^.

Bossi.EA FOLioSA, A. Cuun. — As an instance of the adaptation
of plants to environmental conditions, it may be here recorded
that plants of this species collected on the Crackenback jNIountain
(Mt. Kosciusko) at an elevation of 5,000 feet, by W. Bauerlen,
have the calyx pubescent (as mentioned by Bentham, B.FI. ii.
p. 160), whilst specimens of undoubtedly the same species
collected at Heydon's Bog, Delegate, 3000 feet, by this gentle-
man, have the calyx quite glabrous.

Acacia Bakeri, J.H.M. — Tumbulgum, Tweed River, extend-
ing also into Queensland (W. Bauerlen).

Acacia rubida, A. Cnnn. — This species is known at Gerogery
as " Silver Wattle " (Isaac Mann). This is its most southern
recorded locality

Acacia glaucescens, Willd.—Deep Creek, Quiedong River,
Delegate District (W. Bauerlen).

PiTHECOLOBiUM MuLLERiANUM, J.H.JI. et R.T.B. — Tweed River,
Murwillumbah (AV. Bauerlen), and probably extending also into
Queensland.

* Species marked with an asterisk have not previouslj^ been recorded
from New South Wales.

BY R. T. BAKER. 439

SAXIFKAGE^;.
Argophyllum Nullumense, sp.nov.
{Argophyllum nitidum, LabilL, Baker, P.L.S.N.S.W. 1897,

In Part i. of these Contributions a full description is given of
a plant from Nullum Mt., Murwillumbah (W.B.), accompanied
by a figure, placed tentatively under A. nitidum, Forst., as no
specimens of that species are preserved in the Colony. Since
publishing that description I have forwarded specimens to the
Directoi", Royal Gardens, Kew, England, who very kindly
compared them with Forster's original and writes me as follows :
— "Forster's specimen has smaller, entire leaves, vuich less
acuminate, and with slightly longer petioles. The flowei's of Mr.
Baker's specimens appear to be typical. A specimen collected
by Mr. Webb in New Caledonia has toothed leaves, but the teeth
are much smaller than in Mr. Baker's plant, and in other respects
they agree with the type."

As it is on the differences in leaf-characters that the known
species of this genus are founded, and the material collected at
Nullum Mountain differs from both A. Lejourdani, F.v.M., and
A. nitidum, Forst., it is here proposed to carry out the suggestion
in my former paper {loc. cit.) and designate the New South Wales
plant as A. Nullumense.

]yiYRTACE.a:.

Callistemon coccineus, F.v.M. — This species extends from the
South Australian bofder to almost the coast, having been collected
at Dinner Creek, Clyde Road, Braidwood (W. Bauerlen).

Eucalyptus spp.

The following localities are of interest in regard to the
respective species : —

E. BosisTOANA, F.V.M. — Barber's Creek (H.R.).

E. L.EVOPiNEA, var. MINOR, R.T.B. — Between Sutton Forest
and Berrima Coal Mine. Additional evidence points to this

440 FLORA OF AUSTRALIA,

being a new species. Since it was recorded (P.L.S.N.S.W. 1898,
p. 416) it appears now to be identical with the tree which the
late Baron von Mueller regarded as a Stringybark form of
E. hcHmastoma ( Eucalyptographia, Dec. ii.). The botanical and
chemical evidence show very clearly that the two are quite
distinct.

E. PALUDOSA, R.T.B. — Bundanoon (T. Steel).

E. Maideni, i^.r. J/. -Barber's Creek (H.R.).

E. amygdalina, LabUL — Bundanoon (T. Steel).

E. OBLiQUA, Z'//er.— Bundanoon (T. Steel).

E. FASTiGATA, H.D. et J.//.i/.— (" Cut-Tail.") This species,
which is easily identified by its fissile timber and pear-shaped
fruits, probably occurs on the coast range from the Victorian to
the Queensland border.

E. TERMiNALis, F.v.M. — Angledool (A. Paddison), Cobar (H.
Cambage).

E. Bridgesiana, R.T.B. — Goulburn (A. J. Sach), Bathurst,
slopes of Bald Hills (W. J. C. Ross, B.Sc).

E. pulverulenta, Sims. — Fairly plentiful about Barber's
Creek, but beyond Marulan there are hundreds of acres of it.

LOKANTHACE^.

ViscuM ARTicuLATUM, Buvm. — Yaloroi in the Warialda-Goon-
diwindi district, " growing on several kinds of scrub" (Mr. D. A.
Porter). Recorded also from Narral)ri (P.L.S.N.S.W. 1897,
p. 2.54).

C0MP0SIT.5;.

*CoNYZA ^GYPTIACA, Ait. — Murwillumbah (W. Bauerlen).
The plant has toothed leaves like the Egyptian plant referred to
by Bentham {B.Fl. Vol. iii. p. 497).

* Species marked with an asterisk have not previously been recorded
from New South Wales.

BY R. T. BAKER. 441

Calocephalus citreus, Less. — Bungendore, Lake George (W.

Bauerlen). Previously recorded from west of the Dividing

Range.

SAPOTACEa:.

*AcHRAS PoHLMANiANA, F.v.M. — Tumbulgum (W. Bauerlen).
Bentham describes it as a shrub, but W. Bauerlen's measurements
give the trees as about 60 feet high and 12 inches in diameter.
The wood is softer and whiter than that of the other species.

EBENACE^.

*Maba seriocarpa, F.v.M. — The description of this plant in
Bentham's Flora Australiensis (Vol. iv. p. 389) is lacking in one
or two essential characters which were wanting in the material
examined. These I now add : — Female flowers solitary in the
axils of the leaves. Calyx 1^ lines long, silky villous with a pair
of ovate brown bracts at the base. Corolla 2 lines long, tube
glabrous, shorter than the calyx, lobes silky hairy on the back.
Ovary 1 line long, covered with minute silky hairs. Fruit under
six lines in diameter, sprinkled with silky appressed hairs.
Bentham records the calyx lobes "nearly as long as the berry,"
but this is not so in my material, but only \ the length of the
fruit.

The male flowers are also shorter than described (loc. cit.), the
calyx measuring one line and the cox'olla two, lobes obtuse, short.

The general aspect of the plant would lead one to name it at
once as M. hemicycloides, F.v.M., and the calyx, fruit and leaves
agree with that species, but it difiers from it and M. laxiflora,
Benth., in being " silky-pubescent with rust-coloured hairs,"
which feature and the appressed hairs of the leaves preclude one
from removing it from M. se7-iocarpa, F.v.M. My own opinion
is that M. seriocarpa, F.v.M., M. hemicycloides, F.v.M., and
M. laxifloi'a, Benth., are all one and the same species. The long

* Species marked with an asterisk have not previously been recorded
from New South Wales.
29

442 FLORA OF AUSTRALIA,

lobes of the female calyx, above referred to, may be perhaps a
typographical error.

Tumbulgum (W. Bauerlen).

APOCYNE^.

Lyonsia lilacina, F.v.M. — Judging from specimens obtained
by W. Bauerlen at Lismore, there appears to be in that locality
a form of this species differing from Rentham's description {B.Fl.
iv. p. 321).

The leaves are strongly reticulate and shining above, and the
flowers are all in axillary cymes, and the corolla-tube and lobes
pubescent inside only; the calyx-lobes are also spreading, as in
L. induplicata, F.v.M.

Fruit terete before dehiscing, about 2 to 3 lines in diameter
and 5 to 6 inches long.

Lyonsia induplicata, F.v.M. — Mr. J. H. Maiden has collected
this species as far south as Robbinsville, near Bulli. The fruit,
not previously recorded, is shorter than that of L. lilacina, F.v.M.,
and is llattish and very acuminate.

Omalanthus STILLINGI.EFOLIUS, Baill. — As far as I am aware,
this species is only recorded from the northern rivers, but I find
it occurs near the top of the Sugar Loaf Mountain, Braidwood
(W. Bauerlen), associated with Eriostemon Coxii, F.v.M., JIakea
MacRaeana, F.v.M., and Eucalyptus Bduerleni. It is mostly
found in the crevices of the rocks.

S0LANE5:.

SoLANUM PARViFOLiuM, R.Bv. — Angledool, N.S.W. (in flower
and fruit in March, 1898; Mr. A. Paddison).

BIGNONIACEiE.

Tecoma Baileyana, J.H.M. et R.T.B. — Tumbulgum, under
exactly the same conditions as at Mullumbimby, i.e , on steep
banks of creeks (W. Bauerlen).

POLYGONACEiE.

RuMEX DUMOSUS, A. Cunu. — On the eastern slope of the main
Divide at Murwillumbah (W. Bauerlen).

BY R. T. BAKER. 443

LAURINEiE.

CiNNAMOMUM Oliveri, Bail. — Bexhill, Alstonville, and Tin-
tenbar, in the Richmond River District; most plentiful at Bex-
hill, and at Murwillumbah and Tumbulgum on the Tweed, also
at Mullumbimby on the Brunswick; more plentiful about Mullum-
bimby and Murwillumbah than anywhere else (W. Bauerlen).

PROTEACEa;.

Grevillea floribunda, R.Br. — Gerogery (J. Mann). This is
its most southerly recorded locality.

Grevillea Hilliana, F.v.M. — Mr. Bauerlen I'eports that this
tree grows to a great height at North Tumbulgum, some trees
measuring 100 feet in height and 2 feet in diameter.

Grevillea junipkrina, R.Br. — This species extends as far
south as Monga, Clyde Road, Braidwood ; and both red and
yellow flowers are found on the same plant at Mongarlowe (Braid-
wood) where the species is plentiful on the banks of the Little
River (W. Bauerlen).

Banksia serrata, L. — Occurs as far west as Cadia, Orange

(W. Wallace).

EUPHORBIACE.a;.

*Exc^cARiA Dallachyana, Baill. — H. E. Baillon regarded
this plant as a variety of E. Ayallocha, Linn., but Bentham (B.Fl.
Vol. vi. p. 1.53) although placing it as a species, also expresses a
doubt whether it is not rather a variety of that species.

From the quantity of material collected at Tumbulgum and
Ballina by AV. Bauerlen of both plants respectively, the two
appear to be quite distinct. Bentham states (loc. cit.) that
the flowers, both male and female, are apparently the same as in
E. Ayallocha. This does not hold with the specimens from Tum-
bulgum, for the male spikes of E. Dallachyana, Baill., are much
shorter as well as more slender, being rarely over 9 lines long,
whilst those of E. Agallocha are sometimes as much as '5 inch
long. The fruits, however, are nearly 5 lines in diameter.

* Species marked with an asterisk have not previously been recorded
from New South Wales.

444 FLORA OF AUSTRALIA,

URTICE5;.

Ficus CuNNiNGHAMii, Miq. — Richmond River (W. Bauei'len).
The receptacles of this species are not " solitary or two together "
as stated by Bentham ( B.Fl. vi. 165) but often in clusters at the
base of the petioles.

CONIFERS.

Callitris Muelleri, Pari. — Carlton, near National Park,
Sydney (Mr. Clark). Not recorded south of Port Jackson pre-
viously. It also occurs on the Blue Mountains at King's Table-
land (W. Bauerlen).

Callitris calcarata, R.Br. — Murrumbo, on the Goulburn
River (R.T.B.). This species is not confined to the country west
of the main divide as previously supposed.

0RCHIDE5:.

Spiranthes australis, Rich. — Centennial Park, Sydney (Miss
S. Hynes, B.A.). In flower in February and March.

Pterostylis pedunculata, R.Br. — -North Tumbulgum, pre-
viousl}' recorded from the Blue Mountains (flowering in Septem-
ber; W. Bauerlen). My specimen differs somewhat from Fitz-
gerald's figure of the species; the labellum is differently shaped,
and also the wings of the column, and their points do not cross
each other; the penicillate appendage at the base of the labellum
appears also to be smaller.

DIOSCORIDE.a;.

Petermannia cirrosa, F.v.M. — Tumbulgum and Bellambil
Creek (W. Bauerlen), its range thus extending to the Queensland
border. The plant from this locality has many more prickles on it
than the Clai'ence River plant, and the fruits measure 5 lines in.
diameter ; Bentham gives 3 lines. In fruit in July,

PANDANACE5;.

Freycinetia excelsa, F.v.M. — This species, first recorded from
N.S.W. by me (P.L.S.N.S.W. 1897, p. 236) from the watershed of

BY R. T. BAKER. 445

the Tweed River, occurs also on the northern watershed of the
Brunswick River, where it grows in great masses covering steep
banks of creeks, as well as ascending trees (W. Bauerlen).

FILICES.

Hymenophyllum bivalve, Swartz. — This species was originally
recorded for this Colony by Baron von Mueller in S. Sc. Rec. June,
1883, as occurring at Brogher's Creek, Shoalhaven (W. Bauerlen).
It is, however, omitted from Moore and Betche's Handbook of
the Flora of N.S.W.

Pteris falcata, R.Br., var. nana. Bail. — Plentiful on the
Tweed, Brunswick and Richmond Rivers, extending as far south
as the Cambewarra Mountain, Shoalhaven (W. Bauerlen, 1884).

MUSCI.

Neckera Baeuerleni, Solms-Laubache. — Tingiringi Mountain,
Delegate District (W. Bauerlen, 1888).

Raphidostegium Tingiringense, Geheeh. — Mt. Tingiringi (W.
Bauerlen).

Catherinea (Atrichum) leptocylindrica, C. Midler. — Dele-
gate River (W. Bauerlen, 1885).

PoLYTRiCHiuM RECURViPiLis, C. Muller. — Braidwood District,
3,400 feet elevation (W. Bauerlen, 1884).

Bryum (Eubrya) Baeuerleni, C. Muller. —Clyde River (W.
Bauerlen, October, 1884).

Bryum (Rhodobryum) subolivaceum, C. Midler. — Clyde
River (W. Bauerlen, October, 1884); Richmond River (Rev. W.
W. Watts, 1898).

HEPATIC^.

Brachylejeunea plagiochiloides, Stephani et Bruce. — Clyde
River (W. Bauerlen, 1884).

Trachylejeunea elegantissima, Stephani. — Clyde District
(W. Bauerlen, 1884). Stephani notes: — "This is undoubtedly
the most splendid of all the Lejeuneas known to me. The

446 FLORA OF AUSTRALIA,

thickened, strongly refracting cell-wall of the hyaline and rounded
off papillje causes the whole plant by transmitted light to be
strewn over with numberless luminous points."

Leptolejeunea rosulans, Stephani. — Clyde District (W.

Bauerlen, 1884).

LICHENES.

Parmeliblla Baeuerlenii, . — Brogher's Creek, Shoal-

haven (W. Bauerlen, 1884).

FUNGI.

*Agaricus vernus, J5w/;.— John's River, Taree (Mr. E. T. T.
Bootes).

*Agaricus olivaceo-albus, Cke. & Mass. — Kogarah, near
Sydney (Mr. J. L. Bruce).

Agaricus (Pleurotus) candescens, Mull. — This phosphores-
cent fungus, occurring on dead wood, is extensively known
throughout N.S.W., and yet it appears never to have been
recorded for this Colony.

*RussuLA AUSTRALiENSis, Cke. & Mass. — Mount Kembla (Mr.
A. G. Hamilton); Katoomba (Mr. T. Steel).

Lentinds fasciatus, Berk. — John's River, Taree (Mr. E. T. T.
Rootes).

♦Boletus lacunosus. Cke. & Mass. — Woodford, Blue Mts.
(W. Bauerlen).

Boletus bovinus, Fr. — Dobroyde, Sydney (R.T.B.) Pileus
10 cm. broad, brown, shining or viscid above, dark yellow under-
neath, stems inclined to excentric. Edible.

*Strobilomyces velutipes, Cke. & Mass. — Katoomba (Mi-. T,
Steel). *

*PoLYPORUS oviNUS, Fr. — Belmore, near Sydney; on the ground.
(R.T.B.)

* Species marked with an asterisk have not previously been recorded
from New South Wales.

BY R. T. BAKER. 447

*PoLYPORUS Hartmanni, Cke. — Hornsby, near Sydney; on the
ground (R.T.B.). Only previously recorded from Queensland.

Polyporus eucaly'PTORUM, Fr. — Gerogery; on "Brown Stringy-
bark," E. cajntellata, Sm. (J. Manns).

*roMES LUCIDUS, Fr. — Tumbulgum (W. Bauerlen). Can be
identified with little difficulty from Cooke's description in Aust.
Funyi, p. 128.

Polysxictus xanthopus, i^r. — Tumbulgum; on decaying logs
(W. Bauerlen).

*Stereum bicolor, Fr. — Belmore, near Sydney, on dead burnt
timber ; one side is generally attached to the host ; it has a
gregarious habit and apparently grows in terraces (R. T. Baker).
This species is new for Australia.

*Hymenoch^.te cacao, Berk. — Tamworth, on dead wood (Mr.
D. A. Porter).

CoRTiciUM CCERULEUM, Fries. — Kogarah (Mr. J. L. Bruce).

Hirneola polytricha, Mont.- — Manly, on decaying ti-unks of
Ficus rnhiginosa (R.T.B.); Bellumbil Creek, on decaying logs
(W. Bauerlen). This fungus is the "Mu-esh" of Central China.

*Peziza vesiculosa, Bull. " Bladdery Peziza." — Strathfield,
near Sydney, growing on dung (Mr. Walter Lewis).

*Melampsora nesodaphnes, B. & Br. — This minute fungus
(although wrongly matched as regards its host) occurs on the
fruits of Cinnamormim Oliveri, Bail., as far south as Port
Macquarie.

*^CIDIUM viOLiE, >Schum. — Monga, on the leaves of the native
violet, Viola heto7iiccefolia, Sm., (W. Bauerlen). Previously
recorded only from Victoria.

*OiDiUM Tuckeri, B. — Lake Cowal, Marsden; on vine leaves
(Miss Allen).

*Physarum rufibasis, B.&Br. — Tamworth (Mr. D. A. Porter),

* Species marked with an asterisk have not previously been recorded
from New South Wales.

448

OBSERVATIONS ON THE EUCALYPTS OF NEW

SOUTH WALES.

Part V.

By Henry Deane, M.A., F.L.S., and J. H. Maiden, F.L.S.

(Plates xxxvii.-xlii.)

E. Macarthuri, sp.nov. — The Camden Woolly-butt.
(Plate xxxviii.)

The history of this interesting species is as follows : — Sir
William Macarthur collected its timber for the Paris Exhibition
of 1855, it bearing the number 142 of the indigenous woods of
the southern district he was commissioned to procure for this
Exhibition. Under the name of " Wooly Gum of Argyle," he
described it as follows : " A species of picturesque growth, con-
fined to a limited extent of country; wood not esteemed, reputed
to possess little comparative strength or durability. Height,
40-80 feet; diameter, 36-48 inches."

The identical specimen was sent by Sir William to the London
Exhibition of 1862, this time under the name of "Woolly Gum
of Berrima," and it was described as "a tree of beautiful form,
but the timber weak and worthless."

In the year 1864 Miss Atkinson (afterward Mrs. Calvert)
collected it, and following is a copy of her label : — " Bark fibrous,
Woolly Gum, Berrima Large round tree, very hard wood, but
not used, as it does not split well."

Her original specimens are in the National Herbarium of
Victoria, and were seen by Bentham, who referred them to E.
viminalis. See also B.Fl. iii, 240, where this species is referred
to as " Camden Woolly Butt, Woolls."

Probably both Miss Atkinson and Dr. Woolls collected speci-
mens, and the following passage was written soon after the

BY HENRY DEANE AND .J. H. MAIDEN. 449

arrival of the 3rd volume of the Flora Australiensis in the
Colony : —

"E. diversifoUa. — I have ventured to separate the 'Camden
Woolly-butt ' from the ' Manna Gum' (E. viminalis), with which
it has been associated, because the trees differ so much from each
other in bark, habit, &c. The Camden Woolly-butt resembles in
some respects the Woolly-butt of other districts, having the lower
part of the tree covered with fibrous bark and the upper branches
smooth. The inflorescence, however, and the leaves are very
differeat, being sometimes narrow-lanceolate and alternate, and
sometimes cordate or ovate-acuminate, sessile and opposite. The
buds and seed-vessels are small, generally eight in each axillary
or lateral umbel. This species is common in the neighbourhood
of Berrima, and attains the height of 80 feet, but beautiful as
the form of the tx'ee is, the wood is said to be indifferent." —
Woolls' Contribution to the Flora of Australia, p. 235 (1867).

And again : — "jE*. diversifoUa, which, in the Flora, is regarded
as one of the forms of E. vimhialis, is certainly a distinct species,
and called ' Camden Woolly Butt.' The lower part of the tree
is fibrous, and the leaves dilfer from narrow lanceolate and
alternate to cordate, sessile and opposite."— Woolls' Lectures on
the Vegetable Kingdom, p. 120 (1879).

It will thus be seen that Woolls did not agree with Bentham
in placing the " Camden Woolly-butt " under E. viminalis, and
he himself placed it under E. diversifoUa. Woolls did this pro-
bably because he thought that the reference in B.Fl. iii. 240 to
E. diversifoUa was intended for the " Camden Woolly-butt," but
it is not Bonpland's species, Mueller ( Eucalyptographia^ under
E. viminalis), having shown that the plate in PI. de Malmaison,
35, t. 13, represents a young state of E. santalifolia.

In 1885 Dr. Woolls (Plants of Nerv South Wales, p. 55),
departed from the opinion he had so long held as to the claim of
the " Camden Woolly-butt " to be a distinct species, and looked
upon it as a form of E. Stuartiana, a statement which could only
have been made without due consideration.

450 ON THE EUCALYPTS OF NEW SOUTH WALES,

"E. Stuartiana has a wide range in New South Wales, being
found on the Mittagong Range, the hills near Mudgee, and parts
of New England. The bark is fibrous and persistent, and it is
known by the popular names "Camden Woolly-butt," "Pepper-
mint," or " Stringybark." On young trees the leaves are fre-
quently opposite. It occurs on the Mittagong Range in company
with E. amygdalina, and rises to the height of 100 feet." — (Op.
cit.)

A specimen of "Mudgee Peppermint," so labelled by Dr.
W^oolls, is E. Stua rfiana, and is not identical with " Camden
Woolly-butt " as surmised by him on the label. This confusion
of the two trees probably arose from the mixing of herbarium
specimens Peppermint is a bad name to apply to this tree, and
doubtless arose simply from contemplation of its fibrous bark,
which somewhat resembles that of some species known as
"Peppermint." The leaves of the " Camden Woolly-butt" emit
no odour of peppermint.

We name this species in honour of the late 8ir William
Macarthur, of Camden Park, who appears to have been the first
to recognise this particular Woolly-butt as a distinct tree, while
he was certainly one of the pioneers in the difficult task of
diffusing accurate information in regard to the Eucalypts of New
South Wales.

Vernacular name. — "Camden Woolly-butt," after the county of
Camden, New South Wales; it has, however, been found in the
county of Argyle also; in fact it was originally called " Woolly
Gum of Argyle." The name " Woolly-butt " or " Woolly Gum "
is in reference to the texture of the bark and sap wood. It is
not to be confused with the common Woolly-butt of the Sydney
district [E. longifoUa), the Woolly-butt of the South Coast {E.
saligna), or that of the North Coast (Tristania conferta).

Bark. — Rough, somewhat box-like, but very woolly. The sap-
wood also of a woolly texture.

Timber. — Pale coloured, nearly white. Not a favourite locally
as it does not split well and is not durable. Additional notes on
the reputed value of this timber have already been given.

BY HENRY DEANE AND J. H. MAIDEN. 451

Seedling leaves. — Linear-lanceolate, slightly cordate, barely stem-
clasping, strictl}' opposite.

Slicker leaves. — Cordate or ovate-acuminate, stem-clasping,
sessile and opposite. Bright green in colour; of similar tint on
both sides.

Mature leaves. — Alternate, narrow, lanceolate, often falcate,
thickish, of equal colour on both sides. Venation not prominent;
intra-marginal vein at some distance from edge; veins not spring-
ing from the base, pinnate.

Buds. — Small, the operculum and calyx of approximately equal
size, the foi-mer but very slightly conical; shining; up to eight in
the head but perhaps five on the average. Umbels axillary, with
short scarcely flattened stalks, and stalklets absent or nearly so.

Anthers. — Small, ovoid in shape, opening in longitudinal slits;
inflexed in bud; apparentl}' all fertile. Stigma slightly dilated,
having the appearance of being flattened on top.

Fruits. — Very small, much smaller than that of E. Stuartiana.
Nearly hemispherical, slightly dilated at the rim, which is well
defined; valves usually three but rarely four, scarcely exserted.
Seeds small, without any appendage.

Bangs. — Confined to the counties of Camden and Argyle,
N.S.W., as far as known at present.

Prefers swampy or low-lying land, or to follow the course of a
stream.

Affinities. — Bentham indicates its aftinity to E. viviinalis, but
except in the suckers and mature lea\es the affinity does not
appear to be marked. Its narrow sucker leaves and small fruits
should prevent its confusion with E. Stuartiana. The sucker
leaves sharply separate it from A', acacioiformis.

E. QUADRANGULATA, sp.nOV.

CPlate xxxix.)
A tree of 80-100 feet and diameter of 2-4 feet.

Bark. — Very much resembles that of ordinary Box {E. hemi-
phloia) in general appearance, but bark more fuzzy and less soft

452 ON THE EUCALYPTS OF NEW SOUTH WALES,

than the latter; the timber also lighter in colour. The branches
have smooth tips.

Timber. — Pale, not brown wheii fresh like E. hemiphloia,
inlocked, very tough, evidently an excellent timber. The rougher
bark falls off in patches, leaving box -like but less rough patches
underneath. Again, these less-rough patches become darker and
more rough, and this process is repeated ad injinihwi.

Kino. — On a tree being cut into a pocket of kino of a treacly
consistency and colour exuded, which in a few hours dried into a
hard, dark brown mass, which broke with a bright fracture. It
is all but insoluble in alcohol and soluble in water, forming a
rich tawny solution with deposition of gum on addition of alcohol,
and thus belongs to Maiden's gummy group of kinos.

Sucker leaves. — Narrow-lanceolate, cordate and clasping at the
base, strictly opposite, markedly paler on the under surface.

The sucker foliage of E. goniocalyx presents considerable
similarity to that of E. quacb'angulata, differing chiefly in the
greater breadth and shorter length of the former.

The sucker stems are brown (commonly chocolate-brown) and
usually square in section. Not only is the young stem quad-
rangulate, but it is even winged, and this is so marked a character
that the name alata would probably have been chosen had this
name not been preoccupied.

Other instances of quadrangular stems in Eucalyptus are : —
E. tereticornis (apparently not common), E. globulus, and E.
Maideni.

The E. elata of Dehnhardt has also quadrangular stems. It
has been placed under E. viminalis by Bentham, but that is an
obvious error, and its position must remain in doubt until adequate
material be available. Mueller [Eucalyptographid) suggests E.
amygdalina, with which we also cannot concur.

Mature leaves. — Branchlets angular, lanceolate or narrow-
lanceolate, slightl}' falcate, usually 4 to 6 inches long, scarcely
paler on the under surface.

The margin usually sinuate, jagged or remotely denticulate.
Venation conspicuous on both sides, the intra-marginal vein con-

BY HENRY DEANE AND J. H. MAIDEN. 453

spicuousl}' removed from the edge, the lateral veins spreading.
The texture of leaf thickish, hence the oil-dots, which are fairly-
numerous, are not prominent.

^Mo?s.— Umbels axillary, consisting usually of 4 to 8 in the
head, not dull ; sessile, the common stalk being broadish and
strongly compressed. The calyces sub-conical and exceeding the
operculum, which is conoid, the calyces sometimes angular.

Stamens all fertile, inflexed in bud, opening with longitudinal,
almost parallel slits.

fruits. — Small, shining, bell-shaped, rim medium, the valves
slightly exserted, and usually thi-ee in number. The seeds small,
without membranous expansion.

F. quadrangulata presents points of similarity to E. saligna,
E. goniocalyx, and E. Macarthuri.

It shows affinity to E. saliyna in its kino (it is a member of
Maiden's Gummy group). In the occasional angularity of its buds
and in the general shape of the fruits, there is some approach to
E. saligna, but the buds of the latter are more pointed, the fruits
more cylindrical and the rim more sunk, while the venation of
the leaves and the texture of the bark show that the species are
very different.

We have already alluded to the similarity of E. quadrangulata
and E. goniocalyx as regards sucker-foliage. The similarity of
the mature foliage of the two species is unmistakable and extends
even to the margins; very large leaves have not, however, yet
been found in E. quadrangidata. The shape of the fruits is, how-
ever, quite different, while E. quadrangulata is a Box and E.
goniocalyx a Ribbony Gum.

E. quadrangulata possesses no close affinity to the common Box
i^E. hemiphloia).

The sucker foliage of E. Macarthuri is sufficiently distinct from
that of E. quadrangulata, nor are the stems of the former angular.
The mature foliage of the two species is not dissimilar. The
fruits of E. Macarthuri are rather smaller and the valves less
exserted. Both species have fibrous barks, but one belongs to

454

what is known as the Box group of barks, and the other to the
Woolly-butt group; the timbers also are very different.

Range. — This species has a very limited range, so far as is
known at present, having been found only in the neighbourhood
of Hill Top, about 70 miles south of Sydney.

E. ACACI^FORMIS, Sp.nOV.

(Plate xxx^■ii.)

A large, rather umbrageous tree, attaining several feet in trunk
diameter (Mr. A. R. Crawford says " over 6 feet ").

Vernacular names. — This is recognised as a "Peppermint" in
New England, and sometimes, by way of distinction," Black," or
" Narrow-leaved Peppermint." The term " Ijlack " is in allusion
to the dark colour of the bark as compared with that of E.
Stuartiana.

It is the Eucalypt No. 3 of p. 542, Vol. vii , Proc. Aust. Assoc.
Adv. Science (" Some Eucalyptsof the New England Table-land,"
by J. H. Maiden).

Bark. — Sub-fibrous, resembling that of £. jriperita a good deal.

" Sometimes very rough and furrowed, almost like an Iron-
bark." — (A. R. Crawford, in lift.)

Timber. — Pale reddish.

Seedling leaves. — Narrower than the suckers, but otherwise
very similar. They are strictly opposite.

Sucker leaves. — Pale coloured, lanceolate, symmetrical, always
blunt at the apex which is somewhat rounded. The margin is
crenulate, a very unusual circumstance in a Eucalypt; and the
leaves are alternate, and not opposite as is the case of normal
Stuartia7ia. The average size of the young lea\'es is If x | in.

Mature leaves. — Lanceolate, the average size of the leaves being
2| X I in. The foliage is not glaucous in any part, not even the
sucker foliage. Margins often crenulate. Equally green on both
sides. The intra-marginal vein distinctly removed from the edge;
the transverse veins fine, nearly parallel, and at about an angle
of 45° with the midrib.

BY HENRY DEANE AND J. H. MAIDEN. 455

Buds. — Commonly up to 6 or 7 in the head; stalklets short
and angular; stalks usually 4 or 5 lines long, very angular or
flattened. Operculum a little pointed; about equal in size to the
calyx; style short and the stigma dilated somewhat. The anthers
opening in parallel slits.

Fruit. — Small, with short stalklets; the stalks of about twice
the length, roundish, being only slightly compressed. The valves
scarcely exserted, and usually only three. Shape of fruit rather
more cylindrical than hemispherical, ^^g broad x -^ inch long.
Rim of medium width and nearly horizontal.

Eange — Confined to New England as far as observed at pre-
sent. Common between Yarrowitch and Walcha ; also near
Moona Plains. Occurs also near Glen Innes and (sparingly so
far as observed) in the Tenterfield district, e.g., near Mount
Spiraby, east of Bolivia.

Eucalyptus ACACiiEFORMis, var. linearis, var.nov.

The Eucalypt referred to as No. 4 at p. 542, Vol. vii., Proc.
Aust. Assoc. Adv. Science.

A singularly graceful tree, reminding one of a Weeping Willow.
Height about 50 feet and trunk diameter 2 feet, as far as seen.

The twigs are slender, a characteristic of the tree being the
smallness and the grace of its parts.

Vernacular names. — A "Peppermint" or "Narrow-leaved
Peppermint." "Grey Peppermint" (H.D.).

Ba7'k and timber similar to preceding.

Sucker foliage. — Has crenulated margins like the preceding,
but longer, narrower, and more pointed leaves. Some of the
very young foliage is linear-lanceolate and even linear.

A good deal of the young foliage reminds one superficially of
that of the Wilga (Geijera -parvijiora).

Alternate, not opposite like E. Stuartiana.

Mature foliage. — Linear-lanceolate or lanceolate, the average
dimensions being, say, 5 x f in.

456 ox THE EUCALYPTS OF NEW SOUTH WALES,

Fruits. — Smaller than the preceding, reminding one of those
of E. microtheca, but the calyx less hemispherical. Valves well
exserted. Pedicels on the average as long as the fruits; the
common peduncle also much longer than that of either of the
preceding forms.

Jiange. — l^ew England (Walcha and Glen Innes districts).

E. RUBiDA, sp.nov. — "Candle-bark."

(Plate xl.)

Vernacular names. — Known as " Flooded Gum " at Quean-
beyan, Michelago, Cooma; sometimes known as " Bastard White
Gum," " Ribbony Gum," and "Drooping Gum." The name
" Candle-bark " in use in the Queanbeyan district is in refei'ence
to its smooth and glaucous trunk; it is very desci'iptive of the
tree as seen in much of its range and might be adopted for the
vernacular, as the others are already appropriated. It has
usually reddish or plum-coloured patches on the bark, hence the
occasional name of " Spotted Gum." Sometimes the bark is,
however, of a yellowish cast (the tips of the twigs being also
yellowish) and hence, between Goulburn and Moss Vale, it is one
of the trees known in the district as " Yellow Gum." We have
also noticed the species to have a yellowish bark between Dele-
gate and Bombala, while a label in the National Herbarium,
Melbourne, shows that the species at St. Vincent's Gulf, S.A., is
also known as "Yellow Gum."

Bark. — Perfectly smooth for the most part, the outer layer
of bark falling off in ribbons. The "bole and limbs very white,
as if whitewashed" (A. W. Howitt, referring to Gippsland trees).
The name "Candle-bark" is also excellentl}' descriptive of the
appearance of the bark in the most southern parts of this Colony
and in north-eastern Victoria.

It frequently exhibits reddish or plum-coloured patches (hence
the specific name); this is a colour rarely, if ever, seen in E.
viminalis. Sometimes {e.g., Adaminaby to Cooma) the colour of
the bark, especially of the branches, may be described as pale

BY HENRV DEANE AND J. H. MAIDEN. 457

pink. We have already referred to the yellowish cast of the
bark in widely different localities.

In the case of a species having such an extended range, it is
not surprising that the bai-k shows some variation. For example,
the trees about Sunny Corner show perhaps a rougher (more
flaky) bark at the butt than is usual in many other localities, but
neither here nor anywhere else is such rough bark ever of a Bbrous
character.

Under E. Stuartiana, in the Eucalyptogra'phia, the following
remarks occur : — " It is possible that in this species a smooth-
bai'ked variety occurs, as would appear exceptionally to be the
case, according to the notes of several collectors." We do not
doubt that E. riihida is here referred to, and the reasonableness
of tlie confusion with E. Stuartiana is referred to below.

Timber. — Red worthless timber; dries paler.

Sucker leaves. — From nearly orbicular to nearly oblong, often
emarginate or retuse, eventuall}'^ taking on a lanceolate shape.
The midrib usually terminating in a short and fine point.
Strictly opposite; sometimes stem-clasping and even more or less
connate. Very glaucous as a general rule.

Mature leaves. — Dull green; of similar tint on both sides;
narrow lanceolate, of thickish texture and hence largely conceal-
ing the oil-dots, the intramarginal vein scarcely removed from
the edge, the primary veins roughly transverse. Often glaucous,
sometimes very much so. Spherical brachyscelid galls are some-
times found on the leaves.

Buds. — Ovoid, axillary; in threes and cruciform; sessile or with
very short stalklets; the stalks commonly under ^ inch long,
round, rarely flattened, and then only towards the insertion of
the buds.

Opercidum. — Nearly hemispherical when ripe, hardly pointed;
rather shorter than the calyx; conoid when less ripe.

Stamens all fertile and inflected in the bud, anthers ovate-
oblong, with parallel distinct cells.

Fruit. — Top-shaped; spreading at the orifice. Usually about
3 lines in diameter. Sometimes nearly hemispherical. Shiny or
30

458 ON THE EUCALYPTS OP NEW SOUTH WALES,

glaucous. The rim broadish and convex. Valves three or four
and exserted.

Affinities. — It has been variously looked upon as a broad-
suckered form of E. viminalis, or a smooth-barked form of E.
Stuartiana, while its affinity to E. Gunnii though less strong is
still obvious. We will give a few notes in regard to these three
species.

It resembles E. viminalis in its drooping foliage, flowers in
threes, and smooth bark. It is Howitt's viminalis (h). See
'' Eucalypts of Gippsland," p. 97, to which excellent account of
the tree the student should turn, its affinities to E. viminalis and
E. Stuartiana being there clearly indicated. It sharply differs
from E. viminalis in its broad glaucous suckers.

It shows obvious affinity to E. Stiiartiana in its broad suckers;
its most obvious differences lie in its smooth bark and thinner
leaves.

Its most obvious similarity to E. Gunnii lies in the fact that
it is a smooth-barked Gum with broadish sucker leaves; it may at
once be distinguished from that species by the flowers in threes
(a constant character of E. ruhida as far as known), less ovate
sucker leaves and uniformly narrower mature foliage.

'^ E. Gunnii, Miq., in Ned. Kruidk. Arch. iv. 126 (not of
Hook, f.) from Streleczky Range, Victoria, appears to be E.
viminalis " ( B.Fl. iii. 240) is probably E. ruhida.

Range. — The mountain ranges in the south and south-eastern
portions of the Colony. Occurs on the lower slopes of the Mt.
Kosciusko ranges up to about 5000 feet. Common about Jinda-
byne, Adaminaby, Delegate to Bombala and Cooma, Michelago,
Queanbeyan; northerly nearly as far as Moss Vale; westerly as
far as Sunny Corner and the tributaries of the Turon. Extends
also to Victoria and South Australia (St. Vincent's Gulf).
' Its name of " Flooded Gum " of course indicates the low- lying
localities in which it is found, but it is by no means restricted to
such situations, occurring in well drained, hilly situations in the
southern and westei'n mountain ranges.

BY HENRY DEANE AND J. H, MAIDEN. 459

Miscellaneous Notes (including descriptions of neiv varieties).

i. RENANTHER5;.
E. REGNANS, F.V.M., and E. Fastigata, D. & M.

The giant tree of Victoria was not formally described in the
first instance. Under E. amygdalina, Baron von Mueller first
refers to a tree which attains a height of over 400 feet, with " a
smooth stem and broad leaves." .... " this species or

variety which might be called Eucalyptus regnans "

{Rep. Acclim. Soc. Vict. 1870, p. 48).

The statement as to "smooth stem and broad leaves" is repeated
at p. 114 of his Select Extra-tropical Plants, N.S.W. Edition
(1881), it being contrasted with E. amygdalina, "which has small
narrow leaves and a rough brownish bark."

At p. 236 of the Key to the Systennof Victorian Plants, Mueller
first botanically defines E. regnans. He says : " bark outside
whitish and smooth, except at the stem-base," and calls it "Giant
Gum-tree " and " Spurious Blackbutt."

Our E. fastigata (Proc. Linn. Soc. 1896, p. 809) is a tree with
a fibrous bark, not to be distinguished, in this respect, from E.
obliqua except in the smooth branchlets of the former. Mueller
described his regnans as a smooth-barked tree; the fruit of our
fastigata (from Mt. Tantawanglo) is smaller than that of E.
regnans, and there are other difl:erences, of more or less value,
which caused us to look upon our tree as new to science.

We have since studied the distribution of E. fastigata and find
that it is very widely difi'used in New South "Wales. Following
are some localities : —

Northern District. — New England.

Southern District. — Most mountain ranges, extending at least
as far north as near Moss Vale.

Weste7-n District. — Jenolan Caves, Mt. Tomali (where it is a
giant tree), Tarana (" Messmate "), Burraga (" Blackbutt "),
Cowra ("Red Blackbutt"). Hence it occurs in most of the high
mountainous districts of the Colony.

460 ON THE EUCALYPTS OF NEW SOUTH WALES,

Contemplation of these specimens (for the most part collected
by ourselves) and inspection of E. regnans as it grows in Victoria
incline us to the opinion that our E. fastigata may not be
specifically different from E. regnans. Mueller's description of
his species would require to be modified in the specially important
matter (in the case of a Eucalypt) of the bark, while the size of
the fruit and other minor matters in which the published descrip-
tions of E. regnans and E. fastigata do not agree, may not present
insuperable obstacles to the fusion of the two species.

An excellent account of E. regnans is given by Howitt in his
Encalypts of Gippsland (^Trans. Roy. Sac. Vic. ii. 87), and he
observes that it goes under the name of " Blackbutt " in
Victoria.

E. AMYGDALiNA, Labill., var. nitida, Benth. {B.Fl. iii. 203).

We have specimens from Jenolan Caves, X.S.W., which closely
resemble Hooker's E. nitiJa as figured in Fl. I'as., and may be
arranged under Bentham's variety.

E. DIVES, Schauer.

(Syn. E. amygdalina, Labill., var. Jatifolia, Deane ifc Maiden,
Proc. Linn. Soc, (2) x. 609, with figure.)

See also WooUs' Flora of Australia, p. 241, except as regards
height of this species, which, while it flowers as a shrub, attains
the size of a medium sized tree.

Common on the southern and western spurs of the Great
Dividing Range.

E. Muelleriana, Howitt.

Trans. Roy. Soc. Vict. Vol. ii. 89 (with figs. 11 and 12), is, in
our opinion, identical with E. dextropinea, R. T. Baker, Proc.
Linn. Soc. N.S.W. 1898, 417.

In the Goulbui'n district it is known as " White Mahogany,"
but it is not to be confused with E. acihenoides. Its branches are
rough to the top, affording a I'ead}'' distinction between it and E.
2nlularis. The bark is very yellow when fi^eshly cut, also the

BY HENRY DEANE AND J. H. MAIDEN. 461

timber, hence its Gippsland name of "Yellow Stringy bark." The
timber is valued for building purposes, being used for flooring,
and weatherboards, Ac. It occurs in many places in the coast
mountain ranges, both north and south,

E. siDEROPiiLOiA, Benth., var., glauca var.nov.

This is the glaucous interior form of the species, which goes
under the names of " Blue-leaf Ironbark " (in allusion to its
glaucous foliage) and " Broad-leaf Ironbark," in allusion to its
broad sucker-leaves. Its operculum is shorter than that of the
normal species, but the fruit of var. ylauca and of the type are
precisely similar except as regards glaucousness.

Dubbo district (H. Deane, Nov., 1892; J. V. de Coque and J,
L. Boorman, Nov., 1897). This form (from fragments in our
possession) will probably be found to have extended range easterly,
and more particulaiy northerly of the Dubbo district.

" Broad-leaf Ironbark." Mr. J. V. de Coque recently drew
attention to this tree, and pointed out that its timber is inferior
to that of the other Ix'onbarks of the Dubbo district. Its timber
is of an inferior quality, both as regards "ringing" and "splitting"
(cracking), so much so that the timber-getters never cut it except
for rails. Mr. Boorman points out that it grows on slightly
elevated lands, and is confined to such situations only. When
growing in the forest it can readily be noted by its glaucous
appearance.

The "Blue-leaf Ironbark" is not really different from the
pi'eceding, although local people point out differences in breadth
and glaucousness of leaves.

It bears a strong superficial resemblance to a specimen in the
National Herbarium, Melbourne (in bud only), collected by
Clarendon Stuart in "New England, 1,000-1,500 feet" (New
England is never as low as this, so it must have been collected
during an ascent). His label further states—" 30-40 feet, bark
very rugose and deeply furrowed, flowers light yellow, Mountain
Ironbark, No. 128." It bears a label in Mueller's handwriting
^' E. leucoxylon" and is probably the var. pallens of Bentham

462 ON THE EUCALYPTS OF NEW SOUTH WALES,

(B.Fl. iii. 210). Ample botanical material is desirable of these
aberrant forms; at the same time it is not suggested for a moment
that there are not two glaucous species, the stamens and stigma
of E. sideroj)hloia and E. leucoxylon (sideroxylon) being very
difierent.

E. GONIOCALYX, F.V.M.

(Plate xli., figs. 1-3.)

In this colony this species is sometimes known as "Yellow
Gum," owing to the yellowish cast of the foliage (especially when
young), of the bark, and of the timber (particularly when fi'esh).
There are several so-called " Yellow Gums " in New South Wales,
but they must not be confused with the "Yellow^ Box" or
"Yellow Jacket" [E. melliodora), sometimes called "Apple"
at Orange, it being confused with E. Stuartiana. It is known
as " Bundy " at Burraga and Rockley, according to Mr. R. H.
Cambage.

It is usually found in gullies — bottoms or sides — and prefers
good soil. It attains a diameter of 6 feet, and with 80 or 90 feet
of barrel. Its timber has been passed both for Tallow Wood {E.
microcorys) and Box (^E. hemphloia), but it more closely resembles
the foi-mer. It is very hard when dry, and nails do not readily
drive in it; hence it is not so well liked for building purposes as
some softer but inferior timbers. It stands well in the ground.
A corresjjondent informs us that he is again using some posts of
this timber which have been in the ground for 30 years.

E. goniocalyx is found on the southern and western spurs of
the Dividing Range. In a stunted form (as " Bundy ") it occurs
on hills as far west as Mudgee and Bathurst, but in the Blue
Mountains and on the southern line north as far as Hill Top it is
a magnificent tree.

In Woolls' " Contribution to the Flora of Australia," p. 230, he
speaks of E. Stuartiana, var. longifolia, as the " Yellow Gum " of
Wingecarribbee " and other parts of the interior " (sic).
" This gum bears some resemblance to the Grey Gum and Hickory
of the County of Cumberland," The former w^as called by Sir
William Macarthur "Yellow Gum of Berrima," and is E. gonio-

BY HENRY DEANE AND J. H. MAIDEN. 463

calyx. The Grey Gum or Hickory is E. punctata, DC, as has
already been pointed out by Mueller in the Eucalyptographia.
It will be observed that both trees are placed by Bentham (B.Fl.
iii. 244) under a variety longifolia of E. Stuartiana, which variety
name should now be dropped.

E. GONiocALYX, F.V.M., var. nitens, var.nov.
(Plate xli., fig. 4.)

With small, shiny fruits, up to seven in the head as seen,
differing from the type both in the smallness of the fruits and in
their shininess, those of the normal species being lustreless. The
form formerly known as E. eheopihora, F.v.M , is intermediate
between var. nitens and the normal species.

" Silver Top Gum," Glenbog, Candelo (J. Duff); "Silver Top,"
Mountain Top, Nimitybelle; " Giant Gum," " Mountain Gum,"
Delegate River (W. Bauerlen); Mt, Mueller, near Mt. Baw Baw,
Victoria (Jas. Melvin), specimens received from Mr. J. G.
Luehmann.

In this variety many of the leaves have the sinuous margins
which appear to be characteristic of the species.

E. GONIOCALYX, F.V.M. , var. fallens, Benth. (B.Fl. iii. 230.)

" Rough-barked mountain apple," mountains on Snowy River
(Mueller) ; Rob Roy, Queanbeyan (H.D.) ; Tumut (W. S.
Campbell).

Has a box-like grey, persistent bark, like E. hemipUoia and E.
Stuartiana. Is a stunted, twisted, crooked tree, not straight as
E. goniocalyx usually is. Leaves often very long.

This is not to be confused with our E. Gunnii, var. glaiica, the
white dried herbarium specimens of which bear some resemblance
to it ; the latter is a smooth-barked tree.

This glaucous form bears resemblance to the glaucous form of
E. goniocalyx, consisting of small, rather stunted trees on hills in
the Bathurst and Mudgee districts. These resemble some South
Australian specimens very closely, and are more glaucous than
the normal species, though far less so than var. jmllens.

464 ON THE EUCALYPTS OF NEW SOUTH WALES,

E. GuNNii, Hook, f., var. glauca, var.nov.

(Plate xlii., figs. 5-7.)

. This name we propose for the very glaucous form of this species
(far more glaucous than the typical Tasmanian form), the white-
ness of the fruits being especially marked. It is not uncommon
in the Snowy Mountains of both this colony and Victoria (includ-
ing summit of Mt. Baw Baw, Mueller), and we have it from as
far north as Nimbo Station, head of the Queanbeyan River (H.
Deane), where it is known as " Flooded Gum " and " Cabbage
Gum."

E. Giinnii, Hook, f., includes, in our opinion, B. j)ci,ludosa, R.
T. Baker {Proc. Linn. Soc. A^.SJV., 1898, p. 167).

We have specimens of typical E. Gtmnii from Tasmania which
tally with Hooker's description, and are accurately represented
by his figure in Fl. Tas. We find on the same twig fruits of the
.shape depicted by Hooker, and of the conical form depicted by
Mr. Baker as E. paludosa. We find such characters as the
undulations of the leaf not constant ; and having studied the
species in the field for many ^J^ears, and having examined a large
series of specimens from Tasmania, Victoria, and also New South
Wales, as far north as Hill Top, southern line, we fail to find a
line of demarcation between them sufiicient to constitute a second
species. The variety name paludosa might perhaps, however, be
retained to indicate the extreme conical fruited forms, but the
tree is not absolutely restricted to marshy localities.

E. saligna, Sm., var. parviflora, var.nov.
(Plate xlii., figs. 1-4.)

This is a tree from northern New England (Bluff River near
Tenterfield; also near Red Soil Creek. Mt. Spiraby, east of the
Dividing Range) which bears the local name of "Silky Gum,"
owing to the sheen of its bark. It was also called by some
people "White Gum" and " Blue Gum."

It is a very large tree, with smooth and sometimes almost
glaucous bark, a little riljbony at the butt. Some of the trees
resemble Blue or Flooded Gum {E. saligna) a good deal. In other

BY HENRY DEANE AND J. H. MAIDEN. 465

cases it forms a gnarled tree up to 7 or 8 feet in diameter as
seen, the scrambling branches in some cases actually touching
the ground. Such trees remind one of Angophora lanceolata.

The gnarled trees have buttresses spreading over a large area
of land, and have thin scaly or ribbony bark extending a good
distance up the trunk; in others the roughish bark extends but
a short distance.

The trunk and branches show patches of bluish, purplish or
reddish. The twigs are often red, so are the young suckers —
twigs, midribs and margins.

The tree is what bushmen recognise as a broad-leaved Gum in
comparison with other species. The young foliage is especially
broad, shining, particularly on the upper surface, and bears some
superficial resemblance to pear-foliage.

Apparently rich in oil which has a peculiar and somewhat
penetrating odour as tested by the crushed leaves.

The buds are clavate; the fruits are much smaller than those
of the normal species; the valves are not exserted. The timber
also appears to be different to that of the normal species.

The same tree occurs in the Blue Mountains {e.g., the Valley,
Springwood, and also Jamieson Valley, Wentworth Falls (found
in the latter place by W. Forsyth), and careful search will doubt-
less reveal its presence in localities between New England and
the Blue Mountains.

E. PULVERULENTA, SimS.

We have observed a double operculum in this species at Marulan,
N.S.W. E. cinerea, F.v.M., is Hewitt's variety lanceolata of
this species. Mueller desired to abandon E. cinerea., but Bentham
{B.Fl. iii. 239) objected for reasons stated. We have an abso-
lutely perfect series of specimens connecting E. indverulenta and
E. cinerea, and trust that the latter name may now be finally
dropped .

E. TERETICORNIS, Sm.

Thi'S is one of the most widely diffused Eucalypts in New South
Wales. It presents a considerable amount of variation, and we
offer notes on some of its varieties.

466 ON THE EUCALYPTS OF NEW SOUTH WALES,

E. TERETicoRNis, Sm., var. dealbata, var.nov.

(Syn. E. deaihata, A. Cunn., B.Fl. iii. 239).

(Plate xli., figs. 5-8.)

Bentham (loc. cit.) says that this may prove to be B. pollens,
DC, in which case this must fall. Mueller was (at all events at
one time) of opinion that E. deaihata, A. Cunn., was a form of
E. viminalis, Labill., but having considered a very large number
of specimens and having studied this form in the field for years
and over a large area, we do not hesitate to place it under E.
tereticomis.

Cunningham's specimens, as described in Walp. Bep. ii. 924,
were obtained from the Wellington Valley; we have collected in
this locality and have also examined authentic specimens in the
National Herbarium at Melbourne.

If Western New South Wales specimens of E. tereticomis be
examined, even from as far east as the Blue Mountains and Rich-
mond, the fruits (as compared with the type form) will be found
to be smaller, the rim flatter (more horizontal), the valves less
exserted, the operculum shorter (it and the calyx being altogether
smaller) and, particularly west of the Blue Mountains, the foliage
and inflorescence become more glaucous. In other words, the
transition between the normal tereticomis said A. Cunn.' s dealbata
is absolute.

Following ax'e some notes on and localities of actual specimens :

Adelong Crossing (W. WooUs), Tumut (Forest Ranger Mecham),
Wagga Wagga (J.H.M.). Oue of the so-called White Gums
from the neighbourhood of Bathurst and Mudgee (see further
notes in WooUs' Flora of Arostralia, p. 228). Collected also by
A. G. Hamilton. "Red Gum," "Cabbage Gum," Grenfell
(Forest Ranger Postlethwaite). " This tree is called Cabbage
Gum on account of its small size and crooked, stunted shape. It
is most diflicult to get a stx-aight log, either from branch or trunk,
of even 4 ft. in length. The bark is smooth and grey, similar to
the Red Gum (E. rostrata) both on trunk and limbs . . the
whole tree appears to be the Red Gum in miniature except that
it does not grow straight. Sometimes used for fencing where no

BY HENRY DEANE AND J. H. MAIDEN. 467

other timber can be obtained, such as on rocky hills, where it is
generally found, and where carting other kinds is difficult."
(Mr. Postlethwaite in litt).

Cowra; Wellington (A. Cunn., W. Woolls, J.H.M.); Forbes;
Mt. Tyriga, reputed centre of N.S.W., near Condobolin (H.D. &
J.H.M.). This is a tree which, if growing in the Sydney district,
would, as regards its bark, be judged to be Grey Gum (E. punc-
tata).

Eremeran, near Dandaloo, "Stunted Gum; grows on stony
ridges; seems to be allied to Mallee" (Forest Ranger Kidston).

Dubbo, Peak Hill and Harvey Range (J.H.M.). A scaly,
half-barked tree, but sometimes with bark as smooth as normal
tereticornis. The amount of scaly bark varies a good deal. Tree
strikingly like Mr. Postlethwaite's "Cabbage Gum." Buds
markedly yellow.

Gundong or Quandong Creek, a tributary of the Bogan (Rev.
G. A. C. Innes. See Woolls' Flora of Australia, p. 255).

Hills near Mudgee (Woolls); New England (C. Stuart).

Speaking generally, it is found in much of the western interior, — ■
southern, central and northern. It, however, is found east of the
Dividing Range, e.g., we have specimens from the Hawkesbury
district.

The buds and young shoots of U. tereticornis {e.g., from Williams
River and Tenterfield) are sometimes glaucous; the trees do not
otherwise answer to the description of var. dealhata.

E. TERETICORNIS, Sm., var. BREVIFOLIA {B.FL iii. 242).

Through the kindness of Mr. J. G. Luehmann, we have received
an authentic specimen of this variety. It is that form of E. tere-
ticornis figured in the left of the plate of this species in Euca-
lyptographia. It is the " Orange Gum " or " Lemon Gum " of
the Port Macquarie district, according to Mr. Forest Ranger
Brown. The ti'ee is abundant at Honeysuckle Flat, under 10
miles south of Port Macquarie (J.H.M. ), but the leaves from that

468 ON THE EUCALYPTS OP NEW SOUTH WALES,

locality are as long as those of the normal species, those of Mr.
Clarendon Stuart (on which the vai-iety was founded) being
simply abnormally small, having been collected from very exposed
situations at some elevation above the sea. We have seen other
specimens, also collected by Clarendon Stuart, which connect the
above with those from the coast (Honeysuckle Flat).
. The variety is, however, so interesting that the following notes
in regard to it will be acceptable : —

On ironstone and serpentine soil at Honeysuckle Flat, 8 to 10
miles south of Port Mac(}uarie.

Thei'e are a few hundred ti'ees, attaining no great size, say,
18 inches to 2 feet diameter, 12 feet to first fork, and 30 feet
high. The timber is very deep red, especially when freshly cut.
When cut the tree spirted out sap abundantly, admixed with
brown decayed matter. The sap is sourish and unpleasant to the
taste.

The bark of the trunk is not to be distinguished from Forest
Red Gum, except perhaps at the butt, in which it shows a
tendency to form a thin scaly white outer bark of a box-like
character.

Habit of the tree spreading and less drooping than ordinary
Forest Red Gum (Eucalyptus tereticornis). The limbs are very
brittle.

The rim of the calyx in this Gum is very marked. The oper-
culum and calyx are full of oil-dots. The leaves are thinner than
those of the normal species, while the veins are finer and less
prominent; the intra-marginal vein is not so far distant. The
peduncles are much broader and flatter than in the normal species;
the pedicels likewise are broader and flatter. The operculum is
subcylindrical, much longer than the calyx, but the calyx is larger
and the operculum smaller than in the normal species. The
operculum is narrower than the calyx, giving the appearance of
*' egg in egg cup " or acorn and cup. This shape appears to be
characteristic, and we off'er it as a ready method of distinguishing
this variet}'. The pedicels are flat and thick, running into the
calyx without any very marked line of demarcation. The calyx

HY HENRY DEANE AND J. H. MAIDEN. 469

therefore is subconical. The whole fruit is coarser in appearance
than is that of the normal species.

The variety is a well marked one, although, as has been
indicated, the name given by Bentham is unfortunate.

E. TERETicoRNis, Sm., var. LATIFOLIA, Bcnth. {B.Fl. iii. 242).

(Plate xli., fig. 9.)

*• Leaves ovate to lanceolate. Flowers with a strong cimicine
smell." The only locality in the Flora for this variety is Shoal-
water Passage, Queensland (R. Brown), but the variety, or at all
events one of its numerous links with the normal species, is
tolerably abundant in the coast and coast mountain districts of
the Colony, both north and south of Port Jackson.

"Flowers with a strong cimicine smell" appears to give the clue
to the name " Stinking Gum " which in some parts of the Colony
is given to E. tereticornis (see Agric. Gazette N.S.W. 1898, 593),
though in the specimens collected in the Mount Seaview district
the leaves were not specially broad. It is, however, not likely
that bad odour is a character exclusively possessed by the flowers
of the variety.

These broad-leaved forms are usually (though not exclusively)
found in swamps and flats, hence the local names "Swamp Gum,"
" Red Swamp Gum," and here we would point out that the
habitat " Forest Red Gum " (E. tereticornis) as compared with
" River Red Gum" (E. rostrata) is only generally and not abso-
lutely true. This is an instance of the difliculty and even impos-
sibility of giving entirely satisfactory vernacular names to many
species of Encali/ptus. ,

We may point out that the timber of the broad-leaved forms is
of very inferior quality (Mr. Forest Ranger Rudder, Agric. Gazette
A'.S.W. 1896, p. 15, says "nearly worthless"), and this enables
us to understand the conflicting statements sometimes published
in regard to E. tereticornis timbei*, which normally is one of the
most valuable timbers we have. As a general rule it may be
stated that Eucalyptus timbers grown in moist situations are
deticient in dui'ability and strength.

470 ON THE EUCALYPTS OF NEW SOUTH WALKS,

EXPLANATION OF PLATES.
Plate XXX vii. — E. acacurformis, sp.nov.

Fig. I. — Twig with buds and flowers.

Fig. 2. — Twig (sucker) with crenulate marginal foliage.

Fig. 3. — Vertical section through bud.

Fig. 4. — Anther.

Fig. 5. — Fruits.

Plate xxxviii, — E. macarthuri, sp.nov.

Fig. 1. — Twig with fruits.

Fig. 2. — Twig (sucker) showing stem-clasping leaves.

Fig. 3. — Vertical section through bud.

Fig. 4. — Anther.

Fig. 5. — Buds.

Fig. 6.— Fruits.

Plate xxxix. — E. quadrangulata, sp.nov.

Fig. 1. — Twig with buds and fruits.

Fig. 2. — Twig (sucker) showing quadrangular stems and opposite foliage.

Fig. 3. — Transverse section of young twig, showing quadrangular and

winged stem.
Fig. 4. — Vertical section through bud.
Fig. 5. — Anther.

Plate xl. — E. rubida, sp.nov.

Fig. 1. — Twig with buds and flowers.

Fig. 2. — Twig (sucker) showing nearly orbicular foliage.

Fig. 3. — Vertical section through bud.

Fig. 4. — Anther.

Fig. 5. — Fruits in threes, showing cruciform arrangement.

Plate xli., Figs. 1-4 — E. goniocalyx (from Bathurst district).

Fig. 1.— Fruits.

Fig. 2.— Buds.

Fig. 3. — Sucker-leaf.

Fig. 4. — Fruits of var. nitens, (var. nov.)

BY HENRY DEANE AND J. H. MAIDEN, 471

Figs. 5-9 — E. tertticornis.

Fig. 5. — Twig of Allan Cunningham's E. dealhaia, collected by himself at

Wellington Valley.
Fig. 6. — Leaf of same.

Fig. 7. — Usual size of fruit and pedicel in N.S.W. specimens.
Fig. 8.- Nearly sessile form, from Tenterfield.
Fig. 9. — Small-fruited, short-pedicelled form common in var. latifolia.

Plate xlii., Figs. 1-4 — E. saliyna, var. parviflora.

Fig. 1. — Mature leaf.
Fig. 2. — Half-grown leaf.
Fig. 3.— Sucker-leaf.
Fig. 4. — Fruits.

Fig. 5-7 — E. Gimnii, var. ylatica.

Fig. 5. — Mature leaf.
Fig. 6.— Buds.
Fig. 7.— Fruits.

472

NOTE ON THE OCCURRENCE IN VICTORIA OF A

PHASE OF THE SUBSPECIES PARDALOTUS

ASSnilLIS, RAMSAY.*

By Robert Hall.

(Communicated hy the Secretary.)

The name Pardalotus assimilis was first used by Dr. Ramsay
in his "Tabular List of all the Australian Birds at present
known" (P.L.S.N.S.W. ii. Part 2, p. 180, 1877), without any
description being given beyond what is contained in a footnote
as follows: — "Tips of spurious wings ahvays orange-red, never
yelloiu as in P. aj/inis." The species is again dealt with in the
same partial manner in the later edition of the "Tabular List"
(1888, p. 4); and no detailed description appears yet to have been
published.

In Vol. X. of the British Museum Catalogue of Birds (1885,
p. 56), Dr. Sharpe ranks P. assimilis as a subspecies of P. affinis,
and thus speaks of it : "I find, moreovei', that all the birds for
which I propose to adopt Ramsay's name of P. assimilis have, as
a rule, the third and fourth primaries edged with white, the third
for two-thirds of its length, the fourth only near the base, but
varying in extent and sometimes extending a good way up the
edge of the feather." But Dr. Sharpe omits to paticularise the

* The substance of this Note was contained in a Paper read at the
Society's Meeting in May last, entitled " Description of a new Pardalote,
its Nest and Eggs." At tiiis time no opportunity of comparing the
specimens treated of with undoubted specimens of P. assimilis, Rams.,
had offered. Subsequently, per favour of Mr. A. J. North, they were
compared with the fine series of skins of P. assimilis in the collection of
the Australian Museum, Sydney, witli the result that there was no option
but to consider them as a phase of P. assimilis. The paper was there-
fore, by permission of the Council, withdrawn. — Ed.

BY ROBERT HALL. 473

exceptional variation in the character mentioned which a bird
may present, but to which he would still apply the name P.
assimilis.

As already mentioned P. assimilis, a subspecies of P. ornatus,
Temm., has previously been described as having portions of the
third and fourth primaries partly edged with white on the inner
webs, the third for nearly two-thirds its length, while the fourth
is marked at its base, and that " variably." Hitherto no mention
has been made of the case in which the third primary alone in
all ages is edged with clear white for two-thirds of its length on
the inner web. Such a phase has come before me in specimens
collected in Victoria, denoting youth, immaturity and adult
stages, and this I believe is the only record of the occurrence of
the subspecies in Victoria. Briefly T may say that the third and
fourth primaries strongly contrast in the blacks and whites in the
young and mature birds, and that the alar speculum of the young
V)ird appears to be as crimson as in the adult. Previously to
having gained some knowledge of a series of skins in the Austra-
lian Museum, by favour of Messrs. North and Fletcher, I con-
sidered this phase a constant form and one which might be
regarded as a new species or subspecies.

Following is a table of the distribution of the bird in Victoria
as at present known to me : —

a. County Heytesbury, Vic. Adult female; 15-9-97.
h. County Mornington, Vic. Adult male; 15-7-96.

c. County Evelyn, Vic. Adult male; 4-11-93.

d. County Mornington, Vic. Adult female; 25-12-95.

e. County Boui'ke. Juv. male; 15-1-97.

Skins of the adults, almost matured, and young birds may be
described as under, the female (a) showing the fullest develop-
ment.

(a.) Adult female. — Dorsal colour is grey on the back, olive-
grey on the rump and upper tail coverts, which are slightly
fulvous on the terminals; scapulars in the upper parts are like
the back, while in the lower they agree with the rump colour;
greater and primary coverts black, the primary coverts being

31

474 ON A VICTORIAN PARDALOTE,

tipped with crimson to form an alar speculum, the lesser coverts
being olive-brown; quills brownish-black, tipped with white, the
secondaries gradually getting whiter along the bases as they
recede except towards the proximfil ends, where they are reddish-
brown; inner secondaries pure white on the edges of the outer
webs. Along the edge of the outer primary web is a narrow line
of white, and excepting on the third all the other primaries are
brownish-black, the third primary having the broad edge of the
outer web marked with clear white; fore part of the crown of
head is black, while the hinder crown and nape are black with
the middle line of each feather broadly marked with white, thus
showing a streaked appearance ; eyebrow clearly and broadly
lined with white; above lores a full yellow stripe continuous with
the eyebrow; lores blackish; cheeks ashy-white; uj^per ear coverts
white feathers with narrow black edging; throat and upper breast
yellow, bounded laterally with ashj'-white which merges into
brown on the rear parts ; abdomen white ; lower breast ashy
across ; flanks yellowish ventrall}'^ and brownish dorsally ; tail
black with tips white, each spot enlarging as the feathers are
counted outwardl}^; under wing coverts light tawny, axillaries
similar; quills light slate below; bill uniformly horn-black; legs
and feet brownish; iris brownish.

Total length 4"; culmen -30"; wing 2-60"; tail 1-35"; tarsus -75".

(h.) Adult male. — The centre whites of feathers on occiput
appear to be narrower than in the other sex; other than this the
sexes ai'e alike.

(c-d.) Male and female, nearly matured birds ((J found incubat-
ing eggs). — Yellow less strong than in adult and more full than
in juv.; less olive on back than in adult; tips of primaries tawny,
those of secondaries white; alar speculum crimson; the narrow
outer web of first primary whitish, while the outer web of third
primary is broadly margined with clear white; no other primary
shows any trace of white as in adult; secondaries are outwardlj'^
edged with reddish-brown; abdomen and lower breast dirty white;
bill not so black as in adult, although the culmens of all the stages
are black.

BY ROBERT HALL. 475

(e.) Male (juv.). — Crown greyish, all feathers broadly edged
with faint yellow, no trace of white shafts; forehead faint yellow
at base connecting the lores at their anterior ends ; line above
lores prominent with a velvety yellow not so strong as in adult;
lores greyish-white; superciliary stripe faint tawny-white; alar
speculum as crimson as in adult; thi^oat and flanks washed with
yellow; abdomen impure white; primaries brownish-black tipped
with fulvous, the anterior edge of the web of the third primary
prominent by a clear white, highly contrasting; the narrow outer
edge of first primary fulvous; secondaries edged with rufous-
brown, including inner two secondaries, which are white in adult;
tail as in adult, though less clear in the whites, coverts similar;
bill a shade less robust than in adult and of a light horn-black
except at base of lower mandible and along the edges of the
mandibles.

476

NOTES AND EXHIBITS.

Mr. Stead exhibited specimens of a " Carpenter Bee," Lestis
ceratus, Smith, with the stem of a young eucalypt in which they
had bored— a departure from the usual habit in accordance with
which choice is made of the flowering- stalks of the Grass-Tree
(Xanthorrhoea).

Mr. W. W. Froggatt exhibited specimens of '•' plague-
caterpillars " attacked by a fungoid disease (^Ento7nophthora aus-
traliana, McAlpine) in various stages of development, with a
Note thereon. Millions of caterpillars or " cut worms " have
overrun the Central Division of New South Wales during the
last two months, eating off hundreds of acres of crops and
thousands of acres of grass. They have been reported as more or
less a pest right from Moree on the north to Albury on the south.
They are probably the larvae of Agrotis niunda, Walk., or A.
■in/um, Boisd., as odd specimens of these moths have been
obtained in the districts mentioned. Fortunately a disease has
appeared among them, which bids fair to kill most of them ofl^
before they can pupate. Caterpillars infested with the fungus
have been forwarded to Mr. McAlpine, who has identified
the disease as due to an undescribed species of Entomojjhthora, a
genus hitherto unrecorded from Australia, for which he proposes
the name E. australiana. A second moth caterpillar has also
appeared in great numbers more in the southern districts (Coota-
mundra and Wagga); but this keeps to the grass lands. It is
most probably the caterpillar of Apina caUisto, Dbld., as great
numbers of this moth were noticed in the Wagga district some
four months a^o.

»^

Mr. Froggatt also exhibited Oranges from Noumea affected
with fig- or palm-scale, and for compai'ison Sydney samples
showing the ordinary red scale.

NOTES AND EXHIBITS. 477

Mr. R. Greig Smith, Macleay Bacteriologist, called atten-
tion to the recent experiments of Emmerich and Loew upon
the digestive action of the enzyme of Bacillus pyocyaneus upon
various pathogenic bacteria, and upon the production of artificial
immunity against various diseases b}'^ the use of the one enzyme.

Mr. S. J. Johnston exhibited s[)ecimens of the marine annelid,
Palolo viridis, Gray, known to the Samoans and Tongans as
Palolo, and to the Fijians as Mbalolo; and he gave a resume of
what is known of this celebrated animal.

Mr. Maiden exhibited herbarium specimens of Eucalypts in
illustration of the paper by Mr. Deane and himself.

Mr. Baker exhibited herbarium specimens and dried fungi in
illustration of his paper.

Mx*. R. Etheridge, Junr., exhibited a series of the wooden fish-
ing hooks used in the Ellice group and elsewhere in the Pacific
for catching the Palu or "Oil Fish" (Buvettus j^retiostis, Cocco); a
mounted specimen of the Palu; and an example of the Tanna
Spear-becket.

Mr. E. R. Waite reported that he had recently had the oppor-
tunity of visiting the Government hatchery at Prospect; and by the
courtesy of Chief Inspector Brodie and Inspector G. Glading he
exhibited specimens of the fry of the Rainbow Trout (^Salmo
irideus), some of them showing curious deformities or abnormal
developments.

Dr. Cox showed specimens of the land mollusc described in his
paper. It is allied to Liparus brazieri, Angas, and occurs
abundantly about 50 miles east of Israelite Bay, W.A.

Mr. Palmer showed two aboriginal skinning knives found in a
cave; a seedling apple tree illustrating the ravages of the woolly
aphis upon the roots, without sign of the attack above ground; a
specimen of the underground fungus Mylitta mistralis less
indurated than usual; and a spider, Amaiirobius sp., — all from
Lawson, Blue Mts.

478

WEDNESDAY, SEPTEMBER 27th, 1899.

The Ordinary Monthly Meeting of the Society was held in
the Linnean Hall, Ithaca Road, Elizabeth Bay, on Wednesday
evening, September 27th, 1899.

The Hon. James Norton, LL.D., M.L.C, President, in tlie
Chair.

Mr. E. C. Andrews, B.A., Department of Mines, Sydney; Mr.
William Baeuerlen, Technological Museum, Sydney; Mr. W.
S. Campbell, Department of Agriculture, Sydney; Mr. J. E.
Carne, F.G.S., Department of Mines, Sydney; Mr. James B.
Garland, Ashfield; Mr. J. Godwin, North Sydney; Mr. James
Mair, Elizabeth Bay, Sydney; Mr. Ernest J. Robson, B. A., C. E.
Grammar School, North Sydney ; and Mr. John A. M. W.
Thompson, West Maitland, were elected Ordinary Members of
the Society,

DONATIONS.

Department of Agriculture, Brisbane — Queensland Agricultural
Journal. Vol. v. Part 3 (Sept., 1899). From the Secretary for
Agriculture.

Geological Survey of Queensland — Seven Reports. [B. Dunstan
— Mount Clifford and other Mines near Anakie (1898) : B. Dunstan
—The Geology of Rodd Peninsula, Port Curtis (1898) : R. L.
Jack — Mount Morgan and other Mines in the Crocodile Gold
Field (1898): A.Gibb Maitland— The Delimitation of the Artesian
Water Area North of Hughenden (1898): B. Dunstan— The

DONATIONS. 479

Geology of CoUaroy and Carmilla, near Broad Sound (1898) : R.
L. Jack — Report on a visit to the Palmer Gold Field (1899):
Annual Progress Reports of the Geological Survey for the Years
1896-98]. From the Director.

Botanic Gardens and Domains, Sydney — Report for the Year
1898. From the Director.

Department of Mines and Agriculture, Sydney — Agricultural
Gazette of New South Wales. Vol. x. Part 9 (Sept., 1899):
Annual Report for the Year 1898 : Mineral Resources. No. 6
(1899) : Records. Vol. vi. Part iii. (July, 1899). From the Hon.
the Minister for Mines and Agriculture.

Royal Society of New South Wales — Abstract, Sept. 6th, 1899.
From the Society.

The Surveyor, Sydney. Vol. xii. No. 9 (Sept., 1899). From
the Editor.

Australasian Journal of Pharmacy, Melbourne. Vol. xiv. No.
165 (Sept., 1899). From the Editor.

• Department of Mines, Victoria : Geological Survey — Monthly
Progress Report. New Series. April, 1899 : Progress Report.
No. xi. (1899). From the Secretary for Mines.

Field Naturalists' Club of Victoria — Victorian Naturalist.
Vol. xvi. No. 5 (Sept., 1899). From the Club.

Public Library, Museums, and National Gallery of Victoria —
Report of the Trustees for the Year 1898. From the Trustees.

Royal Society of South Australia — Memoirs. Vol. i. Part 1
(1899) : Transactions. Vol. xxiii. Part 1 (1899). From the
Society.

Department of Agriculture, Perth, W.A. — Report for the Half-
year ending December 31st, 1898. From the Secretary. ,

Royal Society of Tasmania — Abstract of Proceedings. May,
1898-August, 1899. From the Society.

Two Anthropological Pamphlets (from Proc. Roy. Soc. of
Tasmania, 1898). By W. R. Harper. From the Author.

480 DONATIONS.

New Zealand Department of Agriculture — Second, Third,
Fourth and Fifth Reports (1894-97) : Department of Lands and
Survey — Report for the Year 1898-99. From H. Farquhar, Esq.

The Students' Flora of New Zealand and the Outlying Islands.
By Thomas Kirk, F.L.S. (4to., 1899). From the Government
Printer, Wellington.

Natural History Society of Montreal — Canadian Record of
Science. Vol. vii. No. 8 (1898). From the Society.

American Museum of Natural History, New York — Bulletin.
Vol. xii. Arts, vi.-ix. (pp. 149-156, June- Aug., 1899). From the
Trustees.

Museum of Comparative Zoology, Hai'vard College, Cambridge,
Mass.— Bulletin. Vol. xxxv. Nos. 1-2 (Jul}-, 1899). From the
Director.

Perak Government Gazette. Vol. xii. Nos. 24-26 (July- Aug.,
1899). From the Government Secretary.

Geological Society, London — Quarterly Journal. Vol. Iv.
No. 219 (Aug., 1899). From the Society.

Manchester Museum, Owens College — Report for the Year
1898-99 (Publication No. 28). From the Museum.

Linnean Society of London — Journal. Botany. Vol. xxxiii.
No. 234 (Nov., 1898); Vol. xxxiv. Nos. 235-238 (Nov., 1898-
July, 1899); Zoology. Vol. xxvi. No. 172 (Dec, 1898); Vol. xxvii.
Nos. 173-175 (April, July, 1899): Transactions. 2nd Ser. Botany.
Vol. V. Parts 9-10 (Feb.-April, 1899); 2nd Ser. Zoology. Vol.
vii. Parts 5-8 (Oct., 1898-May, 1899) ; List of Members, &c.,
1898-99: Proceedings 110th Session, from Nov., 1897-June, 1898
(Oct., 1898). From the Society.

Royal Society, London — Proceedings. Vol. Ixv. No. 417
(July, 1899). From the Society.

Zoological Society of London — Proceedings. 1899. Part ii.
(Aug.): Transactions. Vol. xv. Part 2 (1899): List of Fellows,
Ac, May, 1899. From the Society.

DONATIONS. 481

Medizinisch-naturwissenschaftliche Gesellschaft zu Jena —
Jenaische Zeitschrift: Namen und Sachregister zu den Biinden
i.-xxx. (1899). From the Society.

Naturwissenschaftlicher Verein in Elberfeld — Jahres-Berichte.
Neuntes Heft (1899). From the Society.

Zoologischei- Anzeiger. xxii. Band. Nos. 593-594 (July- Aug.,
1899). From the Editor.

Naturwissenschaftlicher Verein fiir Steiermark — Mittheil-
ungen. Jahrg. 1897 u. 1898. From the Society.

Societe Geologique de Belgique — Annales. Tome xxvi.
d)" Liv. (1899). From the Society.

Soci^t^ Royale de Botanique de Belgique — Bulletin. Tome
xxxvii. (1898). From the Society.

Societe Royale des Sciences de Liege — Memoires. 3® Serie.
Tome i. (1899). From the Society.

Three Pam})hlets (Etudes Geologiques dans Paris, 1898: Obser-
vations Geologiques, 1898 : La Caverne de Ratelstein, 1899),
By G. Ramond. From the Author.

Nederlandsche Entomologische Yereeniging, Leiden — Tijd-
schrift voor Entomologie. xlii. Deel. 1-2 Afl. (1899). From the
Society.

Societe des Naturalistes de la Nouvelle-Russie, Odessa —
Memoires. Tome xxii. Ease. ii. (1898) ; Section Mathematique.
Tomes xvi. et xix. (1899). From the Society.

Videnskabs-Selskabet i Christiania — Forhandlinger. 1891,
1892, 1894, 1895, 1896, 1898, Nos. 1-5: Skrifter I. Mathematisk-
Naturv. Klasse. 1894, 1895, 1896, 1898, Nos. 1-10. From the
Academy.

R. Universita degli Studi di Siena — Bullettino del Laboratorio
ed Orto Botanico. Vol. ii. Fasc.ii. (1899). From the University.

Zoologische Station zu Neapel — Mittheilungen. xiii. Band.
3 Heft (1898). From the Director

482

REVISION OF THE GENUS PAROPSIS.
By Rev, T. Blackburn, B.A., Corresponding Member.

Part V.

[Continuing the treatment of the species forming Group VI. (as
characterised in P.L.S.N.S.W. 1896, p. 638) of the genus.]

Subgroup v.

The difficulties of the genus Parojysis cuhiiinate in the present
subgroup, and I have been much tempted to omit it from this
" Revision." On full consideration, however, it seems best to
include it, even though I can deal with it only in a fragmentary
and uncertain manner. As no systematic treatise on these insects
has yet appeared, this attempt of mine may at any rate serve as
a point of departure for future observers. The most formidable
difficulty that these species present arises from the fact that they
are for the most part, on the one hand of very fragile texture
drying into extremely variable shapes according to their condition
at the time of death and very liable to be affected in respect of
their sculpture by long immersion in spirits, and on the other
hand adorned when living with bright metallic colours which fade
after death into a uniform brownish or testaceous tint. These
peculiarities have in very few instances been mentioned by (or
probably known to) describers, — so that there are very few des-
criptions extant which can be confidently identified with actual
specimens.

For the determination of species I find it indispensable to know
something of the colours and markings of the living insect, but
fortunately this is not an impracticable requirement since
immersion for 24 hours in benzine (or even in water) always
revives the colours of a mature specimen sufficiently for the
purpose.

BY REV. T. BLACKBURN. 483

The preparation of the following tabular statement of the
characters of the species in this subgroup has given me more trouble
than that of any other tabulation of Australian Coleoijtera that I
have ever drawn up, and even now, after careful study of thousands
of specimens of this subgroup, I am vevy far from being satisfied
with it. I have completely failed to discover any very conspicuous
reliable structural characters on which to break up the species
into easily i-ecognisable aggregates, and have, after many attempts
at a more satisfactory grouping, been obliged to adopt a colour
distinction for characterising the main divisions. And here it
will be well to remark that I have found it necessary to absolutely set
aside from consideration all immature specimens, of which there
are many in all collections of these Paropsldes, and which may
generally be known by their elytra or abdomen being shrunken in
such fashion that the two sides are not symmetrical in form.
Hence it follows that the characters cited in the following table
will not serve for the identification of immature examples of
Pm-opsis, for which I can recommend no other course than severely
throwing them away.

Among the species of this subgroup when living (or when their
colours have been revived as specified above) there are three types
of colouring. First, there are a number of species, — for the most
part of less fragile texture than the others,— which have little (or
even no) metallic colouring. Usually these have a more or less
faintly golden tone about the base of the elytra and on the disc of
the prothorax, and but little more. Then come species having
what I call diffused metallic colouring which takes two forms on the
elytra, those organs being (their expanded margins which are never,
or at any rate only rarely, metallic excepted) either of a beautiful
uniform green golden coppery or rosy lustre or uniformly tessel-
lated with a vast number of small square silvery or golden spots.
When the whole disc of the elytra is metallic the colour is usually
shaded in a most curious manner, the deepest shades lying along
the lines of punctures and producing the remarkable effect of
making the elytra appear to a casual glance deeply sulcata,
although in reality there is no sulcation whatever. I take this to

484 REVISION OF THE GENUS PAROPSIS,

be a very striking case of mimicry, though I am unable to offer
any suggestion as to what is mimicked or what is the purpose of
the mimicry. There remains to be mentioned a third type uf
marking, which consists in a sharply defined discal pattern of
large brilliant green or golden spots and stripes which seem to be
very little subject to variety. The species having this type of
marking are among the most beautiful Coleoptera known to me,
and it is almost impossible to believe when looking at one of these
magnificent creatures alive that in a few hours all its glorious
colours will disappear.

In tabulating I have separated the species having a sharply
defined metallic pattern as forming a main division of the sub-
group, but have not made separate main divisions of those
presenting the other two types of colouring, as I find it difficult
to draw a clear line founded on the possession of much or little
diff'used metallic colouring. It may be noted, however, that in
general the species ending with ohovata, Chp., in the tabulation,
have little or no metallic colouring, and the remainder as far as
iuconstans (Chp.), Blackb., have metallic coloui'ing diffused over
the whole disc of the elytra either in the tessellated or pseudo-
sulcate fashion.

The first main aggregate of subgroup v., then consists of species
not having a sharply defined metallic elytral pattern, and among
these it will be seen that in some the seriate punctures of the
elytra do not run in single file and are very far from symmetrical,
the succession of punctures being sinuous or zigzagged, or fre-
quently interrupted by two or three punctui'es placed transversely,
or even more placed in a cluster. These I have regarded as the
first aggregate of species, but have been unable to find good
structural characters suitable for tabulation to distinguish them
inter se. The species (of the first main aggregate) having the
elytral series symmetrical, or nearly so, are divisible into two
sections by the presence or alisence of lateral inequalities on the
elytra. These consist of shallow transverse depressions by no
means strongly marked, but quite discernible, and which more or
less sti'ongly interrupt the symmetry of the 10th elj'tral series.

BY REV. T. BLACKBURN. 485

It must be remembered, however, that this character is only
reliable in mature specimens, immature examples often having
their elytra so shrunk and distorted that it is impossible to deter-
mine whether they have or have not systematic inequalities. In
such specimens, however, the ingequalities are usually different on
the two elytra.

The species with symmetrical elytral series and elytra devoid
of lateral inequalities fall into two sections fairly reliably to be
distinguished (immature specimens and those very long immersed
in spirits excepted) by the sculpture of the elytra. In one of
these sections the elytral series are invariably fine, close, and
extremely symmetrical, with interstices usually quite flat and very
fine striaj if any; while in the other section the elytral sculpture is
variable, the series in most of the species being considerably
coarser and in very few species perfectly symmetrical throughout
(some of the discal series being more or less zigzagged in places and
the 10th seriesnear the base being almost invariably much confused),
the strite when present distinctly less fine and less scratch-like,
the interstices in many examples decidedly convex. Each of
these sections moreover has its own type of prothoracic sculpture
vaiying somewhat in degree (owing probably to length of immersion
in spirits, age of specimen when killed, &c.), but after a little
practice easily recognisable. In the species of the former section
the disc of the prothorax is (normally) finely and closely punctu-
late and not or scarcely asperate; while in the latter the disc is
either very sparsely punctured or strongly rugulose.

So far it is not difficult to go with moderate confidence in deal-
ing with these most perplexing insects, but when one comes to
di\ ide into species the specimens pertaining to each section, the
task is almost hopeless. It is a difficult matter to find two
specimens that can be confidently asserted (apart from the circum-
stances of capture) to be identical, and it frequently happens that
two specimens which one knows to be conspecific dry into the
appearance of belonging to two species. I am of opinion that
the determination of the species is impossible, except by the means
of some student with plenty of leisure time at his command

486 REVISION OF THE GENUS PAROPSIS,

<ievoting himself to a study of their characters and habits in their
larval and pupal stages. Under these circumstances I have had
to content myself with breaking up the sections into a few
aggregates which I feel confident are distinct (at least specifically)
inter se, and applying a name to a typical example of each
aggregate; though at the same time entertaining a strong suspicion
that among the specimens to Avhich I am applying the name, there
are a good many more species in reality than one ; so that in
respect of many of the names tabulated below all I venture to
assert is that specimens referable to it by their characters are
distinct from the other species tabulated, and are either the species
in question or one very close to it and not separable by any
reliable character that I can find.

The number of names that I can ascertain to have been applied
to species of this subgroup is 26. Of these there are two of which
I am somewhat confident that I have not seen a specimen (viz.,
albicans, Clip., and jn'oxityia, Clip.), two that I can confidentl}''
assert to be synonyms (viz., con/erta, Clip., = Uesa, "Germ., and
vulgaris, Clip., = ohovata, Clip.), three that I regard less con-
fidently as synonyms (viz., Icesa, Greviw., = arnica, Newm., amoena,
Clk., =captiosa, Clk., and clebilis, Chp., = ptirpureo-aurea, Clk.),
and two concerning which I hesitate to say more than that I have
not been able to connect them with any of the specimens I have
examined (viz., citrina, Clip., and tenella, Clip.). After the
elimination of the above names, then, there remain 17 names
which appear to me to represent valid species of this subgroup
and which are known to me; and to them I add (below) 8 new
species, bringing up the number to 25. To speak more particu-
larly concerning the species mentioned doubtfully above, I may
say that arnica is altogether insufl&ciently described, but the
description contains the woi'd " pravis " applied to the seriate
puncturation of the elytra, which word certainly seems to point
to one of the first four species in the tabulation (below); in that
case the colours attributed to arnica suggest identity with hesa.
Germ., rather than with any of the others. If this conjectural
synonymy is correct, Germar's name must yield to Newman's, but

BY REV. T. BLACKBURN. 487

as the specimens before me are certaiuly Icesa and only doubtfully
arnica, I retain Germar's name. P. amrena, Clk., and purpureo-
aurea, Clk., will be found discussed (below) under the names
captiosa, Clk., and dehilis, Chp. P. debilis is a more recent name
than piirpicreo-aiirea, but I retain it on similar grounds to those
on which I retain loisa, Germ. P. citrina is not unlikely to be a
specimen of one of the forms that I have mentioned as local races
of heclica, Boisd., but the description is not sufficient to justify
any confident assertion of its identity. P. tenella, Chp., is, I suspect,
a species having a metallic pattern when living, but if so it is not
possible to form any idea of what that pattern is. The following
is a tabulated statement showing the characters distinguishing
the species of this subgroup: —

A. Elytra not having a sharply defined metallic
ijattf 111.
B. The elytral series for the most part un-
syminetrical.
C. Elytra without well defined discal
markings.
D. Under surface and legs more or less
black.
E. Prothoraxnot having defined black
markings.
F. Elytra quite deeply striate

throughout variicollis, Chp.

FF. Elytra not, or scarcely, striate. Cloelia, Stal.
EE. Prothorax with defined black
markings, or even almost

wholly black agricola, Chp.

DD. Under side and legs testaceous laesa, Germ.

CC. A black discal spot on each elytron. . Minerva, Blackb.
BB. The elytral series for the most part
symmetrical.
C. Elytra with systematic lateral in-
equalities.
D. Prothorax with sharply defined black

markings bimaculata, Oliv.

DD. Prothorax not having sharply de-
fined black markings.

488 REVISION OF THE GENUS PAROPSIS,

E. The elytral series similar inter se

in respect of size of punctures... irrisa, Newm.
EE. The elytral series near the suture
consist of punctures notably
finer than those of the other

series. obovata, Chp.

CC. Elytra even laterally.

D, Elytra (at least of c?) non-striate;
all the series fine, close and very
symmetrical; in 9th and 10th series
three punctures in a length equal
to the width of the adjacent inter-
stice.
E. The series become black at a dis-
tance from their base about
equal to the length of the scu-

tellum basalis, Chp.

EE. The series not coloured as in
basalts.
F. Very nitid species.

G. Suture blackisli in its front
half; colour of elytra (when
alive) very brilliant golden aurea, Blackb.
GG. Suture not blackish; colour

of elytra not golden hectica, Boisd.

FF. Surface notably less nitid.
G. Discal puncturation of pro-
thorax rugulose.
H. The discal series of elytral
punctures confused in
places by equally large

interstitial punctures Simsoni, Blackb.

HH. The discal series all quite
distinct from the inter-
stitial puncturation raucicollis, Blackb.

GG. Discal puncturation of pro-
thorax non-rugulose.
H. Prothorax evenly convex
from one lateral margin

to the other pallida, Oliv.

HH. Discal part of prothorax

more convex than lateral inconstans (Chp. ), Blackb.

BY REV. T. BLACKBURN. 489

DD. Elytral series notably less fine and
symmetrical; their punctures less
closely placed ; elytra in many
species more or less striate.
E. Sculpture of lateral part of elytra
(as in incoH'^faus, &c.) non-rugu-
lose and comparatively fine,
evenly distributed and close.

F. Prothorax closely rugulose decolorata, Chp.

FF. Prothorax nou-rugulose and

much less closely punctured captiosa, Clk.
EE. Sculpture of lateral part of elytra
coarser and less evenly dis-
tributed, usually rugulose.
F. Series 9 and 10 almost confluent
somewhat behind shoulder,
and consisting of more or less
quadrate punctures with nar-
row ridge-like interstices more
or less continuous from series

toseries . fastidiosa, Chp.

FF. Series 9 and 10 continuously
separated by a normal inter-
stice, their structure not as
in fastidiosa.
G. Antennas short, much thick-
ened towards apex, black
or blackish except near base flaveola, Chp. (?)
GG. Antenna? less short and less

thickened towards apex... rufescens, Chp. (?)
AA. Elytra having a sharply defined metallic
pattern (in living specimens).
B. Head entirely black behind from slightly
in front of level of hind margin of eyes;

size large vittata, Blackb.

BB. Head black only at extreme base or

with at most a narrow median black

projection; size smaller.

C, The metallic markings include spots

arranged in a circle common to the

two elytra annularis, Blackb.

CC. The post-median metallic markings
take the form of a wide oblique

fascia on each elytron gloriosa, Blackb.

32

490 REVISION OF THE GENUS PAROPSIS,

CCC. The post-median metallic markings

run longitudinally near the

suture.

D. These longitudinal marks are two

narrowly connected spots on each

elytron nobilitata, Er.

DD. These longitudinal marks are a
continuous sinous band on each
elytron debilis, Chp.

P. VARIICOLLIS, Chp.

Of this species I have examples from the Chapuis collection which
hear a printed label " type," and agree well with the description.
It is of less fragile texture than most of its allies. Its colour is
yellowish-brown, with the base of the head, the underside, legs
and apical part of the antennae mostly black. The scutellum is
more or less outlined with black, and the seriate and lateral
punctures of the elytra are usually blackish. The form is obovate
and rather strongly convex. The prothorax is rugulose and
coarsely and closely punctulate. The elytra are exceptionally
strongly and regularly striate, the strife near the suture being
as well defined quite to their base as the dorsal ones. The sides
of the elytra are shallovvly and vaguely but distinctly impressed
a little behind the shoulder. The punctures in the strife are
rather large, closely packed and strongly crenulate and are
decidedly non-symmetrical, many of the punctures being out of
line with the adjacent ones and two or three being placed in a
transverse row here and there. The confused lateral punctures
are about the same size as those of the series and are rather
closely placed, the interstices between them being rugulose.
Owing to the blackish colouring of the punctures being confined
to the bottom of each puncture, the punctures from a certain point
of view appear round, non-crenulate and much smaller than from
another point of view (this is of course not the case in specimens
not having their punctures black \ The interstices between the
stride are more or less convex and are rather closely and very
distinctly punctulate. The prothorax is something less than three

BY REV. T. BLACKBURN. 491

times as Avide as long. The general surface is not very nitid.
The antennfe are filiform, joints 5-10 very little dilated towards
the apex. I have not found much variety in the colouring of
this species except in the seriate punctures; it is to be noted,
liowever, that the basal black colouring of the head is not visible
.unless the head is considerably extruded. The cloudy fuscous
blotches on the prothorax are in some examples scarcely trace-
able. There is not much difference between the sexes apart from
the characters common to the genus. The 4th joint of the
antennse is quite noticeably (l^ut not much) shorter than the 3rd

joint.

P. Cloelia, Stal.

This species is really very close to P. variicoUis, Clip., varieties
of it differing very little from variicoUis even in colour, except in
the black at the base of the head being absent, or at least much
further back, and the upper surface being of a livid testaceous
tone (not of the yellowish or reddish tint that appears to be invari-
able in variicoUis). Typical examples are testaceous on the upper
surface except the elytra which are piceous or black with the
basal, lateral and apical margins more or less conspicuously
testaceous, the undersurface and legs more or less black, the
antennae testaceous becoming piceous or black beyond the middle.
Apart from colour, the head (including the antennte), prothorax
and scutellum do not differ much from those of variicoUis ; but the
elytra are scarcely striate, their seriate punctures notably tiner
and non-crenulate, and their interstices flat and more feebly
punctulate. I possess an example of this species from the Chapuis
collection ticketed ' Paropsis Cloelia,' and some others which I
took in the Alpine district of Victoria. Its measurements are:
long. 4, lat. 3i lines. Living specimens show some obscure golden
colouring chiefly on the disc of the prothorax and around the
scutellum.

P. AGRICOLA, Chp.

This name was unfortunately given to an exti'eme form of a
species whose ordinary form does not appear to have been
described at all. I possess an example of the ordinary form from

492 REVISION OF THE GENUS PAROPSIS,

the Chapuis collection ticketed ^ bimaculata,' from which I
suppose that Dr. Chapuis regarded the ordinary form as being P.
bimaculata, Oliv.; but he was certainly mistaken in that case, as
the ticketed specimen does not agree with Olivier's description, and
I have before me an undoubtedly distinct species which agrees
with that description perfectly. No doubt Chapuis had not seen
the true bimaculata, and thought that the specimen he ticketed
' bimaculata ' was a variety of it (which, indeed, I should have
thought quite possible myself if I had not seen the species
mentioned below as bimaculata, Oliv.). My example of the form
described by Chapuis was taken in Tasmania (the locality cited by
the author) in company with numerous examples of the ordinary
form.

P. agricola is closely allied to Cloelia, Stal, from which
(excluding colour) it differs principally by its considerably less
convex form and somewhat shorter and stouter antennae. Its
upper surface is testaceous or reddish-testaceous, the marginal
part of the elytra more or less conspicuously inclining to a dis-
tinctly yellowish or red colour. The base of the head is broadly
black (the black colour usvially reaching forward to the level of
the middle of the eyes) and the disc of the prothorax bears a
transverse series of irregular but sharply defined black blotches
(usually more or less confluent). The undersurface is black, with
the prosternum in some examples testaceous, and the legs are
testaceous (in some examples more or less marked with black).
The antennae are testaceous (becoming blackish from about the
middle in most examples). The sculpture in all parts closely
resembles that of P. Cloelia. Living specimens are obscurely
golden, chiefly around the scutellum.

This is an extremely variable species, the variation usually
taking the form of increase in dark colouring, — so that it is
difficult to find two specimens absolutely alike. In some the
elytra are dark brown, with the margin widely red; in some the
elytra light or dark piceous, with the margins more or less widely
testaceous; till at last we reach the form described by Chapuis, in
which the upper surface may be described as black, with the

BY REV. T. BLACKBURN. 493

prothorax and elytra narrowly edged with testaceous. The elytra
of some examples are uneven through some of the interstices
being irregularly costate, but I take them to be merely abnormally
developed specimens. The males are more depressed than the
females. Long. -1-4|, lat. 3^-34 lines.
Victoria and Tasmania.

P. LiESA, Germ, (con/erta, Clip.).

This species is named chlorotica, Oliv., in theChapuis collection,
but chlorotica (which I have already dealt with) was evidently
described from a much smaller species. Dr. Chapuis places Icesa
among the species he had been unable to identify. Germar's
description of hesa fits the present insect very well, and moreover
I have before me examples taken in the exact locality whence
Germar's specimens came.

It is a species of wide subcircular form and moderate convexity
(a trifle less convex than P. variicollis), and entirely of testaceous
or pale ferruginous colour except that in some examples the
antenna are somewhat infuscate towards the apex, and that the
prothorax is generally faintly blotched with fuscous, while the
head and prothorax are not infrequently blotched with whitish
colouring and (rarely) the elytra bear a few small fuscous spots;
there is also a tendency towards whitish colouring along the base
of the elytra. The surface is only moderately nitid. The head
is flat, with fine close puncturation tending to become longitudi-
nally confluent. The prothorax is a little less than three times as
wide as long, moderately narrowed in front, with the front margin
only feebly bisinuate, its disc rather coarsely rugulosely and
closely but irregularly punctured (its lateral portion evidently
more coarsely and closely, with a large feeble depression), its sides
gently arched, the front angles prominent but scarcely sharp, the
hind angles quite rounded off. The scutellum is nitid and not or
scarcely punctured. The elytra are non-striate (scarcely striate in
the 2) and bear 10 extremely unsymmetrical rows (the 5th, 6th
antl 7th more symmetrical than the rest) of moderately fine round
punctures, the interstices of the strise flat and finely somewhat

4,94 REVISION OF THE GENUS PAROPSIS,

closely punctulate; the lateral portion of the elytra is impressed
with close and not particularly coarse puncturation, the interstices
of these punctures not or scarcely rugulose. The elytra are devoid
of lateral unevenness. The antennse are slender and filiform,
their 3rd joint very evidently longer than the 4th joint. The
males are a little less convex than the females. Long. 3^-4,
lat. 2|-3 lines.

The principal variation that I observe in this species is in the
presence of more or less fuscous colouring in the punctures of the
lateral portion of the elytra.

I suspect that P. arnica, Newm., is a variety of this species,
but the description is altogether insufficient for identification.

When alive this species bears a good deal of ill-defined green
or golden metallic colouring, consisting of spots and lines on the
head and prothorax, and suffused over the elytra but generally
much brighter about the base than on the hinder part.

Specimens taken by the Horn Expedition in Central Austi-alia
have the head less flattened and the prothorax somewhat less
closely punctulate, with its front margin more strongly bisinuate;
they may represent a distinct very closely allied species.

I have a specimen named conferta by Dr. Chapuis which I can-
not separate from the present insect.

N.S. Wales, Victoria, S. Australia, and Tasmania.

P. Minerva, sp.nov.

Latissime ovalis ; convexa ; testacea (exemplo typico sicco),
elytris pone medium prope marginem disci externum macula
majori nigra ornatis ; capite crebre subtilius punctulato ;

- antennis elongatis gracilibus ; prothorace quam longiori ut
21 ad 1 latiori, antice minus angustato, in disco dupliciter
(subtiliter et subfortiter) minus crebre nullo modo rugulose
(ad latera grosse subrugulose) punctulato, angulis anticis
fortiter productis sat acutis posticis rotundatis, lateribus
minus arcuatis; scutello Itevi; elytris jequalibus, antice baud
(postice leviter) striatis, puncturis minus subtilibus (fere ut
P. kesce, Germ.) (his 10-seriatim nullo modo symmetrice dis-

BY REV. T. BLACKBURN. 495

positis) ornatis, interstitiis subtiliter nee crebre punctulatis;
parte lateral! puncturis (quaro serierum paullo majoribus) sat
crebre sat fequaliter nee rugulose impressa. Long. 2^, lat.
2 j^ lines.

An isolated species standing alone in this subgroup in having
well-defined black markings on the elytra. Structurally it is near
P. Icesa, Germ., but is much smaller and more nitid, with pro-
thoracic puncturation non-rugulose, interstitial puncturation of
elytra much less close, ifec.

Australia; I do not know its exact habitat.

P. BIMACULATA, OHv.

This species has much superficial resemblance to the ordinary
form of P. agricola, Clip., and as both of them are variable in
colouring it is difficult to specify any sharply defined colour differ-
ence. In the present species, however, judging from the some-
what numerous examples before me, the dark marks on the pro-
thorax are only two (a vitta abbreviated at each end, on either
side of the middle), while in agi'icola the dark marks are almost
invariably more numerous often occupying almost the whole
surface of the segment. The under svirface and legs moreover in
the present species are rarely so dark in colour as in agricola.
P. bimaculata, however, is a manifestly less convex species than
P. agricola; with elytra less nitid, notably less distinctly striate,
and having the seriate punctures much more symmetrical [i.e.,
running in single file, the regularity of the lines not (or scarcely
anywhere) disturbed by two or three of the punctures being placed
in a transverse row]. Long. 4-4 1 lines.

Tasmania.

P. IRRISA, Newm.

The Victorian Paropsi.n which I have little doubt is the subject
of this name is extremely like P. variicollis, Chp.; indeed, I know
not how to distinguish it from that species except by the sculpture
of the elytra, which are distinctly less strongly striate and especially
have their seriate punctures running in single file without (or

496 REVISION OF THE GENUS PAROPSIS,

almost without) any interruption of their symmetry through

some punctures being placed out of line with the others. The

elytra of this species are much more strongly striate than those

of the following species (P. ohovata).

Victoria.

P. OBOVATA, Chp. (vulgaris, Chp.).

Of this species I have a pair named by Dr. Chapuis. Presum-
ing them to be really conspecific, the insect is distinguished
(among the species having the elytral series symmetric, the elytra
with a shallow depression behind the humeral callus, and the
prothorax devoid of black markings) by the following characters
in combination, viz., antennae with the joints of their apical half
cylindric or nearly so, female with the interstices of the elytral
series more or less convex, elytra of male not quite non-striate.
In the examples of ohovata before me the elytra are of a pale
testaceous colour faintly tessellated with small whitish spots, and
I think they had (when alive) some obscure golden colouring
about the base of the elytra. I have also an example in my
collection (from Queensland) which seems to be P. ohovata. The
colour of dried specimens is no doubt variable. I have examples
named vulgaris by Dr. Chapuis which I am unable to separate
from those named ohovata by the same learned author, nor do I
find any definite distinction of characters in the descriptions
under the two names.

P. BASALIS, Chp.

With this insect commences a series of species distinguished
by the following characters : — Elytra devoid of well-defined
metallic pattern, having their seriate punctures extremely sym-
metrical, devoid of systematic lateral inequalities, and with the
punctures of the series fine and close (in the 9th and 10th series
three punctures in a length not or scarcely greater than the width
of the interstice between those series). The lateral confusedly
punctured part of the elytra is absolutely non-rugulose, and its
sculpture (disregarding the fine puncturation exactly like that of
the interstices of the series, which is continued evenly over its

CY REV. R. BLACKBURN. 497

surface) consists of isolated punctures of very equal size very
evenly distributed and not (or but little) larger than the punc-
tui-es of the series. The surface of the disc of the pi'othorax is
invariably non-rugulose and the puncturation of the same close
and fine (or, at any rate, by no means coarse), though in some
specimens more or less asperate. Most of the species with the
above mentioned characters are decidedly more nitid than those
that follow them.

P. basalis I have identified from Dr. Chapuis' description,
where mention is made of the remarkable colouration of the elytra
(consisting in the elj^tral series becoming abruptly black at a
short distance from the base) to which I have seen no approach
in any other species of this subgroup. With the exception just
mentioned, the whole insect is of testaceous-brown colour. The
antennas are long and slender, the size notably larger (long. 5-5|
lines) than that of any of its immediate allies. Dr. Chapuis gives
Sydney as the locality where this species is found, but all that I
have seen wei-e taken in Western Australia. The punctures of
the elytra (both seriate and interstitial) are rather strong as com-
pared with those of most allied species, but those of the series
are quite as closely packed as in the following species. The
striation of the elytra also is better marked than in most of the
allied species, and in the female the interstices are distinctly
convex.

P. AUREA, sp.nov.

Late ((J) vel minus late (9) ovalis; modice (^ quam 9 minus
fortiter) convexa; nitida; testacea, sutura antice sat late
infuscata vel nigricanti (nonnullorum exemplorum elytris
prothoraceque ad latera pallidioribus, antennis apicem versus
infuscatis, corpore subtus pedibusque plus minusve nigri-
cantibus, capite postice nigro); exemplorum vivorum elyti-is
in disco splendide aureis; antennis sat gracilibus sat elongatis;
capite subtiliter sat crebre punctulato ; prothorace quam
longiori ut 2^ ad 1 latiori, antice modice angustato et fortiter
bisinuato, crebre subaspere nullo modo grosse (latera versus
subgrosse) punctulato, angulis anticis obtusis posticis nullis,

498 REVISION OF THE GENUS PAROPIIS,

lateribus modice arcuatis; scutello vix manifeste punctulato;
elytris fequalibus, baud striatis, puncturis seriatis rotundis
parvis valde regulariter dispositis, in seriebus confertim
impressis (sicut puucturse circiter 3 longitudinem interstitii
latitudiui fequalem occupant), interstitiis planis puncturis
crebris minus subtilibus impressis, parte laterali nullo modo
rugulosa ut interstitia punctulata et puncturis majoribus (his
quam serierum puncturse paullo minus subtilibus) confuse
nee acervatim impressa. Long. 3|-4^ lines.
This and the following species ai^e closely allied inter se, but
are distinguishable from P. Simsoni and its allies by their very
evidently more nitid surface. When alive, the present insect is
quite unmistakable on account of the brilliant golden-yellow
gloss of its elytra; when dried, however, it is not very easily dis-
tinguishable, but is distinctly of narrower form than hectica, and
specimens in good condition {i.e., neither immature nor undulj''
affected by the action of spirit) have the suture— at least in its
front half — infuscate (in some examples quite widely black).
The 10th elytral sei'ies in this species is usually more darkly
coloured than the rest, but this is also the case in many specimens
of hectica. There are few species of Parojjsis more beautiful than
this is when alive.
Tasmania; Hobart.

P. HECTICA, Boisd.

This species I believe to be an extremely variable one, and if I
am right in grouping together the various forms that I include
under the name it is easily distinguishable from all other species
except the preceding (P. cMrea). It is decidedly more nitid
than any of its following allies and has the seriate punctures of
its elytra extremely symmetrical and very closely placed (inter se)
in the series, the short subsutural and the 10th series being in
many examples conspicuousl}'^ blackish in contrast to the other
series. The specimens from a given locality usually resemble
each other more closely than they resemble specimens from
distant localities, so that it is possible to distinguish in the species

BY REV. T. BLACKBURN. 499

certain types which appear to appertain to local races; these
"local races" may pei'haps in reality be valid species. Living
specimens have the disc of the elytra suffused with metallic
colouring of a more or less brilliant green tint and present in a
high degree the pseudo-sulcate appearance referred to above in
the general remarks on this subgroup. Dried specimens are of
uniform brown or testaceous colour on the upper surface, except
some dark colouring present (at any rate on most specimens) on
the back of the head but only visible when the head is considerably
extruded, and some dark colouring always (as far as my obser-
vations go) on some at least of the ely tral series, which latter dark
colouring is in rare examples vaguely extended to the interstices.
The following notes indicate the special characteristics of some local
forms, as I believe them to be.

The type (assuming Dr. Chapuis' identification to be correct, I
have an example named by that learned author) occurs in N.S.
Wales, but in my experience is rare. Its special characters con-
sist in the under surface, legs and antennte being entirely of
pale brown colour, the dark colouring of the elytral series limited
to the 1st and 10th series, the convexity of form in the ^ at its
maximum, and the closeness of puncturation on the prothorax and
in the elytral series at its minimum.

Another race occurring in N.S. Wales has the under surface,
the femora and the outer joints of the antennse more or less black
or infuscate, other elytral series (besides the 1st and 10th) tend-
ing to be of dark colour, the form (especially of the male) tending
to be less convex than in the type, the puncturation of the pro.
thorax evidently closer than in the type and slightly asperate,
and the punctures of the elytral series (especially in the male)
somewhat more closely disposed.

In Victoria (as far as I have observed only in the mountainous
regions) occurs a form coloured like the last mentioned except that
the dark colouring of the elytral series tends to be faintly suffused
over the interstices. In this race the convexity of form is at its
minimum (especially in the male) and the closeness and asperity
of the prothoracic puncturation is at its maximum.

500 REVISION OF THE GENUS PAROPSIS,

In S. Australian specimens the colouring is as in the type,
except that all the elytral series are of dark colour (rarely extend-
ing to the interstices) and the humeral calli are of dark colour
also; the convexity of form is as in the 2nd of the races described
above, and the pi'othoracic puncturation is as in the Victorian
race.

It should be noted that the distinction I have attributed to
each of these races cannot be said to be in all respects invariable,
rare examples from the Victorian mountains {e.g.) showing onlg
very feebly the characters that distinguish the Victorian Alpine
race from the 2nd of the races enumerated.

Dr. Chapuis cites Tasmania as one of the localities of P. hectica
(and curiously enough omits N.S. Wales, — Boisduval's locality).
I have before me a specimen from Tasmania named " hectica " by
Dr. Chapuis, but I am of opinion that it is aurea; though unfor-
tunately it is so extremely old an example that I have been unable
to bring out its natural colours in even the slightest degree, and
its form being considerably distorted the determination of its
species is impracticable. I have, however, not seen hectica among
the numerous specimens of Paropsis that I have collected in
Tasmania, or received from Tasmanian collectors.

P. SiMSOXi, sp.nov.

Late ((J) vel minus late (9) ovalis ; modice convexa ; modice

nitida; tota testacea ; exemplorum vivorum elytris in disco

roseo- vel aureo-roseo-nitentibus; antennis sat gracilibus sat

elongatis; capite crebre aspere nee ullo modo grosse punctu-

lato; prothorace fere ut P. aurece sed sat ruguloso; elytris ut

P. aurece sied interstitiis multo magis fortiter punctulatis, in

his puncturis nonnullis quam serierum puncturte vix subtiliori-

bus, sicut series minus perspicute sunt. Long. '2^-'i^ lines.

This species diifers from aurea by its constantly smaller size, its

different colouring (in dried examples the whole insect pale

testaceous, in living ones the disc of the elytra suffused with a

rosy or golden-rosy metallic gloss), its somewhat less nitid surface,

its rugulose prothorax, and especially the very different sculpture

BY REV, T. BLACKBURX. 501

of its elytral interstices, which are closely impressed with confused
punctures, many of which are scarcely smaller than the seinate
punctures, so that the latter do not appear very conspicuous to a
casual glance. This last named chai'acter distinguishes the
present insect readily from all its near allies.

With this insect commences a short series of species agreeing
with the preceding two in most of their characters, but differing
in their less nitid upper surface.

Tasmania.

P. RAUCICOLLIS, Sp.nov.

Late {^) vel minus late (2) ovalis; convexa; minus nitida; tota
testacea (exemplorum vivorum elytris in disco plus minusve
viridi-nitentibus) ; antennis sat gracilibus minus elongatis;
capite crebre rugulose punctulato; prothorace quam longiori
ut 2^ ad 1 latiori, antice modice angustato, grosse rugulose
(ad latera etiam magis grosse) punctulato, ad latera late
oblique leviter impresso, angulis anticis sat acutis posticis
nullis, lateribus sat arcuatis; scutello punctulato; elytris
sequalibus, baud vel vix striatis, puncturis seriatis rotundis
parvis valde regulai'iter dispositis (in seriebus confertim dis-
positis sicut puncturse 3 longitudinem interstitii latitudini
sequalem occupant), interstitiis planis confertim subaspere
minus subtiliter (sed quam series multo subtilius) punctulatis,
parte laterali nullo modo rugulosa ut interstitia punctulata
et puncturis majoribus (his quam serierum puncturae paullo
minus subtilibus) confuse nee acervatim impressa. Long. .3-4,
lat. 2^-3 lines.

Rather closely allied to the preceding (P. Sitnsoni) but differing
from it inter alia by its still more rugulose prothorax and by the
sculpture of its elytra, there being considerable difference in size
between the seriate and interstitial punctures, in consequence of
which the elytral series are very much more conspicuous in the
present insect than in Simsoni.

S. Australia ; near Adelaide.

502 REVISION OF THE GENUS PAROPSIS,

P. PALLIDA, Chp. (1 Oliv.)

I regard it as very doubtful whether this is reaWj pallida, Oliv.,
iDUt as I have before me an example so named by Dr. Chapuis it seems
convenient to accept the determination. The present insect and
the next (P. inconstans) are evidently allied to the preceding two
(raucicoUis and Simsoni) but are at once distinguished from them
by the non-rugulose surface of the disc of their prothorax, and
also from Simsoni by the puncturation of their elytral interstices
being notably finer than that of the series. P. pallida, Chp., is
very close to inconstans, but is certainly in my opinion distinct
from it inasmuch as its prothorax is of perfectly even convexity
from one lateral margin to the other, while on the prothorax of
inconstans there is an evident wide, shallow, oblique impression on
either side marking the difference between the disc and the lateral
portion, the latter, moreover, even independently of the said
impression, being slightly flattened as compared with the strong
convexity of the disc. The specimen from Dr. Chapuis' collection
ticketed '■pallida, Oliv.,' has no locality label attached to it; the
other specimens that I have seen are from S.W. Australia.

P. INCONSTANS, Chp., MS.

Late ((J) vel minus late (5) ovalis; convexa; minus nitida; tota
testacea (exemplorum vivorum elytris in disco viridi-nitenti-
bus); antennis satgracilibus minus elongatis; capitecrebresub-
tiliter vix subaspere punctulato; prothorace quam longiori ut
2^ ad 1 latiori, antice sat angustato, subtiliter sat crebre
nullo modo rugulose (sed ad latera grosse) punctulato, ad
latera late oblique leviter impresso, angulis anticis sat acutis
posticis nullis, lateribus arcuatis; scutello leviter sparsim
punctulato ; elytris tequalibus, baud (vel valde subtiliter)
striatis, puncturis seriatis rotundis parvis valde regulariter
dispositis (in seriebus confertim dispositis sicut puncturse 3
longitudinem interstitii latitudini ?equalem occupant), inter-
stitiis planis confertim baud vel vix subaspere subtilius (sed
quam series multo magis subtiliter) punctulatis, parte laterali

BY REV. T. BLACKBURN. 503

nullo modo rugulosa ut interstitia punctulata et puncturis
majoribus (his quam serierum puncturaj paullo minus sub-
tilibus) confuse nee acervatim impressa. Long. 3-4-|, lat.
2|-3i lines.
I am doubtful whether I may not include several closely allied
species under this name, but I do not think the point could be
decided without breeding some extensive series. There is a con-
siderable difference in size and in the distinctness of the traces of
^lytral striae among the specimens before me, the latter, however,
being very possibly due to the action of spirits. I have an
example from Dr. Chapuis ticketed ' inconstaiis,' but cannot find
that he has published any description of it. It is a small ^
specimen (long. 3 lines) with non-striate elytra.

This species has been differentiated from pallida under the
heading of that species. From the other allied species preceding
its non-rugulose prothorax, combined with a surface only slightly
nitid and interstitial elytral puncturation notably finer than the
seriate, readily distinguishes it; and from the following species (of
those not having a defined metallic pattern) its elytral series both
fine and very regular furnish a satisfactory distinction.
South and Western Australia and IST.S. Wales.

P. DECOLORATA, Chp.

Under this name again it is quite possible that I am including a
batch of very closely allied species. It is fairly easy to recognise
among its congeners of this subgroup by the lateral part of its
elytra being sculptured after the manner of the preceding
aggregate {P. aurea, hectica, — and especially hiconstans, — ifec),
while its elytral series are notably less symmetrical (some of them
more or less sinuovis or jagged, the 10th in its front part evidently
out of order, — yet very much more symmetrical, it must be
remembered, than in variicoUis and its allies) and not particularly
fine or closely placed. Although the seriate punctures are notably
larger and sparser than in preceding allies {e.g., incomttans) they
vary in size sufficiently to suggest the possibility already mentioned
that I am mixing more than one species under the name. The

504 REVISION OF THE GENUS PAROPSIS,

elytra are rather distinct!}' striate and their strise are not of the
fine scratch-Hke character of those of P. inconstans, &c. The
colour is extremely variable. In living specimens the head and
prothorax usually bear some golden markings and the disc of the
elytra is tessellated with a great number of small square blotches
of silvery or somewhat golden metallic colouring (these were the
markings in life of a spe^^^imen sent to me from Dr. Chapuis'
collection), but in some examples (possibly not truly conspecific)
the tessellation is almost wanting or is disposed to a greenish tone,
or is more or less suffused over the whole disc, but I think there
is always some indication of metallic tessellation at any rate near
the external margin of the disc. In dried specimens the colour
of the upper surface varies from pale to red-testaceous, in some
examples overspread with livid brown which occasionall}' is not
uniform but is concentrated into two faintly defined blotches —
one before, the other behind, the middle. The prothorax is
frequently variegated v/ith more or less defined markings which
tend to the form of the letter U (with its two extremities dilated
externally) occupying thedisc with or without some blotches
near the lateral margin. The example from the Chapuis
collection has this marking feebly defined but quite distinct. The
underside and legs vary from entirely testaceous to nearly
entirely black. This variation of the underside occurs in examples
that are certainly conspecific. In the Chapuis example the under-
side is almost entirely testaceous, the legs entirely so. The
antennae are moderately long and slender, resembling those of P.
inconstans; the prothorax does not differ much from that of P.
inconstans (apart from the markings already mentioned) except in
the sculpture of its disc tending towards more or less rugulosity,
with puncturation of less even appearance owing to the individual
punctures being of very unequal size inter se. In my specimens
from the Chapuis collection the prothorax is decidedlij rugulose
with the punctures of the disc at a maximum of inequality.

I have before me a specimen ticketed ' maculicollis ' by Dr.
Chapuis which is decidedly identical with that ticketed '■decolorata^
by the same learned author. It has the dark markings of the

BY REV. T. BLACKBURN. 505

prothorax exceptionally pronounced, a dark marking on the
middle of the head (of which there are distinct traces in other
specimens before me), and the underside very dark; I can state
positively that none of these characters ai'e specific or even sexual,
— from observation of specimens taken under circumstances that
allowed no doubt of specific identity. I do not, however, regard
it as the genuine maculicoUis, Clk., which I have not seen, but
have little doubt is a good species. The size of P. decolorata is
long. 3-4 lines, and it is found all over Australia and Tasmania.

P. CAPTIOSA, Clk.

Of the Rev. H. Clark's descriptions of Paropsis only three
seem to be founded on species belonging to the portion not
having a distinct elytral pattern of this subgroup, — viz., anioe la,
cuptiosa, and 7naculicoUis,— all from Western Australia. P. macu-
licoUis is a small insect (long. 2^ lines) which I am satisfied
that I have not seen, and which (as noted above) Dr. Chapuis
identified (wrongly I doubt not) with a much larger species
that I cannot separate, otherwise than as a colour var., from
deeoforata, Chp. I cannot find any definite difference between
the descriptions of amosna and cuptiosa, but have before me
examples from W. Australia (one of them from Champion Bay,
the habitat cited by Clark) which seem to be certainly captiosa,
whether that species is or is not distinct from amoena. Other speci-
mens before me, which I cannot separate by any definite characters
from the W. Australian ones, are from S. Australia and N.S.
Wales. Fresh specimens have some feeble metallic colours
vaguely diff'used on the prothorax and the base of the elytra.
Dried specimens are testaceous with some rosy or brown variega-
tion, the prothorax usually brownish-yellow with some more or
less distinct paler vittse, the antennae becoming infuscate or even
piceous towards the apex. I distinguish the species among its
immediate allies (i.e., those of the subgroup not having a sharply
defined metallic pattern, nor systematic lateral inequalities on the
elytra, nor the elytral series of punctures either unsymmetrical or
very close and fine) by the following characters, viz., lateral
33

506 REVISION OF THE GENUS PAROPSIS,

sculpture of elytra not particularly coarse or rugulose, disc of
prothorax smoothly, not very closely, and somewhat finely punc-
tured. P. captiosa and amcena are species that Dr. Chapuis
mentioned as unknown to him.

P. FASTIDIOSA, Chp.

I have a specimen of this insect named by Dr. Chapuis. It is
distinguishable among its immediate allies by the extreme coarse-
ness of the lateral sculpture of its elytra, the 9th and 10th series
consisting of large quadrate punctures separated (puncture from
puncture in their series) by narrow elevated ribs, some of which
are continuous across the interstice between the series and from
a certain point of view appear as continuous wrinkles running
transversely from the external edge of the 10th series to (or even
beyond) the 8th series. The insect is entirely, testaceous or
reddish-testaceous in colour except the antennae which (except
the basal three or four joints) are black. The autennte are not
very elongate and are very stout. The puncturation of the pro-
thorax is double, consisting of coarse and considerably finer
punctures intermingled, the former of somewhat variable closeness
on the disc and becoming extremely coarse near the margins.
The confused puncturation of the lateral part of the elytra is
very coarse and rugulose, that of the interstices of the series very
well defined and comparatively coarse, but not very close. The
size is, long. 3|-3| lines. The species is widely distributed.
Living specimens show very little metallic colouring, usually a
faint golden tone about the base of the elytra.

P. FLAVEOLA, Chp. (?).

Of this species I have not seen an example named by Chapuis,
and therefore am not certain in my identification. I have before
me, however, two specimens from N. Queensland (the locality
cited l)y Chapuis) which agree with the description (such as it is)
oiflatieola. The description mentions only two characters that are
of any real value, viz., "puncturation of prothorax fine and very

BY REV, T. BLACKBURN. 507

sparse" and "elytral seriate punctures remote." With the former
of those characters the examples Ijefore me agree well. The latter
of the two characters is ambiguous, as the phrase Chapuis uses
might suggest that his species belonged to subgroup ii. of this
group (containing stictica, Max'sh., and its allies), but as the
description of Jiaveola occurs in Chapuis' memoir several pages
away from the descriptions of stictica, inspersa, &c., the phrase
probably means merely that the punctures of the elytral series
are less close to eatfh other than in the species among which
flaveola occurs, which is the case in the specimens before me.

The present species is much like captiosa, Clk., in general
appearance and is similarly coloured except in the antennte (the
base excepted) being distinctly black. It differs from captiosa by
its much stouter antennae, its more sparsely punctured prothorax,
the coarser and especially less even sculpture of the lateral part
of its elytra, and the notably less closely placed punctures of the
elytral series. It appears to have had, when fresh, some large
ill-defined feebly metallic blotches of a golden-rosy tone on its
elytra.

P. RUFESCENS, Chp. (?).

This species is one of which I do not possess any specimens
named by Chapuis, and therefore I cannot be certain that my
identification is correct. The specimens which I group together
under this name may probably represent more than one species,
a doubt which can only be solved, probably, by breeding an
extensive series and studying the insects in their larval and pupal
stages. Among the feebly metallic Parojjses (of this subgroup)
having the elytral series of punctures symmetrical or nearly so,
the elytra devoid of systematic lateral inequalities, the elytral
series not of very fine and perfectly symmetrical type (as they are
in the hectica aggregate) and the lateral puncturation of the el3^tra
not of the evenly distributed non-rugulose type (which they are
in the hectica aggregate and also in decolorata and captiosa), this
species is distinguished irom fastidiosa by, iiiter alia, the 9th and
10th elytral series not being subconfluent through the coarseness
of their punctures (which moreover are not or scarcely of quadrate

508 REVISION OF THE GENUS PAROPSIS,

form), and from Jlaveola by the comparative closeness of the
punctures in its elytral series as well as by the less robustness of
its antennse. It is" an insect of moderate size (long. 3-4 lines), of
short subglobular C occinella-Vike form, and entirely testaceous or
rufo-testaceous in colour saving the antennae, which (except near
the base) are usually infuscate or even blackish. Living speci-
mens usually have some ill-defined golden blotches on the head
and prothorax, and the elytra more or less distinctly tessellated
with feeble golden or silvery colouring. I have numerous
examples before me from S. Australia, Victoria, and N S. Wales.

P. VITTATA, sp.nOV.

Late ovalis, fere semicircularis ; modice convexa ; testacea,
antennis apicem versus infuscatis, capite rufescenti postice
nigro, prothorace medio indeterminate obscuro, elytris vittis
latis binis (altera subsuturali ante medium subinterrupta,
altera submarginali antice abbreviata) ante apicem con-
junctis aureis vel viridibus (areis inter vittas piceis) et macula
humerali concolori ornatis (exemplorum siccatorum coloril^us
fere obsoletis capite et prothorace medio rufescentibus, elytris
indeterminate obscure umbratis, capite postice nigro, antennis
apicem versus infuscatis, ceteris partibus testaceis vel viridi-
testaceis); antennis elongatis sat gracilibus; capite subfortiter
crebrius subrugulose punctulato; prothorace quam longiori
triple latiori, antice fortiter angustato, fere ut caput (sed ad
latera multo magis grosse) punctulato, latera versus late sat
fortiter impresso, angulis anticis acutis posticis nullis, lateri-
bus arcuatis; scutello sublievi; elytris leviter striatis, punc-
turis rotundis minus parvis sat symmetricis sat crebre in
seriebus 10 positis (fere ut P. decoloratce, Chp., sed serie 10**
antice symmetrica), interstitiis minus subtiliter minus crebre
punctulatis (his maris planis feminte leviter convexis), parte
laterali baud rugulosa ut interstitia punctulata et puncturis
majoribus (his quam serierum punctui'je manifesto minus
subtilibus et sat tequaliter dispositis) confuse impressa.
Long. 4-41, lat, 31-34 lines.

BY REV. T. BLACKBURN. 509

This species is very easily recognisable when alive by the
metallic pattern of its elytra, which consists of a well defined
wide subsutural vitta (more or less completely interrupted in
front of the middle of the length of the elytra) and a similar
vitta placed just within the lateral margin of the discal portion
of the elytra (this vitta abbreviated in front), the two of a metallic
golden or green colour and confluent at the apex of the discal
part of the elytra. There is also a small metallic patch on the
shoulder. The parts (of the discal portion of the elytra) that are
not metallic are of a piceous tone ; the marginal portion is
testaceous.

Dried specimens may be at once distinguished from nearly all
other species of the subgroup by the head being black at its base,
the black colour extending forward far enough to reach beyond
the level of the back of the eyes. The head is similarly coloured
in the species that I have called hitnaculata, Oliv., but the latter
is not at all closely allied to the present insect, being of a much
less wide form, notably less strongly convex, with the punctures
of the elytral series less symmetrical and notably finer, &c., &c.
Apart from colour, P. vitatta is closely allied to P. decolorata,
Chp., from which, however, it differs by its evidently wider form,
metallic elytral pattern (in the living specimen), extensively black
base of head, and (in dined examples) generally darker tone of
colour.

Victoria and N.S. Wales; on the Australian Alps.

P. ANNULARIS, Sp.nOV.

Late ovalis; modice convexa; testacea, capite postice macula
mediana nigra ornato, elytris maculis 5 discoidalibus et vitta
(hac ter dilatata ad disci marginem lateralem sita) aureis
ornatis (e maculis discoidalibus 2 basalibus, 3 ita positis ut
cum alterius elytri maculis figuram nonnihil circulum simu-
lantem formant); antennis elongatis sat gracilibus; capite
crebre sulitilius subrugulose j)unctulato ; prothorace quam
longiori ut 2^ ad 1 latiori, sparsius subtilius (ad latera grosse
rugulose) punctulato, angulis anticis sat acutis posticis nullis,

510 REVISION OF THE GENUS PAROPSIS,

lateribus arcuatis; elytiis vix sti'iatis, puncturis parvis sat
symmetrice sat crebre in seriebus 10 positis, interstitiis sat
planis crebre subtiliter punctulatis, parte laterali ut P.
gloriosce; exemplis siccis fere totis testaceis. Long. 3, lat.
2f lines.
The metallic markings on the disc of each elytron are — two
basal spots (the inner one not quite touching the base, and
smaller than the corresponding spot in yloriosa and uohUitata); an
elongate spot placed near the suture (slightly in front of the
middle of the elytron) and directed from the suture outward and
slightly/brwarc?(the cori'esponding blotch in gloriosa and nobilitata
is much lai'ger and is directed outward and hindward); a small
elongate spot placed longitudinally on the 5th interstice consider-
ably behind the middle of its length; a still smaller spot placed
about on the 3rd interstice near its apex; and a vitta margining
the disc externally and somewhat angularly dilated in front of,
at, and behind, the middle of its length. Dried specimens are
extremely like nobilitata and gloriosa, but are distinguishable by
the presence of a basal black spot on the head (reaching forward
about to the level of the hind margin of the eyes). I have seen
a good many specimens of this insect and do not find its mai'kings
variable. The discal markings of the elytra (exclusive of the
basal ones) are so placed that they would all lie on the circum-
ference of a circle having its centre on the suture about half-way
between the middle and the apex.
N.S, Wales; Queanbeyan (Mr. Lea).

P. GLORIOSA, sp.nov.

Late ovalis; modice convexa; testacea, elytrorum disco abdo-
mineque rufescentibus, illis maculis nonnullis splendide
aureo- vel viridi-metallicis ornatis [sc. macula magna basali
prope scutellum altera parva basali prope humerum sitis,
fascia lata obliqua vix pone medium sita (hac extrorsum et
retrorsum directa, nee suturam nee disci marginem lateralem
attingenti), fascia subapicali (hac fascias submedianas simili
sed angustiori), et maculis 2 in disci margine laterali sitis],

BY REV. T. BLACKBURN. 511

antennis apicem versus plus minusve infuscatis ; antennis

elongatis sat gracilibus; capite crebre subtiliter nee rugulose

punctulato ; prothorace quam longiori fere ut 2| ad 1

latiorij fere ut caput sed ad latera grosse rugulose

punctulato, angulis anticis acutis posticis nullis, lateribus

arcuatis; elytris {^ baud, 9 leviter) striatis, puncturis parvis

sat symnietrice sat crebre in seriebus 10 positis, interstitiis

planis vel vix convexis crebre subtiliter punctulatis, parte

laterali baud rugulosa puncturis quam serierum puncturse

sat majoribus crebre sequaliter impressa; exemplis siccis fere

totis testaceis. Long. 3|-3|, lat. 2-^-3 lines.

The metallic markings on the disc of each elytron of living

specimens are — two basal spots, a wide fascia-like blotch running

obliquely hindward and outward (abbreviated at both ends and

placed immediately behind the middle of the elytron), a similar

but narrower blotch placed near the apex and two spots on the

lateral margin (of the disc). Dried specimens are not very easy

to distinguish from /''. nohilitata, Er., but they are of somewhat

wider form with the testaceous colour of their elj^tra more or less

clouded with infuscation.

Victoria; mountainous districts.

P. NOBILITATA, Er.

The metallic markings of this species (in life) are of green or
golden colour and are placed as follows : — a blotch on each side of
the prothorax; and on each elytron a large basal blotch close to the
scutellum and a small one near the humeral angle, a vitta
(abbreviated in front and having its inner edge sinuous) on the
disc close to its external margin from close to the hinder end of
which a short branch is given off obliquely (forward and towards
the suture), and on the apex of this branch a blotch bearing a
rough resemblance to an axe in shape (the handle of the axe
standing on the aforesaid branch and the edge of the axe-head
being directed obliquely forward and towards the suture). The
non-metallic portions of the disc of the prothorax and elytra are
of various shades of red and their margins are testaceous. The

512 REVISION OF THE GENUS PAROPSIS,

under surface, legs and antennae are testaceous, more or less tending
to red. The above is a description of a living specimen, and as
far as my experience goes the markings are scarcely variable (I
have not, however, taken the insect in large numbers); it is by no
means the case, however, that all the markings described can
invariably be brought out by artificial means in all dried examples;
very old examples, also any that were not quite mature when
killed, and also such as have been previously treated several times
for temporarily restoring the colours, are less responsive to treat-
ment than others (as far as my experience extends) ; but in
reasonably fresh and mature specimens I rarely am unable to
recall sufficient markings for identification. The species is of
moderate size (long. 3-3|^ lines) and as yet has been recorded from
Tasmania only. Dried examples are entirely testaceous in colour.
There can be no reasonable doubt about this being the insect
Erichson describes as nohilitata. He gives the metallic markings
on each elytron as "three rather large spots placed longitudinally
near the suture, of which the posterior two are confluent, and a
lateral vitta "; — -the three spots being, no doubt, those which I
have indicated as " a large basal blotch close to the scutellum,"
" a blotch bearing a rough resemblance to an axe in shape," and
" a short branch given oflF from the lateral vitta." The best
character that I can find (apart from colours) to distinguish
nohilitata from its near allies {e.g., dehilis, Chp., and decolorata,
Chp.) consists in the lateral portion of its elytra being slightly
gibbous close to its line of contact with the discal portion, causing
the 10th series of punctures (looked at obliquely from the side)
to appear as placed in a distinct stria.

P. DEBILIS, Chp.

I have an example from the Chapuis collection (ticketed with
this name) which is evidently a very old one (probably consider-
ably more than 20 years old) on which treatment with benzine
brings out distinct though feeble traces of a metallic elytral
pattern; and I have also examples taken in Western Australia
(Chapuis' locality) by Messrs. Meyrick and l^ea that are manifestly

BY REV. T. BLACKBURN. 513

the same species, the metallic pattern of which I have developed

very clearly. The metallic pattern is extremely like that of

nohUitata, but differs in that portion which Erichson describes as

the hinder two of the 3 spots placed longitudinally near the

suture. In the present species they are represented by a single

elongate patch of continuously equal width and very sinuous form

(somewhat resembling the shape of a sickle) running parallel with

the suture, its hind extremity in contact (close to the apex of the

elytra) with the extremity of the lateral vitta. Dried specimens

scarcely differ from dried specimens of nohilitata except in being

evidently more convex and without the stria-like structure

(mentioned above) of the 10th elytral series; they also resemble

dried specimens of decolorata, but are easily distinguished from

the latter by the non-rugulose puncturation of their pro thorax.

It is possible that this species is identical with purpureoaurea,

Clk., but I cannot quite reconcile the pattern of its elytra with

that attributed by its author to the latter species which is said to

have two rings of metallic colour on each elytron besides the

lateral vitta. As far as I can gather this description was

furnished to Mr. Clark by the collector from whom he received

the species, and may have been somewhat of an " off-hand "

nature. I have seen examples of dehilis, Chp., from diverse

localities in W. Australia, and their markings do not seem to be

variable.

Subgroup vi.

This subgroup is very easily distinguished by the head in front
of the eyes being strongly produced and much narrowed forward.
The species known to me are all of small size and of firm texture,
non-metallic in colouring (so far as my observations go) and not
or but little liable to fade after death. The shape of the head is the
only character I can find to separate them from subgroup iv.,
some of the species of which resemble them closely in size and in
colour and markings {e.g. ,f estiva, Chp., and delicatula, Clip.); indeed
I look upon it as a merely artificial arrangement to separate sub-
groups iv. and vi., but nevertheless one that is of great convenience
in monographing so diflicult a genus as Paropsis. Moreover there

514 REVISION OF THE GENUS PAROPSIS,

are undeniably gradations in the development of the character
on which this present subgroup is founded, for, while the anterior
prolongation of the head in rostralis, Blackb., is so great as to
suggest the idea of even generic distinction from Paroj^sis, that
prolongation is less strongly marked in the other species. The
distinction, however, is not entirely a matter of degree of pro-
longation of the clypeus, for I find that in all the species I place
in this subgroup there is a certain point of view from which the
portion of the head in front of a line joining the front margin of
the eyes appears to have an outline formed by three straight lines
(the front one horizontal, the lateral ones oblique), while from a
similar point of view the outline of the corresponding portion of
the head in the allied species of subgroup iv. appears as an almost
even and continuous curve. I cannot ascertain that more than
one species of this subgroup has been described hitherto : — viz.,
P. Hamadryas, Stal, of wfYiiah. Jlavltai'sis, Chp., is a variety.

The following tabular arrangement will assist in identifying the
species described below : —

A. Clypeus punctured uniformly (or nearly so) with the
rest of the head.

B. The puncturation of tlie prothorax (except the
usual coarsely punctured lateral area) uniformly
fine.
C. Antennae moderately long and slender (joints

S-10 much longer than wide) Hamadryas, >Stal.

CC. Antennae stouter and generally shorter (joints
8-10 not, or scarcely, longer than wide).

D. Antenn;T3 not having their dilated portion
beginning abruptly at the 7th joint.

E. Eyes quite fiat Dry ope, Blackb.

EE. Eyes distinctly prominent Lucina, Blackb.

DD. Dilated portion of the antennae beginning

abruptly at the 7th joint Pandora, Blackb-

BB. The coarse lateral puncturation of the prothorax

beginning sparsely uear tlie middle of the disc Vesta, Blackb.

AA. Clypeus scarcely visibly, the rest of the head

coarsely, punctured rostralis, Blackb.

BY REV. T. BLACKBURN. 515

P. Hamadryas, Stal. {ys^w fiavitar sis, Chp.).

This is perhaps the most variable species in the genus Faropsis,
its variation being so gi^eat that it is no easy matter to find two
similar specimens, and in many examples the two elytra are
dissimilar infer se. Presuming that I am not confusing more
than one species under the name (which I am fairly confident is
the case), P. Hamadryas is easily recognisable, for the structure
of its head refers it unmistakably to the small aggregate that I
have called "subgroup vi.," and it is the only species known to
me of that aggregate in which the antennfe can rightly be called
even moderately elongate and slender. These organs are much
like those of P. suhfasciata, Chp.; directed backward they extend
considerably beyond the base of the prothorax; all the joints,
especially the apical 5, are notably longer than wide; and there
is very little compression or dilatation of the apical portion — such
as there is commencing somewhat doubtfully at the 6th or 7th
joint and the 6th and 7th joints being scarcely appreciably
narrower than any of those that follow them. The head is much
flattened, and is closely and rather strongly punctulate (less
closely in rare examples) and longitudinally rugate in front. The
prothorax is finely and not closely punctulate except at the sides
where it is coarsely rugulose; its length is somewhat less than
half its width, and it is not much narrowed in front, with sides
feebly rounded, front angles somewhat acute, and hind angles
(viewed from above) well defined Vjut obtuse. The elytra are
non-striate except near the apex where feeble striae are visible;
their 10 series of punctures are close-set and not particulai'ly fine,
but are rendered somewhat inconspicuous by the presence on the
interstices of numerous punctures (mingled among smaller punc-
tures) not much smaller than those of the series. Some examples
are entirely testaceous in colour. The head usually bears a bifid
black patch which varies in size up to the extent of invading the
whole surface except the labrum. The pi'othorax varies (so far
as I have observed) only by the usual presence of a more or less
developed black spot at the middle of the base. The scutellum

516 REVISION OF THE GENUS PAROPSIS,

is often black. The elytra vary by the usual presence of black
mai'kings; beginning with two subbasal short lines and a single
median one on each elj'tron, through a form in which the sub-
basal lines are 3 and the median 2, and a form in which in
addition the suture is (more or less widely) black, and another in
which the subbasal and median lines are connected into fasciae, and
another in which a subapical fascia is added, and others in which
these various markings increase in size, the black colouring gradually
invades the whole elytra except a narrow margin {flavitarsis,
Chp.), and at last does not leave any testaceous colouring at all;
in many examples the undersurface and legs are more or less
marked with black, and in some the antennae are blackish near
the apex The species is a small one (long. 14-2;| lines), and I
have seen examples from S. Australia, Victoria, N.S. Wales, and
Tasmania.

P. Dryope, sp.nov.

Late ovalis; minus convexa ; modice nitida ; testacea, varie
nigro-notata (exempli typici capitis ad basin summam macula
antrorsum biloba, scutello toto, elytrorum macula communi
post-scutellari, in utroque elytro macula basali maculaque
subapicali annulari, et in corpore subtus maculis plurimis,
nigris), capite rufescenti, antennis apicem versus infuscatis;
capite ante oculos elongato, crebrius dupliciter (subtiliter et
subfortiter) punctulato ; oculis depressis, antennis parum
elongatis, articulis 5°-8° gradatim latioribus, 8°-10° inter se
sat a^qualibus quam latioribus parum longioribus; prothorace
quam longiori ut 2^ ad 1 latiori, antice valde bisinuato, in
disco subtilissime (ad latera grosse crebrius) punctulato,
angulis anticis acutis posticis obtusis, lateribus leviter
arcuatis; elyti'is baud striatis, puncturis magnis sat symme-
trice (in seriebus 10 dispositis) impressis, interstitiis planis
sparsius punctulatis, parte laterali puncturis quam serierum
puncturse vix majoribus crebre sat sequaliter impressa. Long.
l|-2, lat. lyV-lf line'^
Extreme specimens of this insect are entirely testaceous except
3 or 4 faint fuscous spots on each elytron; others have 5 or 6

BY REV. T. BLACKBURN. 517

small black spots on each elytron ; others have similar spots
increasing in size and running into each other more or less until
they assume the form and disposition described above. The black
markings on the head when present vary up to the degree of
suffusing nearly the whole surface. The prothorax is usually
testaceous, but in some examples there are faint fuscous blotches
which in rare specimens become a transverse discal row of distinct
black spots. The insect is easily recognisable among its allies
by the characters indicated in the tabulation.
S. Australia and Victoria.

P. LuciNA, sp.nov.
Sat late ovalis; minus convexa; sat nitida; supra rufo-testacea,
capite (clypeo excepto) scutello et elytrorum notulis nonnullis
(sc. macula communi pone scutellura et in utroque elytro
macula magna ad callum humeralem anuloque anteapicali)
nigris, antennis apicem versus infuscatis. subtus plus minusve
picescens ; capite ante oculos minus elongato ; oculis sat
convexis; pro thoracis angulis anticis parum acutis; cetera ut
P. Bryope. Long. H-lxo, lat. l-l^ lines.
Resembles some varieties of P. Dryope closely in respect of
colours and pattern, and is rather close to that species in most of
its structural characters, but differs from it in its very evidently
shorter head, much more prominent eyes, and less acute front
prothoracic angles. Its head is less produced in front than that
of the other species of this subgroup, but is evidently more
elongate than in the allied species of subgroup iv. I have seen
only two examples (they have identical markings), which were
sent to me by Mr. Masters. If they had come from a less
accurate collector I should be doubtful as to the correctness of
the locality cited for them, as the insect is not in any S. Aus-
tralian collection known to me.

S Australia.

P. Pandora, sp.nov.

Sat late ovalis; minus convexa; modice nitida; testacea, varie
piceo-notata (exempli typici in elytrorum disco fascia contorta

518 REVISION OF THE GENUS PAROPSIS,

mediana suturam haucl attingenti antrorsum prope suturam
et prope disci marginem lateralem producta, macula elongata
in medio pone basin lougitudinaliter sita, et fasciis maculari-
bus contortis 2 inter se approximatis ante apicem sitis, piceis),
capite rufescenti, antennis apicem versus parum infuscatis;
capite ante oculos sat elongato, subfortiter (antice crebre
postice sparsim) punctulato; oculis depressis; antennis brevi-
bus, articulis ultimis 5 sat abrupte dilatatis, 7°-10° fere
transversis; prothorace quam longiori ut 2| ad 1 latiori, in
disco sublsevi, ad latera grosse punctulato, angulis anticis
sat acutis posticis obtusis, lateribus arcuatis ; elytris vix
manifeste striatis, puncturis sat magnis symmetrice (in
seriebus 10 dispositis) impressis, interstitiis sat planis sub-
tiliter punctulatis, parte laterali puncturis quam serierum
puncturje vix majoribus crebi'e sat sequaliter impressa.
Lonij. li, lat. 4 lines.

O O ' 5

The head when unduly extruded is seen to be blackish at the
base. The markings of the elytra vary from the above description
by the faintness or even absence of some or nearly all of them.
The species is nearest to Vesta, from which, however, it is readily
distinguishable (apart from differences of colour and markings)
by its notably smaller size, feebler elytral striation, less strongly
granulate eyes, and the very much larger area of its prothorax,
on which the punturation is fine — that area being, in fact, about
half the entire surface, and extends on either side evenly to the
lateral area on which the puncturation is evenly coarse, crowded,
and rugulose (as is the case in the others of the subgroup except-
ing Vesta), whereas in Vesta there is only a narrow median area
without coarse punctures, and outside that area coarse punctura-
tion begins sparsely and becomes gradually closer in approaching
the lateral areas.

W. Australia; Swan R. district (Mr. Lea).

P. Vesta, sp.nov.

Late ovalis; minus convexa; sat nitida; supra dilute brunnea,
colore obscuriori sat indeterminate suffusa (sc. in prothorace

BY REV. T. BLACKBURN. 519

versus margines anticum et posticum ; et in elytris trans

basin maculatim, ad medium fasciatim, pone medium et ante

apicem transversim maculatim, maculis fasciaque varie con-

nexis); subtus picescens testaceo-maculata, capite rufescenti;

hoc ante oculos sat elongate, sparsius sat fortiter punctulato;

oculis sat prominulis; antennis sat brevibus, articulis 7°-ll°

sat abrupte dilatatis, 7°-8°que quam latioribus baud (9°-10°

que parum) longioribus; prothorace quam longiori ut 2| ad

1 latiori, antice modice bisinuato, in media parte angusta

sparsim subtiliter (latera versus gradatim magis crebre magis

grosse) punctulato, angulis anticis subacutis posticis obtusis,

lateribus leviter arcuatis ; elytris 10-striatis, striis crebre

fortiter punctulatis, interstitiis siibconvexis subtiliter minus

crebre punctulatis, striis externis 3 fere confluentibus, parte

laterali puncturis inaequalibus sat crebre impressa. Long.

If, lat. \-^^j lines.

Of this species I have seen 4 examples, and do not find much

variation in their colouring and pattern: the markings in some

being, however, of deeper colour than in others and some of the

elytral spots which are isolated in some examples being obscurely

connected together in other examples. The peculiar sculpture of

the pro thorax is described under the heading of the preceding

species (P. Pandora). This insect is remarkably like P. de^icatula,

Chp., (in subgroup iv. ), but differs from it by its larger size,

elongated head, and pro thoracic sculpture, — the prothoracic

sculpture of delicatula being of the same kind as that of the other

species of this subgroup.

Victoria: Black Spur.

P. ROSTRALIS, sp.nOV.

Late ovalis; minus convexa; sat nitida; supra testacea, elytris
obsolete fusco-irroratis (nonnuliorum exemplorum elytris
concinne fusco- vel piceo-notatis, — notulis plus minusve 4-
fasciatim dispositis, fasciis anticis 2 ad disci marginem
lateralera connexis), capite rufescenti, antennis apicem versus
infuscatis; subtus testacea vel picescens ; capite ante oculos

520 REVISION OF THE GENUS PAROPSIS,

fortitei' elongate subrostriformi, parte postica crebre sat
grosse (parte ante oculos subtilissime) punctulato; oculis
prominulis; antennis brevibus, articulis 7°-ll° sat abrupte'
dilatatis, 7°-10° quam latioribus baud (11° vix) longioribu.s;
prothorace quam longiori circiter triplo latiori, antice modice
bisinuato, sparsius subtiliter (ad latera crebrius fortiter)
punctulato, angulis anticis subacutis posticis fere rectis,
lateribus leviter arcuatis; elytris baud striatis, puncturis sat
magnis sat symmetrice (in seriebus 10 dispositis) impressis,
parte lateral! puncturis quam serierum puncturte baud
majoribus crebre sat sequaliter impressa. Long. 1|^, lat. 1 line.

Although the difference between the almost entirely testaceous
and the darkest specimens of this insect is very great, yet there
are intermediate forms which connect the two by gradations that
allow no doubt of their specific identity. The species is quite
incapable of confusion with any other owing to its very remarkable
head, — coarsely punctulate behind the level of the front of the
eyes and strongly produced in front as a nearly impunctulate
almost rostriform clypeus.

S. Australia: Eyre's Peninsula.

Addendum.

As this present memoir completes my Revision of Group vi., it
seems convenient here to enumerate and remark on the species
(attributable to the Group) that for various reasons I have been
unable to assign to any subgroup. First, however, it should be
noted that two species appearing in Mr. Masters' Catalogue as
Paropses (and referable to Group vi. if they belonged to the genus
at all) are almost certainly not membei's of the genus, — viz., P.
( Paj'opsipacha) metallica, Motsch., and P. (Xotodea) splendens,
W. S. Macl. The former I take to be the insect since called
Cyclomela nitida by Dr. Baly, and the latter to be a Cydomela or
Aiigotnela (probably A. hypochaleca, Germ.). Excluding those
two there I'emain 10 names, not yet dealt with in this Revision,
of species attributable to Group vi. They are as follows : —

P.L.S.N.S.W., 1899.

PL. XXXII.

HEDYSCEPE CANTERBU RYANA, F.v.M.

P.L.S.N.S.W., 1899

PL. XXXIII.

HEDYSCEPE CANTERBURYANA, F.v.M.

P.L.5.N.S.W. 1899.

Pl.XXXIV.

ff TB.nte.l.

PARsoNsiA PADDisoNi /?ra.

P.L.S.N.S.W., 1899.

PL. XXXV.

PARSONSIA PADDISONI, R.T.B.

P.L,S.N.SW. 1899,

PI. XXXVI

PAIU FISHING LINE

P.L.5.N.S W, 1899

PI. XXXVII.

E.ACACIAEF0RMI5.

RL.S.N SW. 1899 i>

Tl. XXXVIII

R 1.5. N.S.W 1839

Pl.XXXIX

/ .

PL.S.N S,W. 1899

■PI.XL

RL.S.N.SW 1899

PI, XL!

■%£4, o.

Figsf-'f- E.GONIOCALYX

Fi^s5-9 E.TERETICORNiS

/"

RLS, N.SW. 1899

PI. XLII

Figsl-4- E SALIGNA i/. PARVI FLORA

Fi^s S-7 E.GUNNII v. GLAUCA

P.L.5.N.5.W. 1899.

Pi. XLIII.

EUCALYPTUS ORtADES H'B.

BV REV. T. BLACKBURN. 521

F. n'ujrita. Chp. — This species belongs to subgroup i. The
description does not indicate the characters necessary for that
determination, but I have recently obtained a specimen fi'om
Chapuis' locality (S. Australia) which is evidently his insect. In
my tabulation (P.L.S.N.S.W., 189S) the name should stand on
p. 226 under " B. General colour black or bi^assy or bluish-black,"
but as my specimen is a female I cannot say whether it belongs
to the aggregate " C " or " CC." It, however, differs, inter alia,
from irina by its very much finer elytral series of punctures, from
cimimdata and snhsei'iata by the very much closer puucturation
of its elyti'al interstices, and from all three by its much greater
con^"exity and entirely black colouring (except the under surface
of its tarsi and of the base of the antennae).

F. cassidoilea, Boisd., punctulata, Boisd., testacea, Oliv., and
vicina, Boisd. — The descriptions of these are such that it is
impossible to connect them with any insect unless the types could
be examined.

F. Hstnlata, Oliv. — This is in almost the same condition of
uncertainty as the preceding four. The description of the colours,
however, suggests the possibility of its being founded on a variety
of the insect that Germar described as P. siUuralis. This is little
more than a guess, but varieties of sutiiralis are the only Paropses
I have seen agreeing with the colours attributed to ustulata.

P. cemula. Chp., initis, Chp., macidicoHis, Clk., and venusta, Er.
All these are names that I cannot associate with any insect, and
the descriptions do not furnish the necessary information for
placing them in my subgroups. All are small species (long. 2^
lines or less) and they appear to me likely to l^e meml^ers of my
subgroup i^'.

In dealing with Group vi. I have enumerated 191 names which
have been applied to its species. Of these I have recognised and
tabulated 13.3 as representing valid species known to me, ha\e
indicated 32 as more or less certainly synonyms, and have been
unable to furnish definite information concerning 26. The specie-^
of my own naming are 42.
34

522

REVISION OF THE AUSTRALIAN CURCULIONID^

BELONGING TO THE SUBFAMILY

CR YPrORHYNC HIDES.

By Arthur M. Lea.

Part IV.

This instalment deals with PsepJiolax and allied genera, forming
a group not only remarkable on account of the form and sculpture
of its members, but on account of their peculiar distribution.
Psepholax resembles many of the Scolytidte {e.g., Hylesimis,
Hylastes) not only in shape, but in structuie of limbs, parts of
under surface, &c. In all, the tibiee (especially the intermediate
pair) are very remarkable. Great diversity exists in the meso-
sternal receptacle. In Oreda and Zeneudes the walls of the pectoral
canal terminate in front in teeth-like processes. Zeneudes is the
only genus of the subfamily as yet described in which the
scape terminates considerably before the eye; in several other
genera {e.g., Neozenexides, Oreda) the scape when drawn out at
right angles to the rostrum does not appear as if it would extend
back to the e3'e, but when at rest it can be seen to touch its lower
extremity. Hyhomorphus, the only apterous member of the
group, is perhaps the most remarkable genus of all the Australian
weevils.

Pectoral canal not acutely margined.

Rostrum very short Psepholax.

Rostrum long Hybomorphus.

Pectoral canal acutely margined.

Scape not attaining the eye Zeneudes.

Scape attaining the eye.

Mesosternal receptacle open.
Receptacle witli oblique sides.
Eyes finely faceted.

BY ARTHUR M. LEA. 523

Intermediate tibite bidentate externally.... Neozeneude8.
Intermediate tibitB (except at apex) normal Therebus.

Eyes coarsely faceted Pseudotiierebus.

Receptacle with parallel sides Therebiosoma.

Mesosternal receptacle cavernons:.

Walls of pectoral canal dentate in front Oreda.

Walls simple.

Pectoral canal terminated between four anterior

coxa3 Psepholacipus.

Pectoral canal terminated almost at metasternum Derbyia.

Genus Psepholax, White.

Voy. Ereb. & Terr., Ins. p. 15; Lacordaire, Gen. Col. vii.
p. 72; Pascoe, Journ. Linn. Soc. Zool. xi. 1872, p. 481; Broun,
Man. N.Z. Col. p. 478.

Pteroplectus, Sclionherr, Mant. 8ec. p. 50 (sp. inedit. ).

Head large, not at all concealed by prothorax ; forehead flat.
Ei/es ovate, finely faceted, distant. Bostrum short, wide. Man-
dibles large, stout, feebly dentate internally. Antennce moderatelj-^
stout ; scape inserted nearer apex than base of rostrum, the
length of funicle; two basal joints of funicle slightly longer than
wide, the others transverse: club ovate, the length of four or five
preceding joints. Prothorax convex, narrowed in front, apex
scarcely produced and slightly emarginate in middle; sides rounded,
strongly in front of middle, feebly to base; ocular lobes obtuse.
ScuieUum moderately large. Elytra convex, subcordate, closely
applied to and slightly or not all wider than prothorax, sides
decreasing with a moi-e or less rounded outUne to apex. Pectoral-
canal wide, shallow, walls rounded in front and not at all pre-
cipitous or ridge-like, emargination widely transverse. Mesostei-nal
receptacle not excavated, either flat or slightly convex, slighth'
rounded behind. Metasternum large, slightly shorter than basal
segment of abdomen ; episterna very large. Abdomen large,
sutures distinct, segments of variable size. Femora variable;
posterior coxie strongly transverse, almost touching elytra; tibia;
compressed, curved, in addition to the terminal hook with a small

524 REVISION OF THE AUSTRALIAN CURCULIONID.E,

subapical tooth, the intermediate* strongly biclentate externally,,
the posterior feebly dentate at external apex; tarsi long and thin,
3i-d joint moderatel}^ wide, deepl}^ bilobed, feebh^ spongiose
beneath, claw- joint elongate; claws widely separated. Elliptic or
elliptic-ovate, convex, squainose, winged.

An extraordinary genus abundantly represented in New
Zealand. One species has been described from Norfolk Island
and three from Eastern Australia, and two are here added. It
is probable that others have yet to be discovered in the forests of
New South Wales and Queensland, as all the specimens I have
myself taken have been chopped out from solid and freshly felled
timber.

Kostrum and head between eyes denselj' setose.

Elytra fasciate beyond middle e(/erei(s, Pa»c.

Elytra non-fasciate J/ci-v/ej'si, Pasc.

Rostrum not densely setose.

Rostrinii wider than long latiro-'/ri':, Pasc.

Rostrum longer than wide.

Elytra Avith large claw-like tubercles in middle Jeoniina^, n.sp.

Elytra without large tubercles hiimeralU, n.sp.

PsEPHOLAX Mastebsi, Pasc: Mast. Cat. Sp. No. 5409.

Dark reddish-brown; upper surface subopaque, under surface
shining. Sparsely clothed with small ochreous scales. Head
between eyes with a tuft of yolden-brown erect set* continued in
rostral grooves almost to antennae. Under surface with whitish
elongate scales, longer on anterior coxie and metasternum than
elsewhere.

Head rather strongly punctate on flattened part. Rostrum
slightly longer than head, sides parallel, polished and xerj finely
punctate, sides grooved. Prothorax transverse, base feebly
bisinuate; i-ather densely punctate, punctures small and shallow^
basal third granulate-punctate. Elytra more than twice the
length of prothorax; striate-punctate, strife feeble, punctures close

* Except in tafirostris.

BY ARTHUR M. LEA. 525

together at sides, more distant towards suture; interstices feebly
convex, wider along middle than at sides or suture, finely punctate,
seriate-granulate, granules small and irregular at base, becoming
larger and more acute towards and terminating before apex.
Under surface, exce^^t apical segment of abdomen, sparsely
punctate. Mesosternal receptacle flat. Femora moderately stout,
not grooved, feebly dentate, teeth of the anterior very feeble;
posterior extending to apex of elytra. Length S|, rostrum \\,;
width 4 mm.

Hab.—Q.: "Wide Bay" (Pascoe)— N.S W. : Richmond River
(Lea).

PSEPHOLAX LEONINUS, n.Sp.

I .Dark reddish-brown; subopaque above, shining below. Clothed
with ochreous scales sparsely distributed and small on head, ros-
trum and prothorax, rather denser and suberect on elytra.
Under surface with elongate and almost white subsetose scales.
Ciliation of ocular lobes long and golden-yellow.

Head finely punctate on vertex, densely between eyes and on
rostrum to antennte, punctures separated b}^ narrow transverse
short ridges. Rostrum slightly longer than head, slightly wider
near apex than at base; scrobes shallow and open near eyes,
rather deep in front. Prothorax transverse, base bisinuate ;
densely punctate, punctures rather small, shallow and round,
towards base separated by feeble transverse ridges. Elytra
scarcely twice the length of prothorax; seriate- punctate, punctures
small, at sides in feeble stria?, on disc more or less interrupted;
each elytron with four distinct shining claw-like tubercles, one
on the 5th interstice about the middle, and three on the 3rd, of
which the one nearest the base is separated from the others by a
distinct transverse impression which is continuous from suture to
7th interstice; towards base with numerous small transverse ridges
from sides; about middle to near apex with numerous small acute
tubercles, all of which are directed backwards. Pectoral canal
feebly transversely wrinkled. Mesosternal receptacle feebly
convex, and, with the rest of the under surface, spai'sely punctate;
the apical segment, however, moderately densely punctate.

526 REVISION OF THE AUSTRALIAN CURCULIONIDiE,

Femora stout, not grooved or dentate, the anterior about twice as
long as wide; the posterior about thrice, somewhat compi'essed and
passing apex of elytra. Length 74, rostrum li; width 3^ mm.

^a^).— N.S.W. (Herr J. Faust), Richmond River (Lea)— Q. :
Wide Bay (Sydney Museum).

Differs from all pre^•iousl3' described species, except the New
Zealand Hehnsi, by the large claw-like tubercles of the elytra ;
these, however, are not constant as regards their number, as on
one specimen there are four on the right elytron and three on the
left, and on another three on the right and four on the left; on
another there are but three on each.

PSEPHOLAX LATIROSTRIS, Pasc; J.C. No. O410,

Dark reddish-brown; upper surface subopaque, under shining.
Moderately clothed with dingy yellowish scales, denser on abdomen
than elsewhere.

Cylindrical. Head with dense round punctures; ocular fovea
small. Rostrum very short and w^ide, being slightly wider than
long; the sides feebly decreasing to apex; punctures as on head,
but rather denser. Scape less than half the length of funicle
and club combined. Prothorax feebl}' transverse, apex not much
narrower than base; with somewhat round and rather dense
punctures, at sides and base separated by short ridges; with a
feebly elevated shining median carina. Elytra almost thrice the
length of prothorax; striate; interstices I'egular, gently convex,
with numerous small shining granules placed more or less trans-
versely. Under surface (except at sides) rather indistinctly
punctate. Femora moderately stout, indistinctly grooved and
feebly dentate; intermediate tibife not wider than posterior and
not externally bidentate. Length 9|, rostrum 1|; width 3 mm.

Hab. — N.S.W. : " Illawarra " (Pascoe), Manning River — Lord
Howe Island (Macleay Museum).

The rostrum and intermediate tibiae are at variance with the
other species of the genus, but these are scarcely sufficient to
warrant a genus being erected to receive the species.

BY ARTHUR M. LEA. 527

PsEPHOLAX EGEREUS, Pasc; Lc. No. 5408.

Piceous-brown, upper surface opaque, under shining. Moder-
ately clothed with dingy yellowish (in places setose) scales; a
distinct fascia of sooty scales on the elytra just beyond middle.
Under surface and legs with long thin j^ellowish setse. Between
eyes and on base of rostrum densely clothed with long erect
yellowish setae.

Elliptic, subcylindrical. Head flattened and with round and
rather dense punctures on vertex. Rostrum about once and one-
third as long as wide; apical half highly polish(;d and inipunctate,
basal portion concealed. Scape inserted nearer apex tlian base,
almost the length of funicle. Prothorax moderately transverse,
apex rather suddenly constricted; densely punctate, punctures
(except in middle) separated by small ridges. Elytra about twice
the length of prothorax, subcordate; punctate-striate, punctures
(except towards apex) almost concealed; interstices gently convex,
almost regular, with minute granules becoming larger on sides
towards apex, and numerous at base on each side of scutellum;
5th interstice dilated in middle. Under surface indistinctly
punctate except at sides and the apical segment. Femora
moderately grooved, edentate. Length 7|, rostrum IJ; width
4 mm.

Hah. — "Queensland" (Pascoe), Wide Bay — N.S.W. : Clarence
River (Macleay Museum).

PsEPHOLAX HUMERALIS, n.sp.

Piceous ; upj^er surface opaque, under shining. Irregularly
clothed with dingy yellowish scales; each side of elytra at base
with a distinct patch of long yellowish setse. Under surface and
legs v.'ith long thin setre.

Somewhat elliptic-ovate. Head flattened; basal portion finely
punctate, elsewhere coarsely punctate and with short transverse
curved ridges which are continued to apical third of rostrum but
gradually becoming feebler. Rostrum twice as long as wide; apical
portion of scrobes visible from above. Prothorax as in the preceding

528 REVISION OF THE AUSTRALIAN CURCULIONID^,

species, but the ridges separating the punctures much more pro-
nounced. Elytra about twice the length of prothorax; very-
irregular about middle where the 3rd and 5th interstices (although
raised above their fellows) scarcely attain the general level; sides
and liase with numerous small granules, less numerous but rather
larger towards apex, and entirely absent in middle. Femora feebly
grooved and edentate, posterior strongly compressed. Length Gj,
rostrum \\\ width 3i mm.

Hab. — Q. : Wide Bay (Macleay and Sydney Museums).

Closer to P. leonimis than to anj' other species here described.

PsEPHoLAX Pascoei, OIL; P.L.S.N.S.W. 1887, p. 1008. Hab.—
Norfolk Island.

I have not a specimen of this species under examination, but
when looking at the type some time ago I noticed that it was
allied to latirostris, but differed in the alternate interstices of the
elytra.

Genus H Y B o M o R P H u s, Saunders and Jekel.

Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1855, p. 301; Lacordaire, Gen. Col. vii.
p. Ul.

Head small, almost concealed by prothorax; ocular fovea small,
deep. Eyes small, subovate, not very finely faceted, distant.
Rostrum long, thin, slightly curved, sides very feebly incurved to
middle. Antennce slender; scape inserted nearer apex than base
of rostrum and passing apex, almost the length of funicle and
club combined; two basal joints of funicle elongate; club small,
oblong-ovate. Prothorax convex, transverse, sides and base
rounded, ocular lobes obsolete; junction of pronotum and proster-
num ridge-like. Scutellum absent. Elytra scarcely longer than
wide, base widely and semicircularly emarginate and slightly
wider than prothorax, rounded from near base to apex, each side
with a distinct epipleural fold. Pectoral canal wide in front,
narrow and deep between anterior coxas and terminated between
the intermediate, walls rounded in front of anterior coxae, and not
at all precipitous or keeled. Mesosternal receptacle slightly
transverse, sidesslightly raised above metasternum, middle open and

BY ARTHUR M. LEA.

529

excavated. Jletaatermim about half the length of 1st abdouiiual
segment, very narrow between four posterior coxae; episterna very
narrow in middle. Abdomen moderately large, sutures distinct;
two basal segments large, 1st slightly longer than 2nd, intercoxal
process wide, almost truncate, apex raised in middle, three apical
segments small, apical slightly shorter than 2nd and noticeably
longer than the intermediates combined. Lec/s rather short and
thick; femora feebly grooved and obsoletely dentate, posterior
terminated just before apex of abdomen; posterior coxa; transverse,
almost touching elytra; tibiai rounded, straight beneath, somewhat
sinuous above and thickened at apex, terminal hook short and
stout, each with a small subapical tooth on each side of which is
a tuft of elongate setaj; tarsi rather slender, 3rd joint short, not
much wider than 2nd, deeply bilobed, claw-joint moderately
elongate; claws feeble. Briefly elliptic, convex, apterous.

A remarkable genus, the true position of which I believe to be
close to Ptiepholar. M. Lacordaire places each in a separate
"groupe," the latter in the Ithy2)orides, the former in the Crypto-
rhynchides vraia. I have not seen the original description.

Hybo.moepiius melanosomus, 8. it J., I.e. p. 302.

Black, softly shining; antennae and tarsi dull reddish-brown.
Pi'othorax with a very minute and indistinct scale in each
puncture, sides and base margined with ochreous scales. Elytra
with small scattered ochreous scales on apical half and condensed
•on sides about apex and on the rtth interstice beyond the middle.
Each puncture of under surface with a small scale. Tibife and
apex of femora with ochreous scales

Head with small shallow punctures. Rostrum thin, subparallel,
shorter than prothorax and more than twice the length of head;
punctures .somewhat similar to those on head but less rounded,
and here and there interrupted by small impunctate spaces.
Funicle with first joint the length of 2nd 4th, 2nd equal to
3rd-4th, .Tth-7th slightlj' transverse. Prothorax transverse (8
X iOh mm.), with a ver}^ feeble impression in middle of base; with

530 REVISION OF THE AUSTRALIAN CURCULIONIDiE,

small, round, shallow punctures, not very close together but
remarkably regular. Elytra as wide as length of suture (1 Hmm.)
and but little shorter than greatest length (12| mm.); with
small feeble punctures and towards the sides feebly wrinkled ;
a moderately distinct subsutural stria, scarcely visibly striate
elsewhere; 5th interstice feebly raised from near base almost to
apex; epipleurai feebly wriftkled at base, dilated and more oblique
behind middle, from middle to near apex with two rows of
moderateh" distinct punctures. Under surface with somewhat
similar but larger punctures than those on prothorax, punctures
larger on basal segment of abdomen and coxte than elsewhere.
Length 17^, rostrum 5|; width 11 J mm.

Hab. — Lord Howe Island.

I am indebted to Mr. George Masters for the specimen described.

Since the specimen described above was examined, I have
obtained a smaller specimen (15 mm.) from the Sydney Museum.
It difters in ha\ ing the elytral ridges less pronounced, the rostrum
more coarsely punctate, and in having a deep and large pear- (or
top-) shaped fovea on the under surface of the head immediately
behind the rostrum. In the larger specimen this fovea is entirely
absent, the convexity of that part of the head being uninterrupted.

Genus Z E N e u d e s, Pascoe.

Journ. Linn. 8oc. Zool. xii. 1873, p. 35.

tiead rather small, convex, not concealed; ocular fovea small,
narrow. Etjes small, subreniform, tinely faceted, distant.
Rostrum rather long and stout, arched at base. Antennce stout;
scape short, searceh^ half the length of funicle, inserted slightly
nearer apex than base of rostrum, termination distant both from
eye and apex of rostrum; funicle stout, 1st joint as long as wide,
2nd wider and larger than first, the others strongly transverse;
club short, subconical. Prothorax subdepressed, apex produced
and narrow, behind it suliquadrate, base feebly bisinuatej
ocular lobes almost rectangular. Scutelkim small, subtriangular.
Elytra no wider than and scarcely twice the length of prothorax,

BY ARTHUR M. LEA. 531

sides parallel to near apex, apex feebly produced and rounded.
Pectoral canal not very deep or wide, terminated nearer anterior
than intermediate coxye, in front acutely margined, each margin
just behind the ocular lobe produced in a tooth-like process.
Mesosternal p^-ocetss level with metasternuni, flat except that it is
slightly scooped out in front, the sides being produced forwards
so as to touch the anterior coxae. Metasternum large, the length
of basal segment of abdomen ; episterna large. Abdomen large,,
sutures distinct; basal segment longer than 2nd, apex incurved
to middle, intercoxal process rather narrow and rounded ; inter-
mediates slightly sloping from apex to base, their combined
length equal to that of 2nd and slightly more than that of apical.
Legs moderately long and thin; femora edentate, narrowlj' and
very feebly grooved for half their length, posterior terminated
before apex of abdomen ; posterior coxae transverse, almost
touching elytra ; tibia:* thin, compressed, grooved, bisinuate
beneath, each in addition to the terminal hook with a small sub-
apical tooth both above and below; tarsi moderately narrow^
3rd joint not much wider than long, deeply bilobed; claw-joint
elongate; claws strongly curved. Cylindrical, squamose, punctate,
winged.

Of the described Australian genera this is the only one in which
the scape does not extend to the eye; and there is no scrobe behind,
the rostrum in its position being flattened and shining back to
the eye ; in front, however, there is a groove so that the side
appears somewhat as a boar's tusk. The dilated 2nd joint of the
f unicle reminds one somewhat of the antennae in many of the
I'selaphuhe. As Mr. Pascoe has remarked, it is allied to the New
Zealand Oreda, which has the teeth-like projections of the mar-
gins of the pectoral canal more acute and longer than in Z.
sferculioi /...this character is a most remarkable one and it is
singular that it should have been overlooked by Mr. Pascoe; does
it denote an approach to such forms as Chirozetes and Mecopus ?
Oreda agrees in many unusual features with Zeneudes, but is
separated on account of the mesosternal receptacle being cavernous
and the scape extending back to the eye.

532- REVISION OF THE AUSTRALIAN CURCULIONID^,

Zeneudes STERCULI.E, Pasc. ; Mast. Cat. Sp. No. 5411.

-Dark piceous-brown, legs and antennte somewhat paler; feebly
shining, rostrum highly polished. Head sparsely squamose ;
rostrum glabrous except in lateral grooves ; prothorax with
ochreous scales about base and apex and a few on disc, elsewhere
with small sooty scales ; elytra more densel}'^ clothed, the scales
larger and the ochreous rather more numerous than the sooty ones.
Under surface with sparse ochreous or whitish scales, denser on
mesosternal receptacle than elsewhere. Pectoral canal with fine
silken pubescence, giving it a somewhat misty appearance

Head^vith rather small punrtures. Rostrum almost the length
of prothorax, feebly widening fi'om base to apex ; very finely
punctate; grooved on each side, the grooves terminating before
antennfe ; a shallow groo\e on each side in front of antennj^.
Protlwrax as long as wide ; punctures rather small, those at
summit of lateral declivity bounded by small acute ridges; a
shining rounded carina very indistinct near base and apex, but
distinct along middle. Elytra seriate-punctate, punctures large,
oblong, each decreasing in depth to base and apex and more or
less replete with scales ; interstices raised, the width of or
narrower than punctures. Metasternum with rather large shallow
punctures on flanks; epistei'na each with a single row of punctures
but becoming confused at apex. Abdomen with rather sparse
punctui'es except on apical segment, the basal with a semicircular
row of ver}' large punctures. Length 10 J, rostrum 3; width
4J mm.

Hab. — Gayndah (on "bottle-trees," .Stercidia rupeslris; Mr.
George Masters).

I have recenth" obtained a specimen from the Sydney Museum
which differs from the one above described in being smaller
(8 mm.), rostrum shorter and termination of scape less distant
from eye; it is perhaps a female.

Neozeneudes, n.g.

Head moderately large, convex, not concealed ; ocular fovea
small. Ei/es ovate, distant, finely faceted. Rostrum the length of

BY ARTHUR M. LEA ^>SS

prothorax, moderately stout in ^, thinner in ^, slightly curved;
scrobes shallow ; base on each side with a shallow groove.
Antenna', stout, scape inserted almost in exact middle of rostrum,
shorter than funicle, apparently (only) not extending back to eye;
1st joint of funicle obtriangular, 2nd compressed, longer and wider
than 1st, the others widely transverse; club subcorneal. Prothorax
feebly transverse, slightly convex, apex produced and narrow,
sides towards apex stronglj'^ towards base feebly rounded, base
bisinuate; ocular lobes rectangular. ScuteUiim moderately large,
somewhat round. Pectoral canal deep and wide, terminated
between intermediate coxre. Meso^ternal receptacle not raised,
scooped out in front, sides decreasing to base; open. Metasferiintn
large, slightly shorter than basal segment of abdomen; episterna
large. Abdomen moderately large, 1st segment as long as 2nd
and 3rd combined; intercoxal process somewhat triangular; 3rd
and 4th combined slightly longer than 2nd or 5th. Leys moder-
ately long; femora stout, the anterior shorter and stouter than the
others, anterior feebl}^ dentate, the four posterior grooved and
strongly dentate, posterior terminated before apex of abdomen;
posterior coxje transverse, bounded at sides by metasternal
episterna; tibife compressed, grooved, bisinuate beneath, each in
addition to terminal hook with a small subapical tooth both above
and below; the intermediate strongly ridged above, the ridge
excavated in middle and causing the tibiae to appear bidentate as
in Psepholax. Subcylindrical, squaraose, punctate, winged.

This genus is clearly intermediate in position between Znneudes
and Oreda, differing from the former in the scape extending back
to the eye, and from the latter by tlie open mesosternal receptacle.

Neozeneudes dives, n.sp.

(J. Reddish-brown or black, feebly shining, apical half (or two-
thirds) of rostrum highl}- polished. Densely clothed with soft
scales varying in colour from pale yellow (or even white) to dark
brown or black ; head and basal half of rostrum with pale
ochreous and reddish-brown scales : prothorax more densely

534 REVISION OF THE AUSTRALIAN CURCULIONID^,

clothed than elsewhere — scales on each side at base and apex paler,
sometimes silvery white; on disc the dark brown scales more or
less condensed into spots; on one specimen the dark scales almost
black and forming the letter O with a median spot; the yellow
scales ha"\'e frequently a golden lustre; scales of elytra variable in
colour and pattern, but usually forming a moderately distinct
small pale spot on each side about middle and another and more
feeble one on each side of apex. Under surface with paler scales
than above and denser on two basal segments of abdomen and
flanks of metasternum than elsewhere. Legs moderately densely
clothed.

Head densely and rather strongly punctate. Rostrum slightly
dilated and grooved on each side between base and antennae;
between grooves strongly and subseriately punctate, sides towards
apex with rows of small punctures. Prothorax with small and
shallow ^junctures; those in middle of summit of lateral declivity
bounded by feeble ridges ; a feeble shining median carina not
continuous to base or apex, and more or less concealed.
Elytra striate-punctate, punctures moderately large, long and
narrow; interstices gently convex, much wider than punctures.
Metasternum rather sparsely punctate in middle, base with a
semicircular row of large punctures, a similar row on basal
segment of abdomen, apical segment densely and strongly punctate,
elsewhere with sparse and moderately large punctures. Femora
stout, the anterior very feebly, the four posterior strongly
dentate. Length 8|, rostrum 24; width 3|; variation in length
5l-8| mm.

5. Differs in having the rostrum thinner, not dilated between
base and much less coarsely punctate; the antennae also a-re
noticeably thinner.

Hah. — New South Wales (HeiT J. Faust), Illawarra (Macleay
Museum).

The scales are sometimes very beautiful, having frequentl}'^ a
golden, silvery or purplish lustre.

BY ARTHUR M. LEA. 535

Genus Therebus, Pascoe.

Journ. Linn. Soc. Zool. xi. 1872, p. 480.

Head not concealed; ocular fovea shallow and indistinct. Eyes
subreniform, finely faceted, distant. Rostrum tlie length of pro-
thorax, comparatively slender, feebly curved; mandibles prominent
and rather acute. Antemue moderately stout; scape shorter than
funicle, inserted at exact middle of rostrum; 1st joint of funicle
elongate, the others short, 7th strongly transverse; club moderately
large, ovate. Prothorax convex, transverse, apex narrow, feebly
produced, sides strongly rounded behind ajDCx but straight on
basal half, base truncate; ocular lobes almost rectangular. Scutel-
him moderately large and subtriangular. Elytra subcylindrical,
wider than and about thrice the length of prothorax; base feebly
bisinuate, sides parallel to near apex, apex rounded. Pectoral
canal not very deep or wide, terminated in front of intermediate
coxfe. Mesosternal receptacle depi"essed between intermediate
coxa?, raised in front, and at apex vertically truncate. Metaster-
mim large, shorter than 1st abdominal segment; episterna large.
Abdomen lai'ge, basal segment about once and one-third the
length of ■2nd, straight at apex, intercoxal process rounded;
intermediates large, their combined length equal to that of 2nd
and more than that of 5th. Legs moderately long ; femora
moderately stout, not grooved or dentate, posterior terminated
considerably before apex of abdomen; posterior coxte transverse,
at sides Ijounded by metasternal episterna; tibite slightly com-
pressed, not bisinuate beneath, widened at apex, in addition to
terminal hook each with a small subapical tooth both above and
below; tarsi moderately wide, 3rd joint wide, deeply bilobed, claw-
joint elongate, setose. Subelliptic, convex, squamose, punctate,
winged.

This genus appears to be allied to Psepholax, but I do not think
that the imagines of the only known species are borers.

Therebus cepuroides, Pasc, I.e. p. 480, Plate xii. fig 13.

Brownish-red; prothorax darker than eh'tra, head and rostrum
darker than prothorax; anteunte dull red. Moderately densely

536 RKVISION OF THE AUSTRALIAN CURCULIONID.E,

clothed with scales, having a rather dingy appearance to the
naked eye but under a lens having a soft golden gloss; whitish
scales on flanks of prothorax and scattered about in small patches
on the elytra. Under surface with moderately elongate and
elongate scales, denser on abdomen than elsewhere except on
mesosternal receptacle where they are all elongate, and obscure
its form. Pectoral canal with moderately stout elongate scales
in front.

Head and rostrum densely and strongly punctate, punctures
rather smaller and deeper towards apex of rostrum than elsewhere.
Head feebly impressed between eyes. Rostrum parallel-sided,
grooved on each side between base and antennge. Prothorax with
rather large, perfectly round and shallow punctures, larger in
middle and towards base than elsewhere; from apex to beyond
middle with a feeble shining carina. Scutelluvi punctate. Elytra
about once and one-fourth the width of prothorax ; striate-
punctate, punctures large, suboblong; interstices feebly rounded,
considerably wider than punctures, densely and rather strongly
punctate. Under surface moderately densely punctate, punctures
small and round but not regular in size, apical segment densely
punctate. Length 7, rostrum 2; width 3| mm.

Hah. — "Western Australia" (Pascoe), Geraldton (Lea).

The prothoracic punctiu-es are peculiar, for, though shallow,
they are ver}^ acutely bordered.

PSEUDOTHEREBUS, n.g.

Head rather small, moderately convex; ocular fovea indistinct.
Eyes ovate, coarsely faceted, distant. Rostrum thin, moderately
long, almost straight. Antenme moderately stout; scape inserted
almost in exact middle of rostrum, curved and dilated at apex,
slightly shorter than funicle; 2nd joint of funicle slightly longer
than 1st, 3i'd-7th transverse; club briefly ovate Prothorax feebly
transverse; rather flat, sides rounded, apex feebly produced and
more than half the width of base but I'ather suddenly narrowed,
base bisinuate; ocular lobes obtusely i-ounded. Scutellum small

BY ARTHUR M. LEA. 537

and round. Elytra cylindrical, slightly but noticeably wider at
base than prothorax, shoulders slightly rounded. Pectoral canal
rather narrow and shallow, its termination not very evident, but
if considered at receptacle then at base of anterior coxee. Meso-
sternal receptacle not raised, triangular, widely and feebly emar-
ginate in front, scarcely visibly concave ; open Metastermim
slightly longer than basal segment of abdomen; episterna rather
large. Abdomen large, 2nd segment almost as long as 1st, as long
as 3rd and 4th combined, and noticeably lunger than 5th. Legs
moderately long and rather thin; posterior coxae not extending
to sides; femora not grooved, all distinctly dentate, posterior
terminating about apical segment; tibiae compressed, bisinuate
beneath, in addition to the (rather strong) terminal hook with a
small subapical tooth both above and below ; tarsi moderately
narrow. Subcylindrical, squamose, punctate, winged.

Allied to Therebus, but differs in the facets of eyes, dentition
of femora, and to a certain extent in shape of mesosternal
receptacle.

PSEUDOTHEREBUS SCULPTIPENNIS, n.Sp.

Piceous, antennte and tarsi feebly diluted with red. Not very
densely clothed with dull ochi'eous mingled in places with sooty-
brown scales. Under surface with sparser scales (moderately
dense, however, on anterior coxai" and sides of apical segments) of
a more uniform colour.

Head densely and coarsely punctate, punctures partially con-
cealed. Rostrum densely punctate on basal fifth, elsewhere highly
polished and with fine punctures subseriate in arrangement, a
very indistinct groove on each side at base. Prothorax with
perfectly round, large, shallow, sharply defined punctures and
with a raised shining carina continuous from base to apex.
Elytra striate-punctate; punctures oblong, deep, each separated
by a thin transverse ridge except at sides; interstices scarcely
convex, slightly rugose, wider than strije and with small shining

granules scarcely visible except where scales have been abraded,
35

538 REVISION OF THE AUSTRALIAN CURCULIONID^,

Under surface irregularly and in places rather densely punctate;
metasternal episterna each with a single row of punctures.
Length 8|, rostrum If; width 3^; variation in length 7|-8| mm.

Hah.—(^. : Mount Dryander (Mr. A. Simson, No. 2229).

With a good lens and in suitable lights the whole of the under
surface may be seen to be densely covered with very minute
punctures,

Therebiosoma, n.g.

Eyes finely faceted. Rostrum feebly curved. Two basal joints
of funide equal in size; club normally ovate. Prothorax decidedly
transverse. Pectoral canal I'ather narrow and deep, terminated
almost at metasternum. Mesosternal receptacle quadrate, sides
very narrow; open. Femora edentate. Other characters as in
the preceding genus.

Allied to the preceding genus and to Therehus, from both of
which it may be readil}"- distinguished by the shape of the meso-
sternal receptacle.

Therebiosoma rhinarioides, n.sp.

Dull reddish-brown, rostrum darker; antennpe and tarsi reddish.
Moderately densely clothed with dingy ochreous scales, the elytra
Avith a feebly maculate appearance owing to spots of sooty scales.
Under surface and legs more regularly clothed with paler scales.
Head and basal third of rostrum squamose.

Head densely but indistinctly punctate. Rostrum densely
punctate on basal third, elsewhere shining and with small but
deep and distinct punctures; from base to near antennie a feeble
groove; on each side from just behind antenn;e to apex a shining
impunctate median space. Prothorax with dense, round, clearly
■cut punctures, which, however, are partially obscured by scales;
a small shining carina continuous from base to apex, close to
which the punctures are smaller and slightly compressed. Elytra
striate-punctate; punctures deep, oblong, and each containing a
scale; interstices much wider than striae and densely punctate.

BY ARTHUR M. LEA. 539

Under surface (including metasternai episterna) and legs densely
punctate; 3rd and 4th abdominal segments slightly produced at
sides. Length 7|, rostrum 2 (vix); width 3^ mm.
Hab. — N.S. Wales (Mr. George Masters).

This species bears a remarkable resemblance to Rhinaria
tibialis, Blackb.

Genus O R e d a, White.

Voy. Ereb. &, Terr. Ins. p. 16 ; Lacord. Gen. Col. vii. p. 113;
Broun, Man. N.Z. Co), p. 486.

Head moderately large, partially concealed, moderately convex;
ocular fovea feeble. Eyes ovate, finely faceted, distant. Rostrum
shorter than prothorax, feebly curved, wide or moderately wide;
scrobes open towards base. Antennce rather short and stout;
scape inserted nearer apex than base of rostrum, slightly shorter
than funicle; 1st joint of the latter moderately long, 3rd-7th
strongly transverse; club ovate, free. Prothorax moderately
convex, subtriangular, apex largely but scarcely suddenly nar-
rowed, base-J^isinuate; ocular lobes almost rectangular. Scutellum
small, subtriangular. Elytra convex, subcylindrical, shoulders
feebly rounded. Pectoral canal moderately wide and deep,
terminated just before base of anterior coxie, walls in front pro-
duced into a dentate or spiniform process. Mesosternal rece^itacle
feebly raised, rugosely punctate, sides dilated in middle, apex
Avidely and feebly emarginate; cavernous. Metasternum slightly
longer than basal segment of abdomen; episterna rather large.
Abdomen moderately large; 1st segment slightly shorter than 2nd
and 3rd combined, its apex incurved and base rounded; 3rd and
4th combined longer than 2nd or 5th. Legs moderately short
and strong; posterior coxje almost touching sides; femora shallowly
and very feebly grooved and edentate, posterior almost reaching
apex of abdomen; tibiae feebly compressed, in addition to the
strong terminal hook with a small subapical tooth below and a
moderately stnjng one above, intermediate ridged above, the ridge
largely excavated in middle and causing the tibiie to appear

540 REVISION OF THE AUSTRALIAN CURCULIONID^,

bidentate; tarsi shorter than tibije, 3rd joint wide, deeply bilobed,.
claw-joint long and thin, claws small and thin. Elliptic, squamose,.
winged.

This genus, of which Captain Thos. Broun records four species
for New Zealand, is now first recorded for Australia.

On the species described below there is a small node on each of
the anterior femora, but these could scarcely be called dentate.

Oreda dubia, n.sp.

Dark piceous-brown (almost black); antenna? and tarsi paler.
Rather densely clothed with sooty-brown scales ; with clear
ochreous-yellow scales forming a distinct spot on each side of base
and apex of prothorax, a patch at base of elytra, an irregular
fascia at and a still more irregular one below summit of posterior
declivity, with small spots towards the base. Under surface less
densely clothed than upper, the ochreous scales clothing meso-
sternal receptacle, sides of abdomen and part of posterior femora.

Head with dense punctures continued on to basal half of
rostrum ; flat between eyes. Rostrum distinct!}' shorter than
prothorax, sides incurved to middle ; apical half less densely
punctate than basal half, but punctures of moderate size and well
defined. Prothorax with dense round punctures almost concealed
by clothing. Elytra striate-punctate, both strise and punctures
almost concealed. Under surface irregularly punctate, punctures
of basal segment of abdomen and flank of metasternum rather
large and round. Legs densely punctate. Length 8|^, rostrum 2
(vix); width 3| mm.

Hah. — N.S. Wales (type in Macleay Museum).

I have described the specimen under examination as new,,
although it is possible that it may be the New Zealand 0. notata,.
AVhite. Not being at liberty to dissect the specimen I cannot
be sure of its sex; if ^ (as I believe it to be) it will undoubtedly
represent a distinct species; but if ^ this may not be the case.
Compared with an undoubted male specimen of 0. notata from
New Zealand (for which I am indebted to Mr. R. Helms) the

BY ARTHUR M. LEA. 541

specimen above described diifers in having the prothorax less
transverse, the teeth of the pectoral canal much shorter and
terminating considerably behind the ocular lobes (in the N.Z.
specimen they are somewhat curved and terminate level with the
lobes); the ocular vibriss£e are shorter, denser and more decidedly
golden; the eyes are very distinctly more prominent; the rostrum
is narrower with a more regular outline, and the punctures at
the base are denser and less clearly defined; from the sides it is
seen to be narrow and very gently curved throughout, whilst in
the other specimen it is stouter and very decidedly elevated
immediatelv in front of the ocular fovea.

Genus Psepholacipus, n.g.

Head not concealed; ocular fovea indistinct. Eyes large, sub-
reniform, coarsely faceted, not separated the width of rostrum.
Rostrum slightly shorter than prothorax, wide, curved, dilated and
truncate at apex; mandibles almost concealed. Antenna, moder-
ately slender; scape inserted nearer apex than base of rostrum
and passing apex; 1st joint of funicle moderately elongate; club
ovate, subadnate to funicle. Prothorax transverse, convex, sides
rounded, apex much narrower than base but not suddenly lessened,
base subtruncate; ocular lobes obtuse. Scutellum oblong-elliptic.
Elytra elongate-subcordate, wider than prothorax, shoulders and
apex rounded. Pectoral canal wide and moderately deep,
terminated between four anterior coxae. Mesosternal receptacle
depressed between intermediate coxfe, raised in front, the sides
rather narrow ; emargination widely transverse ; cavernous.
Metasternum large, the length of 1st abdominal segment; episterna
large, truncate posteriorly. Basal segment of abdomen consider-
ably larger than 2nd, apex almost truncate, intercoxal process
narrow and rather strongly I'ounded, intermediates rather large
and flat, their combined length noticeably more than that of 2nd
or apical. Legs not very long ; femora comparatively stout,
edentate, narrowly grooved, the groove usually concealed, posterior
terminated before apex of abdomen; posterior cox£e feebly trans-

542 REVISION OF THE AUSTRALIAN CURCULIONIDiE,

verse, bounded by metasteinal episterna ; tibi?e compressed,,
terminal hook, except of anterior, feeble, each with a very feeble
subapical tooth; above ridged, the ridge largely excavated so that
each of the tibije appears to be very strongly bidentate; tarsi
rather slender; 3rd joint wide, deeply bilobed, claw-joint elongate;;
claws rather feeble. Subelliptic, convex, squamose, winged.

A peculiar genus, the tibi;^ of which are entirely different to-
those of all other Australian genera except Psepholax and Neo-
zpjieudes; I am inclined therefore to place it in the vicinity of
those genera. The niesosternal receptacle is cavernous, but it is
also cavernous in Oreda, an undoubted ally of Zeneudes.

PSEPHOLACIPUS FOSSILIS, n.sp.

Dark reddish-brown ; elytra oljscurel}' variegated with red;
claw-joints and antennae dull red. Rather sparsely clothed with
dingy ochreous scales, denser on tibipe and under surface of fenioi'a
than elsewhere, each puncture of prothorax containing a scale;,
round on disc, moderately elongate at sides; interstices of elytra
with regular scales.

Head and rostrum coarsely punctate; the latter feebly grooved
on each side between base and antennae. Prothorax subglobular;
densely punctate, punctures large, round and moderately deep.
Elytra striate-punctate, striae rather wide, punctures rather
shallow, each containing a scale; interstices convex, rounded, each
appearing as a row of granules owing to numerous and regular
transverse impressions. Under surface with large punctures
irregularly distributed; metasternal episterna with a double row.
Posterior tihica (including teeth) wider at apex than near base,
intermediate wider near base, anterior slightly wider near base
than at apex, its terminal hook directed inwards almost at a right
angle. Length 7|, rostrum \\; width 3| mm.

Hab. — N.Q. : Cooktown (Herr J. Faust, 5 specimens).

PsEPHOLACiPUS MINOR, n.sp. or var.

Differs from the preceding species in being smaller ; scales-
rather larger, paler and more distinct; eyes more prominent; pro-

BY ARTHUR M. LEA. 543

thoracic punctures larger, less rounded and more or less inter-
rupted by feeble longitudinal ridges; elytral interstices much
narrower, and though similarly transversely impressed the granules
are very much longer than wide; the tibiae have the large outer
teeth much less prominent and the excavation shallower.
Length 3|, rostrum 1 (vix); width If mm.

Hab.—^.Q. : Cooktown (Herr J. Faust).

Perhaj^s a small variety of the preceding species. I have seen
but one specimen.

Derbyia, n.g.

Head rather small and convex, not concealed; ocular fovea
large, suboblong and deep. Byes large, subreniform, coarsely
faceted, widely separated above, almost touching below. Hosfrum
long, moderately thin and curved. Antennm stout; scape inserted
nearer apex than base of rostrum, the length of funicle; 1st joint
of the latter moderately long, 3rd-7th transverse; club elliptic-
ovate. Prothorax transverse, convex, sides strongly rounded,
apex narrow, less than half the width of base, base scarcely
bisinuate; ocular lobes somewhat rounded. Scutellum moderately
small, I'ound. Elytra slightly wider than prothorax, subcylindrical,
shoulders rounded. Pectoral canal rather narrow, deep, terminated
between middle of intermediate coxse. Mesosternal receptacle
narrowly transverse, cavernous. Metasternuni slightly shorter
than basal segment of abdomen ; episterna moderately large.
Abdomen moderately large; 1st segment as long as 2nd and 3rd
combined; 3rd and 4th combined slightly longer than 2nd and
noticeably longer than 5th. Legs stout ; femora edentate,
indistinctly grooved, posterior not extending to apex of abdomen;
tibi« somewhat compressed, dilating to apex, all more or less
serrate externally; anterior suddenly dilating outwards at apex,
intermediate semicircularly emarginate at apex on outer portion,
posterior more deeply emarginate, the emargination commencing
at one-third from apex; claw-joint long and moderately stout.
Convex, subcylindric, feebly clothed, winged.

544: REVISION OP THE AUSTRALIAN CURCULIONID.E.

The eyes, ocular fovea, mesosternal receptacle and tibite are the
strongest features of this genus. The receptacle is very indis-
tinctly separated from the metasternum so that on a first glance
it (on account of its small size) appears to be absent; on probing
with a pin it is seen to be cavernous, although unless very closely
examined appearing to be very decidedly open. The species
described below resembles a number of species belonging to
Tranes, The ciliation of the ocular lobes is remarkably short.

Derbyia laminatus, u.sp.

Dark reddish-brown, shining. 8parsely clothed with yellowish
set*; on prothorax a seta in each puncture not (except at sides)
rising to general level; on elytra forming a single series on each
interstice. Under surface with paler and sparser setaj. Legs
(especially the tibife) more densely setose; tibise fringed beneath.

Head with rather dense, round, shallow punctures. Rostrum
moderately curved, slightly wider at apex than at Ijase; feebly
grooved above scrobes; basal two-thirds coarsely j^unctate and
very feebly tricarinate; apical portion with sparse but distinct
punctures. Prothorax with moderately large round and well
defined but not deep or very dense punctures, punctures larger
and more crowded at summit of flanks than elsewhere. Elytra
striate, strife moderately deep and almost impunctate, a few small
punctures at sides; interstices convex, wider than stride, with
numerous transverse impressions. Metasternum with punctures
similar to but rather less numerous than those on disc of j^ro-
thorax. Two basal segments of abdomen each with two irregular
rows of smaller punctures, 3rd and 4th segments each with a
single row of still smaller ones; apical segment densely punctate.
Length 8, rostrum 2^-; width 4 mm.

Hah. — N.W. Australia (type in Macleay Museum).

The elytral interstices have the appearance of being formed by
successive slightly overlapping plates; the strife (except at sides)
are without distinct jninctures.

BY AHTHUR M. LEA. 545

Postscript. — By the unintentional misplacement of several
lines, some confusion has been introduced into the tabulation of
Melanterius given in Part ii. of this Volume, pp. 207-208. It
should have appeared as follows (after line 4, p. 207) : —

Femoral emargination normal.

Scape inserted nearer base than apex of rostrum aberran-'^, n.sp.
Scape inserted nearer apex than base.

Elytra with irregulai- interstices semi2)orcatus, Er.

Elytra with regular intei'stices.

Intermediate segments of abdomen each

larger than •2nd ventralis, n.s^.

Intermediate segments each equal to 2nd aratus, Paso. ^^"^v - ' /{^

Intermediate segments combined about equal / ^^ ^ - » i •

to 2nd. /^^ '^P^^ '^O

Interstices flattened or rounded on basal /""' " •• i*4"«^

half of elytra.* [ r- •• r

Punctures sometimes concealed by T'^ \ '

clothing /oricZHs', Pasc."';. ■> ' ""

Punctures not at all concealed.
Interstices similar throughout.

More than 3 mm. in length compactus, n.sp.

Less than ,3 mm castaneiis, n.sp.

Interstices triangularly raised poste-
riorly.
Elytra on basal half scarcely striate,
punctures clearly defined.
Apical segment of abdomen with

a few large punctures adipaius, n.sp.

Apical segment densely punctate porosus, n.sp.
Elytrastriate, punctures not sharply
defined.
Prothorax clothed.
Scape passing apex of rostrum impolitns, n.sp.

Scape not passing apex temiis, n.sp.

Prothorax not at all or scarcely
visibly clotlied.
-Metasternum with a pad- of

white hairs on each side... pectoralis, n.sp.
Metasternum normally clothed.
Metasternal episterna with
regular punctures.

* This does not include the lateral interstices, which are sometimes
triangularly raised: ^r^V^.s is intermediate, only the suture and two inter-
stices on each side of it being flattened on the basal half.

546 REVISION OF THE AUSTRALIAN CURCULIOMD^E,

Elliptic. ... interstitialis, n. sp.

Ovate incomptus, n.sp.

Metasternal episterna with
regular punctures only

in middle tristis, n.sp.

Interstices more or less carinate or trian-
gularly raised on basal half.*

Antennae comparatively stoutt antenna! i-:, n.sp.

Antennae slender.

Separation of eyes leas than width of
rostrum at base.

Derm reddish cor dipt nnia, n.sp.

Derm black.
Ridging of interstices continued

to extreme base \inidentatu-'>, n.sp.

Ridging interrupted before base.

Less than 4 mm. in length vidgivayus, n.sp.

More than 4 mm strahonis, n.sp.

Separation of eyes equal to or more
than width of rostrum at base.

Shoulders not at all produced sermdiis, Paso.

Shoulders feebly produced on to
prothorax.
Elytra maculate.

Very decidedly so vinosv^, Pasc.

Feebly maculatua, n.sp.

Elytra not at all maculate.

Prothorax with median carina. soJitU'<, n.sp.
Prothorax without median
carina.
Scape of $ not passing apex

of rostrum parvideiis, i\.s\i.

Scape of 5 passing apex.
, Apical segment of abdo-

men with a transverse

impression cinnamomeus, Pasc.

Apical segment with a

circular impression acaciw, n.sp.

* Not always including extreme base.

+ This character is quite sufficient to distinguish this species amongst
those with which I have placed it.

547

NOTES AND EXHIBITS.

Mr. Hedle}' exhibited JVeothauma, Paramelania, and Tj/phohiaf
freshwater shells from Lake Tanganyika, and explained the views
of Mr. J. E, S. Moore, who regards these forms as survivals of a
marine Jurassic fauna.

]V[r. Whitelegge exhibited fresh specimens of two rare Orchids,
Caladenia tesselata, Fitzgerald, from Maroubra Bay; and Dendro-
hium Kingianum, Bidwell, from the head of the Bellinger River,
collected by Mr. B. Lucas, of the Australian Museum.

Mr. J. R. Garland exhibited specimens of Epacris purpurascens^
R.Br., with double flowers, from Beecroft. Similar specimens
were noticed many years ago by the late Sir William Macarthur,
near Parramatta (see a paper by Dr. Woolls on "Double Flowers,"
P.L.S.N.S.W. for 1885, Vol. x., p. 4.5.5).

Mr. R. T. Baker, Technological Museum, communicated the
following note in explanation of the vernacular name " Cut-Tail"
applied to Eucali/pfus fastlgata, Deane and Maiden: —

There has long been a doubt as to the meaning of the term "Cut-
Tail " as applied to Eucalyptiis fastigata of Deane and Maiden.
These authors interpret it as an abbreviation of curtailed
(P.L.S.N.S.W. LS96, p. 809); but Mr. Bauerlen of this Museum,
who is familar with the species, having collected it as far
back as 1884 at Delegate, N.S.W., states that the origin of the
term is as follows (and as the explanation seems quite feasible I
think it should be placed on record) : — ' The origin of the term
" Cut-Tail " is as follows, and refers to the fissile properties, it
being considered the best timber for splitting in the districts
where it occurs. Amongst the splitters in the south, at least
about Delegate and parts of Gippsland, there used to be much
ambitious rivalry as to who could cut the thinnest and finest
.shingles of this timber, and soon some of them went beyond the

548 NOTES AND EXHIBITS.

thinness of shingles, and split it even thinner. Then if a splitter
showed such very thin pieces to other splitters, naturally some
would say that it was mere accident to get those pieces so thin,
■and there was nothing remarkable about it. The result of that
was that some splitters would set to work and cut out pieces the
length of a shingle and somewhat longer; these they would split
as fine as they possibly could, taking care to leave a short portion
of it solid; this solid portion they called the " tail." If a splitter
had such a piece, then of course he had evident proof that it was
not mere accident but downright dexterity in splitting which
accomplished the feat. This fine splitting was carried so far that
^given a good tree) they would sjDlit a piece into such thin portions
that one could bend them like the leaves of a book, which it
roughly resembled, with the solid part at one end resembling the
back of the book. Those pieces were called "Cut-tail," and the
splitters were very proud of them, as it required a delicate touch
for a rough working man to split so thin and yet stop short at the
right moment, so as not to run the piece out in its whole length,
else of course it would not be a " Cut-tail " From the piece
itself the name was transferred to the tree, and a splitter would
point out to you that such and such a tree is a " Cut-tail." This
is the origin of the name, which is certainly at first sight puzzling
and meaningless enough.'

Mr. Baker also exhibited cultures of the Fungus Einpusa
acridii, received from South Africa where it is used in the
extermination of the predatory locusts.

Messrs. Baker and H, Gr. Smith exhibited botanical specimens
and chemical products obtained from certain Eucalypts, and
stated a case for discussion. Herbarium specimens were shown
of a Eucalypt which is to be found at Berrima and also at
Lawson, Blue Mts., and these are i*egarded by botanists as
referable to one and the same species, U. stricta, Sieb. When
their essential oils and other constituents are examined these are
-found to differ, the yield of the trees from one locality being
worthless, of those from the other valuable. The question was

NOTES AND EXHIBITS. 549

raised, how should these Eucjilypts be distinguished by name ?
Another instance brought forward was that of E. Sieberiana,
as botanists would call it, from different localities. Messrs^
Baker and Smith contended that in such cases it is almost,
if not quite, impossible to specifically determine botanical material
without the aid of chemistry. Discussion followed.

Mr. W. J. Rainbow exhibited, by kind permission of the
Curator of the Australian Museum, a living specimen of the
beautiful spider Dic7-ostichus maynificus, together with one of its^
" egg-l^ags " or cocoons. This species was described and figured,
from a spirit specimen, in the Proceedings for 1897 (pp. 523-4,
pi. xvii. figs. 8, 8a, 86, and the nest and egg-bags were figured in
the text on pages 537 and 538). In addition to the yellow
patches on the abdomen mentioned in the description, it is now
to be noticed that the animal has, when alive, a group of large
red spots in front, and at the centre a series of small red spots
and markings.

Mr. Froggatt exhibited a shoe-horn destroyed by the larvje of
the "Museum beetle" (Anthrenus); and a collection of the cocoons
of an apparently undescribed case-moth ( Entometa sp.) upon a
piece of the central portion of a hollow tree from North Queens-
land. The cocoons are covered with sand and grass stalks.

Mr. Stead exhibited a series of beautifully mounted Port
Jackson Crustaceans and their appendages, and gave a brief
description of the habits of the animals. The following species
were represented : — Graj^s^is variegatus, Latr.; Plagusia chahrus,
Miers; P. glabra, Dana; Ozius truncatus, M.-Edw.; C hasmagnathus
Icevis, Dana; Leptodius exaratus, M.-Edw.; Mycteris longicariyuSy
Latr.; Hekecius cordi/ormis, Dana; and Petrolisthes.

550

WEDNESDAY, 25th OCTOBER, 1899.

The Ordinary Monthly Meeting of the Society was held at
the Linnean Hall, Ithaca Road, Elizabeth Bay, on Wednesday
■evening, October 25th, 1899.

P. N. Trebeck, Esq., in the Chair.

Mr. Sydney J. Woolnough, Burwood, was elected an Ordinary
Member of the Society.

By direction of the Council the Second Report of the British
Association Committee on Zoological and Botanical Publication
(Toi'onto Meeting, 1897), was brought under the notice of the
Meeting, and the co-operation of Members invited in respect of
propositions 4-7 (see page i of the Abstract for October).

DONATIONS.

Department of Agriculture, Brisbane — Queensland Agricultural
Journal. Vol. v. Part 4 (October, 1899). From the Secretary
for Agriculture.

Department of Agriculture, Sydney — Agricultural Gazette of
NewSouth Wales. Vol. x. Part 10 (October, 1899). From the
Hon. the Minister for Afities and Agriculture.

New South Wales Chamber of Mines, Sydney — Journal.
Vol. i. No. 1 (October, 1899). From the Hon. Secretary.

DONATIONS. 551

Royal Society' of New South Wales — Abstract of Proceedings,
October 4th, 1899. From the Society.

The Surveyor, Sydney. Vol. xii, No. 10 (October, 1899). From
the Editor.

Australasian Journal of Pharmacy, Melbourne. Vol. xiv.
No. 166 (October, 1899). From the Editor.

Field Naturalists' Club of Victoria — Victorian Naturalist.
Vol. xvi. No. 6 (October, 1899). From the Cluh.

Gordon Technical College, Geelong — The Wombat. Vol. iv.
No. 4 (July, 1899). From the College.

Department of Mines, Hobart — Report of the Government
Geologist on the Deep Shaft of the Volunteer Gold Mining
Company (1899; No. 63). From the Secretary for Mines.

Montreal Society of Natural History — Canadian Record of
Science. Vol. vii. T.p. .tc. (1897): Vol. viii. No. 1 (1899).
From the Society.

American Museum of Natural History, New York — Bulletin.
Vol. xii. Art. x. (pp. 157-160; August, 1899). From the Director.

American Naturalist (Cambridge). Vol. xxxiii. No. 392
(August, 1899). From the Editor.

Four Botanical Pamphlets. By A. D. Selby, Worcester, U.S.A.
From the Author.

U.S. Department of Agriculture, Washington : Division of
Biological Survey — North American Fauna. No. 15 (Aug., 1899).
From the Secretary of Agricidt'arp.

Museo Nacional de Costa Rica — Informe del Segundo Semestre
fin de Ano Economico, 1898 a 1899. From the Director.

Perak Government Gazette, Taiping. Vol. xii. No. 27 (Sep-
tember, 1899). From the Government Secretary.

Manchester Literary and Philosophical Society — Memoirs and
Proceedings. Vol. xliii. Part 4 (1898-99). From the Society.

552 DONATIONS.

Royal Microscopical Societ}'', London — Journal. 1899. Part 4
(August). From the Society.

Royal Society, London — Proceedings. Vol. Ixv. No. 418
(August, 1899). From the Society.

Zoologischer Anzeiger, Leipzig. xxii. Band. Nos. 595-597
(August-September, 1899). From the Editor.

Societe Royale Linneenne de Bruxelles — Bulletin. 24"*^ Annee.
No. 9 (July, 1899). From the Society.

Botanical Garden, Tiflis (Caucasus) — Report Series iii. (1899).
From the Minister of Agriculture and Domains Jar the Caucasus.

553

STUDIES IN AUSTRALIAN ENTOMOLOGY.

No. IX.

New Species of Carabid^ (with Notes ox some previously

DESCRIBED SPECIES, AND SyNOPTIC LiSTS OF SpECIES).

By Thomas G. Sloane.

Tribe HARPALINI.

Genus G n a t h a p h a n u s.

First group of sj^ecies with third interstice of elytra seriate-
punctate.

Synoptic List of the Australian species of Gnathaphanus with
the third interstice of the elytra seriate-punctate — Gn. alternans,
Casteln., and Gn. montanus, Casteln., which are unknown to me
in nature, being omitted.

/ A. Elytra strongly sinuate on each side of
apex.
h. Posterior angles of prothorax rounded

off, colour black Gn. 1<fvic('ps, Macl.

hh. Posterior angles of prothorax marked,
colour cupreous,
e. Posterior angles of prothorax obtuse

at suHJinit Gn. pidcher, Dej.

cc. Posterior angles of prothorax rect-
angular Gu. rectaiKjulus, Chaud.

A A. Elytra lightly sinuate on each si-le of
apex.
D. Prothorax with sides lightly rounded
and oblique posteriorly, basal
angles wide but marked.
E. Third interstice of elytra only
• seriate-punctate.

36

554 STUDIES IN AUSTRALIAN ENTOMOLOGY, NO. IX.,

F. Prothorax wholly Iffivigate, or
at most with only a few punc-
tures in basal fovea}.
(J. Prothorax with sides evidently ^

narrowed to base, basal \- r^ ' , . 01'
' On. latus, bl.

fovere strongly impressed .. /

g(j. Prothorax with sides hardly
narrowed to base, basal

foveie wide and shallow Gn. jricipe^t, Macl.

FF. Prothorax rugulose-punctate

on each side near base Gn. adelaicht, Casteln.

EE. Third and fifth interstices of
elytra seriate-punctate.
H. Size large ; form wide, de-
j)ressed (elytra green, legs

black).., Gn. herbaceus, SI.

HH. Size rather small; form nar-
row (elytra dark bronze,

legs testaceous)! ^tji. impressipennis, Casteln.

DD. Protliorax rotundate on sides, basal
angles rounded off (interstices of
elytra convex).
i. Third interstice of elytra only

seriate-punctate Gn. frogrjatli Macl.

a. Third, fifth and seventh inter-
stices of elytra seriate-punctate Gn. aridinx, Blkb

Synonymy.

In order to render the table given above complete, it is neces-
sary to deal with tlie synonymy of this group of species.

Gn. picipes.

Harpnlus picipes. Macl., Trans. Ent. Soc. N.S.W. 1864, i.
p. 117; Diaplwromerus sexpuncfatus, Macl, P.L.S.N.S.W. 1888,
(2), iii. p. 466; D. sulcatulus, Macl., I.e. p. 467.

I have found from examination of the types in the Macleay
Museum that Diaplioromern,s sexpunctatus and D. .sulcatulus are
founded on the same species; and after comparing specimens taken
by Mr. R. Helms on the Upper Ord River, Kimberley District,
W.A., with a cotype of D. sulcattilus from the Macleay Museum,

BY THOMAS G. SLOANE. 555

I compared all these with a .specimen from Queensland in my
possession, which I had formerly identified as Harpalus picipes
by comparison with Macleay's type, with the result that I am
compelled to consider it is impossible to maintain them as distinct.

Gn. adelaid.e.

Harpalus adelaidce, Casteln., Trans. Roy. Soc, Victoria, 1867,
viii. p. 19-1:; //. melbournensis, Casteln., 7. c. p. 183; H. paroensis,
Casteln., I.e. p. 184; H. marginicollis, Casteln., J.c. p. 189; H.
ceneo-tiitens, Macl., Trans. Ent. Soc. N.S.W. 1871, ii p. 102;
H. angustatus, Mac!., I.e., p. 102; H. gai/ndaliensis, Macl., I.e.
p. 102; H. planipeiinls, Macl, I.e. p. 101; Mirosarus insularis.
Bates, Cist. Ent. 1878, ii. p. 319.

I have examined the types of Macleay's species mentioned
above and have arrived at the conclusion that they are conspecific
with Gil. adelaidce, Casteln , which appears to be found over the
whole of Australia and also in Tasmania.

Gn. impressipknnis.

Harpalus impressipennis, Casteln., Trans. Roy. Soc. Victoria,
1867, viii. p. 186; Diaphoroinerus iiiultipunctatus, ? Macl., P.L.S.
N.S.W. 1888 (2), iii. p. 467; Gn. darwini, 1 Blkb., I.e. p. SiJ^.

A specimen of Diaplwromerus multiptuictatus, Macl., (a cotype
from the collection made by Mr. Froggatt for the late Sir William
Macleay) is in my possession, and after comparing it with the
description given by Baron Chaudoir ;Ann. Mus. Genov. 1878,
xii. p. 510 of Gn. impressipennis, Casteln., I feel little doubt
but that it is a s3'nonym of that species, while a comparison of it
with Mr. Blackburn's description of Gn. daricini convinces me
of the identity of that species with //. muliipunctatis and there-
fore with Gn. impressipennis.

Gnathaphanus latus, n.sp.

Broad, depressed; head of ordinary size; prothorax nitid, trans-
verse, basal angles obtuse, lateral basal impressions strongly
impressed and obsoletely punctate; elytra striate, third interstice

556 STUDIES IX AUSTRALIAN ENTOMOLOGY, NO. IX.,

pliu'ipunctate, apical curve lightly sinuate on each side; mentum
with median tooth short, wide, obtuse. Head black; pro thorax
black, sometimes with a greenish tinge towards base ; elytra
blackish-green; under surface and legs piceous-black ; antennas
ferruginous, second and third joints clouded with black; palpi
reddish-piceous.

Head smooth, convex; frontal impressions well marked; clypeal
suture distinct; eyes prominent; orbits a little swollen behind
eyes. Prothorax subquadrate (4 x 5 mm.), widest about middle
(at marginal setigerous puncture), depressed, roundly declivous on
each side anteriorly; sides rounded, more strongly so anteriorly
than posteriorly; anterior margin emarginate; base truncate (sub-
emarginate in middle); anterior angles obtuse; basal angles widely
obtuse; border narrow, wanting only on middle of anterior margin;
median line fine. Elytra wider than prothorax (10x6-3 mm.),
strongly striate; striole at base of second interstice elongate;
interstices subnitid, minutely shagreened, hardly convex on dorsal
surface, becoming convex towards apex (es[)ecially interstices 6-8),
third with about seven widely placed punctures along its course.
Length 15 -7-1 7 -3, breadth 5 7-6 4 mm.

Hal. : KS. Wales— Wilcannia (R. Helms).

Allied to Gn. riverinm, SI., from which it difters conspicuously
by its larger size, bi'oader and more depressed form, interstices of
elytra hardly convex on dorsal surface, sides of prothorax more
ampliate in middle, etc.

Gnatiiaphanus herbaceus, n.sp.

Broad, depressed; head not large; prothorax shagreened, opaque
near base, posterior angles obtuse; elytra with third and fifth
interstices pluripunctate, apical curve lightly sinuate; mentum
with median tooth feebly developed (short, wide, obtuse). Head
greenish-black, prothorax blackish-green, elytra green ; under
surface shining black with faint greenish reflections in places; legs
black; antennae subpiceous, basal joint testaceous; palpi reddish-
piceous.

BY THOMAS G. SLOANE. 557

Head of moderate size (2 x 2-2 min.), smooth; frontal impres-
sions small, light, clypeal suture distinct between them; eyes not
prominent, convex; orbits a little convex behind eyes. Prothorax
depressed, lightly declivous on sides anteriorly, explanate near
basal angles, subquadrate (3-2 x 4-7 mm.), widest at marginal
puncture (about middle), wider across base than apex ; sides
lightly rounded, lightly and obliquely narrowed posteriorly,
strongly and roundly narrowed anteriorly; anterior margin deeply
emarginate; base truncate; anterior angles prominent, obtuse;
basal angles widely obtuse ; border narrow, wanting only on
middle of anterior margin; lateral basal fovese lightly impressed,
feebly punctate. Elytra depressed, wider than prothorax
(8-5 X 5-5 mm.), subparallel on sides, vexy feebly sinuate on each
side of apex; striae linear, strongly impressed; striole at base of
second interstice elongate ; interstices subopaque, shagreened,
depressed but becoming convex near apex (especially interstices
6-8), third and fifth with finely impressed widely placed punctures
along their course. Length 14-14-5, breadth 5-5-5 -8 mm.

Hal. : jSTorth Queensland (sent to me by Mr. C. French as from
the Winton District, N.Q.).

A distinct species which may be readily distinguished from its
nearest allies Gn. latm, SI., and Gn. rii'erince, SI., by its more
depressed form, the pluripunctate fifth interstice of elytra, etc.

PsiLONOTHUs, n.gen.

Head smooth, wide, convex; front not impressed; eyes small,
distant from buccal fissure beneath. Mandibles short. Mentum
deeply emarginate; sinus edentate, oblique on each side. Palpi :
maxillai-y stout, two apical joints together oval and pointed;
labial thick, penultimate joint short with two setae in front, apical
joint short, swollen. Metasternal episterna (without epimera)
subquadrate. Fades robust, short, convex. Apterous; elytra
connate. Anterior tarsi of $ not dilatate or clothed beneath.

The position of this genus among the Australian Harpalini is
near Thenarotidius. It is distinguished at once from iVotophilus
and allied genera by the eyes being distant from the buccal fissure

558 STUDIES IN AUSTRALIAN ENTOMOLOCxY, NO. IX ,

beneath; from Tkenarotidius it differs by its shorter and more
convex form, elytra moi'e sinuate on each side of apex, short
metasternal episterna, ^ with anterior tarsi not clothed with
spongiose tissue beneath; from Harplaner by its much smaller
size, shorter form, prothorax without impressions on each side of
base, short metasternal episterna, itc. The type is a very small
glossv black beetle.

PSILONOTIIUS OVALIS, 11. sp.

Robust, convex, oval, Isevigate. Black, nitid. Prothorax
convex, transvei\se, cordate-quadrate, widest before middle; sides
rounded anteriorl}', obliquely and lightly nari'owed posteriorly;
apex truncate, angles obtuse: base truncate, angles obtuse; lateral
basal impressions wanting; border entire, narrow and reflexed on
sides. Elytra convex, smooth, oval ; derm minutely punctate
under a lens; humeral angles rounded; apical curve short, widely
and lightly sinuate on each side; a few submarginal setigerous
punctures behind humeral angles and towards apex. Length
2-5-2-8, breadth M-1-3 mm.

Hab. : N.S. Wales — -Grenfell, Junee, and Urana Districts ;
Victoria — Melbourne (Sloane).

Habits. — Found under logs and debris usually away from water^
not uncommon.

Genus T n ?: n a r o t e s.

Thenarotes bicolor, n.sp.

Depressed, elongate-oval, nitid, subiridescent. Head black ;
prothorax reddish-testaceous; elytra bicolorous — black, with base
(widely), apex (narrowly) and first interstice reddish ; under
surface piceous, becoming reddish at apex of abdomen and on
episterna of prosternum ; legs and two basal joints of antennae
pale testaceous; antennae a little infuscate; labrum reddish.

Head convex, biimpressed between base of antennse. Prothorax
transverse (1 x 1-3 mm.), lightly narrowed to base; posterior angles
obtuse; a wide, shallow, feebly punctate impression on each side

BY THOMAS G. SLOANE.

559

of base. Elytra fully striate (as in Th. tnsmanicus, Bates); second
interstice not striolate at base, third unipunctate behind the
middle. Anterior tarsi of $ with joints 2-4 widely dilatate,
intermediate tarsi with joints 2-4 lightly dilatate. Length 4-5,
breadth 1'6 mm.

Hab. : Victoria — Mordialloc, near Melbourne (French).

Allied ti) Th. tnsmanicus, Bates, from which it is readily
differentiated by its black head. A species which seems certainly
Til. tasmanicns, Bates, is widely distiibuted in South Eastern
Australia, and comparing Th. bicolor with that species the follow-
ing differences are noted apart from colour : — prothorax shorter,
with posterior angles far less strongly marked and more obtuse,
the basal puncturation much finer and less conspicuous. From
Til. ausiralis, Blkb., it offers the following evident differences : —
size larger, form wider; anterior tarsi of ^ dilatate; elytra fully
striate, the base reddish right across, the black discoidal areas
extending to the margin at sides, ttc.

Thenarotes tachioides, n.sp.

Subconvex; head short, lightly biimpressed between base of
antennse ; mandibles short, hardly projecting Ijeyond labrum ;
prothorax concavely impressed on each side of base, basal angles
subrectangular; elytra fully striate, second interstice not striolate
at base, third interstice unipunctate about apical third; posterior
tarsi with first joint about as lung as two succeeding joints
together. Testaceous-brown, nitid; elytra more or less clouded
with black; head black, antennae infuscate; inflexed margin of
elytra, labrum, palpi and basal joint of antennae pale testaceous;
under surface of body piceous, becoming testaceous towards apex
(two apical ventral segments); prosternum brownish-testaceous.

Head wide, convex, a short, light, oblique impression on each
side of front; eyes large, lightly inclosed at base. Prothorax
transverse (0-7 x 1 mm.), widest before middle, a little narrowed
to base, wider across base than apex, widely and lightly convex
on disc, depressed near base; margins explanate near basal angles;
sides bordex'ed, lightly rounded on anterior two-thirds, very lightly
oblique posteriorly; anterior margin truncate, angles obtuse; base

560 STUDIES IN AUSTRALIAN ENTOMOLOGY, NO. IX.,

truncate, angles obtusely rectangular; median line lightly im-
pressed ; lateral basal impressions strongly developed, widely
foveiform. Elytra ovate (2x1 '4: mm.), a little convex on disc,
gently declivous to sides, more strongly so to apex; base truncate,
humeral angles rounded; apical curve short; stride lightly im-
pressed, seventh distinct for whole length, eighth strongly
impressed; interstices depressed. Length 3-2, breadth 1-4 mm.

Hah. : N.S. Wales — Mulwala (Sloane; three specimens under
bark of trees where they had taken refuge from the flood waters
of the Murray River, July 11th, 1894.)

The affinity of this small species is evidently to Tk. britnuicofor,
SI., which it resembles in facies. Diiferences to which attention
may be directed are its less robust form, smaller size, lighter
colour; the prothorax with the sides less subsinuate near the basal
angles (these less rectangular), the concave depression at each
side of the base (in Tk. brurmicolor the prothorax is flattened
near each basal angle); the elytra less strongly striate and without
a striole at base of second interstice. In none of my specimens
are the anterior tarsi dilatate. It has a decided superficial
resemblance to Tachys trausversicollis, Macl.

Thenarotes margin atus.
JJarplaner marginatus, Macl., P.L..S.KS.W. 1888, (2) iii. p. 472.

A specimen of Narplaner marginatus, Macl., a cotype from
the Macleay Collection, is before me; it is a Thenarotes. The
dilatation of the four anterior tarsi in the ^ is as in Thenarotes
tasmanictcs, Bates, except that the fourth joint of the anterior
tarsi is deeply excised (almost <-shaped) and the corresponding
joint of the intermediate tarsi a little more lightly so; the fourth
joint of the posterior tarsi is entire.

Tribe CHL^INIINI.

Genus Anatrichis.

Anatrichis sbxstriatis, n.sp.

Short, oval. Labrum with anterior margin tripunctate ;
maxillary palpi with penultimate joint shorter than apical; pro-

BY THOMAS G. SLOANE. 561

thorax witli upper surface densely and finely punctulate; elytra
convex, simply striate, seventh stria wanting, striole at base of
first interstice elongate, punctulate, seventh interstice not carinate
near apex, humeral angles obtuse; ^ having anterior tarsi with
four basal joints lightly dilatate and a little squaraulose beneath.
Black, elytra nitid; sides of prothorax piceous near basal angles;
antennae fuscous, basal joint piceous.

Head small, cylindrical behind eyes; clypeal suture distinct;
front not punctate behind angles of clypeus; eyes hemispherical,
prominent, hardly truncate behind; orbits not swollen and hardly
inclosing eyes posteriorly. Prothorax transverse (1'9 x 2 9 mm.),
widest about posterior third, greatly narrowed anteriorly; sides
rounded; apex lightly emarginate, angles obtuse; base truncate,
angles obtuse; basal impressions shallow, distinct. Elytra wide,
ovate (5-2 x 3'6 mm.), convex; base truncate; apex widely rounded;
striae strongly impressed, simple ; interstices depressed, seventh
and eighth confluent, ninth visible (and punctate) in marginal
channel near base and apex, third bipunctate. Under surface
shagreened ; prosternum margined between coxae. Length 8,
breadth 3 6 mm.

//ab. : N.S. Wales — Mulwala, Grenfell (Sloane; two specimens
under a stick on the edge of a pool near Grenfell, August, 1899.)

According to Baron Chaudoir, the genus Auatrichis is chiefly
distinguished by the nature of the puncturation of the upper
surface, and differs from Oodes by several characters: the anterior
margin of the ligula is lightly emarginate between the setae which
are very far apart; the penultimate joint of the maxillary palps
is shorter than the last; the apex of the maxillae is less hooked;
there are only three punctures on the anterior margin of the
labrum, the middle one is more or less broad, and bears from
four to two set«3; the form of dilatation is different in the anterior
tarsi of the male.*

The total absence of the seventh elytral stria and the conse-
quently wide seventh interstice is the characteristic feature of A.

• Vide Monograph. Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr., ISSJ (6), ii. p. :nS.

562 STUDIES IN AUSTRALIAN ENTOMOLOGY, NO. IX.,

sexstriatis; and this, together with the absence of any crenulation
in the stri*, differentiate it thoroughly fi-om the four species of
the genus noticed by Chaudoir.

Note. — I have a second species of Anatriclus from Mulwala
which agrees with Chaudoir's brief description of A. australasicf,
and which I believe to be that species ; it differs from A.
sexstriatis by its slightly smaller size, the front with a fine but
distinct puncture on each side behind the angles of the clypeus,
the el^'tra with all the strias present and strongly crenulate, the
humeral angles subdentiform, the episterna of the metasternum
punctulate, &c.

Tribe NOMIINI.

Genus M e o N i s.
Meonis convexus, n.sp.

Elongate, convex, robust, Ifevigate ; head narrowed behind
ej-es; mandibles long, porrect, a setigex'ous puncture at anterior
extremity of scrobe; prothorax pyriform, sides lightly sinuate
posteriorly, basal angles obtuse; elytra oval, deeply 4-striate on
each side of suture, fifth stria strongly impressed on apical
declivity; metasternal episterna (with epimera) wide, much longer
than broad. Black.

Head strongly transversely impressed behind vertex; occiput
cylindrical; vertex convex; front and clypeus deeply and widely
biimpressed; the space between the frontal concavities convex;
eyes small, hemispherical, distant from buccal fissure Sinus of
mentum wide, truncate at bottom, oblique on sides. Labrum
deeply emarginate, a large setigerous puncture on each side of
emargination. Prothorax much wider than head, widest Ijefore
middle, as long as broad (3-8 x 3 8 mm ); sides rounded, narrowed
to base, lightly sinuate near base ; anterior margin truncate;
angles obtuse, very near head; base truncate, a little rounded
near each angle; lateral border thick, equal, lightly retlexed;
marginal channel strongly impressed; median line very strongly
impi'essed, sulciform, reaching base in full depth; lateral basal
impressions strongly impressed, elongate, wide; spaces between

BY THOMAS G. SLOANE.

563

these impressions and border and median line convex. Elytra
oval, considerably wider than elytra (7'8x4-8 mm.), convex;
sides gently ampliate behind shoulders; base truncate; humeral
angles rounded; apex sinuate on each side; four inner interstices
convex, first narrow, third impunctate; lateral interstice placed
in the deep marginal channel, narrow, punctate along its course.
Length 14-5, breadth 4-8 mm.

Hah. : N. 8. Wales — Blue Mountains (Springwood, Sloane ;
Wentworth Falls, Fletcher.)

A specimen from the Tweed River has been sent to me by Mr.
A. Lea under the name of M. ater, Casteln.; from which M.
convexus differs by its narrower and more convex form; the pro-
thorax with the sides less ampliate at their widest part, and much
less strongly sinuate posteriorly, the anterior angles projecting
less from the sides of the neck, the base narrower with the angles
less sharply rectangular, the lateral basal impressions shorter; the
elytra proportionately narrower, the sides less ampliate behind
the humeral angles and less rounded, the fifth stria impressed near
apex; the metasternal episterna longer.

Note. — Meonis ovicollis, Macl., is not a member of this genus;
I have examined the type and found it to be a species of
Darodilia.

Genus C y c l o t h o r a x.

Cyclothorax cordicollis, n.sp.

Robust; head narrow, hevigate; prothorax convex, cordate-
elytra punctate-striate, base (narrowly), lateral and Ijasal declivi-
ties smooth. Black, nitid ; legs testaceous, tibife sometimes a
little infuscate; antennse infuscate, basal joint testaceous.

Head convex; front biimpressecl, bicarinate on each side, inner
carina extending backward to level with middle of eyes, wide
anteriorly, very narrow posteriorly near anterior supra-orbital
puncture; eyes hemispherical, prominent. Prothorax much wider
than head, a little broader than long (12x1-3 mm.), widest
before middle (at anterior marginal puncture), greatly narrowed
to base; sides roundly ampliate, lightly sinuate just before base;

564 STUDIES IN AUSTRALIAN ENTOMOLOGY, NO. IX.,

apex truncate, angles not mai-ked, very near sides of head; base
roundly truncate, angles marked, obtuse at summit; border narrow,
hardly reflexed near basal angles ; punctate basal area not
depressed below plane of prothorax, not rugose; the punctures
fine, separate (poriform); a light basal impression on each side;
median line strongly impressed, not reaching base or apex.
Elytra much wider than prothorax, truncate-oval (3 x 2 mm.),
convex, lightly declivous to base; shoulders widely and evenly
rounded; apical curve lightly sinuate on each side; six inner striae
on each elytron well marked, rather strongly punctate, not reach-
ing base, first entire, others successively shorter; striole at base of
first interstice formed by a rather elongate row of punctures;
submarginal stria strongly impressed ; interstices flat, third
bipunctate on disc, lateral interstice seriate-punctate , lateral
border uniting with basal border and reaching peduncle. Under
surface (excepting episterna of mesosternum) impunctate. Length
4-5, breadth l'7-2 mm.

Hah.: Queensland — Brisbane (sent by Mr. Lea); N.S. Wales —
Clarence River and Windsor (Lea), Grenfell, Junee, Urana,
Muhvala (Sloane) ; Victoria — Ferntree Gully and Lily dale
(Sloane).

Habits. — Found in danap situations near water, usually rare,
but on July 11th, 1895, I found it very plentifull}' under sticks
along the edge of a swamp about twenty miles north from the
town of Urana.

This is the species I formerly regarded as C. peryphoides, Blkb.,*
but Mr. Blackburn has informed me that it differs from that
species. The only diff"erence the description of C. peryphoides
suggests to me is the darker colour of the legs in that species, a
character that seems of little value, but probably C. peryphoides
has the prothorax more strongly sinuate near the base, the basal
angles more marked, and perhaps a coarser puncturation on the
basal area.

* r.L.S.N.S.W. lS9i, (-2), ix. p 448.

BY THOMAS G. SLOANE. 565

Often C. cordicollis has the apex of the elytra testaceous, wliile
the specimen I have from Lilydale is a Httle smaller, with the
rows of punctures on the elytra finer, the seventh indicated by
about seven punctures.

CVCLOTHORAX LATICOLLIS, n.Sp.

Elliptical-oval, robust, convex ; head hevigate, front feebly
biimpressed ; prothorax transverse, wider at base than apex,
punctate near basal margin; elytra fully striate. Black, nitid,
femora and antenme testaceous, tibiiv infuscate.

Head short, wide, convex ; front with a shallow foveiform
impression on each side between base of antennfe; eyes convex,
not inclosed behind. Prothorax short, transverse (0'8 x l'25mm.),
convex, Ifevigate (except just along basal margin), bordered
(except on middle of base); sides rounded; anterior margin trun-
cate, angles obtuse, near sides of head ; base truncate on each
side, middle lightly, widely and roundly produced backwards;
basal angles widely obtuse; lateral margins a little explanate near
basal angles and widened near anterior angles; border reflexed
on sides, not reflexed at basal angles ; basal impressions
hardly marked, very shallow, short, wide, punctate; median line
hardly impi-essed. Elytra ovate, a little wider than prothorax
(2-3 X 1-3 mm.), convex ; sides subparallel in middle, strongly
rounded to base; humeral angles widely rounded; stria? entire,
strongly punctate on disc; striole of first interstice short; third
interstice bipunctate along course of third stria. Length 3 "6,
breadth 1-3 mm.

Hah. : N.S. Wales — Grenfell (Sloane; one specimen under the
leaves of a felled sapling near Grenfell, August 17th, 1899.)

A thoroughly distinct species ; its prothorax with the base
decidedly wider than the apex and with wide basal angles
difterentiates it from all the sj^ecies of the genus known to me;
the basal punctate area of the prothorax, wliich is defined by a
Jiransverse impression, is very narrow, not lower than the rest of
the surface, and does not extend near the basal angles on each
side.

566 STUDIES IN AUSTRALIAN ENTOMOLOGY, NO. IX.,

Tribe BEMBIDIINI.
Genus T a c h y s.
Tachys mulwalensis, n.sp.

Robust, oval. Clypeus large, lateral fovese foveiform; pro thorax
transverse, wider across base than apex; elytra ovate, disc strongly
3-striate on each side of suture, Ijevigate towards sides, third stria
strongly impressed on apical declivity and joining sutural stria at
apex, submarginal stria obsolete on sides. Piceous'; antennse
fuscous, basal joint te.staceous.

Head wide, minutely sliagreened; front obliquely biimpressed;
space between frontal impressions convex ; spaces between
frontal impressions and eyes narrow, raised and bearing
a setigerous puncture above each eye ; clypeal suture stron-ly
impressed, straight, connecting the frontal impressions. Pro-
thorax transv'erse, convex, hevigate, widest about middle,
strongl}^ and roundly narrowed anteriorly, lightl}' and roundl}'^
obli({uely narrowed posteriorly; anterior angles obtuse, close to
sides of head; base wide, truncate, angles rectangular; border
reflexed, wide towards basal angles ; lateral basal impressions
well marked, wide; a deep transverse stria near base, this stria
very near margin on each side, curving forward and punctate in
middle ; basal area in middle below plane of disc ; posterior
marginal setigei'ous puncture placed on border at each basal
angle. Elytra truncate-oval, of same width at base as base of
prothorax, convex (subdepressed on disc); sides ampliate behind
humeral angles, rounded in middle; strife punctulate on disc, three
inner ones entire, third deeply impressed, curving outward and
inclosing a punctiform impression on apical declivity; fourth,
fifth and sixth very lightly impressed; interstices depressed, third
strongly bipunctate near third stria; lateral interstice developed
and punctate near base and apex; boi'der wide, reflexed. Length
2, breadth 1 3 mm.

Hah.: N.8. Wales— Mulwala (Sloane; plentiful under the bark
of red gum trees standing in the flood waters of the Murray River
on •22nd June, 1896.)

BY THOMAS G. SLOANE. 567

A very distinct species. Adopting the tabulation of the Aus-
tralian species of Tachys which I have given in P.L.S.N.S.W.
1896, pp. 356-359, its place would be with those species which
have the submarginal stria obsolete on the sides of the elytra; it
would come nearest T. ovatus, MacL, from which it differs greatly
by its larger size, less convex form, and the elytra more than
unistriate on each side of suture.

Tribe FERONINI.
Genus H o M A L o s o M a.

Table of Sjjecies.

I. Sinus of mentuni paisllel on sides.

1. Form very short; prothorax subquadrate,

strongly emarginate at base, margins
widely explanate and acclivous ; elytra
short, vei'y convex, iuterstices not carinate,
third inipunctate, humeral angles widely
rounded ; prosternum and mesosternum
setigero-panctate. R. curtum, Chaud.

2. Form wide and heavy ; head very large;

elytra with interstices not carinate, basal
border prominent at, humeral angles; pro-
sternum setigero-puuctate, mesosternum
glabrous.
a. Prothorax lightly narrowed to base, apex
and t)ase of same width, posterior angles

obtuse H. (:ra<:sifoyme, SI.

«a. Prothorax strongly narrowed to base,
wider across apex than base, posteiior
angles marked.
h. Head and prothorax splendid brassy-

gi'een H. imperiale, SI.

hh. Head black, prothorax only metallic

towards margin H. breve, Motsch.

3. Elytra with at least seventh interstice cari-

nate.
C. Mentuin with median tooth rounded at
apex; prothorax wide at base, posterior
marginal puncture at each l»asal angle;
elytra with basal border dentate at
humeral angles, ninth interstice narrow
and raised posteriorly; prostei-num and
mesosternum setigem-punctate (nietas-
ternum setigero-punctate at each side).

568 STUDIES IN AUSTRALIAN ENTOMOLOGY, NO. IX.,

CH. renardi, Chaud.

d. Elytra convex on disc, colour black < H. xngorsi, <'Ory.

(,ff- a/ternans, SI.
dd. Elytra and prothorax flat on disc, very
wide at bases and with margins

greenish H. aiufulosum, Chaud.

CC. Mentuni with median tooth excised at
apex ; prothorax cordate, posterior
marginal puncture on each side c(m-
siderabl^ before the base; prosternum
and mesosternum glabrous.
D. Prothorax sinuate on each side near
base, posterior angles rectangular or
subrectangular (except in H. jior-
phyriacum, SI.)
E. Head long, gen£e rounded to base
of mandibles on each side.
/. Posterior femora long, slender;
anterior angles of liiolli aax
near to sides of head.
;/. Form elongate; prothorax gen-
tly narrowed to base; elytra
Ii^ng, subparallel on sides; $
with apex of abdomen pluri-

setose H. cyaneum, Casteln.

fjij. Prothorax strongly sinuate-
angustate to base ; elytra
obovate, sides strongly
rounded ; J with apex of

abdomen 4-setose H. viridescem, Casteln.

//". Posterior femora swollen in
middle; prothorax with anterior
angles wide and distant irom
sides of head; elytra with third,
fifth and seventh interstices
carinate.

h. Elytra with ninth interstice
merged with marginal chan-
nel; posterior cox* wide at

outer posterior angle //. 'n7.sojn', Casteln.

JiJi. Elytra with ninth interstice
raifed posteriorly ; pos-
terior cox;e with outer pos-
terior angle prominent and
triangular H. nitidkoJle, Casteln.

BY THOMAS G. SLOANE. 569.

EE. Head very large, short, convex;
genaj projecting widely from
base of mandibles on each side,
truncate-oval on anterior mar-
gin.
/. Elytra with basal border strongly
dentate at humeral angles; head

and prothorax metallic purple.. H. porphyriarurn, SI.
ii. Elytra with basal border hardly
raised at humeral angles (these
not dentate).
h. Colour black, elytra truncate -

oval .. //. cordaiiun, Chaud.

H: Colour of upper surface

purple, elytra obovate H. superhum, Castelu,

DD. Prothorax with sides not sinuate
before base, posterior angles
obtuse; elytra with humeral
angles rounded.
/. Elytra with third, fifth and seventh
interstices carinate ; black, pro-
thorax and elytra margined with

green H. cyaneocinctum, Boisd,

//. Elytra with third, fifth and
seventh interstices costate a little
stronger than others, elytra black-
ish-green II. atroriride, S!.

4. Form oval; prothorax cordate; elytra with
interstices not carinate, third impunctate,
humeral angles rounded H. obscuripenne, Macl.

TT o- r - II- -1 ^ H- carinatuium, Chaud.

11. hinus of mentum oblique on sides \ zr ^ /-.i j

^ (,ri. amctropterum, Chaud.

For notes on the species omitted from the table above, see
P.L.S.N.S.W. 1894 (2), ix. p. 420; I have only now to add that
H. marginiferum, Chaud., which was omitted from those notes, ia
very closely allied to H. viridescens, Casteln.; it is unknown tO'
me in nature, but the description suggests that H. viridescens may
be not more than a variety of H. marginiferum. In my former
table {I.e., p. 418) too much reliance was placed on the form of
the outer angle of the basal border of the elytra, a feature which,
is evidently of subox'dinate value in grouping the species.
37

570 STUDIES IN AUSTRALIAN ENTOMOLOGY, NO. IX.,

HOMALOSOMA CRA3SIF0RME, H.Sp.

Compact, heavy, robust ; head large ; prothorax very little
narrowed to base, apex and base of equal width (8 '3 mm.); elytra
truncate-oval, subparallel on sides. Head, under surface, legs
and antennje black; prothorax nitid, black on disc, viridescent
towards margin; elytra greenish-black, shagreened, summits of
costae nitid, lateral margin brassy-green.

Head large, convex, a little swollen behind and below eyes;
front lightly, widely and shortly biimpressed; eyes small, convex.
Prothorax subquadrate (7.5* x 10-5 mm.), widest about anterior
fifth, lightly narrowed postex'ioi'ly; sides not sinuate towards base;
apex widely, deeply and evenly emarginate; angles advanced,
roundly obtuse; base emarginate in middle, angles obtuse, hardly
mai'ked ; lateral margins widely upturned near base ; lateral
channel wide; median line lightly impressed; lateral basal impi-es-
sions wide, well marked; space between basal impressions widely
depressed along base; posterior marginal puncture placed just within
the basal angle. Elytra wider than prothorax (18-5 x 12-5 mm.),
hardly narrowed to base, convex, lightly declivous to sides,
strongly but not abruptly declivous to apex; base wide; humeral
angles rounded ; basal border raised in a short subdentiform
prominence at humeral angles; apex not sinuate on each side;
strife wide, shallow— a row of shallow separate punctures at
bottom of each; striole at base of first interstice short, oblique;
interstices 1-7 costate, subequal, ninth nitid, hardly distinct from
margin, narrow and raised posteriorly, seriate-punctate; marginal
channel wide; third interstice with about four punctures along
its course. Prosternum longitudinally impressed and setigero-
punctate between coxfe; mesosternum and metasternum glabrous.
Ventral segments laevigate, third, fourth and fifth setigero-punctate
in middle near posterior margin. Posterior coxje contiguous.
Length 35, breadth 12-5 mm.

Hah. : Queensland — Cairns (Coll. French).

* This is the length of the prothorax in the middle; from anterior to
posterior angle it is 9 mm.

BY THOMAS G. SLOANE. 571

A. distinct species allied to H. imperiale, SI., and //. breve,
Motsch., but differing greatly from both these species in facies —
prothorax less transverse, less strongly narrowed to base, as wide
across base as apex, less rounded on sides; elytra less rounded on
sides, etc. It may be noted that these three species are without
a puncture at base of first interstice of elytra near origin of first
stria.

HOMALOSOMA PORPHYRIACUM, n.sp.

9- Robust; head large, deeply biimpressed on front; j^rothorax
subcordate; elytra oval, third, fifth and seventh interstices sub-
carinate, humeral angles dentate, inner side of margin seriate-
punctate. Upper surface of head and prothorax shining metallic
purple; elytra dark purple, opaque, summits of costse nitid, lateral
margins dark purple, shining; under surface black, shining — sides
of head, pi'osternum and body with purple reflections; legs black.

Head large (8x8 mm.), swollen on each side behind eyes; front
with a wide deep concavity on each side. Prothorax finely trans-
ver.sely striolate, subcordate, widest before middle (6 8 x 9"3 mm.);
sides rounded on anterior two-thirds, strongly sinuate posteriorly;
basal angles widely rounded, not marked ; apex emarginate,
angles obtuse, not prominent; base lightly and widely emarginate
in middle; median line lightly impressed ; lateral basal impres-
sions wide, deep; posterior marginal puncture placed near margin
considerably before basal angle. Elytra much wider than pro-
thorax (18 X 12-5 mm.), widest a little behind middle, lightly
convex, abrupt on sides from carina of seventh interstice; sides
strongly rounded; apex widely and CA^enly rounded; stria? finely
punctate: third and fifth interstices strongly costate (the costse
not reaching base); seventh carinate, second, fourth, sixth and
eighth depressed, ninth merged with margin, third with four
punctures on apical half; a setigerous puncture placed a little
distance from base of first interstice on course of first stria; basal
border forming a short prominent projection at each humeral
angle. Prosternum, mesosternum and metasternum glabrous.
Abdomen plurisetose at apex. Length 35, breadth 12-5 mm.

572 STUDIES IX AUSTRALIAN ENTOMOLOGY, NO. IX.,

Hah. : Queensland (given to me by Mr. C. French as coming
from Budgery Mountain, S. Queensland).

This handsome species is allied to H. superbuin, Casteln., which
it resembles in facies; but diifers from it by its larger size, the
bright metallic colour of head and prothorax, prothorax with
basal angles roundly obtuse, elytra with basal border dentate at
humeral angles, etc.

Genus P T E R o s T I c n u s.

PtEROSTICHUS PIIYLARCHUS, n.sp.

(J. Upper surface jeneous, j^rothorax more nitid and metallic
than elytra; under surface, legs, labrum and mandibles shining
black.

Robust, elongate-oval. Head convex; front wide, lightly and
shortly biimpressed, swollen behind and below eyes ; mentum
with sides of sinus pai'allel. Prothoi'ax truncate-cordate
(7 X 9 '2 mm.), lateral impressions of base strongly impressed,
elongate, wide. Elytra oval (19 x 12 mm.), convex; deeply sti'iate;
humeral angles rounded ; interstices convex, third with five
punctures along its course, fifth and seventh with three similar
punctures, ninth seriate-punctate. Anterior tarsi with three
basal joints dilatate and squamulose beneath. Length 34, breadth
12 mm.

Hab.: N.8. Wales— Bellinger River (Mr. J. H. Maiden).

Closely allied to Feronia regalis, Casteln., from which it differs
by colour, more robust shape, eyes moi-e prominent, elytra with
basal border joining lateral border at humeral angle with hardly
any projection, femora thick and more dilatate in middle. This
species and Feronia regalis cannot properly be placed in the sub-
genus A^otonomus on account of the shape of the sinus of the
mentum for one reason; their place is evidently between Homa-
losoma and Notonoraiis and there seems no reason to separate-
tbem from Pterostichus.

I

BY THOMAS G. SLOANE. 573

Genus Simodontus.*
SiMODONTUS ELONGATUS, Chaudoir.

I identify as .S'. elongalus, Chaud., a species from Sydney of
which the following is a brief description : —

Elongate-oval, depressed. Head small, eyes prominent. Pro-
thorax subquadrate (2x2-55 mm); base (2-2 mm.) much wider
than apex (1-5 mm.); sides lightly rounded; apex deeply emai-gi-
nate; anterior angles prominent, obtuse; base lightly emarginate
in middle ; posterior angles obtuse, not marked ; inner basal
impression on each side of base narrow, elongate, lightly curved
outwards, external impression well marked, short. Elytra very
little wider than prothorax (4:-7 x 2-8 mm.), parallel on sides;
humeral angles subangulate; stria; deep; interstices lightly con-
vex, third 3-punctate along third stria; striole at base of second
interstice elongate. Episterna of metasternum elongate. Black,
nitid, subiridescent ; antennas, tibise and tarsi ferruginous.
Length 8, bi-eadth 2-8 mm.

Hah. : N.S. Wales— Botany near Sydney (Froggatt).

Differs from S. homomelanus, Germ., which it resembles, by its
smaller head, more prominent eyes, prothorax more narrowed to
apex, etc.

SiMODONTUS GRANDICEPS, n.sp.

(J. Elliptical, depressed; head large; prothorax quadrate, of
equal width at base and apex (2-2 mm.), external basal impres-
sion of each side short, wide, triangular; elytra truncate-oval,
lightly striate ; episterna of metasternum hardly longer than
broad; posterior tarsi sulcate externally. Piceous-brown, nitid;
legs, antennae, mentum and parts of mouth ferruginous.

Head wide; front and clypeus lightly biimpressed; impressions
wide and shallow on front; eyes large, inclosed behind; orbits
well developed behind eyes and projecting from head with same

* Vide P.L.S.N.S.W. 1889, (2), iv. pp. 732-737, and 1898, Pt. 3,
pp. 480-484, for recent notices of the genus SimodonfiM.

574 STUDIES IN AUSTRALIAN ENTOMOLOGY, NO. IX.,

convexity as eyes. Prothorax hardly broader than long
(2-5 X 2-7 mm.), depressed, widest before middle; sides subparallel
in middle, lightly rounded to anterior angles, more gradually
narrowed posteriorly; apex widely emarginate; anterior angles
widely obtuse; base lightly emarginate in middle; posterior angles
roundly obtuse ; lateral border wide ; inner basal impression of
each side well marked, lightly di^■ergent; external impression
wide, bearing near each posterior angle a setigerous puncture;,
median line lightly impressed. Elytra considerably wider than
prothorax (-D-G x 3 4 mm.); sides lightly rounded; base truncate;
humeral angles raised, subdentate; apex wide, shortly rounded;
lateral border wide; interstices depressed, third punctate along
course of third stria,* ninth seriate-punctate; striole at base of
second interstice short, oblique, rising froui a punctiform impres-
sion. Length 97, breadth 3"4 mm.

Hah.: Victoria — Gellibrand River, 30 miles west from C. Otway
(Sloane).

This species seems to lead towards the genus Prosopogimis. It
differs from ^\ homomelanus, Germ., by its head still larger, eyes
more prominent; prothorax wdder at apex, posterior angles more
obtuse; elytra wider, more rounded on sides; episterna of meta-
sternum shorter and wider.

SiMODONTUS MANDIBULARIS, n.Sp.

Oval, robust, Ifevigate ; head large, mandibles thick and
heavy, angulate on external edge; prothorax ti'ansverse, a little
narrowed posteriorly, a little wider at base than apex; elytra
truncate-cordate, convex, lightly striate, third interstice tripunc-
tate along third stria, humeral angle subdentiform; episterna of
metasternum subquadrate. Reddish-piceous-brown ; legs and
anteniije testaceous-piceous, femoi'a paler.

Head wide, convex, ampliate behind base of mandibles; front
with an obsolete round impression containing a fine puncture
behind each angle of clypeus; clypeal suture well marked; eyes

* There are four punctures, all placed along the coarse of the third stria^
on the left elytron of the specimen before me.

BY THOMAS G. SLOANE. 575

convex, not prominent, inclosed posteriorly. Mandibles wide
and heavy at base, strongly and obliquely declivous to labruni and
clypeus, left overlapping right at apex; external edge strongly
and roundly angulate about posterior third (thence oblique),
arcuate at apex, right more strongly angulate than left at posterior
third. Prothorax transverse (IS x 2-7 mm.), convex, declivous
on each side between lateral basal impression and posterior angle,
widest before middle, lightly narrowed to base; sides rounded,
oblique posteriorly ; apex hardly emarginate ; anterior angles
obtuse ; base truncate ; posterior angles marked but obtuse ;
margins hardly explanate near posterior angles ; border wide;
inner basal impression of each side strongly marked, short, a little
divergent and attaining border posteriorly; external basal impres-
sion hardly marked — if present, shallow and round; median line
fine. Elytra wide (4*5 x 3"3 mm.), convex, declivous to base on each
side of peduncle, narrowed to base; sides rounded; base truncate;
humeral angles strongly marked, hardly dentiform; striole at base
of second interstice short (sometimes obsolescent), rising from a
punctiform impression. Length 7-8, breadth 3 -3- 3 35 mm.

Hah. : N. S. Wales — Mulwala (Sloane) ; Victoria — Mallee
District (C. French, Junr.).

This species is characterised b} the peculiar shape of the
mandibles ; it is allied by its facies and short metasternal
episterna to .S'. fortnumi, Casteln., and S. leai, SI. From 8.
fortnumi it can be distinguished by the dentate humeral angles of
the elytra, &c.; and from S. leai by its larger size, larger head
with less prominent eyes, differently shaped mandibles, front not
strongly impressed, elytra not so short and more narrowed to
base. From S. ceneipennis (unknown to me in nature) it seems
sto differ by having the elytra much more ampliate behind the
houlders. For differences from S. Iceviceps, SI., a closel}^ allied
species, vide description of that species (p. 576).

SiMODONTUS L^VICEPS, n.sp.

Oval, robust, Inevigate ; head wide, convex, without frontal
impressions ; prothorax transverse, wider at base than apex ;

576 STUDIES IN AUSTRALIAN ENTOMOLOGY, NO. IX.,

elytra truncate-cordate, fiiiel}'^ striate, third interstice 3-punctate
along course of third stria, humeral angles dentiform; episterna
of metasternum short. Piceous-brown, femora and basal joints of
antennfe testaceous.

Head smooth, clypeal suture distinct; eyes convex, prominent.
Prothorax convex (1"6 x 2 '3), smooth; sides I'ounded, strongly
roundly narrowed anteriorly, lightly obliquely so posteriorly (some-
times subsinuate just before base) ; apex lightly emarginate ;
anterior angles obtuse, not pi'ominent; base truncate, angles sub-
rectangular, obtuse at summit ; lateral margins explanate near
basal angles; lateral border equal, i-ather wide, reflexed; inner
basal impressions short, linear; space on each side between these
impressions and basal angles depressed; external basal impression
often obsolete, if present shallow, foveiform; median line fine.
Elytra short (4x3 mm.), convex, lightly declivous to base on each
side of peduncle; sides rounded; base truncate; humeral angles
shortly dentate; apical curve obsoletely sinuate on each side;
striole at base of second interstice very short or obsolete, rising
from a punctiform impression. Length 6-6*8, breadth 2*5-3 mm.

Hah. : N.S. Wales — Urana, Junee, Narrandera and Grenfell
(Sloane).

Very closely allied to S. niandibularis, SI., from which it differs
by its smaller size; smaller head with mandibles less heavy and
evenly rounded on outer side, eyes more prominent; posterior
angles of prothorax less marked. It differs from ii. (eneipennis,
Chaud., and .S". fortnumi^ Casteln., b}^ the same features as S.
mandihularis, 81.: and from •S'. leai, 81., by the frontal impressions
obsolete; margin of prothorax narrower; posterior angles less
:>btuse; elytra not so short and broad, etc.

Genus P e d i o M o R p h u s.

Table of Species.

A. Prothorax not punctate near base, except in
basal impressions.
h. Elytra piceous, prothorax and head reddish-

piceous . . P. planiuscultis, Chaud.

BY THOMAS G. SLOANE. 577

bh. Colour wholly reddish -brown P. macJeayi, SI.

AA. Protliorax punctate across base.

C. Form oval, depressed P. riifcoUi^, SI.

CO. Form narrow, lightly convex P. dongatus, SI.

Pediomorphus macleayi, n.sp.

Depressed; head small, eyes prominent; prothorax transverse,
subcordate, strongly rounded on sides ; elytra finely punctate-
striate. Reddish-brown.

Head small, smooth, convex, not narrowed behind eyes, feebly
biimpressed between antennae. Antennte filiform, elongate ;
apical joint elongate, compressed-fusiform. Prothorax lajvigate,
widest a little before middle (1-6x2 mm.), emarginate at apex,
truncate at base, depressed on disc, declivous to anterior angles;
apex and base of about equal width; sides strongly rounded,
strongly and roundly narrowed to apex, narrowed to base without
sinuosity; anterior angles distant from sides of head, obtuse but
marked ; basal angles obtuse (not rounded) ; border narrow,
reflexed, extending round anterior angles on each side ; lateral
channel veiy narrow; median line linear, well marked; lateral
basal impressions well marked, short, punctulate; posterior mar-
ginal seta arising from a puncture placed in a slight dilatation of
the border just before basal angle. Elytra suboval (4-2 x 2 7 mm.),
parallel on middle of sides, Madely rounded at humeral angles,
widely depressed on disc, abruptly declivous to sides from sixth
interstice; apex widely rounded, lightly sinuate on each side-
strife finely and closely punctate ; interstices depressed, ninth
convex, punctate, the punctures interrupted in middle. Metaster;
num punctate on each side ; episterna of mesosternum and
metasternum punctulate. Ventral segments rugulose-punctate.
Length 6-7, breadth 2-7 mm.

Hah. : North- West Australia — King's Sound (Froggatt; speci-
mens from Macleay Coll.).

Differs from P. planiusculus, Chaud., by its larger size, pro-
thorax more strongly rounded on sides and more decidedly

578 STUDIES IN AUSTRALIAN ENTOMOLOGY, NO. IX.,

narrowed to base, elytra reddLsh instead of piceous, antennae
longer and less compressed, the apical joint in particular longer.

Pediomorphus ruficollis, n.sp.

Depressed ; prothorax broader than long, hardly cordate, punc-
tulate on each side near base ; elytra finely punctate-striate.
Nitid ; head black ; prothorax testaceous-red (usually infuscate
along base and apex); elytra piceous-black; antennte, palpi, and
legs testaceous; abdomen piceous-brown.

Head small, smooth, convex; very lightly biimpressed between
antennae; eyes convex, rather prominent; antennae slender, filiform,
apical joint short, compi'essed-fusiform. Prothorax laevigate,
widest a little before middle (1-15 x 1-35 mm.), emarginate at
apex, truncate on base; apex and base of equal width; sides
rounded on anterior two-thirds ; roundly narrowed to apex,
obliquely narrowed to base; anterior angles distant from head,^
obtuse; basal angles obtuse; border narrowly reflexed, extending
round anterior angles on each side of apex; median line finely
marked; lateral basal impressions wide, their whole area punctu-
late, the bottom forming a linear impi'ession; posterior marginal
setae rising from a puncture placed in a slight dilatation of the
border at each basal angle. Elytra parallel on sides (3x1 '75 mm.),,
widely rounded at humeral angles, depressed on disc, abruptly
roundly declivous to sides from fifth stria; apex rounded, lightly
sinuate on each side; striae linear, finely and closely punctate;
interstices depressed. Metastei-num punctate on each side ;
episternum of mesosternum and metasternum punctate. Ventral
segments finely rugulose except in middle. Length 4'3-5, breadth
1-7-2 mm.

H<xb. : N.S. Wales — Urana District (Sloane; plentiful sheltering
under sticks and dried cow-dung in company with P. planiuscidus,
Chaud., near the edges of a swamp on the Colombo Plains Run,
twenty miles north from the town of Urana, 11th July, 1895).

A distinct species difi'ering from the others of the genus by its
colour; also from P. planiusculus and P. macleayi, SI., by its
smaller size and punctate area on each side of base of pi'othorax.

BY THOMAS G. SLOANE. 57^

and from P. elonyatus, SI., by its facies. In general appearance
it much resembles Thenarotes australis, Blkb.

• Genus D a r o d i l i a.

The following is a Synoptic List of the species of Darodilia,
omitting D. castclnaui, Macl., and D. (Jleonis) ovicollis, Macl., of
which I ha^ e no specimens for reference.

A. Prothorax truncate at apex, anterior angles
close to sides of head; elytra with one or
more striie obsolete on apical declivity.
B. Elytra with tliree inner strife impressed

on disc, only first entire; size large D. mandibularis, Casteln.

BB. Elytra with four inner striiv strongly
impressed and entire; size small.
C. Prothorax as long as broad, lightly
rounded on sides; prosternal epi-

sterna feebly rugulose D. macilenta, SI.

CC. Prothorax orbiculate, broader than
long; prosternal episterna strongly

rugulose D. ruglsternus, SI.

AA. Prothorax emarginate at apex, anterior

angles distant from sides of head: elytra

fully striate at apex.

D. Head with frontal impressions foveate;

prothorax rounded to basal angles on

sides, two basal impressions on each

side B. rohusta, SI.

DD. Head with front longitudinally biim-
pressed ; prothoi-ax subsinuate on
sides just before basal angles, a
single basal impression on each side /). einarc/inata, SI.

Darodilia robusta, n.sp.

9. Robust, oval, convex, kevigate; head with front bifoveolate;
prothorax suborbiculate; elytra with four inner stride strongly
impressed ; ventral segments sulcate, punctulate on each side ;
mandibles prominent, decussating; labrum deeply emarginate.
Black, nitid.

580 STUDIES IN AUSTRALIAN ENTOMOLOGY, NO. IX.,

Head convex, widely and lightly transversely impressed between
base of eyes, not swollen behind eyes; clypeal suture well marked,
connecting the punctiform frontal fovefe; eyes prominent, hemi-
spherical, lightly inclosed at base. AntennjB filiform, four basal
joints cylindrical, others compressed. Prothorax transverse
(2-7 X 3-2 mm.), widest about middle; sides strongly and evenly
rounded ; basal angles not mai'ked ; apex lightly emarginate,
angles obtuse, a little marked ; base a little rounded ; border
narrosv; marginal channel fine; median line very lightly impressed;
inner lateral impression of base deep, narrow, not long, external
impression small, shallow, round (almost obsolete), divided from
inner impression by a narrow raised space; posterior marginal
setigerous puncture placed at extremity of marginal channel.
Elytra oval (6"2 x 3"7 mm.); sides lightly rounded, much wider at
base than base of prothorax ; base truncate on each side of
peduncle; shoulders rounded; apex lightly and widely sinuate on
each side; four inner striae strongly impressed, entire, fifth, sixth
and seventh marked near apex (obsoletely indicated and minutely
punctulate on sides in the two specimens before me), eighth
strongly impressed; four inner interstices and lateral interstice
convex for whole length, others convex on apical declivity; lateral
interstice punctate, the punctures widely interrupted before basal
half. Metasternal episterna elongate, deeply longitudinally
sulcate near inner side. Length 10-5, breadth 3-7 mm.

Hah. : Queensland (given to me by Mr. C. French as from the
Endeavour River).

A distinct species difierentiated at once from all others except
D. emarginata, SI., by its wider and less depressed foi'm. It
differs from D. emarginata by its larger size; front not longi-
tudinally biimpressed; prothorax more rounded on sides before
basal angles; fifth and sixth strije of elytra not strongly impressed,
etc. From D. mandibularis, Casteln., it is readily distinguished
by its less elongate form and the elytra 4-striate on each side of
suture.

BY THOMAS G. SLOANE. 581

Tribe LICININI.

Genus P h y s o l e s t h u s.

Physolesthus ruficollis, n.isp.

Depressed, Ifevigate; mentum edentate, labial palpi securiform.
Elytra black, nitid ; head black, mandibles reddish-piceous,
labrum pale testaceous ; prothorax reddish ; abdomen piceous-
black, shining; legs and palpi testaceous.

Head wide, depressed between eyes, not narrowed behind eyes;,
front with a ridge extending on each side from eyes to base
of mandibles ; eyes large, prominent. Prothorax transverse
(l"6x2 mm.), depressed, widest before middle (at anterior
marginal seta), wider between posterior than between anterior
angles ; sides lightly and roundly narrowed antei'iorly ; more
lightly and obliquely so posteriorly ; apex lightly emarginate ;
anterior angles wide, obtuse; base truncate in middle, sloping-
forward on each side; posterior angles obtuse, a little marked;
lateral margins reflexed, explanate near posterior angles; a shorty
wide, strongly marked impression on each side of base; median
line strongly impressed. Elytra depressed (4'5 x 3 mm.), lightly
striate; interstices depressed, second wider and with an elongate
.striole near base, third finely bipunctate along course of second
stria, ninth seriate-punctate. Length 7 "5, breadth 3 mm.

Hah.: N. S. Wales — Mulwala (Sloane ; a single specimen
harbouring from flood waters of Murray River under loose bark
of a red gum tree).

Differs from other species of the genus by its red prothorax.

Tribe ODACANTHINI.
Genus E u d a l i a.

EUDALIA NIGER, n.sp.

9- Upper surface setigero-punctate, under surface punctate-
glabrous. Head Ifevigate, sparsely setigero-punctate, widely
dilatate across eyes, neck condyliform ; prothorax subcylindrical

582 STUDIES IN AUSTRALIAN ENTOMOLOGY, NO. IX

, rt\j. i-(i.j

longitudinally sulcata and setose on each side, punctate anteriorly
— except on each side of disc; elytra wide, depressed (5-5x3 -3 mm. ),
strongly punctate-striate, interstices Ifevigate (not shagreened),
sparingly seriate- setigerous. Black, nitid; trochanters and parts
of mouth piceous ; femora — excepting apex — pale testaceous ;
tibiae black, a wide testaceous band in middle.

Head with eyes as broad as long; middle of front and vertex
impunctate; front wideW biimpressed. Prothorax longer than
broad (1'7 x 1'5 mm.), convex, lightly ampliate on each side in
middle; disc with a smooth space on each side anteriorly, lateral
margin thick, convex (subcarinate); median line linear. Length
10, breadth 3*3 mm.

Hab. : N. S. Wales — Mulwala and Junee (Sloane ; a single
specimen at Mulwala, 26th June, 1896, under loose bark of a red
gum tree, having taken refuge from flood water; and on the muddy
bank of Houlaghan's Creek, fifteen miles north from the town of
Junee, a single example under a stick).

Differs from E. macleayi, Bates, by its deep shining black
colour, the tarsi and basal joints of antennte black; head wider
across the eyes and more strongly constricted posteriorly, less
punctate; prothorax more elongate and more ampliate on sides,
less closely punctate, elytra with interstices nitid, not shagreened,
more sparingly setose (the setse piceous, erect), stria? more deeply
impressed and more strongly punctate, apical curve less shortly
oblique on each side. The elytra have a wide transverse depression
on each side of the disc a little before the apex.

Tribe LEBIINI.

Genus S a r o t h r o c r e p i s.

Sarothrocrepis humeratus, n.sp.

Depressed; prothorax transverse, posterior angles rectangular;
elytra truncate on base, shoulders dentate. Bicolorous : head,
antennae and tibiae ferruginous; prothorax testaceous; elytra black
with a parallelogram-shaped plaga on basal half, basal border and

BY THOMAS G. SLOANE. 583

margins testaceous; under surface of prothorax, coxse and femora
pale testaceous; body testaceous, abdomen infuscate.

Head as in other species of the genus, a horseshoe-shaped
impression between eyes. Prothorax transverse (1'65 x 2-5 mm.),
much narrower at apex than base, widest before middle; disc
convex; lateral margins explanate — especially posteriorly; sides
rounded anteriorly, greatly narrowed to apex, hardly narrowed to
base, sinuate before posterior angles; apex widely emarginate,
base truncate on each side, produced roundly backwaixls in middle;
posterior angles sharply rectangular. Elytra subconvex, con-
siderably wider than prothorax (5'2 x 3-6 mm.), lightly and rather
obliquely dilatate behind shoulders, subjaarallel on middle of sides;
base truncate ; humeral angles sti'ongly and sharply marked,
almost dentiform ; strife crenulate : margin narrow with edge
narrowly reflexed. Length 7'5-8-5, breadth 3-6-3'8 mm.

Hab. : Victoria — Lilydale (Sloane; November).

Distinguished from the other species of the genus by the
humeral angles of the elytra being raised and sharply rectangular;
the pattern of the elytra differs conspicuously from that of S.
corticalis, Fabr., by the black colour extending forward to the
basal border along interstices 5-7, and along the first interstice to
the basal striole.

Genus D r o M i u s..

Dromius australiensis, n.sp.

Elongate, depressed. Black, subiridescent; elytra with a green-
ish tinge; legs testaceous (femora pallid, tibise darker); antennee
fuscous; under surface piceous, metasternum and posterior edge
of ventral segments cloudy testaceous; head minutely shagreened.

Prothorax hardly wider than head with eyes; sides very lightly
nan-owed to base; posterior sinuosity obsolete; anterior angles
obtuse; posterior angles marked, obtuse at summit. Elytra not
attaining apex of abdomen, depressed, subparallel on sides, finely
crenulate-striate ; humeral angles widely rounded; apex roundly

584 STUDIES IX AUSTRALIAN ENTOMOLOGY, NO. IX.

truncate; second interstice with two fine setigerous punctures on
disc. Length 3-3-3-5, breadth 1-1-1 -2 mm.

Hah. : N.S. Wales — Mulwala, Junee and Grenfell (Sloane).

Compared with Dromius yarrcn, Blkb,, this species is smaller;
the prothorax less obliquely truncate behind the posterior angles,
and with basal lobe shorter; colour more coal-black, less iridescent.

Note. — Mr. A. M. Lea found a Dromius at Bridgetown, W.A.,
which seems to be D. australiensis.

585

THE TICK FEVER PARASITE.

By R. Greig Smith, M.Sc.

Tick fever is a disease which appears to be widely distributed
throughout the warmer countries of the world. It is primarily
an acute anaemia, associated with a haematozoon, which feeds
upon and destroys the red blood corpuscles. In consequence
of tlie degradation and disintegration of the corpuscles, the
capillaries become clogged, the internal organs intensely swollen,
and the liver and kidneys being frequently unable to cope with
the task of eliminating the products of the coi'puscle disintegra-
tion, death results from what is essentially capillary congestion.
During the very rapid destruction of the corpuscles, the urine
may be of a dark red colour and albuminous.

So far as is definitely known, the disease occurs only among
cattle, but two diseases of sheep have been described which appear
to be caused by the same parasite. In the southern portions of
the United States of America it is known as Texas or southern
cattle fever; in Italy, East Africa and Turkey as cattle malaria;
in the lower x'eaches of the Danube as haemoglobinuria, and in
Sardinia and Finland as haematuria.

Theobold Smith, in conjunction with Kili)orne, was the first to
give a complete account of the disease and to trace its cause to
a haematozoon which he callerl Fijromimx bigemiiium, a name
which has been altered by Wasielewski (s) to Apiosmna biyeminum.
Smith. One year previous to the first of Theobald Smith's papers,
Babes had described under the name of haemogloljinuria a disease
of cattle in the swampy pa.stures of the lower Danube in Ruu-
mania, and had traced the cause to a haematozoon, but although
the disease is now considered to be identical with Texas fever,
Babes' description of the parasite was far from being as complete
as that of Theobald Smith
38

5iS6 THE TICK FEVER PARASITE,

There are two varieties of the disease, the acute and the chronic
forjn. In the former, tlie destruction of the red corpuscles is
very rapid, while in the latter it is much slower. The acute form
is marked by the general symptom of rapid oxidation, \'iz., acute
fever, and in the organs of affected animals all known forms of
the parasite can be found. In the chronic disease only the
supposed younger forms are to be seen. The i^resence of the
parasite in an animal does not necessarily indicate the presence
of disease, since it appears to exist latent, (5, e) becoming evident
when the system is weakened from some other disease, just as the
cause of rheumatism, influenza, or even the common cold ma}^
presumably remain latent in man to become evident when the
system is temporarily weakened as by a sudden chill.

Cattle are the most susceptible of all animals, and although it
may be said that tick fever is a bovine disease, it should not be
forgotten that other animals succumb to the action of parasites
which ma}' be identical with Ajnosoma bigeminum. There is a
canine disease of Lombardy and a sheep disease, carceag or
parasitic ictero-haematuria, in both of which the organisms
characteristic of tick fever have been observed. Furthermore,
according to some authors, rabl>its and guinea-pigs succumb when
inoculated with blood containing the parasite.

Infection occurs l)y means of the cattle tick (Ixodes hovis) in
cases of Texas fever, tick fever and haemoglobinuria. In the
bovine malaria of the Roman Compagna (3) and of Turkey (e)
there is no record of ticks associated with the disease

The parasite is found in the blood serum and within the red
coi-puscles. When invaded l)y the parasite the corpuscle loses its
elasticity and is retained in the capillaries and the body organs.
Consequentl}' comparatively few in^•aded corpuscles are to be
found in the cii-culating blood, the percentage varying from 1 to
2 except during the height of the fever, when it may rise to from
5 to 10 in a few cases. The blood of the organs, as for example
the heart-substance, ■has about 80 per cent, of the corpuscles
invaded.

The typical form of tlie parasite is pear-shaped, and although a
single organism may occupy the corpuscle, yet commonly the}-

BY K. GKKIG SMITH. 587

occur ill twos, sometimes even in fives and sixes. Wiien double,
the narrow ends are together, and it is undoubtedly only a matter
of technique to show that they are united by a connecting thread.
The pear-shaped parasite stains unequally; the part occupying
the bulb of the pear stains feebly or not at all, and it is assumed
that this is a Aacuole; the middle portion generally takes the
stain deeply. This form is not common in the corpuscle during
life, (i) for by the time that the parasite has grown to this shape
the corpuscle has become disintegrated and the organism free. It
is to 1^6 found in numbers soon after death, while if a section or
fihn be made immediately the animal dies, there is seen a mixture
of the younger with the presumably oldest form. In the
capillaries during the acute stage small double spindles are some-
times seen, each spindle being connected by a joining line. This
is probably an intermediate stage of the parasite.

In fresh blood a small round spot is frequently seen close to the
periphery in some of the corpuscles: it is free from haemoglobin
and measures 0-5 /ix in diameter. It is also visible in stained pre-
parations, where it varies up to 0-6 fj., and is often divided.
Since this appears at the beginning of the attack and disappears
when the corpuscles begin to increase in number, it is not to be
considered as a degenerate form (i). It is contended by Celli and
Santori that this extremely small body is not the parasite, since
Marciafava had seen it in cases of malaria, and they themselves
had found it in healthy guinea-pigs as well as in rabbits and dogs
which had died of diseases other than tick fever. It is referred
to as a pseudoparasitic endoglobular body. It is possible that
the smallest form of the tick fever parasite may be of the same
diameter as the pseudoparasitic body; in this case they would be
morphologically identical.

According to Celli and Santori, what is really the smallest and
probably the youngest type of the parasite measures from 1 to
1 -5 fi. It changes its shape as it moves about from place to place
in the corpuscle, becoming round, oblong, cylindrical, egg- or
pear-shaped in succession. It may occur singly, in pairs or threes
in one and the same corpuscle. It is strongly refractile and shows

588 THE TICK FEVER PARASITE,

up well against the ground of the corpuscle. Should the mobility
cease either naturall}^ or artiticially by cooling below 24° C. or by
killing, the amoeboid parasite becomes round and often shows a
central point, which, together with its usual peripheral position,
enaVjles it to be recognised. It differs from the pseudoparasitic
bodies in being larger, more refractile and motile (3). It occurs
in the acute and chronic stages of the disease.

Sidney Hunt and Collins describe a similar multiplicity of
form among bodies occurring free in the circulating blood, but
especially in the substance of the kidney and the spleen, where
they are enormously abundant. They are also found, but to a
less extent, in the liver. " These free bodies vary greatly in size,
some being no more than ^At and some as large as i the size of a
bovine red blood cell, which is somewhere about ^oV 0 ^^ ^^ inch,"
i.e., they vary from OS to 2 ju. "They vary also in form, the
majority being round or spherical, some pear-shaped, some oblong,
some sausage-like, others constricted like an hourglass and others
irregular. None of these forms are by any means constant, since
the bodies are perpetually changing their outline. They differ
also in respect to colour; most are colourless and highly refractive,
others have a 3'ellowish or even reddish-brown tinge, but there is
never any granular pigment. The majority appear homogeneous,
others dark-centi'ed, though this latter appearance may be due to
their high refraction. A certain proportion are motionless, liut
the majority are in very active movement, and may sometimes
be seen to work their way across the field of the microscope,
apparently urged along by a flagellum. The most general an'l
characterLstic movement, however, is neither amoeboid nor
locomotive, but consists of a peculiar rolling on their own axes,
which gives them a twinkling appearance, something like that of
a small bright coin as it sinks in deep water." The motility is
more active than with the intracorpuscular parasite.

The amoeboid form of the parasite is larger, being from two to
three times the size of the smallest motile form of Celli and
Santori. The refrangibility is so low that it can onh^ be seen
Avith difficulty in some of its phases, especially when, as is often

BY 1!. (iUEIG SMITH. .'i,S9

the case, the corpuscle is paler than usual. The amoeboid motion
is active with the smaller sizes, and slower with the larger. On
account of the amoeboid motion, the parasite may appear with
one, two, three or more protrusions; it ma}' divide into two, the
halves connected by a thread when an appearance is obtained
which is probably that described and considered by Theobald
Smith as a younger stage of the pear-shape. The two halves
join again to form perhaps a diamond or a sphere The two pear-
shaped forms are seldom small; they are generally large, and vary
from 2-5 to 4 /x long, b}' 1*5 to 2 /j. broad, and have a granule
near the swollen end. They may be considered to be in extremely
slow amoeboid motion, but so slow as to be practically non-motile
or as a particular stage in the developmental cycle. In suppoj't
of the former hypothesis there is the fact that long observation
showed the form to vary from the pear to an egg or round shape;
while in another case, also after long observation, an apiosoma
without altering its shape disappeared from the corpuscle (3).

In very acute cases of the fever a few large granules have been
observed lying separated from one anothei- or in a heap within
some of the blood corpuscles. They are non-motile, and retain
their rounded shape. Their significance is unknown, ))ut it is
suggested that they may be spore forms (3).

Besides the parasitic forms, one frequently observes in the blood,
red corpuscles larger than usual, rather pale and beset through-
out the diflferent layers with chromatin granules. Since these
granules are found in other cases of anaemia as, in the sheep, they
have no relation with the parasite, and are to be traced to the
caryolysis of the 3'oung red corpuscles.

The complete life cycle of the parasite has not j^et been
described by any author. Theobald Smith suggests that the small
motile globule is the youngest intraglobular stage, the globule
dividing, each part becoming spindle-shaped and ultimately pear-
shaped, the portions being still connected b}' a thread. In the
chronic cases of the fever there is a certain immunity produced,
and the later stages of the parasite are suppressed (1) The large
pear-shaped body either within or without the corpuscle may begin

590

THE TICK FEVER PARASITE,

a reproductive stage, and produce a generation of ^el•y minute
bodies akin to the smallest observed stage, or there may be a free
reproductive phase in the blood distinct from the intraglobular.
These phases have not been seen.

Sidney Hunt (5) notes that in coverglass preparations of
advanced cases, the parasites exhibit all the stages between being
intra- and extracorpuscular, the corpuscles being more or less dis-
integraterl. -onie of the apiosoma are seen to liave a clear central
portion which does not stain. The pear-shaped foi'ms are of
various sizes, the clear portions being more marked in the larger
ones. Sometimes in the blood there ai'e also seen crescent-
shaped bodies which Dr. E. Klein, F.li.8., considered to be the
stage succeeding the peai"-shape, since they are presumably full
of young p^-^rosoma. These crescent-shaped bodies are really
sarcosporidia, common muscle parasites.

Like the yeasts, the protozoa do not lend themselves well as
objects of study in the dry and stained condition. Yet by exer-
cising care, especiall}' in the choice of a fixing agent, it is possible to
obtain siJecimens which tell us more of the structure of the
parasite than can be learnt from their stud}' in the fresh condition.
In a number of films of dried blood* which the writer examined
the various recognised phases in the life history of the parasite
were observed. The smaller diplococcus bodies measured 0'4/li,
and the larger 1 /x ; l)oth intra- and extra-corpuscular forms
occurred. The mature forms varied in size, the difference being
mainly due to the vacuole which seems to increase as growth
proceeds much more than the other parts of the ajoiosoma The
staining is irregular ; the neck, the middle and the terminal
margin of the pear colour deeply ; the vacuole faintly or not at
all. In some of the coi'puscles two refractile spherical bodies
are observable, and careful focussing and adjustment of the light
revealed the shrivelled remains of the middle and neck of the
apiosoma. The growth in the mature form, the persistence and
refrangibility point to the so-called vacuole being really a capsule,

* Kindly lent by Dr. Frank Tidswell.

BY H. GKEKi SMITH. 591

and, if so, ail the interbovine cycle may be assumed to have been
observed. The diplococcus bodies, the amoeba, the mature
apiosoma with its capsule complete one portion of the life history.
Since the multiplication of the parasite is so rapid it almost
follows that all stages of the interbovine life cycle must have
been observed by those who investigated the blood. The inter-
pretation alone is wanting, and this is supplied if, for vacuole, we
read capsule. Celli and San tori's observations upon fresh specimens
bear out this interpretation. They noted that the mature
apiosoma had a granule at the swollen end. This appearance
would be caused by the refraction of the capsule. They make no
mention of a vacuole, nor do they figure one in their drawings.
The granule which they represent by a tiny circle occupies a
position which coincides with the centre of the capsule. They
mention that they saw the pear-shape alter, after a long time, to
an egg or I'ound shape. Such a change would be brought about
by the enlargement of the capsule and the shrinkage and degra-
dation of the body of the apiosoma concomitant with the
maturation and persistence of the capsule. Another observation
showed that the apiosoma, without altering its shape, suddenly
disappeared from the corpuscle. This would happen were the
capsule to rupture and liberate its contents simultaneously with
the collapse of the other portions.

With regard to the susceptibility of other animals, Theobald
Smith found that rabbits, guinea-pigs, goats and sheep showed
neither a multiplication of the parasite nor symptoms of the
disease when inoculated with virulent blood. Similarly, Celli and
Santori injected virulent blood into rabbits, guinea-pigs, mice,
rats, cats and dogs, but without result. They mention, however,
that death sometimes ensued, but the parasite could not be found.
The pseudo-parasitic forms were present. These authors ma}' lie
wrong in considering all the small diplococcus bodies as being
pseudo-parasitic. Although the {Darasitic forms were not found,
the injected blood maintained its virulence through a series of three
guinea-pigs. Nicolle and Adil Bey found that 1 c.c. of virulent
blood caused the death of guinea-pigs. Sidney Hunt and Collins

5U2

THE TICK FKVM'. PARASITK,

found the horse unaffected, while sheep developed high fever as-
the result of intravenous inoculation with virulent blood. The
small niaiginal bodies were found in the blood of one of the
sheep which was slaughtered, but there were no characteristic
apiosoma. The sheep diseases carceag (Babes) and parasitic
ictf'ro-haeniaturia (Bonome) are caused, if not by the same para-
site, by an ally so close that it seems only a modification. Babes
does not describe the parasite at all fully, but since he claims
that his di.sease and that of Bonome are identical, it will be
sufficient to describe the parasite of the latter (7). The infected
blood corpuscles have on their margin or inside round, oval or pear-
shaped, strong, light-refracting, colourless bodies, varying in size
from 1 to3/x; they frequently show active contracting movements.
In the plasma they are seen either singl}- or in twos or threes.
The}' are easil}^ coloured by aniline stains. Organs of locomotion
were never observed. The blood of the organs contained a greater
number of invaded corpuscles than were to be found in the
circulating l>lood. In the former places the parasites were chiefly
the more mature forms, and in the latter chiefly the younger. In
the urine the parasite was found partly free and partly in blood
corjjuscles.

It is admitted bv American and Australian investigators that
the cattle tick is the infecting agent. European authors must be
aware of the part plaj^ed by the tick in America, and yet no
mention of the insect is made in some of their papers. Babes,
however, noted that animals suffering from haemoglobinuria were
infested with ticks; and Schneidemiihl supplements this, saying
that the parasite of this fever exists for some time in the body
cavities of the tick as in Texas fever; all ticks do not conve}' the
disease, since susceptible cattle may ha\ e ticks without any sign
of illness. There are, howe^'er, varieties of ticks, some of which
apparently never produce Texas fever, while others do. But of
the dangerous species of tick only those that carry infection are
to be feared, and this infectivity is determined by locality. It is
self-evident that in a new locality the disease must have begun
either with an animal or with a tick; in the latter case the. tick

UV K. GREIG SMITH.

i93

would infect an animal, and other ticks feeding thereon would
convey the infection to other animals. ' But it is well known that
a mature tick never leaves one host to attach itself to another: in
fact, it is generally accepted that it is only in the larval stage that
ticks adhere to cattle. The mature and infected tick, therefore,
falls to the ground, and under some co\er lays its eggs, which in
ti?ne hatch, become the larval forms, and attach themselves to a
passing animal with poisonous eflfect. The question, then, comes
to be : in what manner is the parasite conveyed from the mother
tick to the larval form? Is it carried internally oi- externally?
Does the parasite, when absorbed by the tick, pass through the
alimentary canal to infect the ground; the exterior of th.e eggs
and ultimately the lar^al tick which inoculates the parasite into
the animal after the manner of a solid inoculating needle; or does
the parasite enter an alternative phase in its life-bistory in the
body of the tick 1 One cannot say how the parasite gets from the
parent to the larva, but that it certainly does and directly has
been proved by the experiments of Theobald Smith and Kilborne,
who hatched tick eggs in the laboratory and produced the disease
by fastening the larva? on susceptible animals. Prof. Mayo, of
Kansas, also produced a fatal attack by placing upon a cow the
larvje hatched from mature ticks that had been sent by mail from
Texas. These experiments, however, do not decide the question
as to whether the parasite exists inside or outside the egg capsule.
It would be interesting to know if larva- hatched from disinfected
eggs could produce the disease. If they could not, the search for
a phase of the parasite in the body of the tick might be useless.
Another point worth}- of consideration is whether the tick may
not mechanically carry the parasite from the pasture into the
animal. We frequently hear of such mechanical inoculation by
biting insects such as bugs and gnats, and in the case of louping-
ill, a sheep disea.se of Scotland and the North of England, where
infection is in all probability carried by the sheep tick, all
evidence goes to show that the infection is carried mechanic-all}'
by the insect. Theobald Smith considers it to be quite possible
that biting oi' stin<rin<)- and V)lood-suckini>- insects may transmit

5'Ji THE TICK FEVEK PARASITE,

the parasite directly from susceptible animal to susceptible
animal, or perhaps there may be the intermediate stage of a non-
susceptible animal. Owing to the long incubation period, he
could not, however, obtain data in support of this view. With
regard to the possibility of the tick conveying the parasite from
the pasture to the animal, it may be well to consider how the
pasture may become infected. Infection has been produced arti-
ficially by scattering mature ticks from infected animals over the
ground, and such seems to l)e the only method recognised at
present whereby infection may occur, viz , by the infected ticks
falling off the animal If the tick acts only or partly as a
mechanical agent in carrying the parasite, the infection of the
pasture is of paramount importance. Such infection is chiefly
caused by animals suffering from the fever. But it is also possible
that animals which have recovered, and the blood of which still
contains the parasite, as well as animals which, bi'ed in an infected
country, have the parasite latent in their system, probably through
repeated tick inoculation, may also form the nucleus of an out-
break. Preventive inoculation b}' the use of what is known as
recovered blood — that is, the blood of animals which have
recovered from the disease — is a process which may not be
unattended with danger. The practice would be innocuous did
the recovered blood contain no parasite, but this cannot be said
to be the case. As a result of the inoculation, the animal develops
the fever, and during this time at least the blood will contain the
parasite. One cannot doubt that a single tick sucking this blood
may be the means of starting the disease in a new locality. But
to return to the infection of the pasture, during an acute attack
of the fever the animal is constipated, passing dung which is
frequently blood-stained, and since the blood harbours the parasite
a transference of the causative agent to the pasture occurs. The
kidneys are found charged with the parasite, and since they are
in a pathological condition it seems possible that the protozoon
may pass into the urine. Although the latter has often been
examined, the parasite has never been found in it with certainty.

BY R. GKEIG SMITH. 595

Bouome (7) found the parasite in the urine of sheep suffering
from parasitic ictei'o-haematuria. Against the view that the
tick carries tlie parasite directly from the ground to the animal.
are the experiments performed in America and Queensland, (4)
showing that a strained watery emulsion of crushed larval ticks
does not produce the disease. If these experiments are to be
trusted as indicating a fact, viz., that on or in the larval tick
there are no cattle parasites, there only j'emains the probability
that the cattle parasite i.s matured in the body of the tick from
an alternative form which nuiy be called the tick parasite. This
view is the one at present held, being engendered by these experi-
ments and also perhaps on account of some similarity between
Texas fever and malaria.

LITERATURE.
1. — Theobald Smith, Centralblatt ftir Bakteriologie, 1 Abt. xiii. 511.
2. — Stakcovici, Centralblatt ftir Bakteriologie, 1 Abt. xiv. 1.
3. — Celli and Santori, Centralblatt fiir Bakteriologie, 1 Abt. xxi. 561.
4. — Sidney Hunt and Collins, Report on Tick Fever, 1896.
5. — Sidney Hunt, Queensland Agricultural Journal, Vol. iii. Part 3.
6. — NicoLLE and Adil Bey, Annales de 1' Institut Pasteur, xiii. 336.
7.— ScHNEiDEMUEHL, Die Protozoen als Krankheitserreger, 18PS.
8. — Wasielewski, Die Sporozoen, 1896.

596

ON THREE NEW SPECIES OF EUCALYPTUS.

By R. T. Baker, E.L.S., Curator, Technological Museum,

Sydney.

(Plates XLiii.-XLV.)

Eucalyptus oreades, .sp.nov.

A '* Mouutaiu Ash."

(Plate xliii.)

A tall tree with a smooth \vhitish bark down to the ground,
or sometimes leaving a lighter i-ough bark 6-8 feet from the
ground.

Young leaves thin, elliptical-oval, shortly acuminate on a
petiole of about an inch or more; venation more distinct than on
mature leaves. Mature leaves long, often 9 inches, thick, shining,
dark green on both sides, on rather long petioles, lanceolate,
falcate, venation distinct, intramarginal vein removed from the
edge, lateral veins very oblique, often approaching the venation
of E. coriac.a, A. Cunn. Oil glands numerous.

Peduncles axillary not numerous, generally with about <6-'6
flowers. Calyx-tube hemispherical, on a pedicel of about 2-3
lines. Operculum hemispherical, acuminate, about the size of
the calyx. Stamens recurved in the bud; all fertile. Anthers
kidney-shaped. Ovary small, flat-topped

Fruit hemispherical, rarely pyriform, about 3 lines in diameter,
the i"im thin, capsule sunk, valves rarely or scarcely exserted.

Flab. — Lawson {H. G. Smith and Ii.T.B.): Mount Victoria and
road to Jenolan Caves [R. 11. Camhage).

This tree is allied to A'. Sieheriana, F.v.M., in the venation
and shape of the leaves and nature of timbei', but it differs from
it in its smooth bark and shape of fruits.

BY R. T. UAKER.

59"

When seen in its native habitat it might easily be passed by
as E. sidiy ua, Sm., but it differs from that species in the timber,
fruits and chemical constituents of its oil, and venation of the
leaves.

In the venation of the leaves it might also be classified with
E. divs, Schau., but in no other feature does it approach that
species.

The fruits are somewhat similar to those of E. utricfa, 8ieb.,
E. ohtusijiora, and E. fra.viitoide!<, but smaller.

The venation and timber, as well as fruits and flowers, differ-
entiate it from E. co>iacea, A. Cunn., although^ some of its
chemical constituents connect it with that species.

In botanical sequence it is placed between E. Sieberiana,
F.V.M., and E. coriacea, A. Cunn.

This tree so far has only been found at the heads of gullies on
the Blue Mountains, at the foot of precipitous sandstone cliffs,
and always near the foot of waterfalls on the edge of the pools.
It grows very tall, with scarcely a branch till near the top or
head, Avhich generally appears above the top of the smaller
gullies.

It very possibly has been looked upon or classed as E. faliyiKi,
Sm., which is sometimes found on the banks of streams near the
coast, both having a similar silver-grey shining bark.

[f it were not for the fruit and buds it might be regarded as
a sinooth-l)arked variety of E. Sieberi'i.na, F.v.M. ; but this
cortical variation lias now been shown to have very little to
support it in the field, taken in conjunction with other features.

Timbsr. — A light pale-coloured, rather soft timber, fissile, and
not easily distinguished from that of E. Sieheridna, F.v.M.
(" Mountain Ash ") ; it should l)e classified amongst the
" Ashes." It is ([uite a distinct tiniljer from " Blue Gum," E.
salviwi, and it is only suitable for indoor work. As its specific
('ravity is light and the timber tough it might l)e tried as a
substitute for English Willow. It is largely used in the saw
mills on Mount Victoria, towards Jenolan (R. H. Cambage).

598 THREE XEW SPECIES OF EUCALYPTUS,

Oil. —Oil distilled from fresh leaves averaged I'lG per cent.
The crude oil is only slightly coloured yellowish in tint; the recti-
fied oil is almost coloui'less. The specific gravity of crude oil
was -8869 at 15' C, whilst the specific gravity of rectified oil
below 190' was -8646 at 15° C. Sp. gr. fraction 240-275. 9 per
cent. = -9377 at 15° C. Specific rotation crude oil [a] j) - 25-6".
Specific rotation large fraction [a] j) - 35-7°.

A large quantity of phellandrene was present. No eucalyptol
could be detected.

On rectification 83 per cent, distilled below 190° C, 4 per cent,
below 240° C. and 9 per cent, below 275° C

The third fraction contains a small quantity of eudesmol deter-
mined by crystallisation. It does not appear to contain in any
e.-ctent the constituent which gives to the oils of E. Sieberiana,
F.V.M., E. coriacea, A. Cunn., E. dives, Schau., their character-
istic odour (H. G. Smith).

Kino. — The exudation kino of this tree is tough, astringent,
and contains no gum, eudesmin or aromadendron. The tannin
gives a blue-purple colour, with ferric chloride in dilute aqueous
solution, and a blue-purple colour and a dark precipitate at once
with a solution of iron alum (H. G. Smith).

E. MACULOSA, sp.nov.

" Spotted Gum."

(Plate xliv.)

A tree rarely exceeding 60 feet in height, usually from 20-40
feet (W.B.). Bark smooth to the ground.

Young leaves lanceolate, 2 or 3 inches long, opposite, very
naiTow. Mature leaves narrow, lanceolate, falcate, not shining,
same colour on Ijoth sides, venation obscure, intramarginal vein
close to the edge, lateral veins oblique. Some trees have the
leaves quite rigid and erect.

BY K. T. BAKER. 090

Peduncles axillary, slender, under G lines long, bearing from
4-16, occasionall}' 20, sessile or sliurtly pedicellate flowers. Calyx
turbinate, about 1 line long; operculum of equal length, obtuse.
Stamens all fertile, short and incurved, the free end appeai'ing
pendulous in the bud, as shown in the plate. Anthers small,
ovoid, opening by longitudinal slits, connective prominent. Ovary
flat-topped.

Fruit in the earl}' stage much resembles that of E. ]i(Hmn><tt)ni(i,
var. micraiitha, and probably this species has been placed in the
past under that variety. In the mature stage the fruit is turbinate,
and resembles some forms of E. SmitJiH, R.T.B., about "2 lines in
diameter, rim domed, valves e.xsertpd, obtuse.

'iah. — Bungendore ( IF. Ba'up.rJen); Charley's Forest, Braidwuud
( ir. BdnerJen).

It grows in poor open forest ground up to 50 to 60 feet in
height, and from 1 to 3 feet in diameter, with a rather dense
head. Some trees on the ridges have the appearance in the
distance of Pines, hence it is sometimes called "Pine." In a
shrubb)' form it flowers when only 4 or 5 feet high. The bark
is of different shades of grey, or l)luish or yellow, with spots of
about the same size and shape as those of E. maculatn, Hook.,
the true " Spotted Gum." The Wark is smooth to the ground
(W. Bauerlen).

This species has probably in the past (as stated above) been
confounded with E. hrema'^f.oma, Sm., var. mlcrantha, Benth., (vide
Eucalyptographia, Dec. ii , EJ. hceiaastoma, Sm., " Spotted
Gum"). It differs, however, from that species and its variety in
the shape of mature fruits, venation of leaves, in all the stamens
being fertile, in the anthers being parallel, and especially in the
chemical constituents of the oil. The bark of this species is
always more bluish and less glossy than E. hcematiioina, Sm. The
two trees are often associated (W.B.).

It has atfinity with E. Smithii in the fruits in some instances,
and particularl}^ in the chemical composition of its oil. With the
original " Spotted Gum," E. ?)iaci</ata, Hook., it has little or no
affinity.

600 THREE NEW SPECIES OF EUCALYPTUS,

On account of the markings on the bark it could with equal
justice be called Spotted Gum as E. mac^d'Ha, but to distinguish
it from that species and to record its field character the name of
E. nuicnJosa is proposed. The two species, however, are never
found together in the same locality (W. Bauerlen).

From the nature of the timber, bark, shape of buds and fruits,
venation of leaves, this species is placed tentatively after E.
vimi'KtIu, Labill.

Its chemical constituents connect it with E. Snt.ithii, R.T.B.

Under this species it ma}' be mentioned that two other trees
are known by the same vernacular as this tree, viz. : —

(1) "Spotted Gum," at Charley's Forest and Fagan's Creek,
Braid wood (W.B.).

(2) "Spotted Gum," at Ilford (K.T.B.).

The chemical and botanical evidence points, as far as yet
examined, to these being distinct from the " Spotted Gum" of
Bungeiidore, but in the meantime they are placed here tentatively
as var. A. and var. B. of this species.

Var. A. is at certain seasons the host of a Psyllid, producing
a beautifully figured, yellow-coloured lerp.

Var. B., when wounded, exudes a whitish substance called by
the settlers "butter-milk " (G. Hari'is).

Timber. -The timber of the Bungendore specimens closely
resembles that of the so-called E. Guunii, Hook., occurring on
the Snowy Mountains of this Colony, but is a little harder. It
is straight-grained, free and easy to work, seasons badly, and is
generally depreciated in value by the presence of gum-veins. It
is a poor commercial timber. The timl^ers of the varieties A and
B arH similar in texture, but superior in hardness to the type,
but nevertheless cannot l)e recommended for commercial use.

Oil. — The crude oil is a light amber colour. The yield of oil
from fresh leaves gave lOG per cent., a mean of three distilla-
tions. The rectified oil is of a light yellowish tint, anrl in odour,
taste, etc., resembles rectified Eucalyptus oils of the better class.

BY R. T. 15AKEU. 601

It contains no phellandrene, but a small quantity of dextrorota-
tory pinene is present. The rectified oil (fraction representing
87 per cent, of crude oil) contained 45-5 per cent, eucalyptol,
rather less than should be demanded in a good Eucalyptus oil, as
myself and colleague have suggested 48 per cent, of eucalyptol as
the minimum allowable in oils used medicinally (see recommenda-
tions by the New South "Wales committee appointed to deal with
the addendum to the British Pharinacopceia). The specific
gravity of the crude oil at 15° C. = "9858. The specific gravity
of the rectified oil at 15° C. = -9075. The sjsecific rotation of the
crude oil = [a] ]3 + 3-66. The specific rotation of the rectified
oil = [a] D + 3-31; 92 per cent, of the crude oil distilled below
185° C. (H. G. Smith).

Mr. W. Biiuerlen, who is familiar with E. hct)aa,stoina, Sm.,
and E. maculosa in the field, states "that there can be no doubt
about their being distinct species, although there is so much
similarity in the leaves and sometimes also in the general aspect
that sometimes under certain conditions it is rather difficult to
distinguish them. On comparison, however, one finds buds and
fruits quite different, so much so that I only need speak of the
trees as they appear in the field under certain conditions. Under
such conditions E. hcemastorna, Sm., is all round the larger of the
two, attaining a diameter of 2-5 feet, sometimes the butt bulging
enormously near the ground; if anything it is more crooked than
E. maculosa usually is, the trunk not being by far so spotted as
E. macidosa, and always quite different in colour; this holds
invariably from the youngest saplings, or even seedlings, to the
oldest trees. The trunks of E. maculosa are always bluish with
dark grey spots, or sometimes reddish or greenish spots, and always
dull coloured, while the trunks of E. hcBmastoma are always of a
creamy colour, often, especiall}^ in the limbs, approaching quite
white, V)ut not dull or chalky; they have the appearance as if
the}', were rubbed over with soap.

" Both trees are smooth to the very ground, but the difference
of colour on the trunk never misled me in one instance. The
foliage of E. maculosa is ahvavs more bluish, and the leaves more
39

602 THREE NEW SPECIES OF EUCALYPTUS,

drooping; the veining is more conspicuous in the leaves of this
species, and the leaves in the young state are narrower than the
leaves in general, although there is very little difference.

" In some localities, like the steep, stony hillside near Lake
George, it is more difficult to distinguish the two trees, especially
when young; there E. hcemastoma has a very dense head with
very narrow leaves, and also somewhat bluish in colour, but the
trunks have their respective blue or creamy colour, and after a
little experience one soon distinguishes the trees by that, if by
nothing else. E. maculosa never has the insect markings
(scribbles) so persistently found on E. ho'mastoma"

Eucalyptus patentinervis, sp.nov.
" Bastard Mahogany."

(Plate xlv.)

A medium- sized tree as far as seen, with a stringy bark similar
to that of E. resinifera, Sm. Ultimate branchlets angular.

Young leaves ovate, shortly acuminate, lanceolate, thin, almost
membranous, petiole slender, from 1 to 2 inches long, venation
prominent, intramarginal vein removed from the edge. Mature
leaves lanceolate-falcate, coriaceous, acuminate, almost a foot long
in some cases, not shining, colour uniform on both sides, petiole
rather slender, channelled above, venation very distinct in the
coast trees but finer in the inland ones, lateral veins very pro-
minent and spreading, curved, numerous, the intramarginal vein
removed from the edge. Oil glands very numerous.

Peduncles axillary, about 1 inch long, flattened, bearing about
10 fairly large flowers. Calyx occasionally angular, 6 lines long.
Operculum about as long as the calyx, conical, sometimes concave
below the summit. Stamens long, inflexed in the bud, all fertile.
Anthers parallel. Ovary dome-topped.

Fruits large, hemispherical to pyriform, on a pedicel of about
4 lines, 5 lines in diameter, rim quite 1 line broad; valves j^ro-
minently exserted, acute, nearly 3 lines long.

BY R. T. BAKER. 603

Hab. — Ballina ( W. Bcmerlen); Bungwall {A. Rii^dder).

At Ballina this tree is found on poor sandy soil associated with
E. tereticoi'nis, Sm., and E. corymbosa, Sm., whilst at Bungwall
it occurs on low clayey soil. It grows to a fairly large size, but
always crooked, with a stem diameter from 2 to 3 feet, but soon
branching, the limbs long and stout, gnarled and crooked; clear
trunk about 10 feet in height (W. Bauerlen). The bark is fibrous,
though not so fibrous as in the true "Stringybark," but resembling
that of £J. resinifera, Sm., more than any other, and extending
right out to the branchlets, or nearly so.

Timber. — Not used, apparently worthless (W. B.).

The common name of "Bastard Mahogany" might lead one to
place it under HJ. resinifera, Sm., and no doubt it may have been
classed in herbaria with that species, but it is certainly distinct
from it. The leaves of E. resinifera have " numerous fine, close,
parallel and almost transverse veins, sometimes scarcely con-
spicuous, the intramarginal one close to the edge." This species
has more the venation of E. tereticornis, Sm. The transverse
veins are oblique and prominent, and the intramarginal one
removed from the edge, particularly so in the young leaves. The
venation, therefore, shows no connection with E. resinifera, Sm.,
nor does it with E. pellita, F.v.M. From this latter species it
also differs in the shape and size of the calyx-tube, and also in
the fruits. The only connection apparently with E. resinifera is
in the bark. The timber does not appear to have the reputation
for quality similar to that of E. resinifera.

According to F. v. Mueller, E. ^^eZ^ito, F.v.M., is closely con-
nected with E. botryoides and also E. saligna, but this species has
quite a distinct venation from any of these; in fact, it would be
difficult to connect it with them.

Mr. Bauerlen has observed in the field that the base of the
stamens is always coloured red.

In botanical sequence it is placed between E. tereticornis, Sm.,
and E. rudis, Endl.

604 THREE NEW SPECIES OP EUCALYPTUS.

EXPLANATION OF PLATES.

Plate xliii. — E. oreades.

Fig. 1. — Young leaf.

Fig. 2. — Terminal branchlet with early buds.

Fig. 3. — Twig with mature leaf, leaves and buds.

Fig. 4. — Mature leaf.

Fig. 5. — Section of bud ,

Fig. 6. — Anther (back and front view) f °

Figs. 7-9.— Fruits.

Plate xliv. — E. maculosa.

Fig. 1. — Sucker-leaves from Bungendore.
Fig. 2. — Twigs with iiowers and buds.
Fig. 3. — Section of bud ■.

Fig. 4. — Anther (back and front view) j °

Figs. 5-6.— Fruits.

Plate xlv. — E. patentinervis.

Fig. L — Sucker or young leaf.

Fig. 2 — Mature leaves and twig, with buds and flower.

Fig. 3.— Early buds.

Fig. 4. — Section of bud showing ovary i

Fig. 5. — Anther (back and front view \ °

Figs. 6-7. — Fruits.

605

ON TWO NEW SPECIES OF CASUARIXA.

By R. T. Baker, F.L.S., Curator, Technological Museum,

Sydney.

(Plates xlvi.-xlvii.)

Casuarina Cambagei, sp.nov. — "Belah."

(Plate xlvi.)

A tree attaining a height of from 70 to 100 feet, dioecious,
glabrous; branchlets glaucous or dark green in the slender form,
ascending, internodes varying in length up to half an inch; not
prominently angled.

Whorls 9-10-merous, the sheath- teeth acute.

Male spikes at the ends of the branchlets, in the slender variety
from 1 to 2 inches long, in the glaucous variety usually 1 inch
long; sheathing teeth erect.

Cones cylindrical, about 12 to 14 lines lung and 10-12 broad,
truncate; valves obtuse, very prominent, glabrous or minutely
hoary pubescent on the exposed dorsal half, with a dorsal pro-
minence or thickening. Nuts pale-coloured, 3 lines long including
samara.

Hah. — Mount Hope, Forbes, Bogan River Country, Condobolin,
Nymagee (^. H. Cambage); Bourke to Barringun (E. Riclye). In
fact it occurs from the Queensland to the Victorian borders
between the Darling River and the main Dividing Range.

" Belah" has a very wide range in the interior of this Colony,
and has possibly in the past been confounded with C. glauca,
Sieb.; and there can be little doubt but that Bentham has included
it under his description of that species.

606 ON TWO NEW SPECIES OF CASUARINA,

The timbers differentiate these trees in a marked degree. The
timber of Sieber's C. glauca has the characteristic feature per-
taining to our She Oak trees — the medullary rays being very con-
spicuous and pronounced, producing an elegant figure when
the wood is cut on the quarter ; whilst "Belah," C. Cambagei,
possesses no figure whatever, and so in this respect shows no
affinity with any of the other species of the genus. In fact,
it was not till attention was drawn to this feature by Mr.
Cambage that a new species was detected in this particular case.
Bentham (B.Fl. Vol. vi. p. 196) under Sieber's C. glauca records
that species (amongst other localities) as ranging "from the
Lachlan and Darling Rivers to the Barrier Range." Now
Sieber's type with the " Smaller cones and very numerous rather
smaller valves very regularly arranged " was collected by him in
the coast disti'ict of the Colony; it does not extend beyond the
mountains, and it can be shown to be a distinct species from this
one, so that Bentham, working on herbai'ium material, might
easily be led to include the coast and interior trees as one and
the same species, as there is some resemblance in the branchlets
and pei'haps in the cones of the two.

Sieber's C. glauca differs from this interior species in its "smaller
cones, and its smaller and more regularly arranged valves " —
which have not a dorsal thickening as holds in this species.

The nuts of the two species never could be confounded— those
of C glauca being very small, with a narrow samara, whilst
those of this species are twice as long and have a broad samara.
The male spikes of C. glauca, Sieb., are twice the length and have
long revolute hair-like sheath-teeth in contradistinction to the
short and erect ones of this species.

The valves of the fruits of this species are also quite distinct,
those of C glauca being of an uniform thickness; they are also
quite distinct from those of C. equiseti/olia, Forst.

The cones ai-e allied to those of C stricta, Ait., and it might
here be stated that very possibly Bentham's synonymy under that
species (B.Fl. Vol. vi. p. 195) will require, in face of our present
knowledge, to be i-evised, as some of the species are quite worthy

BY R. T. BAKER. 607

of specific rank. It would appear now that Casuarinas, like
Eucalypts, cannot always bedetermined satisfactorily on herbarium
material alone.

In botanical sequence it is placed after C. stricta, Ait., as it
has -branchlets and sheath-teeth similar to that species and some-
what similar fruit.

Baron von Mueller in his Fragmenta (Vol. x. p. 115) describes
a species of Casuarina under the name of C. lepidophloia, from
imperfect material, and so it is rather difficult to know to what
ti'ee he refers. Through the kindness of Mr. J. G. Luehmann,
F.L.S., Curator of the National Herbarium, Melbourne, I have
been enabled to examine the specimens on which Mueller founded
his species, and except in the diameter of the leaflets (in some
cases) there is nothing to connect it with this new species. The
bark of " Belah " is certainly not " flaky."

Mueller states (^loc. cit.) that C. le/ndophloia occurs amongst
C. ylauca, but this needs some explanation, as C. glauca is not
found in the interior; perhaps it was this particular species that
he referred to under C. glauca, Sieb. The timber of this tree is
so characteristic that had Baron von Mueller intended his descrip-
tion to apply to this species he would have described or referred
to so peculiar a wood. The valves are rarely "fulvous pubescent,"
but nearly always whitish.

This new species is also one of the largest trees of the interior.

Timber. — The most marked specific difference of " Belah" is, as
stated above, in the character of its timber. C . glauca, Sieb.,
("Swamp Oak") has the usual timber characteristics of "She
Oaks," but this tree possesses a timber quite distinct from that of
any other of the Natural Order. The medullary rays can only
with difficulty be traced, and whilst all other Casuarinco timbers
split on the quarter, this timber splits more readily at right
angles to the rays, and this is one of the timber-getter's tests for
the species. AVhen "dressed" it has very little figure, is of a
yellowish colour, close-grained, hard, and, in fact, more resembles
English Hornbeam than any other Australian timber that has

608 ON TWO NEW SPECIES OF CASUAIiTyA,

come under my notice. When placed amongst other Museum
specimens of She Oaks, it shows little or no affinity with them.
It is jjerhaps the hardest timber in the Western area of the
Colon}'.

Fodder,— The branchlets are cut in considerable quantity for
fodder (R. H. Cambage).

Casuakixa Luehmanni, sp nov. — "Bull Oak."

(Plate xlvii.)

A fair-sized tree, attaining a height of 70 to 80 feet, or rarely
100 feet, and a diameter of from 1 to H feet, rarely 2 feet. Bark
furrowed, brittle, and easily removed. Branchlets robust, light
coloured or glaucous, under a line (|) in diameter, about the same
thickness as in C. g/aiica, Sieb., the internodes ribbed, 6 lines
long, glaucous, the nodes yellow, sheath-teeth brown or l)lack,.
short, acute, 9 to 12 in the wlu)rl, mostly 11.

riowei's dicecious. ]Male spikes about an inch long, of a light
golden-brown colour, clustered at the nodes toward the end of
the branchlets; internodes straw-coloured; teeth golden-coloured,
erect, short, acuminate, constricted at the nodes.

Fruit cones flattened, about ^ inch in diameter, and consisting
almost uniformly of three discs or rows of valves, but often
irregularly shaped, owing apparently to onl}' a few of the seeds
being developed. Valves protruding, prominent, sometimes
pubescent at the back and front, with a well defined dorsal pro-
tuberance extending from the base of the valve to half its length
and ending in ah abrupt angle broadly obtuse or shortly acumin-
ate. Nuts small, dai'k brown, shining, with a short samara.

Hab. — -Forbes, Parkes, Condobolin (E. H. Camhage), Grenfell,
Bourke to Barringun.

The range is almost identical with that of " Belah," C. Camhagei.

Following Bentham's classification (B.Fl. Vol. vi. p. 194), this
species belongs to the section Leiopitys — ^whorls 7-16-merous, and

BY R. T. BAKER. 609

of the species in this section it has greatest affinities with 6'.
glauf-a, Siel)., and C. lepidophloia, F.v.M. The branchlets by
their thickness and colour distinguish it from C . stricta, Ait., and
other inland species. The fruits are so characteristic and constant
throughout its extensive range that the species cannot easily be
confounded with any other.

Timber. — A hard close-grained wood. The heart wood is of a
deep red colour, toning off to pale towards the bark. Medullary
rays very pronounced, especiall}^ in a transverse section (vi'ie Mr.
Cambage's remarks appended). Useful for cabinet and orna-
mental work.

To Mr. R. H. Cambage, L.8., Mining Surveyor of the Mines
Etepartment, is due the credit of having determined in the field
the specific differences of these two trees from cognate species,
particularly in regard to their timber characters, and he writes
concerning them : —

' The " Belah" and " Bull Oak" are two Casuarinas growinc: in
the western districts of N. S. Wales. Their general appearance
is somewhat similar, but after a little practice they can be readily
identified at a distance of quite a quarter of a mile in level
country.

'The most striking difference is that the "Belah" has a darker
and denser foliage than the " Bull Oak." The branchlets of the
former are finer but more numerous, and this latter fact always
gives one the impression that the " Belah " is a very healthy
looking tree, while the foliage of the " Bull Oak " looks a little
more sparse and of a lighter colour, that of the "Belah" being a
dark green. The " Belah" is cut considerably for fodder, while
the " Bull Oak " is little used for that purpose. On approaching
the two trees it becomes manifest that the bark of the " Belah"
is the smoother, while that of the " Bull Oak '' is considerably
furrowed and thicker. On cutting the trees it is found that the
" Bull Oak " is a mass of medullary rays, some of which are 1 of
an inch across as seen on the top of a stump. I have noticed them

610 ON TWO FEW SPECIES OF CASUARINA,

on old exposed stumps near Forbes on which the wetithering has
acted more upon the wood around the edge and between the rays
than upon the rays theinselv^es, the effect being that towards the
edge of the stump the rays may be seen standing in relief like so
many blades while the sap and wood between have disappeared.

'The "Belah" when cut down discloses practically no medullary
rays, but some very tine ones may be seen in cross sections of the
upper branches. My attention was tirst drawn to this matter
some years ago when I noticed that my axemen in splitting Oak
would split it, to use their own term, "on the quarter," that is
along the line of the medullary rays, but in splitting "Belah" it
would be "on the back," or at right angles to the I'ays. Knowing
that this course was followed because it was easier, I looked for the
cause and found that great assistance was obtained from the rays
in the Oak, and but little from the very fine ones in the "Belah."

' Habitat. — The " Bull Oak " is generally found growing on
fairly level land, but not necessarily a flat, while the "Belah" is
usually considered as an indication of dampness, probably low
land subject to water in wet weather, and known as " gilgai
country " from the numerous natural water basins which bear
that name. It is not usual to find the two trees growing alter-
nately along any route that may be travelled, but the gi'oups or
belts may alternate, as, for instance, the " Bull Oak " may be
followed for a few iniles when it will, perhaps, cease and before
it reoccurs one or more belts of "Belah" may be passed. In some
cases the one group will continue right up to the other, so that
in the distance of a few chains many trees of each may be noticed.'

I have to acknowledge my indebtedness to Mr. J. G. Luehmann,
F.L.S., Curator, National Herbarium, Melbourne, for his assist-
ance in the differentiation of these species by the loan of speci-
mens.

BY R. T. BAKER. 611

EXPLANATION OF PLATES.

(Plate xlvi.)

" Belah " — Casuarina Cambagei, E.T.B.

Fig. 1. — Twig with bianchlets with staminate spikes.

Fig. 2.— Sheathing-teeth of branchlet (enlarged).

Fig. 3. — Portion of branchlet showing stamens (enlarged).

Fig. 4. — Pistillate flowers.

Fig. 5. — Fruit cone.

Fig. 6.— Nut.

(Plate xlvii.)

" Bull Oak"— C. Liifhmauni, E.T.B.

Fig. 1. — Twig with terminal branchlets and young cones.

Fig. 2. — Staminate spikes.

Fig. 3.— Sheathing-teeth of branchlet (enlarged).

Fig. 4. — Fruit cones.

Fig. 5.— Nut.

612

OBSERVATIONS ON THE EUCALYPTS OF NEW
SOUTH \YALES.

Part VI.

By Henry Deaxe, M.A., F.L.S., and J. H. JNIaiden, F.L.S.

(Plates xlviii.-l.)

Eucalyptus conica, sp.nov.

(Plate xlviii., figs. 1-3.)

A Box of medium size; a pretty, graceful tree, with pendulous
branches.

Vernacular names. — "Fuzzy Box," " Bastai'd Box," " Yellow
Box," " Grey Box" or "Woolly Butt," " Apple Box."

Bark. — Of the ordinary " box " character, but in districts where
the two trees grow together rougher than that of E. hemijj/iloia;
persistent in all cases, right on to the small branches.

Timber. — Reddish-yellow, and very tough when dry ; much
redder than ordinary Box (R. H. Cambage).

Sucker-leaves. — Pale green, not glaucous; broadly ovate; the
intramarginal vein considerably distant from the margin, and,
with the midrib, giving the leaf a triplinerved appearance.

McUure leaves. — Lanceolate, ultimately narrow-lanceolate, and,
say, 4 inches long by half an inch Inroad; varying, however, in
length and width, and some branchlets including very wide
leaves; the intramarginal vein is distinctly removed from the
edge of the leaf, although this is of course less marked in the case
of narrow leaves ; the venation is oblique, \mi few of these
secondary veins are as prominent as the intramarginal vein. The
foliage is drooping and has frequentl}^ long stalks.

BY HEXRY DEANE AND J. H. MAIDEN. 613

Buck. — Clavate, the calyx-tube greatly exceeding the operculum
in size; the operculum nearly hemispherical, with a small umbo;
the calyx-tube tapering gradually to the common point of attach-
ment to the stalk, the buds being sessile.

Flowers. — This is a very floriferous species; the inflorescence is
arranged in panicles of several inches, the individual umbels having
a maximum of six or seven flowers. Stigma hardly dilated;
anthers small, opening in terminal -pores, all fertile and inflected
in the bud.

Fruits. — Narrow conical (hence the specific name), tapering to
the point of attachment of the common stalk. Often not quite
symmetrical, and somewhat pear-shaped. Greatest length, say,
f inch by, say, JV inch broad. Thin rim; the valves, which are
three or four and very small, are deepl}' sunk. Of a pale brown
colour and shining.

Range. — Found in much of the country west of the Dividing
Range and its spurs, forming, with E. hemiphloia and F. Behriana,
the ■' Box " of the western country.

Resembles E. Stuartiana so much that on the Lachlan it is
called "Apple Box" (R.H.C.).

The afiinity of E conica is undoubtedly closest to E. polyan-
thema, though the trees are, in our opinion, so distinct that we
cannot make one a variety of the other. At the same time it is
not a strong species. The principal differences between it and
E. jioly anthem a, may be indicated as follows — its more pendulous
habit, its less furrowed bark, which is often of a yellowish cast,
its paler timber, and its narrower and non-glaucous foliage. In
E. conica the umbels are separate in the axils of the leaves, or,
by suppression of the terminal one, become an elongated panicle.
The operculum is not nearly as long as the calyx-tube, while the
anthers are all fertile. As regards the fruits, the fruit of E.
conica is more narrow or slender conical and the rim is more
depressed. The rim of the fruit does not appear to be indented
in E. conica, while it is of common occurrence in E. pol ijanthema.

614 ON THE EUCALYPTS OF N.S.W., PART VI.,

And, speaking generally, E. conica is glabrous while E. polyan-
thema is more or less glaucous.

E. AGGREGATA, sp.nOV.

(Plate xlix.)

An umbrageous tree, probably worthy of cultivation in cold,
damp situations, for ornamental purposes.

Local names. — "Peppermint" at Wallerawang, probably
because of the fibrous appearance of the bark. Known as
" Plooded Gum " in most districts, an exception to the usual rule
in Australia to limit the term " Gum " to those species of
Eucalypts having smooth or nearly smooth barks. It has been
called both " Sally " and " Messmate " in the Crookwell district;
while it is known as " Black Gum " at Pagan's Ci'eek, according
to Mr. Bauerlen.

Bark. — Box-like or rather more tiaky; between that of a Box
and a Stringybark or Woollybutt; cuts woolly. The trunk, large
and small branches are all rough; the ultimate branchlets alone
being smooth. \\\ old trees very thick and containing essential
oil.

Timber. — White and tough when fresh, but the trunk is
usually not straight enough and large enough, as a general rule,
for marketable timber; reckoned worthless for standing in the
ground.

Young leaves. — Quite glabrous ; oval to nearly oblong; strictly
opposite up to an inch long ; the margins undulate; mucronate
with a short point. Young trees are often eaten down by cattle.

Mature leaves. — Foliage semi-pendulous, lanceolate in shape;
usually symmetrical, but oblique leaves not rare ; undulate ;
equally green on both sides, scarcely shining ; on the average
probably 4^ inches long by 1 broad. Intramarginal vein con-
siderably removed from the edge; other veins few but conspicuous;
very oblique.

BY HENRY DEANE AND J. H. MAIDEN. 615

Buds. — Usually four to six in the umbel, but sevens not rare;
stalk up to ^ inch long, hardly compressed, more compressed as
the fruit reaches maturity; the stalklets short and round. The
operculum and calyx-tube about equal, and both tapering towards
a point, the operculum being nearly conical.

Flowers. — Stamens apparently all fertile and inflected in the
bud; stigma not dilated; anthers opening by parallel slits.

Fruits. — Hemispherical in shape and sometimes, owing to the
shortening of the stalklets, so clustered together as to form a
dense head, hence the specific name ; small, not exceeding
-yq inch in diameter, with a well-defined, sharp rim, domed, and
with 3 or 4 well exserted valves.

Size. — Usually small gnarled trees, but a number 30 or 40 feet
with a trunk of 12-18 inches or even 2 feet.

Habitat and range. — Alluvial flats, following watercourses or
depressions; always found in damp situations, hence the name
" Flooded Gum." As regards its western localities, up to the present
it has only been found west of the Blue Mountains — Wallerawang
(H.D), Rydal (J.H.M.); Jenolan Caves (W. Blakely); near
Orange, on the Cadia-road, which remains its most western
locality at present (R. H. Cambage) ; Rockley and Burraga
(R.H.C.). It has not been recorded north of Sydney, and its
southern localities are Nimbo Station, head of Queanbeyan Ri^'er;
also Crookwell (H.D.) and Fagan's Creek, Braid wood district
(Mr W. BJiuerlen, communicated by Mr. R. T. Baker).

Its closest aftinity is undoubtedly to E. 3Iaca7'thu7'i. Both grow
in similar situa.tions, are strikingly similar in appearance, have
bark of similar texture and not dissimilar-lookinsj fruit. Tlie
venation of the mature leaves and the shape of the sucker leaves,
however, divide them sharply.

From E. Stuartiana our species is distinguished by its dai^ker
bark, smaller fruits, venation of leaves, &c. The leaves of E.
Stuartiana are also of a darker green, and the fruits are larger.
E. Stuartiana would not have been referred to in this connection
were it not that some of the older botanists looked upon the
present species as a variety of E. Stuartiana.

616 ON THE EUCALYPTS OF N.S.W., PART VI.,

E. NOVA-ANGLICA,* Sp.nov.

"Black Peppermint" of New England.

(Plate 1.)

It is the Eucalypt No. 2, " Broad-suckered Peppermint" of
p. 541 of Maiden's "Eucalj-pts of the New England Table-land"
(Report A.A.A.S. vii.).

It is gregarious and occupies considerable areas often to the
exclusion of other arboreal vegetation (J. F. Campbell).

Bark. — Dark straight bark (hence the local name " Black
Peppermint ") ; thinner than that of E. Stuartiana (" White
Peppermint " or " Apple "). Semi-persistent on the trunk, more
or less ribbony on the Iwughs and deciduous on the ultimate
branchlets.

Timber. — Of a pinkish or pale red colour when fresh, dr^dng to
a pale colour. It is of a soft nature, liable to rapid decay on
reaching maturity. Of no commercial value, but used for fencing
in the absence of more durable timber.

Sucker leaves. — Intensely glaucous, often 3 inches long and 21
inches broad. Orbicular to cordate; often stem-clasping. Twigs
inclining to quadrangular in very early stage.

Mature leaves. — Lanceolate, and, when fully mature, three to
four inches long and half an inch wide on the average. Veins
strongly marked, pinnate and anastomosing, the intramarginal
vein at some distance from the edge; the midrib and the intra-
marginal veins often pink, as are sometimes the other veins, while
the leaf itself is often suffused with a tinge of the same colour.
On the same twig it is a common occurrence to obtain the
ordinary mature glabrous foliage interspersed with abundance of
glaucous foliage of similar shape and of \arious stages towards
the normal sucker foliage. This has been referred to in Maiden's
Notes on the Eucah^pts of New England, already quoted, and is
an important character.

* In lieu of nco-amjlica, Abstract for November, 1898.

BY HENRY DEANE AND J. H. MAIDEN. 617

The foliage has a strong peppermint odour. Tlie twigs are
round.

Buch. — From two or three to six in an umbel, but clusters of
four or five are commonest. On a flattened stalk of about a
quarter of an inch; the stalklets less flattened and less than half
the length of the stalks. The buds glaucous and often pink or
purplish, ovoid, the top of the operculum somewhat pointed. The
operculum usually about the same size as the calyx-tube.

Flowers. — The flowers are usually borne in great profusion,
with bright yellow filaments. Stamens apparently all fertile and
inflected in the bud, anthers with parallel, distinct cells; style
of moderate length, the stigma nearly flat-topped and dilated a
little, the appearance of the dilatation being increased by the
constriction caused by the drying of the filament.

Frtdts. — Variable somewhat in size, but always under a quarter
of an inch in diameter; visually glaucous, but sometimes entirely
glabrous. In shape nearly hemispherical, with a well-defined,
more or less domed rim; the valves, which are indiff'erently three
or four in number, exserted, and sometimes well exserted.

Size. — ^"A healthy mature tree seldom exceeds 6 feet in girth,
after which it becomes a shell of much larger proportions and
groW'S to a height of some 50 feet and more " (J.F.C.).

Raitge. — " Grows on alluvial flats, preferring the clay soil
derived from the Silurian slate to that of the heavier basalt on
the lighter granite" (J. F. Campbell). It is common over the
greater portion of New England. It occurs on the summit of
Ben Lomond. It appears to occur in Victoria, specimens from
that colony possessing remarkable similarity to ours; the matter
might perhaps engage the attention of our Victorian co-worker.
We have shown elsewhere that the New England and Victorian
forms of other species {e.g., E. amygdalina, E. ohliqua) are very
similar, and in a number of cases New England plants have not
been recorded for hundreds of miles until southern New South
AVales or Victoria is reached.

The aftinity of E. nova-anglica is undoubtedly closest to E.

Stuartiana. Where the two species occur together the former
40

618 ON THE BUCALYPTS OF N.S.W., PART VI.,

goes by the name of Black Peppermint and the latter White-
Peppermint or Apple. The latter has a white zigzag or wrinkled
bark, thicker and much paler in colour than that of the Black
Peppermint. E. Stnartiana has thickish, fleshy leaves, largish
fruits (in comparison), and of a diflferent shape to those of E.
nova-anglica. The foliage of E. Stuartiatia is non-glaucous except
when young. Its buds are glabrous and of a different shape to
those of E. nova-anglica. Its leaves possess a less odour of
peppermint and are often eaten b}' cattle.

Twigs in bud and flower undoubtedly show some resemblance
to E. ruhida; the flowers of E. nova-anglica are, however, in more
than threes, while the bark is fibrous. Also the timber of E.
nova-anglica resembles that of the Messmate group; this circum-
stance alone sharply sepai'ates it from E. 7'nbida.

Miscellaneous Notts.

i. RENANTHERE.S;.

E. STRICTA, Sieb. No. 472.

An authentic specimen in the National Herbarium, Melbourne,
received from Prof. Engler (now of Berlin) is identical with the
narrow-leaved scrubby gum from the Blue Mountains as figured
by us in the Proc. for 1897, PL xxxi., fig. 17. The original of the
E. sfricta of the Flora Aiistraliensis, i.e., of Bentham, is somewhat
uncertain, this botanist perhaps having E. c7ieoriJolia, DC, before
him.

E. OBTUSIFLORA, DC.

The National Herbarium, Melbourne, contains two specimens
(single leaves only) from De Candolle's Herbarium, both diflferent
and both indeterminable.

It seems desirable to reject the name altogether. In Part iii.
of our "Observations" (Proc. 1897, p. 714) we expressed the
opinion that E. ohtusiflora should be retained as a species, because
we were then under the impression that we had absolutely identi-
fied De Candolle's plant, and that, under all the circumstances, it
was a convenience to retain the name. We have revived the

BY HENRY DEANE AND J. H. MAIDEN. G19

name E. virgata, and we are now of opinion that all the specimens
referable to E. ohhosijlora may be placed with E. stricta or E.
virgata. The plants known as E. oblusijiora, in fact, form a
connecting link or series of connecting links between these two
species.

E. viRUATA, Sieb.

Is, according to an authentic specimen in the National Herba-
rium, Melbourne, identical with E. Ltiehmanniana, F.v.M.

We would invite attention to what we have already written
under E. Liielimanniana and E. virgata (P.L.S.N.S.W., 1897, pp.
711-713, 717-719). It will be seen from perusal of this how full
of difficulty the subject is, but we have paid another visit to
Melbourne, and examination of additional material has convinced
us as to the identity of E. virgata as above stated, and this name
will stand and E. Luehrnannia7ia consequently fall. We believe
we have now arrived at finality in the matter, and invite attention
to our further remarks under var. altior.

This identification of virgata with Luehvianniana makes it
clear why Sieber adopted the name, as in the coast districts the
species is invariably virgate.

E. VIRGATA, Sieb., var. altior.

See p. 713 {loc. cit.). A consequence of the identification of E.
virgata with E. Liiehmanniana is that the variety referred to
must now bear the name E. virgata, var. altior. Following are
some additional notes concerning it. It is not only found at Mt.
Wilson, but at Mt. Victoria and other elevated parts of the Blue
Mountains. It is a typical ribbony gum, the ribbons being 8 or
1 0 feet long and even more, broad and tough. We think it very
probable the species has been sometimes noted as E. viiainalis,
judging from its appearance as a ribbony gum, but it is a hand-
somer and more erect species than E. viminalis. It is a tall tree,
very straight, 60-100 feet high and even more. It has absolutely
clean, shiny stems except at the butt, say for 8 or 10 feet, where
it is more or less fibrous. At Mt. Wilson it is associated with

620 ox THE EUCALYPTS OF N.S.W., PART VI.,

E. goniocalyx and at Mt. Victoria with the same species to a less
extent. It has reddish twigs, and sHghtly glaucous leaves rich
in oil.

Mr. J. L. Boorman has found this variety also in the southern
districts, viz., at Wingello, where it is known as "Messmate."
His specimens show the stalklets nearly round, and the rim of
the fruit less domed. It remains to be seen whether the southern
and western trees are not absolutely identical.

The Blue ^Mountain tree is known and cut commercially as
*' Mountain Ash." This is, of course, the ordinary name of E.
Sieberiana, F. v.M. The timbers of the two trees are not dissimilar,
neither are the immature fruits. We offer the statement with
considerable confidence, that herein lies the cause of the confusion
that has existed for so many years between E. virgata and E.
Sieberiana, long considered as synonyms (^vide Mueller's Eucalypto-
graphia under E. Sieberiana). Considering the splendid develop-
ment of the mountain form of E. virgata, there is no doubt that
the mountain ranges are the natural home of the species, while
the coast form is simply the depauperate form. In other words,
that what is now named var. altior should be the species, and the
virgate coast form simply a variety. We need scarcely say, how-
ever, that it would not he possible to alter the species name now.

E. HAEMASTOMA, Sm., var. MiCRANTHA, Benth.

Mr. W. Forsyth has recently found this variety near the head
of the Castlereagh River, which extends the range of the species
further towards the westward than it has previously been found
in this latitude. It is a large tree, and is locally known as
" Cabbage Gum."

ii. PORANTHERE.S:.

E. MELLIODORA, A. Cunu.

We would invite attention to a narrow-leaved form of this
species from the Lachlan and other parts of the colony. Leaves
2-3 inches long, and ^^ inch wide.

BY HENRY DP:ANE AND J. H. MAIDEN. 62)

IVIr. W. Forsyth has recently found this species near Coonabara-
bran. The fruits are nearly hemispherical, and in place of the
characteristic narrow Ijand or rim which usually encircles the
slightly constricted orifice, and which is well seen on a side view
of the fruit, thei'e is a dark coloured broadish rim best seen on
the top of the- expanding orifice, and reminding one of the rim
(and shape of fruit) of E. haemastoma.

This appearance is observed in fruits from other parts of the
colony, e.g., from Bungendore.

E. LARGIFLORENS, F.v.M. (Syn. E. bicolor, A. Cunn.)

A box tree attaining a large size, with somewhat scrambling
habit, narrowish leaves, pendulous branches (hence the name E.
pendu/a, A. Cunn.) and small fi-uits. Sometimes whole forests
are affected by galls, so that it is next to impossible to procure a
sound bud or fruit.

Found usuallv on river flats or other moist situations in oood
land throughout the greater part of the western division of the
colony. In jjoorer or drier soil it forms a small tree sometimea
called " Scrub Box " or " Dwarf Box."

It is not surprising that a species of so extensive a range
exhibits considerable variation. We pi'opose below (p. 623) to
give notes on two extreme forms, readily noted by their narrow
and broad leaves respectively. The extreme forms of this species
present such considerable difterence of appearance that we may
figure them on a future occasion. The species in fact varies in
the size, shape, texture and lustre of the leaf, the size and shape
of the fruit, the length of pedicel, and in other characters of less
importance.

Following are some notes from various districts of the colony : —
It is veiy common on the Lachlan. It is a handsome tree,
common on the river flats, e.g., about Condobolin. It is some-
times known as "Drooping Box." It has bark on the ultimate
branchlets and red twigs. When cut down and allowed to wilt
a little, cattle and hor.ses will eat the leaves when hard pi'essed,
and even the bark. Specimens from the same district have shiny

622 ON THE EUCALYPTS OF N.S W., PART VI.,

leaves, of medium width, not specially narrow, with prominent,
spreading \'eins. Fruits subcorneal when dead ripe, with a defined
rim at the edge of the fruit, which sometimes shows a distinct
angle. Absolutely identical specimens are from Tomingley to
Narromine (Dubbo district).

" Swamp Box," " White Box," and " Coolibah " on the Lachlan
(Forester Kidston). The same gentleman on another occasion
says: — "Long narrow leaves; a gnarled, tough, black box." It
has also been styled "Grey Box." "The Commom Box of the
Riverina." '• !N arrow -leaved Box " is a common name, of oljvious
meaning.

At Murrumbidgerie (Dubbo disti'ict) it is known as " Coolil:)ah."
Mr. A. Murphy says of it : — " Similar to White Box (Jieviiphloia),
but a taller tree, the gum-limbs (smooth bark) come low down the
tree. A useful timber, similar to but harder than tliat of -E.
heniiphloia. Common on the Lachlan, beginning at Parkes."

The species is common in the Darling country, and west towards
the South Australian and Queensland border.

We have received two specimens (one in fruit and in young
bud, the other in young bud only) from Murtee holding, with the
note that sheep eat one whether as standing scrub or cut down,
but will not touch the other. The twigs appear to us to be
botanically identical, and the matter is certainly worthy of further
investigation.

In the north-west part of the colony is a box, extensively
distributed, which had puzzled us a good deal because we had not
received complete material. Its foliage is pendulous, the leaves
shining and commonly 3 inches long and only | in. broad, remind-
ing one in this respect of the well-known WWga {Geijera parvijiora).
The fruits are small (about Tj^in. in diameter). In working at this
species at the National Herbarium, Melbourne, we came across a
specimen labelled by Leichhardt " Box bark, not Ironbark,
between Condamine and Severn, June, 1843." Leichhardt's
warning re Ironbark was to show that he had not confused it
with the narrow-leaved Ironbark (afterwards named F. crehra)
common in the district. Mueller referred it to E. largiflorens:

BY HENRY DEANE AND J. H. MAIDEN. 623

Bentham marked it, doubtfully, amygdalina. Latterly interest
in the tree was revived by the collection of similar specimens on
the plaius near Baradine, N.S.W., by Mr. W. Forsyth. One of
us has recently visited the Narrabri district, and has obtained a
complete series of specimens, which not only show that Mueller's
view was correct, but that this extreme narrowness of the leaves
•and smallness of the fruits is not constant, passing into the normal
form. Under all the circumstances, and as smallness of the fruits
is a character of this species, it seems scarcely desirable to name
this graceful, narrow-leaved, small-fruited form, distinct as it
appears at first sight. It may perhaps be Mueller's var. parvijlora
(B.Fl. iii. 215), of which we have not seen a specimen.

Then we have a broad-leaved form in which the leaves are
frequently one inch broad, and say .3 inches long, thick ("leaves
rather thin," B.Fl.) rigid, lustreless and even glaucous. Often
there is a yellowish cast of twigs, midribs, buds and foliage
generally. This yellowish cast is so marked in some trees that
we have known them to have been called " Yellow Box " in con-
sequence, and hence confused with E. melliodora. The transit to
normal largijiorens is perfect. The broad-leaved forms are best
developed in the extreme west of the colony, and they are, in
the absence of flowers or fruits, sometimes difficult to discriminate
from the broader-leaved forms of E. microtheca.

"Gobori'o," or "Goborra," is a tree frequently referred to by
Mitchell ("Three Expeditions"), and is doubtless E. largijiorens,
from the quotations which follow. Specimens of Goborro sent to
us by two reliable correspondents ai-e E. largijiorens, and we
think it desirable to finally settle the nomenclature of so important
a tree.

1* In a letter Forester Kidston says: — The tree called Goborro by
the aboriginals is commonly known as "White Box" by the
splitters all over Riverina. It fi-equents the ridgy and gravelly
soiled parts, and grows with a straighter bole and straighter grain
than any of the other trees called Box. The leaves are pendulous,
and narrower than the Biml)il." {E. populifolia).

624 ON THE EUCALYPTS OF N.S.W., PART VI.,

"The alluvial portion of the margin of the Darling is narrow,
and in most places overgrown with the Dwarf Box " (Mitchell's
Three Exped. i. 302).

" . . . the trees which grew along the banks of the Lachlan.
All were of the Dwarf Box kind, named Goborro by the natives,
a sort of Eucalyptus which usually grows by itself on the lower
margins of the Darling and Lachlan, and other parts subject to
inundation, and on which the occasional rise of the waters is
marked by the dark colour i-emaining on the lower part of tlie
trunk" {Op. cit. ii. 30).

" Clumps of trees of the Flooded Box or ' JNlarura ' of the
natives appeared occasionally (near the Lachlan) in and about the
many hollows in the surface " (ii. 49).

"The small kind (of Eucalyptus) covered with a rough bark,
and never exceeding the size of fruit trees in an orchard, and
called, I believe, by Mr. Oxley, the Dwarf Box, but by the natives
Gobon-o, grows only on plains subject to inundation, and it
usually bears on the lower part of the trunk the mark of the
water by which it is at times surrounded. Between the Goborro
and the Yarra (E. rostrata) there seems this difference : the Yarra
grows only on the banks of rivers, lakes and ponds, from the
water of which the roots derive nourishment; but when the trunk
itself has been too long immersed, the tree dies, as appeared on
various lakes and in reedy swamps on the Lachlan. The Goborro,
on the contrary, seldom grows on the banks of a running stream,
but seems to thrive in inundations, however long their duration "
(ii. 55).

E. largijlorens is known as " Coolibar " on the Diamantina,
Queensland, according to Dr. T. L. Bancroft. " Coolibah " and
" Coolybar " ai-e other spellings, and " Coolabah " is the name of
a station on the Great "Western line, 424 miles from Sydney,
named after the trees : see E. microtlteca l^elow, to which species
the name Coolibah now properly belongs.

E. Behriana, F.v.M.

This does not appear to be a strong species, apparently con-
necting with E. hemiphloia on the one hand and E. largijlorens

15Y HENRY DEANE AND .1. H. MAIDEN. 625

on the other. The typical form occurs in New South Wales, and
the species must therefore be added to the flora of the colony.
Woolls included it in his Plants of New South Walfis (1885), but
Mueller {.Second C'ensxis of Australian Plants, 1889) continued to
exclude it, probably because the nece.ssary specimens from the
colony were not available to him.

It has broadish leaves like E. heyniphloia, and has been often
looked upon as a small-fruited form of that species. It is not
Bentham's var. (1) jyarvifiora (B.Fl. iii. 217), which is perhaps an
Ironbark (Eucalyptograph in).

Some localities are: — Narrandera, Wagga Wagga, Young to
Grenfell, Mudgee, Dubbo to Peak Hill, Gunnedah to Coonabara-
bran, Wilcannia; and other places towards the north-west corner
of the colony.

E. MELANOPHLOIA, F.V.M.

Gundy, 11 miles east of Scone (J. H. M., August, 1899), is its
most easterly recorded locality.

iii. PARALLEL A.NTHER.S:.
E. MICROTHECA, F.V.jVI.

It is the " Dwarf Box " of Forest Department Exhibition
Catalogues of a few years back, where it is labelled " E. brachy-
poda: timber not much used or valued. Open plains, Lachlan,
Darling and towards the Barrier Range."

It is found in theNarrabri district (on the banks of the Namoi
and elsewhere), where it is known as " Coolibah." It has a
rough, persistent scaly bark, and is a pretty tree, with rather
dense and drooping foliage. Forester McGee, of the same district,
sent it as " Coolibah " or " Swamp Box " some years ago. The
leaves were very glaucous, up to 7 inclies long and up to 1 inch
broad .

Leaves from trees collected on the Darling River (Bourke, &c.)
vary in width; leaves of the same length vary, on the same tree,
from |- to I inch broad.

626 ON THE EUCALYPTS OF N.S.W., PART VI.,

The late K. H. Bennett sent this species from Ivanhoe, via
Hay, under the native name, " Tangoon " with tiie note that " this
is our largest ti'ee, often attaining a height of 70 to 80 feet, with a
diameter of 4 feet. It is the principal tree used Iw the blacks
for the extraction of water from the roots. While indubitably
£1. microtheca, it resembles the broad-leaved forms of E. largifiorens
The flowers are large, the leaves have a yellowish cast, and are
I or 1 inch broad, by 2| inches long, having quite a different
appearance from normal microtlipxa. In fact remarks in regard to
the variation in size and shape of leaves of E. largifiorens largely
apply to E. 7]ticrotheca also.

" Coolibah " or " Flooded Box " is found on all Gulf (of Carpen-
taria) waters, often in flooded ground, of a crooked growth, about
30 feet high (E. W. Palmer, Proc. H.S.KS.W. 1883, p. 106).
Mr. Palmer's specimens came from the Flinders, and were named
E. microtheca by Baron von Mueller. Following are some
additional particulars furnished in a letter from Mr. Palmer to
the late Rev. Dr. Woolls, whom we had asked to enquire as to
the differences between the Coolibah and Goborro (E. largifiorens):

" The Coolibah generally is of a crooked growth, but now and
again, in favoured localities of deep soil, it is straight enough to
make stockyard posts of about 10 to 12 inches in diameter, and
8 or 10 feet long. The wood is excessively hard and inlocked;
impossible to split, and hard to bore through. It requires
especially good augers to bore it. The bark is rough and scaly,
and the branches are not smooth and white. The colour of the
wood is very dark brown. I have seen the Flooded Box of the
Darling (i.e., largijioreas), but ne\'er examined it closely.
Althouo-h it looks like our Flooded Box of the Flinders there is
a difference. The Goborro seems smaller, the bark is different,
and the branches are smooth and white in the bark."

Goborro {E. largifiorens) and Coolibah {E. microtheca) are
frequently confused. If fruits be available the hemispherical,
very open fruit, not above 2 lines diameter, the valves protruding,
of the latter at once distinguishes them; while the anthers of the
latter open in slits, and of the former in pores. There are other

BY HENRY DEANE AND J. H. MAIDEN. 627

differences. Coolibali is more a fibrous-barked tree than is
usually imderstood by the term "Box." The differences between
the two species were well known to the blacks, and it is a matter
for regret that the average denizen of the interior has not
acquired the information.

E. .^[aideni, F.v.M.

This species approaches E. globulus, and some botanists desirous
of consolidating species might be inclined to look upon it as an
extreme form of the latter. Luehmann's remarks, at p. 534, Vol.
vii. Report Atist. Assoc. Adv. Science, are interesting in this con-
nection. The true E. globuhos is very rare in New South Wales,
being confined to situations at no great distance from the Vic-
torian border. We have seen in the National Herbarium at
Melbourne specimens from Ovens River, Victoria; Granite Creek,
Gippsland; and Nowa Nowa, an arm of Lake T^'ers, Gippsland
(A. W. Howitt), which are all identical, or nearly so, with
typical E. Maideni, F.v.M. Other localities for this species in
New South Wales are "Sources of stream leading to Merimbula"
(Howitt), Wilson's Promontory, Mt. Dromedary (Miss Bate),
Walcha district (the special localities referred to at p. 357, Agric.
Gazette, N.S.W., for 1S98, as E. glohidus), Nulla Mountain,
(Mudgee district).

E. GONIOCALYX, F.V.^I.

This species has been found by Mr. W. Forsyth in the Warrum-
bungle Ranges (summit of Mt. Bulaway, 3450 feet), which locality
pushes its range considerably to the westward. Fruits scarcely
angled.

Mr. R. H. Cambage points out that in districts (Burraga,
Rockley, Ac.) where this species is known to some as " Bundy,"
it is confused by others with " Apple " {E. Stuartiana). Bundy
occurs on the ridges; Apple follows the valleys, and is also found
on flat basalt tops. At Burraga it is considered the best furnace
wood for copper smelting.

628 ON THE EUCALYPTS OF N.S.W., PART VI.,

E. SAHGNA, Sm., var. parviflora, D. A: M.
This variety also occurs at Mt. Wilson and Wallerawang.

E. Stuartiana, F.v.M.

Mr. W. Forsyth has recently found this species near the head
of the Castlereagh River, where it is known as " Wollybutt."
Mr. J. L. Boorman reports that about Sunny Corner it is known
as " Pepperwood " as well as " Apple."

This species is the E. Bridgesiana of Mr. R. T. Baker (P.L.S.
N.S.W., 1898, p. 164, with fig.). The figure in the EucaJijpto-
gra2)hia of this species is one of the happiest of the delineations
of that work, and is simply unmistakable. In both the Flora
Australiensis and Eucalyptographia there is some confusion with
E. Gitnnii and perhaps another species, chiefly in regard to local
names, habitat and range. We recently proceeded to the National
Herbarium at Melbourne to study the specimens there, and to confer
with the Curator, Mr. J. G. Luehmann, long Baron von Mueller's
principal assistant, and one who best knows the late botanist's views
on this and many other points. After carefully investigating the
matter we saw no reason to refrain from accepting the Eucalyto-
graphia plate as faithfully depicting E. Stuartiana, and the like
remarks apply to E. Guttnii.

E. Stuartiaiia is usually known in New South Wales and Vic-
toria as " Apple," but is not to be confused with Angop)hora. In
some districts it is called " White Peppermint " owing to the
whiteness of its bark. The bark is thickish, and often zig-zagged
or wrinkled on the outside ; the leaves also are thickish (as
observed by Bentham), and non-glaucous except sometimes when
quite young; they are sometimes eaten by stock. The shape of
the fruits is well brought out in the figures of Mueller and Mr.
Baker. The timber is one of the most worthless in the colony.

We draw attention tu narrow (lanceolate) suckers in this
species. The specimens were collected 7 miles east of Walcha,
and the tree appears to be normal Stuartiana in every other

BY HENRY DEANE AND J. H. MAIDEN. 629

respect. It is the Eucalypt No. 1, of page 541, " Some Eucalypts

of the New England Table-land" {P^-oc. Aust. Assoc. Adv. Sci.

1898).

E. SQUAMOSA, Deane tfe Maiden.

P.L.S.N.S.W., 1897, p. 561, pi. xix.

(Plate xlviii., figs. 4-5.)

During the year 1899 this species flowered aud fruited more
freely than it has done since we began to have it under observa-
tion (1889). We are therefore able to present a sketch of
inflorescence and fruit which will supplement the former plate.

We are able to give additional localities for this species, viz.: —
Bargo Brush (Miss Atkinson), Duck River, near Parramatta
(Rev. Dr. Woolls), Richmond (H. D.). The specimens of Miss
Atkinson and Dr. Woolls were collected about 40 years ago.
Examination of the material in the National Herbarium, Mel-
bourne, shows that it is the " Drooping Gum " of Woolls, near
Duck River (included under £. vhninalis by Bentham, B.Fl. iii.
240). It was prol^abl}' also collected by Caley (" specimens with a
hemispherical calyx-tube, and broad almost globular operculum ").
E. squamosa possesses similarities to more than one species, and
presented considerable difliculty, according to notes in the deceased
botanist's herbarium. The species is not a strong one, and there
is room for diff'ereiice of opinion in regard to it. One of Miss
Atkinson's specimens was collected in August, 1865, at Bargo
Brush, and bears her note— " Weeping Gum. Pendent tree of
30 to 40 feet. Bark like Blue Gum. Found in aqueous situations.
Very partial." Another specimen labelled " Blue Mountains,"
and absolutely identical with the preceding one, bears Mr.
Luehmann's opinion —"I think this is a form of E. tereticornis,"
and that there is aflinity to this species is undoubted. Coming
to one of Woolls' Duck River specimens, Mueller named it E.
tereticornis, var. sphctrocalyx. Woolls' label was — " Flooded
Gum, smooth bark; tree 30-40 feet." We may mention that all
Miss Atkinson's and Dr. Woolls' specimens passed through
Bentham's hands with ^lueller's endorsements upon them, but
his opinion was that they were a form of E. viminalis, as already

630 OM THE EUCALYPTS OF N.S.W., PART VI.

stated. Another opinion of INIueller's on a Duck River specimen
was E. tereticornis, var. amblycorys. On another occasion he
labelled a similar specimen E. saligna (■?), and undoubtedly it
possesses strong points of resemblance to that species also. The
history of this tree forms an instructive illustration of the difficul-
ties surrounding the elucidation of the genus.

E. ExiMiA, Schauer.

Shoalhaven River (Badgery's Crossing to Nowra; W. Foi'syth
and A. A. Hamilton). This is the most southerly locality
recorded for this species, it being hitherto known scarcely south
of Sydney.

EXPLANATION OF PLATES.

Plate xlviii,, ligs. 1-8.

Eucalyptus conica. ,

Fig. 1. — Flowering twig showing drooping habit.
Fig. 2. — Anther opening in pores.
Fig. 3. — Fruits.

Figs. 4-5.

E. sqnuniona.
Fig. 4. — Buds.
Fig. 5. — Fruits.

(To supplement Plate xix. P.L.S. 1897.)

Plate xlix.

E. aggregata.

Fig. 1. — Twig (in bud only).
Fig. 2. — Sucker foliage.
Fig. 3. — Vertical section of bud.
Fig. 4. — Cluster of fruits.
Fig. 5. — Anther.
(The drawings of tigs. 1-2 were kindly made by Mr. E. T. Baker.)

Plate 1.

E. nova-angllca.

Fig. 1. — Flowering twig.

Fig. 2. — Sucker leaves.

Fig. 3.— Seedling.

Fig. 4. — Vertical section of bud.

Fig. 5. — Anther.

Fig. 6.— Fruits.

631

NOTES AND EXHIBITS.

Mr. Stead exhibited some interesting specimens of a Phasmid
from Tanna, New Hebrides; also a preparation of the crustacean,
Ibacus Feronii, Leach, from Port Jackson, showing both ventral
and dorsal aspects and the oral appendages.

Mr. Baker exhibited herbarium specimens, oils, timbers, and
photographs in illustration of his papers.

Mr. Maiden exhibited herbarium specimens in illustration of
the paper by Mr. Deane and himself.

Mr. Palmer exhibited portion of a bunch of dates, nearly-
mature, from a palm about 20 years old growing at the residence
of Mrs. H. Smith, " Fernleigh," Bourke-street. The fruits ripen,
have the true date flavour, but are not so large as the date of
commerce, and are seedless. Mr. Palmer also showed the gall of
Brachyscelis duplex, Schrad., from Lawson.

Mr. Whitelegge exhibited a living plant and dried fronds of a
fern regarded as being new to the Colony. The species was
originally described, from specimens collected in New Caledonia,
as Doodia linearis by J. Smith (Ferns Brit. Foreign, p. 199, 1866).
It is mentioned in Hooker and Baker's Synopsis, p. 1 90, where it
is referred to under Doodia caudata, R.Br., as "A curious form
from New Caledonia aud Australia." The latter notice appears
to be the only one of the occuri'ence of the plant in Australia.
The examples exhibited wei'e collected early in the present month
at Ourimbah, near Gosford.

Mr. H. S. Mort exhibited an unusually large emu egg measur-
ing 6| X 4^ inches, obtained near Byrock.

632 NOTES AND EXHIBITS.

The Rev. W. W. Watts communicated the following

Notes on some new Mosses from yew South Wales.

From a return recently received from Dr. V. F. Brotherus, of
Helsingfors, I beg to report the following additions to the Moss
Flora of tliis Colony. Nos. 1-5 are new- to science ; and Nos.
6-13 have not previously been recorded from New South Wales.

1. Fissidens mio'oblastus, Broth. — This species was collected
by me on the ground at the top of a mountain, the right spelling
of which I have sought in vain, and which, therefore, I can only
give as locally pronounced, — " Montecollum." The mountain
lies between Wilson's Creek, at the head of the north arm of the
Richmond River, and the Brunswick River.

2. Splachnohryum Wattsii, Broth. — This is a minute moss
growing in damp places under overhanging rocks at Watson's
Bay and at Parsley Bay. It is the first Splachnohryum recorded
for N.S.W. Apparently, S. Baileyi, collected in Queensland, is
the only other species yet found in Australia. Only sterile
specimens of S. Wattsii have been collected. I found it, first, in
February of this year. During the present month I have
gathered additional specimens, but still without fruit.

3. Syrrhopodon Wattsii, Broth. — Of this moss a very small
specimen 'only has been named, but I believe I have it in later
packets not yet determined. It is a distinctive species.

4. Calymperes armatimi, Broth. — This moss also was collected
at Watson's Bay in February last. I have found other speci-
mens this month.

The tw^o genera, Syn-hopodon and Calymperes, both belong to
the same tribe, Galymperacectt; and, considering that not more
than 6 or 7 species of the whole tribe were previously recorded
for Austi'alia, the find is an interesting one.

5. Macromitriura microblastum, Broth. — This is a good species,
and was found by me on decaying pine logs on Wilson's Creek,
near the aforesaid Montecollum.

NOTES AND EXHIBITS. 633

6. Fissidens incurvo-bryoides,CM.. — Pi*eviously recorded from
Queensland. I have ample material, collected in the Richmond
River District.

7. Hypnum pseudo-jjlumostim, Brid. — Not previously recorded
for Australia. Collected on Wilson's Creek, Richmond River
District.

8. Pol'i/fj'ichadelphus mac/ellanicus, Hedw. — Collected by Mr.
W. Bauerlein near the Victorian border.

9. Macromitrhim pJatyphyllaceum, CM. — A very fine species,
previously recorded for Queensland. Found by me on the
Richmond River.

10. Macromitritom caloblastoides, CM.

11. Macromitrium dimorpliu'm, CM.

12. Macromitrium weisioides, CM.

13. Macromitriuin Hartmanni, CM.

These Macromitria were named by the late Dr. Carl Miiller
from Queensland specimens, and three out of the five were
recently described in his Symholxe ad Bryologiam Australice.
They are now proved to be plentiful on the Richmond River.

Mounted specimens of the species new to science were exhibited.

41

634

WEDNESDAY, NOVEMBER 29th, 1899.

The concluding Ordinary Monthly Meeting of the current
Session was held at the Linnean Hall, Ithaca Road, Elizabeth
Bay, on Wednesday evening, November 29 th, 1899.

The Hon. James Norton, LL.D., M.L.C., President, in the
Chair.

Mr. Richard H. Cambage, L.S., Burwood, and Mr. J. B.
Jaquet, A.R.S.M., F.G.S., Department of Mines, Sydney, were
elected Ordinary Members of the Society.

The President reminded Members of the forthcoming meeting of
the Australasian Association for the Advancement of Science to
be held in Melbourne in January next, and called attention to the
circulars of information wliich were laid on the table.

DONATIONS.

Department of Agriculture, Brisbane — Queensland Agricul-
tural Journal. Vol. v. Part 5 (Nov., 1899). From the Secretary
of Agriculture.

Royal Geographical Society of Australasia : Queensland
Branch — Proceedings and Transactions. Vol. xiv. (Session
1898-99): Pamphlet, "Some Critical Notes on the Queensland
Volume of the International Catalogue of Scientific Literature "
(8vo. Brisbane, 1899). From the Society.

DONATIONS. 635

Department of Agriculture, Sydney — Agricultural Gazette of
New South Wales. Vol. x. Part 11 (Nov., 1899). From the
Hon. the Minister for Jlines and Agriculture.

New South Wales Chamber of Mines, Sydney — Journal. Vol. i.
No. 2 (Nov., 1899). From the Hon. Secretary.

Royal Society of New South Wales — Abstract of Proceedings.
Nov. 1st, 1899. From the Society.

The Surveyor, Sydney. Vol. xii. No. 11 (Nov., 1899). From
the Editor.

Two Entomological Pamphlets (from Agric. Gazette of N.S.
Wales). By W. W. Froggatt, F.L.S., Government Entomologist.
From the AiUhor.

Australasian Institute of Mining Engineers — Proceedings.
First Ordinary Meeting, 1899 : Pamphlet, The Machiner}^ and
Processes Patented in Australasia, 1899. From the Institute.

Australasian Journal of Pharmacy, Melbourne. Vol. xiv.
No. 167. (Nov., 1899). From the Editor.

Department of Mines, Victoria : Geological Survey — Monthly
Progress Report. No. 2 (May, 1899). From the Secretary for
Mines.

Field Naturalists' Club of Victoria — Victorian Naturalist.
Vol. xvi. No. 7 (Nov., 1899). From the Club.

Roj'al Geographical Society of Australasia: Victorian Branch —
Journal. Vol. xvii. (1899). From the Society.

Geological Survey, Perth — Annual Progress Report for the
Year 1898. From the Government Geologist.

Department of Mines, Hobart — Report of the Secretary for
Mines for the Year 1898-99. From the Secretary for Mines.

N^ew Zealand Department of Agriculture — Sixth and Seventh
Annual Reports (1897-99). From U. Farquhar, Esq.

New Zealand Institute — Transactions and Proceedings.
Vol. xxxi. (June, 1898). From the Institute.

636 DONATIONS.

Academy of Natural Sciences, Philadelphia — Proceedings.
1898. Part iii. From the Academy.

American Academy of Arts and Sciences, Boston — Proceedings.
Vol. xxxiv. Nos. 8-10 and 18-20 (Jan. and May-April, 1899).
From, the Academy.

American Naturalist (Cambridge). Vol. xxxiii. Nos. 393-394
(Sept.-Oct., 1899). From the Editor.

Boston Society of Natural History — Memoirs. Vol. v. Nos. 4-5
(April, 1899): Proceedings. Vol. xxviii. Nos. 13-16 (Jan.-April,
1899). From the Society.

California Academy of Sciences — Proceedings. Third Series.
Botany. Vol. i. Nos. 3-5 (Sept.-Nov., 1898) : Geology. Vol. i.
No. 4 (Sept., 1899) : Math.-Fhydcs. Vol. i. Nos. 1-4 (Feb.-
March, 1898) : Zoology. Vol. i. Nos. 6-10 (Jan.-Oct., 1898).
From the Academy.

Chicago Academy of Sciences — Bulletin. No. ii. of the
Geological Surve}' (May, 1897) : Fortieth Annual Report, for the
Year 1897. From the Academ,y.

Connecticut Academy of Arts and Sciences — Transactions.
T.p., etc., to Vol. iv. (1877-82); Vol. x. Part 1 (1899). From the
Academy.

J"ohns Hopkins University, Baltimore — Hospital Bulletin.
Vol. x. Nos. 93-97 (Dec, 1898- April, 1899). Fromthe University.

Museum of Comparative Zoology at Harvard College, Cambridge
— Annual Report for the Year 1898-99 : Bulletin. Vol. xxxii.
No. 10 (Sept., 1899). From the Director.

New York Academy of Sciences^ Annals. Vol. xii. Part 1
(April, 1899). From the Academy.

U.S. Geological Survey — Eighteenth Annual Report (1896-97).
Parts i., iii. and iv. (1897-98). From the Director.

Museu Paraense de Historia Natural e Ethnographia — Boletim
Vol i. Nos. 1-4 (1894-96). From the Director.

DONATIONS. 637

Asiatic Society of Bengal, Calcutta — Journal. Vol. Ixviii.
Part i. No. 1, with Portfolio of Plates (1899); Part ii. No. 1
(1899); Part iii. No. 1 (1899): Proceedings, 1899. Nos. iv.-vii.
(April-July, 1899). From the Society.

Indian Museum, Calcutta — Natural History Notes from the
R.I.M.S.S. "Investigator." Series iii. No. 3 (Aug., 1899). From
the Superi'iitendent.

Perak Government Gazette. Vol. xii. Nos. 28-30 (Sept. -Oct.,
1899). From the Government Secretary.

Conchological Society of Great Britain and Ireland — Journal
of Conchology. Vol. ix. No. 8 (Oct., 1899). From the Society.

Entomological Society of London — Transactions, 1899. Part
3. From the Society.

Royal Society, London — Proceedings. Vol. Ixv. No. 419
(Oct., 1899). From the Society.

Zoological Society of London — Proceedings, 1899. Part iii. :
Transactions. Vol. xv. Part 3 (Oct., 1899). From the Society.

Gesellschaft fiir Erdkunde zu Berlin — Verhandlungen. Band
XXV. Nos. 8-10 (1898). From the Society.

Naturwissenschaftlicher Verein zu Bremen — Abhandlungen.
xvi. Band. 2 Heft (1899). From the Society.

Pamphlet " Systematische Uebersicht der Ergebnisse seiner
Reisen und Schriftstellerischen Thatigkeit." By O. Finsch (8vo.
Berlin, 1899). From the Author.

Pamphlet " Zur Kenntniss der Gattungen Margelopsis und
Nemopsis. Vorlaufige Mittheilung." Von Dr. Clemens Hartlaub.
(8vo. Berlin, 1899). From the Author.

Senckenbergische Naturforschende Gesellschaft, Frankfurt a.
M. — Abhandlungen. xxi. Band., iv. Heft, Tp., Ac. (1899). From
the Society.

Verein fiir Erdkunde zu Leipzig — Wissenschaftliche Veroffent-
lichungen. iv. Band. (1899). From the Society.

638 DONATIONS.

Zoologischer Anzeiger. xxii. Band. Nos. 598-599 (Oct., 1899).
From the Editor.

Societe Beige de Microscopie, Bruxelles — Bulletin. Tome xxv.
(1898-99). From the Society.

Societe Royale de Geographie d'Anvers — Bulletin. Tome xxiii.
2« Fasc. (1899). From the Society.

Societe Royale Malacologique de Belgique — Annales. Tome
xxxii. (1897): Bulletins des Seances. Annee 1899 (pp. xxxiii.-
xcvi.). From the Society.

Journal de Conchyliologie, Paris. Vol. xlvii. No. 3 (1899).
From the Editor.

Musee d'Histoire Naturelle de Marseille— Annales. Tome v.
2""' Fasc. (1899): Bulletin. Serie ii. Tome i. 1" Fasc. (Jan.-
Sept., 1898). From the Museum.

Mus6um d'Histoire Naturelle, Paris — Bulletin. Annee, 1898.
Nos. 7-8; Annee, 1899. Nos. 1-5: Nouvelles Archives. 2°^^ Serie.
Tome X. 1-2 Fasc. (1898). Fro^n the Museum.

Societe Botanique de Lyon— Annales. Tomes xxii. -xxiii..
(1897-98). From the Society.

Societe des Sciences Naturelles de I'Ouest de la France

Bulletin. Tome viii. Nos. 3-4 (1898); T. ix. Nos. 1-2 (1899).
From the Society.

Societe Entomologique de France — Annales. Vol. Ixvi. (1897):
Bulletin, 1897. Frovi the Society.

Societe Linneenne de Normandie, Caen — Bulletin. 5® Serie.
Vol. ii. (1899) : Memoires. Vol. xix. 3" Fasc. (1899). From the-
Society.

Societe Zoologique de France — Bulletin. Tome xxiii. (1898) :.
Memoires. T. xi. (1898). From the Society.

Societe Hollandaise des Sciences a Harlem — Archives Neer-
landaises. Serie ii. Tome ii. Tp., ike. (1899); Tome iii. P Liv.
(1899). From the Society.

DONATIONS. 639

Societe des Sciences de Finlande — Bidrag. Haftet xlvii.
(1898) : Acta. Tomus xxiv. (1899). From the Society.

Societe Imperiale des Naturalistes de Moscou — Bulletin.
Annee 1898. Nos. 2-3. Frorn the Society.

Videnskabs-Selskabet i Christiania — Forhandlinger, 1899. No.
1 : Skrifter I. Mathematisk-naturv. Klasse, 1899. Nos. 2-4, and
6-7 (1899). ,From the Society.

Kongliga 8venska Vetenskaps-Academie, Stockholm — Hand-
lingar. xxxi. Band. (1898-99). From the Academy.

Regia Societas Scientiarum Upsaliensis — Nova Acta. Ser.
iii. Vol. xviii. Fasc. 1 (1899). From the Society.

University of Upsala : Geological Institution — Bulletin. Vol.
iv. Part 1 (1898). From the University.

La Nuova Notarisia, Padova. Serie x. (1899) Aprile and
Ottobre. From the Editor, Dr. G. B. De Toni.

South African Philosophical Society — Transactions. Vols, i.-ix.
Part i., and x. Part i. (1878-97). From the Society.

640

NOTES FROM THE BOTANIC GARDENS, SYDNEY.

No. 5.
By J. H. Maiden and E. Betche. *

DILLENIACE5;.
HiBBERTIA STKICTA, R.Br., vai". PEDUNCULATA, var.UOV.

Perfectly glabrous, with creeping and rooting stems. Flowers
on pedicels attaining 6 lines in length. Stamens rarely more than
4, the filaments united. Carpels quite glabrous.

Wingello (J. L. Boorman, November, 1899).

This well marked variety approaches Bentham's variety leio-
carpa, with which it has in common the procumbent habit and
the glabrous carpels, but it is distinguished by the rooting stems
and the long peduncles, which do not exceed 3 lines in any other
of the numerous varieties of H. stricta.

CEUCIFER.a:.
Lepidium ruderale, Linn., var. spinbscens, Benth.

Narrabri (J. H. Maiden, November, 1899).
The spinescent form is only recorded from South Australia in
the Flora Anstr-aliensis.

RUTACEiE.
Eriostemon trachyphyllus, F.v.M.

Badgery's Crossing to Nowra (W. Forsyth & A. A. Hamilton,
September, 1899); near Botany Bay, Sydney (J. L. Boorman,
October, 1899).

The most northern locality previously recorded is Braidwood.
In the Nowra specimens the flowers are frequently in clusters of
three in the leaf-axils.

BY J. H. MAIDEN AND E. BETCHE. 641

Gbijera parviflora, Lindl.

Page River, Scone district: also Hunter River, 4 miles easterly
(J. H. Maiden, August, 1899). Most eastern localities recorded.

SAPINDACEffi.
Hbterodendron oLEyEFOLiUM, Desf.

Page River, Scone district (J. H. Maiden, August, 1899). Most
eastern locality recorded.

Dodon.?::a adenophora, ^lu[.

A West Australian plant erroneously included in the Flora of
New South Wales. The western D. adenophora, Miq., and the
eastern D. temiifolia, Lindl., are very similar in habit, and were
united by Benthan in the Flor-a Ausiraliensis. Mueller separated
them again on account of the dissepiment of the fruits, which are
deciduous in D. adenophora and persistent in D. tenui/olia, but
included both in the Flora of New South Wales. In a recent
critical examination of the New South Wales species of Dodoncea
we found abundant material from many New South Wales
localities of D. tenuijhlia, but not a single specimen of D. adeno-
phora, and suspecting a mistake in Mueller's "Second Census of
Australian Plants," we asked Mr. Luehmann whether he had any
East Australian specimens of the true D. adenophora. Mr.
Luehmann replied that D. adenophora is in the Melbourne
Herbarium confined to West Australia, and that Mueller had
himself noticed the mistake and had intended to correct it in his
third Census, which death prevented him from publishing.

LEGUMINOS.S:.
Daviesia recurvata, Maiden k. R. T. Baker.

Warrumbungle Ranges (W. Forsyth, October, 1899). Previously
recorded only from Taloobie, 25 miles north of Rylstone, and
from Never Never, 24 miles east of Rylstone.

642 NOTES FROM THE BOTANIC GARDENS, SYDNEY,

SwAiNSONA Cadelli, F.v.M. (ined).

Warrumbungle Ranges (W. Forsyth, October, 1899).

We take this opportunity of offering a few words of explanation
in regard to the naming of this apparently very local plant.

Flowering specimens were first collected in 1883 by E. Betche
in the Warrumbungle Ranges, near Coonabarabran, and sent to
Mueller for naming. About 6 years later Mrs. Cadell sent a.
bunch of cut flowers (without leaves) from Gulargambone to Mr.
Charles Moore, then Director of the Gardens, which contained the
same Srvainsona. These flowers were again sent to Mueller, and
his attention was drawn to the fact that they were identical with
the undescribed species from Coonabarabran formerly sent to him.
Mueller named the plant j^rovisionall}' in a private letter *S'.
Cadelli, but never wrote, or at all events pul)lished, a description.
The first description was published in 1893 in the Handbook of
the Flora of Netv South Wales (]\Ioore A: Betche), and though the
fruits have not been collected, all other characters agree so com-
pletely with Bentham's section A of the genus, that it has been
placed next to *S'. galegifolia, from which it is readily distin-
guished by its subulate calyx-tube and large floral bracts.

Acacia rubida, A. Cunn.

Several of the phyllodineous Acacias long retain their pinnate
seedling leaves, but in no species is this habit more prominent
than in A. i-uhida, where the pinnate leaves at the base of the
stem seem to be scarcely ever absent, even in full grown plants.

Acacia salicina, Lindl.

Page River, Scone district (J. H. Maiden, August, 1899). Most
easterly locality recorded.

Acacia .tonesii, F.v.M. and Maiden.

Wingello. Previously only recorded from Goulburn district,,
near Barber's Creek.

by j. h. maiden and e. betche. 643-

Acacia harpophylla, F.v.M.

Ripe pods recently sent by Mi-. J. Gregson from Warrah, Willow
Tree, enable us to complete the description of this species in the
Flora Australiensis. Pods rather thick but flattened, with
thickened margins, about 2 lines broad and usually 1 1 to 2| inches
long, often curved and somewhat restricted between the seeds.
Seeds comparatively large, brown, not shining, placed longitudin-
ally; funicle very small for the genus, only slightly folded.

MYKTACE^.
Verticordia darwinioides. Maiden and Betche.

(P.L.S.N.S.W., 1S9.S, p. 17). Synonymous with Rylstonea
cernua, R. T. Baker, I/nd., 1898, p. 767.

After a careful comparison of a specimen of Ruhtonea (descrip-
tion published in November, 1898), kindly supplied by Mr.
Baker, with our Verticordia da^-winioides (published in March,
1898) we have arrived at the conclusion that they are identical,
but the material from which our diagnosis was drawn was taken
from an abnormal, starved plant found on the outskirts of the
geographical range of the species, while Mr. Baker gathered his
complete material in what appears to be the true home of thi.s.
rare plant.

Following are extracts from Mr. Baker's and our own papers: —

Verticordia darwinioides. Rylstonea cernua.

Leaves about 2 lines long, Leaves 4 to 6 lines long, with

obtuse, but with a fine oblique a recurved point, the floral ones

point; floral leaves completely almost of equal length,
resembling the stem leaves.

Floioers usually in pairs on a Flowers pedicellate in pairs,

common slender peduncle, 1 to borne on a common peduncle;
about 2 lines in length. peduncle filiform, 4 to 6 lines

long, nodding.

644

NOTKS FROM THE BOTANIC GARDENS, SYDNEY,

Verticordia DARWINIOIDES.

Bracteoles large, enclosing the
flower buds and long persistent,
thin and scarious.

Calyx-tube cylindrical, 5-
ribbed, smooth, about 3 lines
long, the lobes deeply divided
into 5 to 8 narrow filamentous
segments, about twice as long
AS the petals.

Petals ovate, about 1 line long,
entire.

Stamens mostly eaten off by
insects, so that they could not be
distinguished from staminodia.

Anthers nearly globular as
far as seen, but destroyed or
damaged by insects.

Sti/le slender, much exserted,
bearded towards the end.

Ovides 2 only in the ovaria
examined.

Rylstonea cernua.

Bracteoles forming a hood over
the corolla and folding over each
other on the liower bud, and not
falling oif till the petals expand,
scarious on the edges.

Calyx-tuhe cylindrical, pro-
minently 5-ribbed, 5 to 6 lines
long, lobes simply divided into
about 5 to 10 divisions, about
twice as long as the petals, the
outer lobes with accessory lobes.

Petals entire, imbricate, semi-
circular, contracted at the base.

Stamens lU, in a ring at the
base of the petals; staminodia
alternating with the stamens.

Anthers globular, with two
parallel cells, opening by minute
pores, ttc.

Style well exserted, thick at
the base and tapering upwards,
bearded towards the end.

Ovules about 8, attached to a
peltate placenta, &c.

It will be clearly seen from the above comparative extracts
that the difference between the two plants lies chiefly in the size
of unessential organs (except the difference in the number of
ovules, which is probably due to the defective insect-eaten
material we had to work upon), (juite in keeping with the theory
that our specimens were abnormal ; all other differences are
trifling or explainable. The flowers in the Dubbo specimens are
scarcely nodding, owing to the short peduncles, but very con-
spicuously so in Rylxtonea with the long slender peduncles.

KY .1. H. MAIDEN AND B. BETCHE. 645

We mentioned in our paper on Verticordia darwinioides
that we hoped to procure Ijetter material next season, which
might necessitate modifications in the above description ;
we did not succeed in that, but Mr. Baker had complete
material at the time, and it is a regretable oversight on his
part that he did not see that we were working on the same
plant, and did not refer to the obvious affinity of his " supposed
new genus " with our plant, in publishing his paper seven months
later. Our plant is decidedly a connecting link between Ve7-ti-
cordia and Darivinia (including HomorantJius), and having
considered the matter, we would have ourselves proposed a new
genus Vjut for its affinity to the S. Australian Verticordia Wil-
helvii. Mr. Baker's statement in his "Analysis of cognate genera,"
in which he characterises the genus Verticordia as: "Calyx
hemispherical . . . flowers in corymbose heads," is scarcely
correct. The calyx of F. Wilhelmi is not hemispherical, but
cylindrical, exactly as in V. darwinioides, and the inflorescence of
the genus is described by Bentham as : "Flowers usually pedicellate
in the upper axils, forming often broad terminal leafy corymbs, or
simple leafy spikes or racemes," is consequently extremely variable,
and not a character on which the sepai'ation of a new genus could
be based.

Angophoka lanceolata, Cav., and A. intermedia, DC.

Narrabri (J. H. Maiden, November, 1899). The most north
western locality recorded for both species.

UMBELLIFER5:.
ACTINOTUS GiBBONSII, F.V.M.

Narrabri (J. H. Maiden, November, 1899). A new locality for
a rare plant

Our common Flannel Flower, A. Helianthi, Labill., so well
known in the Port Jackson district, occurs also at Narrabri. We
have also found it considerably to the south-east, viz., Weddin
Range and Bundah Range, Grenfell.

646 NOTES FROM THE BOTANIC GARDENS, SYDNEY.

CAPRIFOLIACEffi.

Sambucus xanthocarpa, F.v.M.

Weddin Forest Reserve (J. H. Maiden, November, 1899). The
most western locality recorded.

COMPOSIT.ffi:.

SoLiVA SESSiLis, Ruiz and Pav.

Naturalised in Moore Park, near Sydney (October, 1899).

Soliva anthemifolia, R.Br., though included in Mueller's
" Census of Australian Plants," has 1>een always suspected of
having immigrated from South America. The discovery of a
second South American species of the same range, from the
Argentine to South Brazil, greatly strengthens this belief.

Helichrysum COLLINUM, DC. (syn. with H. oxylepis, F.v.M.)
The type specimen of //. oxylepis from Moreton Bay has long
linear leaves with revolute margins, and looks rather different
from the broad-leaved woolly specimens of H. colHnum from the
Goulburn district or the Blue Mountains, but we find the shape
and indumentum of the leaves, as well as the length of the
involucral bracts characters so variable, that we fail to draw a line
between the two species. Inspection of the abundant material
in the Melbourne Herbarium confirms our opinion, and we now
propose to reduce H. oxylepis to a variety of //. coUinum. From
the fact that in Mueller's original description of H. oxylepis in
1858 {Fray III. i. 35) he refers to its affinity to //. scorpioides, and
does not mention the much more closely allied //. cnlUnum
(described so far back as 1837), we may conclude that the existence
of H. collinum escaped his notice at the time, which oversight
led to the mistake we ha\ e now corrected.

G0ODENIACE.S;.

GooDENiA glomerata, sp.nov.

A perennial with a tufted stem and several erect leafy woolly-
hairy flowering stems. Leaves chiefly radical, spathulate-lanceo-

BY J. H. MAIDEN AND E. BETCHK. 647

late, remotely and minutely denticulate or quite entire, narrowed
in the lower half and slightly widened again at the sessile base,
about 2^ inches long, those of the stem distant, shorter, less
narrowed in the lower part and more entire. Flowering stems
about 10 inches high in the specimens seen, bearing the flowers at
the top crowded together in a leafy head-like woolly-hairy cluster.
Flowers sessile (7 in the single head available for examination),
the calyces ahiiost concealed in the long hairs of the rhachis,
bracteoles and the base of the calyx-lobes. Calyx-tulje very
short, the lobes long, with linear-subulate points. Corolla yellow,
hairy outside, about f inch long, the two upper lobes separated
much lower down. Capsule ovoid, about 3 lines long, densely
woolly-hairy, the dissepiment reaching to above the middle. Seeds
rather small and numerous, flat, with a thickened margin, the flat
centre minutely pitted.

Braid wood (W. Bauerlen, December, 1884 ; specimens kindly
communicated by Mr. R. T. Baker).

The affinities of this species are with G. yenicidata, R.Br., var.

hinata {G. lariata, R.Br.), from which it is chiefl}" distinguished

by its erect habit, head-like inflorescence and shape of the calyx

lobes.

EPACEIDE.S;.

Epacris Calvertiana, F.v.M.

Jenolan Caves (W. F. Blakely, October, 1899).

Leaves from lanceolate to ovate-lanceolate, spreading.

A very different-looking plant from the ordinary form of E.
Calvertiaiia with narrow-lanceolate erect leaves, but in other
respects identical.

APOCYNE-E.

Melodinus australis, sp.nov.

Described by the collector as "a shrub up to 4 feet," and called
l)y him " Bell-bird bush," but from the evidence of the specimen
sent, we are inclined to believe that under favourable conditions
it is a trailing if not climbing shrub, quite glabrous. Leaves

648 NOTES FROM THE DOTANIC GARDENS, SYDNEY,

shortly petiolate, linear-lanceolate, 3 to 3| inches long, about 6 to
7 lines broad in the middle, tapering at both ends, shining above,
paler underneath, with slightly recurved, somewhat undulate
margins. Flowers generally 3 to 5 in loose axillary cymes much
shorter than the leaves but much longer than the petioles, the
pedicels 1 to 3 lines long, with 1 to several pairs of small bracts.
Calyx without any glands, the segments obtuse, slightly ciliolate,
above 1 line long, persistent under the fruit. Corolla-tube about
2 lines long, the lobes slightly longer, acute, the throat-scales
usually irregularly united in a lobed or crested ring. Anthers
inserted in the middle of the tube. Ovarv glabrous. Fruit
yellowish, on a short peduncle of about ^ inch, pear-shaped,
attaining in our specimens 2^ inches in length and about 1^ inches
in diameter, with a hardened rind and numerous seeds embedded
in pulp.

Between Unkya Creek and Allgomera, Yarrahappini Mountain,
Kerapsey district (G. R. Brown, January, 1897, and November,
1899).

B0RAGINE5:.

Ehretia membranifolia, R.Br.

Baradine (W. Forsyth, Novembei-, 1899). A new locality for a
plant rather rare in New South Wales.

VERBENACE5:.
Spartothamnus .tunceus, a. Cunn.

Scone (J. H. Maiden, August, 1899).

In this locality a shrub 6 feet high by 6 feet broad, the stem
attaining 3 inches in diameter at the base, which is very much
larger than hitherto recorded.

■■o^

LAURINE5:.

Endiandra Sieberi, Nees.

Shellharbour (E. Cheel, October, 1899). Most southern locality
recorded.

BY J. H. MAIDEX AND E. BETCHE. 649

THYMELE^.
PiMELEA PETKiEA, MeisSll.

Warrumbungle Ranges (W. Forsyth, October, 1899).

The most northern and eastern locality recorded. It differs
irom a type specimen in the Sydney Herbarium, from Cudnaka,
S. Australia, in the rather larger and less numerous tiowers and
less hairy leaves. In 18.51 Mueller named his Cudnaka specimens
P. octophylla, R.Br., var. petrKa, but in the publication of his
Cenmis he kept the two species distinct. Our specimens from the
Warrumbungle Ranges approach P. octuphi/lla, and suggest that
after all Mueller's original view may be the correct one.

EUPHORBIACE.a;.
ACALYPIIA XEMORUM, F.V.M.

Road from Badgery's Crossing to Xowra (W. Forsyth tfe A. A.
Hamilton, September 1899).

Previously recorded in New South Wales from the northern
brush-forests, not further south than the Hastings River. The
leaves of the southern specimens do not exceed | of an inch in
length, but, apart from the size of the leaves, we cannot find any
essential difference between the northern and southern specimens.
Female flowers and fruits not seen.

CYCADE5:.

Macrozamia secunda, C. Moore.

Weddin Forest Reserve (J. H. Maiden, November, 1899).

This rather rare Macrozamia has been found hitherto only in
the ranges near Dubbo and Mudgee, extending from Mudgee to
CoonabaraV>ran, where it gradually merges into J/, heteromera.

The new locality extends its range considerably to the south.

Macrozamia flexuosa, C. Moore.

Hcone to Stewart's Brook (J. H. Maiden, August, 1899), in
stiff basaltic soil.
42

650 NOTKS FROM THK BOTANIC GAKDENS, SYDNEY,

PreA'iou.sly only recurded from Limel)uriier's Creek on the lower
Hunter River near Raymf)iid Terrace.

ORCHIDEiE.
Sarcochilus Fitzgeraldi, F.V.M., var. hubicentkum, \ar.nov.

Tweed River district (W. Forsyth, December, 1898).

Originally described by Fitzgerald as S.vuhicentrum from plants
procured from the Cairns district in Queensland; Ijut not pre-
viously found in New South Wales, as far as we know.

Cymbidium canaliculatum, R.Br.

Narrabri (J. H. Maiden, Novem])er, 1899). The most western
locality recorded.

AMARYLLIDE^.

Crinum pedunculatum, R.Br.

South shore of Jervis Bay, where it is known as " Rock Lily"
(J. H. Maiden, July, 1899). Most southern locality recorded.

RESTIACE.E.

Lepyhodia Muelleri, Benth.

Botany Swamps, La Perouse Road (J. H. Camfield, 1l', 1897).
New for the Port Jackson district. Previously (as regards New
South Wales) recorded from the southern coast district.

GRAMINE.iE,
Chrysopogon GrRYXLUS, Trin., var. spicigera, var.uov.

Narrabri (J. H. Maiden, November, 1899).

Spikelets generally in pairs along the ultimate bi-anches of the
panicle, rarely in threes. Awn uf the second glume of the sessile
spikelet generally ver^^ short.

Bentham adopted the name sjnciyera for a variety of Chryso-
'poyon parviflorus with the spikelets mostly in pairs; we propose to
apply the same name to the very similar variation just recorded
in the closely allied C Gryllus.

BY .1. H. MAIDEN AND E. BETCHE. 651

Following are additions to Hamilton's list of the Mt. Wilson
flora {antea, p. 346). They were recently collected by Mr.
Jesse and the Misses Gregson, and Mr. Maiden : —

STERCULIACE5:.
Lasiopetalum ferrugineum, Sm., var. cordatum, Benth.

EHAMNE5:.
POMADEKKIS PHILLYREOIDES, 8iel).

LEGUMINOS^.
Daviesia ulicina, Sm.

PULTENiEA INCURVATA, A. Cunn.
„ ECHINULA, Sieb.

„ PLUMOSA, Sieb.

DR0SEBACE.5:.
Drosera peltata, Sm.

MYRTACE5:.
Eucalyptus saligna, Sm., var. parviflora, D. k M.

SCR0PHULARINE5I.
Euphrasia Brownii, F.v.M.

ORCHiDE.a:.
Lyperanthus ellipticcs, R.Br.

BULBOPHYLLUM ELISiE, F.V.M.

652

A NEW VARIETY OF DENDROBIUM XJNDU LATUM
FROM THE SOLOMON ISLANDS.

By J. H. Maiden', Botaxic Gardens, Sydney.

Last year I received an orchid from the Solomon Islands from
Mr. C. M. Woodford, H.B.M. Deputy Commissioner for the
Western Pacific, resident in the group. It has recently flowered,
and differs so markedly from any form of Dendrohium undulatuni,
R.Br., known to me that I propose to describe it as a variety
under the name of Wood for cHanum.

The leaves broader and closer together than in the type. The
labellum rather smaller, with shorter lateral lobes. The latei-al
petals shorter, spirally twisted, but without undulate margins.
The dorsal and lateral sepals shorter and scarcely spirally twisted;
the margins not undulate.

The lateral petals dull purplish or almost steely-blue. The
sepals whitish, tinged with purplish. The labellum whitish,
tinged with purple.

653

THE NODULE ORGANISM OF THE LEGUMINOS^.
By R. Greig Smith, M.Sc, Macleay Bacteriologist.

(Plates li.-lii.)

It has been for a long time known to agriculturists that a
leguminous crop enriches the soil to a considerable extent, and it
is customary to sow a crop of beans, clover, or other leguminous
plant as a preparation for wheat, which makes a great demand
upon the soil nitrogen. It was the general feeling that the
Leguminosie could gain nitrogen from the air, but how this
occurred was not understood.

In the middle of the century Boussingault, Villes, Lawes,
Gilbert and Pugh studied the question, and although Villes
certainly showed a gain of nitrogen in some of his plant experir
ments, yet the later investigations of the Rothamsted experimen-
ters showed that neither the Leguminosa? nor any other plant
could utilise the nitrogen from any source other than the soil.
With the exception of Berthelot, who about 1876 doubted this
conclusion, the matter \aby practically dormant until Hellriegal
and Wilfarth in 1886 published their classical researches upon
the fixation of nitrogen. These authors showed that when crop
plants were grown with a sufficiency of minerals the produce was
proportional to the amount of nitrogenous manure in the soil.
This law, however, did not hold for the Leguminosee, which grew
independently of nitrogenous manuring; indeed some of the largest
crops of peas were obtained from soils which had received no
nitrogen whatever. But they also showed that when the legumi-
nous plant reached the "sick " period — that is, when the growing
plant had exhausted all the cotyledonary nitrogen and appeared
pale green in colour — it either took on a new lease of life or died,
depending upon whether nodules appeared upon the roots. With
the death of the plant there was no formation of nodules and no

654

THE NODULE ORGANISM OF THE LEGUMINOS^,

gain of nitrogen, while with the survival over this sick period the
nodules appeared, and there was a considerable gain of nitrogen.
From this the inference was naturally drawn that leguminous
plants could gain their nitrogenous food by absorbing the atmos-
pheric nitrogen in some way, and that this action had an intimate
relation with the nodules formed upon the i-oots. In other words,
the nodules were capal^le of elaborating gaseous nitrogen into
nitrogenous forms capable of being assimilated by the plant.

Hellriegal and Wilfarth in this way indirectly proved the
fixation of nitrogen by showing that the matui'e plant contained
more nitrogen than was originally in the soil. Schloesing and
Laurent afterwards proved the fact directly by a loss of the
atmospheric nitrogen in contact with the plant. Woronin,
Marshall Ward and Frank had shown that the nodules did not
form on the roots when the plants were grown in either sterilised
soil or water, and it was only when the sterile soil was infected
with ordinary soil, or when the plants in water culture had pieces
of chopped nodules inserted between the root hairs, that nodules
were produced. Woronin, as early as 1866, had suggested the
presence of bacteria in the nodulai- tissue, and the earlier experi-
ments Ijore out the idea.

Marshall Ward was the first to describe the entry of the
organisms into the tissues of the plant through the root hairs.
A bright spot was observed on the outer epidermal cell wall of
the root hair: this fused with the cell wall, and emerging on the
inner side, grew along the inside of the hair as a filament which
reached the deeper layers of the cortex cells, and these by their
proliferation ultimately formed the nodule. Since infection only
occurs on the root hair the location of the nodule is accidental.
The interior of the nodule is occupied by al])uminoid cells, where
the cellulose-dissolving infecting thread can be seen branching
and passing like a mycelium from the protoplasm of one cell
thiough the cell wall into the protoplasm of a neighbouring cell.
The method of entry of the organism was confirmed by Prazmowski,
who further saw a number of rods inside the simple filament of

BY K. GKEI« SMITH. 655

Ward, Maria Dawson* showed that the filaments consisted of
strands of straight rodlets imbedded in a matrix, the rodlets
being heaped up at the places where the filaments are sAvollen.
The rods appear to be liberated in the cell by the protecting
mucilaginous or gelatinous membrane of the filament becoming
dissolved, or by the bacteria budding off like a Dematium. Maze
agreed with the former alternative. When the bacteria become
free they soon lose their original rod-like shajDe, becoming branched
and stouter, and in this contlition are known as bacteroids. The
bacteroids may slowly fuse, one with the other, to form a spongy
tissue, to which Beijerinck ascribed the fixation of nitrtjgen,
likening it to the spongy tissue of the animal lung, where in one
case there may be a fixation oi nitrogen and in the other there i.s
a fixation of oxygen. Beijerinck in 1888 announced that he had
succeeded in isolating what he considered to be the infecting
or-ganism. His method of procedure was to sterilise the nodule
liy treatment with alcohol followed by ether, then to smash it up
in a mortar with sterile water and to spread a few drops of the
emulsion on plates, upon which a gelatine medium liad been
poured and allowed to set. The medium was made by adding 18
per cent, gelatine, \ per cent, peptone, \ per cent, asparagine,
and 1 per cent, saccharose to an infusion of leguminous stalks and
leaves. The solidified gelatine quickly absorbed the water, leaving
the organisms upon the surface. After some days colonies were
seen, consisting of short rods and motile swarmers, which might
migrate from the parent colony to found a new colony at some
distance. The organism, which he named BarAllufi radicicola,
appears to be pleomorphic, since it occurs not (jnly as rods and
minute swarmers but also develops branched forms, among which
a simulation of the Greek letter y is very common. A year later
Prazmow.ski succeeded in infecting leguminous plants with pure
cultures of the organism, the name of which he changed to
Bacterium radicicola, since it did not appear to be capalije of
forming spores.

* Maria Dawson — Proc. Koy. Soc. Ixiv., 167.

6o6 THE NODULE OKGANISM OF THE LKGUMINOSiE

Beijeriiick could not prove a tixation of nitrogen by pure cultures
of the organisms wlien grown in artificial media, but he remarked
that it could grow in the presence of a minimum quantity of
nitrogenous material provided a sutHcient amount of carbohydrate
food was present. At a later date he adA'ised the use of 8-9 per
cent, washed gelatine, 2 per cent, sucrose with leguminous plant
extract. With regard to carbohydrate food, it is to be noted
that there is a considerable quantity of starch in the bacteroidal
cells. Bart, radicicola in artificial culture is unable to fix nitrogen
directly, but in the presence of carbohydrates it is able to seize
the smallest trace of nitrate or ammonium salt and convert it into
an albuminoid form. The bacteria separated from the nodules of
the different genera of Leguminosie differed in a slight degree,
and although this difference prevented the bacteria from one
genus producing nodules on the roots of other genera it was not
sufficient to make one consider the bacteria as belonging to
different families; they could only be considered as varieties of one
species. Nobbe considers* that the organism is so influenced by
the host plant that it becomes adaptable for existence only in
that genus of plant.

As far as can be gathered,! the luovpliulogicHl and cultural;
characters of Bacternim radicicola as described by Beiierinck are;
as follows : —

Small motile swarmei's 0*18 : 0-9/;^, or non-motile rods 1 : 4-5^-
the rods show branching forms like the bacteroids of the nodules.
No spore formation has been observed, and cultures are killed by
exposure to 60°-70^ C. The swarmers are strongly aei-obic.
Drying and freezing are without influence. Gelatine-, stai-ch- and
cellulose-dissolving or sacchai'ose inserting enzymes are apparently
not secreted. On gelatine the colonies grow slowly, are hemi-
sphei'ical, whitish, clear or somewhat turlnd; the smaller colonies

* Stutzer, in Centralblatt fiir Bakteriologie, 2 Abt. i. 68.

t Lafar, Technisclie Mykologie.

Kruse, in Flugge's Die Miki'oorganismen.
Beiierinck, Centralblatt fiir Bakt. 1 Abt. v. S04,

BY R. GREIG SMITH. 657

are firm and adhesive; the larger are watery- The gelatine is not
liquefied.

Frank,* under the name Hhizohium hguminosarum, descril)esi
an organism which seems to he Beijerinck's bacterium. The
rhizobia are actively motile, rounded to long in shape, and 09 to
1-3 /x in length. There are also non-motile forms; flagella, how-
ever, could not be found. Curved forms, more or less constricted
in the middle, apparently a division stage, were frequently
observed. Zooglcea forms also wei-e seen, and these often con-
tained in the gelatinous matrix very short coccus-like bodies, the
size of which was estimated at 02 /x. Spores were not observed.
On gelatine the colonies grow slowly, reaching a diameter of
1 mm. in about a week. They are small, rounded to elliptical,
raised, of a pale yellow colour and mucilaginous. The gelatine is^
sometimes liquefied.

Kirchnerf claims the organism of the 8oja Bean as a variety
of Rhizohium. The rods are generally somewhat bent, and
measure 0-8 : 3 -2-3 -6 /x. They show a granular content when
stained, and are non-motile. On gelatine the colonies grow
slowh', forming raised, rounded, transparent, white paraffin-like
drops which do not liquefy the medium. Laurent,; in discussing
the organism of the nodule, prefers the designation Rhizohium
legiiminosarum, liut he diff'ers from Frank in respect to its
morphological characters. The colonies on gelatine are whitish,
and have a glistening surface. The strongly developed colonies
are slimy, the slime staining well with dahlia violet, yellow with
iodine, and shows no cellulose reaction. It thrives well in media
destitute of nitrogen. Sugar, especially saccharose, is favourable.
When the medium is 5 mm. deep, a slimy precipitate is formed;
when 1 cm. deep fioccules are oV)tained, and with deeper layers
there is only a turbidity. The medium should be neutral or
slightly alkaline.

* Frank, Centralhlatt fur Bakt. 1 Abt. ix. 629.
t Kirchner, ihid., 2 Abt. ii. 96.
:;; Laurent, ihid.. 1 Abt. ix. 703.

65S THE NODULE ORGANISM OF THE LEGUMINOS-E,

Temperatuies from 22'-26° are most favouiable; the growth
ceases at 30". In bouillon, a slimy precipitate is formed, which
consists of rods and branched forms. Motility could not be
observed even in the smallest forms.

Beijerinck,* from the nodules of Vicia lathyroides, obtained a
species of Bact. raclicieola, which in artificial media had a pro-
nounced capsule, forming threads and balls similar to the appear-
ances seen in nodule sections of some genera of Le(/i(minosfe. In
the capsule the I'ods do not assume the bactex'oidal form.

(jronnermannf considered that the bacteriological research of
the nodule had been kept in the background; those who had
investigated the nodule question had done so from a botanical
and an agricultui-al-chemical point of \ie\v. Beijerinck had not
described his bacterium at all fully ; indeed, he mentioned the
■organism as being ciliated, although he had not observed the
flagella. As a i-esult of his own researches, (lonnermann did not
consider the nodule to l^e produced by the stimulus of one organ-
ism alone, but to result from the action of se\eral. Out of nine
bacteria which he separated from sterile soil, in which nodules had
•been produced on plants by infection with cut nodules,! he found
two cocci which by themselves were capable of producing nodules
■on leguminous roots. This is the first intimation that cocci may
produce the nodules, although Frank spoke of cocci which became
bacteria in the tissues, and Beijerinck claimed that Jiact. radicicnla
may assume the coccus, bacterium or spirillum form.

Kleini^ claims to have proved nodule-formation on the lupin by
two bacteria, one allied to Bacterium Jiuorescens liqtiefaciens, and
the other a short, oval, non-motile bacterium, which stains deeply
at the ends and produces small colonies that slowly liquefy the
gelatine.

It is evident that the bacterial flora of the leguminous nodule
may be very varied — a circumstance which is to be expected by

* Beijerinck, II>i>L, xv. 728.

t <Tonnermann, Centrall). fiir Bakt. 2 Abt. i. "200.

X Kruse — Flugge, Die Microorganismen.

S Klein, Ceatralb. fiir Bakt. 1 Abt. xvi. 840.

BY H. (iHKIG SMITH. 659

all who havt" flone bacteriological work with plant tissues, for it
is a matter of general experience that many bactei'ia which live
in the soil obtain access to the plant. Galippe* found that garlic
was the only plant the tissues of which were free from soil
bacteria. There should not, howe\er, be so much doubt with
regard to the bacteria which cause the formation of the nodule;
neither should the morpliologieal and cultural characters oi the
organism be so indefinite. Of the bacteria for which nodule-
forming jJOwer is claimed, there is distinct evidence in favour of
1;wo, viz., Bncterimn. radicicola, P>eijerinck, and Jihizobi\im leyti-
minosarum, Frank. The differences between these two organisms
are not very great, and it is probable that were the two examined
by one bacteriologist they winild be found to be identical. The
differences certainly do not justify a difference in name, especially
with a microbe which is admitted to be on the borderland between
the bacteria, the saccharomycetes and the hyphomycetes. Each
investigator considers it to be allied to a different family, and an
organism, the characteristics of which ai'e so different from the
bacterial type, should have a specific name. The appellation,
therefore, given by Frank is to be welcomed, especially as it is
becoming more evident that the name bacterium or bacillus must
be retained for those organisms that are of a fixed type. Those
that grow like the hyphomycetes in some of their stages are now
being called by names which indicate a variance from the true
type of the fission fungi.

The circumstance that gives the nodule bacterium its interest
is undoubtedly the fact that it either fixes atmospheric nitrogen
itself or stimulates the plant to do so. Both Beijerinck and
Frank state that pure cultures of their organisms do not assimi-
late free nitrogen. Heindrich also showed that the organism
grew well on sterile potato, but did not fix nitrogen. On the
contrary, Mazef obtained a decided gain of nitrogen in bean
sucrose media, containing 1 part of nitrogen and from 100 to 200
parts of sucrose.

* (ialippe, Centralb. fur Bakt. 1 Abt. iii. lOS.
t Maze, Annales de 1' lastitut Pasteur xn.

660 THE XODLLE ORGANISM yF THE LEiiUMIXOS.E,

Other in\'estigators claim, us the results of experiments with
growing plants, that fixation onh' begins \\ hen the bacteria liave
become degenerated in the nodular tissue into bacteroids. As
long as they exist in the rod-ft)nn there is no fixation. While
this seems true for the plant and the bacteria, Liebscher and
Prazmt)wski think that Bart, radicicola can fix nitrogen in the
soil, and Stutzer suggests that other bacteria may assist. This is
quite possible, for such a fixation has been shown with other
bacteria and minute plants. Schloesing and Laurent* obtained
nitrogen assimilation with certain alga^ and mosses growing
upon the sui'face of soil. Winogradsk^'f separated from soil a
bacterium which, together with two other species, gained a
notable quantity of nitrogen when cultiAated in a nitrogen-free
glucose medium. Tliis is an interesting case of company-working
amonc bacteria.

'»

In order to "ive the organism the food constituents which are
presumably recjuired for its growth, an extract of some leguminous
plant is made, and this is used as a basis, in the same wa}^ that
meat extract forms the basis of media for the growth of bacteria
parasitic in animals. In this inAestigation the lupin was first
examined, and consequently this plant was employed. A kilogram
of chopped stems and leaves was boiled with a litre of Sydney
town water for several hours, and tlien pressed through a meat
press. The resulting extract was evaporated to less than a litre^
filtered and made up to the volume. In the beginning of the
experiments a simple agar medium was prepared b}' adding '1 per
cent, agar to the infusion, and after the usual methods of procedure,.
10 cubic centimetres were caused to set in Petri dishes. Several
3'oung lupin plants were dug up, the nodules washed, cut oft', and
the outside sterilised bv steeping for 15 minutes in mercuric
chloride (1-1000), then for a minute in strong spii-it, followed by

* iSchloesing and Laurent, Journal of the Chemiccal Society, Ixii. Abs.
II. 1021, and Ixiv. Abs. a. 13S, 336.

t Winogradsky, Centialb. ftlr Bakt. 1 Abt. xvi. 129.

BY K. (jREirx SMITH. 661

half a minute in ether. Th(> nodules were picked out of the
ether, held with the forceps till the ether had evaporated, and cut
open with a sterile knife. The cut surface was rubbed over the
solidified agar in the Petri dish. After several davs' incubation
at 22° C many growths appeared on the plates, but in none oi
them could the typical orgaiiisras be obsei'ved. This is not extra-
ordinary, for Marshal] Ward complained that it was not so easy
to obtain a culture from the nodules as the description of Beijer-
inck would lead one to believe.

There is a considerable difference of opinion with regard to
the medium best suited to the organism. Beijerinck in his later
papers recommended a very poor medium, and ascribed the want
of success that experimenters had experienced in their endeavours
to obtain the organism, to the employment of media rich in
albuminoids. Atkinson found that it grew well in ordinary meat
agar. Gonnermann used a plant infusion with 3 per cent, peptone.
Maze recommends a plant extract with 3 per cent, saccharose.
Beijerinck did not neutralise the natural acidity of the extract,
while Laurent and also Maze advised a neutral ov slightly alkaline
medium.

In the plates containing the simple unneutral ised medium, no
colonies of the organism could be obtained, but after about a week
a dark coloured smudge vvas noticed on one of the plates. An
examination of this slight stain showed a few iri'egular forms of
the organism, and several tubes of dift'erent media were inoculated.
The only medium in which growth took place was one recom-
mended by Hansen for cultivating yeast. As advised by him,
however, it is too acid, and consequently it was neutralised.*
The culture in the faintly acid medium was purified by inoculating
a series of three liquefied ordinary nutrient gelatine tubes, and

* The peptone -glucose medium eventually used contained : — Peptone,
10 grams ; glucose, 50 grams; calcium chloride (cryst. ), 5 grams; mono-
potassium phosphate, 2'5 grams ; tap water, 1000 c.c. Neutralise with
caustic potash until 10 c.c. contain an acidity equal to 0"7c.c. tenth normal
acid. Boil, filter and sterilise.

662 THE XODLLE OliGANLSM OF THK LEUU.MINOS.K,

pouring these into Petri dishes. In about 10 days colonies grew
on one of the plates to a millimetre in diameter. Different media
inoculated from one of the colonies showed the following cliarac-
tei'istics when grown at 22"^ C. : —

Meat-yelafine plate. — The surface colonies appeal' as raised hemi-
spheres with a white, glistening, paraffin-like appearance;
glutinous when touched with the needle. With 60-fold
magnification they are circular and opaque except at the
margins where a little liglit passes through showing a
granular structure. The deep colonies are oval or round,
brownish and coarsely granular.

Stah ciiltnref! in. trirunis yelatine media. — White uncharacteristic
growth along the needle track; slight surface growth.

Lupin-ac/d)- 7vith i% j^otasnium chloride. — Luxuriant, stearine-like
growth which has extracted some of the colour of the medium.

Meat-agar sfi'oke. — The inoculating loop has produced a thin,
rough, glistening, whitish ribbon with rough margins; the
culture gravitates slightly to lowei- portions; growth ne\er
luxuriant.

GJ i/cerine-meat-agar stroke. — At first the growth is like that on
meat-agar, later it becomes more luxurious. In three weeks
there is an exceedingly voluminous raised, spreading, white
glistening culture.

Inorganic fluid media. — Scanty growth.

Peptone-ghicose fluid media. — Turbid with slight film and floccu-
lent precipitate.

Peptone-sucrose fluid media. — Clear with film and precijjitate
chiefly of old films.

Potato, ordinary acid. — A yellowish-white, spreading, glistening
layer.

Liiqyvn-e.vfract, etc., gelatine plate — Translucent, white, raised, non-
spreading colonies. With 60-fold magnification, circular
granular colonies with sharp margin; the deep colonies are like
the surface ones, but are more opaque, and consequently
appeal' more gi'anular.

BY R. GREI« SMITH.

66a

The earlier cultures in agar media made from the unneutralised
infusion were not at all successful, a circumstance due partly to
the acidity and partly to the agar surface which was very soft
owing to the action of the acid wliich, us sterilisation proceeded,
made the medium less and less gelatinous. This was obviated by
neutralising the medium immediately after the agar or gelatine
was dissolved. Potassium hydrate suggests itself as the best
alkali to use in neutralising a plant extract, especially when one
remembers how much the Leguminosae are benefited Ijy potash
salts. In some of the cultures, as for example lupin-agar, with 1
per cent, potassium chloride, it seemed as if the salt had stimu-
lated the grow*-h of the organism. According to Maze, sodium
chloride acts as a poison towards the nodule bactex'iimi paralysing
its development. A plate seeded with the organism and dotted
with solutions of varit)us salts showed the greatest amount of
growth between a potassium phosphate and a calcium chloride
manuring. This suggested a means of clarifying the various
plant-extract media which are alwa^'s more or less turbid from
the gradual precipitation of organic matter. When the agar or
gelatine is dissolved in the plant extract 5 c.c. each of a 10 per
cent, solution of monopotassium phosphate and of a 20 per cent,
solution of crystallised calcium chloride are added to every 100 c.c.
of the hot gelatine oi' agar medium, which is then neutralised
with 10 per cent, potassium hydrate to faint acidity. Ten c.c. of
the solution are pipetted out and neutralised with tenth normal
potash, using phenolphthalein as an indicator, and normal potash
is added to the bulk of the medium in projiortion to make every
100 c.c. possess an acidity equal to 0'7 c.c. of normal acifl. This
acidity is equal to 0'05 per cent, tartaric acid.

The organism is a strong aerobe, and grows most freely when
started upon the surface of a medium. It does not grow under
anaerobic conditions in peptone-glucose fluid, a medium which
seems best suited to its needs. Laurent maintained that it could
grow anaerobically, while Maze, denying this, assumed that
oxygen had not been thoroughly eliminated from Laurent's culture
media.

664 THE NODULE ORGANISM OF THE LEGUMINOS.E,

Ordinaiy acid potato forms an excellent medium for its growth,
and yet it refuses to grow upon a medium prepared by adding
2 per cent, starch and 2 per cent, agar to acid potato extract.
The failure of the organism to grow upon this medium cannot be
due to the acidity, for the steamed potato and the potato-agar
had about the same acidity. It is moi'e probable that starch is
not the carbohydrate in the potato that is utilised, and that in
the nodule the organism does not utilise the starch as such.
Steaming possibly alters some of the relatively great amount of
starch in the acid potato into a derivative, which can supply the
organism with carbohydrate food. This derivative cannot be
dextrin, for experiment showed that when dextrin is added to
ordinary meat-agar to the extent of 5 per cent, it retards the
growth. Extract of lupins or of other leguminous plants does
not seem a necessity for the culture media. Grass will do quite
as well, and for that matter the plant extract might be left out
entirely. Fairly luxuriant cultures were obtained upon a medium
made with 10 per cent. Avashed gelatine, 3 per cent, glucose, and
the customary calcium chloride and potassium phosphate. The
most luxurious growth was obtained with meat-agar containing
6 per cent, glycerine. More than this percentage of glycerine,
e.g., 10 per cent, or 20 per cent., prevented growth.

With regard to temperature, the organism grows very well at
22° C, and this is very fortunate since it enables gelatine media
to be employed. At 30° C. growth is slow, but it is by no means
checked. Maze was able to accustom the organism to grow at
35° C.

The media ultimately adopted were peptone-glucose as a fluid
(see footnote, p. 661), and glucose-glycerine agar or gelatine as a
solid.*

* Washed gelatine, 20 grams, or washed agar, 2 grams ; lupin extract,
100 c.c. ; glucose, 4 grams; glyceriue, 2 grains. Heat until tlie gelatine
or agar is dissolved, add 10 c.c. each of 10 per cent, monopotassium
phosphate and 20 per cent, calcium cliloride, make the volume up to 200 c.c.
and neutralise until there is an acidity equal to 0 05 per cent, tartaric
acid (i.e., until 10 c.c possess an acidity equal to 0"7 c.c. tenth normal
acid). Heat, filter, sterilise.

BY R. GREIG SMITH. 665

Although a culture of the nodule oreianism was obtained from
the lupin nodules by smearing the surface of set agar, the method
did not recommend itself as one at all well adapted for easily-
getting the organism.

■ Beijerinck's method of sowing drops of nodule emulsion was
just as useless, because the places were in a few days swarming
with other bacteria.

Better results were obtained by washing the nodules and
passing them successively througli mercuric chloride, alcohol and
ether, holding them with sterile forceps until the ether evaporated
and placing each into a Freudenreich tlask containing 10 c.c.
sterile, 0*6 per cent, potassic chloride. In the flasks the nodules
were crushed with stout sterile glass rods. The emulsion thus
obtained was blown by means of a sterile glass spray upon the
surface of set gelatine medium in a Petri dish. From six to
twelve plates should be prepared from the same number of
nodules, as some of the nodules may contain foreign organisms
Avhich grow quickly and generally liquefy the gelatine. One
objection to spraying the plates is that the air is washed at the
same time, and moulds and aerial bacteria carried to the gelatine
surface. The usual method of obtaining pure cultures by inocu-
lating the gelatine, previous to pouring into plates, is not to be
recommended, as the nodule-formers are then chiefly in the l)ody
of the gelatine film, and grow ^■ery slowly indeed, especially when
taken directly from the nodule where they are presumably in a
somewhat enfeebled condition. The passage through the potas-
sium chloride seems to act as a stimulant, for the colonies grow
^faster than when distilled water is employed.

A better method than spraying consists in sterilising a small
<;amers-hair brush or pencil b}' passing it successively through
mercuric chloride, alcohol and ether, allowing the ether to evapo-
rate and washing in sterile potassium chloride. The moist sterile
brush is then pushed about in the nodule emulsion and painted
over the set gelatine surface. Confluent or isolated colonies

appear in from six to ten days^ and from these a pure culture
43

666 THE NODULE ORfiAXISM OF THE LEGUMIXOSiE,

may be obtained in the usual way by inoculating a series of tubes
and pouring into Petri dishes.

The colonies are circular, well raised from the surface and
white. The white colour may give place to a yellowish from
absorption of the colouring matter of the medium. In a pale
coloured medium the colonies are like drops of parattin or skimmed
milk; on the same plate both yellowish and white colonies have
been observed near one another. The yellowish was the older
colony, and apparently had absorbed all the free colouring matter
before the younger had made much progress. Although the
colonies do not litiuefy the gelatine, yet in some cultures a slight
liquefaction has been seen. This was obtained with a vigorous
culture growing upon a medium containing 6 per cent, gelatine
which, through prolonged heating during filtration, had lost some
of its gelatinising power. On the plates the colonies may consist
of many forms of the organism. Home colonies ma}- consist
entirel}' of short bipolar staining rods in the interior as well as
on the surface of the growth. Others again, even on the same
plate, may consist of these together with rods swollen at the ends
and exhibiting irregular staining, or with Y. satui'u-like, or
branching forms.

The organism, generally speaking, is a capsulated l)acteriuni,
with rounded ends and stains irregulai'ly. The strong stains
such as fuchsin, unless the excess of colour is removed by alcohol,
show an irregular rod that may be more or less branched, while
the weaker stains as the blues show the protoplasm contracted in
places. The shorter bacterial forms are straight and stain at the
poles; the longer forms ma}^ be more or less bent, and show three,
four, five or more stained portions. The general shape varies
somewhat in the different media. In pe^Dtone-glucose fluid the
short bipolar staining rods predominate, while the substitution
of sucrose for glucose causes the irregular and l>ranching forms
to preponderate. On ordinary' meat-agar media the broken rods
appear to be thin in the middle; the addition of glycerine to the
meat agar causes some of the organisms to assume the long form,
the segregated protoplasm of which gives the rod a chlamydospore-

BY R. GKEIG SMITH. 667

like appearance. The broken appearance of the dried and stained
rod is veiy characteristic.

A few of the films that had been made from peptone-glucose
fluid cultures showed small terminal prominences that suggested
buds, and in order to observe them bettei", the films, instead of
being fixed h\ hent, as is customary in preparing bacterial films,
were fixed liy means of formalin, the employment of heat being
avoided throughout the process. The method consisted in spread-
ing a loop oi a •^)6 to IS hours culture upon a clean cover glass
and allowino- the film to dry in the air. It was then floated on
a 5-10 per cent, aqueous solution of formalin for five minutes,
rinsed in distilled water, floated on the stain, again washed in tap
followed by distilled water, allowed to dry in the air and finally
mounted in balsam. Of the various stains, gentian-violet used as
Frankel's carbol-violet gave the best result The blues were
rrtther weak, and carbol-fuchsin stained the whole organism,
althouo'h.when diluted it did fairlv well.

The organiitr)it< prepared in this ivay appeared as more or less
oval vacuolated yeasts, and a few of the cells showed a ])ronounced
terminal bi(d. The yeasts are undoubtedly best seen in the fresh
condition, hut the nodule organisms are much too small for
observation in this way, and consequently the use of a diflferential
stain is necessary. When prepared in this way the single cells
vary in length and breadth, but generally are about 0-5 fi broad
and from 1-2 to '2-0 fi long. The longer forms consist of several
cells contained in a delicate tubular capsule. We can now explain
the broken appearances of the organisms when prepared by the
methods usually adopted for bacteria. The heat used to fix the
organisms causes the protoplasm of the cell to contract, and a
break occurs across the vacuole. The sinsi'le oro'anism thus exhibits
polar staining. The organisms may have produced a bud more or
less mature that separates from the parent cell, but is still retained
within the capsule. The stained organism and bud will now
appear as a rod, staining centrally and at the poles. The bud
may mature and form its vacuole, in which case two organisms
will be contained in one capsule. This double organism will stain

668 THE NODULE ORGANISM OP THE LEGUMINOS^,

as a straight or bent rod, the protoplasm of which has collected
in four places.

A hanging-drop preparation of a two days old culture in
peptone-glucose fluid at 22° C. shows the young cell as actively
motile, darting about over the field of the microscope. At a later
stage it has a forward waltzing motion, and ultimately the motion
ceases when the cell presumably begins to bud. When the bud
has separated from the parent protoplasm it pulls and tugs in its
endeavour to free itself from the capsule membrane containing
the motionless mother cell, and we have an appearance exactly
like that of an ant attempting to drag along a twig which proves
too heavy for its powers.

The capsule is frequently too strong, and the bud grows to
maturity still enclosed in the parent membrane. In young
cultures budding is very vigorous, and a second Ijud may appear
pushing the first to one side. Thus there is produced the Y form.
Another bud may form an X.

In peptone sucrose media the irregular forms are very common;
indeed with a two days' culture there are very few individual
cells. These combinations clearly result from the inability of the
daughter cells to escape from the parent membrane, which is
apparently much more tough than when glucose is used as a
nutrient. When grown upon solid media, the cells are generally
in the rod form, but this does not justify their being placed
among the bacteria. Indeed, since they are budding fungi, the
name applied to them by Beijerinck is a misnomer.

A year ago Maria Dawson, by constant observation under high
magnification, found that the organisms divided into equal or
slightly unequal halves, but since they divided, this investigator
considered that they were true bacteria. As before mentioned,
the organisms are too small to be seen clearly in the unstained
condition, and the observation of even the more mature buds is
a matter of some difficulty. The younger buds enclosed in the
ref ractile membrane are probably impossible to be seen until they
have attained a more mature form, when they appear as if
division had occurred.

BY K. GREIG SMITH. 669

The nodule yeasts have always a tendency to form a more or
less gelatinous capsule. In peptone-glucose fluid this is very thin,
while in solid media it is more or less bulky. Under some con-
ditions, and notably in sucrose fluids, the cells are collected in
zoogloea films, tufts and filaments. They are very prone to collect
round foreign solid particles, such as fragments of cotton wool,
and when this occurs there is presented the appearance of a
microscopically wide tube containing the organisms. The capsule,
when swollen and muciltiginous, gathers more or less towards the
middle of the simple cell, or of the elongated or branching com-
pound cells, and by staining equally with the cell produces many
odd forms. Among the.se odd forms there is a lenticular shape,
and a sphere with two or three projecting points : the two pro-
jecting points cause the organism to appear like the planet
Saturn. The other varieties of form may be called hat-shapes.
These irregular appearances are only observed when stains are
used that colour the capsule as deeply as the cell. The relation
between the capsule and the organism may be demonstrated by
staining with carbol-fuchsin, and washing most of the stain out
of the capsule with dilute alcohol. The cell then appears of a
deep red colour, and the capsule pink.

In my endeavour to obtain a preparation showing the flagellum
by means of which the cell presumably is enabled to move about,
many cultures of the organism were tried in various ways. As
a result of these trials it became evident that the suspension of
an agar culture in water or normal saline was not suitable.
Ultimately peptone-glucose fluid cultures were used in the
undiluted condition, spread on clean cover-glasses, air-dried
and fixed in 5-10 per cent, formalin solution. The formalin
solution, while fixing the organisms, probably also extracts
some of the soluble constituents of the film which might take
up the mordant and become stained. The formalin was washed
oft' with distilled water, and the cover-glass immersed in
Coerner-Fischer mordant that had been warmed and filtered.
The watch-glass containing film and mordant was kept warm by
placing it over the very small flame of a microchemical burner.

670 THE NODULE 0Kr4ANISM OF THE LEGUMINOS.E,

Aftei' from 1 to 2 minutes, the eovei-glass was taken out of the
solution, rinsed thoroughly in tap water and then in distilled
water. .Staining was effected Ijy immersing the cover-glass, film-
side downwards, for 5 minutes in carbol-fuchsin, which had been
filtered cold and then warmed. The stained tilm was washed,
air-dried and mounted in balsam. When successfully stained by
this method the appendages of the cell are revealed. An empty
tiibular capsule can sometimes Ije seen attached to the organism;
the width of the tube, as well as the frayed end, show clearly
what it is. The cell has sometimes a relatively wide diffuse
terminal thread, whicli is in all probability a mucilage thread
and accidental, since it is too wide and transparent either for a
flagellum or for the capsular tube. A few cells have stronger
threads varying up to twice the length of the organism. These
are exceedingly like the flagella of the bacteria. They may he
flagella — it is more probable that the}^ are not, since they are but
seldom found. For example, in a 40 hours' culture at 18° C,
most of the organisms were actively motile, and a film of this
culture showed when mordanted and stained only two cells with
these pronounced terminal threads. Had they been flagella there
would have been in the same tilm many more cells endowed with
these appendages. The culture, however, showed that practically
every cell bore an exceedingly thin terminal thread A^arying up
to 2 ^ in length, and bearing upon the distal end a tuft like the
tuft upon a lion's tail or the lash upon a whip. This is undoubt-
edly the flagellum by means of which the cell moves. The thread
is so thin that even when mordanted and stained it is seen with
ditficulty. The tei^minal tuft, however, is easil}^ made out, and
assists in the discernment of the thread. The tufted flagella
appear singl}^ and at one end of the simple organisms.

While th(! coccus form of other investigators is undoubtedly
the bud, the spirillum and slightl}^ bent forms are caused by the
bending of two or more cells while still enclosed in the parent
niembi'ane, and the collection of individual organisms appearing
or staining as one bacterium produces the curvature of the
supposed simple rod. It must not ])e forgotten, however, that in

BY K. GKEIG SMITH. 671

common with all yeasts the i-hizobia under certain unfavourable
conditions, and notably within the nodule, may grow to long and
irregular forms, just as some of the most pronounced saccharo-
mycetes grow as sausage-shaped and lengthened forms. With the
latter this frequently occurs when they are grown on solid media,
and also when cultivated for a long time on the surface of ]i({uid
media.

When young cultures of Rkizohium are placed upon the gypsum
block, as is customary in determining ascospore formation with
the yeasts, and maintai)ied for a few iX&ya at 22° C, the proto-
plasm of the cell is seen to aggregate into points and finally
disappear, the cell meanwhile swelling and losing its staining
power. Among the cells occur a number of coccus forms, but
since they occur free, and liave not with certainty been seen
inside the cells, they are probably Ijuds and not ascospores.
The older cultures on gypsum show only a collection of non-
staining forms.

Experiments were made with pure cultures of the organism,
using glucose and sucrose in conjunction with plant extract, but
neither with Rhizohia obtained from the lupin nor the pea could
any fixation of free nitrogen be found either in faintly acid,
neutral or faintly alkaline media; the cultures finally contained
the same amount of nitrogen as they liafl at the beginning of the
experiment.

Witli regard to the other (organisms oi the nodule, examination
of the crushed nodule suspension shows what is virtually a pure
cultiu-e of Rkizobium. Other organisms are so few in number
that they are o^•erwhelmed by the nodule formers. So numerous
are they that an}^ doubt as to whether other organisms may cause
the formation of the nodule is at once dispelled, and Rhizobiani
undoubtedly plays the chief if not the only role. Other organisms
do occur, Init most of them may be looked upon as accidental,
since thej^ are not universally found in all nodules. There is one
organism, liowever, which has lieen found very frequently in the
nodules of peas, lupins and vetches. It grew so freely upon

672 THE NODULE ORGANISM OF THE LEGUMINOS.E,

carbonaceous media poor in nitrogen, and was of «u large a size
that experiments were made in order to ascertain if this could fix
free atmospheric nitrogen. The experiments were negati\e: the
l)lanks showed the same amount of nitrogen as the cultures.
This organism appeared sometimes as a streptococcus, and some-
times as a chain of fat bacteria, the individual cells measuring
about 3 fj. long and about 2 fx broad. A culture in lupin extract
that had stood for two months showed a collection of spores. On
solid media these developed into smaller compact rods withi
rounded ends, and this appearance, together with the culture-
characteristics obtained from the original organism, identified the-
bacillus as £ac. megatheriuvt . The recognition of this organism,
which, if not identical with, is very closely allied to, the alinit
bacillus, Bac. Elleuhachii a, which is claimed to assist the cei'eals-
in collecting nitrogen from the air, induced the trial of a mixed
culture of this bacillus with Rhizohium in order to see if these-
organisms growing together could fix atmospheric nitrogen in
artificial culture. The mixed culture grew most luxuriantly to
form a syrupy fluid, which was in great contrast to the thinner
cultures of the separate organisms. There was no gain of nitrogen,
however, by the cultui'es. A second set received an additional
quantity of glucose after reaching the syrupj^ stage, but still there
was no gain. Cover-glass prepai-ations of the eleven days' syrupy
culture showed the rhizobia staining strongl}' as if in extremel}-:
vigorous condition. A number of short empty capsule tubes were
dimly visible. The growth of megatherium was restricted; spores
occurred here and there, and there were a few short chains of
coccus forms. The small coccus-like buds, as well as the mature
forms of Rhizohram, were frequently seen adhering to these
chains. There were a few large oval cells which contained one
or two rhizobia; the cells apparently consisted of a stain -absorlnng
plasma, and probably were huge capsules. Yellow masses of b\'e-
product also occurred; these recalled the masses after seen in the
nodule cells. Bearing in mind that the nodules are rich in starch,
it seems possible that Bac. viegatherium. may functionate as a
starch dissolver, and in this wav assist the nutrition of Rhizobium..

BV R. GREIG SMITH. 673

Of the other bacteina and moulds of the nodule there are none
that call for any special attention. When taken from the nodule
they are chiefly capsulated gelatine-liquefying bacteria. Bad.
Jluorescens liquefaciens was obtained from the nodules of one pea
plant in goodly amount; but since it was not found in any other,
its presence was purely accidental. Stutzer's Hy2)homicrohium
pccurs very frequently as an impurity in the partially pure
colonies of the nodule former.

The following are the points which this investigation has
decided : —

1. The nodule organism is a yeast and possesses a vacuole.

"2. Frank's designation lUiizohium hi/umin(>f<arum is better than
Beijerinck's Bacterium radicicola.

3. The organism multiplies by budding, which, together with

the presence of a more of less persistent mucilaginous
capsule, causes the single or compound organism to assume
a variety of shapes.

4. The vigorous forms are motile, the motility being due to a

single, terminal, tufted flagellum.

5. A faintly acid glucose medium is best adapted to its growth.

6. The organism does not fix nitrogen in artificial media.

7. Bac. meyatherinm usually accompanies Rhizohium in the

nodules.

8. Other bacteria found iu the nodules are probably accidental.

EXPLANATION OF PLATES.

Magniticatioii 1500. Culture medium, peptone-glucose fluid. Numbers.
3-7 stained with Coerner- Fischer mordant.
Fig. I. — Double cell and pronounced vacuole.
Fig. 2. — Groups of budding and vacuolated cells.
Fig. 3. — Budding cells.

Figs. 4-7. — Cells with flagellum appendages.

Fig. 8.- Cells in Me<i(ithcyiinn-Ehizohiu)ii culture showing Rhizohium cells.
in large capsule and also in thin branching capsule.

674

CONTRIBUTION TO A KNOWLEDGE OF THE MOSSES
OF NEW SOUTH WALES.

By William Fohsyth.

If an apology were required for Ijriiiging this paper under the
notice of the memljers of this Society, the general want of know-
ledge prevailing even amongst botanists with respect to the mosses
of New South Wales would, I think, be considered ample.

No list or catalogue of the mosses of Australia has been
published since the date of issue of Mr. Mitten's list in 1882.
Many species have been discovered since that time, but from the
fact that nearl}' all the collections have been sent for determina-
tion to specialists in Europe, and the descriptions of new species
published in European jiublications — not always obtainal)le here
— information regarding them is very meagre indeed, and to
ascertain what has or has not been recorded is a matter of no
little difficulty and some uncertainty.

It is, therefore, with the object of furnishing some little
information with regard to geographical distribution, etc., that
the writer submits the following list. Many of the species have
not hitherto been recorded for New South Wales, and some of them
have been recorded in so indefinite a manner as to be next to useless
so far as affording any guide to the collector is concerned. Some
new localities also are given for species already definitely recorded.

The total number of species under notice is 61, of which 43 are
new for the colony, the remaining number furnishing new locali-
ties; and 26 are recorded from Port Jackson.

Although much care has l^een taken to have the given localities,
etc., as full and correct as possible, still some incompleteness
cannot be unexpected in a list which must neccessai'ily be of a
tentative character.

It has only to be stated that the specimens from which the
species were determined passed through the hands of the eminent
bryologist, Dr. Brotherus, of Helsingfors, to banish any doubt as
to the correctness of the namini;-.

BY WILLIAM FORSYTH. 675

I have to acknowledge my indebtedness to Mr. U. A. Bastow,
F.L.8., well known for his work on Tasmanian Mosses, for a copy
of his MS. " List of Australian Mosses." The localities marked
with an asterisk are from this as yet unpublished list. I have
also to thank Mr. T. Whitelegge and Rev. W. W. Watts for the
opportunity of using some of their records.

No previous records for species are given outside of Australia
and Tasmania.

Tribe i. DICRANE.a:, .Mitteu.

D I C R A N E L L A, C. M.

DiCRANELLA DlETRICHI^, CM.

National Park (IF. Forsyth; Sept. 13th, 1898); Fitzroy Falls
{T. Whitelegge; Nov. 8th, 1884).

Previously recorded from Queensland and New South Wales.*

DiCRANELLA TKICKURIS, CM.

Turramurra, near Sydney (IF. Forsi/th; Aug. 14th, 1898) and
Burringbar; Nov. 11th, 1898); Richmond River (Bev. W. W.
Watts; April 29th, 1896); Gosford {T. Whitelegge; Sept., 1891).

Previously recorded from Queensland.

B L I N D I A, Bruch (fe Schimper.

: Blindia robusta, Hampe.

Merritt's Camp, Kosciusko ( W. Forsijth; Jan., 1899).

Previously recorded from Tasmania* and Victoria.

This handsome moss was found growing just a few feet from
the edge of a large snuw drift, and in some instances partly
covered by the melting snow.

H o L o :m 1 T R I u M.
HOLOMITRIUM PERICILETIALE, Bridel.

Lane Cove, Port Jackson (IF. Forsyth; July, 1898); Ballina,
Alston ville Road {Rev. W. W. Watts; Dec, 1897).

Previously recorded from Tasmania, Victoria and Queensland.*

676 MOSSES OF NEW SOUTH WALES,

E \c A M PTC DO X, Moiitanue.

Encamptodox MuELLEPti, Hpe. it CM.

Mt. Warning (W. Forsf/tk; Oct. 31st, 189.S); Brooklet, Rich-
mond River {Rev. If. W. Watts; Sept., 1S96).
Previously recorded fi'om Victoria.

C A M p V L o p u s, Bridel.

Campylopus Woollsii, cm.

Top of Mt. Warning, growing on the stems of Xanthorrhoea
arborea, R.Br. (31st. Oct., 1898), National Park (July, 1898),
Three Mile Scrub, Byron Bay (7th Nov., 1898), and Turramurra
(If. Forsyth; 14th Aug., 1898); Wyong {A. A. Hamilton; April,
1899).

Previously recorded by the kite Rev. Dr. Woolls from Sydney,
but without any definite locaHty; also recorded from Queensland-
Tribe ii. GRIMMIE^.
Ct r I M M I A, Ehrhart.

Grimmia apocarpa, Hedwig.

Merritt's Camp, Kosciusko; growing plentifully on the rocks
above Merritt's Camp, on the Kosciusko Plateau ( W. Forsyth;
Jan., 1899).

Previously recorded from Tasmania and Victoria.

Grimmia triciiophylla, Grev.

Pretty Point, Kosciusko {W. Forsyth; Jan., 1899).
Previously' recorded from Tasmania anrl Queensland.*

Grimmia cygnicolla, Ta^'l., {G. pulrinata, Hook. A: Tayl.)

Barber's Creek {J. H. Maiden; Oct., 1898).
Previously recorded from Western Australia, Tasmania, Vic-
toria and Queensland.*

BY WILLIAM FORSYTH. 677

Grimmia obtusata, Hpe. &. CM.

Merritt's Camp, Kosciusko (IF. Forsyth; Jan., 1S99).
Previously recorded from Victoria.*

G L Y P H o M I T R I u M, Bridal.

Glyphomitrium Muellkri, Mitten.

Bowmark (J. H. Maiden; Sept. 14th, 1897).

Previously recorded from Queensland and New South Wales.*

Tribe iii. LEUCOBRYE^.

L E u c o B R Y u M, Hampe.

Leucobryum strictifolium, Broth.

Lawson, Blue Mts. {E. Betche; Aug., 189-5); Cowan Creek
{A. A. Hamilton; Jan., 1899).

Previously recorded from Queensland; and Richmond River,
New South Wales {Rev. W. W. Watts).

Tribe v. TORTULE.a:.
W E I s s I A, Hedwig.

Weissia flavipes, J. Hook. & Wils.

La Perouse, Botany Bay {W. Forsijth; July, 1899); Richmond
River {Rev. W. fV. Watts).

Previously recorded from Tasmania and Victoria.

H Y M e N o s T o M u M, R.Br.

Hymenostomum olivaceum, cm.

Nepean River {W. Forsyth; Sept. 23rd, 1898).
Previously recoi'ded from Gosford {T. Whitelegge, 1891).

T o R T u L A, Hedwig.

Tortula princeps, DeNotaris.

Jenolan (/. U. Maiden; Aug., 1898).

Previously recorded from Tasmania* and Victoria.

678 MOSSES OF NEW SOUTH WALES,

ToRTULA (Barbula) SUBCALYCINA, CM.

Lane Cove {W. Forsi/th; Jul}-, Lsys;; Kookwood {E. Cheel;
Aug. 7th, 1898).

Previously recorded from Queensland.*

TORTULA calycina, C.JNI.

National Park (11'. Forsi/th: Sept. 10th, 1898).

Previously recorded from West Australia, Tasmania and

Queensland.

E u c A L Y p T A, Schreber.

EUCALYPTA TASMANICA, Hpe. lir CM.

Jenolan (J. If. Maiden; Aug., 1898); Shoalhaven Gullies, near
Badgery's Crossing (IF. Forsyth; Sept., 1899); and Warrum-
bungle Ranges (Oct., 1899).

Previously recorded from Tasmania.

Tribe vi. ORTHOTRICHE.S;.
O R T H o D o N T I u M, Schreber.
Orthodontium lineare, Taylor.

La Perouse {W. Forsyth; July, 1898); Gosford (T. Whitelegge;
Sept. 20th, 1891).

Growing abundanth' on the lower part of the trunks of
Encalyptus robusta at La Perouse, Botany Bay. I have a
suspicion that plants of this species with mature fructification
form the 0. ovale of CM.

Previously recorded from West Australia"^' and Tasmania.

Orthodontium sulcatum, Hook.

Tempe, near Sydney {A. A. Hamilton; Sept. 18th, 1898).
Previously recorded from Victoria.

Orthodontium ovale (?) CM.

La Perouse {W. Forsyth; Dec, 1898).

Previously recorded from Gosford, New South Wales {T.
Whitelegge, 1891).

BY WILLIAM FORSYTH. 679

This moss also grows plentifiilh' on the trunks of trees of
Eucalyptus robusta at La Perouse.

Tribe vii. SPLACHNEiE.
T A Y L O K I A, Hook.

Tayloria octoblepharis, Hook.

Turramurra (Aug., 1898), Lane Cove (July, 1898), Nepean
River (Sept., 1898), and National Park ( ir. Forsyth; Aug.,
1898); Appin (J. //. Maiden: Sept., 1898); Mosman's Bay (7".
WhitpJegye, 1884).

Strange as it may appear I cannot find any record of this moss
for New South Wales. It is a common moss, and I am aware
that it lias lieen found by Mr. Whitelegge, ]\Ir. Watts and others.

Tribe \\n. FUNARIEiE.

F u N a R I A, Schreber.

Funaria aristata, Broth.

Lane Cove [W. Forsyth; July, 1«98, and Sept., 1898).
Previously recorded from Lilyvale, New South Wales (^T.
Whitelegge; Sept., 1891).

Fuxaria cuspidata, Hook. A: Wils.

La Perouse (IF. Forsyth; July, 1898).
Previously recorded from Victoria.*

FuKARiA glabra, Tayl.

Turramurra (IC. Forsyth; Uth Aug., 1898), Lane Cove (Sept.,
1898), and National Park (10th Sept., 1898).

Previously recorded from West Australia, Tasmania and Vic-
toria.

Tribe ix. BARTRAMIE.S:.

P H I l 0 N o T I s, Bridel.

Philoxotis appressa, Hook, (t Wils.

Mt. Kosciusko ( U\ Forsyth; Jan., 1899).
Previously i-ecorded from Tasmania and Victoria.

680 MOSSES OF NEW SOUTH WALES,

CoNOSTOMUM, Swartz.

CONOSTOMUM PUSILLUM, Hook. & Wils.

King's Tableland, Blue Mts. (IF. Forsi/th ; Nov. 2nd, 1898),
and Mt. Kosciusko (.Jan., 1899).

Previously recorded from Tasmania and Victoria.

The specimens from Mt. Kosciusko are much more robust than
those from King's Tableland, their general appearance being
very different.

CoNOSTOMUM CURVIROSTRE, Mitten.

Summit of Mt. Kosciusko ( W. Forsyth; Jan., 1899).
We found this quaint little moss growing on the summit of
Kosciusko close to the Observatory.
Previously recorded from Victoria.

B A R T R A M I A, Hedwig.

Bartramia papillata. Hook, it Wils.

Merritt's Camp, Kosciusko (IF. Forsyth; Jan., 1899).
Previously recorded from Tasmania, Victoria and Queensland.*

Tribe x. BRYE^ai.

B R Y u M, Linn.

Bryum leptothecium, Tayl.

Jenolan Caves {H. Malthouse; Aug., 1898); Manly (A. A.
Hamilton; Sept., 1898).

Previously recorded from Tasmania and Victoria.

Bryum creberrimum, Tayl.

Lane Cove (W. Forsyth; July, 1898).
Previously recorded from West Australia.

Bryum pachytheca, CM.

"Thirteen miles from Dubbo" {J. H. Maiden; Aug. 8th, 1898);
Rookwood {E. Cheel; Aug. 7th, 1898).

1!V WILLIAM FORSYTH. 681

Pre\iously recorded from West Australia, Victoria and Tas-
mania.

Mitten in his list jDut this species and B. baloides, Tayl., under
the. head of B. dichotomum, Hedw., but the Index Bryologicus
keeps the species {pachytheca) distinct. As Mr. Mitten gives the
thi-ee colonies — West Australia, Victoria and Tasmania— for the
three so-called species under the heading of dichotomum, it would
be interesting to know how many of the colonies have recorded

^'pachytheca."

Bryum chrysoneuron, cm

Lane Cove ( ir. Forsyth; July, 1S98).
Previously recorded from Tasmania and Victoria.

Bryum pyrothecium, Hpe. & CM.

King's Tableland ( Jr. Forsyth; Oct., 1898).
Previously recorded from Victoria.

Bryum erythropyxis, CM.

National Park (W. Forsyth; Aug., 189S), and La Perouse
(July, 1898).

Previously recorded from Hume River (3Iiss Campbell, 1881);.
Cambewarra {T. Whitelegge, 1881).

Bryum (Webera) nutans.

Merritt's Camp, Kosciusko {W. Forsyth; Jan., 1899).

Previously recorded from Tasmania, Victoria and New South
Wales.*

R H I z o G o N I u M, Bridel.
Rhizogonium NoViE-HoLLANDLE, Bridel.

Burrhigbar {W. Forsyth; Nov. 5th, 1898).

Previously recorded from Tasmania and Victoria.
44

682 MOSSES OF NEW SOUTH WALES,

Tribe xii. RHACOPILE^:.
R H A c o P I L u M, Bridel.

Rhacopilu.m convolutaceum, cm.

Jenolan Caves {H. Malthouse; Aug., 1898); King's Tableland
(ir. Forsyth; Oct., 1898); Mosman's Bay (7'. Whitelegge; Sept.,
1884).

Previously recorded from Richmond River (Camara); also from
Tasmania and Queensland.

Tribe xv. NECKERE.aS.

L E p T o D o X, Mohr.

Leptodon Smithii, Mohr.

Mt. Tomah {J. H. Maiden; Nov., 1898) ; ,Shoalha\en Gullies
{W. ForsT/th; Sept., 1899).

Previously recorded from New South Wales, but no locality
given.

Tribe xvi. SEMATOPHYLLEiE.

Rhaphidostegium, Schreber.

Rhapiiidostbgium acicula, cm.

National Park ( IF. Forsyth; July, 1898), La Perouse (July,
1898); Wyong {A. A. Hamilton; April, 1899); Cook's River
{ReA\ W. W. Watts; March, 1896); Lord Howe Lsland {J. H.
Maiden; April, 1898).

Pre\iously recorded from Victoi'ia.*

Rhaphidostegium luciduloides, CM.

Lane Cove (IF. Forsyth; July, 1898), National Park (Aug.,
1898), Cooper Estate, Woollahra (Aug., 1898); "Near Gordon"
{Rev. W. W. Walts; Oct., 1895).

Previously recorded from New South Wales,* but no locality
given.

by william forsyth. 683

Rhaphidostbgium pseudo-homomallu.m, cm,

Murwillumbah (W. Forsyth; Nov. 3rd, 1.898); Ricbraond
River (Rev. W. W. Watts; July 7th, 1898); Wyong (A. A.
Hamilton; April 4th, 1898).

Previously recorded from New South Wales (Homebush ; T.

Whitelegge, 1885).

A c A N T n o c L A D I u M, Mitten.

ACANTIIOCLADIUM EXTEXUATUM, Bridel.

Turramurra (IF. Forsyth; Aug. 14th, 1898); Jenolan Caves
{H. Malthouse; Aug., 1898).

Previously recorded from Tasmania, Victoria, Queensland*; and
New South Wales) Macquarie River {Ball).

Tribe xvii. STEREODONTE.a;.
I s o p T E u Y fi I u M, Mitten.

ISOPTERYGIUM CANDIDUM, CM.

Mosman's Bay ( ir. Forsyth; Sept. 17tb, 1898); Richmond
River {Rev. W. W. Watts; Jan. 5th, 1897).

Previously recorded from "Near Sydney" {Kayser) axid Queens-
land.*

I have thought it desirable to record these localities, thus
making it definite.

IsOPTERYGIUM VIRIDI-PALLIDUS, CM.

Cooper Estate, Woollahra ( W. Forsyth ; Aug., 1898) ; La
Perouse (July, 1898); Wj-ong {A. A. Hamilton; April, 1899);
Richmond River {Rev. W. W. Watts).

I can find no previous record.

E c T R o p 0 T H E c I u M, Mitten.

ECTROPOTHECIUM UMBILICATUM, CM.

Ballina {W. Forsyth; Oct., 1898); Richmond River {Rev. W.
W. Watts; May 2nd, 189G).

68-1 MOSSES OF NEW SOUTH WALES,

I cannot find any previous record of this species ; probably
Queensland.

Tribe xviii. HYPNE5:.

F A n R o X I A, Raddi.

Fabronia Scottl^':, CM.

Como {E. Cheel; Nov., 1898); Richmond River, Tentenbar
Road {Rev. W. W. Watts; Nov., 1896).

Previously I'ecoi'ded from Queensland* and New .South Wales
(Hunter River; Mrs. Ford).

R H Y N c H o s T E G I u M, Schimper.

Rhynchostegium tknuifolium, Hedwig.

National Park {W. Forsyth; Aug, 1898); King's Tableland
(Oct., 1898).

Previously recorded from Victoria.

B R A c H Y T n E c I u M, .Scliimper.

Brachythecium (Hypnum) paradoxum, Hook, k Wils.

Merritt's Camp, Kosciusko {W. Forsyth; Jan., 1899).
Previously recorded from Tasmania and Victoria.

T II u I D I u M, Schimper.

TiiuiDiuM furfurosum, Hook, k Wils.

National Park {W. Forsyth; July, 1898); Jenolan (//. AlaK-
house; Aug., 1898).

Previously recorded from Tasmania and Victoria.

Thuidium protensula, cm.
Burringbar ( W. Forsyth; Nov. .5th, 1898).
I cannot find any record of this .species.

BY WILLIAM FORSYTH. 68.>

Tribe xix. SKITOPHYLLEJE.
F I s s I D E N s, Bridel.

FiSSIDENS TENELLUS, Hook. &. Wils.

Lane Cove (IF. Forsi/fJt ; Aug., 189S); Richmond River
{Bev. W. W. Watts; June 22nd, 1896).
Previously recorded from Tasmania and Victoria.

FiSSIDENS PALLIDUS, Hook. it Wils.

Mt. Tomah (J. //. Maiden; Nov., 1898); National Park (jF.
Forsyth; July, 1898); Richmond River {Eev. IV. fF. IVatts;
Aug. 4th, 1896); Lawson (F Belche; Aug., 1895).

Previously recorded from Tasmania.

FiSSIDENS COAKCTATUS, CM.

National Park {W. Forsyth; July, 1898); Richmond River
{Rev. W. W. Watts; June 29th, 1896, and Aug. 1st, 1896).
Previously recorded from New .South Wales.*

FiSSIDENS LILIPUTANO-INCURVUS, CM.

Lane Cive {W. Forsyth; July, 1898), National Park (July^
1898).
Previously recorded from Victoria.*

FiSSIDENS SEMILIMBATUS, Hpe. tt CM.

Lane Cove (IF. Forsyth; Sept., 1898).
Previously recorded from Tasmania* and Victoria.

FiSSIDENS IXCURVO-BRYOIDES, CM.

Rookwood {E. Cheel; Aug. 7th, 1898).
I cannot find any I'ecord of this species.

Tribe xx. POLYTRICHE.a:.
P s I L o p I L u iM, Bridel.

PSILOPILUM AUSTRALE, Hook. <k Wlls.

Mt. Kosciusko (IF. Forsyth; Jan., 1899).
Previously recorded from Tasmania.

686 MOSSES OF NEW SOUTH WALES.

P 0 G o N A T u M, Bridel.

POGONATUM ALPINUM, Linn.

Mt. Kosciusko (W. Forsyth; Jan., 1899).
Previously recorded from Tasmania and Victoria.

POGONATUM AUSTRALASICDM, Hpc. <)t CM.

National Park {W. Forsyth; lOtli Sept., 1898), Burringbar
(Nov. 5th, 1898); Lawson (.4. A. Hamilton; Oct. 15th, 1898).
Previousl}' recorded from Victoria.*

P o L Y T R I c n u M, Dillenius.

POLYTRICHUM .TUNIPERINUM, Willd.

Mt. Kosciusko (W. Forsyth; Jan., 1899).
Previously i*ecorded from Tasmania and Victoria.

687

CONTRIBUTIONS TO A KNOWLEDGE OF THE AUS-
TRALIAN CRUSTACEAN FAUNA.

No. ii.— On Sacculina, parasitic upon IHhmnopevs serraiifrons.

By David G. Stead.

The species treated of in this note — PUiminojiCMS serratifrons,
Kinahan — is very abundant in Port Jackson. It is purely a
littoral form, and is common on rocky shores, between high- and
low-tide marks, wherever there are boulders, under which it
seeks concealment. When disturbed, it has the habit of drawing
up its legs close to the body and remaining quite still. This
enables it often to escape observation entirely, as its dull-coloured
body readily assimilates with the surrounding pebbles and debris.

In colour, it is subject to a good deal of variation. Though
usually of a uniform dark brown (with the exception of the
external portion of the propodos of each cheliped, which is of a
lighter hue), specimens are occasionally met with of a dirty-white
colour, this latter variety being connected with the former by a
series of intermediate mottled forms. The colour seems to depend
in some measure upon the animal's surroundings.*

The females arrive at maturity at a comparative!}' early age,
specimens of very small proportions being found carrying ova.

Upon an observers examining a good number of these crabs,
he will most likely come across one or tAvo which will at once

* This modification of colour to suit suiroundings is especially conspicuous
in another Port Jackson species — Le2)tO(Uux e.raratus — of which there are four
varieties, viz., white, red-and-white, black-and-white, and black.

688 AUSTRALIAN CRUSTACEAN FAUNA,

arrest his attention because of the sac-like body — of a yellowish
colour — which is to be found attached by a stalk to the sternal
aspect of the pleon. This sometimes attracts especial notice, as
the parasite is occasionally as large as the body of its host, thereby
causing very great inconvenience to the crab when it walks.
This parasite is the Sacculina, which forms the subject of the
present note.

Professor Haswell recorded some years ago, in the Proceedings
of this Society,* the occurrence of Sacctdina on one of our semi-
pelagic species — Xectocarcinus integrifrons — ]>ut, as I shall show,
the effect produced in his case is a great deal different from that
which I have found in Pilumnopeus serratifrons. In Neclocar-
cinus. Prof. Haswell found that only specimens of the male sex
were attacked; but in Filu7nnopet(s this state of affairs does not
obtain ; instead, I find that the parasite appears to be about
equally distributed between the two sexes.

A very noticeable feature in connection with this SaccuJina is,
that out of all the specimens of its host which I examined, none
were of a large size. From this one would, of course, infer that
it has to a great extent (and to a greater extent as it — the
parasite — becomes larger) the effect of arresting any further
development of the crab which it has attacked. In one case I
found the most unusual occurrence of two specimens of Sacculina
having attacked the same individual. They were both of the
same size, and were attached side Ijy side.

Both male and female pleons consist of 7 movable segments,
the only difference being that in the female this portion is con-
siderably wider than that of the male.

Quite contrary to my expectations, neither the pleons nor the
abdominal appendages of either sex are in any way affected by
the parasites. This in itself stamps the pi'esent case as being
considei-ably different from that memorable one descriV^ed by Prof.
A. Giardf and the before-mentioned case of Nectocarcimis integ-

t P.L.S.N.S.W. (2), Vol. ii., 1888.
J Parasitic castration and its influence upon the male sex in the Decapod
Crustacea." Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (5), Vol. xix. pp. 325-345, 1SS7.

BY DAVID G. STEAD.

689

rifrons as recorded by Prof. Haswell. Prof. Giard, in speaking
of a SaccuJina parasitic upon Steitorhynchus j)/talanginm, says : —
" In the infested females the influence of the parasite . . . •
betrays itself externally b}' a profound modification of the 4 pairs
-of ovigerous feet. These are very inferior in size to the normal
state."

As before stated, in the present case no such modifications as
the foregoing have taken place.

In some specimens there was a slight difterence in the form of
the pleon. This unimportant difterence, consisting as it did of a
slight narrowing, could not in any wa}' be attributed to the
parasite, as the same could be found in specimens which had not
been attacked by the Sacculina.

As would be expected, it is quite evident that the parasites
prevent their hosts from reproducing their young, as no signs of
ova were to be seen on attacked females, although at the time
that I procured my specimens it was the breeding season, and
many ovigerous females could be found roundabout.

As will be seen by referring to the following 12 examj^les
taken indiscriminately, the parasites do not alwa3's attack the
same part of the pleon, nor do they favour especially either sex.

Sitiialion of Sacculina.
On right side of intestinal canal under 3rd segm.

(Same width as host.)
On right side of intestinal canal under 5th segm.
Middle of intest. canal under .3rd segm.

4th

4tll

This had been attached to the junction of pleon and
pereion, but had been dislodged —whether by its
host or accident, I know not — before the crab came
into my possession.
$ ... 1 ,, ... On left side of intest. canal under 4th segm.
Q 6 ,, ) ••• Both together on the middle of intest. canal under .3rd

6 ») segm. These two .S'ac'c?//ui('' — as larvaj — must have

gone "hand-in-hand," as they were both attached
to same spot, and were also of the same size.

Sex.

Diam.

$ ..

11 mm. .

<? ..

11 „ .

? ..

5 „ .

$ ..

8 ,,

? ..

8 „ .

<? ..

— ,,

iSe.r.

Diam.

? .

.. 6 mm

(? .

.. 7 „

<? .

.. 1 „

<? .

.. 1 „

690 AUSTRALIAN CRUSTACEAN FAUNA.

Situation of Saccnlina.
Middle of intest. canal under 3rd segm.

5» > ) J» ») old yy

. On left side of intest. canal under 4th segm.
. Middle ,, ,, ,, ,, 5th ,,

Though quite able to reach it with tlieir chehe, the crabs never
seem to interfere with the Saccxdina, apparently regarding it as
a part of themselves. Only by repeatedly wounding the parasites,
have I succeeded in making their hosts interfere with them, and
in one instance the crab pulled so hard that he completely dis-
lodged the Sacculina, thus showing that, in some instances at
least, it Avould be possible for the crab to remove the pai-asite, if
driven to it either by irritation or any other cause.

691

ON THE REPRODUCTIVE SYSTEM OF DIGAHTER
(DIDYMOGASTER) SYL VATIC US, Fletch.

By Sarah O. Brennax, M.A., B.Sc.
(From the Biological Laboratory of Sydney Unirersity.)

(Plates liii.-liv.)
The present paper contains an account of the reproductive
organs of the above-mentioned Earthworm, based on dissections
and serial sections, and is to be regarded, so far as concerns this
system of parts, as supplementary to the account given by Mr.
J. J. Fletcher in his diagnosis of the genus, published m the
Proceedings of this Society for the year 1886.*

Female organs.-My observations on the female organs are in
complete agreement with those of Fletcher as described by him.
They comprise a pair of ovaries, a pair of oviducts, and three
pairs of spermathecse.

(a) Ovaries-The two ovaries (fig. 1, ov.) are attached to the an-
terior septum of segment xiii., and hang freely from it into the
ccBlom. In the mature worm the free end of each ovary is frayed
out into a number of processes consisting of strings of ova in
different stages of development. The mature ovum measures in
diameter about -08 mm , is spherical in shape and invested by a
definite membrane. Its nucleus is placed excentncally, and
contains a deeply-staining nucleolus. In young females the
ovaries resemble the testes in shape. Egg-sacs are not present.

• Fletcher, J. J. Notes on Australian Earthworms, Part i. P.L.S.N.S.W.
(2) i. 1886, p. 554.

■C92

THE REPRODUCTIVE SYSTEM OF DIGASTEU,

(b) Oviducts. — The oviducts are a pair of short ciliated tubes
with muscular walls, whose swollen ciliated funnels (fig. 1, f.o.)
open in the hinder part of segment xiii. After perforating the
mesentery between segments xiii -xiv., the tubes pass obliquely
downwards and backwards through the body wall to open by the
small oviducal pores (fig. 2 op. o.) situated, one on either side of
the mid line, in segment xiv.

In one specimen examined, in addition to normal ovaries and
oviducts in the usual position, there is present an extra complete
oviduct (fig. 3, o.) on the left side in segment xii. This perforates
the mesentery between segments xii., and xiii., and opens to the
•exterior in the latter segment. An extra ovary was not observed.
>So far as I can learn from recorded cases of variation* in the
reproductive system of Oligochtetes, the present appears to be the
only case on record in which an extra oviduct has been found
iinassociated with a cori'esponding ovary.

• (c) Spermathecce. — There are, as Fletcherf describes, " three
pairs of somewhat rounded or pyriform spermathecfe, a pair in
each of segments Aii.-ix., and of which the posterior pair are
sometimes the larger" (fig. 1, sj}.' sp." sp.'"). Each spermatheca
is furnished antero-ventrally with a small pear-shaped diverti-
culum, the stalk of which is connected with the duct of the
spermatheca. Their ducts, which are comparatively laro-e and
muscular, run backwards in the body wall to open " to the
•exterior two segments behind those which contain the sperma-
thecae to which they belong," viz., on segments ix., x., and xi. The
i^permathecal pouches are lined by a single layer of tall colunmar
non-ciliated cells and do not contain spermatozoa. Their ducts
are lined by an epithelium, which is not the same throughout its
extent. For about one-third of the thickness of the body wall
the lining consists merely of invaginated epidermis differing in
no way from that of the outer surface of the body. Over the

* W. Bateson. Materials for the Study of Variation, pp. 160-165.
t I.OC. (it., p. 5-58.

BY SARAH O. BREXNAN. 69.5-

reuiaiudei* of the duct the lining consists of tall narrow columnar
cells, whose ends, bordering on the lumen of the duct, stain
lightly, while the main portit)ns of the cells, especially their
inner ends, stain very deeply. The diverticulum differs con-
siderably in its histological character from the pouch itself. The>
lumen of its narrow stalk is essentially similar to that of the
main duct, though the cells are smaller, while the interior of the-
diverticulum is lined by an irregularly-ridged epithelium with
bundles of spermatozoa attached between the ridges. The
muscular investment of the diverticulum further is much thicker
than that of the main pouch. In a young specimen 32 mm. in
length (preserved) the spermathecje are represented b}' simple
invaginations of the epidermis -3 mm. in length, extending to^
about the middle of the thickness of the body wall.

Male organs.— These comprise two pairs of testes (fig. 1, aJ.,
2i-t.)\ two pairs of funnels («.7-., JJ.r.) leading into a pair of vasa
deferentia {v.d.); two pairs of lateral seminal vesicles (anterior
and posterior, a.s.s., p.s.s ); two median sperm reservoirs (a.s.7-.,
p.s.r.) occupying a segment each; and a pair of bilobed spermi-
ducal (prostate) glands (sp.ff.).

Following Hensen's terminology in use at the time Fletcher
wrote his account, the median sperm reservoirs and the seminal
vesicles are described as the testes, and as a consequence the true
testes were not observed.

(a) Testes.- — The two pairs of testes (a.t., p.t.) are situated in
segments x. and xi. Each is a somewhat pear-shaped body,
attached by its broadei- end to the anterior septum of the seg-
ment. Opposite the testes, and situated in the posterior portion
of the segments, are the rosettes («.?•., p.r.) of the vasa deferentia^
whose ciliated lips are very greatly folded. The duct from the
anterior rosette of each side is joined by the duct from the
posterior rosette about the middle of segment xii., (fig. l,i\d.u.),
thence the vas deferens (v.d.) passes back as a straight, exceed-
ingly slender tube ('(ilO mm. in diameter) lying below the ctelomic
peritoneum and partially embedded in the musculature of the

694 THE REPRODUCTIVE SYSTEM OF DIGASTER,

body wall. At its posterior end it penetrates the base of the
prostate gland and joins the main muscular duct of the latter at
the point where it, just formed by the union of several small
ducts, is about to enter the body wall. The short conjoint ducts
open bv two slit-like pores situated on prominent papillaj on
segment xviii.

In tlie immature specimen already referred to, the vasa
deferentia are in an exceedingly interesting condition. The two
ducts from the anterior and posterior rosettes of each side,
instead of uniting in segment xii., remain distinct tliroughout
their entire course. On the one side they appear to join the
duct of the prostate separately, while on the other appearances
suggest that the two ducts unite before entering the common
duct. There are thus present in this young specimen two distinct
pairs of vasa deferentia. Whether the single vas deferens of
each side in the adult arises through fusion of the two ducts
present in the young, or whether one of the two primitive ducts
disappears, future investigation must decide. In this connection
it is worthy of note that according to Beddai'd* in embryos of
Octochcetus there are at first traces of four genital ducts in corres-
pondence with the four gonads (there being in those embryos an
additional pair of ovaries in segment xii.).

(b) Sperm reservoii-s. — In segments x. and xi. the anterior and
posterior testes and rosettes, together with the ventral nerve
cord and the ventral vessel, are enclosed in two medianly situated
special compartments of the ccelom functioning as sperm
reservoirs. In fig. 1 the right side halves of the reservoirs are
shown intact {a.s.r., |:).s.?'.), while on the left they have been
opened to expose the contained organs. The cavity of each
reservoir is undivided, and contains numbers of developing sperms
(fig. 2).

(c) Seminal vesicles. — Into the reservoirs there open the
seminal vesicles or sperm sacs, of which there are two pairs,
situated in segments ix. and xii. The anterior vesicles (a.s.s.) are

* Beddaid, F. E. A Monograph of the Order of Oligochasta, p. 104.

BY SARAH O. BHENNAN. 695

outgrowths of the posterior septum of segment ix., the posterior
(p.s.s.) are outgrowths of the anterior septum of segment xii. They
are comparatively large, smooth, white bodies, which are prolonged
into finger-shaped processes, terminating in whip-like extremities.
The cavity of each is divided up into a series of inter-communi-
cating compartments in which developing sperms also occur. The
full}' developed sperms, with an average length of -07 mm., become
attached in bundles by their heads to the ciliated epithelium of
the rosettes. In the immature sjDecimen the sperm reservoirs
have already attained the adult condition, while the seminal
vesicles are represented by small digitiform outgrowths of the
septa.

(d) Spermiducal (Prostate) glands. — These are, as Fletcher
describes, a pair of large flattened bilobed masses situated in
segment xviii., and confined to that segment (fig. 1, sp.y.). The
lobes are invested by peritoneum and are richly supplied with
blood vessels. They present the usual structure, i.e., the finer
ductules into which open the large glandular cells unite to form
larger ducts, and these eventually unite to form a single main
duct. This latter, directly after its foi'mation, penetrates the
body wall and opens to the exterior on a prominent papilla on the
ventral surface of segment xviii. All the ducts are lined by a low
columnar epithelium. There do not appear to be any specialised
genital or penial seta? in the neighbourhood of the spermiducal
apertures. The base of the anterior lobe of each gland is
traversed by the vas deferens, which, as alread}' mentioned, opens
into the main duct just after its formation.

In the before-mentioned immature specimen the prostate is
represented by the common diict, from which sprout out a small
number of slightly-branched blindly-ending tubes lined by
columnar epithelium. There is as yet no ti^ace of the proper
prostatic cells.

Clitellum. — The clitellum extends from segment xiii. or xiv.
to xviii. Histologically it presents no features of special
interest.

696 THE REPRODUCTIVE SYSTEM OF DIGASTER.

EXPLANATION OF PLATES.

Eeference letters.

(i.r. Anterior rosette, a.s.r. Anterior median sperm reservoir, a.s.s. An-
terior sperm sac. a.t. Anterior testis, dit. Clitellum. f.o. Funnel of oviduct.
mc^. ix.-x. Mesentery between segments ix.-x. jiej)/;. Nephridium. o. Oviduct.
0.' Extra oviduct, ojy.o. Opening of oviduct, op.o.' Opening of extra
oviduct, ov. Ovary, p.r. Posterior rosette, p.s.r. Posterior sperm reservoir.
;)..<;..<. Posterior sperm sac. p.t. Posterior testis, sp.' xp." sp.'" First, second
and third spermathecse. sp.g. Spermiducal glands, v.d. Yas deferens.
i-.d.ii. Point of union of the two vasa deferentia. r.H.f. Ventral nerve cord..

Plate liii.

THfia^ter (Didymogaster) xijlvaticus.

Fig. 1.— Dissection of the reproductive organs. The left halves of the
sperm reservoirs have been removed, exposing the testes and
ciliated rosettes of the left side. (x3).

Plate liv.

Ditjaster (Didymogaater) xylvaticu-^.

Fig. 2. — Longitudinal section passing to one side of median line and
including segments ix.-xiv. ( x 13i).

Fig. 3. — Longitudinal section showing presence of extra oviduct, o/ ( x 42).

697

NOTES AND EXHIBITS.

Mr. Steel exhibited specimens of a kind of cigar from Fiji,
where it is called seluka, made by wrapping sun-dried raw
tobacco loosely in a piece of dried plantain leaf.

Mr. Maiden exhibited a fresh flower of Dend^-obium undiilatum
var. Woodfordianum in illustration of his paper.

Mr. Forsyth exhibited a collection of twenty of the most
interesting Mosses recorded in his paper.

Mr. R. Greig Smith showed a series of microphotographs of
the nodule organism of the Leguminos* to illustrate his paper.

Mr. Stead exhibited preparations of the Crustacean Piiumno-
jjeus serratifrons, and numerous specimens of an undetermined
Nematode from the stomachs of Jew-fishes (Scitena antarctica),
with the following Note thereon : —

Upon examining a large number of Jew-fishes recently, I was
extremely surprised to find that a great percentage of the
stomachs did not contain anything in the shape of food. In
many cases, also, this organ was completely everted, and hung
out of the mouth like a huge tongue. Of those tlijit contained
food, the contents consisted of crustaceans (mostly Squilhij) and
fishes, chiefly th(^ former. From most of the foodless stomachs,
and from a few of the others, T obtained the Nematodes
exhibited. The occurrence of so many empty stomachs would
lead one to assume that these fishes \omit their food upon being
caught.

O

4:5

698 NOTES AND EXHIBITS.

Mr. Froggatt exhibited specimens of (l)a new "plague-locust"
( Pachytyhis sp.) very numerous and destructive at present in the
south-western districts of the Colony, different from and smaller
than the well-known depredator P. australis, and the ovipositing
females of which are attended in a remarkable manner by
numerous males; (2) the large composite woody galls of Brachy-
scelis Jletche7'i,0\\., so numerous on a large Eucalypt ( E melliodora)
near Wagga as to threaten its destruction; and (3) the foliage of
a Eucalypt from Mittagong showing abundant formation of
manna after the operations of the phytophagous larvse of a
Chrysomelid beetle ( Paropsis reticulata), living examples of which
were also shown.

[Printed of}' April 4th. 1900.

F. Ci'nninghame & Co., Pkinters, 14(1 Pitt Strket

(1899.)
Names in Italics are Synouyins.

PAGE

PAGE

Abrotanella nivigena

147

Achias Pohliiianiana

... 441

Abutilon Mitchelli

143

Acianthus exsertus

... .367

Acacia aneura ...

135

fornicatus

... 367

asparagoides...

357

Aciphylla glacialis

... 193

Bakeri

438

Acrobates

... 50

deenrrens

•ill

,222

Acrotriche aggregata

... 361

discolor

357

divaricata

... 361

data . .

357

Actinotus Gibbonsii

... 645

elongata

357

helianthi

359, 645

f alcata

357

minor

... 359

glaucescens ...

145

, 438

Adiantum Aethiopicum ...

... 370

harpophylla

145

, 643

affine ...

... 370

implexa

• • ■

357

diaphanum

... 371

Jonesii

642

formosum

... 370

juniperina

357

hispidulum

... 371

linearis

357

Aecidiom violas ...

... 447

linifolia

357

Aepilo})/! vmricata

... 151

longifolia

. . *

357

jEoloscelis orthochroa ...

... 113

melanoxylon

357

Agaricus campestris

... 119

myrtifolia

357

olivaceo-albus

... 446

penninervis ...

357

vernus

... 446

pumila

357

Agaricus (Pleurotus) candeseens 446

rubida ... 357,

488

642

Agriophara Cinderella ...

... 105

salicina

642

gravis

... 105

suaveolens . .

357

hyalinota

.. 104

vomeriformis

...

357

Agromyza phaseoli

... 128

Acsena ovina

357

Agropyron scabrum

... 369

sanguisorbse ...

357

Agrostis ...

... 152

Acalypha nemorum

649

Muelleri

.. 1.52

Acanthocepola

181

184

nivalis

152, 369

abbreviata

185

quadriseta

... 152

indica...

185

rudis ...

... 369

krusensternii

185

Solandri

... 369

limbiita

185

Agrostris (Deyeuxia) densa

... 1.52

marginata

185

Agrotis infu.sa

... 476

mesoprioD

185

niunda

.. 476

oxylepis

185

Ajuga australis

... 363

Acanthocladiura extenuatum

683

Alania Endlicheri

... 368

Acanthogorgia muricata

416

Alsophila

352, 384

ii.

INDEX.

I'.^GK

J

PAGE

Alsophila australis

... 370 i

Artbriticosoma vigilans ...

203

excelsa

... 383

Arthropodium minus ...

368

Leichardtiana

... 370

Asclepiadeaj

362

Alteinaiia brassicge

... r2'2

Aspergillus

121,

122

tenuis .. ... 119,

1-22, 124

glaucus

119,

121

Amaryllidece

368, 6-50

Asperula oligantha

3»i0

Amaurobius sp.

... 477

Aspidium aculeatum tar. p

LOli-

Ambassis .

... 167

[ferum

...

371

Amblyrhynchus

... 284 ,

capense

371

Amblystegium austro-palustre ... 375 j

coriaceum

371

Amelora crypsigramma . . .

... 87

deconipositum var. glabi

um

371

idiomorpha

... 87

eumundi

191

Ampagia ...

.. 216

hispidum

371

Ampelideoe

... 356 1

inolle

371

Amperea spartioides

... 365

tenerum

371

Aniphipogon strietus

... 369

Asplenium attenuatum ...

371

Amydala ...

... 216

bulbiferum

371

Anatiiehis

560, 561

falcatum

371

australasise ...

... 562

fiabellifolium var. cristatum

371

sexstriatis

560, 562

flaccidum

371

Andiopogon pectinatus ...

.. 151

niarinum

371

lefractus

.. 194

nidus,..

351

371

Anestid trh^odesmct

... 83

umbrosum

371

Angophora intermedia ...

628, 645

Asplenium (Darea) pteridoides

383

bmeeolata

465, 645

Assiminea nitida...

391

Anisopogon avenaceus ...

.. 369

Astelia alpina

193

Anogramma

154, 175

Aster dentatus

. . .

360

allporti

154. 175

ellipticus

...

360

Anthiinge ...

... 175

myrsinoides

360

Anthistiria ciliata

194, 369

ramulosus

360

Anthrenus sp

... 549

stellulatus var. quercifo^

ius

360

Apina callisto

... 476

Aster ina exigua ..

416

Apion

... 251

Astrotriche floccosa var. angusti-

Apiosoma bigeminum . . .

585, 586

[folia

359

Apocyneae 362

, 442. 647

Asymmetron eaudatum...

416

Apogon riippellii

154, 165

lucayanum

416

Apomotis ... ...

... 167

Atherospei'ma moschatum

364

Arabis glabra

... 354

Athoracophorus ...

403

Araliaceaj

... 359

! Atkinsonia

351

Araneus suavis

308, 321

' ligustrina

359

theisii

... 307

Attidse

, .

317

Araucaria ...

... 398

Augomela hypochaleca . . .

520

Arctiadae

.. 83

sp

520

Argiope aetherea ...

... 307

Aulacopilum Hodgkinsoniee

376

Argiopidse

... 306

Austrocobitis

158

Argiopinae

.. 307

Austrosarepta

429

, 430

Argophyllum Lejourdani

... 439

picta ..

430

nitidiim

... 439

Avicularidae

..

. 305

Nnllumense

... 439

Aviculariinae

305

Argyroepeira

... 306

Azorella ...

• •

. 121

celebesiana ...

... 306

Muelleri

..

. 146

Arotrophora gonomela ...

... 94

Bacillus Ellenbachii o ...

. 672

Artbriticosoma ...

200, 202

megatherium

67i

!, 673

INDEX.

lU.

PAGE

llus pyocyaneus ... ... 477

radicicola ... ... ... 655

cteriuin fluorescens liquefa-

ciens ... ... (558. (173

I'adicicola 655, 656, 658, 659,

[660, 673

B;B ckia bievifolia... ... ... 858

linifolia ... ... ... 358

virgata ... ... ... 358

Banksia aeniula ... ... ... 365

collina ... .. ... 365

eiicifolia ... ... ... 365

integiifolia ... ... ... 365

marginata var. acutifolia ... 365

paludosa ... .. ... 365

seriata ... ... 365, 443

sp. ... ... ... ... 95

spinulosa ... ... ... 365

Barringtonia ... .. ... 398

butonica ... ... 192, 413

Bartramia papillata ... ... 680

Bartraniieae .. ... ... 679

Batrachedia capnospila ... .. 113

hologramma ... ... ... 112

Baueia rubioides ... ... ... 358

Bavia calvipalpis... 321

dulcinervis ... ... ... 321

Bembidiini ... ... .. 56()

BignoniaceoB ... ... 363, 442

Billaidieia scandens ... ... 354

Blabophanes (?) chrysogramma 116

Blandt'oidia grandiflora ... ... 368

nobilis ... ... ... 368

Blechuum cartilagineum ... ^71

laevigatum ... ... ... 371

Blennioidei ... ... ... 181

Blindia lobu.sta ... ... ... 675

Boerhavia tetiandra ... ... 410

Boletus boviiius ... .. ... 446

lacunosus ... .. ... 446

Bombycina ... .. ... 83

Boraginese... ... ... 362,648

Borkhausenia maculifera ... Ill

Boronia anemonifolia ... .. 355

V((r. dentigera ... ... 437

Barkeriana ... ... ... 355

floribunda ... ... ... 355

ledifolia ... ... ... 355

microphylla .. ... ... 355

pinnata ... ... ... 355

Bossisea ensata ... ... ... 356

foliosa ... ... ... 438

heterophylla 356

P.\GE

Bossuea lenticulari-s ... ... 356

scolopendria... ... ... 3-56

Bostockia ... ... ... ]66, 167

hemigiamma 154, 166, 167, 168

porosa 166, 167

Botydaj 89

Brachycome graminea ... ... 360

linearifolia ... ... ,., 360

Biachylejeunea plagiochiloides 445
Biachyloma daphnoides ... 361

Brachylophus ... 283,284,285,399
Brachynemata cingulata ... 110

Biachyscelis duplex ... ... 631

fletcheri 698

Brachythecium (Hypnum) para-

doxum ... ... ... 684

Brunonia austialis ... ... 361

Biyese 680

Bi-yum baloides ... ... ... 681

chiysoneuron ... 376, 681

creberrimum ... ... 680

dichotomum... ... ... 681

erythrocaipulum ... ... 375

erythropyxi.s 681

leptotheeium ... ... 680

uiicropachypoma ... ... 375

pachytheca 680, 681

pusillum ... ... ... 376

pyrothecium... ... ... 681

Wattsii ... ... ... 375

Bryum (Eubiya) Bauerleni ... 445
Biyum (Rhodobryum) suboliva-

ceum ... ... ... 445

Bryum (Webeia) nutans ... 681

Bulbophyllum Elisse ... ... 651

Buliniinus (Lipaius) gratwicki... 435
Bulinus dux ... ... ... 436

Bursera 399

Caecum amputatum ... ... 432

Cassia parviflora ... ... ... 368

vittata ... ... ... 368

Caesyra pelodesma ... ... 110

xanthocoma ... ... ... 110

Caladenia carnea... .. ... 367

dimoipha ... ... ... 367

tesselata ... ... ... 547

testacea ... ... ... 367

Caleana major ... ... ., 367

minor ... ... ... 367

Callanthias ... 154,174,175

allporti ... 172,174,175

iiKstraliA 173

peloritanus ... 154, 174, 175

IV.

INDEX.

PAGE

Callanthias platei 154, 173, 174, 175

platei australis ... ... 173

CallanthiinsB ... 154, 172, 175

Callionymidae ... ... ... 181

Callionymoidei .. ... ... 181

Callistemon coccineus ... ... 439

lanceolatus ... ... ... 858

Callitriche Muelleri ... ... 358

Callitris calcarata ... ... 444

Muelleri 366,444

Calocephalus citreus ... . 441

Calochilus campester ... .. 366

paludosus ... ... ... 306

Calophyllnin 398

Caltha introloba ... ... ... 301

palustris ... ... 301, 303

Calympeiaceae ... ... ... 632

Calymperes ... ... ... 632

armatum ... ... ... 632

Calythrix tetragona ... ... 358

Campanulacese ... ... ... 361

Campylopus Novae-Valesite ... 136

perauriculatus ... ... 375

torqiiatns ... ... 137, 376

WooIIsii 376, 676

Candolleacese .., ... ... 361

Cantharus waterhousiae ... ... 434

Capparis sp. ... ... ... 135

Capiifoliaceae ... ... 359, 646

Capua melichroa... ... ... 92

oxygona ... ... .. 92

placodes ... ... ... 93

soididatana ... ... ... 93

Carex paniculata.. ... ... 369

Caryophylleae ... ... ... 354

Cassinia aicuata . . . .. ... 360

360

auiea ...
denticulata . ,
longifolia

Cassis nana

Ca.ssytha glabella

Casuarina...
Cambagei
distyla

equisetifolia .,
glauca 366, 606, 607, 608, 609

indica 398

lepidophloia 607,609

Luehmanni ... ... 60S, 611

nana .. ... ... ... 366

stricta ... 606, 607, 609

suberosa ... ... ... 194

Casuarinese ... ... ,., 366

360

360

434

364

607

605, 606, 608, 611

. 366

606

Casuarius Bennettii

Catherinea (Atrichum) leptocylin-

drica
Caustis flexuosa ..

pentandra
Celastrineas
Celastrus australis
Celmisia longifolia
Centipeda orbicularis
Cephonodes hylas
Cepola

abbreviata .

australis

indica

krusensternii

limbata

PAGE

281

445
369
369
355
355
193
360

410

181, 182, 183

183

154, 182, 183, 185

183

183

183, 184

macrophthalmus ... 181, 182,
[183, 184, 185

marginata 183, 184

niesoprion ... ... ... 183

oxylepis 183

rubescens ... 182, 183, 184

rubescens schlegelii ... 185

schlegelii ... 182, 183, 184

striata ... ... ... 183

Cepolidffi ... . 154, 180, 181, 182

.. 357
.. 357
... 415
... 285
... 52
... 103
... 403
... 549
154, 165
... 401
... 364
... 364
... 367
... 367
... 381
... 631
... 560
... 410
... 363
... 285
... 366
... 650
... 650
6.50
125

Ceratopetalum apetalum

gummiferum
Cerithium
Ceropegia elegans
Chseropus castanotis
Chalarotona craspedota.
Charopa ...

Chasmagnathus laevis .
Cheilodipteridse ...
Chelonespermum
Chenopodiaceae ...
Chenopodium triangulare
Chiloglottis diphylla

formicifera ...
(')iionauthus
Chirozetes
Chlasniini ...
Chloanges suralis
Chloanthes Stoechadis ...
Chloris truncata ..
Choretrum Candollei
Chrysopogon Gryllus
rcir. spicigera

parvitlorus rar. spicigera
Cicada

Cinnamomuni Oliver! ... 443, 447
Citriobatus lancifolia ... ... 143

INDEX.

V.

PAGE

PAGE

Citiiobatus multiflorus ._

• . .

354

Cupania punctulata

... 437

Cladosporium herbarium

119

123

Curculionida;

200, 522

Clania lewinii

.

283

Cyathea Moorei

... 383

Cleidopus ...

162

163

Cycadese

... 649

gloria -iiuiris ...

163

Cyclomela nitida

... 320

Clematis aristata

• • •

353

sp

... 520

glycinoides

353

Cyclothorax

... 563

Clinidas

181

182

cordicollis

563, 565

Clubionidae

311

laticollis

... 565

Cnidoglani-'^ lepturus

155

peryphoides

... 564

nitdicej).^

• • •

156

Cydmjea

.. 200

Colpognathus

172

Cylindrococcus spiniferus

... 194

Comespeima eiicinum . .

• . •

354

Cymbidium canaliculatum

... 650

volubile

354

Cynoglossum australe ...

... 362

Composit8e ...147, 360

,440

646

latif olium

... 362

Concholepas

414

suaveolens ...

... 362

Conidae

406

C jperacese

... 369

Conifei-EB

366

444

Cypiaja

406, 414

Conolophus

284

Cypraeidaj

... 406

Conospermum eiicifolium

364

Cyitophora moluccensis...

... 307

tennifolium ...

364

Dampiera Brownii

... 361

Conostomum curvirostre

...

680

lanceolata

... 361

pusillum

680

stricta

... 361

Com;s

414

Danthonia penicillata ...

. . 369

Convolvulaceae ...

363

robusta

... 193

Convolvulus marginatus

363

Darea pteridoides

... 333

Conyza xEgyptiaca

440

Daiodilia ..

... 579

Coprinus atramentarius...

119

castelnaui

... 579

tomentosus ...

119

120

emarginata

579, 580

Coprosma Billardieii

360

macilenta

... 579

Cornuf er dorsalis

401

mandibularis

579, 580

Corticium cceruleum

447

ovicollis

... 579

Corysanthes bicalcarata, . .-

367

robusta

... 579

pruinosa

367

rugisternus

... 579

unguiculata „

...

367

sp

... 563

f'lantzia lineata ...

146

Darwinia ...

... 645

Crassulaceae

358

taxifolia

... 358

Crepis Japonica ...

■ • .

360

Dasyurus ...

50, 54

Crinia signifera ...

193

Davallia dubia

... 370

Crinum pedunculatum ..

• • .

650

pyxidata

... 370

Crocodilus biporcatu.s

■284

Daviesia

... 144

porosus

283

284

alata ...

... 356

Cruciferae ...

354

640

genistifolia

... 356

CryphKa papillarioides . . .

375

latifolia

... 356

Cryptandra amara

355

recurvata

.. 641

ericifolia

355

squarrosa

... 144

longistaminea

...

437

ulicina

356, 651

Cryptocarya glaucescens

364

umbellulata ..

... 356

Cryptorhynchides 200, 20-5,

206,

219,

Dawsonia intermedia

... 376

[522

529

Dematium sp

... 655

Cryptostylis erecta

366

Dendrobium aemulum ...

... 366

leptochila

366

gracilicaule ..

.. 382

longifolia

■ ■>

366

var. Howeaaum ...

... 382

vi.

INDEX.

PAGE

PAGE

Dendrobium Kingianum...

... 547

Drimys dipetala ...

364

pugioniforme

... 366

Dromius ...

, ,

583

speciosum

... 366

australiensis

583

, 584

striolatimi

... 366

yarrae

584

teretifolium

... 366

Drosera binata ...

358

undulatum

. 652

peltata

651

rar. Woodfordianum

()52, 607

Droseraceae

358

. 651

Deparia nephrodioides ...

... 383

Drymirhiza

398

Derbyia ...

523, 543

Ebenacete ...

441

laminata

... 544

Eburna

414

Desmodium vaiians

... 357

Echinobrissus Australia

188

Deyenxia breviglumis ...

... 153

vincentinus ..

188

densa...

... 152

Echinopogon ovatus

369

Dianella eaeiulea

... 368

Eclipsiodes crypsixantha

91

longifolia

... 368

Eetropothecium umbilicatum ..

683

revoluta

... 368

Edelia

175

Tasmanica

... 368

viridis (?)

176

177

Di(iphoro)iicrHS Dinltipioictat

(■< ... 555

vittata ... 154, 175

,176

,177

sexpunctatiis...

... 554

Ehretia membranifolia ...

648

.•'idr(ituh(.'<

.. 554

Ehrharta stipoides

...

369

Dicasum hiiundinaceum

... 351

Elachistidae

112

Dichondra lepens

... 363

Elffiocarpus holopetalus ...

355

Dicksonia...

... 352

reticulatus

355

antarctica

... 370

Ela?odendron australe ...

355

davallioides ...

... 370

Emmiltis trissodesma . . .

83

Dicranete ...

... 675

Emplesis

251

Dicranella Dieti-ichiae ...

... 675

Empusa acridii

548

pellucida

... 375

Encaniptodon Muelleri ..

...

676

tricruris

... 675

Endiandra globosa

149

Wattsii

... 136

Sieberi

150

648

Dicrostichus magnificus

... 549

sp

381

Diethusa ...

... 265

Endodonta ... 403,

405

411

Digaster (Didvmogaster) sjl

vati-

modicella

391

cus

691, 696

Enide 200,

250

251

Dilleniaceffi

354, 640

(C^tlKJItS

253

Dillwynia ericifolia

... 356

porphyred

252

floribunda

... 356

sunioMi

264

Dioscoiidese

... 444

Enneacanthus

167

Diplazium japonicum ...

... 191

Entonieta sp

549

Dipodium punctatum ...

... 366

Entoniophthora australiana

476

Dipterina ..

.. 94

Epacrideffi...

361

647

(?) phyllodes

... 93

Epacris Calvertiana

647

Diuris sulphurea

... 366

crassif olia

362

Dodonasa adenophora ...

... 641

heteronema

362

multijuga

... 356

longifiora

361

pinnata

... 356

microphylla ..

362

sp

... 99

obtusifolia

362

tenuifolia

... 641

petrophila

362

Doodia caudata

... 631

purpurascens

547

linearis

... 631

reclinata

361

Boryphora sassafras

... 364

rigida

362

Dracophyllum secundum

... 362

robusta

362

Drimys aromatiea

... 193

Epeira

307

INDEX.

Vll.

Epidesmia tricolor
Epilobium glabellam
Epinephelides

leai ...
Epinephelus
Ereehthites mixta

prenanthoides

f<(;

PAGE

... 86

... 359

... 169

154, 170

169, 172

... 360

pieri-

[dioides 360

. 151, 152

... 151

... 369

... 369

... 367

.. 442

... 355

.. 193

... 640

... 200

205, 206

... 362

... 398

... 433

... 433

... 433

... 678

Eremochloa

muricata
Eriocanleae
Eriocaulon Sniithii
Eriochilus autumnalis
Eriostemon Coxii

obovalis

ovatifolius ...

trachyphyllus
Erirhinidse
Erirhinides
Erythraea spicata...
Erythrina ...
Ktlialia brazieri ...

ranceUata

tasmanica
Eucalypta tasmanica
Eucalyptus ... 292, 294, 397, 469

acacioeformis... 451, 454, 470

(•(()-. linearis ... ... 455

acmenoides .. ... ... 460

aggregata ... ... 614, 630

alata 452

amygdalina 293,351,358,440,
450, 452, 459, 617,
623
var. latifolia
var. nitida
var. parviflora

Biiuerleni

Behriana

hicolor

Bosistoana . . .

botryoides

brachypoda ...

Bridgesiana ...

Bridgesiana ...

camphora

capitellata . . .

einerea

var. laneeolata

cneorif olia . . .

conica ..

coriacea

corymbosa

Eucalyptus crebra
Dawson i
dealhata
dextropinea . . .
diversifolia ...
dives ...
eliEophora
elata ...
eugenioides ...

.. 460 '
... 460
... 623

293, 442

613, 624

.. 621

.. 439

... 603

... 625

... 440

... 628

298, 300

358, 447

... 465

... 465

... 618

...612, 613, 614, 630

,..193, 358, 597, 598

603

PAGE

... 296, 622

295, 300

... 466,470

460

449

460, 597, 598

463

4.52

Qv^iJiwi^n.-.3 ... ... ... 358

eximia ... ... ... 680

fastigata . . . 440, 4-59, 460, 547
fraxinoides ... ... 293, -597

globulus ...133,134,4-52,627

goniocalyx 359, 452, 453, 462,

463, 470, 620, 627

r«r. nitens.. ... 463,470

var. pallens ... 463

Gunnii ... 299,458,463,464,

[600, 628
v(ir. glauca.. 463, 464, 471

var. paludosa ... ... 464

haemastoma ... 440, 599, 601,

[602, 621

var. micrantha 359, 599, 620

hemiphloia 451, 452, 453, 462,

463, 612, 613, 622,

624, 625

var. (?) parviflora ... 625

laevopinea var. minor ... 439

largiflorens 296, 621, 622, 623,

[624, 626
leucoxylon ... ... 461, 462

var. pallens ... ... 461

longifolia ... ... ... 450

Lueliiiuuiniana ... ... 619

\AY. altior ... 358,619

Macarthuri ... 448, 4-53, 470, 615

maculata 599,600

maculosa 598, 600, 601, 602, 604
Maideni .., 440, 4.52, 627

melanophloia ... .. 625

melliodora 299, 462, 620, 623, 698
microeorvs ... ... 294, 462

microtheca 456, 623,624, 625,626
Muelleriana ... ... ... 460

neo-ancjlka ... .. ... 616

nitida 460

nova-anglica 616, 617, 618, 630
obliqua ... 440,4.59,617

obtusiflora ... 597, 618, 619

oreades 596, 604

pallens 466

paludosa ...298,299.440,464

YUX.

INDEX.

PAGE

Eucalyptus patentinervis 602, 604

pellita eoa

pendula . ... ... 621

pilulaiis 21)4,4(50

piperita ... .. 3-58, 454

polyanthema 295, 296, 613, 614
imhjanthcma var. ... .. 295

populifolia ... ... ... 023

pulveiulenta... ... 440. 4()5

punctata .. 294, 463, 467

quadiaugulata 451,452,453, 470

regnans

resinifeia

robusta

rostra t a

rubida

rudis ...

saligna

santalifolia .
siderophloia .
var. glauca
sideroxylon .
Sieberiana

Smith ii

squamosa

stellulata

viminalis

virgata

var. altior
Eudalia, ...

292, 293, 351, 359,
448, 449, 451, 4-52,
450, 458, 460, 000,
619, 629
.. ... 019,620

019, 020

581

459, 460

002,603

C7S, 679

460,469,624
456, 457, 458, 470, 618

603

... 450, 453, 464, 597, I
[603, 630 I
var. parviflora 464, 471, 028,

[651

... 449

296, 402

... 461

402

293, 359, 549. 590,

[597, 598, 020

...292, 300, 599, 600

629,630

298, 299, 358
var. angustifolia .. ... 358

Stuartiana 449, 450, 451, 454,

455, 457, 458, 462,

463, 466, 615, 016,

017, 618, 627, 028

var. longifolia ... 462, 403

stricta 358, 548, 597, 018, 019

tereticornis 452, 465, 460, 467,

468, 469.471. 003,

029

var. amblycorys ... ... 630

var. brevifolia ... ... 467

t'«r. dealbata ... 466,467
var. latifolia ... 409,471
var. spha^rocalyx... ... 029

terminalis ... ... 135, 440

Eudalia macleayi

niger .,
Eugenia ymithii ...
Eulechria actias ...

autophylla ...

nepheloma ...

siccella
Eunesiotes

jenningsi
pjuphorbiacea;
Euphrasia Brownii
Eupselia iridizona

satrapella
Euristhmus

Eurotium herbariorum .
Eustrephus Brownii
Eustrotia crystallina
Enthebus ..

troglodytes ...
Eutosthodon Smithursti
Excaecaria Agallocha

Dallachyana
Exocarpus humifusa

nana ...

stricta
Fabronia Scottiffi...
Feronia regalis ...
Feronini ...
Ficus Cunninghamii

rubiginosa ...
Fieldia australis ...

Filices

Fissidens ...

coarctatus ...

incurvo-byroides

liliputano-incurvus ,

microblastus...

pallidus

semilimbatus

tenellus
Flagellaria indica
Flannnulina
Fonies lucidus
Freycinetia excelsa
Fuchsia ...
Funaria aristata ...

euspidata

glabra

Smithhurstii

squarrifolia ..
Funarieae ...
Fungi
Fusarium brassicaa

P.\GE

... 582
... 581
... 359
... 106
... 105
... 105
... 106
;^04. 309
310, 321
365, 443, 649
651
115
116
154
121
368
88
200, 206
247, 248
... 376
... 443
... 443
... 151
... 151
... 366
.. 684
... 572
... 567
... 444
... 447
... 363
370, 445
137, 374
... 685
633, 685
... 685
.. 632
... 685
... 685
... 685
.. 398
... 403
... 447
... 444
... 398
... 679
.. 679
... 679
... 137
... 137
.. 679
... 446
... 122.

153,

INDEX.

IX.

P.VGK

P.VCrE

Fusariuui rhodellum 118,

119, 122,

Globba coccinea

...

190

[124

Glomus

429

roseum

... 1-22

Glossodia major

367

sp

... 122

Glossostigma elatinoides

• • .

148

Gadopsidte

... 182

spathulatum . . .

148

Gadopsis ...

... 182

sp

135

Gahnia Gunnii ...

.. 3(59

Glycine clandestina

357

psittacoi'um

... 3(J9

Glyphomitrium Muelleii

• • .

677

Galaxea

... 416

Gnaphalium japonicum...

360

Galaxias alepidotus

... loS

car. radicans

148

findlayi

... 193

luteo-album ...

360

occidentalis

1.54, 157

Gnathaphanus

553

Galaxiidffi ...

154, 157

adelaidse

554

555

Galera hypnoium . .

119, 124

alternans

553

keiguelensis ..

119, 120

aiidus

554

Galium australe

... .360

ddfwini

555

umbrosum

... 360

froggatti

554

Gasteracantha hebi'idisia

... 309

herbaceus

554

556

taeniata

... 309

impressipennis

554

555

westringii

... 309

la'viceps

553

GdsterotitcK.i juponicuif . . .

... 163

latus ... ... 554

555

, 557

Gastrodia sesamoides

... 366

montanus

5.53

Gastrolobium

... 144

picipes

554

Boonuaiii

.. 143

pulcher

553

grandifloium

... 144

rectangulus

553

spinosuni

... 144

liverince ... 554

556

557

Geh via oceaniea

... 409

Gnathopalystes

304

313

Geijera paiviflora 387, 455

622, 641

feiox ...

314

,'521

Geitonoplesium cymosum

... 368

Gobiidaj ...

181

Gelechia cosmodes

... 98

Gobioidei ...

181

decaspila

... 99

Gompholobium glabratum

> • .

356

desmatra

... 99

grandifloium

356

lithina

... 98

Huegelii

356

perdita 90, 97, 98

latifolium

356

pycnoda

... 97

minus

356

zy[lo.ie)iui

... 99

uncinatum ...

...

356

Geleciaiadffi

... 96

Gonorhynchus greyi

...

154

Geiitiancse

... 362

Goodenia barbata

361

Geometrina

... 84

bellidifolia

361

Geoplana ...

... 401

deeurrens

361

tiifasciata

... 401

geniculata var. lanata

647

Geianiaceaa

... 355 1

glomerata

646

Geranium dissectum

.. 3.52

heterophylla

361

pilosum

... 355

htnatd

647

Gesneiacea'

... 363 i

ovata ...

361

Gilbertia ..

170. 172

GoodeniaceEB

361.

646

annulata

.. 172

Graminea;... ... 151,

369.

650

Glaucosoma

... 167

Gramma

154,

175

Gleichenia circinata

... 870

loreto...

154,

175

dicarpa

.. 370

Grapholithidte

95

dichotoma

... 370

Grapsus variegatus

549

llabellata

... 870

Gratiola Peruviana

363

Globba atrosanguinea ..

... 190

Grevillea australis, var. alpii

la...

193

INDEX.

PAGE

PAGE

Grevillea floribunda

... 443

Heliehrysum seorpioides

360

646

Hilliana

... 443

Helicina ...

405

411

juniperina

... 443

Helipterum coiymbitlorum

147

148

laurifolia

... 365

rar. (?) microglossa

147

sphacelata ...

... 365

microglossum

147

148

Grimmia apocarpa

... 676

Hemigenia purpurea

363

cygnicolla

... 676

Hemitelia Macarthuri ...

383

obtusata

... 677

Mooiei

383

pulvi)lllt(l

.. 676

Hepaticte

445

tiichophylla

.. 676

Heterodendron oleaefolium

■ • •

641

Giimmiese

... 676

Heteropoda venatoria ...

312

Habiocestum peckhami..

320, 321

Hibbertia Billardieri

354

Haemadorum planifoliun

I ... 368

saligna

354

Hakea dactyloides

... 365

serpyllit'olia . . .

354

gibbosa

.. 365

stricta

640

lorea

... 418

V(ir. peduneulata...

640

!MacRaeana ...

... 442

V(ir. leiocarpa

640

propinqna ...

... 365

Hippospongia dura

416

pubescens

... 365

Hinieola polytricha

447

pugionif ormis

... 365

Holomitrium perichsetiale

675

saligna ... •

... 365

Homadaula lasiochroa ...

115

Halmaturus bennettii ..

43, 70

Homalosoma

567

572

doisalis

.. 71

alternans

568

ruticollis

... 71

amajropterum

569

iialabatus

70, 71

angulosum ...

568

Haloragea?

145, 358

atroviride

569

Haloragis heterophylla ..

... 358

breve

567

571

tetragyna

... 358

carinatulum

569

Halterophora capitata ..

... 190

cordatum

569

Haipalini ...

... 553

crassiforme ...

567

570

Hnrpaln-f (idclaidce

. . 555

curtum

> • .

567

(cneo-nitenx ..

... 555

eyaneocinctum

569

(tuffustatus ...

. . 555

cyaneum

568

jldijnd/ihnntig

... 555

imperiale

567,

571

iinpressipenjii.s

... 555

marginiferum

569

intirijiyiicolUs

... 555

nitidicoUe

568

ntelbouniensis

... 555

obscuripenne

569

mitltipunctatu^

.. 555

porphyriacum

569

571

paroeiisis

... 555

renardi

568

picipe/:

554, 555

superbum

569

572

planipcnnia ...

... 555

vigorsi

568

Haiplaner...

... 558

viridescens ...

568

569

iimrfiiiuitHS ...

.. 560

wilsoni

568

Hedycarya Cunninghami

... 364

Homoranthust

...

645

Hedyscepe Canterburiana

I 135, 382

Hookeria karsteniana ...

376

Hel;t>cius cordif ormis

.. 549

Hovea linearis

357

Heleioporus pietus

... 194

longifolia

357

Heliehrysum collinum ...

... 646

Humea elegans ...

360

elatum

... 360

Hybomorphus

522

528

leueopsidinm

... 360

melanosomus

529

lucidum

.. 360

Hybophorus ... 200

201

203

oxylepia

.. 646

ruf otuberosus

202

rutidolepis ...

... 360

Hydrocotyle

146,

352

INDEX.

XI.

Hydroeotyle asiatica

hirta ...
Hyla ewingii
Hylastes ...
Hylesiiius ...

Hymenanthera Banksii ...
Hyinenocallis calathinum
Hynienochiete cacao
Hymenophyllum ...
bivalve
fiabellatum . .

f orinosum
Tunbridgen.se
Hymenostomum olivaceum
Hypei'icinea^

Hypericum Japonieum ...
Hyphoniicrobium
Hypneai ...
Hypnuni austrinum

convolutifolium

pseudo-plumosum ...
Hypoplectrodes ...
Hypoxis hygrometrica ...
Ibacus Peronii
Icius eximius
Incarvillea Koopmannii...
Indigofera australis
lonidiuni filiforme
Iphitus tuberculatus
Iride*

Irh Robiiisonianii
Isaria cicadte
Ischtemum

pertinatum ..
Ischnocolus nebulosus ...
Isopoda herculea (?)
Isopogon anethifolius ...

Dawsoni

petiolaris
Isopterygium amcenuni ...

arachnoideum

candid uin

latifolium

Noviv-Valesia?

viridi-pallidus
Isotoma fluviatilis
Ithyporides
Ixodes bovis
Jasminepe...
■Jotus forniosus ...
Juneaceae ...
Juncus

pallidas

PAGE

... :i59
... 359
... 193
... 522
522
... 854
... 190
.. 447
... 352
... 445
... 370
... 370
... 370
... ('.77
.. 354
... 354
... G73
... (;84
... 376
... 37(3
... 633
... 170
... 368
... (531
317, 321
... 135
... 357
... 354
... 416
... 3(J8
... 384
125, 127
... 151
.. 151
305, 321
... 311
... 364
... 150
... 364
... 375
... 375
... 683
... 375
.. 375
... 683
... 361
... 529
.. 586
... 381
319, 321
... 369
... 153
.. 369

Juncus planifolius
Kennedya monophylla

rubicunda
Kunzea capitata ...
Labiateje ...
Lachnea kerguelensis

PAGE

369

357

357

358

... 149, 363
119, 120, 124

Lachnea (Peziza) kerguelensis ... 119
Lagenophora Billardieri ... 360

Lagerstriemia indica .. ... 303

ovalifolia ... ... ... 302

Lambertia formosa ... ... 364

Lappula coneava... ... ... 3(52

Lasiopetaluni dasyphyllum .. 355
ferrugineum ... ... ... 355

(■(()•. cordatum ... ... 651

Laspeyresia iridescens ... ... 96

lomacula ... .. ... 95

Lastrea acuminata ... ... 191

Laurineas ... 149, 364, 443, 64S

Lebiini ... ... ... .. 582

Leda 430

fragilis 431

Leguminosie ...143, 356, 438, 641,

[651, 653, 658
Lentibularinese ... ... ... 363

Lentinus fasciatus ... ... 446

Lepas hillii 192

Lepidiumruderale ('((/•. spinescens 640
Lepidosperma exaltatum ... 369

Lepinia ... ... ... ... 406

I.i'pisacantlius ... ... ... 162

Leptodius exaratus . . . 549, 687

Leptodon Smithii ... ... 682

Leptolejeuna rosulans ... ... 446

Leptomeria acida ... ... 366

Leplopteris Moorei ... ... 383

Leptorrhynchus squamatus .., 147

Leptospernium arachnoideum ... 358

attenuatum ... ... ... 358

fiavescens ... ... ... 358

lanigerum ... ... ... 358

f(tr. macrocarpum . . . 358

parvifolium ... ... .. 358

scoparium ... ... .. 358

stellatum vto: granditlorum 358
Lepyrodia Muelleri ... ... 650

Lerneolophus sp. ... ... 157

Lestis ajratus ... ... ... 476

Leucobryere ... 677

Leucobryum brachyphyllum ... 136

strictifolium . ... 136, 677

Leucopogon lanceolatus . . ... 361

muticus ... ... ..361

xii

IXDEX.

l-MiE !

P.<OE

Leypeyiodia scarioaa

sm

Lybjeba subfasciata

252. 259

Libera

... 406

tantilla

252, 263

Lichenaula dissimilis

103

Lycopodiaceaj

370. 383

drosias

102

Lycopodium densum

... 370

Liehenes ...

446

laterale

.. 370

Licinini

tlSl

nutans

... 383

Liliace*

368

variuni

... 383

Lima alata

304

Lycosa ctenosa ... 315

, 317, 321

Limnaecia eugiamma

114

godeffroyi

.. 135

Limosella aquatica rar.

148

obsc(ena

316, 321

Lindsaya linearis

370

Lycosidse

... 315

niierophylla ...

370

Lyonsia

373, 386-

Liparus Brazieri ...

... 436,477

eucalyptifolia

. 386

Gratwicki

... 435,436

induplicata

... 442

Spenceri

436

lihicina

.. 442

Lissanthe sapida...

361

reticulata

... 362

Litsrva dealbata ...

364

striuninea

... 362

Livistona ...

351

Lyperanthus ellipticus ..

... 651

Lobelia ancep.s ...

361

Maba hemicycloides

.. 441

deiitata

361

laxifolia

... 441

purpura scens

361

seriocarpa

... 441

simplieicaulis

361

Maeadamia iiitegrifoUd ...

.. 150

Logania lloribunda

362

ternifolia, var. integrifolia... 150

Loganiaceje

362

Macquaria

... 167

Lomaria capensis

371

IMacrobathra metallica ...

... Ill

discolor

371

phernsea

... 112

Patersoni

371

syncoma

... 112

Lomatia longifolia

365

Macroniitriuni

.. 374

silaifolia

365

aurescens

... 137

Lonicera sp.

92

ealoblastoides

... 633

Loranthace*

... 359,440

dimorphum ...

... 633

Loraiithus celastroides

359

Hartmanni

.. 633

Exocarpi

135

ligulsefolium...

... 137

linearifolius ...

135

microblastum

... 632

linophyllus ...

135

platyphyllaceum

... (5.33

pendulus

... 135, 359

Wattsii"

... 137

Lutianida;

167

weisioides

... 633

Luzula campestris

369

Macropodidse

... 70

Lybajba ... 200,201

250, 251, 265

Macropus ... 46, 47, 50,

51, 69, 76

acutidens

252, 256, 265

major 46, 52,

70, 72, 73

coneinna

... 252, 257

robustus

69,71

consanguinea

... 251,254

ruf us

... 71

famelica

... 252,260

Macrozamia tiexuosa

... 649

inai-qualis

251, 252, 258

heteromera ...

... 649

majorina

... 252,264

seeunda

... 649

mollis

... 252,262

Magnoliaceje

... 354

nigrovaria . . .

... 251,259

Malletia ..

... 429'

oestuans

... 251, 253

Malvacefe ...

.. 143

parvicollis ...

... 252, 255

Marianthus procumbens

... 354

pieta ..

... 252, 261

Marsdenia rostrata

... .362

porphyrea . . .

... 251,2.52

suaveolens

... 362

repauda

252, 256

Maijepea ...

... 381

saniosa

264

Mecoliotia halligani

... 416

INDEX.

Xlll.

PAGE

Mecopus 531

Melampsoia nesodaphnes ... 447

Melanopsis 403

Melanteriosoma ... 201, 267, 269

costata ... ... ... 267

inconspicua ... .. ... 268

Melanterius 200, 201, 202, 203, 204,

205, 206, 214, 2.30, 242,

250, 267, 269, 545

aberrans ... 207, 233, 545

acacife .... 208,221,546

iulipatus .. 207, 227, 545

amplipennis ... 206, 242, 244

anaglyptus .. ... ... 214

antennalis ... 208,226,546

aratus ...200,207,240,545

bidentatus ... 207, 212, 238

car'micollis 200, 249

castaneus .. 207,229,545

cinnaraomeus 208, 219, 546

compactus ... 207,241,545

congiuus ... 206, 242, 243

eordipennis ... 208, 237, 546

tloridus ... 207,231,545

fugitivus .. ... .. 247

impolitus .. 207, 235, 545
incomptus ... 208,242,546

interstitialis ... 208, 224, 546

maculatus ... 208,222,546

parvidens ... 208. 22.5, 546

pectoralis ... 207, 2.39, 545

pieeirostris ... ... ... 247

porcatus ... 206.207,210

. poiosus ... 207, 213, 545

semipovcatus 207, 209. 545

seivulus ... 208, 216, 546

solitus ... 208, 234, .546

strabonis ... 208, 217, 546

tenuis ... 207,236,545

tristis .. 207, 208, 230, 546

unidentatus ... 203, 237, 546

uniseiiatus ... . 206, 245

ventralis 200, 205, 207, 214, 545

vinosus ... 208,234,-546

vulgivagus .. 208,238,546

Meliacet« ... ... ... ... 437

Melichrus urceolatus ... ... 361

Melo ... ., 414

Melodious australis ... ... 647

Meonis ... ... ... . 562

ater ... ... ... ... 563

convexus ... .. 562, 563

ovicoUis ... .. 563, 579

Mesites

attenuatus . . .
iNletallarcha leucodetis
Metrosideros
Microtis parviflora

porrif olia
Microyoldia
Mirbelia grandiflora

reticulata

Mitra

Mitrasacme paludosa

pilosa ..

polymorpha ...

Mitridie

Mcechius ..

anaglyptus ...
Moniniiaceai
Monocentridse
Mono^entris

carinata

gloria-maris .

japonicus

japoniviis
Mouoctenia cycnoptera ...

phyllomorpha
MonocteniadcB
Monomphalus
Monotaxis linifolia
Monotoca elliptica

scoparia
Mora^a Robinsoniana
Muehlenbeckia gracillima
i\Ius arboricola ...

exulans

rattus...
Musci

Mycteris longicarpus
Mylitta australis ...
Myosotis australis
Myriophylluni pedunculatum
Myrmeeobius

f asciatus
Myrsinacete
Myrsine variabilis

PAGE

... 158
... 1.5S

... 89
. 351
... 367
... 367
... 429
... 356
... 3-56
... 555
... 414
... .^62
... 362
... 362
... 406
... 200
... 226
149, 364
154, 1-59
... 162
... 163
154, 163
160, 162
.. 163
... 86
.. M6
... .S4
... 403
... 365
... 361
... 361
... 384
... 364
... 2W6
... 408
... 286
... 445
... 549
... 477
362
14.5
50
79
362
362

Myrtaeea? 146, 358, 439, 643, 651

Myrtesis 206

Naucoria glebarum 119, 120, 124

Nautilus 401,413,414

pompilius ... ... ... 192

Neckera Biiuerleni ... ... 445

Neckerea; ... ... ... ... 6,S2

Nectocarcinus integrifrons ... 6SS

XIV.

INDEX.

200,

PAGE

201, 247
249
24S
547
.522, 523, 532, 542
533

Neoiuelanterius
carinicollis
lon{j;ii"ostris
Neothauma
Neozeiieudes

dives ..

ISepenthes Kennedyi .. ... 135

Nephelium divaricatum ... 4.S8

Nephila 283.307

maculata ... .. ... 307

rar. penicillum ... ... 307

Kt-philimt... ... ... ... 307

Nephogenes melanthes 108

olympias ... .. ... 107

silignias ... .. ... 107

zalias... ... ... ... 107

Nerita melanotragus ... ... 329

Neritiila liicida 433, 434

NoctuidiL' ... ... ... ••• 88

Koctuiua ... ... ... ■.• 88

Nomiini ... ... ... ... 562

Noteljea quadristaminea ... 381

Notoclea .ijilenden^ ... ... 520

Notononius .. ... ... 572

Notophilus ... ... ... 557

Nucula 429

Octoehaetus ... ... ... 694

Ocystola holodryas 110

Odacanthini ... ... .. 581

CEcophoridaj 105

Oidiuni Tuckeii 447

Oiketicus ulias ... ... ... S3

Olacineje ... ... ... ... 355

Olax stricta ... ... ... 355

Olearia alpieola .. ... ... 147

V(iy. agiossa ... ... 147

Omalanthus stillingijefolius . . . 442

Omphacomeria acerba ... ... 366

Omphalea 399

Oniphalotropis zebriolata ... 391

Onagrea> 359

Onchidium 415

Oodes 561

Opercularia asiiera ... ... 360

hispida ... .. ... 360

()i>hi(1i(iji nuicroiyhtlialminii ... 182

Ophioploous Esmarki 1S8

Huttoni 187, 189

inibricatus ... ... ... 188

Orchidea? 366, 382, 444, 650, 651

Oreda 522, 523, 531, 533, 539, 542

dubia... .. ... ... 540

notata ... ... ... 540

Oieumynhis andicola ...
Oiites lancifolia ...
Ornithopteia
Orthoceras strictum
Oithodontium lineare ...

(?) ovale

sulcatum
Orthonhyaeium cymbifolioides
Orthotrichete
Osniunda barbaia

)nimr)W2)Ji)/lloides

Fiaseri
Osplinnttcr robusta

nifu--! ...
Ostophycephalus . . .

durieeps
Owenia acidula ...
Oxalis corniculata
Oxylobiam alpestre

ellipticum
var. alpinum

tiilobatuin ...
Ozius trmicatus ...
Pachytylus australis

sp.

Pagrosonius auratus
Palmae

Palolo viiidis
Paltodora marmorea
Palystes ...

ignicomus

leticulatus

PAGE

146

198

396

366

67H

678

678

376

(ylH

... 370

... 370

... 370

... 71

... 71

.. 155

154, 156

... 135

312,

355
356
356
193
356
549
698
698
174
382
477
96
313
312
321

Panaeolus Hallii.. 118, 119, 121, 124

Panax sambucifolius
Pancrdthnn cdhithinum
Pandanacea-
Pandanus ...
Panicum giacile ..

pygniiuum . .

sanguinale ...
Papaver aculeatuni
Papaveracea*
Papuina ...
Paramelania
Paiatheta calyptra

lasiomela

ocbiocoma ..
Pardalotus affinis

assimilis

oniatus

siih-sj^ assimilis ..
Parnieliella Bauerlenii ...
P(i)02>.^ipiic)i<i iiietallica ...

359

190

444

.. 398

369

194

369

354

354

396

547

... 100, 101

101

100

282, 283, 472
282, 472, 473
... 283,473
... 472,473
446

... 520

INDEX.

XV

Paropsis

aemula
agricola

PAGE

482, 483, 500,505, 513,

[514, 515. 520, 521

... 52 1

.\.487, 491, 492, 495

albican.s ... ... ... 486

arnica 486,487,494

amofud ...486, 487, 505, 506

annularis ... ... 489,509

aurea 488, 497, 498, 500. 503
babalis ... 488,496,497

bimaculata ..487,491,495,509
captiosa 486, 487, 489, 505,

[506, 507
cassidoides ... ... ... 521

chlorotica .. ... ... 493

circumdata ... ... ... 521

citrina 486,487

Cloelia .. 487,491,492

conferta ... 486,493,494

dehilis 486, 487, 490, 512, 513
decolorata ... 489,503,504,
505, 507, 508,
509, 512, 513
delicatula ... ... 513, 519

Dryope .. 514, 516, 517

fastidiosa ... 489, 506, 507

festiva ... ... ... 513

flaveola . . . 489, 506, 507, 508

flavitar^is ... .,. 514, 516

glonosa 489,510

Hamadryas ... ... 514, 515

var. flavitarsis 514, 515, 516

heetica ... 487, 488, 498,

[500, 503, 507

inconstans 484, 488, 502, 503,

[504
inspersa ... ... ... 507

irina ... ... ... ... 521

irrisa ... ... ... 488, 495

liesa ... 486.487,493,494,495
Lucina ... ... 514, 517

maculicollis ... 504, 505, 521

inetallicd ... ... ... 520

Minerva 487,494

mitis ... ... ... .. 521

nigrita ... ... ... 521

nobilitata 490, 510, 511, 512, 513
obovata ... 484, 486, 488, 496
pallida ... 488, 502, 503

Pandora ... 514,517,519

proxima ... ... .. 486

punctulata ... ... ... 521

piirpureo-aurea 486, 487, 513

PXCK

Paropsis raucicoUis 488, 501, 502
reticulata ... ... .. 698

rostralis ... ... 514, 519

rufescens 489,507

Simsoni 488, 498, 500, 501, 502
splendens ... ... ... 520

stictica ... ... . . i)07

subfasciata ... ... ... 515

subseriata ... ... ... 521

suturalis ... ... ... 521

tenella 486, 487

testacea ... ... ... 521

ustulata ... ... ... 521

variieollis ...487, 490, 491.493,

[495, 503
venusta ... ... ... 521

Yesta 514.518

vicina ... ... ... 521

vittata ... 489, 508, 509

vulfiaris ... ... 4S6, 496

Parsonsia ... ... ... 373, 386

lanceolata ... ... ... 386

paddisoni 885, 390

Partula 405,406

Passifiora aurantia ... ... 351

Patersonia glauca 368

sericea ... ... ... 368

Pediomorphus ... ... ... 576

elongatus 577,579

macleayi ... ... 577, 578

planiusculus... 576, 577. 578

ruticollis 577, 578

Pelargonium australe, var. erodi-

[oides 355
Peltophora eugramma ... .. 109
Penicillium glaucum ... 119, 122
Peperomia ... ... ... 352

Peragale .50, 79

lagotis 52, 74

Perameles 42, 43, 45, 46, 48, 50, 52,

54, 56, 57, 58, 67, 68, 69,

70, 71, 72, 73, 74, 75, 76,

77, 78, 79

lagotis ... ... ... 56

na.suta 42, 57, 58, 59, 65, 77, 81,

[82

obesula 42, 51, 58, 59, 62. 63. 64,

[66, SI, 82

Percidcf .. 167

Persoonia acerosa .. .. 364

chamsepeuce... ... ... 150

Charasepitys 364

ferruginea ... ... ... 364

XVI.

INDEX.

PAGE

Persoonia hivsuta ... ... 364

lanceolata ... ... ... 364

ledifolia ... ... ... 364

lucida ... ... ... 364

mollis .. ... ... ... 364

rayrtilloides ... ... ... 364

oxycoccoides... ... ... 364

salicina ... ... ... 364

Petaurus ... ... ... ... 50

Peteimannia cirrosa ... ... 444

PetroKale ... ... ... ... 50

penicillata ... ... ... 71

Petrolisthes sp. ... ... ... 549

Petrophila peduneulata.. ... 364

pulchella ... ... ... 364

Peziza kerguelensis ... ... 119

vesiculosa ... ... ... 447

Phalasnopsis violacea ... ... 190

Phaps chalcoptera ... ... 418

Phascolarctus .. ... 52, 54

Phaseolomys ... .. 50, 70

mitchelli ... ... ... 74

wombat ... ... ... 50

Phebalium Billaidieri ... .. 355

Philobota habiodes 108

Philonotis appressa 679

micropteris ... ... ... 375

pseudo-niollis ... ... 376

tnrtifolia ... ... ... 376

Phlceopola inferna ... ... 106

Pholcidffi 306

Pholcinse 306

Pholcus ancoralis ... ... 306

Phormium 398

Phylacteophaga ... ... ... 130

eucalypti 131, 134

Phyllanthus thymoides ... ... 365

Phyllota phylieoides ... ... 356

Physarum rufibasis ... ... 447

Physcomiti-ium Novae- Valesiae... 376

Physolesthus 581

ruficollis ... ... ... 581

Piluranopeus ... ... ... 688

serratifrons ... 687, 688, 697

Pimelea collina ... ... ... 365

hirsuta ... .. ... 365

ligustrina .. ... ... 365

linifolia 365

octophylla ... ... ... 649

r«r. petraea ... ... 649

petnea 649

Piptocalyx Moorei ... ... 149

Pithecolobium Muellerianum ... 438

PAGE

Pittospore* 143, 354

Pittosporum undulatum ... 354

Plaeostyhis 398, 399, 400, 403, 405, 436
Plagusia chabrus ... ... 549

glabra ... ... ... 549

Plantagineje ... ... ... 363

Plantago varia ... ... ... 363

Platycephaloidei ... ... ... 181

Platycerium ... ... ... 351

aleicorne ... ... ..371

Platypteridse 181

1 Pleetranthus congestus ... ... 149

I parviflorus ... ... ... 363

Plectroporaa annulatum ... 170

nigrorubrum ... ... 170

semieinctum... ... ... 170

Plesiopin;B 175

Pleuiota pyrosema ... ... 109

Plotosidae ... ... ... ... 154

Plotomis elongatus ... .. 155

sp. ..." 157

Plutellidae 115

Poa ciespitosa ... 369

Pocillopora ... 192,412,413

damicornis ... ... .. 412

Podocaipus alpina ... ... 193

Poecilopachys ... ... ... 309

Pogonatuni alpinum ... ... 686

australasicum ... ... 686

Polycarpon tetraphyllum ... 354

Polygale;e ... ... ... 354

Polygonace» ... ... 364, 442

Polygonum plebejum ... ... 364

Polypodium attenuatura ... 371

australe ... ... ... 371

punctatum ... ... ... 371

pustulatum ... ... ... 371

scandens ... .. ... 371

serpens ... . . ... 371

tenellum ... ... ... 371

Polyporus eucalyptorum ... 447

Hartmanni ... ... ... 447

ovinus ... ... ... 446

Polystictus xanthopus ... ... 447

Polytrichadelphus magellanicus 633
Polytriche;e ... ... ... 685

Polytrichum juniperinum ... 686

recur vipilis ... .. ... 445

Pomaderris apetala .. ... 355

elliptica ... ... ... 355

ledifolia 355

phillyreoides... ... .. 651

Pomax umbellata ... ... 300

INDEX.

XVll.

PAGE

PAGE

Poranthera corymbosa

■ > •

... 365

Pteris arguta

371

ericif olia

... 365

comans

.

371

microphylla ...

> * •

... 365

f alcata

371

Potorous

... 51

var. nana ...

'. 153

445

Prasophyllum

... 348

incisa

.

371

ansatum

... 367

umbrosa

. . .

371

densum

... 367

Pteroplectus

523

eriochilum . . .

...

... 367

Fteropus vetulus ...

". 274

275

fimbriatum . . .

... 367

Pterostichus

>• ■• •

572

flavum

... 367

phylarchus . .

572

intricatum . . ,

... 367

Pterostylis coccinea

. . .

367

longisepalum

... 367

curta

367

nigricans

... 367

hispidula

367

rufum

. . •

... 367

longifolia

■ • * ■

367

striatum

... 367

nutans

367

transversum .

• a.

... 367

obtusa

367

Pringlea antiscorbutica

...

121, 122

parviflora

367

Procometis heterogama

... 103

pedunculata ...

.'. 367

444

Prosopogmus

* I •

, . 574

reflexa

367

Prostanthera coerulea

... 363

Pterygophorinse ...

130

lasianthos ...

352, 363

Pterygophorus

. . .

130

linearis

... 363

Pterygophyllum Wattsii.

375

Proteacese ...

i50

364, 443

Puccinia calthas ..

"." 361

,303

Prunella vulgaris

...

... 363

Pultencea

. 144

145

Prychia gracilis ...

... 312

Campbelli ...

144

Pselaphidfe

...

... 531

dentata

. • • t

145

Psepholacipus

t • •

523, 541

echinula

* . •

651

fossilis

.. *

... 542

elliptica

• > • *

356

minor

... 542

flexilis

t • • .

356

Psepholax 242, 522, 523

,529

, 535, 542

glabra

145

egereus

524, 527

incurvata

• . • ■

651

Helmsi

...

... 526

plumosa

. 145

651

humeralis

524, 527

scabra

.

356

latirostris

524,

526, 528

ternata

144

leoninus

524

525, 528

viscosa

.

356

Masters!

... 524

Pulvinaria tecta ...

.

192

Pascoei

...

... 528

Pupina

.

401

Pseudanthus pimeleoides

... 365

Pupinella

■ • •

397

Pseudoscarus gymnognathos

154,

Pyralidina

.

89

[179, 180

Pyroderces sentioa

114

gymnognathus

... 179

Pyrosoma bigeminum

190

585

Pseudostoreus

201,269

Quintinia Sieberi .

. 352

357

placitus

... 270

Rana

396

Pseudotherebus ...

...

523, 536

Ranunculaceae

353

sculptipennis

... 537

Ranunculus

351

Psilonothus

... 557

lappaceus

.

351

ovalis

* t *

... 558

Remigia translata

.

410

Psilopilum australe

• . .

... 685

Restiaceae...

. 369,

650

Psychidse .

83, 283

Restio australis ...

369

Psydestis ...

201

265, 267

Rhacopileae

682

affluens

... 266

Rhacopilum convolutacei

im

682

Psylla sp

.. 297

Rhagodia hastata

.

364

Pteris aquilina ...
b

...

... 371

RhamneEe... ... J

155, 437,

651

XVlll.

INDEX.

Ehaphidostegium acicula
lucicluloides ...

PAGE

682
682
375
683
445
375
539

micropyxis ...

pseudo-homomallum

Tingiringense

Wattsii
Ehinaria tibialis ...
Khizobium ...657, 671, 672, 673

leguminosarum 657, 659, 673
Ehizogonium Novre-Hollandiai . . 68 1
Ehizophora mucronata ... ... 391

Ehodamnia trinervia, I'ar. glabra 146
Ehynchodemus scriptus .. .. 401

Ehyiichostegium tenuifolium ... 684
Ehynochetos jubatus ... ... 274

Ehytida 403

Ehytidopsis ... ... ... 403

Eichea Gunnii ... .., ... 193

Eosaceje ... ... ... .. 357

Eottboellia mitricata ... ... 151

ophiuroides ... ... ... 151

var. commutata ... ... 151

EubiaceaB .. ... .. ... 360

Enbus Moluccanus ... ... 357

Moorei 357

parvifolius ... 357

rosifolius ... ... ... 357

Eumex Brownii .. ... ... 364

dumosus ... ... .. 442

Eussula australiensis ... ... 446

Eutacese 355, 437, 640

Euvettus pretiosus 416, 425, 477
Rylstonea 643,644

cernua ... ... 643, 644

Sacculina 687, 688, 689, 690

Salmo irideus ... ... ... 477

Sambucus xanthocarpa .. 359, 646
Santalaceae ... ... 151, 366

Sapindaceffi ... 356, 437, 641

Sapotaceaj ... ... ... 441

Sarcochilus falcatus ... ... 366

Fitzgeraldi, var. rubicentrum 650

montanus ... ... .. 366

rubicentrum... ... ... 650

Sarepta 429,430

abyssicola ... 429

speciosa ... 429

Sarothrocrepis ... .. ... 582

corticalis ... ... .., 583

humeratus ... ... ... 582

Satraparchis ... ... ... 86

(?) macrocosma ... ... 85

Saxifrageae 357, 439

Scaevola hispida ...
Scarida) ...
Scams gymnognathos
8chiza?a bifida ...

dichotoma ...

rupestris
Schizomeria ovata
Schoenus deustus

melanostachys

villosus
Scisena antarctica
Sciaromium hispidum
Scieropepla

argoloma

megadelpha ...
Scirpus riparius ...
Scolytidse ...
Scoparia schizodesma
Scrophularinese ...
Sebaia ovata
Selaginella uliginosa
Sematophylleje . . .
Senecio dryadeus, var.
dontus

velleioides ...
Serranidai...
Serranus armatus
Siegesbeckia orientalis
Simodontus

jeneipennis ...

elongatus

f ortnumi

grandiceps . . .

homomelanus

lieviceps

leai . .

niandibularis
SkitophyllejB
Smilax australis . . .

glyciphylla ..
Sminthopsis
Solaneffi ...
Solanum aviculare

campanulatum

nigrum

parvifolium ...

pungetium . . .

xanthocarpum
Solariorbis
Solen sloanii
Solenogyne bellioides
Soliva anthemifolia

sessilis

PAGE

... 361
... 154
... 179
... 370
... 370
... 370
... 358
.. 369
... 369
... 369
.. 697
... 376

103

104

103

369

.. 522

90

148, 363, 651

362

. 370
... 682
macro-

... 360

... 360

154, 166

... 172

... 360

573

". 575 ,576

... 573

. 575, 576

... 573

. 578, 574

... 575

. 575, 576

. 574, 576

... 685

... 368

... 368

... 50

. 363, 442

... 363

... 363

.. 363

.. 442

... 363

... 363

... 433

... 432

... 360

... 646

... 646

INDEX.

xax.

Sorghum plumosum
Sowerbpea juncea
Sparassinse

Spartothamnus junceus..
Sphffii-olobium vimineum
Sphieroma sp.
Sphagnum centrale
cymbifolium var.

PAGE

... 194
... 368
... 311
363, 648
... 356
... 418

376

carneo-
[pallidum 376
var. glaucescens form

[brachyclada 376

Wattsii 375

Sph-anthes australis ... 366, 444
Splachneae ... ... ... 679

Splachnobrvum Baileyi 632

Wattsu 632

Sprengelia Lncarnata ... ... 362

Stackhousia viminea .. ... 355

Stackhousieje ... ... ... 355

Stathmopoda .. ... ... 114

Stellaria flaccida .. ... ... 354

pungens ... ... ... 354

Stenoglottis fimbriata ... . . 190

longifolia ... ... ... 190

Stenogyra gracilis ... ... 391

Stenorhynchus phalangium . . . 689
Sterculia rupestris ... . . 532

Sterculiaceae ... ... 355,651

Stereodontese ... ... ... 683

Stereophyllum

Wattsii
Stereum bicolor ...
Stibaroma stenodesma
Stichopus mollis ...
Stilbum formicarum

sp

Stipa aristiglumis

Dichelachne ...
Storeus

Strobilomyces velutipes ...
Struthiolaria
Stylideso ...
Stylidium debile ...

graminifolium

lineare
Styj)andra csespitosa

glauca
Styphelia Iseta, var. angustifolia
Sula piscatrix
Suriana maritima
Swainsona Cadelli

galegifolia ...
Symphyonema montanum

125,

... 374

374, 375

... 447

... 87

... 189

126, 127

126, 127

... 369

369

200, 251, 270

446

414

361

.S61

361

361

368

368

.361
410
391
642
642
864

PAGE

Syncarpia laurif olia ... ... 359

Synoum glandulosum ... ... 437

Syrrhopodon ... ... ... 632

Wattsii 6.32

Tachys 566,567

mulwalensis... ... ... 566

ovatus ... .. .. 567

transversicollis ... ... 560

Tarsipes ... 50

rostratus ... ... ... 74

Taxeotis phaeopa ... ... 84

Tayloria octoblepharis ... ... 679

Tecoma australis... ... ... 363

Baileyana ... ... ... 442

Teinostoma ... ... .. 433

brazieri ... ... ... 433

cancellata ... ... .. 433

starkeyae ... ... ... 433

tasmaniea ... ... ... 433

Telopea speciosissima ... ... 365

Tephritis tryoni 190

Tetratheca ericif olia ... . . 354

thymifolia ... ... .. 354

Teucrium corymbosum ... ... 363

Teutheria 200, 230

insculpta ... ... ... 230

Thalpochares leucodesma ... 88

Thecidium baretti ... ... 416

Thelymitra carnea ... ... 366

circumsepta .. ... .. 366

media .., ... ... 366

paucifiora .... ... .. 366

venosa ... ... ... 366

Thenarotes 558, 560

australis ... ... 559, 579

bicolor 558, 599

brunnicolor .. ... ... 560

maiginatus ... .. ... 560

tachioides ... ... ... 559

tasmanicus ... ... 559, 560

Thenarotidius ... ... 557, 558

Therapon ellipticus ... ... 179

humeralis 154, 177

Theraponidaj .. ... 154, 177

Therebiosoma ... ... 523, 538

rhinarioides ... ... ... 538

Therebus ...523,535,537,538

cepuroides ... ... ... 5.35

Thuidium atrovii'ens ... ... 375

furfurosum ... ... ... 684

liliputanum ... ... .. 375

protensula .. ... ... 684

sobliliputanum ... ... 375

XX.

INDEX.

PAGE

Thymeleffi 365, 649

Thysanotus junceus 36 i

Patersoni 368

tuberosus ... ... ... 368

Tiliaceai .355

Tillaga verticillaris 358

Tineidffi 116

Tineina 96

Tmesipteris Tannensis ... ... 370

Todea Fraserii 352

Todea ( Leptopteris) Moorei ... 383

Tornatellina 405, 411

conica ... ... ... 391

Tortricidse ... 91

Tortricina... ... ... ... 91

Tortrix eugramma ... ... 91

Tortula calycina 678

princeps ... 677

Tortula (Barhala) subcalycina ., 678

TortulefB 677

Tournefortia ... ... ... 410

Trachylejeunea elegantissima ... 445

Trachymeue Billardieri 359

cyanopetalus .. ... 359

ericoides ... ... ... 359

glaucifolius ... ... .. 359

incisus ... ... ... 359

linearis ... ... ... 359

Tranes ... .. ... ... 544

Tremandrese ... ... ... 354

Tribulus terrestris 437

Trichomanes ... .. ... 352

venosum ... ... ... .370

Trichosurus 52, 70, 76

vulpecula ... ... ... 74

Triforis 415

Trigonia .., ... ... ... 414

Trinacria 4.30

Tristania conferta ... ... 450

laurina ... ... ... 359

neriifolia ... ... ... 359

Tritonium... 415

Trochomorpha .399,405

Truncatella valida 391

Trypeta pomonella 190

Trypetinae 190

Tubaria furfuracea 119

Tychicus 313

Tylophora barbata 362

Typhlops aluensis 401

Typhobia

UmbeUiferfe
Uncinula ...

australiana ...
Urtica incisa
Urticaceae . . .
Utricularia dichotoma
Velleya perfoliata
Verbenaceje
Veronica calycina

plebeja
Verticordia

darwinioides...

Wilhelmi
Vertigo pediculus
Vicia lathyroides...
Viola betonicifolia

hederacea
Violacese ...
Viscum articulatuni
Vitis antarctica ...

hypoglauca ...
Voluta

Wahlenbergia gracilis ...
Weissia flavipes ...
Whiteleggea australis . . . '
Woodwardia aspera
Woollsija pungens

Xanthorrhoea arborea . . .
hastilis

sp

Xanthosia Atkinsoniana

pilosa...

tridentata
Xerotes Brownii ...

glauca

llexif olia

longif olia
Xylorycta melanias
Xyloryctidffi
Xyridese ...
Xyris gracilis

operculata
Zeneudes ... 522, 530, 531

sterculiae
Zieria laevigata ...

Smithii
Zosterops ..
Zygophyllepe

PAGE

547

146, 359. 645

301

... 302, 303

365

... 365, 444

363

.361

363, 648

363

363

645

643, 644, 645

645

391

658

... 354, 447

354

354

... 359,440

356

356

414

361

677

...' ... 375

371

362

... 676
... 368

.. 476
... 359
.. 359
... .359
... 368
... .368
... 368
... 368
... 102
... 102
... 368
... 368

. 368
533, 542

.. 532
... .355
... 355
.. 283
... 437

[Printed off April 4th, 1900.]

p.L.s.NS.w.irjJt

Pl.XLIV

R.T.e-.'tir.

EUCALYPTUS MACUL05A R T B.

P.L.5.N.S.W. l8S9

\--^,

PU XLV.

^:

^'

IK A

,\

,A\\y/ •-''

/ 1,1 V \\

h

?:n

y\

\^

V-

n'v'

NT/

' ■1-7//

^F

/7/A

xCj^.

v^

RTB-del

h

/

'/

.^'

P

• c"v,"^S!^^

U'

'%

EUCALYPTUS PATENTIINERVIS /^TS.

p. L.5.N.5-W, 189.4

PI XLVl

.^■'

*r ^■*"

R.T.B.del

"be LA H"
CASUARINA CAMBAGEI, R.T3.

P.L^.N.S.W. 1893.

PL XLVII.

1 1/

I

■-<

<-X.

^^r^^^

■v?.5M^^*^'^

■^C-.".^,' y-?

J

If

BULL OAK

CA5UARINA LUEHMAINNI, R.T.B.

P.L 5.N.5,W, 1899-

Pl. XLVIII

ECONICA

E. SQUAMOSA ('/^/^5. 4 -5;

P.L.S.N.SW, 1899

Pl.XLIX.

EUCALYPTUS AGGREGATA,D.&M.

P.L.5N.5 W. 1899

P.L.S.N.S.W. 1899

4t

RHIZOBIUM LEGUMINOSARUM,

V

P.L.S.N.S.W. 1899

V^"

^1 .

RHIZOBIUM LEGUMINOSARUM.

P.L.S.N.5.W, 1899,

PI Llll.

S 0. B. del.

DIGA3TER SYLVATICU5,/7'.

PLS.NSW. 1899.

PI LIV.

laei iS-14

rridf^. 11-12

me.'i. 10-11

m.es.9-10

op. 0.

DIGASTER SYLVATICU5,«.

Iss^ied Aufftist 8th, 1899

Vol. XXIV,

Part I.

PROCEEDINGS

^),t

OF THE

LINNEAN SOCIETY

OF

NEW. SOUTH V^ALES

FOR TIIK YEAR

18QQ_

PART I.
Containing Papers read in
MARCH and APRIL.
WITH FIFTEEN PLATES.

\.

SYDNEY :
PHINTED AND PUBLISHED FOK THE SOCIETY

BV

F. CUNNINGHAME & CO., 146 PITT STREE"

AND

SOLD B^ THK SOCIETY.
[Price, 12/6J

Wm m""'""-^T'' * ^"•' ^' S-'^o Square, Lr
^jxr /m, Messrs. R. Friedl^ndkr & Sohx, Carh

\

NOTICE.

With the exception of Volumes I.-VI. of the Proceedings — of
■which the Society's stock was totally destroyed in the Garden
Palace Fire — the Publications of the Linnean Society of N.S.W.
may be obtained at the Society's Hall, Ithaca Eoad, Elizabeth
Bay, Sydney, from Dulau &, Co., 37 Solio Square, London, W., or
R. Friedlander & Sohn, Carlstrasse 11, Berlin, N.W., at the fol-
lowing prices : —

Proceedings for 1882, Vol. VII. —Part 1 ...

Part 2 ...

,, ,, ,, Part 3 ...

Part 4 ...

Proceedings for 1883, Vol. VIII.— Part 1 ...

Part 2 ...

J) >»
)> >)

1 f

Part 3 ..
Part 4 ..

Proceedings for 1884,

>) 5>

) ) > !

Vol. IX.

IS

J J
1»

—Part 1 ..
Part 2 ..,
Part 3 ..
Part 4 ..

Proceedings for 1885,
)i >>

» 5 5»

Vol. X.

M
9,
>»

—Part 1 ..
Part 2 ..
Part 3 ..
Part 4 ..

SECoJsrr)

Series.

Proceedings for 1886,

Vol. I.

—Part 1 ...
Part 2 ...
Parts ...
Part 4 ...

Proceedings for 1887,

J5 J)

Vol. II.

—Parti ...
Part 2 ...
Part 3 ...
Parti ...

Proceedings for 1888,

)> >J
1 » ,1

Vol. III.

—Part 1 ...
Part 2 ...
Parts ...
Part 4 ...

Proceedings for 1 889,
)) ) »

Vol. IV.

—Parti ...
Part 2 ...
Parts ..
Part 4 ...

iings for 1890,

\ "
'891,

Vol. V.

—Parti ...
Part 2 ...
Parts ...
Part 4 . . .

V,.l. VI.

-Parti ...
Part 2 ...
Parts ...
Part 4 ...

VII.

—Part 1 ...
Part 2 ...
I'art 3 ...
Part 4 ...

£0 7
0 10
0 5
0 10

6
0
0
0

0 10
0 5

0 7
0 8

0
0
0
0

0 8

0 12

1 5
1 5

0
0
0
0

0 12

0 7
0 15
0 17

0
6
0
6

£0 10
0 12
0 13
0 12

6
0
0
6

0 7
0 8

0 12

1 7

0
0
0
0

0 lo

1 4
1 0
0 18

0
0
0
0

0 11
0 16
0 19
0 11

0
0
0
0

0 11
0 9
0 9
0 9

0
0
0
0

£0 10
0 9
0 17
0 7

0
6
0
6

£0 6
0 4
0 8

0 s

6
6
0
0

SecoISTI^ Seikies (continued)

Proceedings for 1893, Vol. VIII.— Part 1

Part2

Proceedings for 1894, Vol. IX

Proceedings for 1895, Vol. X.

Part 3 ...

Part 4 ...

. —Part 1 ...

Part 2 ...

Parts ...

Part 4 ...

—Part 1 ...

Part 2 ...

Parts ...

Supplement ...

Part 4 ...

0 5 0

0 11 0

0 6 0

0 9 0

0 12 0

0 12 0

0 IS 0

0 8 0

0 15 0

0 8 6

0 10 0

0 1 6

0 12 0

Proceedings for 1896

Proceedings for 1S97

Proceedings for 1898

Part 1 ...
Supplement

Part 2 ...

Parts ...

Part 4 ...

Part 1 ...

Part 2 ...

Parts ...

Part 4 ...

Parti ...

Part 2 ...

Parts ...

Part 4 ..

Part 1 ...

0 9
0 2
0 6

0 7

1 7
0 10
0 8
0 9
0 12
0 S
0 6
0 12
0 14
0 12

0
6
6
6
6
0
6
0
6
0
0
0
0
6

Proceedings for 1899
A reduction of 20 per cent, on the above charges is made
to Members of the Society.

The Macleay Memorial Volume [i.ssued October 13th, 1893].
Royal 4to., ll and 308 pages, with Portrait, and forty-two plates.

Price £3 3s.

CONTENTS.

The Hon. Sir William Macleay, Kt., F.L.S., M.L.C. : (By the Editor)

Professor W. Baldwin Spexcek, M.A. : Contributions to our
Knowledge of Ceratodus. Part I. — The Blood Vessels. (Plates i.-v.) —
Prof. F, \V. HuTTON, F.R.S. : The Pliocene Mollusca of New Zealand-
(PI. VI. -IX.) -F- Prof. W. A. Haswell, M.A., D.Sc. : A Monograph of the
TemnorephaUce. (PI. x.-xv.) — Prof. W. A. Haswell, M.A., D.Sc. : On
an apparently new Type of the Platyhelminthes (Trematoda? ) (PI. xvi.) —
Prof. T. Jeffery Parker, D.Sc, F.R.S. , and Mi.ss J. G. Rich : Observa-
tions on the Myology of Palinurufi Edwardsii, Hutton. (PI. xvii.-xxi). —
Prof. J. T. Wilson, M.B., Ch.M., and C. J. Martin, M.B., B.Sc : Obser-
vations upon the Anatomy of the Muzzle of the Oniithorhynchus. (PI. xxii. ,
XXIII.) — Prof. J. T. Wilson, M.B., Ch.M., and C. J. M.vrti.v, M.B.,
B.Sc. : On the Peculiar Rod-like Tactile Organs in the Integument and
Mucous Membrane of the Muzzle of Ornithorhynchus. (PL xxiv.-xxvi.) —
C. Hedley, F.L.S. : On Parmacochlea Fischeri, Smith. (PI. xxvii.) —
Prof. R. Tate, F.L.S., F.G.S., &c. : On the Geographic Relations of the
Floras of Norfolk and Lord Howe Islands — Baron von Mueller, K.C.M.G.,
F.R.S. : Notes on an Undescribed Acacia from New South Wales. (PI.
xxviii. )— Baron von Mueller, K.C.M.G., F.R.S., and .J. H. Maiden,
F.L.S., F.C.S. : Description of a New Hakea from Eastern New South
Wales. (PI. XXIX.) — R. Etheridge, Jun. : A Description of some of the
Weapons and Implements of the Alligator Tribe, Port Essington, North
Australia (PI. xxx.-xxxv.) — N. A. Cobb, Ph.D. : New Nematodes from
Fiji and Australia. (PI. xxxvi.-xlii.)

Descriptive Catalogue op Australian Fishes. By William
Macleay, F.L.S. [1881]. A few copies only. Price £1, net.

The Transactions op the Entomological Society of New
South Wales, 2 vols., 8vo [Vol. i. live Parts, 1863-66; Vol. ii. five
Parts, 1869-73 ; all published], price £2, net, are also obtainable,
but neither the Parts nor the Volumes are sold separately

PROCEEDINGS. 189^, PART / f / //

CONTENTS.

Presidential Address, delivered at the Twenty-fifth Annual General
Meeting, March 29th, 1809. By Professor J. T. Wilson, M.B.,

Ch.M

Contribntions to the Murpliology and Uevelopnien'-. of the Female
Urogenital Organs in the Marsupialia. i. On tlie Female Uro-
genital Organs of PerameleH, with an Account of the Phenomena
of Parturition. By Jas. P. Hill, B.Sc. (Edin.), F.L.S., Demon-
strator of Biology in the University of Sydney. (Plates i.-xii.)

Descriptions of new Australian Lepidoptero. By Oswald B. Lower,
F.E.S

PAGE

Notes from the Botanic Gardens, Sydney. No. 4. By J. H. Maidex
and E. Bltche

Contribution to Australian Ichthyology. By J. Douglas Ogilbv ...

Description ot a new Ophiuran (Ophioplocus liutfoni). By H.
Fakquhak. (Commvnicated hy the Secretary.) (Plate xv.)

42

83

Fungi from Kerguelen Island. By D. McAlpine. (ComtnunicatBcl

hy J. H. Maiden, F.L.S.). (Plate xiii., fig.s. 1-8) 117

Three Additions to the Fungi of New South Wales. By D. McAlpine,

(Communirnttd hy R. T. Baker, F. L.S.J. (Plate xiii., figs. 9-13) 125

Description of Agromyza phaseoli, a new Species of Leaf-mining Fly.
By D. W. CoQUiLLETT. ( Communirated, with a Xote thereon, hy
W. W. Fro(i<jatt, F.L.S.) 128

A new Genus and Species of Sawfly. By Walter W. Fkoggatt,
F.L.S. (Plate xiv.)

130

143
154

Donations

Elections and Announcements

Notes and Exhibits ...

... 187

33, 140

30, 139

135, 190

L^

Issued October 10th, 1899.

\.

Vol. XXIV.

Part 2.

No. 94. ^%Jb-^.
THE .^%iY

PROCEEDINGS

OF TUK

LINNEAN SOCIETY

OK

NEV^ SOUTH WALE

F(IR TUK YEAR

1SQ0

PART J I. V

Containing Papers read in
MAY, and JUNE (in 'part).
WITH SIXTEEN PLATES.

(The last six plates in this Part should have been lettered xxvi.-xxxi.

instead of xxv. -xxx.)

SYDNEY :
PRINTED AND PUBLISHED FOR THE SOCIETY

BY

F. CUNNINGHAM E & CO., 146 PITT STREET,

AND

SOLD BY THE SOCIETY.

[Price, 12/-]

^ <v5 -A-G-EZSTTS lasr EXTKOIPB

,c^ Messrs. Utjlau & Co., 37 Soho Square, London, W

Messrs. R. Friedl^nder & Sohn, Carlstrasse II, Berlin, N.W.

NOTICE.

With the exception of Volumes I. -VI. of the Proceedings — of
which the Society's stock was totally destroyed in the Garden
Palace Fire — the Publications of the Linnean Society of N.S.W.
may be obtained at the Society's Hall, Ithaca Eoad, Elizabeth
Bay, Sydney, from Dulau & Co., 37 Soho Square, London, W., or
JR. Priedlander & Sohn, Carlstrasse 11, Berlin, N.W., at the fol-
lowing prices : —

IFiitST Series.

Proceedings for 1882, Vol. VII. —Part 1 ...

Part 2 ...

,, ,, ,, Part 3 ...

Part 4 ...

Proceedings for 1883, Vol. VIII. —Part 1 ...

Part 2 ...
)> j> >> Part 3

„ „ ,, Part 4 ...

Proceedings for 1884, Vol. IX. —Part 1 ...

„ ,, ,, Part 2 ...

,, ,, ,, Part 3

,, ,, „ Part 4 ...

Proceedings for 1885, Vol. X. —Parti ...

Part 2 ...
,, ,, ,, Part 3

,, ,, ,, Part 4

SscoasroD Sesibies-

Proceedings for 1886, Vol. I. —Part 1 ...
, , , , , , Part 2

> >» >»

Proceedings for 1887, Vol. II. —Part 1

Part 2

Part 3
Part 4

Part 3
,, „ ,, Part 4

Proceedings for 1888, Vol. III. —Part 1

„ Part 2

Parts
Part 4

Proceedings for 1889, Vol. IV. —Part 1

„ „ Part 2

,, ,, ,, Part 3

Part 4

Proceedings for 1890, Vol. V. —Part 1

Parts
,, ,, ,, Part 3

„ „ „ Part 4

Proceedmgs for 1891, Vol. VI. —Part 1

,, ,, ,, Part 2

,, ,t ,) rart o

, „ ,, Part 4

Proceedings for 1892, Vol. VII. —Part 1
,, ,, ,, Part 2

,, ,, „ • art o

,, ,, ,, Part 4

£0 7
0 10
0 5
0 10

6
0
0
0

0 10
0 5
0 7
0 8

0
0
0
0

0 8

0 12

1 5
1 5

0
0
0
0

0 12
0 7
0 15
0 17

0

6
0
6

£0 10
0 12
0 13
0 12

6
0
0
6

0 7
0 8

0 12

1 7

0
0
0
0

0 15

1 4
1 0
0 18

0
0
0
0

0 11
0 16
0 19
0 11

0
0
0
0

0 11
0 9
0 9
0 9

0
0
0
0

£0 10
0 9
0 17

0 7

0
6
0
6

£0 6
0 4
0 8
0 8

6
6
0
0

BY R. ETHERIDGE, JUNE. 345

Previous to Mr. Man's Ethnological researches in the Andaman
Islands, Major-General Lane-Fox had also remarked* on the close
resemblance this "particular mode of covering the head and parts
of the face with white when in mourning, Og-da," bore to the
Australian custom. It is not the only resemblance the Anda-
manese bear to our Aboriaines.

It was my intention to have made some remarks on the use of
black as a sign of mourning amongst the Australian Indigenes,
but the present subject has extended beyond the limits I at first
contemplated.

* Journ. Authrop. Inst., 1878, vii. p. 445.

[Printed off 7th October, 1899.]

PROCEEDINGS, 1899, PART 2.

CONTENTS.

PAGE
Revision of the Australian Curculionid^e belonging to the Subfamily

Oryptorhynchides. Part iii. By Arthur M. Lea 200

The Spear-Becket, or " Doigtier" of New Caledonia, tlie New Hebrides
and other Pacific Islands. By R. Etheridgi^, Junr., Curator of
the Australian Museum. (Plates xvi.-xix.) ... ... ... 271

Description of a New Pardalote, its Nest and Eggs, from Victoria.

By Robert Hall. (Communicated by the Secretary.) [Title J... 282

Notes on the Range of Crocadiius and Brachylophu^. By Edgar R.

Waite, F.L.S 2S3

Note on Chloris truncata, B.Br., witli abnormally developed Inflores-
cence. By Fred. Turner, F.L.S 285

On three new Species of Eucalyptus. By R. T. Baker, F.L.S.,

Curator, Technological Museum, Sydney. (Plates xx.-xxii.) ... 292

On a Micro-Fungus from Mount Kosciusko ; and on the first Record
of Uncinula in Australia. By D. McAlpine. (Communicated by
J. H. Maiden, F.L.S.) (Plate xxiii.) .301

Contribution to a Knowledge of tlie Arancidan Fauna of Santa Cruz.
By W. J. R:.\TNBO\v, F.L.S., Entomologist to the Australian
Museum. (Plates xxiv.-xx v.) ... ... ... ... ... 304

Results of an Exploration of Aboriginal Rock-Shelters at Port

Hacking. By Walter R. Harper 322

The "Widow's Cap" of the Australian Aborigines. By R. Etheridge,

Junr., Curator of the Australian Museum. (Plates xxvi.-xxxi.) 333

Donations 195, 287

Elections and Announcements 195,287

Notes and Exhibits 193,283

J\'ote.— By an oversight the first line on p. 4 of the cover of the first Part of this
Volume appears as Proceedings, 1S98, Part 4, instead of 1899, Part 1.

Also the last 6 plates in this Part should have been lettered xxvi.-xxxi. instead of

XXV. -XXX.

j^Slr.

Issued December Oth; 1899.

\.

Vol. XXV.

Part 3.

No. 95,

THE

:#.

PEOCEEDINGS

OF THE

LINNEAN SOCIETY

OF

'■• NEY/ SOUTK wales

FOR THE YEAR

189Q

I

V

PART HI.
Containing Papers read in
JTmS (in 'part) to SEPTEMBER Jin 2mrt).
^ • WITH ELEVEN PLATES.

» (As two Plates in the last Part are lettered xxv., there is no Plate

xxxi. in this Part.)

SYDNEY : t

PHINTEB AND PUBLISHED FOR THE SOCIETY

BT

F. CUNNINGHAME & CO., 146"P1TT STREET,

AND

SOLD BY THE SOCIETY.
[Price, 10/-]

-<9k.G-EITTS TOST ETTKOI'E
Si-essrs. BvhAV &. Co., 37 Soho Square, London, W
Messrs. R. Fbiedl^nder & Sohn, Carlstiasse 11, Berlin, N W

NOTICE.

With the exception of Volumes I. -VI. of the Procekdings — of
which the Society's stock was totally destroyed in the Garden
Palace Fire — the Publications of the Linnean Society of N.S.W.
may be obtained at the Society's Hall, Ithaca Poad, Elizabeth
Bay, Sydney, from Dulau & Co., 37 Soho Square, London, \V., or
R. Friedlander & Sohn, Carlstrasse 11, Berlin, N.W., at the fol-
lowing prices : —

Proceedings for 1882, Vol. VII. —Part 1 £0 7 6

Part 2 0 10 0

Parts 0 5 0

Part 4 0 10 0

Proceedings for 1883, Vol. VIII.— Part 1 0 10 0

Part 2 0 5 0

„ „ „ Parts 0 7 0

Part 4 0 8 0

Proceedings for 1884, Vol. IX. —Parti 0 S 0

Part 2 0 12 0

Parts 15 0

Part 4 15 0

Proceedings for 1885, Vol. X. —Parti 0 12 0

Part 2 0 7 6

Parts 0 15 0

Part 4 0 17 6

>9
>>

9)

9 99 99

9> 99 99

SECOlSm SEE.IES-

Proceedings for 1886, Vol. I. —Parti £0 10 6

„ ,, ,, Part 2 0 12 0

Parts 0 IS 0

, „ ,, Part 4 0 12 6

Proceedings for 1887, Vol. II. — Part 1 0 7 0

Part 2 0 8 0

Parts 0 12 0

Part 4 17 0

Proceedings for 1888, Vol. III. —Part 1 0 15 0

Part 2 14 0

Parts 10 0

Part4 0 18 0

Proceedings for 1889, Vol. IV. —Parti 0 11 0

„ „ Part 2 0 16 0

„ „ „ Parts 0 19 0

,, ,, „ Part 4 0 11 0

Proceedings for 1890, Vol. V. —Parti Oil 0

„ „ ,, Part 2 0 9 0

„ „ Part 3 ... ... 0 9 0

„ „ „ Part 4 0 9 0

Proceedings for 1891, Vol. VI. —Part 1 £0 10 0

„ „ „ Part 2 0 9 6

„ „ „ Part S 0 17 0

, „ ,, Part 4 0 7 6

Proceedings for 1892, Vol. VII. —Part 1 £0 6 6

„ „ „ Part 2 0 4 6

„ „ „ Parts 0 8 0

„ „ „ Part 4 0 8

BY REV. T. BLACKBURN. 521

P. nig vita. Clip. — This species belongs to subgi'oup i. The
description does not indicate the characters necessary for that
determination, but I have recently obtained a specimen from
Chapuis' locality (S. Australia) which is evidently his insect. In
my tabulation (P.L.S N.S.W., 1898) the name should stand on
p. 226 under " B. General colour black or brassy or bluish-black,''
but as my specimen is a female I cannot say whether it belongs
to the aggregate " C " or " CC." It, however, differs, inter alia,
from irirm by its very much finer elytral series of punctures, from
circumdata and subseriata by the very much closer puncturation
of its elytral interstices, and from all three by its much greater
convexity and entirely black colouring (except the under surface
of its tarsi and of the base of the antennae).

P. cassidoi les, Boisd., puitctulata, Boisd., testacea, Oliv., and
vicina, Boisd. — The descriptions of these are such that it is
impossible to connect them with any insect unless the types could
be examined.

/'. nshdaUt, Oliv. — This is in almost the same condition of
uncertainty as the preceding four. The description of the colours,
however, suggests the possibility of its being founded on a variety
of the insect that Germar described as P. suturaHs. This is little
more than a guess, but varieties of suturalis are the only Paropses
I have seen agreeing with the colours attributed to ustulata.

P. cemida. Ch^)., tnitis, Chp., macidicoUis, Clk., and venusta, Er.
All these are names that I cannot associate with any insect, and
the descriptions do not furnish the necessary information for
placing them in my subgroups. All are small species (long. 2^
lines or less) and they appear to me likely to be members of my
subgroup iv.

In dealing with Group vi. I have enumerated 191 names which
have been applied to its species. Of these I have recognised and
tabulated 133 as representing valid species known to me, have
indicated 32 as more or less certainly synonyms, and have been
unable to furnish definite information concerning 26. The species
of my own naming are 42.

[Printed ofif December 6th, 1899.]

PROCEEDINGS, 1899, PART 3.

CONTENTS.

PAGE

On the Flora of Mt. Wilson. By Alex. G. Hamilton 346

Some further Observations on the Vegetation of Lord Howe Island.
By J. H. Maidev, F.L.S., Botanic Gardens, Sydney. (Plates
xxxii.-xxxiii.) ... ... ... .. ... ... ... ... 381

On an Apocynaceous Plant yielding large edible Tubers. By R. T.
Baker, F.L.S., Curator, Technological Museum, Sydney.
(Plates xxxiv.-xxxv. ) .. ... ... ... ... ... ... 385

A Zoogeographic Scheme for the Mid-Pacific. By Charles Hf.dley,

F.L.S 391

Method of suspending the Palu or so-called " Shark "-Hooks, as
deduced from a Model. By R. P^theridge, Junr. , Curator of
the Australian Museum. (Plate xxxvi.) ... ... ... ... 424

The Tanua Spear-Becket. By R. Etheridge, Junr., Curator of the

Australian Museum, Sydney .. ... ... .... .. ... 427

Description of a new Genus, Avstrosarepfa ; and Notes on other

Mollusca from New South Wales. By Charles Hedley, F.L.S. 429

Description of a new Species of LipavKti from West Australia. By

J. C. Cox, M.D., F.L.S ' 435

Contributions to a Knowledge of the Flora of Australia. No. ii. By

R. T. Baker, F.L.S., Curator, Technological Museum, Sydney 437

Observations on the Eucalypts of New South Wales. Part v. By
Henry Deane, M.A., F.L.S., and J. H. Maiden, F.L.S.
(Plates xx.xvii.-xlii.) ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 448

Note on the Occurrence in Victoria of a Phase of the Sub-species
Pardalotiis assimi/is, Ramsay. By Robert Hall. (Comnnmi-
cated hy the Secretary) ... ... ... ... ... 472

Revision of the (jrenus Paropsift. Part v. By Rev. T. Blackburn,

B. A., Corresponding Member... ... ... ... ... 482

Donations ... 377,419,478

Elections and Announcements ... ... ... ... 377,419,478

Notes and E.xhibits 373,418,476

Sote. — As two Plates in the last Part aie lettered .xxv., there is no Plate xxxi. in this
Part.

rf ; i[ I j^^f^ yissv.fJ April 7lh, 1900.

Vol. XXIV.

O - Part 4.

No. 96,

THE

PROCEEDINGS

OF THE

LINNEAN SOCIETY

OK

NEV^ SOUTH V^ ALES erf.

A'' -

FOI! TUE YEAR

189Q

-.-.v-'

i

?^--

FART I v.

Containing Papers read in

SEPTEMBER (vnjxirt), OCTOBER, and NOVEMBER

WITH TWELVE PLATES.

SYDNEY :

PRINTED AND PUBLISHED FOR THE SOCIETY

BT

F. CUNNINGHAM E & CO., 146 PITT STREET,

AND

SOLD BY THE SOCIETY.

[Price, 10/6]

.A-G-EISTTS I3Sr EXri?.OI>E

-^^ Messrs, Uclau & Co., .37 Soho Square, London, W

??^f^. Messrs. R. Friedl^nder & Sohx, Carlstrasse 11, Berlin, N.W.

NOTICE.

With the exception of Volumes I.-VI. of the Proceedings— of
which the Society's stock was totally destroyed in the Garden
Palace Fire — the Publications of the Linnean Society of N.S.W.
may be obtained at the Society's Hall, Ithaca Road, Elizabeth
Bay, Sydney, from Dulau & Co., 37 Soho Square, London, W., or
R. Friedlander & Sohn, Carlstrasse 11, Berlin, N.W., at the fol-
lowing prices : —

Proceedings for 18S2, Vol. VII. —Part 1 ...

Part 2 ...

Part 3 ...

Part 4 ...

Proceedings for 1883,

Vol. VIII

.—Part 1 ..

, , ')

»J

Part 2 ..

>> >»

19

Part 3 ..

>> »»

J>

Part 4 ..

Proceedings for 1884,

Vol. IX.

—Part 1 ..

»j "

»>

Part 2 ..

>j "

5»

Part 3 . .

)> "

»>

Part 4 ..

Proceedings for 1885,

Vol. X.

—Part 1 ..

}i >>

»»

Part 2 ..

>> >'

9*

Part 3 ..

,» "

5>

Part 4 ..

SECOITI3

SEitlES

Proceedings for 1886,

Vol. I.

—Part 1 ..,

>) >>

Part 2 ..

I 9Y

.Parts ..

> »>

Part 4 ..

Proceedings for 1887,

Vol. II.

—Part 1 ..,

,, tf

Part 2 ..,

• ) >>

Parts ..

>> "

Part 4 ...

Proceedings for 1888,

Vol. III.

—Part 1 ...

■ , ,

Part 2 ...

i> >>

Parts ...

• • )>

Part 4 ...

Proceedings for 1889,

Vol. IV.

—Part 1 ...

)> >■

Part 2 ...

>> "

Parts ...

ft "

Part 4 ...

Proceedings for 1890,

Vol. V.

—Part 1 ...

,, ,)

Part 2 ...

,, IS

Part 3 ...

»> "

Part 4 ..,

Proceedings for 1891,

Vol. VI.

—Part 1 .„

Part 2 .«
Part 3 .«

» »»

Part 4 ...

Proceedings for 1892,

Vol. VII.

—Part I ...

,, "

Part 2 ...

5> '»

4«

Part 3 ...

Part 4 ...

£0 7
0 10
0 5
0 10

6
0
0
0

0 10
0 5
0 7

0 8

0
0
0
0

0 S

0 12

1 5
1 5

0
0
0
0

0 12
0 7
0 15
0 17

0
6
0
6

£0 10
0 12
0 13
0 12

6
0
0
6

0 7
0 8

0 12

1 7

0
0
0
0

0 15

1 4
1 0
0 18

0
0
0
0

0 11
0 16
0 19
0 11

0
0
0
0

0 11
0 9
0 9
0 9

0
0
0
0

£0 10
0 9
0 17

0 7

0
6
0
6

£0 6
0 4

0 8

0 S

6
6
0
0

Secoistx: Series (coatiiw<,i).

Proceedings for 1S93,

Vol. VIII.

—Part 1 ...

.. t'O

o

0

>5 )»

Part 2 ...

... 0

11

0

1) »i

"

Parts ...

... 0

li

f>

5» ) »

Part 4 ...

... 0

!»

0

Proceedings for 1894,

V..l''lX.

—Part 1 ...

... 0

12

0

5? 5J

Part 2 ...

... 0

12

0

)) »)

Part 3 ..

... 0

13

0

i? 1»

Part 4 ...

... 0

8

0

Pi'oceedings for l89o,

Vol.'x. —

Part 1 ...

... 0

15

0

5S ) »

Part 2 ...

... 0

8

6

* J 9J

Part 3 ...

... 0

10

0

,, Supplement ...

... 0

1

6

'? SJ

rait4 ...

... 0
... 0

12

0

Proceedings for 1890

Parti ,.-.

0

Supplement

... 0

o

6

») 5?

Part 2 ...

... 0

6

G

)» » >

... • • •

Part 3 ..

... 0

7

6

» 5 ) )

Part 4 ...

... 1

7

6

Proceedings for 1S97

Part 1 ...

... b

10

0

)» )i

Part 2 ...

... I)

8

*>

»> ))

Part 3 ...

... 0

<)

0

1 « ) J

Part 4 ...

... 0

12

6

Proceedings for 1898

...

Part 1 ...

... 0

3

0

M ?»

Part 2 ...

... 0

6

0

5» )5

Part 3 ...

.. 0

12

0

H >»

Part 4 ..

.. 0

14

0

Proceedings for 1899

Parti ...

... 0

12

6

5> ! )

Part 2 ...

... 0

12

0

)9 Jl

Parts ...

.. 0

10

0

'» 1)

Part 4 ...

.. 0

10

6

A reduction of 20 per cent, on the above charges is made
to Members of the Society.

The Macleay Memorial Volume [issued October 13th, 1893].
Royal -Ito., LI. and 308 pages, with Portrait, and forty-two plates.
Price £3 3s.

CONTENTS.

The Hon. Sh- \Villi.\m M.vcle.ay, Kt., F.L.S., M.L.C. : (By the Editor).

Professor W. Bald\vi>; Spkncek, M.A. : Contributions to our
Knowledge of Cfratodux. Part I. — The IMood X'essels. (Plates i.-v. ) —
Prof. F, \V. HiiTTON, F.R.S. : The Pliocene Mollusca of New Zealand.
(PI. VI. -IX.) — Prof. W. A. H.ASWELL, M.A., D.Sc. : A Monograph of the
Temnorephcdiw. (PI. x. xv.)— Prof. W. A. H.\swell, M.A., liSc. : On
an apparently new Type of the Plat yhrJ mint hfH (T)rmntoda? ) (PI. xvi. ) —
Prof. T. Jeifeky Parker, D.Sc, F.R.S. , and Mi.ss J. (t. Rich : Observa-
tions on the Myology of Paliunrus Edn^anlxii, Hutton. (PI. xvii. -xxi). —
Prof. J. T. Wilson, M.B., Ch.M., and C. J. Martin, M.B., B.Sc : Obser-
vations upon the Anatomy of the Muzzle of the Oniithorhi/nchn-s. (Pi. xxii.,
XXIII.) — Prof. J. T. \ViL.soN, M.B., Ch.M., and C. J. M.\rtin, M.B.,
B.Sc. : On the Peculiar Rod-like Tactile Oigans m the Integument and
Mucous Membrane of the Muzzle of Ornithorliyiichiix. (PI. xxiv.-xxvi.) —
C. Hf.dley, F.L.S. : On Parmaroc/i/fa Fixi-hi-ri, Smith. (PI. x.\.vii. ) —
Prof. R. Tate, P.L.S., F.G.S., &c. : On the (Geographic Kelations of the
Floras of Norfolk and Lord Howe Islands — Baron von Mueller, K.C.M.G.,
F.R.S. : Notes on an Uudescribed Acacia from New South Wales. (PI.
xxviii.) — Baron von Mueller, K.C.M.(4., F.R.S., and J. H. Maiden,
F.L.S. , F.C.S. : Description of a New Hakta from Eastern New South
Wales. (PI. XXIX.) — R. Etheridge, .Jun. : A Descri^jtion of some of the
Weapons and Implements of the Alligator Tribe, Port Essiugton, North
Australia (PI. xxx.-xxxv.) — N. A. Conn, Ph.D. : New Ni'inatoden from
Fiji and Australia. (PI. xxxvi.-XLii.)

Descriptive Catalogue of Australian Fishes. By William
Macleay, F.L.S. [1881]. A few copies only. Price £1, net.

The Transactions of the Entomological Society of New
South Wales, 2 vols., 8vo [Vol. i. five Parts, 1863-66; Vol. n. five
Parts, 1869-73 ; all published], price <£2, net, are also obtainable,
but neither the Parts nor the Volumes are sold separately.

PKOCEEDINGS, 1899, PART 4.

CONTENTS.

PAGE

Revision of the Australian r»/?Y'?///o?(?V/f(- belonging to the Subfamily

Cryplorhi/nchidtH. Part iv. By Aethur M. Lea 522

Note in Explanation of the Vernacular Name of Enrah/ptuK fastiijata,

Deane and Alaideii. By W. Baecerlkn MT

Studies in Australian Entomology. No. ix. Nev Species of Cixra-
bitlii' (with Notes on some previou.sly described Species, and "
Synoptic Lists of Species). By Thomas r4. Si-oank ... ... 553

The Tick Fever Parasite. By R. GitJiio Smith, M.Sc. 585-

On three new Species of EucalyptuH. By R. T. Bakei!, F. L. S. , Curator,

Technological Museum, Sydney. (Plates xliii.-xlv.) ... 596

On two new Species of CasuariiKi. By R. T; Bakek, F.L.S. , Curator,

Technological Museum, Sydney. (Plates xlvi.-xlvii.) ... ... 605

Observations on the Eucalypts of New South AVales. Part vi. Bj'
Hemsy De.\nk, M.A., F.L.S.. and J. H. Maii.ex, F.L.S.
{Plates xlviii.-l.) 612

Notes on some new Mosses from New South \N'ales. By Kev. W. W.

Watt.s 63"2

Notes from the Botanic (iardens, Sydney. No. 5. By J. H. Maiden

and E. Betche .. 640

A new Variety of Dendrohinm undnlatum, from the Solomon Islands.

By J. H. M.udex, Botanic Gardens, Sydney ... ... ... 652

The Nodule Organism of the LenumhwsK-. By R. Greig Smith,

M.Sc, Macleay Bacteriologist. (Plates li.-lii.) ... 653-

Contribution to a Knowledge of the Mosses of New South Wales.

By WiLLI.AM Fdl'.SYTH ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 674

Contributions to a Knowledge of the Australian Crustacean Fauna.
No. ii. On Sricnil/iia parasitic upon Piliimnopen>i serratifron-s.
By D.wiD G. Steal 687

On the Reproductive System of J)i(ja-ster (Didi/mo(jas.ti-r) ■■<ylvatic\is,

Fletch. By Sarah O. Brennan, M.A., B.Sc. (Plates liii.-li v.) ... 691

Donations ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 550, 634

Elections and Announcements ... .. ... ... ... 550, 634

Notes and Exhibits 547,631,697

Title-page, Contents, Index, &c.

mi

'*'^^

t^'lfe

-3r,,ji, J^.i^r^-

#: *^

m m^'Ht^'

W: *

■%^^

,-*P\. %■• , ■'

#."■■%

« •

I

I I

I
II

f I

I I
I

i

■ s

#^^#-

•ii?.;.--^-''

i»^ m

1; -r^

.ii.i

*.- m

It. #■:

«;■ i:

mi^.. m

'**•„• '^.- ■*-

HB ^^BB ''''^^. ^k,

*"|:

i^;*

■ ■ ^.^|*^^^

^ ^" ■ f^f'^'f

■ ■ 1: if

^1 '^H V-'%*

^" iw^H ^H 1

^l^^l

-:'#.^HHB ■■ I

^ ^" ..^mJ

!^ ■■"'■^

r^>

1

^ it*'

^^1 ^1

^ B B

^^^_ ^^^H ^^^m

■ ■

f mi f

»^ WW

rf''i-

I f-

^' i

:i- ' t ■ $■ I

^-Hr'-fri':

Jf ., #

I

*-*.i' » fe *•

■ff ' '^

w%

91^ W

mm mjt'4"^ -^

§.i

,^..^

i #

*.i «

*^ 1^^

19 II

M'4

i|^*f

.«j*

*_» .

Ij***

i.f

»■«**

■_

1 HIF*

^H ^M .^' , . r«^#'

m

1 ■ ■ mi

■

I ^^^M ^^^H ^^

>•**

4%